Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2004

Registration No. 333-             

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORMS S-4* AND F-4*

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2670   73-1710479

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification

Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 


 

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

(941) 727-5788

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Vice President

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

(941) 727-5788

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code of agent for service)

 


 

Copies to:

 

J. Gregory Humphries

Shutts & Bowen LLP

300 South Orange Avenue

Suite 1000

Orlando, Florida 32801

(407) 423-3200

 

Alfred G. Smith, II

Shutts & Bowen LLP

1500 Miami Center

201 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131

(305) 358-6300

 


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 


 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Amount to be
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee

8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

   $125,000,000    100%   $125,000,000    $15,837.50

Guarantees of 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014(2)

   —      —     —      —  (3)

Total Registration Fee

                 $15,837.50

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f).

 

(2) See inside facing page for additional registrant guarantors.

 

(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no registration fee is required with respect to the guarantees.

 


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Registrant
as Specified in its Charter


   State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
or Organization


   IRS
Employer
Identification
Number


Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

   Canada    —  

Intertape Polymer Inc.

   Canada    —  

Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

   Canada    —  

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

   Nova Scotia    —  

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

   Delaware    59-3479333

IPG Holdings LP

   Delaware    59-3479359

IPG Finance LLC

   Delaware    59-3480659

IPG (US) Inc.

   Delaware    59-3479361

IPG Administrative Services Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089148

Central Products Company

   Delaware    39-1831503

Intertape Polymer Corp.

   Delaware    57-1088158

Intertape Inc.

   Virginia    54-1411730

IPG Financial Services Inc.

   Delaware    52-2212513

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

   Florida    59-3514328

Polymer International Corp.

   Virginia    59-1091227

IPG Technologies Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089151

International Container Systems, Inc.

   Florida    59-3360203

Intertape International Corp.

   Delaware    58-2387174

COIF Holding Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089149

FIBC Holding Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089150

UTC Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware    59-3395373

Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

   Delaware    58-2255977

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    —  

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    —  

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

   Barbados    —  

Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

   Portugal    —  

 

All of the additional registrants organized in Canada, Nova Scotia, Mexico, Portugal and Barbados have their principal executive offices at c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc., 110 E. Montee De Liesse, St. Laurent, Québec, Canada H4T 1N4. All of the additional registrants organized in Delaware, Virginia or Florida have their principal executive offices at c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc., 3647 Cortez Road West, Bradenton, Florida 34210.


* This registration statement comprises a filing on Form S-4 with respect to the securities of the U.S. registrants and a filing on Form F-4 with respect to the securities of the non-U.S. registrants.

 


 


Table of Contents

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 26, 2004

 

PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

Offer to exchange our 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for our outstanding 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 


 

The Exchange Offer

 

    We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.

 

    You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

    The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m. New York City Time, on [                      ], 2004, unless extended. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date, but if extended, the exchange offer will remain open for a maximum of 45 business days after the date of this prospectus.

 

Resales of the Exchange Notes

 

    We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval through any automated quotation system, and no active public market for the exchange notes is anticipated.

 


 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the registered exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with these resales. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 


 

You should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 11 of this prospectus before deciding to participate in the exchange offer.

 


 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these notes or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The date of this prospectus is          , 2004.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

     Page

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   11

The Exchange Offer

   21

Use of Proceeds

   29

Capitalization

   30

Selected Financial Information

   31

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   34

Business

   49

Management

   59

Principal Shareholders

   66

Related Party Transactions

   67

Description of Other Indebtedness

   68

Description of Notes

   70

Registration Rights for Outstanding Notes

   127

Important U.S. and Canadian Tax Considerations

   129

Plan of Distribution

   132

Legal Matters

   133

Independent Accountants

   133

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

   133

Where You Can Find More Information

   133

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1

 

i


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in documents to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to make the exchange offer and by a broker-dealer for resales of exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer where it is legal to do so. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front cover of the prospectus.

 

The exchange notes have not been and will not be qualified for public distribution under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada. The exchange notes are not being offered and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Canada or to any resident thereof except in accordance with the securities laws of the provinces and territories of Canada. The notes have been issued pursuant to exemptions from the prospectus requirements of the applicable Canadian provincial and territorial securities laws and may be sold in Canada only pursuant to exemptions therefrom.

 

No securities regulatory authority in Canada has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offense to claim otherwise.

 

Until [                      ], 2004, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions and pursuant to the commitment to deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of exchange notes.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these statements. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, capital expenditures, the outcome of pending legal proceedings and claims, goals and objectives for future operations, including descriptions of our business strategies and purchase commitments from customers, among other things. These statements are typically identified by words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” and similar expressions. We base these statements on particular assumptions that we have made in light of our industry experience, as well as our perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider the information in this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions.

 

Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:

 

  our significant indebtedness and ability to incur substantially more debt;

 

  restrictions and limitations contained in the agreements governing our debt;

 

  our substantial leverage and ability to generate sufficient cash to service our debt;

 

  our ability to refinance our indebtedness on acceptable terms as it comes due and the impact of floating interest rates on our debt service costs;

 

  the limited sources available to fund our ongoing operations;

 

  increases in the cost of our principal raw materials;

 

  availability of raw materials;

 

  the effects of acquisitions we might make;

 

ii


Table of Contents
  the timing and market acceptance of our new products;

 

  our ability to achieve anticipated cost savings from our corporate initiatives;

 

  competition in the industry and markets in which we operate;

 

  our ability to comply with applicable environmental laws;

 

  potential litigation relating to our intellectual property rights;

 

  the loss of, or deterioration of our relationship with, any significant customers;

 

  changes in operating expenses or the need for additional capital expenditures;

 

  changes in our strategy; and

 

  general economic conditions.

 

In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the results and events contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus will in fact transpire.

 

Explanation of Certain Financial Material

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information set forth in this prospectus is presented in U.S. dollars and is derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (Canadian GAAP or GAAP). References to “$” are to U.S. dollars.

 

Canadian GAAP, as applied to us, conforms in all material respects with U.S. GAAP except as otherwise described in note 21 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, where we provide a reconciliation of the differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP.

 

Market Data

 

Market data and other statistical information and forecasts used throughout this prospectus are based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as independent sources. Although we believe that these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot guarantee their accuracy or completeness.

 

Trademarks

 

INTERTAPE is our principal trademark. Our other trademarks include EXLFILM ® , STRETCHFLEX ® , INTERTAPE BRAND , NOVA-THENE ® , EXLFILM PLUS ® , NOVA-PAC ® , CAJUN ® BAGS, NOVATHENE HAYMASTER , AQUAMASTER , NOVA-SHIELD and NOVA-WRAP .

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights key information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether or not to participate in the exchange offer. You should read this entire prospectus before exchanging your notes.

 

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context, as used in this prospectus, the term “Intertape Polymer US” refers to Intertape Polymer US Inc., the issuer of the notes, and the terms “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and all of its subsidiaries, including Intertape Polymer US.

 

Our Business

 

We are a leader in the specialty packaging industry in North America. We develop, manufacture and sell a variety of specialized polyolefin plastic and paper-based products as well as complementary packaging systems for use in industrial and retail applications. Our products include carton sealing tapes, including INTERTAPE pressure-sensitive and water-activated tapes; industrial and performance specialty tapes, including masking, duct, electrical and reinforced filament tapes; EXLFILM shrink film; STRETCHFLEX stretch wrap; engineered fabric products; and flexible intermediate bulk containers. We design our specialty packaging products for aerospace, automotive and industrial applications. These specialty packaging products are sold to a broad range of industrial and specialty distributors, retail stores and large end-users in diverse markets.

 

We believe we have assembled one of the broadest and deepest range of products in the industry by leveraging our advanced manufacturing technologies, our extensive research and development capabilities and our comprehensive strategic acquisition program. Since 1995, we have made a series of strategic acquisitions in order to offer a broader range of products to better serve our markets. These products included water-activated tapes, masking tapes, duct tapes, filament tapes and natural rubber adhesive tapes. At the same time, we have continued to develop new products, including shrink and stretch wrap films. In 2003, we had net sales of $621.3 million, net earnings of $18.2 million, EBITDA of $70.2 and Adjusted EBITDA of $73.2 million. For the six months ended June 30, 2004, we had net sales of $334.0 million, net earnings of $7.9 million and EBITDA of $36.2.

 

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before (i) income taxes, (ii) financial expenses, net of amortization, and (iii) depreciation and amortization. For reconciliation of EBITDA to operating income, which we believe to be the closest Canadian GAAP measure to EBITDA, and for an explanation of why we present EBITDA, see footnote (2) to our summary financial information on page 9.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

We believe we are a market leader in North America with significant market positions in all of our principal product categories as a result of our broad and deep product offering, value-added solutions for customers, vertically-integrated manufacturing processes and strong and stable relationships with our key customers.

 

Breadth and Depth of Product Offerings. We believe that we offer our customers a line of specialty packaging products that is broader and deeper than that offered by any of our competitors in North America. We market 17 categories of specialty packaging materials and offer a variety of products within each category to meet market demand. We are the only North American manufacturer of all four technologies of carton sealing tape — hot melt, acrylic, water-activated, and natural rubber. We also design, manufacture and sell tape application equipment. We market our carton sealing tapes, industrial tapes, tape and shrink application equipment and stretch and shrink films as a “basket of products,” which we believe is unique in our industry and attractive to customers seeking to simplify their purchasing.

 

Value-Added Solutions for our Customers. Our broad assortment of products are available from our three regional distribution centers located in California, Virginia and Québec. These distribution centers are a key component of our enhanced supply chain management strategy. Each distribution center offers a wide range of products which allows our customers to benefit from “one-stop shopping.” As a result, we are able to efficiently

 

1


Table of Contents

supply a broad range of products following a customer order, which enables our distributors to lower their transaction costs, increase inventory turns and reduce storage space.

 

Vertically-Integrated Manufacturing. We believe that we are the only vertically-integrated manufacturer of both tape and film in North America. We seek to manufacture products from the lowest cost raw materials available and add value to such products by converting them into finished goods. Our vertical integration allows us to maximize operating margins because our finished products typically generate higher margins than unconverted products.

 

Longstanding Relationships with Our Key Customers. We have strong and longstanding relationships with our customer base. Our customers value our broad range of products and our commitment to offering a low-cost solution, as demonstrated by our greater than 10-year average relationship with our top ten customers. We have been able to expand our relationship with each of our most significant customers by differentiating ourselves as a leading manufacturer of specialty packaging applications.

 

Experienced and Strong Management Team. Our management team has extensive experience in operating specialty packaging companies. Melbourne Yull, our Chief Executive Officer, founded our company in 1981 and has directed us to our existing leadership position through strategic acquisitions, product development and an efficient distribution network. Our senior management team has an average of more than twenty years of packaging industry experience and has worked at our company for an average of more than ten years.

 

Strategy

 

Our principal strategic goals are to maximize our profitability and growth and to reduce debt by taking advantage of our competitive strengths and by pursuing the following business strategies:

 

  Providing our customers with a broad value-added product offering. We strive to broaden our product offering through internal product development and strategic acquisitions. We continue to develop products that complement our existing product lines and meet our customers’ needs. We also seek to make strategic acquisitions that will complement our existing products, expand our customer base and markets, improve the efficiency of our distribution centers and enhance our technological capabilities. We invest in applied research and development to identify new product opportunities and further expand the range of products within each of our product lines.

 

  Enhancing customer service. We strive to increase market share for each of our products by understanding our customers’ needs and meeting their demands profitably. We have significantly improved customer service levels through our regional distribution centers, which allow us to deliver our products to our customers more efficiently. We collaborate with our industrial channel distributors in all processes from sales to supply chain management in order to assist them in expanding their sales. Furthermore, we continually seek to improve our customer service through training initiatives and strategic personnel hires.

 

  Reducing costs and improving efficiency. We are committed to reducing costs by optimizing asset utilization, increasing productivity levels and improving manufacturing yields. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives, including consolidation of certain manufacturing facilities and regional distribution centers, will enable us to continue to improve operating margins and increase free cash flow. We have successfully implemented cost reduction initiatives. During 2002 and 2003, we achieved cost savings of $5.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively. We expect to achieve cost reductions of $8.5 million in 2004 and further cost reductions in future years. There can be no assurance, however, that such costs reductions will be achieved.

 

2


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

 

The following illustrates the simplified corporate structure of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

 

LOGO

 

* Under our new senior secured credit facility, IPG (US) Inc. and certain other U.S. subsidiaries are borrowers of $265.0 million, consisting of $200.0 million under a delayed draw Term Loan B facility and $65.0 million under a U.S. revolving credit facility, and a Canadian subsidiary of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. is the borrower of $10.0 million under a Canadian revolving credit facility.

 

** Intertape Polymer US, a Delaware corporation, was formed on June 25, 2004, to be the issuer of the senior subordinated notes. Intertape Polymer US is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., the parent company, which is organized under the laws of Canada. Prior to the issuance of the notes, Intertape Polymer US had nominal assets and no operations. Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and all of its subsidiaries are guarantors of the notes.

 

Recent Developments

 

In August 2004, we completed a refinancing of substantially all of our outstanding credit facilities and other indebtedness. As part of the refinancing, we entered into a new $275.0 million senior secured credit facility and issued and sold in a private placement US$125.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the notes which are the subject to this exchange offer.

 

In October 2004, we announced our intention to discontinue operations at our facility located at Cumming, Georgia prior to January 2005. We expect to incur a one time charge of approximately $2.9 million in connection with the closing of this facility.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 110E Montee de Liesse, Montreal, Québec, Canada H4T 1N4, and the principal executive offices of Intertape Polymer US are located at 3647 Cortez Road West, Bradenton, Florida, 34219. Our telephone number is (941) 739-7507. Our website is http://www.intertapepolymer.com. However, the information on our website is not a part of this prospectus and you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus when making a decision to participate in the exchange offer.

 

3


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer

 

The Exchange Offer

   We are offering to exchange up to US$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our registered 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 that were issued in July 2004. The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the outstanding notes, except for transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes.
Purpose of the Exchange Offer    The exchange notes are being offered to satisfy our obligations under a registration rights agreement entered into at the time we issued and sold the outstanding notes.
Expiration Date; Withdrawal of Tender    The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on              , 2004, or on a later date and time to which we extend it, but if extended, the exchange offer will remain open for a maximum of 30 business days after the date of this prospectus. The tender of outstanding notes in the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date. The exchange date will be the second business day following the expiration date. Any outstanding notes that are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes    Each holder of outstanding notes wishing to accept the exchange offer must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or its facsimile, in accordance with its instructions, and mail or otherwise deliver it, or its facsimile, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documentation to the exchange agent at the address in the letter of transmittal. Outstanding notes may be physically delivered, but physical delivery is not required if a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes to the exchange agent’s account at DTC is delivered in a timely fashion. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes.”
Conditions to the Exchange Offer    The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange. The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which may be waived by us. We currently expect that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
Exchange Agent    Wilmington Trust Company
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations    Your exchange of an outstanding note for an exchange note will not constitute a taxable exchange. The exchange will not result in taxable income, gain or loss being recognized by you or by us. Immediately after the exchange, you will have the same adjusted basis and holding period in each exchange note received as you had immediately prior to the exchange in the corresponding outstanding note surrendered. See “Important U.S. and Canadian Tax Considerations.”

 

4


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes

 

The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the outstanding notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes that do not apply to the exchange notes.

 

Issuer

   Intertape Polymer US, a finance subsidiary of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

Notes Offered

   $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.

Maturity

   August 1, 2014.

Interest Payment Dates

   February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning on February 1, 2005.

Guarantees

   The exchange notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, by Intertape Polymer Group Inc., the parent company of Intertape Polymer US, and all of its existing and, as required by the indenture governing the notes, future U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries.

Ranking

  

The exchange notes and related guarantees will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of Intertape Polymer US and the guarantors, ranking equal in right of payment to all of the existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness of Intertape Polymer US and the guarantors and effectively subordinate to their existing and future senior debt.

 

As of June 30, 2004, after giving effect to the issuance of the notes and the funding of our new senior secured credit facility, we would have had indebtedness on our consolidated balance sheet of approximately $336.2 million, of which approximately $211.2 million would have been senior indebtedness, and we would have been able to borrow up to an additional $71.8 million thereunder (net of $3.2 million in outstanding letters of credit). We may incur additional senior debt in the future, including under our new senior secured credit facility.

    

Prior to August 1, 2009, Intertape Polymer US may redeem some or all of the notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, plus a “make-whole” premium. Thereafter, Intertape Polymer US may redeem all or a part of the notes at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the section “Description of the Notes – Optional Redemption” plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

On or prior to August 1, 2007, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes in an amount not to exceed the amount of proceeds from one or more equity offerings of our parent company at a price equal to 108.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest

 

5


Table of Contents
     thereon, if any, to the redemption date, provided, however, that after giving effect to such redemption at least 65% of the original aggregate principle amount of the notes issued remains outstanding after the redemption, as further described in “Description of the Notes – Optional Redemption Period.”

Additional Amounts

   We generally will pay such additional amounts as may be necessary so that the amount received by noteholders after tax-related withholdings or deductions in relation to the exchange notes will not be less than the amount that noteholders would have received in the absence of the withholding or deduction.

Tax Redemption

   If we are required to pay additional amounts as a result of changes in the laws applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, we will have the option to redeem the exchange notes, in whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the exchange notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption and any additional amounts that may be then payable.

Certain Covenants

  

We will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture under which the outstanding notes were issued. The indenture contains certain covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to:

 

•      incur additional debt;

 

•      pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

•      create or permit certain liens;

 

•      issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

•      use the proceeds from sales of assets;

 

•      make certain investments;

 

•      create or permit restrictions on the ability of the guarantors to pay dividends or to make other distributions to us;

 

•      enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

•      engage in unrelated businesses; and

 

•      consolidate or merge or sell our assets substantially as an entirety.

 

These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and limitations, which are described under the heading “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants.”

Change of Control

   Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we will be required to offer to purchase the exchange notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid

 

6


Table of Contents
     interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. We may not have enough funds or the terms of our other debt may prevent us from purchasing the notes. See “Description of the Notes — Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.”

Use of Proceeds

   We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

You should carefully consider the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Information

 

The following table presents summary financial information. The summary financial information as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 has been derived from, and should be read together with, our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 has been derived from, and should be read together with, our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of our interim results and financial position have been included in those results and financial position. Interim results and financial position are not necessarily indicative of the results and financial position that can be expected for a full fiscal year. All of the following consolidated financial information should also be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Six Months

Ended June 30,


     2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

   2004

                       (unaudited)
     (in millions, except ratios)

Consolidated Earnings Data:

                                     

Sales

   $ 594.9     $ 601.6     $ 621.3     $ 303.8    $ 334.0

Cost of sales

     476.1       475.4       482.4       235.9      264.0
    


 


 


 

  

Gross profit

     118.8       126.1       138.9       67.9      70.0

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     91.3       85.3       90.0       42.8      45.1

Stock based compensation

                                    0.4

Amortization of goodwill

     7.0                               

Impairment of goodwill

             70.0                       

Research and development

     4.2       3.2       3.3       2.0      2.1

Financial expenses (1)

     38.9       32.8       28.5       15.5      14.0

Manufacturing facility closure costs

             2.1       3.0               
    


 


 


 

  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     (22.6 )     (67.2 )     14.1       7.6      8.3

Income taxes (recovery)

     (10.4 )     (12.8 )     (4.1 )     0.8      0.4
    


 


 


 

  

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (12.2 )   $ (54.5 )   $ 18.2     $ 6.8    $ 7.9
    


 


 


 

  

Other Consolidated Financial Data:

                                     

EBITDA (2)

   $ 50.1     $ (7.2 )   $ 70.2     $ 35.3    $ 36.2

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

     68.6       64.9       73.2       35.3      36.2

Capital expenditures

     25.9       11.7       13.0       5.1      9.9

Depreciation and amortization

     33.8       28.7       29.4       13.4      14.6

 

8


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,

   

Six Months

Ended June 30,


 
     2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

    2004

 
                       (unaudited)  
     (in millions, except ratios)  

Other Consolidated Financial Data (continued):

                                        

Net cash flows provided (used) by:

                                        

Operating activities

   $ 48.1     $ 35.2     $ 40.4     $ 11.1     $ 5.8  

Investing activities

     (26.5 )     (16.9 )     (20.6 )     (5.7 )     (16.5 )

Financing activities

     (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (16.4 )     (5.9 )     21.5  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)

     —         —         1.4 x     1.5 x     1.6 x

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                                        

Total assets

   $ 802.0     $ 703.3     $ 739.2     $ 732.2     $ 768.1  

Working capital

     68.1       61.2       68.7       65.7       123.2  

Total debt

     391.0       321.3       265.9       319.8       292.2  

Shareholders’ equity

     294.1       293.1       377.5       320.0       383.5  

U.S. GAAP Consolidated Financial Data (4) :

                                        

Sales

   $ 594.9     $ 601.6     $ 621.3     $ 303.8     $ 334.0  

Net earnings (loss)

     (12.2 )     (54.5 )     18.2       6.8       7.9  

Total assets

     802.9       705.2       745.9       734.1       774.8  

Total debt

     391.0       321.3       265.9       320.4       292.2  

Shareholders’ equity

     290.6       286.5       370.4       313.4       376.4  

 

(1) Financial expenses consist principally of interest expense, amortization of debt issue expenses, banking fees, and gains and losses on foreign exchange transactions.

 

9


Table of Contents
(2) EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before (i) income taxes, (ii) financial expenses, net of amortization, and (iii) depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before certain non-recurring items. Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as earnings before income taxes, net earnings (loss) or cash from operating activities as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities or as alternatives to net earnings as indicators of our operating performance or any other measures of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We have included these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe that they provide investors with useful information regarding our financial condition and results of operations. We present Adjusted EBITDA because it is used in the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes to determine whether we may incur additional indebtedness. Our new senior secured credit facility also contains covenants that utilize Adjusted EBITDA in connection with certain financial ratios. The reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Six Months
Ended June 30,


     2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

   2004

     (in millions)

Net earnings (loss) — as reported

   $ (12.2 )   $ (54.5 )   $ 18.2     $ 6.8    $ 7.9

Add back:

                                     

Income taxes

     (10.4 )     (12.8 )     (4.1 )     0.8      0.4

Financial expenses, net of amortization

     38.9       31.4       26.7       14.3      13.3

Depreciation and amortization

     33.8       28.7       29.4       13.4      14.6
    


 


 


 

  

EBITDA

   $ 50.1     $ (7.2 )   $ 70.2     $ 35.3    $ 36.2

Non-recurring items:

                                     

Gross profit items (a)

   $ 7.7                               

SG&A items (b)

     10.8                               

Manufacturing facility closure costs

           $ 2.1     $ 3.0               

Impairment of goodwill

             70.0                       
    


 


 


 

  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 68.6     $ 64.9     $ 73.2     $ 35.3    $ 36.2
    


 


 


 

  

 

  (a) Consists of $2.3 million in implementation of regional distribution centers and additional reserves for asset writedowns of $1.0 million, inventory writedowns of $3.2 million and severance of $1.2 million.

 

  (b) Consists of $0.8 million of asset writedowns, $7.0 million of reserves for bad debts and $3.0 million in severance payments.

 

(3) For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represents earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, both expensed and capitalized, including amortization of debt issue expenses and that portion of rental expense considered to be a reasonable approximation of interest. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the refinancing, our ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 2.1x for 2003 and 2.0x for the six months ended June 30, 2004. In 2001 and 2002, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $23.5 million and $67.7 million, respectively.

 

(4) Canadian GAAP, as applied to us, conforms in all material respects with U.S. GAAP except as otherwise described in note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Total assets and shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP, at June 30, 2003 and 2004, reflect the Canadian to U.S. GAAP adjustments as of the immediately preceding calendar year-end.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in the exchange notes is subject to numerous risks, including those listed below. You should carefully consider the following risks, along with the information provided in this prospectus, before deciding to participate in the exchange offer.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Increases in raw material costs or the unavailability of raw materials may adversely affect our profitability.

 

We have historically been able to pass on significant raw material cost increases through price increases to our customers. Nevertheless, our results of operations for individual quarters can and have been negatively impacted by delays between the time of raw material cost increases and price increases in our products. For example, during the first half of 2004, significant increases in the costs of polypropylene and natural rubber adversely affected our profitability because we were unable to pass along these price increases to our customers on a timely basis. We had difficulty in increasing our prices to offset these higher costs due to the failure of competitors to increase prices and customer resistance to price increases. Our profitability in the future may be adversely affected due to continuing increases in raw material prices. Additionally, we rely on our suppliers for deliveries of raw materials. If any of our suppliers were unable to deliver raw materials to us for an extended period of time, there is no assurance that our raw material requirements would be met by other suppliers on acceptable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Acquisitions have been and are expected to continue to be a substantial part of our growth strategy, which could expose us to significant business risks.

 

An important aspect of our business strategy is to make strategic acquisitions that will complement our existing products, expand our customer base and markets, improve distribution efficiencies and enhance our technological capabilities. Financial risks from these acquisitions include the use of our cash resources and incurring additional debt and liabilities. Further, there are possible operational risks including difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations, products, technology, information systems and personnel of acquired companies; the loss of key personnel of acquired entities; the entry into markets in which we have no or limited prior experience; and difficulties honoring commitments made to customers of the acquired companies prior to the acquisition. The failure to adequately address these risks could adversely affect our business.

 

Although we perform due diligence investigations of the businesses or assets that we acquire, and anticipate continuing to do so for future acquisitions, there may be liabilities related to the acquired business or assets that we fail to, or are unable to, uncover during our due diligence investigation and for which we, as a successor owner, may be responsible. When feasible, we seek to minimize the impact of these types of potential liabilities by obtaining indemnities and warranties from the seller, which may in some instances be supported by deferring payment of a portion of the purchase price. However, these indemnities and warranties, if obtained, may not fully cover the liabilities because of their limited scope, amount or duration, the financial resources of the indemnitor or warrantor or other reasons.

 

Our ability to achieve our growth objectives depends in part on the timing and market acceptance of our new products.

 

Our business plan involves the introduction of new products, which are both developed internally and obtained through acquisitions. Our ability to introduce these products successfully depends on the demand for the products, as well as their price and quality. In the event the market does not accept these products or competitors introduce similar products, our ability to expand our markets and generate organic growth could be negatively impacted and there could be an adverse affect on our operating results.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our future results may be adversely affected by receiving fewer savings from our corporate initiatives than expected.

 

We achieved cost reductions of $5.5 million in 2002 and $6.0 million in 2003 through a variety of corporate initiatives. We expect to achieve additional cost reductions of $8.5 million in 2004, as well as further reductions in future years. There can be no assurance that all of the estimated savings from these initiatives will be realized. Although we currently expect to achieve our goals, we may encounter unanticipated difficulties in implementing our initiatives.

 

We face significant competition.

 

The markets for our products are highly competitive. Competition in our markets is primarily based upon the quality, breadth and performance characteristics of our products, customer service and price. Our ability to compete successfully depends upon a variety of factors, including:

 

  our ability to maintain high plant efficiencies and operating rates and lower manufacturing costs; and

 

  the availability, quality and cost of raw materials.

 

Some of our competitors outside of North America may, at times, have lower raw material, energy and labor costs and less restrictive environmental and governmental regulations to comply with than we do. Other competitors may be larger in size or scope than we are, which may allow them to achieve greater economies of scale on a global basis or allow them to better withstand periods of declining prices and adverse operating conditions.

 

In addition, there has been an increasing trend among our customers towards consolidation. With fewer customers in the market for our products, the strength of our negotiating position with these customers could be weakened, which could have an adverse effect on our pricing, margins and profitability.

 

We face risks related to our international operations.

 

We have customers and operations located outside the United States and Canada. In 2003, sales to customers located outside the United States and Canada represented approximately 6% of our sales. Our international operations present us with a number of risks and challenges, including:

 

  the effective marketing of our products in other countries;

 

  tariffs and other trade barriers; and

 

  different regulatory schemes and political environments applicable to our operations in these areas, such as environmental and health and safety compliance.

 

In addition, our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars while a portion of our sales is made in other currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar and the euro. A portion of our debt is also denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies can have a negative impact on our reported operating results and financial condition. Moreover, in some cases, the currency of our sales does not match the currency in which we incur costs, which can negatively affect our profitability. Fluctuations in exchange rates can also affect the relative competitive position of a particular facility where the facility faces competition from non-local producers, as well as our ability to successfully market our products in export markets.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our operations are subject to comprehensive environmental regulation and involve expenditures which may be material in relation to our operating cash flow.

 

Our operations are subject to extensive environmental regulation in each of the countries in which we maintain facilities. For example, United States (Federal and state) and Canadian (Federal and provincial) environmental laws applicable to us include statutes and regulations:

 

  intended to allocate the cost of investigating, monitoring and remedying soil and groundwater contamination among specifically identified parties, as well as to prevent future soil and groundwater contamination;

 

  imposing national ambient standards and, in some cases, emission standards, for air pollutants which present a risk to public health, welfare or the natural environment;

 

  governing the handling, management, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes and substances; and

 

  regulating the discharge of pollutants into protected waterways.

 

Our use of hazardous substances in our manufacturing processes and the generation of hazardous wastes not only by us, but by prior occupants of our facilities suggest that hazardous substances may be present at or near certain of our facilities or may come to be located there in the future. Consequently, we are required to monitor closely our compliance under all the various environmental regulations applicable to us. In addition, we arrange for the off-site disposal of hazardous substances generated in the ordinary course of our business.

 

We obtain Phase I or similar environmental site assessments, and Phase II environmental site assessments, if necessary, for most of the manufacturing facilities we own or lease at the time we either acquire or lease such facilities. These assessments typically include general inspections and may involve soil sampling and/or ground water analysis. The assessments have not revealed any environmental liability that, based on current information, we believe will have a material adverse effect on us. Nevertheless, these assessments may not reveal all potential environmental liabilities and current assessments are not available for all facilities. Consequently, there may be material environmental liabilities that we are not aware of. In addition, ongoing clean up and containment operations may not be adequate for purposes of future laws and regulations. The conditions of our properties could also be affected in the future by neighboring operations or the conditions of the land in the vicinity of our properties. These developments and others, such as increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations, increasingly strict enforcement of environmental laws and regulations, or claims for damage to property or injury to persons resulting from the environmental, health or safety impact of our operations, may cause us to incur significant costs and liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Except as described below, we believe that all of our facilities are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that we have obtained, and are in material compliance with, all material permits required under environmental laws. We are currently remediating contamination at our Columbia, South Carolina plant, and we have installed a hydraulic barrier at our St. Laurent, Québec plant to prevent off-site migration of contaminated groundwater. Contamination at our St. Laurent plant may have migrated to the adjacent property. We are investigating to determine what additional action is required. We have completed remediation activities at our Marysville, Michigan facility and have requested final approval of the remediation from the State of Michigan. In addition, although certain of our facilities emit toluene and other pollutants into the air, these emissions are within current permitted limitations. We believe that these emissions from our U.S. facilities will meet the applicable future federal Maximum Available Control Technology (“MACT”) requirements, although additional testing or modifications at the facilities may be required. Currently, we estimate the cost of additional testing or modification at the facilities to comply with MACT requirements will be less than $500,000 through 2005. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters should not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our facilities are required to maintain numerous environmental permits and governmental approvals for their operations. Some of the environmental permits and governmental approvals that have been issued to us or to our facilities contain conditions and restrictions, including restrictions or limits on emissions and discharges of pollutants and contaminants, or may have limited terms. If we fail to satisfy these conditions or to comply with these restrictions, we may become subject to enforcement actions and the operation of the relevant facilities could be adversely affected. We may also be subject to fines, penalties or additional costs. We may not be able to renew, maintain or obtain all environmental permits and governmental approvals required for the continued operation or further development of the facilities, as a result of which the operation of the facilities may be limited or suspended.

 

We may be involved in litigation relating to our intellectual property rights, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

 

We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. Litigation may be necessary to enforce these rights, which could result in substantial costs to us and a substantial diversion of management attention. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, our competitors or other parties could use the intellectual property that we have developed to enhance their products or make products similar to ours and compete more efficiently with us, which could result in a decrease in our market share.

 

While we have attempted to ensure that our products and the operations of our business do not infringe other parties’ patents and proprietary rights, our competitors or other parties may assert that our products and operations may be covered by patents held by them. In addition, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later result in issued patents which our products may infringe. If any of our products infringe a valid patent, we could be prevented from selling them unless we can obtain a license or redesign the products to avoid infringement. A license may not always be available or may require us to pay substantial royalties. We also may not be successful in any attempt to redesign any of our products to avoid any infringement. Infringement or other intellectual property claims, regardless of merit or ultimate outcome, can be expensive and time-consuming and can divert management’s attention from our core business.

 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

 

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations to you under the notes.

 

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2004, after giving proforma effect to the issuance of the notes and the funding of our new senior secured credit facility, we would have had outstanding debt of approximately $336.2 million, which would have represented approximately 48.1% of our total pro forma capitalization. Of such total debt, approximately $211.2 million, or all of our senior debt, would have been secured, and an additional $71.8 million (net of $3.2 million in outstanding letters of credit) in loans available under our senior credit facility also would have been secured, if drawn upon.

 

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you by adversely affecting our financial condition and thus making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes, including our obligations to pay principal and interest on the notes and our repurchase obligations, as well as our obligations under our new senior secured credit facility. Our substantial indebtedness could also:

 

  increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions;

 

  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

 

  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

14


Table of Contents
  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

  limit our ability to borrow additional funds on terms that are satisfactory to us or at all.

 

Despite our level of indebtedness, we will be able to incur substantially more debt. Incurring such debt could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

 

We will be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facility each contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. The restrictions also do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. To the extent new debt is added to our currently anticipated debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described above would increase. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — New Senior Secured Credit Facility” and “Description of the Notes.”

 

The notes and our new senior secured credit facility contain covenants that limit our flexibility and prevent us from taking certain actions.

 

The indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facility include a number of significant restrictive covenants. These covenants could adversely limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet our capital needs and execute our business strategy. These covenants, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

  incur additional debt;

 

  pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

  create or permit certain liens;

 

  issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

  use the proceeds from sales of assets;

 

  make certain investments;

 

  create or permit restrictions on the ability of the guarantors to pay dividends or to make other distributions to us;

 

  enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

  engage in unrelated businesses;

 

  enter into sale and leaseback transactions; and

 

  consolidate or merge or sell our assets substantially as an entirety.

 

Our new senior secured credit facility includes other and more restrictive covenants and prohibit us from prepaying our other debt, including the notes, while borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility are outstanding. Our new senior secured credit facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios and meet other financial tests. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their scheduled due date. If we were unable to make this repayment or otherwise refinance these borrowings, the lenders under our new senior secured credit facility could elect to declare all amounts borrowed under our new senior secured credit facility, together with accrued interest, to be due and payable, which, in some instances, would be an event of default under the indenture governing the notes. In addition, these lenders could foreclose on our assets. If we were unable to

 

15


Table of Contents

refinance these borrowings on favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted by increased costs and less favorable terms, including interest rates and covenants. Any future refinancing of our new senior secured credit facility is likely to contain similar restrictive covenants and financial tests.

 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on the exchange notes.

 

Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on our future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive, regulatory, legislative and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. If we do not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including payments on the notes, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible or that any assets could be sold on acceptable terms or otherwise. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as on our ability to satisfy our obligations under the notes. In addition, any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

 

The exchange notes and the related guarantees are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt.

 

The exchange notes and the related guarantees each rank junior in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt, including the borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility, and all existing and future senior debt of our guarantors. As a result, upon any distribution to creditors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding, the holders of our senior debt or senior debt of any of the guarantors will be entitled to be paid in full before Intertape Polymer US or the guarantors make any payment on the notes. Holders of secured debt similarly will have claims that are prior to the claims of holders of the exchange notes with respect to the value of assets securing such debt.

 

We cannot assure you that sufficient assets will remain after making payments on our senior debt to allow us to make any payments on the exchange notes. In addition, certain events of default under our senior debt would prohibit Intertape Polymer US and the guarantors from making payments on the exchange notes. As of June 30, 2004, after giving effect to the issuance of the notes and the funding under our new senior secured credit facility, we would have had approximately $211.2 million of debt that was senior to the notes and related guarantees and approximately $71.8 million (net of $3.2 million in outstanding letters of credit) of additional borrowing available under our new senior secured credit facility. We may also incur additional senior debt in the future, consistent with the terms of the indenture governing the notes and our other debt agreements.

 

Intertape Polymer US is dependent on the guarantors for cash to fund its obligations.

 

The exchange notes will be guaranteed by Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and all of its existing subsidiaries and, as required by the indenture governing the notes, future subsidiaries. Intertape Polymer US will not have any operations that generate cash flow and will not have any operating subsidiaries. Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. Intertape Polymer US must receive distributions, payments or loans from Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and its other subsidiaries to satisfy its obligations on the exchange notes. If such amounts are not timely received by Intertape Polymer US, the guarantors would be obligated under the guarantees to make payments. Payments to Intertape Polymer US by Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and its subsidiaries will be contingent upon their earnings and business considerations. In addition, any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances by Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries could be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions.

 

16


Table of Contents

Fraudulent conveyance laws could void the obligations of the guarantors.

 

Under U.S. bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws or applicable Canadian federal or provincial laws, a guarantee could be voided, or claims in respect of a guarantee could be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

 

either:

 

(i) intended to hinder, delay, defeat or defraud any present or future creditor;

 

or

 

(ii) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of the guarantee; and

 

(a) was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the incurrence of the guarantee or, if in Canada, becomes subject to an insolvency proceeding;

 

(b) was engaged in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

 

(c) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

 

Moreover, any payments made by the guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor. To the extent that any guarantee is voided as a fraudulent conveyance, the claims of holders of the notes with respect to such guarantee would be adversely affected.

 

In addition, a legal challenge of a guarantee on fraudulent transfer grounds will focus on, among other things, the benefits, if any, realized by the relevant guarantor as a result of the issuance of the notes. The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the governing law. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

  the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets or would be greater than the value of all of its assets if disposed of at a fairly conducted sale under legal process; or

 

  if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature or it has ceased paying its current obligations in the ordinary course of business as they generally become due; or

 

  it could not pay its debts or obligations as they generally become due.

 

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that the guarantees are being incurred for proper purposes and in good faith and that each guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of the notes, will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

 

17


Table of Contents

Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the ability of the trustee under the indenture governing the exchange notes to enforce remedies under the exchange notes.

 

The rights of the trustee under the indenture governing the exchange notes to enforce remedies could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada, and one of the guarantors of the notes. For example, both the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of creditors and approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors within each affected class, including those creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the applicable debt instrument, during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place.

 

The powers of the court under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), and particularly under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), have been exercised broadly to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether guarantee payments by Intertape Polymer Group Inc. under the exchange notes would be made during any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustee could exercise its rights against Intertape Polymer Group Inc. under the indenture governing the exchange notes or whether and to what extent holders of the exchange notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal, interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the trustee.

 

You may be unable to enforce your rights under U.S. bankruptcy laws.

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of Canada and a substantial amount of their assets are located outside of the United States. Under bankruptcy laws in the United States, courts typically assert jurisdiction over a debtor’s property, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. However, courts outside of the United States may not recognize the United States bankruptcy court’s jurisdiction over property located outside of the territorial limits of the United States. Accordingly, difficulties may arise in administering a United States bankruptcy case involving a Canadian debtor with property located outside of the United States, and any orders or judgments of a bankruptcy court in the United States may not be enforceable outside the territorial limits of the United States.

 

We may not have the ability to raise the funds to purchase the exchange notes upon a change of control as required by the indenture governing the exchange notes.

 

Upon the occurrence of certain change of control events, each holder of the exchange notes may require us to purchase all or a portion of the exchange notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. Our ability to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control will be limited by the terms of our other debt. Upon a change of control, we may be required immediately to repay the outstanding principal, any accrued interest and any other amounts owed by us under our new senior secured credit facility. We cannot assure you that we would be able to repay amounts outstanding under our new senior secured credit facility or obtain necessary consents under our new senior secured credit facility to repurchase the exchange notes. Any requirement to offer to purchase any outstanding exchange notes may result in our having to refinance our other outstanding debt, which we may not be able to do. In addition, even if we were able to refinance this debt, the refinancing may not be on terms favorable to us.

 

There are restrictions on your ability to resell the exchange notes.

 

The exchange notes have not been and will not be qualified for public distribution under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada or the laws of any other jurisdiction where the exchange notes are being offered and sold. Except pursuant to exemptions under applicable securities laws, the exchange notes are not being offered and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Canada or any other jurisdiction. The exchange

 

18


Table of Contents

notes may be transferred and resold only in compliance with the laws of such jurisdictions to the extent applicable to the transaction, the transferor or the transferee.

 

The market price for the exchange notes may be volatile.

 

Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes offered hereby. The market for the exchange notes, if any, may be subject to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions may adversely affect the value of the exchange notes.

 

It may be difficult for investors to enforce civil liabilities against Intertape Polymer Group Inc. under U.S. federal and state securities laws.

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of Canada. Certain of their directors and executive officers, and certain directors and officers of Intertape Polymer US, are residents of Canada and a portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, certain subsidiaries are located in other foreign jurisdictions. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to effect service of process within the United States upon Intertape Polymer Group Inc., its Canadian subsidiaries, or its other foreign subsidiaries, or those directors and officers or to realize against them upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities laws or securities or blue sky laws of any state within the United States. We believe that a judgment of a U.S. court predicated solely upon the civil liability provisions of the Securities Act and/or the Exchange Act would likely be enforceable in Canada if the U.S court in which the judgment was obtained had a basis for jurisdiction in the matter that was recognized by a Canadian court for such purposes. We cannot assure you that this will be the case. There is substantial doubt whether an action could be brought in Canada in the first instance on the basis of liability predicted solely upon such laws.

 

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

 

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to significant restrictions on transfer, and may be subject to a limited trading market and a significant diminution in value.

 

If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for the exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your outstanding notes. In general, you may only offer or sell the outstanding notes if such offers and sales are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or exempt. To the extent outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the remaining outstanding notes would be adversely affected and there could be a significant diminution in the value of the outstanding notes as compared to the value of the exchange notes.

 

An active public market may not develop for the exchange notes, which could adversely affect the market price and liquidity of the exchange notes.

 

The exchange notes constitute securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through any automated quotation system, and no active public market for the exchange notes is currently anticipated. If a market for the exchange notes should develop, the exchange notes could trade at a discount from their principal amount and they may be difficult to sell. Future trading prices of the exchange notes will depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, our operating results and the market for similar securities. As a result, you may not be able to resell any exchange notes or, if you are able to resell, you may not be able to do so at a satisfactory price.

 

19


Table of Contents

If you participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes you could be deemed an underwriter under the Securities Act and be required to deliver a prospectus when you resell the exchange notes.

 

If you exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be deemed an underwriter under the Securities Act. If so, you will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. If you are deemed to be an underwriter and do not comply with these prospectus delivery requirements, you may be subject to civil penalties.

 

20


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

 

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

 

In connection with the issuance and sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes. We are making the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement.

 

Terms of the Exchange

 

We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, exchange notes for an equal principal amount of outstanding notes. The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the outstanding notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the outstanding notes which will not apply to exchange notes. The exchange notes will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture. See “Description of Notes.”

 

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered or accepted for exchange. As of the date of this prospectus, US$125.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes is outstanding. Outstanding notes tendered in the exchange offer must be tendered in a minimum principal amount of US$1,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000.

 

Based on certain interpretive letters issued by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions, holders of outstanding notes, except any holder who is an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who exchange their outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally may offer the exchange notes for resale, resell the exchange notes and otherwise transfer the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business and the holder is not participating in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes.

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the outstanding notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes as described in “Plan of Distribution.” In addition, to comply with the securities laws of individual jurisdictions, if applicable, the exchange notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and complied with. We have agreed, pursuant to the registration rights agreement to register or qualify the exchange notes for offer or sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the jurisdictions you reasonably request in writing. If you do not exchange outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

If any holder of the outstanding notes is an affiliate of ours, or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in the exchange offer, the holder would not be able to rely on the applicable interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and would be required to comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, except for resales made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirement of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

 

Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments

 

The exchange offer expires on the expiration date, which is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                       , 2004 unless we in our sole discretion extend the period during which the exchange offer is open.

 

We reserve the right to extend the exchange offer at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration date by giving written notice to Wilmington Trust Company, the exchange agent, and by public announcement

 

21


Table of Contents

communicated by no later than 9:00 a.m. on the next business day following the previously scheduled expiration date, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, by making a release to the Dow Jones News Service. However, if extended, the exchange offer will remain open for a maximum of 45 business days after the date of this prospectus. During any extension of the exchange offer, all outstanding notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us.

 

The exchange date will be the second business day following the expiration date. We expressly reserve the right to:

 

  terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any outstanding notes for any reason, including if any of the events set forth below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by us; and

 

  amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner, whether before or after any tender of the outstanding notes.

 

  If any termination or material amendment occurs, we will notify the exchange agent in writing and will either issue a press release or give written notice to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable.

 

Unless we terminate the exchange offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, we will exchange the exchange notes for the tendered outstanding notes on the exchange date. Any outstanding notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly after expiration or termination of the exchange offer. See “—Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes” below for more information.

 

This prospectus and the related letter of transmittal and other relevant materials will be mailed by us to record holders of outstanding notes and will be furnished to brokers, banks and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees, appear on the lists of holders for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of outstanding notes.

 

Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes

 

The tender of outstanding notes by you pursuant to any one of the procedures set forth below will constitute an agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

 

General Procedures. You may tender the notes by:

 

  properly completing and signing the letter of transmittal or a facsimile and delivering the letter of transmittal together with:

 

  the certificate or certificates representing the outstanding notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees, to the exchange agent at its address set forth in the letter of transmittal on or prior to the expiration date, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the outstanding notes being tendered, if the procedure is available, into the exchange agent’s account maintained at The Depositary Trust Company, or DTC, for that purpose pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or

 

  complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

 

If tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of the signer of the letter of transmittal and the exchange notes to be issued in exchange for those outstanding note are to be issued, or if a new note representing any untendered outstanding notes is to be issued, in the name of the registered holder, the signature of the signer need not be guaranteed. In any other case, the tendered outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by

 

22


Table of Contents

written instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to us and duly executed by the registered holder and the signature on the endorsement or instrument of transfer must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located or having an office or correspondent in the United States or by a member firm of a national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a member of a signature medallion program such as “STAMP.” If the exchange notes and/or outstanding notes not exchanged are to be delivered to an address other than that of the registered holder appearing on the note register for the outstanding notes, the signature on the letter of transmittal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution.

 

Any beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender outstanding notes should contact the holder promptly and instruct the holder to tender outstanding notes on the beneficial owner’s behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender the outstanding notes itself, the beneficial owner must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the outstanding notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in the beneficial owner’s name or follow the procedures described in the immediately preceding paragraph. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

 

A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when:

 

  the tendering holder’s properly completed and duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by the outstanding notes is received by the exchange agent,

 

  the tendering holder’s properly completed and duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by a book-entry confirmation is received by the exchange agent, or

 

  a notice of guaranteed delivery or letter or facsimile transmission to similar effect from an eligible institution is received by the exchange agent.

 

Issuances of exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery or letter or facsimile transmission to similar effect by an eligible institution will be made only against deposit of the letter of transmittal, the tendered outstanding notes, or book-entry confirmation, if applicable and any other required documents.

 

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance for exchange of any tender of outstanding notes will be determined by us, and will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, upon advice of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer or any defects or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders or will incur any liability for failure to give any such notification. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letter of transmittal and its instructions, will be final and binding.

 

The method of delivery of outstanding notes and all other documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, and delivery will be deemed made only when actually received and confirmed by the exchange agent. If the delivery is by mail, it is recommended that registered mail properly insured with return receipt requested be used and that the mailing be made sufficiently in advance of the expiration date to permit delivery to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. As an alternative to delivery by mail, holders may wish to consider overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the exchange agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. No letter of transmittal or outstanding notes should be sent to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions for the holders.

 

Book-Entry Transfer . The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the prospectus is mailed to holders, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of outstanding

 

23


Table of Contents

notes by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures . If you desire to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, but time will not permit a letter of transmittal, the outstanding notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or before the expiration date, or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if the exchange agent has received at its office a letter or facsimile transmission from an eligible institution setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the names in which the outstanding notes are registered, the principal amount of the outstanding notes being tendered and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the outstanding notes to be tendered, and stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the outstanding notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, together with a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and any other required documents, will be delivered by the eligible institution to the exchange agent in accordance with the procedures outlined above. Unless outstanding notes being tendered by the above-described method are deposited with the exchange agent, including through a book-entry confirmation, within the time period set forth above and accompanied or preceded by a properly completed letter of transmittal and any other required documents, we may, at our option, reject the tender. Additional copies of a notice of guaranteed delivery which may be used by eligible institutions for the purposes described in this paragraph are available from the exchange agent.

 

Terms and Conditions of the Letter of Transmittal

 

The letter of transmittal contains, among other things, the following terms and conditions, which are part of the exchange offer.

 

The transferring party tendering outstanding notes for exchange will be deemed to have exchanged, assigned and transferred the outstanding notes to us and to have irrevocably constituted and appointed the exchange agent as the transferor’s agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the outstanding notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The transferor will be required to represent and warrant that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the outstanding notes and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of the tendered outstanding notes and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, we will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered outstanding notes, free and clear of any and all liens, restrictions, other than restrictions on transfer, charges and encumbrances and that the notes are not and will not be subject to any adverse claim. The transferor will be required to also agree that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or us to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered outstanding notes. The transferor will be required to agree that acceptance of any tendered outstanding notes by us and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange for tendered outstanding notes will constitute performance in full by us of our obligations under the registration rights agreement and that we will have no further obligations or liabilities under the registration rights agreement, except in limited circumstances. All authority conferred by the transferor will survive the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of the transferor and every obligation of the transferor and will be binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors, assigns, executors, administrators and trustees in bankruptcy of the transferor.

 

By tendering outstanding notes and executing the letter of transmittal, the transferor will be required to certify that:

 

  it is not an affiliate of ours or our subsidiaries or, if the transferor is an affiliate of ours or our subsidiaries, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

 

  the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not the person is the holder;

 

  the transferor has not entered into an arrangement or understanding with any other person to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes;

 

24


Table of Contents
  the transferor is not a broker-dealer who purchased the outstanding notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act; and

 

  the transferor will be able to trade the exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities Act.

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of exchange notes.

 

Withdrawal Rights

 

Outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration date.

 

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written letter or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth in the letter of transmittal not later than the close of business on the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must specify the person named in the letter of transmittal as having tendered outstanding notes to be withdrawn, the certificate numbers and principal amount of outstanding notes to be withdrawn, that the holder is withdrawing its election to have such outstanding notes exchanged and the name of the registered holder of the outstanding notes. The notice must be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to us that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the outstanding notes being withdrawn. The exchange agent will return the properly withdrawn outstanding notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date. If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by us, and will be final and binding on all parties.

 

Acceptance of Outstanding Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the acceptance for exchange of outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the exchange notes will be made on the exchange date. For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered outstanding notes when, and if we have given written notice to the exchange agent.

 

The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of outstanding notes for the purposes of receiving exchange notes from us and causing the outstanding notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, delivery of exchange notes to be issued in exchange for accepted outstanding notes will be made by the exchange agent on the exchange date. Any outstanding notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder without cost to the holder, or, in the case of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry procedures described above, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained by the holder with DTC for the outstanding notes, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to issue exchange notes in exchange for any properly tendered outstanding notes not previously accepted and may terminate the exchange offer, by oral or written notice to the exchange agent and by timely public

 

25


Table of Contents

announcement communicated, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, to the Dow Jones News Service, or, at our option, modify or otherwise amend the exchange offer, if:

 

  there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or of the Securities and Exchange Commission:

 

  seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of the exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange offer,

 

  assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or

 

  resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer; or

 

  the exchange offer violates any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

We may waive any or all of these conditions at any time, in whole or in part, prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any right. In addition, we reserve the right, notwithstanding the satisfaction of these conditions, to terminate or amend the exchange offer.

 

Any determination by us concerning the fulfillment or non-fulfillment of any conditions will be final and binding upon all parties.

 

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for any outstanding notes, if at that time, any stop order has been issued, or is threatened with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or with respect to the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, as amended.

 

Exchange Agent

 

Wilmington Trust Company has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal or a notice of guaranteed delivery, should be directed to the exchange agent as follows:

 

By Registered or Certified

Mail:

 

Facsimile Transmission

Number:

(For Eligible Institutions Only)

(___) ____-_____

 

By Hand/Overnight

Delivery:

Wilmington Trust Company  

To Confirm by Telephone

or for:

Information Call:

(___) ___-____

   

 

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above, or transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, will not constitute a valid delivery.

 

Wilmington Trust Company also acts as trustee under the indenture.

 

26


Table of Contents

Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses

 

We have not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in connection with the exchange offer and we will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange agent and printing, accounting and legal fees, will be paid by us and are estimated at approximately $200,000.

 

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in connection with the exchange offer other than those contained in this prospectus. If given or made, the information or representations should not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any exchange made in the exchange offer, will, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus or any earlier date as of which information is given in this prospectus. The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will tenders be accepted from or on behalf of, holders of outstanding notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the exchange offer or the acceptance would not be in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction. However, we may, at our discretion, take any action as we may deem necessary to make the exchange offer in any jurisdiction. In any jurisdiction where its securities laws or blue sky laws require the exchange offer to be made by a licensed broker or dealer, the exchange offer is being made on our behalf by one or more registered brokers or dealers licensed under the laws of the jurisdiction.

 

Appraisal Rights

 

You will not have dissenters’ rights or appraisal rights in connection with the exchange offer.

 

Accounting Treatment

 

The exchange notes will be recorded at the carrying value of the outstanding notes as reflected on our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by us upon the exchange of exchange notes for outstanding notes. Expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the exchange notes will be amortized over the term of the exchange notes.

 

Transfer Taxes

 

If you tender your outstanding notes, you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the exchange offer unless you instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered holder, in which case you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

 

Tax Considerations

 

We advise you to consult your own tax advisers as to your particular circumstances and the effects of any state, local or foreign tax laws to which you may be subject.

 

United States . The following discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, in each case as in effect on the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change.

 

The exchange of an outstanding note for an exchange note will not constitute a taxable exchange. The exchange will not result in taxable income, gain or loss being recognized by you or by us. Immediately after the exchange, you will have the same adjusted basis and holding period in each exchange note received as you had immediately prior to the exchange in the corresponding outstanding note surrendered.

 

Canada. The following discussion is based upon the provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the regulations thereunder, judicial decisions and published statements of the current administrative practices of Canada

 

27


Table of Contents

Customs and Revenue Agency, in each case as in effect on the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. A non-resident of Canada who deals at arm’s length with Intertape and does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, the outstanding notes in the course of carrying on business in Canada will not be liable for any Canadian federal income tax as a consequence of the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the offer.

 

See “Important U.S. and Canadian Tax Considerations” for more information.

 

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

 

As consequence of the offer or sale of the outstanding notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, holders of outstanding notes who do not exchange outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless such offers or sales are registered under the Securities Act, or exempt from, or not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

 

Upon completion of the exchange offer, due to the restrictions on transfer of the outstanding notes and the absence of similar restrictions applicable to the exchange notes, it is likely that the market, if any, for outstanding notes will be relatively less liquid than the market for exchange notes. Consequently, holders of outstanding notes who do not participate in the exchange offer could experience significant diminution in the value of their outstanding notes, compared to the value of exchange notes.

 

28


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. The net proceeds from the sale of the outstanding notes, after deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses, were approximately $122.7 million. We used the net proceeds, together with borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility to refinance substantially all of our existing indebtedness of $281.0 million, to pay other premiums and other fees and expenses associated with the refinancing of $29.8 million and the balance for general corporate purposes. The refinanced debt was scheduled to mature between May 2005 and May 2009 and had an average annual interest rate of 9.5%. Approximately $273.7 million, or 100.0%, of the refinance debt was secured.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents and our actual capitalization and our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the application of the proceeds from the sale of the notes which are the subject of this exchange offer and the borrowings under our new senior secured credit facility. You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2004

     Actual

   As Adjusted

    

(unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9.5    $ 17.6
    

  

Total debt:

             

Existing credit facility

   $ 33.9       

New senior secured credit facility (1)

          $ 200.0

Series A Notes and Series B Notes

     123.8       

Senior Notes

     123.3       

8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

            125.0

Other debt

     11.2      11.2
    

  

Total debt

     292.2      336.2

Shareholders’ equity (2)

     383.5      363.7
    

  

Total capitalization

   $ 675.7    $ 699.9
    

  

 

(1) In connection with the refinancing, we terminated the existing credit facility and entered into a new $275.0 million senior secured credit facility. For a description of the terms of our new senior secured credit facility, see “Description of Other Indebtedness — New Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

 

(2) The as adjusted shareholders’ equity reflects (i) payment of make-whole premiums to existing noteholders of $21.9 million, (ii) deferred financing costs of $8.5 million expensed at the time of refinancing, including the unamortized balance of debt issue expenses attributable to the debt being refinanced and (iii) related income tax benefits of $10.6 million.

 

30


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following table presents selected financial information. The selected financial information as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 has been derived from, and should be read together with, our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial information as of December 31, 1999, 2000 and 2001 and for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected financial information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2003 and 2004 has been derived from, and should be read together with, our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of our interim results and financial position have been included in those results and financial position. Interim results and financial position are not necessarily indicative of the results and financial position that can be expected for a full fiscal year. All of the following consolidated financial information should also be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year ended December 31,

    Six months ended
June 30,


     1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

   2004

                                   (unaudited)
     (in millions, except ratios)

Consolidated Earnings Data:

                                                     

Sales

   $ 569.9     $ 653.9     $ 594.9     $ 601.6     $ 621.3     $ 303.8    $ 334.0

Cost of sales

     445.3       500.5       476.1       475.4       482.4       235.9      264.1
    


 


 


 


 


 

  

Gross profit

     124.6       153.4       118.8       126.1       138.9       67.9      70.0

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     85.3       83.1       91.3       85.3       90.0       42.8      45.1

Stock based compensation

                                                    0.4

Amortization of goodwill

     5.5       6.5       7.0                               

Impairment of goodwill

                             70.0                       

Research and development

     3.9       5.1       4.2       3.2       3.3       2.0      2.1

Financial expenses (1)

     22.1       27.2       38.9       32.8       28.5       15.5      14.0

Manufacturing facility closure costs

                             2.1       3.0               

(Gain) on sale of interest in joint venture

             (5.5 )                                     
    


 


 


 


 


 

  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     7.8       36.9       (22.6 )     (67.2 )     14.1       7.6      8.3

Income taxes (recovery)

     (0.3 )     3.5       (10.4 )     (12.8 )     (4.1 )     0.8      0.4
    


 


 


 


 


 

  

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 8.1     $ 33.4     $ (12.2 )   $ (54.5 )   $ 18.2     $ 6.8    $ 7.9
    


 


 


 


 


 

  

Other Consolidated Financial Data:

                                                     

EBITDA (2)

   $ 61.2     $ 92.1     $ 50.1     $ (7.2 )   $ 70.2     $ 35.3    $ 36.2

Adjusted EBITDA (2)

     61.2       101.6       68.6       64.9       73.2       35.3      36.2

Capital expenditures

     57.2       48.1       25.9       11.7       13.0       5.1      9.9

 

31


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31,

    Six months ended
June 30,


 
     1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

    2004

 
                                   (unaudited)  
     (in millions, except ratios)  

Other Consolidated Financial Data (continued):

                                                        

Depreciation and amortization

     31.2       27.9       33.8       28.7       29.4       13.4       14.6  

Net cash flows provided (used) by:

                                                        

Operating activities

   $ 46.5     $ 40.0     $ 48.1     $ 35.2     $ 40.4     $ 11.1     $ 5.8  

Investing activities

     (175.9 )     (54.5 )     (26.5 )     (16.9 )     (20.6 )     (5.7 )     (16.5 )

Financing activities

     130.4       17.2       (20.0 )     (20.0 )     (16.4 )     (5.9 )     21.5  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)

     1.3 x     2.1 x     —         —         1.4 x     1.5 x     1.6 x

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                                                        

Total assets

   $ 815.0     $ 845.0     $ 802.0     $ 703.3     $ 739.2     $ 732.2     $ 768.1  

Working capital

     68.9       8.7       68.1       61.2       68.7       65.7       123.2  

Total debt

     392.0       413.5       391.0       321.3       265.9       320.4       292.2  

Shareholders’ equity

     282.0       309.6       294.1       293.1       377.5       320.0       383.5  

U.S. GAAP Consolidated Financial Data (4) :

                                                        

Sales

   $ 569.9     $ 653.9     $ 594.9     $ 601.6     $ 621.3     $ 303.8     $ 334.0  

Net earnings (loss)

     8.1       33.4       (12.2 )     (54.5 )     18.2       6.8       7.9  

Total assets

     815.0       845.0       802.9       705.2       745.9       734.1       774.8  

Total debt

     392.0       413.5       391.0       321.3       265.9       320.4       292.2  

Shareholders’ equity

     282.0       309.6       290.6       286.5       370.4       313.4       376.4  

 

(1) Financial expenses consist principally of interest expenses, amortization of debt issue expenses, banking fees and gains and losses on foreign exchange transactions.

 

(2)

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before (i) income taxes, (ii) financial expenses, net of amortization and (iii) depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before certain non-recurring items. Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as earnings before income taxes, net earnings (loss) or cash from operating activities as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities or as alternatives to net earnings as indicators of our operating performance or any other measures of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We have included these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe that they provide investors with useful information regarding our financial condition and results of operations. We present Adjusted EBITDA because it is used in the indenture governing the senior subordinated hereby to determine whether we may incur additional indebtedness. Our senior secured

 

32


Table of Contents
 

credit facility also contains covenants that utilize Adjusted EBITDA in connection with certain financial ratios. The reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Six Months
Ended June 30,


     1999

    2000

   2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

   2004

     (in millions)

Net earnings (loss) — as reported

   $ 8.1     $ 33.4    $ (12.2 )   $ (54.5 )   $ 18.2     $ 6.8    $ 7.9

Add back:

                                                    

Income taxes

     (0.3 )     3.5      (10.4 )     (12.8 )     (4.1 )     0.8      0.4

Financial expenses, net of amortization

     22.1       27.2      38.9       31.4       26.7       14.3      13.3

Depreciation and amortization

     31.2       27.9      33.8       28.7       29.4       13.4      14.6
    


 

  


 


 


 

  

EBITDA

   $ 61.2     $ 92.1    $ 50.1     $ (7.2 )   $ 70.2     $ 35.3    $ 36.2

Non-recurring items:

                                                    

Gross profit items (a)

           $ 9.5    $ 7.7                               

SG&A items (b)

                    10.8                               

Manufacturing facility closure costs

                          $ 2.1     $ 3.0               

Impairment of goodwill

                            70.0                       
    


 

  


 


 


 

  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 61.2     $ 101.6    $ 68.6     $ 64.9     $ 73.2     $ 35.3    $ 36.2
    


 

  


 


 


 

  

 

  (a) Gross profit items for 2000 consist of additional reserves for working capital items, principally inventories. Gross profit items for 2001 consist of $2.3 million in implementation of regional distribution centers and additional reserves for asset writedowns of $1.0 million, inventory writedowns of $3.2 million and severance of $1.2 million.

 

  (b) Consists of $0.8 million of asset writedowns, $7.0 million of reserves for bad debts and $3.0 million in severance payments.

 

(3) For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represents earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, both expensed and capitalized, including amortization of debt issue expenses and that portion of rental expense considered to be a reasonable approximation of interest. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the refinancing, our ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 2.1x for 2003 and 2.0x for the six months ended June 30, 2004. In 2001 and 2002, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $23.5 million and $67.7 million, respectively.

 

(4) Canadian GAAP, as applied to us, conforms in all material respects with U.S. GAAP except as otherwise described in note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Total assets and shareholders’ equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP, at June 30, 2003 and 2004, reflect the Canadian to U.S. GAAP adjustments as of the immediately preceding calendar year-end.

 

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, which reflect the expectations, beliefs, plans and objectives of management about future financial performance and assumptions underlying our judgments concerning the matters discussed below. These statements, accordingly, involve estimates, assumptions, judgments and uncertainties. In particular, this pertains to management’s comments on financial resources, capital spending and the outlook for our business. Our actual results could differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to any differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

 

Our Business

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc. was founded in 1981 and has become a recognized leader in the development and manufacture of specialized polyolefin films, paper and film pressure-sensitive tapes and complementary packaging systems.

 

Our business model and underlying strategies have been evolving since the mid-1990s. The key components to this strategy are as follows:

 

Commencing in the mid-1990s, we made a series of strategic acquisitions in order to provide for products demanded by the industrial packaging market that we serve. These products include water-activated tapes, masking tapes, duct tapes, filament tapes and natural rubber adhesive tapes. At the same time, we continued to develop new products, including shrink and stretch wrap films. We believe that we now offer the broadest range of packaging products in the industry and, as such, are unique amongst all our competitors.

 

As soon as a new product is either acquired or developed internally, we devote research and development, or R&D, capital to further broaden the range of products within each of these product lines. The effect of this part of the strategy is to further expand the product range by ensuring that the scope of product offerings is maximized.

 

In 2000, we opened regional distribution centers, or RDCs, as part of an enhanced supply chain management strategy. Each RDC is stocked with a wide range of products in order to afford customers the ability to place one order and receive one shipment regardless of where we make the product. We continue to assess and refine our RDC strategy to achieve maximum efficiency.

 

Examples of products sold through distributors are Intertape brand pressure-sensitive carton sealing tapes that include hot-melt, acrylic and natural rubber adhesives; water-activated carton sealing tape; paper tapes; duct tapes; Exlfilm brand shrink wrap and StretchFlex brand stretch wrap. Examples of products sold directly to end-users include a wide range of NOVA-THENE brand engineered fabric polyolefin products, Intertape brand flexible intermediate bulk containers, or FIBCs, and electrical specialty tapes.

 

Throughout 2003, we continued to execute our strategy related to acquisitions, new product introductions and the breadth and depth of products and how they are distributed. The strategy was further enhanced in the following ways:

 

  In April 2003, we announced the consolidation of three RDCs into a newly constructed facility in Danville, Virginia. This new RDC became operational in January 2004 and has provided lower transaction costs and improved service to our customers.

 

  In June 2003, we acquired the remaining 50% common equity interest in FIBOPE Portuguesa Filmes Biorientados S.A. This investment provides a manufacturing and distribution platform from which we plan to introduce certain of our North American-made products into the European markets. Currently, these markets are being analyzed and we will continue this process during the remainder of 2004.

 

34


Table of Contents
  In October 2003, we decided to close our Green Bay water-activated tape facility. The production from this facility was transferred to our facility located in Menasha, Wisconsin. This consolidation was possible as a result of our investments to increase output and efficiencies which permitted the integration of production into a single facility. A fourth quarter pretax charge of $3.0 million was recorded in relation to this facility closure. We continue to review the effectiveness of our manufacturing facilities in light of ongoing capacity requirements.

 

  In December 2003, we reached an agreement to acquire certain assets of tesa tape, inc., a manufacturer of both masking and duct tapes for the retail market. With this acquisition came access to additional large retail chains previously not serviced by us as well as a three year supply agreement. Upon the completion of this acquisition in February 2004, the production of the acquired business was integrated into our Columbia, South Carolina facility.

 

Results of Operations

 

First Half 2004 Compared to First Half 2003

 

Overview. We experienced a 9.9% increase in sales for the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared to the corresponding period in 2003.

 

The increase in net earnings was primarily attributable to increased sales which offset the negative impact of a lower gross margin in the first half of 2004 compared to the corresponding period in 2003. Except as discussed under the caption “Gross Profit and Gross Margin” below, economic and industrial factors during the first half of 2004 were substantially unchanged from December 31, 2003.

 

Sales. Sales for the first half of 2004 were $334.0 million, an increase of 9.9% from the first half of 2003 sales of $303.8 million. The increase includes revenues associated with the February 2004 acquisition of the duct and masking tape operations of tesa tape and the incremental sales associated with acquiring the remaining 50% interest in our Portuguese joint venture in late June 2003. The increase in sales is attributable to these two acquisitions, as well as higher overall selling prices and sales volumes in the first half of 2004 compared to the same period of 2003.

 

We anticipate a continued growth in revenue for the balance of 2004. U.S. GDP is forecast to rise slightly, indicating increased economic activity that should contribute to growth. Our revenue growth strategy is composed of a number of inter-related elements, including:

 

  continuation of the broad product offering which will include additional introductions of new products and an improved product mix;

 

  competitive pricing in combination with selective price increases;

 

  increased retail penetration both as a result of the tesa tape acquisition as well as our continuing retail channel penetration;

 

  improved market share in key product lines and other channels of distribution; and

 

  new customers, including export opportunities.

 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin. Gross profit for the first half of 2004 totaled $70.0 million at a gross margin of 20.9%, compared to gross profit of $67.9 million for the first half of 2003 at a gross margin of 22.3%. The margin decline in the first half of 2004 was due to several factors, including raw material cost increases in polypropylene and natural rubber, production interruptions at our Truro, Nova Scotia manufacturing facility, unanticipated integration costs at the Columbia facility related to the acquired duct and masking tape operations of tesa tape, and changes in product mix.

 

35


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $45.1 million (or 13.5% of sales) for the first half of 2004, compared to $42.8 million (or 14.1% of sales) for the first half of 2003. The increase in expenses reflects the effect of including the remaining 50% interest in the Portuguese joint venture that was acquired at the end of June 2003 as well as the increase in selling expenses attributable to the accounts acquired in the tesa tape acquisition.

 

Operating Profit. Operating profit is not a financial measure under Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. Our management uses operating profit to measure and evaluate the profit contributions of our product offerings as well as the contribution by channel of distribution. Operating profit (defined as gross profit less selling, general and administrative expenses and stock based compensation expense) was $24.4 million for the first half of 2004, compared to $25.1 million for the first half of 2003. The selling, general and administrative expenses for the first six months of 2004 increased by $2.3 million over the amounts for the first six months of 2003 as a result of higher sales. Additionally, operating profit for the first six months of 2004 reflected $0.4 million of stock based compensation expense due to the change in accounting adopted by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2003.

 

Financial Expenses. Financial expenses for the first half of 2004 were $14.0 million compared to $15.5 million in the first half of 2003, representing a reduction of 9.7%. The year-to-year decrease in financial expenses was the result of substantial debt repayments in the second and third quarters of 2003. The common stock issuance in late September 2003 allowed us to repay $40.8 million in debt at the end of the third quarter of 2003.

 

EBITDA. A reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to GAAP net earnings (loss) is set out in the reconciliation table below. EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before (i) income taxes, (ii) financial expenses, net of amortization, and (iii) depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA before certain non-recurring items. Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as earnings before income taxes, net earnings (loss) or cash from operating activities as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities or as alternatives to net earnings as indicators of our operating performance or any other measures of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We have included these non-GAAP financial measures because we believe that they provide investors with useful information regarding our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the covenants contained in our senior subordinated notes and our new senior secured credit facility require certain debt to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA ratios be maintained, thus EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used by management and our lenders and noteholders in evaluating our performance.

 

36


Table of Contents

EBITDA for the first half of 2004 and 2003 was as follows:

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,


     2004

   2003

     (in millions)

Net Earnings — As Reported

   $ 7.9    $ 6.8

Add back:

             

Income taxes

     0.4      0.8

Financial expenses, net of amortization

     13.3      14.3

Depreciation and amortization

     14.6      13.4
    

  

EBITDA

   $ 36.2    $ 35.3
    

  

 

For selected periods, we have disclosed Adjusted EBITDA. However, for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA were the same.

 

Net Earnings. Net earnings for the first half of 2004 were $7.9 million, compared to net earnings of $6.8 million for the first half of 2003.

 

Years Ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

Sales. Our consolidated sales increased by 3.3% to $621.3 million for the year 2003 from $601.6 million for 2002; and 1.1% to $601.6 million for the year 2002 from $594.9 million in 2001. Fluctuating foreign exchange rates did not have a significant impact on our 2003 sales.

 

Like several of our competitors in the North American packaging industry, we experienced a unit selling volume decline during the first half of 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. We recovered most of the unit decline during the fourth quarter of 2003. The growth seen in the fourth quarter of 2003 is primarily attributable to our RDC strategy, the breadth of our product offering, improved customer service and an improving economic environment. In 2002, despite a continuing slowdown in the North American economy, unit volume increased compared to 2001. This contrasts with 2001, when the global economic slowdown, along with low-cost imports and declining consumption in certain industries, drove unit volume down from the prior year.

 

Unit selling prices for most of our product lines increased in 2003 after several years of unit selling price declines. Unit selling prices declined in the first part of 2002, continuing a trend from 2001 and 2000. The unit selling price declines tracked the steady decline in raw material costs during those periods. However, raw material costs began to rise in the third quarter of 2002 and continued to do so during 2003.

 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin. Gross profit was $138.9 million in 2003, up 10.1% from 2002. For 2002, gross profit was $126.1 million, up 6.2% from $118.8 million in 2001. Gross profit represented 22.4% of sales in 2003, 21.0% in 2002 and 20.0% in 2001.

 

Our gross profit decreased slightly during 2002 to $126.1 million from an adjusted gross profit in 2001 of $126.5 million. As a percentage of sales, adjusted gross profit was 21.0% for 2002, comparable to the 2001 figure of 21.3%. There were no adjustments to gross profit for 2003 or 2002.

 

Value-added is the difference between material costs and selling prices, expressed as a percentage of sales. Historically, we have been able to maintain value-added percentages within a narrow range of less than 0.75% because we pass on raw materials cost increases to the customer. During 2002, this situation changed as a direct result of a timing lag between raw material cost increases and full implementation of selling price increases, due to

 

37


Table of Contents

continued economic uncertainty. This caused value-added to decline by 3.0% in the third quarter of 2002 and 2.0% in the fourth quarter of 2002. In early 2003, we implemented selected price increases aimed at stabilizing value-added levels. Although raw material costs continued to increase throughout 2003, our successful implementation of a series of unit selling price increases resulted in improved gross margins. In addition to our ability to pass on cost increases, gross margins improved as the result of certain cost reduction programs announced late in 2002 which had an affect on both 2002 and 2003.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2003, SG&A expenses amounted to $90.0 million, up from $85.3 million for 2002, which was down $6.0 million from $91.3 million in 2001. As a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses were 14.5% 14.2% and 15.3% for 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively.

 

When adjusted for non-recurring items affecting SG&A expenses (as described in “—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” below), SG&A expenses increased by $4.7 million for 2003 to $90.0 million, and for 2002 had increased $4.8 million to $85.3 million from $80.5 million in 2001. These adjusted SG&A figures represent 14.5% of sales for 2003, 14.2% for 2002 and 13.5% for 2001. Much of the increase for 2003 and 2002 relates to higher unit sales within the retail distribution channel, which carries a larger selling structure than other sales channels.

 

Of the 2003 increase of $4.7 million in SG&A costs, approximately $2.7 million was incurred during the fourth quarter. Approximately $2.2 million of this increase was attributable to items such as higher promotional incentives, a customer bankruptcy, and the early adoption of the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation. The remaining $0.5 million of this increase was the net impact of a $3.0 million credit to SG&A expense for the reversal of a previously recognized potential liability, the provision for which was no longer required, and a series of asset and liability valuation adjustments. The most significant of the valuation adjustments related to a claim receivable related to an earlier acquisition, a provision for incurred but unbilled costs in servicing customers and the value of customer claims.

 

Operating Profit. This discussion presents our operating profit and adjusted operating profit for 2003, 2002 and 2001. Operating profit is not a financial measure under GAAP in Canada or the United States. We use operating profit to measure and evaluate the profit contributions of our product offerings as well as the contribution by channel of distribution.

 

Because “operating profit” and “adjusted operating profit” are non-GAAP financial measures, companies may present similar titled items determined with differing adjustments. Presented below is a table reconciling this non-GAAP financial measure with the most comparable GAAP measurement. We define operating profit as gross profit less SG&A expenses.

 

Operating Profit Reconciliation

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

     (in millions)

Gross profit — as reported

   $ 138.9    $ 126.1    $ 118.8

Less: SG&A Expense — as reported

     90.0      85.3      91.3
    

  

  

Operating profit

   $ 48.9    $ 40.8    $ 27.5

Non-recurring items

                    

Gross profit items

                 $ 7.7

SG&A items

                   10.8
    

  

  

Adjusted operating profit

   $ 48.9    $ 40.8    $ 46.0
    

  

  

 

38


Table of Contents

Operating profit for 2003 amounted to $48.9 million compared to $40.8 million for 2002 and compared to $27.5 million in 2001. When adjusted for the non-recurring items affecting cost of sales and SG&A expenses (as described in “—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” below), operating profits were $48.9 million or 7.9% of sales for 2003; $40.8 million or 6.8% of sales for 2002; and $46.0 million or 7.7% of sales for 2001.

 

Considered on an adjusted basis, operating profits have fluctuated for a number of reasons. Value-added dollars increased during 2003 but had decreased during 2002. Despite the increase in SG&A expenses discussed above, operating profits for 2003 grew due to the $12.7 million increase in gross profit during the year.

 

Our operating profit for the fourth quarter of 2003 was $9.7 million compared to $6.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2002. Most of the improvement in operating profits was the result of the higher gross margins achieved in 2003. The improved margins were the result of our ability to recover rising raw material costs through unit selling price increases during 2003 after being unable to do so the last half of 2002.

 

Impairment of Goodwill. In accordance with the requirements of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”), which are equivalent to the applicable U.S. standards, we perform an annual goodwill impairment test on December 31 of each year. For the purposes of the impairment test, based on the specific requirements of the accounting pronouncements, we determined that we were a single reporting unit. We calculated the fair value of this reporting unit using the discounted cash flow method, and compared it with other methods including multiples of sales and EBITDA, and with historical transactions where appropriate. From these approaches, the fair market value was determined. For 2002 an impairment was charged to operating expenses of $70.0 million. This impairment relates to goodwill from our acquisition activity during the period from 1996 through 2000 in light of 2002 economic and market conditions. There was no impairment charge incurred for 2003.

 

Research and Development. R&D is an important part of our business. Taken as a percentage of sales, R&D was 0.5% for both 2003 and 2002 and was 0.7% for 2001. The decrease in R&D expenditures as a percentage of sales is the result of an increased emphasis on applied research, which helps us identify opportunities for new products more efficiently as well as the benefit of research and development tax credits recognized in 2003 and 2002. R&D continues to focus on new products, new technology developments, new product processes and formulations.

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. The reconciliation of net earnings (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     (in millions)  

Net earnings (loss) — as reported

   $ 18.2     $ (54.5 )   $ (12.2 )

Add back:

                        

Income taxes

     (4.1 )     (12.8 )     (10.4 )

Financial expenses, net of amortization

     26.7       31.4       38.9  

Depreciation and amortization

     29.4       28.7       33.8  
    


 


 


EBITDA

   $ 70.2     $ (7.2 )   $ 50.1  

Non-recurring items:

                        

Gross profit items (a)

                   $ 7.7  

SG&A items (b)

                     10.8  

Manufacturing facility closure costs

   $ 3.0     $ 2.1          

Impairment of goodwill

             70.0          
    


 


 


Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 73.2     $ 64.9     $ 68.6  
    


 


 


 

  (a) Consists of $2.3 million in implementation of regional distribution centers and additional reserves for asset writedowns of $1.0 million, inventory writedowns of $3.2 million and severance of $1.2 million.

 

39


Table of Contents
  (b) Consists of $0.8 million of asset writedowns, $7.0 million of reserves for bad debts and $3.0 million in severance payments.

 

EBITDA was $70.2 million for 2003, ($7.2) million for 2002 and $50.1 million for 2001. Adjusted EBITDA was $73.2 million, $64.9 million, and $68.6 million for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

The profit improvement in combination with the significant debt reduction, discussed in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section, positively impacted our debt-to-Adjusted EBITDA ratio, which improved substantially from 5.7 times in 2001 to 3.6 times in 2003.

 

Financial Expenses. The accompanying table shows, on a retrospective basis, the impact of the 225 basis point increase on amounts owing on our existing notes that became effective on January 1, 2002, as if that had been in place January 1, 2001. Management believes that this table presents a better comparison of the effect on financial expenses as a result of improved working capital management, and the share issues during 2002 and 2003.

 

Table of Financial Expenses

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

     (in millions)

Financial expenses — as reported

   $ 28.5    $ 32.8    $ 38.9

Less: Non-recurring charge

                   6.7
    

  

  

As adjusted before non-recurring charges

   $ 28.5    $ 32.8    $ 32.2

Effect of 225 bps increase in year prior to the rate increase (for comparative purposes only)

                 $ 6.3
    

  

  

Financial expenses if the rate increase had taken place January 1, 2001

   $ 28.5    $ 32.8    $ 38.5
    

  

  

 

Year over year financial expenses decreased 13.1% to $28.5 million for 2003 and increased 1.9% in 2002 to $32.8 million as compared to as adjusted $32.2 million in 2001.

 

Financial expenses for 2003 and 2002 reflected the concerted effort we placed on managing our balance sheet, generating cash and reducing debt and raising additional equity capital. The reduction in interest expense is particularly significant given that the interest rates applicable to our existing notes were increased by 225 basis points effective January 1, 2002.

 

Financial expenses for 2001 include a non-recurring $6.7 million charge to write-off certain deferred costs related to previous financing arrangements that were refinanced at the end of 2001, together with the fees paid to both the noteholders and the banks in relation to the refinancing.

 

Income Taxes. Our effective income tax rate was (29.4%), 19.0% and 45.9% for the years 2003, 2002 and 2001 respectively. Our statutory income tax rate was approximately 43.0% for the same periods.

 

In the past three years, our statutory income tax rate has been impacted primarily by a lower rate on foreign-based income, manufacturing and processing deductions and transactions that resulted in permanent differences partly offset by a change in the valuation allowance. In addition, in 2002, the statutory income tax rate was impacted by the non-taxable portion of the charge for goodwill impairment.

 

40


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2003, we had accumulated approximately $61.0 million in Canadian operating loss carry-forwards expiring from 2007 through 2010, and $161.0 million in U.S. federal and state operating losses expiring from 2010 through 2023. In assessing the valuation of future income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the future income tax assets will not be realized. Management considers the scheduled reversal of future income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. We expect the future income tax assets to be realized, net of the valuation allowance at December 31, 2003, as a result of the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences. Based on management’s assessment, a $31.1 million valuation allowance was established as at December 31, 2003, which is $4.8 million higher than the allowance established as at December 31, 2002.

 

Net Earnings — Canadian and U.S. GAAP. For fiscal 2003, we posted net earnings of $18.2 million as compared to losses of $54.5 million and $12.2 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Adjusted net earnings amounted to $20.1 million for 2003, $10.2 million for 2002 and $9.7 million for 2001. Adjusted net earnings are equal to net earnings before non-recurring charges, goodwill amortization and their related income tax benefit, which amounted to $1.9 million, $64.7 million and $21.9 million, respectively in 2003, 2002 and 2001. We believe adjusted net earnings provide a better comparison of results for the periods because adjusted net earnings remove non-recurring items in each period.

 

Our net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2003 were $5.2 million ($7.1 million excluding non-recurring items) compared to a net loss of $58.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2002. The fourth quarter of 2002 included a charge for goodwill impairment of $63.3 million net of income tax benefit. The fourth quarter of 2002 net earnings excluding the impairment charge was $4.5 million. The higher net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2003 were the result of improved gross margins and reduced financial expenses compared to the fourth quarter of 2002. The improvement would have been more substantial except for the larger income tax benefit (excluding the benefit associated with the charge for goodwill impairment) recorded in the fourth quarter of 2002.

 

Canadian GAAP net earnings conform in all material respects to amounts that would have to be reported had the financial statements been prepared under U.S. GAAP. For further details, see note 21 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

In our case, net earnings are equal to earnings from continuing operations, as we had no discontinued operations, extraordinary items or changes in accounting principles that resulted in a charge against earnings for these periods.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We maintain no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flows in First Half of 2004

 

Cash flow from operating activities before changes in non-cash working capital items was $22.4 million for the first half of 2004 compared to $20.9 million for the first half of 2003. Changes in non-cash working capital items utilized $16.6 million in cash for the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared to $9.8 million during the same six-month period in 2003. The improved cash flow from operating activities in the first half of 2004 compared to the first half of 2003 is the result of more effective management of accounts receivables.

 

Our investing activities used $16.5 million in cash in the first six months of 2004, compared to $5.7 million in the first six months of 2003. This increase was due to increased capital spending and $5.5 million used to acquire the duct and masking tape operations of tesa tape.

 

We increased total indebtedness during the six months ended June 30, 2004, by $19.2 million to finance investing activities in excess of cash flows from operations.

 

41


Table of Contents

In 2003, we entered into a twenty-year capital lease for the new Regional Distribution Center in Danville, Virginia. The lease commenced in January 2004. This non-cash transaction was valued at $7.2 million and is reflected in the June 30, 2004, consolidated balance sheet as an increase in property, plant and equipment and long-term debt.

 

Cash Flows during 2003, 2002 and 2001

 

In 2003, we generated cash flow from operating activities of $40.4 million, compared to $35.2 million in 2002 and $48.1 million in 2001.

 

Cash from operations before changes in non-cash working capital items increased by $7.8 million or 25.7% to $38.1 million from $30.3 million; and in 2002 increased by $16.4 million to $30.3 million from $13.9 million in 2001.

 

In 2003, non-cash working capital items generated $2.3 million additional net cash flow. This was driven by an increase in trade payables of $10.5 million less an increase in trade and other receivables of $2.4 million and an increase in inventories of $5.1 million. The increase in inventories was a result of several factors. Firstly, there was a need to increase finished goods inventory in the water activated product line to accommodate the closure of the Green Bay facility at the end of December and insure a smooth transition for our customers. Secondly, masking and duct tape inventories were increased in order to facilitate the February 2004 transfer of customers from tesa tape to us. Lastly, certain finished goods inventories were increased to facilitate the consolidation of three RDCs into the new RDC located in Danville, Virginia which opened in late January 2004.

 

In 2002, non-cash working capital items generated additional net cash flow of approximately $5.0 million. This was in part due to a $5.7 million decrease in receivables, which was largely attributable to a decrease in rebates owed to us. We also reduced our investment in inventories, declining by $9.9 million from 2001 and by nearly $28.0 million from where they stood at December 31, 2000. This reduction was attributable to the implementation of the RDC strategy and the warehouse management system, which resulted in better supply chain management practices. The cash flow generated by changes in these items was partly offset by a decrease of $11.4 million in accounts payable.

 

Our investing activities used $20.6 million in cash in 2003, compared to $16.9 million for 2002 and $26.5 million for 2001. These activities include an increase in property, plant and equipment of $13.0 million for 2003, $11.7 million for 2002 and $25.9 million for 2001. In addition, goodwill increased $6.2 million in 2003 as a result of the payment of an additional amount related to a prior acquisition. Other assets increased $1.4 million during 2003, $5.2 million during 2002 and $8.6 million in 2001.

 

Our financing activities used $16.4 million in cash in 2003, compared to $20.0 million in 2002 and $20.0 million in 2001. During 2003, we issued 5,750,000 shares from the treasury for consideration of $41.3 million. The proceeds were used to pay down short-term bank indebtedness under the line of credit and retire long-term debt. We also issued approximately 343,000 shares for consideration of $2.4 million to fund contributions to various pension funds and for the exercise of employees’ stock options. We retired long-term debt in the amount of $64.3 million in 2003 utilizing a combination of net cash flows from operations, the proceeds from the equity offering and increased borrowings under our line of credit. During 2002, we reduced bank debt by approximately $45.9 million and the amount due to the senior noteholders by $24.4 million. In 2002, we also issued 5,100,000 common shares from treasury for a consideration of $47.7 million, which was used to reduce long-term and short-term debt and approximately 215,000 shares for consideration of $2.0 million to partially fund contributions to various pension funds and for the exercise of employee stock options.

 

In 2001, we repaid $12.9 million in short-term bank indebtedness and transferred $86.4 million to long-term debt as a result of the refinancing completed late in 2001. We also reduced our long-term debt by $9.6 million. During the year, we issued $3.4 million of common shares related to the exercise of employees’ stock options and funding of the U.S. employee stock ownership and retirement savings plan. We also used $0.8 million to purchase and cancel common shares.

 

42


Table of Contents

Our free cash flow, which we define as cash flow from operating activities less property, plant and equipment expenditures and dividends, improved to $27.4 million for 2003, compared to $23.5 million in 2002 and $22.1 million in 2001. We expected free cash flow of $28.0 million in 2003 and materially achieved this target.

 

Liquidity

 

Our cash liquidity is influenced by several factors, the most significant of which is our level of inventory investment. We periodically increase our inventory levels when business conditions suggest that it is in our interest to do so. We expect our cash and credit availability to decrease from year-end levels as inventory investments are made in support of both strategic initiatives and buying opportunities. The previously discussed consolidation of the water activated tape facilities, the RDC consolidation into the new facility in Danville and the tesa tape acquisition are requiring higher levels of inventory investment for the short term. Additionally, we have identified buying opportunities to mitigate the impact of rising raw material costs. We do not expect these higher inventory investments to continue indefinitely, but until the circumstances reverse themselves, we believe we have adequate cash and credit availability to support these strategies.

 

Our working capital was $123.2 million at June 30, 2004, compared to $68.7 million at December 31, 2003, and $61.2 million at December 31, 2002. We believe that we have sufficient working capital to meet the requirements of our day-to-day operations, given our operating margins and projected budgets.

 

Quick assets, which are the total current assets excluding prepaid expenses and future income taxes, increased $24.3 million during the first half of 2004, compared to increases of $14.5 million during the first half of 2003 and a decline of $12.7 million in 2002. The 2004 increase was primarily due to an increase in trade receivables resulting from high sales volume. The 2003 increase was driven by the above described need to increase certain finished goods inventories and an increase in trade receivables as a result of higher sales volumes. The 2002 reduction was brought about by the reduction in receivables and improved inventory control.

 

Days outstanding in trade receivables were 55.3 days at June 30, 2004, 52.5 days at the end of 2003 and 52.3 days at the end of 2002. Inventory turnover (cost of sales divided by inventories) was 3.6 times for the six months ended June 30, 2004, compared to 6.9 times in 2003 and 7.8 times in 2002.

 

Trade receivables increased $11.9 million between December 31, 2003, and June 30, 2004. The increase is primarily due to the higher level of sales. Aside from the cash and the trade receivables, other current assets were substantially unchanged between December 31, 2003, and June 30, 2004. Current liabilities decreased by $32.3 million between December 31, 2003, and June 30, 2004 due to the repayment of bank debt and other debt.

 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, increased by $2.6 million in the first half of 2004 due to $9.9 million of capital expenditures and $7.2 million associated with the capital lease for the regional distribution center in Danville, Virginia. Goodwill increased $3.2 million during the first half of 2004 due to the tesa tape acquisition.

 

Currency Risk

 

We are subject to currency risk through our Canadian and European operations. Changes in the exchange rates may result in decreases or increases in the foreign exchange gains or losses. We do not use derivative instruments to reduce our exposure to foreign currency risk, as historically these risks have not been significant.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Total property, plant and equipment expenditures were $9.9 million in the first half of 2004, compared to $5.1 million for the first half of 2003. For the years 2003, 2002 and 2001, total property, plant and equipment expenditures were $13.0 million, $11.7 million and $25.9 million, respectively.

 

Property, plant and equipment expenditures are being maintained at a lower level than in previous years as many capital projects undertaken in recent years have now been completed and we are working to reduce our debt.

 

43


Table of Contents

Recent spending has been on machine efficiency projects intended to improve throughput and material usage. Investment in management information systems continued in 2004, with efforts focused on improving system utilization and the continued roll-out of our warehouse management systems.

 

During the first half of 2004, we had capital expenditures of $9.9 million. Management is projecting property, plant and equipment expenditures of $17.0 million to $19.0 million for the year 2004 (excluding the capital lease for the Danville RDC discussed in the Long-Term Debt section). We anticipate funding these expenditures from a combination of cash on hand, cash flows from operations and borrowings under our new $275.0 million senior secured credit facility. Based on current volume and anticipated market trends, we have sufficient capacity available to accommodate increases in unit volumes in most products without additional capital expenditure.

 

New Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On July 28, 2004, IPG (US) Inc. (“IPG US”), Central Products Company, IPG Administrative Services Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., Intertape Inc., IPG Technologies Inc. and IPG Financial Services Inc. (together with IPG US, the “U.S. Borrowers”), and Intertape Polymer Inc., a wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary (the “Canadian Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrowers, the “Borrowers”), entered into a new senior secured credit facility. The initial funding under our new senior secured credit facility occurred on August 4, 2004. Our new senior secured credit facility consists of:

 

  a U.S. $200.0 million seven-year delayed draw Term Loan B facility to be made available in U.S. Dollars to IPG US;

 

  a U.S. $65.0 million five-year revolving credit facility to be made available in U.S. Dollars (on a joint and several basis) to the U.S. Borrowers; and

 

  a U.S. $10.0 million five-year revolving credit facility to be made available in Canadian Dollars to the Canadian Borrower.

 

We and each of our subsidiaries (other than a given Borrower as to its direct obligations under our new senior secured credit facility and Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.) guaranteed the new senior secured credit facility.

 

Our new senior secured credit facility is secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets owned by the Borrowers and the U.S. and Canadian guarantors under our new senior secured credit facility, subject to certain customary exceptions.

 

Our new senior secured credit facility requires us to meet specified financial tests on an ongoing basis, including a maximum total leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and contains certain restrictive covenants. For a more detailed description of our new senior secured credit facility, see “Description of Other Indebtedness — New Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

 

Other Long-Term Debt

 

We reduced indebtedness associated with long-term debt instruments by $50.2 million during 2002, and a further $64.3 million during 2003. Long-term debt increased during the first half of 2004 as a result of the capital lease for the new RDC in Danville, Virginia and the reclassification of short term debt to long term due to the refinancing completed in August 2004.

 

During 2003 Intertape Polymer Group Inc. entered into a capital lease agreement for the new Danville RDC. The twenty-year lease agreement commenced in January 2004. The value of the building and the related capital lease obligation of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. is $7.2 million.

 

As part of the refinancing completed in late 2001, the balance of the then short-term debt was cancelled and replaced with new facilities, Facility B and Facility C, in the aggregate amount of $95.0 million with two-year and

 

44


Table of Contents

four-year terms, respectively. In 2002, we repaid and cancelled Facility B, the $35.0 million, two-year term bank facility, which was due to be fully repaid by the end of 2003. During 2003, we repaid $60.0 million and cancelled Facility C two years earlier than required. In addition, amounts due under our existing notes were reduced by $2.5 million during 2003.

 

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

Our principal contractual obligations and commercial commitments relate to our outstanding debt and our operating lease obligations. The following table summarizes these obligations as of December 31, 2003 on an actual basis and on a pro forma to give effect to the refinancing we completed in August 2004, including the issuance of $125.0 million of notes and the establishment of our new $275.0 million senior secured credit facility.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Payments Due by Period

 

     Total

   Less than
1 year


   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   After
5 years


     (in millions)

Long-term debt

   $ 252.0    $ 16.9    $ 128.4    $ 95.1    $ 11.6

Capital (finance) lease obligations

                                  

Operating lease obligations

     18.3      6.6      6.3      3.2      2.2

Purchase obligations

                                  

Other long-term liabilities reflected on balance sheet under GAAP of the primary financial statements

                                  
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 270.3    $ 23.5    $ 134.7    $ 98.3    $ 13.8
    

  

  

  

  

Pro-Forma
     Total

   Less than
1 year


   1-3 years

   4-5 years

   After 5
years


     (in millions)

Long-term debt

   $ 328.2    $ 0.9    $ 4.8    $ 4.8    $ 317.7

Capital (finance) lease obligations

                                  

Operating lease obligations

     18.3      6.6      6.3      3.2      2.2

Purchase obligations

                                  

Other long-term liabilities reflected on balance sheet under GAAP of the primary financial statements

                                  
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 346.5    $ 7.5    $ 11.1    $ 8.0    $ 319.9
    

  

  

  

  

 

During 2002 and 2003, we reduced our total bank indebtedness and long-term debt by $125.1 million from internally generated cash and equity offerings.

 

We currently intend to fund our ongoing capital and working capital requirements, including our internal growth and strategic acquisitions, through a combination of cash on hand, cash flows from operations and borrowings under our new $275.0 million senior secured credit facility. In connection with the refinancing, we

 

45


Table of Contents

borrowed $200.0 million under the new senior credit facility and received $125.0 million from the issuance of the notes. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — New Senior Secured Credit Facility” and “Description of the Notes.”

 

We anticipate that funds generated by operations and funds available under our new senior secured credit facility will be sufficient to meet working capital requirements and anticipated obligations under our new senior secured credit facility and the notes and to finance capital expenditures for the foreseeable future. In the past, we have experienced, and expect to experience in the future, fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to make other payments on and refinance, our indebtedness, or to fund planned capital expenditures and existing capital commitments, will depend on our future performance, which is subject to general economic conditions, a competitive environment and other factors, a number of which are outside of our control. We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, realize anticipated revenue growth and operating improvements or obtain future capital in a sufficient amount or on acceptable terms, to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

 

The credit agreement governing our new senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the outstanding notes each contain restrictive covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, make restricted payments, make loans or advances to subsidiaries and other entities, invest in capital expenditures, sell our assets or declare dividends. In addition, under our new senior secured credit facility, we are required to achieve certain financial ratios, including a maximum total leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge ratio.

 

Capital Stock

 

On June 30, 2004, we had outstanding 41,285,161 common shares.

 

In the third quarter of 2003, we issued 5,750,000 common shares at a price of CA$10.00 per share (US$7.18 per share after issue costs) for a cash infusion of US$41.3 million net of the issue costs. In the first quarter of 2002, we issued 5,100,000 common shares at a price of CA$15.50 per share (US$9.35 per share after issue costs) providing us with cash of US$47.7 million net of issue costs. The proceeds from the stock issues were used to reduce short-term bank indebtedness, repay long-term bank indebtedness and repay principal amounts under our then existing notes.

 

In 2003, 2002, and 2001, employees exercised stock options worth $0.7 million, $0.3 million and $1.1 million respectively. Further, in both 2003 and 2002, $1.7 million worth of shares were issued in relation to funding our U.S. employee stock ownership retirement savings plan.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2004, we issued 115,125 common shares at a value of $1.0 million to employees who exercised stock options. We also issued 225,160 common shares at a value of $1.4 million to the USA Employees Stock Ownership and Retirement Savings Plan.

 

During 2003, in a transaction valued at $7.2 million, we issued 1,030,767 common shares to acquire the remaining 50% common equity interest of FIBOPE.

 

During 1999, we announced that we had registered a Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB) in Canada, under which we are authorized to repurchase our common shares. The NCIB was extended for one-year terms during 2000 and again during 2001, 2002 and 2003. There were no shares purchased for cancellation during either 2002 or 2003.

 

As part of the purchase price for the acquisition of Central Products Company in 1999, we issued 300,000 share purchase warrants effective through August 9, 2004, that permitted the holder to purchase our common shares at a price of $29.50 per share. On December 29, 2003, the warrants were cancelled as a result of settling a claim with the holders of the warrants. The recorded value of the warrants was reclassified to contributed surplus.

 

46


Table of Contents

Pension and Retirement Benefit Plans

 

Our pension and retirement benefit plans had unfunded deficits of $9.9 million at December 31, 2003, and $10.9 million at December 31, 2002. Under applicable law and the terms of these plans, we were required to make periodic contributions to the plans. In this connection, we contributed $3.8 million to these plans in 2003 and $1.0 million in 2002. For 2004, made a contribution of $0.2 million on September 15, 2004. We expect to meet our future funding obligations under the plans from cash flow generated from operating activities.

 

Dividend on Common Shares

 

No dividends were declared on our stock during the first half of 2004 or during 2003, 2002 or 2001.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the recorded amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis management reviews its estimates, including those relating to the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for slow moving and unmarketable inventories and income taxes based on currently available information. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on reserves for specific accounts which management believes may not be fully recoverable combined with an overall reserve reflective of our historical bad debt experience and current economic conditions.

 

Establishing and updating the reserve for slow moving and unmarketable inventories starts with an evaluation of the inventory on hand as compared to historical and expected future sales of the products. For items identified as slow-moving or unmarketable, the cost of products is compared with their estimated net realizable values and a valuation reserve is established when the cost exceeds the estimated net realizable value.

 

In assessing the realizability of future income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the future income tax assets will not be realized. Management considers the scheduled reversal of future income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

 

Changes in Accounting Policies

 

Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted, on a prospective basis, the new CICA recommendations with respect to stock-based compensation and other stock-based payments. This new standard established, among other things, financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. Under this method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized over the related service period. An entity that does not adopt the fair value method of accounting for its awards granted to employees is required to include in its financial statements pro forma disclosures of net earnings and earnings per share as if the fair value method of accounting had been applied.

 

In September 2003, the transitional provisions in Handbook Section 3870, Stock-based Compensation and Other Stock-based Payments, were revised to provide the same alternative methods of transition as are provided under US GAAP for voluntary adoption of the fair value based method of accounting. These provisions may be applied retroactively or prospectively. However, the prospective application is only available to enterprises that elect to apply the fair value based method of accounting for fiscal years beginning before January 1, 2004.

 

In the fourth quarter of 2003, we adopted the fair value-based approach of the CICA’s Handbook Section 3870 “Stock-based Compensation and Other Stock-based Payments.” We adopted the new accounting rules effective January 1, 2003, on a prospective basis for options granted for years beginning in 2003. The first quarter of 2004 includes $70,000 of stock-based compensation expense compared to none in the corresponding period of 2003.

 

47


Table of Contents

We have chosen to adopt effective as of January 1, 2003, on a prospective basis, the fair value method of accounting for stock options and have recorded an expense of approximately $130,000 for the stock options granted to employees during the year. Prior to 2003, no compensation expense was recognized when stock options were granted.

 

Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted the new CICA recommendations with respect to goodwill and other intangible assets. These standards are equivalent to the U.S. standards. Under the new recommendation, goodwill and intangible assets determined to have an indefinite useful life are no longer amortized and are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Under these recommendations, we were required to complete a transitional goodwill impairment test as at January 1, 2002. Management completed this test and determined that no adjustment for impairment of goodwill was necessary as a result of the change in accounting policy.

 

Impact of Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Implemented

 

In January 2003, the CICA issued Accounting Guideline No. 15, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“AcG-15”) which harmonizes Canadian GAAP with the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46. This guideline applies to annual and interim periods beginning on or after November 1, 2004. We expect that this pronouncement will not have a material impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

General

 

We are a leader in the specialty packaging industry in North America. We develop, manufacture and sell a variety of specialized polyolefin plastic and paper-based products as well as complementary packaging systems for use in industrial and retail applications. Our products include carton sealing tapes, including INTERTAPE pressure-sensitive and water-activated tapes; industrial and performance specialty tapes, including masking, duct, electrical and reinforced filament tapes; EXLFILM shrink film; STRETCHFLEX stretch wrap; engineered fabric products; and flexible intermediate bulk containers. We design our specialty packaging products for aerospace, automotive and industrial applications. These specialty packaging products are sold to a broad range of industrial and specialty distributors, retail stores and large end-users in diverse markets.

 

We believe we have assembled one of the broadest and deepest range of products in the industry by leveraging our advanced manufacturing technologies our extensive research and development capabilities and our comprehensive strategic acquisition program. Since 1995, we have made a series of strategic acquisitions in order to offer a broader range of products to better serve our markets. These products included water-activated tapes, masking tapes, duct tapes, filament tapes and natural rubber adhesive tapes. At the same time, we have continued to develop new products, including shrink and stretch wrap films.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our Key Markets and Products

 

INTERTAPE Carton Sealing Tape: Pressure-Sensitive and Water-Activated Tapes

 

We produce a variety of pressure-sensitive plastic film carton sealing tape, ranging from commodity-designed standard tape to tape tailored to meet customers’ unique requirements. The product range encompasses tape with film thickness from 25 microns to 50 microns and adhesives formulated for manual as well as automatic applications. Carton sealing tape lends itself to use in high speed taping machines that replace other closure methods such as staples, hot melt glues and cold glues. The tape we produce includes a wide range of customized colored and printed tape, as well as tape designed for cold temperature applications and label protection.

 

We believe that we are one of the leading manufacturers of pressure-sensitive carton sealing tape. Carton sealing tape is manufactured and sold under the INTERTAPE name to industrial distributors and leading retailers, and is also manufactured for sale under private labels. It is produced at our Danville, St. Laurent, Richmond, and Brighton facilities and is primarily utilized by end-users for sealing corrugated cartons. Geographic territories in which we market our products are serviced by sales personnel and manufacturers’ representatives coordinated by regional managers. Distributors are appointed on a basis designed to achieve market penetration of both commodity and higher grade products. We market carton sealing tapes, industrial tapes, equipment, and stretch and shrink films as a “basket of packaging products,” an approach which we believe is unique in the industry and differentiates us

 

50


Table of Contents

from our competitors. This broad assortment of products is available from our three RDCs and offers our distribution partners opportunities for increased inventory turns, reduced storage space and lower transaction costs.

 

Our acquisition of Tape, Inc. in 1996 and Central Products Company in 1999 added a complete range of water-activated adhesive tapes to our product mix. This product line is generally sold through the same distribution network as pressure-sensitive carton sealing tape, which has allowed us to increase our market penetration for this product. Water-activated tapes are used exclusively in the mail order business and the furniture and apparel industries where a strong mechanical bond is needed to seal large boxes that will be subject to rigorous handling during shipment. We believe we are the largest producer of this type of tape and have in excess of 70% of the North American market.

 

Our principal competitors for the sale of carton sealing tape products are Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Co. (“3M”), Shurtape Technologies, Inc. and Sekisui TA Industries, Inc.

 

INTERTAPE Masking Tapes: Performance and General Purpose

 

We added masking tapes to our product line in December 1997 through the acquisition of American Tape Co., a leading manufacturer of these products and expanded our position in this product line with the acquisition of Anchor Continental, Inc. in September 1998. Masking tapes are used for a variety of end-use applications which can be broadly described under two categories: performance and general purpose.

 

Performance applications include use in painting of aircraft, cars, buses and boats, where the properties of the tape, such as high temperature resistance and clean adhesive releases, are individually designed for the customer’s process. General purpose applications include packaging and bundling, and residential and commercial paint applications.

 

In February 2004, we purchased the assets of tesa tape’s masking tape operations, which was a key competitor in this product line. We also entered into a three-year supply agreement with tesa tape.

 

Our processing capabilities include solvent and synthetic rubber, hot melt and acrylic adhesive alternatives. We believe that our unique adhesive systems provide us with a competitive advantage in this market.

 

Our main competitors for the sale of masking tapes include 3M and Shurtape Technologies.

 

INTERTAPE Reinforced Filament Tape: Performance and General Purpose

 

In addition to masking tapes, our purchases of American Tape and Anchor also introduced reinforced filament tapes and tensiled polypropylene tapes (MOPP) to our product line. Reinforced, general and specialty products are manufactured at our facilities in Richmond, Kentucky and Marysville, Michigan. These facilities produce filament tape using synthetic, natural rubber and hot melt adhesives coated on a variety of plastic films. The reinforcement is provided by fiberglass yarns laminated between the adhesive and backing layers. MOPP tapes are made from highly oriented polypropylene films and complement the reinforced filament products in several of the unitizing and bundling operations.

 

Many of these filament tapes are odorless, stainless, and provide clean removal and are used in bundling, sealing, unitizing, palletizing and packaging, notably for household appliances.

 

Our main competitor in the industrial filament tape market is 3M, and for commodity filament tapes our main competitor is Tara Tape.

 

INTERTAPE Duct Tape

 

The acquisition of Anchor in 1998 provided us with a significant capacity in the duct tape product line, which has now been enhanced by the acquisition of the assets of the duct tape operations of teas tape. Duct tapes are manufactured at our Columbia, South Carolina facility. Most of the duct tape volume consists of polyethylene-coated

 

51


Table of Contents

cloth. Aluminum foil type tape accounts for much of the non-polyethylene coated product sales of our duct tape products. We have also entered into a three-year supply agreement with tesa tape for duct tape products.

 

Our main competitors in the duct tape market are Tyco Adhesives and Shurtape Technologies.

 

EXLFILM Shrink Wrap

 

EXLFILM is a specialty plastic film which shrinks under controlled heat to conform to package shape as compared to other packaging forms that require unique machinery for different product sizes and shapes. The process provides versatility because it permits the over-wrapping of a variety of products of considerably different sizes and dimensions, such as printing and paper products, packaged foods, cassettes, toys, games and sporting goods and hardware and housewares. We manufacture EXLFILM at our plant in Truro, Nova Scotia, our Tremonton, Utah facility and a facility in Portugal. With the development of cross-linking technology, we have introduced a new line of high performance shrink film, EXLFILMPLUS which can be used to satisfy additional end-user applications. Our shrink wrap products are sold through a select group of specialty distributors primarily to manufacturers of packaged goods and printing and paper products who package their products internally.

 

In addition to being served by us, the United States and Canadian markets for polyolefin shrink wrap are currently served by two large United States manufacturers, Sealed Air and Bemis Company, and to a lesser extent by foreign manufacturers.

 

STRETCHFLEX Stretch Wrap

 

STRETCHFLEX is a multi-layer plastic film that can be stretched without application of heat. It is used industrially to wrap pallet loads of various products to ensure a solid load for shipping. We have a total of seven cast lines, all using the state-of-the-art five-layer technology. This technology, combined with re-engineered film allows us to produce polyolefin stretch wrap that has higher performance while reducing manufacturing costs. We have the capacity to produce a total of 130 million pounds of STRETCHFLEX annually at our Danville, Virginia plant and our facility in Tremonton, Utah.

 

The North American market for polyolefin stretch wrap is served by a number of manufacturers, the largest of which are AEP, Tyco, and Linear Films. Our key strategic acquisitions have positioned us as a stronger supplier of specialty packaging industrial tapes, second only, by management estimates, to 3M in North America, with the additional capability to provide shrink and stretch wrap, product lines that 3M does not offer.

 

Industrial Electrical Tapes

 

As a result of our 1999 acquisition of certain assets of Spinnaker Electrical Tape Company, which included our Carbondale, Illinois facility, we are now a manufacturer of specialty electrical and electronic tape. The new manufacturing capability and technology at the Carbondale, Illinois facility, coupled with our high temperature-resistant products manufactured at our Marysville, Michigan facility provides us with access to high margin markets.

 

Competing manufacturers of industrial electrical tapes include 3M and Permacel.

 

Acrylic Coating

 

We entered into the acrylic market in 1995 through our Danville, Virginia plant. Acrylic coatings, when applied to film tapes, offer extended shelf life as well as increased performance under the extremes of low and high temperatures. In addition, certain applications utilize engineered fabric products as the base material to which acrylic coating is applied. We are completely self-sufficient in the production of film for pressure tapes for acrylic based adhesive tapes.

 

52


Table of Contents

Engineered Fabric Products

 

We produce a variety of finished products utilizing coated engineered polyolefin fabrics, such as bags and lumber wrap, as well as coated engineered polyolefin fabrics that are sold to other manufacturers which convert these fabrics into finished products, such as packaging, protective covers, pond liners, housewrap, recreational products and temporary structures.

 

NOVA-THENE ProWrap lumber wrap is a polypropylene fabric which is extrusion coated and printed to customer specifications. It is used in the forest products industry to package kiln-dried cut lumber and other wood products. We believe that polypropylene products have certain advantages over traditional paper-plastic laminate and all polyethylene products, including superior strength, ease of application, durability, better appearance and the potential to be recycled.

 

We also manufacture other coated engineered polyolefin fabrics that we supply to converters which produce finished products for specific applications, such as temporary and permanent shelters, recreational products, protective covers, pond liners, and flame retardant brattice cloth. We have developed a patented engineered fabric, NOVA-SHIELD, that meets the fire retardant specifications required for human occupancy and maintains the UV specifications for extended outdoor use. This product is used in applications where PVC was the primary fabric previously used. Further, we have entered the metal wrap market with a patent pending wrap, NOVA-WRAP, for steel and aluminum coils and sheets.

 

We manufacture NOVA-PAC sleeves for packaging fiberglass, cotton, synthetic fibers and other products.

 

Our most recent engineered fabric product introduction is AquaMaster, a coated fabric to be used primarily to line man-made canals to prevent water loss into the ground.

 

In addition, we compete with manufacturers of coated engineered fabrics such as Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company and Fabrene, which sell their products to converters.

 

FIBCs

 

We produce flexible intermediate bulk containers, or FIBCs, at a facility in Piedras Negras, Mexico. The market for FIBCs is highly competitive and is not dominated by any single manufacturer.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

As of June 30, 2004, we maintained a sales force of 110 personnel. We participate in industry trade shows and uses trade advertising as part of our marketing efforts. Our overall customer base is diverse, with no single customer accounting for more than 5% of total sales in 2003. Sales from facilities located in the United States and Canada accounted for approximately 84% and 16% of total sales, respectively, in 2001, and approximately 85% and 15% in 2002, and 86% and 14% in 2003. Export sales currently represent less than 5% of total sales and are included in United States or Canadian sales depending on the manufacturing facility from which the sale originates.

 

Our sales are primarily focused on distribution products and engineered fabric products. Distribution products go to market through a network of paper and packaging distributors throughout North America. Products sold into this segment include carton sealing, masking, duct and reinforced tapes, EXLFILM and STRETCHFLEX. In order to enhance sales of our pressure-sensitive carton sealing tape, we also sell carton closing systems, including automatic and semi-automatic carton sealing equipment. Our EXLFILM and STRETCHFLEX products are sold through an existing industrial distribution base primarily to manufacturers of packaged goods and printing and paper products which package their products internally. The industrial electrical tapes are sold to the electronics and electrical industries.

 

Our engineered fabric products are sold directly to the end-users. We offer a line of lumberwrap, valve bags, FIBCs and specialty fabrics manufactured from plastic resins. The engineered fabric products are marketed throughout North America.

 

53


Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Quality Control

 

Our philosophy is to manufacture products where to do so is efficient for us from a cost and customer-service perspective. In those cases in which we manufacture our own products, we seek to do so utilizing lowest cost raw material and add value to such products by vertical integration. The majority of our products are manufactured through a process which starts with a variety of polyolefin resins which are extruded into film for further processing. Wide width biaxially oriented polypropylene film is extruded in our facilities and this film is then coated in high-speed equipment with in-house-produced adhesive and cut to various widths and lengths for carton sealing tape. The same basic process applies for reinforced filament tape, which also uses polypropylene film and adhesive but has fiberglass strands inserted between the layers. Specific markets demand different adhesives and we manufacture acrylic solvent based rubber, “hot melt,” aqueous acrylic, solvent acrylic, silicone and water-activated adhesives to respond to all demands. Masking tapes utilize the same process with paper as the coating substrate. Duct tapes utilize a similar process with either polyethylene or aluminum foil type coated cloth.

 

We are the only North American supplier of all four technologies of carton sealing tape: hot melt, acrylic, water-activated and natural rubber. Further, we are the only United States manufacturer of natural rubber carton sealing tape. This broad family of carton sealing tapes is further enhanced by our tape application equipment which is made in our Montreal facility.

 

We have utilized our technology for basic film extrusion, essential to the low cost production of pressure-sensitive tape products, to expand our product line into highly technical and sophisticated films. Extrusion of up to five layers of various resins is done in four of our plants. These high value added films service the shrink and stretch wrap markets, both of which have high entry barriers.

 

We maintain at each manufacturing facility a quality control laboratory and a process control program on a 24-hour basis to monitor the quality of all packaging and engineered fabric products we manufacture. At the end of 2003, four of our plants were certified under the ISO-9002 quality standards program, and one has been certified under the ISO-9001 quality standards program.

 

Equipment and Raw Materials

 

We purchase mostly custom designed manufacturing equipment, including extruders, coaters, finishing equipment, looms, printers, bag manufacturing machines and injection molds, from manufacturers located in the United States and Western Europe, and participate in the design and upgrading of such equipment. We are not dependent on any one manufacturer for such equipment.

 

Polyolefin resins are a widely produced petrochemical product and are available from a variety of sources worldwide. We purchase raw materials from a limited number of vendors with whom, over time, we have developed long-term relationships. We believe that such long-term relationships, together with our centralized purchasing operations, have enhanced our ability to obtain a continuity of supply of raw materials on competitively favorable purchase terms. In certain cases, we have entered into short-term supply contracts for raw materials, including resin. Historically, fluctuations in raw material prices experienced by us have been passed on to our customers over time, however, the timing and extent of recent price increases have made it difficult to pass the full impact of such increases on to customers.

 

Research and Development and New Products

 

We have increased our emphasis on applied research which is more efficient in identifying new product opportunities, thus reducing research and development expenses. Research and development continues to focus on new products, technology developments, new product processes and formulations. We anticipate the introduction of several new products into our markets in 2004. In 2004, we expect to have a continuing rollout of new products such as NOVATHENE HAYMASTER, an opaque woven fabric used to protect outside surfaces, and Aquamaster, a woven coated fabric to be used primarily to line man-made canals to prevent water loss into the ground.

 

54


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses in 2001, 2002, and 2003 totaled $4.2 million, $3.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

 

Trademarks and Patents

 

We market our tape products under the trademark INTERTAPE and various private labels. Our valve or open mouth bags are marketed under the registered trademark NOVA-PAC. Our engineered fabric polyolefin fabrics are sold under the registered trademark NOVA-THENE. Our shrink wrap is sold under the registered trademark EXLFILM. Our stretch films are sold under the registered trademark STRETCHFLEX. FIBC’s are sold under the registered trademark CAJUN BAGS. We have approximately 141 active registered trademarks, 54 in the United States, 19 in Canada, and 68 foreign, which include trademarks acquired from American Tape, Anchor, Rexford Paper Company and Central Products Company. We currently have 24 pending trademark applications. We do not have, nor does management believe it important to our business to have, patent protection for our carton sealing tape products. However, we have pursued patents in select areas where unique products offer a competitive advantage in profitable markets, primarily in engineered fabric products for which we have four patents and eleven patents pending, and film for which we have five patents and eleven patents pending.

 

Business Acquisitions

 

In February 2004, we acquired certain of the assets of tesa tape, including tesa tape’s masking and duct tape operations, for a purchase price of $5.5 million. We integrated the business acquired from tesa tape into our Columbia, South Carolina facility and entered into a three-year supply agreement with tesa tape. We believe that this acquisition will provide us with access to additional large retail chains not previously serviced by us.

 

During 2003, we acquired the remaining 50% common equity interest in FIBOPE, a manufacturer and distributor of film products in Portugal. The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values as at the date of the acquisition. Previously, we had accounted for our investment in FIBOPE as a joint venture using the proportionate consolidation method.

 

We acquired this interest in order to provide a viable platform from which to introduce products made in our North American facilities into the European markets.

 

The purchase price of $7.2 million was settled by the issuance of 1,030,767 of our common shares. We acquired assets with a fair value of $11.1 million, including approximately $3.4 million of goodwill, and assumed liabilities of $3.9 million, of which $2.2 million was interest-bearing debt.

 

The following is a list of acquisitions we have made since 1996:

 

Business Acquired


  

Products Acquired


   Year
Acquired


   Purchase
Price


          (in millions)

tesa tape

  

masking and duct tapes

   2004    $ 5.5

FIBOPE (remaining 50%)

  

shrink film

   2003      7.2

Olympian Tape Sales

  

distributor

   2000      38.4

Central Products

  

pressure-sensitive and water-activated tapes

   1999      88.3

Spinnaker Electrical Tape

  

electrical tapes

   1999      23.0

Anchor Continental

  

machine, duct and stencil tapes

   1998      105.9

Rexford Paper

  

water-activated tapes

   1998      7.3

American Tape

  

masking, filament and hot melt tapes

   1997      122.0

Tape Inc.

  

water-activated tapes

   1996      5.3

 

55


Table of Contents

Competition

 

We compete with other manufacturers of plastic packaging products as well as manufacturers of alternative packaging products, such as paper, cardboard and paper-plastic combinations. Some of these competitors are larger companies with greater financial resources. Management believes that competition, while primarily based on price and quality, is also based on other factors, including product performance characteristics and service. No statistics, however, on the packaging market as a whole are currently publicly available. See “Products” for a discussion of our main competitors.

 

We believe that significant barriers to entry exist in the packaging market. Management considers the principal barriers to be:

 

  the high cost of vertical integration which is necessary to operate competitively;

 

  the significant number of patents which already have been issued in respect of various processes and equipment; and

 

  the difficulties and expense of developing an adequate distribution network.

 

Environmental Regulation

 

Our operations are subject to extensive environmental regulation in each of the countries in which we maintain facilities. For example, United States (federal and state) and Canadian (federal and provincial) environmental laws applicable to us include statutes and regulations:

 

  intended to allocate the cost of investigating, monitoring and remedying soil and groundwater contamination among specifically identified parties, as well as to prevent future soil and groundwater contamination;

 

  imposing national ambient standards and, in some cases, emission standards, for air pollutants which present a risk to public health, welfare or the natural environment;

 

  governing the handling, management, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes and substances; and

 

  regulating the discharge of pollutants into protected waterways.

 

Our use of hazardous substances in our manufacturing processes and the generation of hazardous wastes not only by us, but by prior occupants of our facilities suggest that hazardous substances may be present at or near certain of our facilities or may come to be located there in the future. Consequently, we are required to monitor closely our compliance under all the various environmental regulations applicable to us. In addition, we arrange for the off-site disposal of hazardous substances generated in the ordinary course of our business.

 

We obtain Phase I or similar environmental site assessments, and Phase II environmental site assessments, if necessary, for most of the manufacturing facilities we own or lease at the time we either acquire or lease such facilities. These assessments typically include general inspections and may involve soil sampling and/or ground water analysis. The assessments have not revealed any environmental liability that, based on current information, we believe will have a material adverse effect on us. Nevertheless, these assessments may not reveal all potential environmental liabilities and current assessments are not available for all facilities. Consequently, there may be material environmental liabilities that we are not aware of. In addition, ongoing clean up and containment operations may not be adequate for purposes of future laws and regulations. The conditions of our properties could also be affected in the future by neighboring operations or the conditions of the land in the vicinity of our properties. These developments and others, such as increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations, increasingly strict enforcement of environmental laws and regulations, or claims for damage to property or injury to persons resulting

 

56


Table of Contents

from the environmental, health or safety impact of our operations, may cause us to incur significant costs and liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Except as described below, we believe that all of our facilities are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, and that we have obtained, and are in material compliance with, all material permits required under environmental law. We are currently remediating contamination at our Columbia, South Carolina plant, and we have installed a hydraulic barrier at our St. Laurent, Québec plant to prevent off-site migration of contaminated groundwater. Contamination at our St. Laurent plant may have migrated to the adjacent property. We are investigating to determine what additional action is required. We have completed remediation activities at our Marysville, Michigan facility and have requested final approval of the remediation from the State of Michigan. In addition, although certain of our facilities emit toluene and other pollutants into the air, the emissions are within current permitted limitations. We believe that these emissions from our U.S. facilities will meet the applicable future federal Maximum Available Control Technology (“MACT”) requirements, although additional testing or modifications at the facilities may be required. Currently, we estimate the cost of additional testing or modification at the facilities to comply with MACT requirements will be less than $500,000 through 2005. We believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters should not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Our facilities are required to maintain numerous environmental permits and governmental approvals for their operations. Some of the environmental permits and governmental approvals that have been issued to us or to our facilities contain conditions and restrictions, including restrictions or limits on emissions and discharges of pollutants and contaminants, or may have limited terms. If we fail to satisfy these conditions or to comply with these restrictions, we may become subject to enforcement action and the operation of the relevant facilities could be adversely affected. We may also be subject to fines, penalties or additional costs. We may not be able to renew, maintain or obtain all environmental permits and governmental approvals required for the continued operation or further development of the facilities, as a result of which the operation of the facilities may be limited or suspended.

 

Employees

 

As of June 30, 2004, we employed approximately 2,600 people, 700 of whom held either sales-related, operating or administrative positions and 1,900 of whom were employed in production. Approximately 50 hourly employees at the Montreal plant are unionized and subject to a collective bargaining agreement which expires on November 30, 2006. Approximately 170 hourly employees at the Marysville plant are unionized and subject to a collective bargaining agreement which expires on April 29, 2007. Approximately 170 hourly employees at the Menasha plant are unionized and subject to a collective bargaining agreement which expires on July 31, 2008. Finally, approximately 40 hourly employees at the Carbondale plant are unionized and subject to a collective bargaining agreement which expires on March 4, 2006. We have never experienced a work stoppage and consider our employee relations to be satisfactory.

 

Material Properties

 

The following table sets forth the principal manufacturing and distribution facilities which we owned or leased as of June 30, 2004:

 

Location


 

Use


 

Products


 

Area

square

feet


 

Title


United States:

               

Bradenton, Florida

  Corporate Offices   N/A   20,800   Owned

Brighton, Colorado

  Manufacturing  

Pressure-sensitive carton

sealing tape

  182,462   Leased to 1/14/09

Carbondale, Illinois

  Manufacturing  

Pressure-sensitive tape

(electrical/electronic)

  192,000   Leased for $1 per acre per year until 2092 with a 99-year extension option

Columbia, South Carolina

  Manufacturing and Distribution  

Carton sealing tape,

pressure-sensitive masking tape and duct tapes

  450,000   Owned

 

57


Table of Contents

Location


 

Use


 

Products


 

Area

square

feet


 

Title


Cumming, Georgia

  Distribution   Packaging products   172,000   Leased to 8/31/05 with option to renew to 2010 and option to purchase

Danville, Virginia

  Manufacturing   Carton sealing tape, STRETCHFLEX and acrylic coating   288,950   Owned

Danville, Virginia

  Regional Distribution Center   All products   200,000   Leased to 2024

Eagle Pass, Texas

  Distribution   FIBCs   20,000   Leased to 8/31/04 with a 1 year option

Green Bay, Wisconsin

  Closed   N/A   157,000   Owned and for sale

Marysville, Michigan

  Manufacturing   High performance masking tape, filament tape and specialty pressure-sensitive tape   225,000   Owned

Menasha, Wisconsin

  Manufacturing   Water-activated adhesive tape   198,000   Owned

Ontario, California

  Warehouse and Distribution   Packaging products   45,630   Leased to 8/31/04 with option to renew

Richmond, Kentucky

  Manufacturing and Distribution   Carton sealing tape, masking tape and reinforced tape   195,000   Owned

Tremonton, Utah

  Manufacturing and Distribution   EXLFILM and STRETCHFLEX   115,000   Owned

Canada:

               

St. Laurent, Québec

  Regional Distribution Center, Manufacturing and Corporate Headquarters   Carton sealing tape and equipment   150,000   Leased to 4/1/05 with a 2 year option

St. Laurent, Québec

  Manufacturing   Carton sealing tape   24,757   Owned

Truro, Nova Scotia

  Manufacturing  

Engineered fabric products and

EXLFILM

  290,480   Owned

Edmundston, New Brunswick

  Closed   N/A   64,400   Owned and for sale

Mexico:

               

Piedras Negras, Mexico

  Manufacturing   FIBCs   170,222   Leased to 4/1/06

Portugal:

               

Barcelos, Portugal

  Manufacturing and Distribution   EXLFILM   35,500   Owned

 

In October 2004, we announced our intention to discontinue operations at our facility located at Cumming, Georgia prior to January 2005. We expect to incur a one time charge of approximately $2.9 million in connection with the closing of this facility.

 

58


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors

 

The following table sets forth the name and principal occupations for the last five years of each director of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and Intertape Polymer US.

 

Name


  

Principal Occupation


Melbourne F. Yull

   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

Michael L. Richards

   Attorney, Senior Partner, Stikeman Elliott LLP

Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

   CEO, Chatham Oil Company; Chairman & CEO, First Piedmont Corporation

L. Robbie Shaw

   Former Vice President, Nova Scotia Community College

Gordon R. Cunningham

   President, Cumberland Asset Management Corp.

J. Spencer Lanthier

   Former Chairman & CEO, KPMG Canada from 1993 to 1999 (Since Retired)

Thomas E. Costello

   Former CEO of xpedx, a subsidiary of International Paper Company, from 1991 to 2002 (Since Retired)

 

Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth the name and title of each of the executive officers of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and Intertape Polymer US.

 

Name


  

Intertape Polymer Group Inc. Title


  

Intertape Polymer US Title


Melbourne F. Yull

   Chief Executive Officer    Chief Executive Officer

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Vice President, Administration    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Burgess H. Hildreth

   Vice President, Human Resources    Vice President

James A. Jackson

   Vice President, Chief Information Officer     

H. Dale McSween

   President, Distribution Products     

Gregory A. Yull

   President, Film Products     

Jim Bob Carpenter

   President, Engineered Fabric Products, Procurement     

Duncan R. Yull

   Vice President, Sales, Distribution Products     

Piero Greco

   Treasurer    Treasurer

Victor DiTommaso, CPA

   Vice President, Finance    Vice President

Mark J. Dougherty

   President, Retail     

 

The principal occupation of each of the executive officers for the last five years is as follows:

 

Melbourne F. Yull established the business of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and has been its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since 1992.

 

Andrew M. Archibald has been Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Vice President, Administration since 1995. From 1989 to 1995, he was Vice-President, Finance and Secretary.

 

Burgess H. Hildreth has been Vice President, Human Resources, since 1998. From 1996 to 1998, he was the Vice President, Administration of Anchor Continental, Inc.

 

59


Table of Contents

James A. Jackson has been Vice-President, Chief Information Officer since 1998. From 1996 to 1998, he was the Managing Partner of Spectrum Information Management Systems.

 

H. Dale McSween has been President, Distribution Products since 1999. From 1995 to 1999, he served as Executive Vice-President and Chief Operating Officer.

 

Gregory A. Yull, a son of Melbourne F. Yull, has been President, Film Products, since 1999. From 1995 to 1999, he was Products Manager, Films.

 

Jim Bob Carpenter has been President, Engineered Fabric Products, Procurement, since 1999. Prior to 1999, he was the General Manager of Polypropylene Fina Oil & Chemical Co.

 

Duncan R. Yull, a son of Melbourne F. Yull, has been Vice President, Sales, Distribution Products, since 1999. From 1997 to 1999, he was the Director of Sales.

 

Piero Greco joined our finance staff in 2001 and has served as Treasurer since October 2002. From 1997 to 2001, he was Treasury Manager of Bombardier Inc.

 

Victor DiTommaso was elected Vice President, Finance in April 2003. From 1998 to March 2002, he was an officer of Walls Industries, Inc., including Senior Vice President of Information Technology and Senior Vice President of Finance.

 

Mark J. “Doc” Dougherty was appointed President, Retail in February 2004. From 2003 to February 2004, he was Executive Vice President and General Manager of North America for U.S. Smokeless Tobacco Co. During 2001 to 2002, he was President and Managing Director of Crossmark, Inc., Global Division. He served in various executive management capacities for PepsiCo. from 1993 through 2000.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

 

The Board of Directors of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. has established three committees, the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating & Governance Committee to facilitate the carrying out of its duties and responsibilities and to meet applicable statutory requirements. The Toronto Stock Exchange Guidelines for Corporate Governance (the “Guidelines”) recommend that the Audit Committee be made up of outside directors only and that other board committees should be comprised generally of outside directors, a majority of whom should be unrelated directors. The Audit Committee complies with the Guidelines as it is composed of four outside directors, namely L. Robbie Shaw, Gordon R. Cunningham, Thomas E. Costello and J. Spencer Lanthier. The Compensation Committee, as presently constituted, has one related director and three unrelated directors, namely Michael L. Richards, L. Robbie Shaw, Ben J. Davenport, Jr. and Gordon R. Cunningham. Mr. Richards is deemed to be a related director, inasmuch as the law firm of Stikeman Elliott LLP, of which he is a senior partner, provides legal services to Intertape Polymer Group Inc. on a regular basis. Intertape Polymer Group Inc. believes, however, that its relationship with Stikeman Elliott LLP does not inhibit Mr. Richards’ ability to act impartially, nor his ability to act independently of the views of the management of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. The Nominating & Governance Committee is composed of all of the members of the Board, the majority of whom are unrelated directors.

 

The following is a summary description of the Committees of the Board of Directors and their mandates.

 

Audit Committee. The mandate of the Audit Committee is to review the annual financial statements of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and to make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect thereto. The Audit Committee also reviews the nature and scope of the annual audit as proposed by the external auditors and management and, with the external auditors and management, the adequacy of our internal accounting control procedures and systems. In addition, in accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee now has the sole authority to make recommendations to the shareholders regarding the appointment or replacement of our external auditors and shall approve their remuneration. The Audit Committee shall also require the external auditors to provide a report at least annually setting forth the auditor’s internal quality-control procedures and all relationships with our external

 

60


Table of Contents

auditors. The Audit Committee may consult with management on these issues, but it may not delegate its responsibility therefor. The Audit Committee has the authority to retain legal, accounting or other consultants for advice if it deems it to be necessary. The Audit Committee also approves all audit engagement fees and terms of all significant permissible non-audit services provided by the independent auditors.

 

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for the evaluation and approval of our director and officer compensation policies, plans and programs. The Compensation Committee is responsible for conducting annual reviews and making recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to the compensation, including the granting of stock options, of all directors, officers and key executives. The Chairman and Chief Executive Officer does not participate in the Board of Directors’ deliberations concerning the recommendations on his compensation.

 

Nominating & Governance Committee. The Nominating & Governance Committee’s charter states that the Committee is to:

 

  assess on an annual basis the effectiveness of the Board as a whole as well as periodically evaluate the contribution of individual members of the Board;

 

  review, on a periodic basis, the size and composition of the Board and ensure that an appropriate number of unrelated directors sit on the Board;

 

  identify individuals qualified to become members of the Board as may be required and recommend to the Board new nominees for appointment;

 

  provide appropriate orientation to any new members of the Board;

 

  recommend to the Board corporate governance guidelines and ensure the sufficiency of such guidelines on a periodic basis; and

 

  review and advise the Board at least annually as to corporate governance issues.

 

Executive Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer and our four other most highly compensated executive officers (the “named executive officers”).

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

          Annual Compensation

       

Long-Term
Compensation
Awards
Securities Under
Options Granted
As of 12/31/03 (#)


Name and Principal Position


   Year

   Salary ($)

   Bonus ($)

   Other Annual
Compensation
($) (1)


  

M.F. Yull

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

   2003
2002
2001
   $
$
$
490,346
475,000
475,000
   $
$
 
30,000
100,000
0
   $
$
$
35,645
50,190
42,828
   879,000
819,000
668,000

H.D. McSween

President — Distribution Products

   2003
2002
2001
   $
$
$
309,197
299,520
300,498
   $
$
 
15,000
25,000
0
   $
$
$
12,683
13,649
12,730
   280,165
285,165
205,165

 

61


Table of Contents
          Annual Compensation

       

Long-Term
Compensation
Awards
Securities Under
Options Granted
As of 12/31/03 (#)


Name and Principal Position


   Year

   Salary ($)

   Bonus ($)

   Other Annual
Compensation
($) (1)


  

A.M. Archibald

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary,

Vice President Administration

   2003
2002
2001
   $
$
Cdn$
268,400
238,796
350,144
   $
 
 
12,500
0
0
   $
$
Cdn$
2,240
585
11,283
   239,543
244,543
197,543

J.B. Carpenter

President — Engineered fabric products

   2003
2002
2001
   $
$
$
225,456
218,400
220,040
   $
$
 
10,000
15,000
0
   $
$
$
13,713
14,950
14,304
   120,000
90,000
35,000

D.R. Yull

Vice-President Sales & Marketing Distribution Products

   2003
2002
2001
   $
$
$
224,000
193,558
178,156
   $
$
 
10,000
15,000
0
   $
$
$
18,220
21,063
19,959
   189,800
159,800
104,800

 

(1) The amounts in this column relate primarily to taxable benefits on employee loans, to our contributions to the pension plan and to expenses we incurred in connection with automobiles that we put at the disposal of certain of the named executive officers.

 

The aggregate compensation for all of our executive officers and directors who are not “named executive officers” for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 amounts to $982,979.

 

Executive Stock Option Plan

 

In 1992, we established our ongoing Executive Stock Option Plan in respect of our common shares, which has been amended from time to time. The Plan is administered by our Board of Directors. We issue common shares by under the Plan.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to promote a proprietary interest among our executives, the key employees and the non-management directors, in order to both encourage such persons to further our development and to assist us in attracting and retaining key personnel necessary for our long term success. Our Board of Directors designates from time to time from the eligible executives those executives to whom options are to be granted and determines the number of shares covered by such options. Generally, participation in the Plan is limited to persons holding positions that can have an impact on our long-term results.

 

The number of common shares to which the options relate are determined by taking into account, inter alia, the market price of the common shares and each optionee’s base salary. The exercise price payable for each common share covered by an option is determined by the Board of Directors but will not be less than the market value of the underlying common shares on the day preceding the effective date of the grant. The Plan provides that options issued thereunder shall vest 25% per year over four years. Currently, the maximum number of common shares that may be issued under the Plan is 4,094,538.

 

In 2003, the named executive officers who were granted stock options were: M.F. Yull, who was granted 80,000 options; H.D. McSween, who was granted 60,000 stock options; A.M. Archibald, who was granted 56,000 stock options; J.B. Carpenter, who was granted 30,000 stock options; and D.R. Yull, who was granted 30,000 stock options.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth each grant of options to the named executive officers under the Plan during 2003.

 

Option Grants During 2003

 

Name


  

Securities

Under

Options

Granted

(#)


  

% Of The

Total
Number

Of Options

That Were

Granted To

Employees

During The

Financial
Year

Ended Dec.
31,

2003


   

Exercise
Price

($/
Common

Share)


  

Market Value Of

The Common

Shares On the

Date Of Grant

($/ Common

Share)


   Expiration Date

M.F. Yull

   50,000
30,000
   10.0
6.0
%
%
  U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
7.05
   U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
7.05
   March 31, 2009
July 29, 2009

H.D. McSween

   20,000
25,000
15,000
   4.0
5.0
3.0
%
%
%
  U.S.$
U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
4.28
7.05
   U.S.$
U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
4.28
7.05
   March 31, 2009
April 28, 2009
July 29, 2009

A.M. Archibald

   20,000
21,000
15,000
   4.0
4.2
3.0
%
%
%
  U.S.$
U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
4.28
7.05
   U.S.$
U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
4.28
7.05
   March 31, 2009
April 28, 2009
July 29, 2009

J.B. Carpenter

   18,000
12,000
   3.6
2.4
%
%
  U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
7.05
   U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
7.05
   March 31, 2009
July 29, 2009

D.R. Yull

   18,000
12,000
   3.6
2.4
%
%
  U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
7.05
   U.S.$
U.S.$
3.90
7.05
   March 31, 2009
July 29, 2009

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the named executive officers who exercised options in 2003.

 

Aggregated Option Exercises During 2003 and Year-End Option Values

 

Name


  

Securities

Acquired

on
Exercise

(#)


  

Aggregate

Value

Realized

($)


  

Unexercised Options

at FY-End

(#)

Exercisable/

Unexercisable


  

Value of Unexercised

Options at FY-End

(U.S.$)

Exercisable/

Unexercisable


M.F. Yull

   20,000    U.S.$ 129,600    567,750/ 311,250    6,704,388/ 2,713,188

H.D. McSween

   40,000    U.S.$ 259,200    130,747/ 149,418    1,109,675/ 1,132,981

A.M. Archibald

   40,000    U.S.$ 259,200    124,429/ 115,114    1,034,582/ 847,818

J.B. Carpenter

   0      0    37,500/ 82,500    335,181/ 664,094

D.R. Yull

   0      0    79,800/ 110,000    773,891/ 982,406

 

63


Table of Contents

Pension Arrangements

 

We maintain a defined contribution plan through our Canadian subsidiary, Intertape Polymer Inc., for our salaried employees in Canada.

 

Effective January 1, 2001, we amended and restated our USA Employees’ Retirement Plan to be a combined employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, to change the name of the plan to the “Intertape Polymer Group Inc. USA Employees’ Stock Ownership and Retirement Savings Plan” and to bring the plan into compliance with recent legislative changes. We may make annual discretionary matching contributions equal to a percentage of the contributions made by employees, but in no event shall such contributions exceed six percent of the employee’s compensation deposited as elective contributions. One of our subsidiaries contributes to a multi-employer plan for employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. Our expense for such retirement savings plans were $2,446,000 in 2003, $2,585,000 in 2002 and $2,295,000 in 2001.

 

Executive Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment of Executives

 

We entered into a new employment agreement with M.F. Yull on January 1, 2004. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, M.F. Yull continues to serve as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. His annual gross salary for the year 2003 was $490,000. His compensation level is reviewed annually by our Board in accordance with our internal policies. M.F. Yull’s fixed annual gross salary for the year 2004 was set at $508,832. The agreement provides, inter alia, for annual bonuses based on our budgeted objectives.

 

The agreement also provides for the payment of 36 months of M.F. Yull’s remuneration in the event of termination without cause or resignation within 12 months of our change of control. Further, it provides for all options for the acquisition of our common shares previously granted to M.F. Yull to become immediately vested and exercisable in the event of his termination without cause, or his resignation within twelve months of a change of control, or his retirement or death. In addition to his participation in the pension plan of Intertape Polymer Inc., the agreement provides that M.F. Yull will receive, upon his ceasing to be an employee for any reason, a defined benefit supplementary pension annually for life equal to two percent of his average annual gross salary for the final five years of his employment multiplied by his years of service with us.

 

Furthermore, the agreement provides that if during the term of M.F. Yull’s employment a bona fide offer is made to all of our shareholders which, if accepted, would result in a change of control, then, subject to any applicable law, all of M.F. Yull’s options which have not yet become vested and exercisable shall become vested and exercisable immediately. Upon expiry of such bona fide offer, if it does not result in a change of control, all of M.F. Yull’s unexercised options which were not vested prior to such offer, shall immediately revert to their unvested status and to their former provisions with respect to the time of their vesting.

 

We have also entered into agreements as of January 2001 with each of Messrs. A.M. Archibald, W.A. Barnes, J.B. Carpenter, B.H. Hildreth, J.A. Jackson, G.C. Jones, H.D. McSween, S. Nelson, E. Nugent, K.R. Rogers, D.R. Yull and G.A. Yull, and, as of January 2004 with V. DiTommaso and, as of February 2004, with each of R. Owens, D. Tang, P. Greco and M.J. Dougherty. These agreements provide that if, within a period of six months after a change in control, the executive voluntarily terminates his employment, or we terminate the executive’s employment without cause, the executive will be entitled to a lump sum in the case of his resignation or an indemnity in lieu of notice in a lump sum in the case of his termination, equal to 12 to 24 months of such executive’s remuneration at the effective date of such resignation or termination, depending on his seniority.

 

In addition, all options for the acquisition of our common shares previously granted to such executive shall become immediately vested and exercisable. Furthermore, these agreements also provide that if during the term of the executive’s employment a bona fide offer is made to all of our shareholders which, if accepted, would result in a change of control, then, subject to any applicable law, all of the executive’s options which have not yet become vested and exercisable shall become vested and exercisable immediately. Upon expiry of such bona fide offer, if it does not result in a change of control, all of the executive’s unexercised options which were not vested prior to such offer, shall immediately revert to their unvested status and to their former provisions with respect to the time of their vesting.

 

64


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

 

In 2003, our non-executive directors received an annual fee of $8,500 for their services as directors and a fee of $750 for each board meeting attended ($375 for telephone meetings). Furthermore, we granted a total of 55,000 options to purchase our common shares to our non-executive directors, with 45,000 of these options having an exercise price of U.S.$3.90 and 10,000 having an exercise price of U.S.$7.05.

 

Indebtedness of Directors and Officers

 

As listed in the table below, certain of our officers are indebted to us in respect of interest-free loans that are payable on our demand. These loans were made prior to July 31, 2002, and, since that time, have not been materially modified or extended. They are therefore deemed “grandfathered” and are excluded from the prohibition on insider loans contained in Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As at April 26, 2004, the aggregate indebtedness of all directors, executive officers and senior officers entered into in connection with such loans was Cdn$606,634 and U.S.$411,128. The following table summarizes the largest amount of such loans outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2003, and the amount outstanding as at April 26, 2004.

 

Table of Indebtedness of Directors, Executive

Officers and Senior Officers

 

Name and Principal Position


  

Largest Amount

Outstanding

During

FY-Ended

Dec. 31, 2003


  

Amount

Outstanding as
at

April 26, 2004


M.F. Yull
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a Director

   U.S.$
Cdn$
 216,398
415,277
   U.S.$
Cdn$
 216,398
415,277

G.A. Yull
President — Film Products

   U.S.$ 125,000    U.S.$ 125,000

A.M. Archibald
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, Vice President Administration

   Cdn$ 160,255    Cdn$ 160,255

D.R. Yull
Vice-President Sales & Marketing — Distribution Products

   U.S.$ 59,730    U.S.$ 59,730

H.D. McSween
President — Distribution Products

   Cdn$ 31,102    Cdn$ 31,102

J. Jackson
Chief Information Officer

   U.S.$ 10,000    U.S.$ 10,000

 

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

 

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance covering liability, including defense costs, of our directors and officers incurred as a result of acting as such directors or officers, provided they acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests. The current limit of insurance is $25,000,000 and we paid an annual premium of $290,000 in the last completed financial year with respect to the period from December 2003 to December 2004. We are required to pay up to $500,000 per occurrence from our own funds.

 

65


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

As of April 26, 2004, our directors and executive officers as a group owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, or exercise control or direction over, 833,359 of our common shares, representing approximately 2.03% of all common shares outstanding. In addition, the directors and executive officers as a group owned options entitling them to purchase 2,241,937 of our common shares.

 

To our knowledge, no person beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over shares carrying more than ten percent of the voting rights attached to shares.

 

66


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

We are unaware of any material interest of any of our directors or officers or of any person who beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over shares carrying more than ten percent of the voting rights attached to our shares, or any associate or affiliate of any such person, in any transaction since the beginning of the last completed financial year or in any proposed transactions that has materially affected or will materially affect us or any of our affiliates.

 

We have made loans to certain of our directors and officers as referred to in the section above titled “Management—Indebtedness of Directors and Officers.”

 

67


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

 

New Senior Secured Credit Facility

 

On July 28, 2004, IPG (US) Inc. (“IPG US”), Central Products Company, IPG Administrative Services Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., Intertape Inc., IPG Technologies Inc. and IPG Financial Services Inc. (together with IPG US, the “U.S. Borrowers”) and Intertape Polymer Inc., a wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary (the “Canadian Borrower” and together with the U.S. Borrowers, the “Borrowers”), entered into a new senior secured credit facility. The initial funding under our new senior secured credit facility occurred on August 4, 2004. Our new senior secured credit facility consists of:

 

  a U.S. $200.0 million seven-year delayed draw Term Loan B facility to be made available in U.S. Dollars to IPG US;

 

  a U.S. $65.0 million five-year revolving credit facility to be made available in U.S. Dollars (on a joint and several basis) to the U.S. Borrowers; and

 

  a U.S. $10.0 million five-year revolving credit facility to be made available in Canadian Dollars to the Canadian Borrower.

 

We and each of our subsidiaries (other than a given Borrower as to its direct obligations under our new senior secured credit facility and Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.) guaranteed our new senior secured credit facility.

 

Our new senior secured credit facility is secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets now or hereafter owned by the Borrowers and the U.S. and Canadian guarantors under our new senior secured credit facility, subject to certain customary exceptions.

 

Our new senior secured credit facility requires us to meet specified financial tests on an ongoing basis, including a maximum total leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. In addition, our new senior secured credit facility includes customary representations and warranties, customary events of default (including change of control), and other covenants, including covenants that limit each Borrower’s and their respective subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

  merge or amalgamate with other entities or make acquisitions;

 

  create or become subject to liens;

 

  incur additional indebtedness;

 

  make investments or advances;

 

  pay dividends or make distributions;

 

  change their business;

 

  sell assets;

 

  enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

  prepay principal of or redeem or repurchase the notes or make amendments to the indenture governing the notes and other material debt;

 

  issue equity interests;

 

  make capital expenditures; and

 

  enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

 

68


Table of Contents

Interest on outstanding balances under our new senior secured credit facility is determined by adding a margin to the alternate base rate, the Canadian prime rate, the LIBO rate or the Canadian bankers’ acceptance rate, as applicable, existing for each interest calculation date. For the revolving credit facilities, the initial margin is (w) in the case of base rate loans, 1.75%, (x) in the case of LIBO loans, 2.75%, (y) in the case of Canadian prime rate loans, 1.75%, and (z) in the case of Canadian banker’s acceptance loans, 2.75%, provided that these margins will be subject to adjustment under a pricing grid based on the achievement of specified leverage ratios. For the Term Loan B facility, the interest margin is (x) in the case of base rate loans, 1.25% and (y) in the case of LIBO loans, 2.25%. A commitment fee of 0.50% per annum will be paid on the unused commitments under the revolving credit facility. IPG US will also pay a commitment fee of 1.125% per annum on the unused commitments under the Term Loan B facility until the initial funding of the facility.

 

Our new senior secured credit facility requires the Borrowers to repay term loans and/or reduce the commitments under the revolving credit facilities with (a) 50% (reducing to 25% based on meeting a total leverage test to be agreed and so long as no default or event of default under our new senior secured credit facility is then in existence) of annual excess cash flow, (b) 100% of the net cash proceeds above an annual amount to be agreed upon of all asset sales or certain other dispositions of property by us and our subsidiaries (including insurance and condemnation proceeds), subject to certain reinvestment rights, (c) 75% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt by us or our subsidiaries, (d) 100% of insurance proceeds and (e) 50% (or 100%, in the case of issuances of equity by our subsidiaries) of the net proceeds of issuances of our equity or the equity of any of our subsidiaries, in each case subject to limited and customary exceptions to be agreed.

 

The Borrowers may also voluntarily prepay loans under our new senior secured credit facility, without premium or penalty, subject to minimum notice and amount requirements.

 

69


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

 

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “— Certain Definitions.” Defined terms used in this description but not defined below under the subheading “— Certain Definitions” or elsewhere in this description have the meanings assigned to them in the indenture. In this description, the “Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” refer to Intertape Polymer US Inc., and references to “Parent” refer to Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and in each case does not refer to any of their respective Subsidiaries.

 

The Company will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture under which the outstanding notes were issued. The indenture will be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the terms of the exchange notes will include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

 

We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holding of the exchange notes. A copy of the indenture is available upon request to us at the address indicated under, “Where you can find more information.”

 

Accept as otherwise indicated, the following description relates to both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes and is meant to be only a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. This description does not restate all of the terms of the indenture in their entirety. The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes in all material respects, except that:

 

  The exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and therefore will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not contain provisions relating to an increase in the interest rate that were included in the terms of the outstanding notes in circumstances related to the timing of the exchange offer; and

 

  The holders of the exchange notes will not be entitled to all of the rights of the holders of the outstanding notes under the Registration Rights Agreement, which terminates upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

On July 28, 2004, the Company issued $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes and will issue up to an equal aggregate principal amount of exchange notes in this exchange offer. Subject to compliance with the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt” as well as with the other covenants in the indenture which are described under “— Certain Covenants,” we may issue additional Notes (the “Additional Notes”) in an unlimited aggregate principal amount at any time and from time to time under the same indenture. Any Additional Notes that the Company issues in the future will be substantially identical in all respects to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes, and will be treated as a single class for all purposes of the indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions, offers to purchase and for all other voting purposes under the indenture, except that Additional Notes issued in the future may have different issuance prices and will have different issuance dates. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein are to the Notes, including any Additional Notes.

 

For purposes of this section, references to the Notes shall be deemed to refer to the outstanding notes or the exchange notes, as applicable and the additional notes.

 

The Company will issue Notes only in fully registered form without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes. The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar, which initially will be the Trustee’s corporate trust office. The Company may change any Paying Agent and Registrar without notice to holders of the Notes and the Company or a Guarantor may act as paying agent or registrar. The Company will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the Notes at the Trustee’s corporate trust office in New York, New York. At the Company’s option, interest may be paid at the Trustee’s corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of holders.

 

70


Table of Contents

Principal, Maturity and Interest

 

The Notes will mature on August 1, 2014. Unless we issue Additional Notes in the future, the aggregate principal amount of Notes will be $125.0 million.

 

Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 8.50% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on February 1, 2005. We will pay interest to those persons who were holders of record on the January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding each interest payment date.

 

Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

You should refer to the description under the heading “Registration Rights of Outstanding Notes” for a more detailed description of the circumstances under which the interest rate may increase.

 

Methods of Receiving Payments on the Notes

 

If a holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company will pay, or cause to be paid by the paying agent, all principal, interest and additional interest, if any, on that holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the paying agent and registrar unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders at their address set forth in the register of holders.

 

Guarantees

 

The obligations of the Company pursuant to the Notes and the indenture will be fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Parent (the “Parent Guarantee”), each Restricted Subsidiary of Parent on the Issue Date (other than the Company) organized under the laws of any State or territory in the United States or in Canada or any province or territory thereof, and by all other Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent organized outside the United States or Canada which guarantee other Debt of the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Guarantees by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of another Foreign Restricted Subsidiary) (the “Subsidiary Guarantees” and collectively with the Parent Guarantee, the “Note Guarantees”). On the Issue Date, all Subsidiaries of the Parent (other than the Company) will guarantee the Notes. The Subsidiary Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be released in certain circumstances as described under “— Certain Covenants — Future Subsidiary Guarantors.”

 

Each Note Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by each specific Guarantor after giving effect to all of its other contingent and fixed liabilities (including, without limitation, all of its obligations under or with respect to Senior Debt) without rendering such Note Guarantee, as it relates to the applicable Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. A court could also subordinate a Note Guarantee to all other Debt (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the relevant Note Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such Debt, a Guarantor’s liability on its Note Guarantee could be reduced to zero.

 

In the event that Parent (or any other Canadian Guarantor) pays amounts in accordance with its Note Guarantee, in satisfaction of any amounts that may reasonably be regarded as being attributable to interest payable under the notes, such amounts may be subject to non-resident withholding tax at a rate determined pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any applicable income tax treaty to which Canada is a party. Each Guarantor has agreed to gross up any such payment made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee. See “— Additional Amounts.”

 

71


Table of Contents

Ranking

 

The Debt evidenced by the Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and Debt evidenced by the Note Guarantees will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the respective Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Note Guarantees will:

 

  rank pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future senior subordinated Debt of the Company and the Guarantors;

 

  rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Debt of the Company and the Guarantors that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees, as applicable; and

 

  be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments of all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantors, including their obligations and guarantees of obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

As of June 30, 2004, after giving effect to the funding of the Credit Agreement, we would have had total Debt on our consolidated pro forma balance sheet of approximately $336.2 million, consisting of approximately $211.2 million of Senior Debt (excluding $71.8 million of unused commitments under the Credit Agreement, net of $3.2 million in outstanding letters of credit) and $125.0 million of Senior Subordinated Debt. Restrictions on our ability to Incur additional Debt are contained in the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt.” Such restrictions can be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the restrictions contained in such covenants, however, the indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction. Moreover, the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur additional debt in the future, including under the Credit Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the holders of the Notes may receive or accept payments under a Note Guarantee at a time when they are not entitled to receive payment under the Notes.

 

The Company may not make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligation on, or relating to, the Notes or the indenture or acquire the Notes for cash or property or otherwise and no Guarantor may make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligation on, or relating to, its Guarantees or the indenture or acquire the Notes for cash or property or otherwise if:

 

(1) a payment default on any Senior Debt (including upon any acceleration of the maturity thereof) occurs and is continuing; or

 

(2) any other default on Designated Senior Debt occurs that permits holders of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate the maturity thereof and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt.

 

Payments on the Notes or any Note Guarantee may and shall be resumed:

 

(1) in the case of a payment default upon the date on which such default is cured or waived or will have ceased to exist; and

 

(2) in the case of a nonpayment default upon the earliest of (x) the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or will have ceased to exist (so long as no other default exists), (y) 180 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless such Designated Senior Debt shall have been accelerated and such acceleration has not been rescinded, and (z) the date on which the Trustee receives notice thereof from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice.

 

72


Table of Contents

The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any 360-day period, regardless of the number of defaults with respect to such period.

 

No known Default (other than a payment default) that existed upon the commencement of a Payment Blockage Notice (whether or not such Event of Default is on the same Designated Senior Debt) shall be made the basis for the commencement of any other Payment Blockage Notice, unless such default has been cured or waived or will have ceased to exist for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days subsequent to the commencement of such initial Payment Blockage Notice (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of delivery of such initial Payment Blockage Notice that in either case would give rise to a default pursuant to any provisions under which a default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new default for this purpose).

 

The obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constitute Senior Subordinated Debt. As such, the rights of holders of the Notes to receive payment by a Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments of all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Company’s obligations under the Notes apply equally to a Guarantor and the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets or property of the Company or any Guarantor of any kind or nature upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Company or such Guarantor or its assets or property:

 

(1) the holders of Senior Debt will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments of all such Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding) before the holders of the Notes and the Note Guarantees are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any kind or nature with respect to any Obligations on, or relating to, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable;

 

(2) until the Obligations under or with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments, any payment or distribution to which holders of the Notes or the Note Guarantees would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear; and

 

(3) if a distribution is made to holders of the Notes or the Note Guarantees that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such holders of the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the cash may be, are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Debt and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

Unsecured Debt is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt merely because it is unsecured or because the secured debt receives priority in respect of asset sales, cash flows or other prepayments, and Debt which has different security priorities in the same security will not be deemed subordinate or junior to secured Debt no matter what the differences are.

 

If payment or distribution of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration; provided that any delay or failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination provisions described herein.

 

No provision contained in the indenture or the Notes will affect our obligation, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the Notes when due. The subordination provisions of the indenture and the Notes will not prevent the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under the indenture or limit the rights of the Trustee or any holder to pursue any other rights or remedies with respect to the Notes (subject, however, to the rights, if any, of

 

73


Table of Contents

the holders of Senior Debt thereunder in respect of cash or other property received upon the exercise of any such remedy).

 

By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the indenture, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency proceeding of the Company, the Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor, holders of the Notes may recover less, ratably, than creditors of the Company, the Parent or a Subsidiary Guarantor who are holders of Senior Debt.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments of money or of U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, held in trust and deposited at a time when permitted by the subordination provisions described above by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and otherwise in accordance with the provisions described under “— Defeasance.”

 

Additional Amounts

 

(a) All payments made under or with respect to a Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, levies, duties, fees, assessments or other governmental charges of whatever nature (including interest and penalties) (“Taxes”) imposed, levied, collected or assessed by or on behalf of any taxing authority within any jurisdiction, other than the United States, in which a Guarantor is organized or engaged in business (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction) (a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless a Guarantor is required by the Taxing Jurisdiction to withhold or deduct Taxes under its law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (c) below, if a Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct or if a Guarantor is otherwise required to pay any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Taxing Jurisdiction which amount would otherwise be included in any payment made under or with respect to any Note Guarantee, then such Guarantor will (i) make such withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law, and each holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) shall receive such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the amount actually received (after any additional withholding or deduction in respect thereof) by each such person will not be less than the amount such person would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted or paid. The Company or a Guarantor will make reasonable efforts to obtain from the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment to such Taxing Jurisdiction of any Taxes so withheld or deducted or paid. The Company or a Guarantor will furnish to a holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note), within 60 days after the date the payment of any Tax so withheld or deducted is due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy of tax receipts evidencing such payment by a Guarantor or, if such receipts are not obtainable, other evidence of such payment by a Guarantor.

 

(c) No Additional Amounts will be paid to a holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) with respect to any Tax which (i) would have not been imposed, payable or due but for the existence of any present or former connection between such person and the Taxing Jurisdiction other than the mere holding of such Note, or (ii) is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of such person to comply with certification, information or other requirements concerning such person if such compliance is required or imposed by a statute, treaty or regulation or administrative practice of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax.

 

(d) If a Guarantor fails to withhold or deduct or pay any amount required to be withheld or deducted or paid under paragraph (b) above, then provided that reasonable supporting documentation is submitted by such person to the Company or such Guarantor, the Company and each Guarantor will, upon written request of a holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note), pay to such person an amount necessary for such person to receive (after any additional withholding or deduction in respect thereof) the amount of any Taxes which such Guarantor failed to withhold or deduct or pay, but which were directly paid by such person to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. Additionally, if a Guarantor is not required to withhold or deduct or pay any Taxes under paragraph (b) above, but a holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) is required under the law of the applicable Taxing Jurisdiction to directly

 

74


Table of Contents

pay any Taxes (e.g., Self-Assessed Withholding Taxes for Canadian federal tax purposes), then subject to paragraph (c) above and provided that reasonable supporting documentation is submitted by such person to the Company or such Guarantor, the Company and each Guarantor will, upon written request of such person, reimburse such person an amount necessary for such person to receive (after any additional withholding or deduction in respect thereof) the amount of any Taxes which such Guarantor was not required to withhold or deduct or pay, but which were directly paid by such person to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. Any amount due to a holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) under this paragraph (d) shall be considered an Additional Amount.

 

(e) All obligations of each Guarantor to pay any Additional Amounts as described above in paragraphs (b) and (d) shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by the Company and each other Guarantor pursuant to the Note Guarantee or, in the case of the Company, pursuant to substantially similar guarantee obligations to be contained in the Indenture (all of which shall be subordinated in accordance with the provisions described above under the heading “Ranking”).

 

(f) At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to a Note Guarantee is due and payable, if a Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, then the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to the holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture or in this “Description of the Notes” there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal of, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(g) In addition, the Company will pay any stamp, issue, registration, documentary, value added or other similar taxes or duties (including interest and penalties) due and payable in the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of such jurisdiction), in respect of the creation, issue, offering, or execution of the Notes, the Note Guarantees, and any documentation with respect to the foregoing.

 

The indenture will provide that the covenants described above under this caption “Additional Amounts” shall survive any termination or discharge of the indenture and shall survive the repayment of the Notes.

 

Optional Redemption

 

Except as set forth in the next succeeding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to August 1, 2009. Starting on that date, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at any time or from time to time, after giving the required notice under the indenture. The Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The following prices are for Notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on August 1 of the years set forth below, and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:

 

Redemption Year


   Price

 

2009

   104.250 %

2010

   102.833 %

2011

   101.417 %

2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

In addition, from time to time prior to August 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the indenture prior to such date, with the proceeds of

 

75


Table of Contents

one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, at a redemption price equal to 108.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the indenture prior to such date remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Qualified Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

At any time prior to August 1, 2009, the Notes may also be redeemed or purchased, by or on behalf of the Company, in whole, or any portion thereof, at the Company’s option (a “Pre-2009 Redemption”), at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption or purchase pursuant to such Pre-2009 Redemption (the “Pre-2009 Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such Pre-2009 Redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Pre-2009 Redemption Date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of such price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any Pre-2009 Redemption Date, the excess of (A) the present value at such Pre-2009 Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on August 1, 2009 (as set forth in the table above); plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Notes through August 1, 2009, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Pre-2009 Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Pre-2009 Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as complied and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Pre-2009 Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period such Pre-2009 Redemption Date to August 1, 2009, provided, however, that if the period from such Pre-2009 Redemption Date to August 1, 2009 is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such Pre-2009 Redemption Date to August 1, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

Any notice to holders of the notes of a Pre-2009 Redemption hereunder shall include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but shall not be required to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Pre-2009 Redemption Date.

 

Mandatory Redemption

 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control” and “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Asset Sales.” The Company may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

Selection and Notice of Redemption

 

If the Company redeems less than all the Notes at any time, the Trustee will select Notes on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased).

 

76


Table of Contents

The Company will redeem Notes of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof in whole and not in part. The Company will cause notices of redemption to be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.

 

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. The Company will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after such redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for such redemption.

 

Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”); provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase the Notes pursuant to this covenant in the event that it has mailed the notice to exercise its right to redeem all the Notes under the terms of the covenant titled “— Optional Redemption” at any time prior to the requirement to consummate the Change of Control Offer and redeems the Notes in accordance with such notice.

 

Within 30 days following any Change of Control, or, at the Company’s option, prior to the consummation of such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Company shall send, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each holder of Notes, at such holder’s address appearing in the Note register, a notice stating:

 

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant described under “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control” and that all Notes timely tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day and a point in time occurring after the consummation of the Change of Control and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(3) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control;

 

(4) if the notice is mailed prior to a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control occurring and Notes will not be accepted for payment unless and until the Change of Control is consummated; and

 

(5) the procedures that holders of Notes must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment, and the procedures that holders of Notes must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

 

Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives, not later than one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, electronic mail or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note that was delivered for purchase by the holder and a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased.

 

77


Table of Contents

Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to above, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company covenants to:

 

(1) repay in full all Obligations, and terminate all commitments, under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full all Obligations, and terminate all commitments, under the Credit Agreement and all other such Senior Debt and to repay the Obligations owed to (and terminate the commitments of) each lender that has accepted such offer; or

 

(2) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Agreement and all other such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided above.

 

The Company shall first comply with the covenant in the immediately preceding sentence before it shall be required to either repurchase Notes or send the notice pursuant to the provisions described above. The Company’s failure to comply with the covenant described in the second preceding sentence (and any failure to send the notice referred to in the second preceding paragraph as a result of the prohibition in the second preceding sentence) may (with notice and lapse of time) constitute an Event of Default described in clause (3) but shall not constitute an Event of Default described in clause (2) under “Events of Default” below.

 

On or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the paying agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is acting as the paying agent, segregate and hold in trust) in cash an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price payable to the holders entitled thereto, to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this covenant. On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company or its agent shall deliver to the Trustee the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company for payment. The Trustee or the paying agent shall, on the Change of Control Payment Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder of the Change of Control Purchase Price. In the event that the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price is less than the amount delivered by the Company to the Trustee or the paying agent, the Trustee or the paying agent, as the case may be, shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) and Rule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, including any applicable securities laws of the United States. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the covenant described hereunder, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue of such compliance with these securities laws or regulations.

 

The Change of Control repurchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the initial purchasers. Neither the Company nor Parent has any present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that they could decide to do so in the future. Subject to certain covenants described below, the Company or Parent could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the indenture, but that could increase the amount of debt outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings.

 

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets, taken as a whole. Although there is case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase. Accordingly, if Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries were to dispose of less than all their assets, it may be unclear whether a holder of Notes has the right to require the Company to repurchase its Notes.

 

The Credit Agreement contains, and future debt of the Company or the Guarantors may contain, limitations on certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such debt to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by holders of the Notes of their right to require the Company to repurchase their Notes could cause a default under existing or future debt of the Company or the Guarantors, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on us. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to holders of the Notes upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company’s and the Guarantors’ financial resources at that time. We cannot assure you that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any

 

78


Table of Contents

required repurchases. The Company’s failure to purchase Notes in connection with a Change of Control would result in a default under the indenture. Such a default would, in turn, constitute a default under the Company’s existing debt, and may constitute a default under future debt as well. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes — We may not have the ability to raise the funds to purchase the notes upon a change of control as required by the indenture governing the notes.” The Company’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified at any time prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes. See “— Amendments and Waivers.”

 

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if another entity makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

 

Certain Covenants

 

Limitation on Debt.

 

The Company and the Guarantors will not, and none of them will permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Debt; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may Incur Debt if the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been filed with the Commission or delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the covenant described under “— Reports” immediately preceding the date on which such Debt is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom for such four-quarter period), as if the additional Debt (including Acquired Debt) had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period, with any letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have an aggregate principal amount of Debt equal to the maximum amount available thereunder and with revolving credit facility being deemed to be utilized only to the extent of amounts outstanding thereunder.

 

Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, any or all of the following Debt (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) may be Incurred at any time and without compliance with the immediately preceding paragraph:

 

(a) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor under a Credit Facility; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Debt under Credit Facilities shall not exceed the greater of (x) $275.0 million at any time outstanding less (i) the amount of any permanent mandatory repayments of principal of term loans made under a Credit Facility and (ii) the amount of any permanent mandatory repayments of principal of revolving loans made under a Credit Facility which was incurred under this clause (a) which are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction, in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) which are made with Net Available Cash from Asset Sales as required as a result of a sale of assets and (y) the sum of (x) 60% of the book value of the inventory of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b) the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and related Note Guarantees and any Notes and related Note Guarantees issued in exchange for the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and related Note Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(c) Debt of the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt, provided that:

 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt (other than Permitted Refinancing Debt) secured thereby does not exceed the Fair Market Value (on the date of the Incurrence thereof) of the Property acquired, constructed or leased, and

 

79


Table of Contents

(2) the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this clause (c) and Permitted Refinancing of Debt Incurred and then outstanding in respect of Debt previously incurred pursuant to this clause (c) does not exceed $25.0 million;

 

(d) Debt (1) of the Company owing to and held by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, (2) of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Parent, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary and (3) of Parent owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issue or transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Debt (except to Parent, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Debt by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (d);

 

(e) Debt Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the time of acquisition of all or any portion of the assets (or any business or product line of another Person) (other than Debt Incurred in connection with or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by Parent or the Company); provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of all the Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this clause (e) and Permitted Refinancing of Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this clause (e) does not exceed $25.0 million;

 

(f) Debt under Interest Rate Agreements entered into by Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its financial management and not for speculative purposes;

 

(g) Debt under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements entered into by Parent, Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its financial management and not for speculative purposes;

 

(h) Debt under Commodity Price Protection Agreements entered into by Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its financial management and not for speculative purposes;

 

(i) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with (1) one or more letters of credit issued for their account in the ordinary course of business with respect to trade payables relating to the purchase of materials by such Persons and (2) other letters of credit, surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, banker’s acceptances, completion guarantees or similar instruments issued in the ordinary course of business of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, including letters of credit or similar instruments pursuant to self-insurance and workers’ compensation obligations; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or other instrument, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; provided, further, that with respect to clauses (1) and (2) above, such Debt is not in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances;

 

(j) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary arising from netting services, the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument written in the ordinary course of business and drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Debt remains outstanding for seven Business Days or less;

 

(k) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor, or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification, purchase price adjustment obligations and earn-outs or other similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any Property and including by way of merger or consolidation; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such obligations shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Parent, the Company, a Guarantor, and any Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds;

 

80


Table of Contents

(l) Debt of Parent, the Company or a Guarantor consisting of a Guarantee of, or a Lien securing, Debt of Parent, the Company or a Guarantor; provided that such Debt constitutes Debt that is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this covenant, but subject to compliance with the other provisions described under “— Certain Covenants”;

 

(m) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that was outstanding on the Issue Date and is not otherwise described in clauses (a) through (l) above or (p) below; provided that in the case of Debt outstanding on the Issue Date consisting of the Existing Senior Notes, on or prior to the Issue Date, either (a) an irrevocable notice of redemption shall have been mailed to all holders of the Existing Senior Notes in accordance with the respective indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes or (b) waivers from all holders of the Existing Senior Notes shall have been received allowing for the redemption of the Existing Senior Notes on or before 30 days from the Issue Date and a notice of redemption relating thereto shall have been mailed to the holders of the Existing Senior Notes;

 

(n) Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisers and licensees;

 

(o) Permitted Refinancing Debt;

 

(p) Debt of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than Parent, the Company or a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $5.0 million; and

 

(q) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or the issuance of Disqualified Stock in a principal amount or liquidation value, as applicable, outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate for all such Debt and Disqualified Stock (which Debt may, but need not, be incurred, in whole or in part, under a Credit Facility).

 

For the purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt permitted by this covenant or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company in its sole discretion shall be permitted to classify on the date of its Incurrence, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such item of Debt in any manner that complies with this covenant; provided that all outstanding Debt under the Credit Agreement at the time of the Existing Senior Notes Redemption shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Permitted Debt.

 

Debt permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Debt but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Debt.

 

For the purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this covenant, (a) Guarantees, Liens, obligations with respect to letters of credit and other obligations supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount will not be included and (b) any Liens granted to the holders of the Notes that are permitted by the covenant described under “— Limitation on Liens” will not be treated as Debt.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, with respect to any Debt which is denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Debt Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Debt was Incurred, and any such foreign-denominated Debt may be refinanced or replaced or subsequently refinanced or replaced in an amount equal to the dollar equivalent principal amount of such Debt on the date of such refinancing or replacement whether or not such amount is greater or less than the dollar-equivalent principal amount of the Debt on the date of initial incurrence.

 

If obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility and are being treated as incurred pursuant to clause (a) of the second paragraph of this covenant and the letters of credit relate to other Debt, then such other Debt shall be deemed not Incurred.

 

81


Table of Contents

Neither the Company nor the Parent shall permit any Guarantor to Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Debt is Senior Subordinated Debt or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Debt. In addition, no Guarantor shall Guarantee, directly or indirectly, any Debt of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Guarantee is expressly subordinate in right of payment to, or ranks pari passu with, the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall make, and none of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, any Restricted Payment if at the time of, and after giving effect to, such proposed Restricted Payment,

 

(a) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,

 

(b) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Debt,” or

 

(c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made since the Issue Date (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value) would exceed an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(1) 50% of the aggregate amount of Parent’s Consolidated Net Income accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended prior to the date of such proposed Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available pursuant to the covenant described under “— Reports” below (or if the aggregate amount of cumulative Parent’s Consolidated Net Income for such period shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(2) 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds and cash capital contributions to the Parent after the Issue Date by a Person who is not the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, plus (without duplication)

 

(3) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale after the Issue Date of convertible or exchangeable Debt or Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) together with the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such conversion or exchange, but excluding: (x) any such Debt issued or sold to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of its employees and (y) the aggregate amount of any cash or other Property distributed by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange, plus (without duplication)

 

(4) an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(a) the net reduction in Investments in any Person other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, return of capital or other transfers, sales or liquidations of Property or any other disposition or repayment of such Investments, in each case to the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Person (other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary), less the cost of the disposition of such Investments; and

 

(b) the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company, the Guarantors, and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other Person at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary or other Person is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the sum

 

82


Table of Contents

of (a) and (b) described in this clause (4) shall not exceed the sum of the amount of Investments made prior to the date of determination (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company, the Guarantors, or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person, plus

 

(5) $5.0 million.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company or any Guarantor may:

 

(i) pay dividends on its Capital Stock within 60 days of the declaration thereof if, on said declaration date, such dividends could have been paid in compliance with the indenture (such dividend to be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments at the time such dividend is declared);

 

(ii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value Capital Stock of Parent, or options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of Parent, or Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock (other than any such Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) issued or sold to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of its employees and except to the extent that any purchase made pursuant to such issuance or sale is financed by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) or a capital contribution to the Parent from a person other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from such exchange or sale shall not be included in the calculation pursuant to clause (c)(2) above;

 

(iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Permitted Refinancing Debt; provided that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(iv) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of, or options to purchase shares of, Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor from their employees, former employees, directors or former directors, consultants or former consultants (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors or consultants or former consultants), pursuant to the terms of agreements (including, without limitation, employment agreements) or plans or in each case amendments thereto approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent under which such individuals purchase or sell, or are granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such Capital Stock; provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases and other acquisitions and dividends shall not be limited) shall not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year (any such amounts not used in a calendar year shall be available for use in any subsequent year) plus the proceeds of any “key man” life insurance policies that are used to make such repurchases of shares owned by the “key man” or his estate; provided, further, that such repurchase or other acquisition or dividend shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from such sales shall not be included in the calculation pursuant to clause (c) above;

 

(v) make cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; provided that any such payments and dividends shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(vi) repurchase Capital Stock to the extent such repurchase is deemed to occur upon a cashless exercise of stock options or warrants; provided that all such repurchases and dividends shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and no proceeds in respect of the issuance of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been received for the purposes of clause (c)(2) above;

 

83


Table of Contents

(vii) repurchase or redeem, for nominal consideration, preferred stock purchase rights issued in connection with any shareholder rights plan of Parent; provided that any such payments shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(viii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, repurchase any Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount or liquidation preference of such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock plus accrued and unpaid interest or dividends, as appropriate, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to a provision similar to “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control” in the documents governing such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock; provided that prior to consummating any such repurchase, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer required by the indenture and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer; provided, further, that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(ix) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, following an Asset Sale, to the extent permitted by the covenant entitled “— Limitation on Asset Sales,” and using the Net Available Cash generated from such Asset Sale, repurchase any Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount or liquidation preference of such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock plus accrued and unpaid interest or dividends, as appropriate, pursuant to a provision similar to the “— Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant in the documents governing such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock; provided that prior to consummating any such repurchase, the Company has made the Prepayment Offer required by the indenture and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Prepayment Offer; provided, further, that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and

 

(x) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, make any other Restricted Payment which, together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (x) since the Issue Date, does not exceed $25.0 million; provided that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

 

The amount of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be equal to the Fair Market Value thereof at the date of making such Restricted Payment.

 

Limitation on Liens.

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, and none of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens and Liens securing Senior Debt) upon any of its Property (including Capital Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and intercompany notes), or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, unless:

 

(1) in the case of a Lien securing Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and the related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such Property or such interest therein or such income or profits therefrom that is senior in priority to the Lien securing such Subordinated Obligations for so long as such Subordinated Obligations are so secured; and

 

(2) in the case of a Lien securing Senior Subordinated Debt, the Notes and the related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such Property or such interest therein or profits therefrom for so long as such Senior Subordinated Debt is so secured.

 

84


Table of Contents

Limitation on Asset Sales.

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, and none of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

 

(a) the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale;

 

(b) at least 75% of the consideration paid to the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of (1) cash or Temporary Cash Investments; (2) the assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of such Guarantor) as a result of which the Company, the Guarantors, and the Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to such liabilities; (3) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 90 days after receipt; (4) Properties to be used by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business or Capital Stock of an entity engaged in a Related Business so long as the receipt of such Capital Stock is a Permitted Investment or otherwise complies with the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments”; or (5) a combination of the consideration specified in clauses (1) through (4); and

 

(c) the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).

 

The Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Debt):

 

(a) to permanently prepay or permanently repay, repurchase or redeem any (i) Senior Debt (including any Obligations under the Credit Facility), (ii) Debt which had been secured by the assets sold in the relevant Asset Sale and (iii) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, provided such Asset Sale is by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; or

 

(b) to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets with Net Available Cash received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

(c) a combination of repayment and reinvestment permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) and (b).

 

Pending the final application of the Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof), the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily repay Senior Debt or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in Temporary Cash Investments.

 

Any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with the second preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase (the “Prepayment Offer”) the Notes and any other Debt of the Company outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or a Note Guarantee and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to the covenant described hereunder and requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer, which offer shall be in the amount of the Excess Proceeds, on a pro rata basis according to principal amount (with the offer to purchase Notes to be in an aggregate amount equal to the Allocable Excess Proceeds), at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth herein. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net Available Cash remains after compliance with the preceding sentence, the

 

85


Table of Contents

Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary may use such remaining amount for any purpose not restricted by the indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

The term “Allocable Excess Proceeds” will mean the product of:

 

(a) the Excess Proceeds and

 

(b) a fraction,

 

(1) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and

 

(2) the denominator of which is the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and (B) the aggregate principal amount of other Debt of the Company or a Guarantor outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to the covenant described hereunder and requiring the Company or a Guarantor to make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer (subject to proration in the event that such amount is less than the aggregate offer price of all Notes tendered).

 

Within 15 Business Days after the Company is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer as described in the second preceding paragraph, the Company shall send a written notice, by first-class mail, to the holders of Notes with a copy to the Trustee, accompanied by such information regarding the Company and the Guarantors as the Company in good faith believes will enable such holders to make an informed decision with respect to such Prepayment Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase price and the purchase date (the “Purchase Date”), which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed.

 

Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Prepayment Offer is delivered to the holders of the Notes as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Prepayment Offer to holders of Notes (the “Offer Amount”), (ii) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Prepayment Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of the second paragraph of this covenant. On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the paying agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the paying agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in Temporary Cash Investments (other than in those enumerated in clause (b) of the definition of Temporary Cash Investments), maturing on the last day prior to the Purchase Date or on the Purchase Date if funds are immediately available by the opening of business, an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this covenant. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Prepayment Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee or the paying agent shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Notes delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee or the paying agent shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this covenant.

 

Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, electronic mail or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note that was delivered for purchase by the holder and a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal of Notes surrendered by holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on pro rata basis for all Notes (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be

 

86


Table of Contents

purchased). Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

 

At the time the Company or its agent delivers Notes to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this covenant. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the paying agent mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering holder.

 

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) and Rule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to the covenant described hereunder, including any applicable securities laws of the United States. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of the covenant described hereunder, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue thereof.

 

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Neither the Company nor a Guarantor shall, and neither of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the right of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(b) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(c) make any loans or advances to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

(d) transfer any of its Property to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The foregoing limitations will not apply:

 

(1) With respect to clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), to restrictions which are:

 

(A) in effect on the Issue Date (as such restrictions may be amended from time to time, provided that any such amendment is not materially more restrictive as to such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(B) imposed by the Notes or the indenture, or by indentures governing other Debt the Company or a Guarantor Incurs (and, if such Debt is Guaranteed, by the guarantors of such Debt) ranking on a parity with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, provided that the restrictions imposed by such indentures are no more restrictive than the restrictions imposed by the indenture;

 

(C) imposed by the Credit Agreement with respect to Debt permitted to be Incurred on or subsequent to the date of the indenture (as such restrictions may be amended from time to time, provided that any such restriction is not materially more restrictive as to such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(D) relating to Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such restriction was not created in connection with or in anticipation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or a Guarantor (as such restrictions may be amended from time to time in a manner not materially more restrictive as to such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(E) that result from the Refinancing of Debt Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (1)(A), (B) or (D) above; provided such restriction is no less favorable in any material respect to the

 

87


Table of Contents

holders of the Notes than those under the agreement evidencing the Debt so Refinanced when taken as a whole;

 

(F) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by leases or other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(G) any encumbrances or restrictions required by any foreign or governmental, local or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses in connection with any development grant made or other assistance provided to the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary by such governmental authority;

 

(H) customary provisions in joint venture or similar agreements or other arrangements with minority investors in Restricted Subsidiaries and customary provisions in Debt incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries organized outside the United States and Canada; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction is applicable only to such Restricted Subsidiary; and provided, further, that (i) the encumbrance or restriction is customary in comparable agreements and (ii) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the ability of the Company to make any anticipated payments of principal or interest on the Notes;

 

(I) customary restrictions contained in asset sale, stock sale, merger and other similar agreements limiting the transfer, disposition or distribution of such Property pending the closing of such sale, including any restriction imposed with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement to dispose of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(J) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder or in leases governing leasehold interests;

 

(K) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions of assets (including Capital Stock) by that Guarantor or that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(L) restrictions on Debt Incurred by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such restrictions are then customary for Debt of such type Incurred in such jurisdiction; or

 

(M) restrictions resulting from any U.S. or foreign law, rule, regulation or order applicable to the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(2) With respect to clause (d) only, to restrictions:

 

(A) relating to Debt that is permitted to be Incurred and secured without also securing the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “— Limitation on Liens” that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the Property securing such Debt;

 

(B) encumbering Property at the time such Property was acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions relate solely to the Property so acquired and were not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition;

 

(C) resulting from customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in other agreements that restrict assignment of such agreements or rights thereunder;

 

(D) imposed by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to or Lien on any Property of the Company or the relevant Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the indenture; or

 

88


Table of Contents

(E) imposed under any Purchase Money Debt or Capital Lease Obligation in the ordinary course of business with respect only to the Property the subject thereof.

 

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

 

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, and neither of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange of any Property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or of Parent (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

(a) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or of Parent,

 

(b) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $5.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent or, if there is only one disinterested director, such disinterested director determines that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) of this covenant as evidenced in the minutes or other evidence of Board action, and

 

(c) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $20.0 million, the Company obtains a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the consideration to be paid or received in connection with such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary may make, engage in, enter into or suffer to exist the following:

 

(a) any transaction or series of related transactions between or among the Company, one or more Guarantors and/or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among two or more Guarantors or Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or any Permitted Investment;

 

(c) the payment of reasonable compensation (including awards or grants in cash, securities or other payments) for the personal services of officers, directors, consultants and employees of the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d) entering into, or adoption or modification or amendment to, or transaction or other arrangements or payments or reimbursements pursuant to employment agreements, collective bargaining agreements, employee benefit plans or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, directors’ and officers’ indemnification arrangements and retirement or savings plans, stock option, stock ownership and similar plans so long as the Board of Directors of Parent or a committee thereof comprised of disinterested directors in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof;

 

(e) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees (or guarantees of third party loans to officers, directors or employees) made in the ordinary course of business, provided that such loans and advances do not exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

(f) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture, which are fair to the Company, the Guarantors or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or are on terms no less favorable than might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

89


Table of Contents

provided that such transactions are approved by a majority of disinterested directors of the Board of Directors of Parent or, if there is only one disinterested director, such director; and

 

(g) transactions pursuant to any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as the same may be amended or replaced from time to time in any manner not materially less favorable to the holders of the Notes.

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

By resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of Parent, any Subsidiary (or entity to become a Subsidiary) of Parent (other than the Company) may be designated to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

 

(a) the Subsidiary (or entity to become a Subsidiary) to be so designated does not (directly, or indirectly through its Subsidiaries) own any Capital Stock or Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and does not have any Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt, and

 

(b) the Company would be permitted under the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” to make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary (or entity to become a Subsidiary). For the purposes of this provision, in the event the Fair Market Value of such assets exceeds $25.0 million, such Fair Market Value shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.

 

Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Parent will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceases to satisfy clause (a) above, unless the Company is then able to redesignate such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture, the Company shall be in default of this covenant.

 

Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, and except as otherwise set forth in the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. In addition, neither the Company, a Guarantor nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or notice or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

By resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of Parent, any Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such designation,

 

(x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “— Limitation on Debt,” and

 

(y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

 

Any such designation or redesignation will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee the Board Resolutions giving effect to such designation or redesignation and an Officers’ Certificate of the Company that:

 

(a) certifies that such designation or redesignation complies with the foregoing provisions, and

 

(b) gives the effective date of such designation or redesignation,

 

90


Table of Contents

such filing with the Trustee to occur on or before the time financial statements are filed with the Commission or the Trustee pursuant to “— Reports” below in respect of the fiscal quarter in which such designation or redesignation is made (or, in the case of a designation or redesignation made during the last fiscal quarter of the fiscal year, on or before the time financial statements in respect of such fiscal year are filed with the Commission or the Trustee pursuant to “— Reports” below).

 

Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of the Company

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Capital Stock of the Company to any Person other than to the Parent or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

 

The Company or Parent shall cause (1) each Person that becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized in the United States or Canada following the Issue Date to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Note Guarantee at the time such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (2) each Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (whether in existence on the Issue Date or created or acquired thereafter), which has Guaranteed or which Guarantees any other Debt of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Guarantees by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of another Foreign Restricted Subsidiary), to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Note Guarantee pursuant to which such non-guarantor Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of our obligations under the Notes on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the indenture.

 

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent) will be released if:

 

(1) such Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture; or

 

(2) in connection with the sale (including, by way of amalgamation, consolidation or merger) of that number of shares of Capital Stock of a Guarantor such that such Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such sale complies with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Asset Sales.”

 

In addition, in the event a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date solely because it Guarantees other Debt, then upon the full and unconditional release of the Guarantee of such other Debt (provided that the Trustee is given two Business Days’ written notice of such other release) and so long as the respective Subsidiary would not at such time be required to be a Guarantor under clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant, such Guarantee of such Guarantor shall also be released.

 

If the Parent acquires or creates another entity having a direct or indirect ownership interest of the Company after the Issue Date, then the newly acquired or created entity will become a Guarantor.

 

Payments for Consents

 

Neither the Company nor the Parent will, and each of them will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

91


Table of Contents

Limitation on Business

 

The Board of Directors and Officers of the Company will at all times be comprised of persons who are members of the Board of Directors and/or Officers of Parent. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the business Parent is engaged in on the Issue Date or a Related Business.

 

Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Property

 

Neither the Company nor Parent shall effect an arrangement or merge or consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Company or Parent) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of related transactions, unless:

 

(a) the Company or Parent, as the case may be, shall be the surviving Person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company or Parent) formed by such arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made which is substituted for the Company as the issuer of the Notes or, in the case of Parent, as a Guarantor, shall be a corporation (in the case of the issuer of the Notes) or a corporation, limited liability company, trust, partnership or similar entity (in the case of a Guarantor) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or, in the case of Parent, under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof;

 

(b) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company or Parent) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal amount of the Notes, any accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of the indenture to be performed by such Person or (y) all obligations under the relevant Note Guarantee, as appropriate;

 

(c) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this clause (c) and clauses (d) and (e) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person or a Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of related transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(d) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Debt”;

 

(e) the Surviving Person shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereof comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied; and

 

(f) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a beneficial owner of a Note will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax and Canadian federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease had not occurred.

 

92


Table of Contents

The Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, Parent or the Company, as the case may be, and may exercise every right and power of its predecessor under the indenture.

 

None of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall effect an arrangement or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of related transactions (other than (i) a merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into, or a transfer of its assets to, another Guarantor or the Company, or a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) into such Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) an arrangement or merger or consolidation or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the sale of such Subsidiary Guarantor to a non-Affiliate third party that does not become an Affiliate as a result of such transaction and is otherwise permitted under the indenture, (iii) any transaction which constitutes an Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Asset Sales” or (iv) a merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in any state of the United States or Canada with no material assets or liabilities and which merger is solely for the purpose of reincorporating such person in another jurisdiction in the United States or Canada, as the case may be) unless:

 

(a) the Surviving Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by such arrangement or merger or consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation, limited liability company, trust, partnership or similar entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or the same jurisdiction of such Subsidiary Guarantor or in the case of Parent or Canadian Guarantors, under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof;

 

(b) the Surviving Person (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) expressly assumes, by Subsidiary Guarantee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual performance and observance of all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

(c) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this clause (c) and clauses (d) and (e) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person, the Company or such Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of related transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(d) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis, the Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Debt”;

 

(e) the Company and Parent shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, in respect thereof comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied;

 

(f) the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs shall not apply to (i) any transaction which constitutes an Asset Sale made in compliance with the covenant described under “Certain Covenants–Limitation on Asset Sales” or (ii) a merger of the Company or Parent or a Subsidiary Guarantor with an Affiliate that is organized in any state of the United States or Canada with no material assets or liabilities and which merger is solely for the purpose of reincorporating such person in another jurisdiction in the United States or Canada; and

 

(g) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a beneficial owner of a Note will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease

 

93


Table of Contents

and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and Canadian federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease had not occurred.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, the Company (or any successor of the Company formed by such arrangement or merger or consolidation or amalgamation) shall be a corporation organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

Reports

 

Following the consummation of this exchange offer, whether or not the Company or Parent is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Parent will electronically file with the Commission, so long as the Notes are outstanding, the annual reports, quarterly reports and other reports that it would be required to file with the Commission pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) if the Parent were so subject, and such documents will be filed with the Commission on or prior to the respective dates below (the “Required Filing Dates”) by which the Parent would be required so to file such documents if it were so subject, unless, in any case, such filings are not then permitted by the Commission. In any event, Parent will file:

 

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as the Commission may in the future prescribe), annual reports on Form 20-F or 40-F, as applicable (or any successor form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor form), provided however, in any event, such reports shall include audited year-end consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes of cash flow and a footnote with consolidating condensed financial information, if necessary) prepared in accordance with GAAP with a reconciliation of such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and

 

(2) either:

 

(a) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters (or such shorter period as the Commission may in the future prescribe) of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q or

 

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters (or such shorter period as the Commission may in the future prescribe) of each fiscal year, reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form),

 

in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, such reports shall include unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes of cash flows and a footnote with consolidating condensed financial information, if necessary) prepared in accordance with GAAP (in each case whether or not the Parent is required to file such forms under Canadian law or stock exchange requirements); and

 

(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event with respect to which Parent is required to file other reports on Form 6-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in any successor or comparable form); and

 

in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain “a Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the Parent’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations. In addition, all financial statements, regardless of applicable requirements will, at a minimum, contain such information required to be provided in quarterly reports under the laws of Canada or any province, thereof to security holders of a company with securities listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange.

 

If such filings with the Commission are not then permitted by the Commission, or such filings are not yet required in accordance with the above paragraph or are not generally available on the Internet free of charge, the

 

94


Table of Contents

Company will, without charge to the holders, within 15 days of each Required Filing Date, transmit by mail to holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note register, and file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports that the Parent would be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if it were subject to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) and, promptly upon written request, supply copies of such documents to any prospective holder or beneficial owner at the Company’s or Parent’s cost.

 

So long as any of the Notes remain restricted under Rule 144, the Parent will make available upon request to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Events of Default

 

The following events shall be “Events of Default”:

 

(1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal or premium amount of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise;

 

(3) a breach of any covenant or agreement in the Notes or in the indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing clause (1) or (2)) and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice demanding that such default be remedied is given to the Company as specified below (except in the case of a default with respect to the covenants described under “—Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” and “—Use of Proceeds” which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);

 

(4) a default by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Debt of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the final stated maturity of such Debt (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by Parent, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration), or the failure to pay any such Debt at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof), in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10 million;

 

(5) Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A) commences a voluntary insolvency proceeding or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary insolvency proceeding or consents to its dissolution or winding-up;

 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; provided, however, that the liquidation of any Restricted Subsidiary into Parent, the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, other than as part of a credit reorganization, shall not constitute an Event of Default under this clause (5);

 

95


Table of Contents

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A) is for relief against any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary insolvency proceeding;

 

(B) appoints a Custodian of any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(C) orders the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

(D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise reorganization of any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(E) grants any similar relief under any Bankruptcy Law or foreign laws;

 

and in each such case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days;

 

(7) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage or reserved rights with respect to the underlying claim) in excess of $10 million at the time are entered against the Company, Parent or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment becomes final and nonappealable;

 

(8) (a) a Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee from a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Guarantee) or (b) either the Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee; or

 

(9) the failure to effect the Existing Senior Notes Redemption on or prior to the 30 th day after the Issue Date.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

A Default under clause (3) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding notify the Company (and in the case of such notice by holders, the Trustee) of the Default and such Default is not cured within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.”

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company shall immediately notify the Trustee if a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or Parent is convened to consider any action mandated by a petition for debt settlement proceedings or bankruptcy proceedings. The Company or Parent shall also promptly advise the Trustee of the approval of the filing of a debt settlement or bankruptcy petition prior to the filing of such petition.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default resulting from certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the registered holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company, the Representative under the Credit Agreement (if any amounts are outstanding thereunder) and the Trustee specifying the applicable Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same:

 

(1) shall become immediately due and payable; or

 

96


Table of Contents

(2) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement and five business days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice.

 

In case an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary shall occur, such amount with respect to all the Notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the holders of the Notes. After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium or interest, have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture.

 

In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (4) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the payment default or other default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) shall be remedied or cured or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within the grace period applicable to such default provided for in the documentation governing such Debt and if (a) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived and (c) all the other amounts due to the Trustee have been paid.

 

Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.

 

No holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or Trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(a) such holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b) the registered holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee; and

 

(c) the Trustee shall not have received from the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

Amendments and Waivers

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture may be amended with the consent of the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may also be waived (except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest and certain covenants and provisions of

 

97


Table of Contents

the indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note) with the consent of the registered holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note, no amendment may:

 

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,

 

(2) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,

 

(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note,

 

(4) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note,

 

(5) impair the right of any holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes or the Note Guarantees,

 

(6) (A) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or the Parent from its obligations under the Note Guarantees or the indenture other than pursuant to terms of the indenture, or (B) release any security interest that may have been granted in favor of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens” other than pursuant to the terms of the indenture,

 

(7) modify the provisions described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control” or the related definitions at any time on or after the Company is obligated to make a Change of Control Offer, or

 

(8) modify or change any provision of the indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders.

 

Without the consent of any holder of the Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend the indenture to:

 

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency,

 

(2) comply with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Property,”

 

(3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes,

 

(4) add additional Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes,

 

(5) secure the Notes,

 

(6) add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantors for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors,

 

(7) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder of the Notes in any material respect,

 

(8) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act,

 

(9) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the indenture, including the issuance of Additional Notes as restricted securities under the Securities Act and substantially identical Additional Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer registered with the Commission, or

 

98


Table of Contents

(10) evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under the indenture.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a beneficial owner of a Note will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of an amendment or amendments described in paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and/or (6) of the immediately preceding paragraph, as applicable, and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax and Canadian federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such amendment or amendments, as applicable, had not been made.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consents of the requisite lenders under the Credit Agreement, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions described under “—Ranking.”

 

The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment that requires the consent of the holders of Notes becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to each registered holder of the Notes at such holder’s address appearing in the Notes register a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Defeasance

 

The Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Notes. The Company at any time may terminate:

 

(1) its and the Guarantors’ obligations under the covenants described under “—Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control” and “—Certain Covenants”;

 

(2) the operation of the cross-acceleration provisions, the judgment default provisions, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries and Restricted Subsidiaries and the guaranty provisions described under “—Events of Default” above; and

 

(3) the limitations contained in clause (d) under the first and second paragraphs of “—Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Property” (“covenant defeasance”)

 

and thereafter any omission to comply with any covenant referred to in clause (1) above will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

 

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (with respect to the covenants

 

99


Table of Contents

listed under clauses (1) and (3) of the first paragraph under “—Defeasance”), (4), (5), (6), (7) or (8) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in the case of clause (4), (5), (6), (7) or (8)) under “—Events of Default” above. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the Guarantors will be released from all their obligations under their respective Guarantees.

 

The legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option may be exercised only if:

 

(a) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from an internationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(c) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default described in clause (5) or (6) under “—Events of Default” occurs with respect to Parent or the Company or any other Person making such deposit which is continuing at the end of the period;

 

(d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto, other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the guaranteeing of any lien securing such borrowing;

 

(e) such deposit does not constitute a default under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument binding on the Company;

 

(f) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

 

(1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

 

(2) since the date of the indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law

 

(3) to the effect, in either case, that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and Canadian federal income and withholding tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

 

(g) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and Canadian federal income and withholding tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(h) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes have been complied with as required by the indenture.

 

100


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and related Note Guarantees issued thereunder, when:

 

(1) either

 

(A) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; or

 

(B) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto, other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the guaranteeing of any lien securing such borrowing;

 

(3) the Company and the Guarantors have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under the indenture; and

 

(4) in the event of a deposit as provided in clause (1)(B) above, the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service

 

The indenture provides that Parent and each of the Guarantors that is organized outside the United States revocably appoints Corporation Service Company as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees and for actions brought under federal or state securities laws in any federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York and submits to such non-exclusive jurisdiction.

 

Enforceability of Judgments Against Parent

 

Since each of Parent and the Canadian Guarantors are Canadian corporations with substantial assets located outside the United States, any judgments obtained in the United States against Parent and the Canadian Guarantors, including judgments with respect to the payment of principal, premium, interest, special interest, Additional Amounts, offer price, redemption price or other amounts payable under the Notes, may not be collectible within the United States.

 

A substantial portion of Parent’s and each Canadian Guarantor’s assets are located in Québec and Nova Scotia. Each of Parent and the Canadian Guarantors has been informed by Stikeman Elliott LLP that the laws of Québec permit a motion to be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Québec and by Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales that the laws of Nova Scotia permit an action to be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in Nova Scotia on any final, conclusive and enforceable civil judgment in personam of any federal or state court

 

101


Table of Contents

located in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York which is a court of competent jurisdiction against Parent in connection with any action arising out of or relating to the indenture (a “New York Court”) that is not impeachable as void or voidable (or subject to ordinary remedy in Québec) under the internal laws of the State of New York for a sum certain if (i) the New York Court rendering such judgment had jurisdiction over the judgment debtor, in the case of the province of Québec as determined by the Civil Code of Québec, and in the case of Nova Scotia as recognized by a Nova Scotia Court (submission by Parent and the Canadian Guarantors in the indenture to the jurisdiction of the New York Court being sufficient for such purpose); (ii) such judgment was not obtained by fraud or in a manner contrary to natural justice or in contravention of the fundamental principles of procedure and the decision and enforcement thereof would not be inconsistent with public policy or public order, as such terms are understood under the laws of Québec and Nova Scotia, as applicable, and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, as the case may be (or inconsistent with public order as understood in international relations, as that term is applied by a court of competent jurisdiction in Québec); (iii) the enforcement of such judgment does not constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign revenue laws (including taxation laws), or expropriatory or penal laws; (iv) the motion or action to enforce such judgment is commenced within the applicable limitation period; (v) in Nova Scotia, the judgment is not contrary to the final and conclusive judgment of another jurisdiction; (vi) in Québec, there were no proceedings in Québec and no judgment rendered in Québec between the same parties, based on the same facts, and having the same object; (vii) in Québec, the decision has not been rendered by default unless the plaintiff has proven due service of the act of procedure initiating the proceedings on the defaulting party in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which the decision was rendered and the defendant does not prove that, owing to the circumstances, it was unable to learn of the act of procedure or it was not given time to offer its defense; (viii) no new admissible evidence is discovered and presented before the Québec or Nova Scotia Court, as applicable, reaches its judgment; and (ix) such judgment was not obtained contrary to an order made by the Attorney General of Canada under the Foreign Extraterritorial Measures Act (Canada) or by the Competition Tribunal under the Competition Act (Canada). Stikeman Elliott LLP is not aware of any reasons under the present laws of Québec for avoiding enforcement of judgments of a New York Court with respect to the indenture on the basis of public order, as that term is understood under the laws of Québec.

 

In addition, under the Currency Act (Canada), a court in Canada may only render judgment for a sum of money in Canadian currency, and in enforcing a foreign judgment for a sum of money in a foreign currency, a court in Canada will render its decision in the Canadian currency equivalent to such foreign currency.

 

Governing Law

 

The indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are governed by the internal laws of the State of New York without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

 

The Trustee

 

Wilmington Trust Company is the Trustee under the indenture.

 

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the indenture. During the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

Certain Definitions

 

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for the full definition of all such terms as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. Unless the context otherwise requires, an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Acquired Debt” means Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or amalgamates with, or merges or consolidates with or into the Company or a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and, in any case, such Debt was not

 

102


Table of Contents

Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such amalgamation, merger, consolidation or acquisition. Acquired Debt shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the date of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation or acquisition.

 

“Additional Assets” means:

 

(a) any Property (other than cash, Temporary Cash Investments and securities) to be owned by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary and used in the business of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business; or

 

(b) Capital Stock of a Person that is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary upon or as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company, a Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (b), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means:

 

(a) Any Person who is a director or officer of:

 

(1) such specified Person,

 

(2) any Subsidiary of such specified Person, or

 

(3) any Person described in clause (b) below.

 

(b) Any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of the covenants described under “—Limitation on Asset Sales” and “—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” and the definition of “Additional Assets” only, “Affiliate” shall also mean any beneficial owner of shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or Parent and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof.

 

“Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of related sales, transfers, issuances or dispositions) by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of

 

(a) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary),

 

(b) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or

 

(c) any other assets of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company, a Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary

 

other than, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c) above,

 

103


Table of Contents

(1) any disposition by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company, a Guarantor, a Restricted Subsidiary or any Person (if after giving effect to such transfer such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary),

 

(2) any disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,”

 

(3) any disposition effected in compliance with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Property,”

 

(4) any sale or other disposition of cash or Temporary Cash Investments in the ordinary course of business,

 

(5) any disposition of obsolete, worn out or permanently retired equipment or facilities or other property that is no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of the business of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(6) for purposes of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Asset Sales,” any disposition the net proceeds of which to the Company, a Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries do not exceed $1.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions,

 

(7) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business,

 

(8) any release of intangible claims or rights in connection with the loss or settlement of a bona fide lawsuit, dispute or other controversy,

 

(9) any sale or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens not prohibited by the indenture,

 

(10) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind, and

 

(11) any sale or exchange of equipment in connection with the purchase or other acquisition of equipment of substantially equivalent or greater Fair Market Value and which is usable in a Related Business.

 

“Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(a) the sum of the products of (1) the number of years (rounded to the nearest one-twelfth of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by (2) the amount of such payment by

 

(b) the sum of all such payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. Federal or state law, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors, or any equivalent management entity, of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board.

 

104


Table of Contents

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution of such Person’s Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or an equivalent officer, of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Canadian Government Obligations” means any security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by Canada, or by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the government of Canada pursuant to authority granted by the governmental body of Canada or any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

 

“Canadian Guarantor” means the Parent and any other Guarantor organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens,” a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest prior to conversion or exchange.

 

“Capital Stock Sale Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or a Guarantor from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of its employees and except to the extent that any purchase made pursuant to such issuance or sale is financed by the Company or Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) by Parent of its Capital Stock (including upon the exercise of options, warrants or rights) (other than Disqualified Stock) or warrants, options or rights to purchase Parent’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent (for the purpose of this clause (1), a Person shall be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of a corporation that is beneficially owned (as defined above) by another corporation (a “parent corporation”) if such Person beneficially owns (as defined above) at least 50% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of such parent corporation);

 

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Parent (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the applicable shareholders was approved or ratified by a vote of more than 50% of the Board of Directors of Parent, then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or ratified) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office;

 

105


Table of Contents

(3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of either Parent or the Company;

 

(4) the arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation of Parent with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into Parent, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person and, in the case of any such arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation, the securities of the entity to be merged, that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and that represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of such entity, are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving corporation that represent immediately after such transaction at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or

 

(5) the Company is no longer a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia which is a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent.

 

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus in each case, without duplication:

 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(b) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(c) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(d) any non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or a reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period); minus any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (without duplication, excluding any reversal of a reserve for cash expense, if the establishment of such reserve had previously decreased Consolidated Net Income).

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

 

(1) the aggregate of the net interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount; (b) the net costs under Interest Rate Agreements; (c) all capitalized interest; and (d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; and

 

106


Table of Contents

(2) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means for any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis prior to any adjustment to net income for any preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in (or shall not be deducted in determining, as the case may be) such Consolidated Net Income, without duplication:

 

(a) the net income of any Person in which the Person in question or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (as long as the net income of such Person is not required to be consolidated into the net income of the Person in question in accordance with GAAP) except for the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the Person in question or to the Subsidiary;

 

(b) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Person in question that is subject to any restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions (other than, if applicable, pursuant to the Notes, the indenture or the Credit Agreement) to the extent of such restriction, limitation or prohibition;

 

(c) any net gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Property of such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d) any net after-tax extraordinary gain or loss;

 

(e) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

(f) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, Capital Stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, provided that such rights (if redeemable), options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holder only for Capital Stock of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(g) to the extent non-cash, any unusual, non-operating or non-recurring gain or loss;

 

(h) any cash or non-cash expenses directly attributable to the closing of manufacturing facilities;

 

(i) expenses or charges (whether cash or non-cash) relating to the refinancing or repayment of Debt, including the write-off of deferred refinancing costs and any premiums relating to such refinancing or repayment of such Person, to the extent such charges would otherwise have been deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(j) gains or losses due to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effect.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to avoid duplication, for purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (c)(4) thereof.

 

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, expected to be dated as of the Issue Date, among IPG (US) Inc., Central Products Company, IPG Administrative Services Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., Intertape Inc., IPG Technologies Inc. and IPG Financial Services Inc. (together with IPG (US) Inc., the “U.S. Borrowers”) and Intertape Polymer Inc., a wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary (the “Canadian Borrower”, and together with the U.S. Borrowers, the “Borrowers”), and the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder Citicorp North

 

107


Table of Contents

America, Inc., as administrative agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented, restated and/or or otherwise modified (including to increase the amount of available borrowings thereunder or to add Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) from time to time, including any agreement, extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Debt under such agreement, or any successor or replacement agreement, and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement and one or more debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing (including through the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables or inventory) or trade letters of credit, or other forms of guarantees or assurances that one or more times refinances, replaces, supplements, modifies or amends such credit facility (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding obligors as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Debt under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Currency Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, currency option, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(a) the principal of and premium (if any, but only in the event such premium has become due) in respect of:

 

(1) debt of such Person for borrowed money, and

 

(2) debt evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

 

(b) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(c) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable for goods and services arising in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, performance bonds or surety bonds securing obligations (other than obligations described in (a) through (c) above) provided in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit and bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30th Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit or bond);

 

(e) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the Repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (measured, in each case, at the greatest of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price or liquidation value on the date of determination but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends for any current period not yet payable);

 

108


Table of Contents

(f) all obligations of other Persons of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, and all accrued dividends of other Persons currently payable, the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee;

 

(g) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by any Lien on any Property of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such Property or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

 

(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person and all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the amount necessary to extinguish in full as of such date the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above including, without limitation, all interest that has been capitalized, and without giving effect to any call premiums in respect thereof. The amount of Debt represented by a Hedging Obligation shall be equal to:

 

(1) zero if such Hedging Obligation has been Incurred pursuant to clause (f), (g) or (h) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Debt,” or

 

(2) the marked-to-market value of such Hedging Obligation to the counterparty thereof if not Incurred pursuant to such clauses.

 

For purposes of this definition, the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock as if such Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Debt will be required to be determined pursuant to the indenture at its Fair Market Value if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Preferred Stock determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent; provided, however, that if such Preferred Stock is not then permitted in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be the book value of such Preferred Stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.

 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Designated Senior Debt” means:

 

(1) the Debt under the Credit Agreement; and

 

(2) any other Senior Debt that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated by the Company (or the relevant Guarantor which incurs such Debt) in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt” for purposes of the indenture.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the happening of an event:

 

(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

 

(b) is or may become redeemable or repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or

 

109


Table of Contents

(c) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Debt or Disqualified Stock,

 

on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders the right to require the issuer thereof to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control occurring prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the Change of Control provisions applicable to such Disqualified Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Disqualified Stock than the provisions of the indenture with respect to a Change of Control and such Disqualified Stock specifically provides that the issuer thereof will not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions prior to the Company’s completing a Change of Control Offer.

 

“Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth under “—Events of Default.”

 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Existing Bank Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by a First Amending Agreement dated as of December 20, 2002, and a Second Amending Agreement dated March 14, 2003, by and among Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., and each of the other joint and several Facility A Borrowers (as defined therein), IPG Holdings LP, as the Facility B/C Borrower, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., IPG Finance LLC, IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia, as Guarantors, and The Toronto-Dominion Bank, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, International Banking Facility, Comerica Bank, and Comerica Bank Canada Branch, as Lenders.

 

“Existing Senior Notes” means (i) the outstanding U.S. $25.0 million Senior Notes, Series A, due May 31, 2005 and the outstanding U.S. $112.0 million Senior Notes, Series B, due May 31, 2009, each issued under an Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 20, 2002, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 28, 2003, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 26, 2004, by and among IPG Holdings LP, as issuer, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., IPG Finance LLC, IPG (US) Inc. and each of the other Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined therein), as guarantors, and the current noteholders named in Schedule I thereto, as amended; and (ii) the outstanding U.S. $137.0 million Senior Notes due March 31, 2008 issued under an Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 20, 2002, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 28, 2003, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 26, 2004, by and among IPG Holdings LP, as issuer, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., IPG Finance LLC, IPG (US) Inc. and each of the other Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined therein), as guarantors, and the current noteholders named in Schedule I thereto, as amended.

 

“Existing Senior Notes Redemption” means the redemption in full of the entire outstanding principal amount of Existing Senior Notes (together with the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and related call premiums owing in connection therewith), pursuant to the call provisions of the indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes and in accordance with either (a) the “irrevocable notice of redemption” delivered to the holders of the Existing Senior Notes on or prior to the Issue Date or (b) waivers received from all holders of the Existing Senior Notes on or prior to the Issue Date allowing for the redemption of the Existing Senior Notes on or before 30 days from the Issue Date and a notice of redemption relating thereto, which Existing Senior Notes Redemption, in either case, shall be effected on or prior to the 30th day after the Issue Date.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined, except as otherwise provided,

 

110


Table of Contents

(i) if such Property has a Fair Market Value equal to or less than $10 million, by any Officer of the Company, or

 

(ii) if such Property has a Fair Market Value in excess of $10 million, by a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent and evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of the Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. For purposes of calculating the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the calculation shall reflect the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, collectively (without duplication).

 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a) the Pro forma Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period whether paid or accrued, determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, determined in accordance with GAAP, and net payments or receipts (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations to the extent such Hedging Obligations related to Debt that is not itself a Hedging Obligation;

 

(c) any interest expense on Debt of any Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon);

 

(d) amortization or write-off of Debt discount in connection with any Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(e) the product of (a) all dividend payments (other than any payments to the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any dividends payable in the form of Capital Stock) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP as estimated by the chief financial officer of such Person in good faith or (y) if the dividends are deductible by such Person for income tax purposes based on law in effect at the time of payment, one.

 

“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of (x) the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or (y) Canada or any province or territory thereof.

 

“GAAP” means Canadian generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) Debt of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or

 

(b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

111


Table of Contents

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include:

 

(1) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or

 

(2) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a “Permitted Investment.”

 

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

 

“Guarantors” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Parent.

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means any obligation of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

“holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note register.

 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, Guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or (if earlier) the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP or the application thereof that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided, further, however, that amortization of debt discount, accrual or capitalization of dividends and interest, including the accrual of deferred accrued interest, the accretion of principal and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional securities shall not, in any such case, be deemed to be the Incurrence of Debt; provided that in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock sold at a discount or for which interest or dividends are capitalized or accrued or accreted, the amount of such Debt or outstanding Preferred Stock Incurred shall at all times be the then current accreted value or shall include all capitalized interest.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing or any third party appraiser or recognized expert with experience in appraising the terms and conditions of the type of transaction or series of related transactions for which an opinion is required, provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate future agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates.

 

“Investment” by any Person means any loan, advance or other extension of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit and receivables in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person or acquired as part of the assets acquired in connection with an acquisition of assets otherwise permitted by the indenture and also excluding advances to officers and employees in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other Property to others) or payments for Property or services for the account or use of others to, or Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person. For the purposes of the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants— Limitation on Restricted Payments” and “—Certain Covenants—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries” and the definition of “Restricted Payments,” “Investment” shall include the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Subsidiary of the Company or Parent at the time that any such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary (proportionate to its equity interest in such Subsidiary) of an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a) its “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less

 

112


Table of Contents

(b) the portion (proportionate to its equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of its Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation.

 

In determining the amount of any Investment made by transfer of any Property other than cash, such Property shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such Investment.

 

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are initially issued (exclusive of any Additional Notes).

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement on or with respect to such Property (including any Capital Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any sale and leaseback transaction).

 

“Moody’s” means the Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

 

“Net Available Cash” from any Asset Sale means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only, in each case, as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Debt or other obligations or liabilities relating to the Property that is the subject of such Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:

 

(a) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all U.S. Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Sale,

 

(b) all payments made on any Debt (but only if such Debt is secured by a Permitted Lien or constitutes Senior Debt) that is secured by any Property subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such Property, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

(c) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale,

 

(d) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, any severance, pension or shutdown cost and fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, investment bankers and other financial advisors or consultants) related to such Asset Sale and

 

(e) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Property disposed in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities relating to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale and any deductions relating to escrowed amounts.

 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Debt:

 

(a) as to which none of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary provides any guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Debt) or is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise) or as to which there is any recourse to the assets of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

113


Table of Contents

(b) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee of the Notes, collectively, by the Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

“Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Debt.

 

“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the specified Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the specified Person, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

 

“Parent” means Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a Canadian corporation.

 

“Permitted Investment” means any Investment by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in:

 

(a) the Company, a Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

 

(b) cash or Temporary Cash Investments;

 

(c) receivables owing to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company, Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

(d) payroll, travel, commission and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e) loans and advances to employees, directors and consultants made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that such loans and advances do not exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(f) stock, obligations or other securities received in settlement or good faith compromise of debts owing to the Company, or Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 

(g) any Person to the extent such Investment represents non-cash consideration received in connection with an asset sale, including an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants — Limitation on Asset Sales”;

 

114


Table of Contents

(h) the Notes and, if issued, any Additional Notes;

 

(i) Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Exchange Protection Agreements, Hedging Obligations and Commodity Price Protection Agreement, in each case permitted under the covenant described under “—Limitation on Debt”;

 

(j) existence on the Issue Date and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds such an Investment, provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed that amount replaced, refinanced or refunded and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;

 

(k) prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for deposit or collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) any Person where the consideration provided by the Company or a Guarantor consists solely of Capital Stock of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(m) Investments, including in joint ventures, in a Related Business that do not exceed $25.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate (with the amount of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(n) any Person where such Investment was acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company, a Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (2) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company, a Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or such other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(o) negotiable instruments held for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p) guarantees by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt otherwise permitted to be Incurred by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary under the indenture and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Liens”; and

 

(q) other Investments made for Fair Market Value that do not exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(a) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(b) Liens securing Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (c) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants — Limitation on Debt,” provided that any such Lien may not extend to any Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Property acquired, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Debt (or, in the case of Permitted Refinancing Debt, the Debt being Refinanced, or successively Refinanced with such Debt) and any improvements or accessions to such Property;

 

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

115


Table of Contents

(d) Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as statutory Liens or landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in favor of customs or revenue authorities and other similar Liens, on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to customs, duties, bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(e) Liens on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a customary manner, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or the payment of the deferred purchase price of Property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of Property in the operation of the business of the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(f) Liens on Property at the time the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Property was acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(g) Liens on the Property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a direct or, prior to such time, indirect Subsidiary of such Person; provided, further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(h) pledges or deposits by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(j) any provision for the retention of title to any Property by the vendor or transferor of such Property which Property is acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary and for which kind of transaction it is normal market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(k) Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default, and any Liens that are customarily required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) Liens on and pledges of the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

116


Table of Contents

(m) (1) mortgages, Liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or similar agreements relating thereto and (2) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(n) Liens existing on the Issue Date; provided that the Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes shall cease to be Permitted Liens on the 30th day after the Issue Date;

 

(o) Liens in favor of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(p) Liens on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Refinancing of Debt (other than the Existing Senior Notes), in whole or in part, secured by any Lien described in the foregoing clause (f), (g) or (n); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured the Debt being Refinanced;

 

(q) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

 

(r) Liens in the form of licenses, leases or sublease granted or created by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which licenses, leases or subleases do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or individually or in the aggregate materially impair the use (for its intended purpose) or the value of the Property subject thereto; and

 

(s) Liens on Property of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries securing Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (p) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Debt.”

 

“Permitted Refinancing Debt” means any Debt that Refinances any other Debt that is Incurred in accordance with the first paragraph of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Debt” or that is Incurred under clause (b), (c), (e), (m) (other than any Existing Senior Notes) or previously Incurred under clause (o) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” including any successive Refinancings, so long as:

 

(a) such Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:

 

(1) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) and any accrued but unpaid interest then outstanding of the Debt being Refinanced, and

 

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, tender and defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing,

 

(b) in the case of the Refinancing of term Debt, the Average Life of such Debt is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced,

 

(c) in the case of the Refinancing of term Debt, the final Stated Maturity of the Debt being Incurred is no earlier than the final Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced, and

 

(d) in the case of the Refinancing of Debt of the Company or a Guarantor:

 

(1) the new Debt shall not be senior in right of payment to the Debt being Refinanced; and

 

117


Table of Contents

(2) if the Debt being Refinanced constitutes Subordinated Obligations of the Company or a Guarantor, the new Debt shall be subordinated to the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee, as applicable, at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Obligations;

 

provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include:

 

(x) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) that Refinances Debt of the Company or a Guarantor, or

 

(y) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

 

“pro forma” means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms hereof, a calculation performed in accordance with the terms of the indenture and (to the extent not conflicting with such terms) Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act (as in effect on the Issue Date).

 

“Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any Person for any period, the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person on a pro forma basis, provided that if, since the beginning of the relevant period,

 

(a) (x) any Person was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or redesignated as or otherwise became a Restricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the applicable reference period, or (y) any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of the period shall have made any Investment in any Person or made any acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then in each case, Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation, Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and

 

(b) in the event that pro forma effect is being given to any Repayment of Debt, Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated as if such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to Repay such Debt.

 

“Pro forma Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any period, Consolidated Interest Expense adjusted (without duplication) to give pro forma effect to any Incurrence of Debt that remains outstanding at the end of the period or any Repayment of Debt since the beginning of the relevant period as if such Incurrence or Repayment had occurred on the first day of such period.

 

If any Debt bears a floating or fluctuating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating or fluctuating rate of interest on the date of determination were in effect for the whole period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Agreement had when entered into a term of at least 12 months or, if shorter, the term of the Debt). In the event the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold during the period, the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been repaid during such period to the

 

118


Table of Contents

extent the Company and the continuing Guarantors and Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale.

 

“Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to the indenture, the value of any Property shall be its Fair Market Value.

 

“Purchase Money Debt” means Debt:

 

(a) consisting of the deferred purchase price of Property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of such Debt does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the Property being financed, and

 

(b) Incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or lease by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Property, including additions and improvements thereto;

 

provided, however, that such Debt is Incurred within 180 days after the acquisition, completion of the construction, addition or improvement or lease of such Property by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Qualified Equity Offering” means any public or private offering for cash of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent other than (i) public offerings of Capital Stock registered on Form S-8 or (ii) other issuances upon the exercise of options of employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Registration Rights” means the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers entered into in connection with the issuance of the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or replacement for, such Debt. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Related Business” means any business that is the same as or related, ancillary, incidental or complementary to the business of Parent, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or any reasonable extension, development or expansion of the business.

 

“Repay” means, in respect of any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise retire such Debt with the effect that the Debt is no longer an obligation of the person who had incurred such Debt or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. “Repayment” and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Asset Sales” and the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” Debt shall be considered to have been Repaid only to the extent the related loan commitment, if any, shall have been permanently reduced in connection therewith.

 

“Representative” shall mean the trustee, agent or other representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Senior Debt.

 

“Restricted Payment” means:

 

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other Property) declared or paid by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary on or with respect to any shares of the Capital Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, except for (i) any dividend or distribution that is made solely to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such

 

119


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis) or (ii) any dividend or distribution payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;

 

(b) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transactions) or securities exchangeable for or convertible into any such Capital Stock, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than for or into Capital Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not Disqualified Stock); provided that, notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Disqualified Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary at its scheduled mandatory redemption date shall only constitute a Restricted Payment to the extent (and only to the extent) that the issuance of such Disqualified Stock increased the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c)(3) of the first paragraph under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

(c) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value, prior to the date for any scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment payment, of any Subordinated Obligation (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation purchased in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment obligation, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition);

 

(d) any Investment (other than Permitted Investments and Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on Debt”) in any Person; or

 

(e) the issuance, sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to a Person (other than the Company, a Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) if the result thereof is that such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Company or a Guarantor, in which event the amount of such “Restricted Payment” shall be the Fair Market Value of the remaining interest, if any, in such former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, payments with respect to the Existing Senior Notes Redemption shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of Parent as of the Issue Date and thereafter unless such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of the indenture; provided that the Company shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes hereof, except that the Company shall be deemed to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent for purposes of financial definitions contained herein (including the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Fixed Charged Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charges, Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA and Pro forma Consolidated Interest Expense) and for calculations pursuant thereto.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, Incurred or assumed and any amendments, renewals, modifications, extensions, refinancings and refundings of such Debt, unless, in the case of any particular Debt, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding

 

120


Table of Contents

expressly provides that such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of such Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on and all other amounts owing by the Company or a Guarantor in respect of:

 

(1) all monetary obligations (including Guarantees thereof) of every nature of the Company or a Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Facility, including, without limitation, obligations (including Guarantees) to pay principal, premium (if any), any interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities;

 

(2) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements (including guarantees thereof);

 

(3) all obligations under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements (including guarantees thereof); and

 

(4) all obligations under Commodity Price Protection Agreements (including guarantees thereof) in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

 

(1) any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor to Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

(2) any Debt to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any director, officer or employee, in such capacities of the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation);

 

(3) Debt to trade creditors and other amounts Incurred (but not under the Credit Facility) in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services including, without limitation, accounts payable;

 

(4) obligations in respect of any Capital Stock, including Disqualified Stock;

 

(5) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(6) that portion of any Debt Incurred in violation of the indenture; provided that (x) as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative shall have received a certificate from an officer of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Debt does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provision of the indenture) and (y) any revolving Debt under the Credit Agreement incurred in violation of such covenant as a result of the incurrence of Senior Debt under any other Credit Facility providing for inventory or receivables financing shall not be excluded from Senior Debt so long as such revolving Debt was extended in good faith to the Company;

 

(7) Debt that, when Incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the issuer of such Debt;

 

(8) any Debt that is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Company or a Guarantor (including the Notes and the Note Guarantees); and

 

(9) any obligations under, or relating to, the Existing Senior Notes (by way of guarantee or otherwise).

 

“Senior Subordinated Debt” means (i) with respect to the Company, the Notes, and any other Debt of the Company that specifically provides that such Debt is to have the same rank as the Notes in right of payment and is

 

121


Table of Contents

not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Debt or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Debt and (ii) with respect to any Guarantor, the Guarantees and any other Debt of such Guarantors that specifically provides that such Debt is to have the same rank as Guarantees of the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right or payment to any Debt or other obligation of such Guarantor which is not Senior Debt.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Parent within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission.

 

“Stated Maturity” means (a) with respect to any debt security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer, unless such contingency has occurred) and (b) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.

 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such entity’s Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

“Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(a) such Person,

 

(b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

 

(c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Unless otherwise specified a “Subsidiary” shall mean a subsidiary of the Parent.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means a Guarantee on the terms set forth in the indenture by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means (i) each Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Company) on the Issue Date and (ii) each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Company) that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Future Subsidiary Guarantors,” in each case until such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released in accordance with the terms of the indenture.

 

“Temporary Cash Investments” means:

 

(a) any U.S. Government Obligation and Canadian Government Obligation, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by the United States, Canada or any member of the European Union or instrumentality or agency thereof, and constituting a general obligation of the United States or Canada;

 

(b) any certificate of deposit, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by, or time deposit of, a commercial banking institution that is a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System and that has combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250 million, whose debt has a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is made, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in the case of Non-U.S. Guarantors of Parent, any local office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction or any

 

122


Table of Contents

political subdivision thereof which has a combined capital surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof));

 

(c) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and existing under the laws of the United States or Canada, any state, province or territory thereof or the District of Columbia with a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is made, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P;

 

(d) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized in the United States or Canada having capital and surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250 million; provided that the short-term debt of such commercial bank has a rating, at the time of Investment, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P;

 

(e) repurchase obligations and reverse repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) or (b) entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above;

 

(f) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, province, commonwealth or territory of the United States or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s;

 

(g) interests in funds investing substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (f); and

 

(h) interests in mutual funds with a rating of AAA- or higher that invest all of their assets in short-term securities, instruments and obligations which carry a minimum rating of “A-2” by S&P or “P-2” by Moody’s and which are managed by a bank meeting the qualifications in clause (b) above;

 

provided that for purposes of the subordination provisions and the covenant described under “—Use of Proceeds” above, the term “Temporary Cash Investments” shall not include obligations of the type referred to in clause (e), Canadian Government Obligations and obligations other than in U.S. dollars or of Persons outside the United States other than commercial banks.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(a) any Subsidiary of Parent that at the time of determination is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the covenant described under “—Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries” and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

 

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means any security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, or by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the government of the United States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States or any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

“Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary all the Voting Stock of which (except directors’ qualifying shares and shares required by a applicable law to be held by a Person other than

 

123


Table of Contents

the Company or a Subsidiary) is at such time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent, as the case may be, and their other wholly owned Subsidiaries.

 

Book-Entry System

 

We issued the outstanding notes in the form of global securities. The exchange notes will be initially issued in the form of global securities registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or its nominee.

 

Upon the issuance of a global security, The Depository Trust Company or its nominee will credit the accounts of persons holding through it with the respective principal amounts of the exchange notes represented by such global security exchanged by such persons in the exchange offer. The term “global security” means the outstanding global securities or the exchange global securities, as the context may require. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global security will be limited to persons that have accounts with The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to as participants, or persons that may hold interests through participants. Any person acquiring an interest in a global security through an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities Act may hold such interest through Clearstream Banking, S.A. or Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global security will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership interest will be effected only through, records maintained by The Depository Trust Company (with respect to participants’ interests) and such participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in such global security other than participants). Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of those systems. The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. These limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global security. Because The Depository Trust Company can act only on behalf of participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a global security to pledge its interests to persons that do not participate in The Depository Trust Company system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing those interests.

 

Payment of principal of and interest on any notes represented by a global security will be made in immediately available funds to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the notes represented thereby for all purposes under the indenture. The Company has been advised by The Depository Trust Company that upon receipt of any payment of principal of or interest on any global security, The Depository Trust Company will immediately credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the accounts of participants with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal or face amount of such global security as shown on the records of The Depository Trust Company. Payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in a global security held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices as is now the case with securities held for customer accounts registered in “street name” and will be the sole responsibility of such participants.

 

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the outstanding notes, cross-market transfers between the participants in The Depository Trust Company, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, these cross-market transactions will require delivery or instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines, Brussels time, of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global security in The Depository Trust Company, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to The Depository Trust Company. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

124


Table of Contents

A global security may not be transferred except as a whole by The Depository Trust Company or a nominee of The Depository Trust Company to a nominee of The Depository Trust Company or to The Depository Trust Company. A global security is exchangeable for certificated notes only if:

 

(a) The Depository Trust Company notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for such global security or if at any time The Depository Trust Company ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor depository;

 

(b) the Company, in its discretion, at any time determines not to have all the notes represented by such global security; or

 

(c) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the notes represented by such global security.

 

Any global security that is exchangeable for certificated notes pursuant to the preceding sentence will be exchanged for certificated notes in authorized denominations and registered in such names as The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary holding such global security may direct. Subject to the foregoing, a global security is not exchangeable, except for a global security of like denomination to be registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary or its nominee. In the event that a global security becomes exchangeable for certificated notes,

 

(a) certificated notes will be issued only in fully registered form in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in “Notice to Investors,” unless that legend is not required by applicable law;

 

(b) payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the certificated notes will be payable, and the transfer of the certificated notes will be registrable, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes; and

 

(c) no service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the certificated notes, although the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

 

Certificated notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any global security unless the transferor first delivers to the trustee a written certificate, in the form provided in the indenture, to the effect that the transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to the notes.

 

The Company will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the global securities, including principal and interest, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the global security holder. The Company will make all payments of principal and interest with respect to certificated notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the certificated notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. The notes represented by the global securities are expected to be eligible to trade in the Portal ® market and to trade in The Depository Trust Company’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by The Depository Trust Company to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in any certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

 

So long as The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary for a global security, or any nominee, is the registered owner of such global security, The Depository Trust Company or such successor depositary or nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such global security for all purposes under the indenture and the notes. Except as set forth above, owners of beneficial interests in a global security will not be entitled to have the notes represented by such global security registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes in definitive form and will not be considered to be the owners or holders of any notes under such global security. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a global security must rely on the procedures of The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary, and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder under the indenture. The Company understands that under existing industry practices, in the event that the Company requests any action of holders or that an owner of a beneficial interest in a global security desires to give or take any action which a holder is entitled

 

125


Table of Contents

to give or take under the indenture, The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary would authorize the participants holding the relevant beneficial interest to give or take such action and such participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to give or take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

 

Consequently, neither the Company, the trustee nor any agent of the Company or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

 

(a) any aspect of The Depository Trust Company’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the global securities or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of The Depository Trust Company’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the global securities; or

 

(b) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of The Depository Trust Company or any of its participants or indirect participants.

 

Because of time zone difference, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a global security from a participant in The Depository Trust Company will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day, which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream, immediately following the settlement date of The Depository Trust Company. The Depository Trust Company has advised us that the cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in the global security by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a participant in The Depository Trust Company will be received with value on the settlement date of The Depository Trust Company but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following The Depository Trust Company’s settlement date.

 

The Depository Trust Company has advised the Company that The Depository Trust Company is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the Banking Law of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered under the exchange Act. The Depository Trust Company was created to hold the securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. The Depository Trust Company’s participants include securities brokers and dealers (which may include the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations some of whom (or their representatives) own The Depository Trust Company. Access to The Depository Trust Company’s book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

 

Although The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in global securities among participants of The Depository Trust Company, including Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of the Company, the trustee or the initial purchasers will have any responsibility for the performance by The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear and Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

 

126


Table of Contents

REGISTRATION RIGHTS FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES

 

Although the following description summarizes the material provisions of the registration rights agreement that we entered into with the initial purchasers for the benefit of the holders of the notes on July 28, 2004, the summary is not complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement.

 

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, Intertape Polymer US and the guarantors have agreed, at their cost, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, to:

 

  no later than 90 days after the issue date of the notes, file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange the notes for our new notes (the “exchange notes”) having terms substantially identical in all material respects to the notes (except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and liquidated damages);

 

  use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act not later than 150 days after the issue date of the notes; and

 

  subject to the foregoing, use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated not later than 180 days after the issue date of the notes.

 

Under existing SEC interpretations, the exchange notes would be freely transferable by holders other than our affiliates after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the exchange notes represents that it is acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes and that it is not our affiliate, as such terms are interpreted by the SEC; provided that broker-dealers receiving exchange notes in the exchange offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with respect to resales of such exchange notes. The SEC has taken the position that participating broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the notes) with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. Under the registration rights agreement, we are required to allow participating broker-dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement in connection with the resale of such exchange notes for 180 days following the effective date of such exchange offer registration statement (or such shorter period during which participating broker-dealers are required by law to deliver such prospectuses).

 

A holder of notes (other than certain specified holders) who wishes to exchange such notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to represent that any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes and that it is not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is our affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable. If a holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will be required to acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.

 

In the event that:

 

(1) applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us and the guarantors to effect such an exchange offer; or

 

(2) for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated within 180 days after the issue date of the notes; or

 

127


Table of Contents

(3) prior to the 20th day following consummation of the exchange offer:

 

(A) the initial purchasers so request with respect to notes not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer;

 

(B) any holder of notes (other than the initial purchasers) notifies us that it is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer; or

 

(C) an initial purchaser notifies us that it will not receive freely tradeable exchange notes in exchange for notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment,

 

we and the guarantors will, subject to certain conditions, at our cost:

 

  as promptly as practicable, file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the notes or the exchange notes, as the case may be;

 

  use our reasonable best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act; and

 

  keep the shelf registration statement effective for a period of two years from the effective date of the shelf registration statement or such shorter period that will terminate when all notes registered thereunder are disposed of in accordance therewith or cease to be outstanding.

 

In the event that:

 

(1) within 90 days after the issue date of the notes, neither the exchange offer registration statement nor the shelf registration statement has been filed with the SEC;

 

(2) within 150 days after the issue date of the notes, the exchange offer registration statement has not been declared effective;

 

(3) within 180 days after the issue date of the notes, neither the exchange offer has been consummated nor the shelf registration statement has been declared effective;

 

(4) within 60 days of the day on which the obligation to file a shelf registration statement arises pursuant solely to clause (3) above, we fail to file such shelf registration statement with the SEC; or

 

(5) after either the exchange offer registration statement or the shelf registration statement has been declared effective, such registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions) in connection with resales of notes or exchange notes in accordance with and during the period specified in the registration rights agreement,

 

(each such event a “registration default”) then, liquidated damages will accrue on the aggregate principal amount of the notes and the exchange notes from and including the date on which any such registration default has occurred to, but excluding, the date on which all registration defaults have been cured. Liquidated damages will accrue at an initial rate of 0.25% per annum, which rate shall increase by 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which such registration default continues up to a maximum of 1.0% per annum.

 

The exchange notes will not be qualified for distribution to the public under the securities laws of any province or territory of Canada. The exchange offer will not be made in Canada or to or for the benefit of any resident of Canada except in compliance with exemptions from the registration and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian provincial securities laws and otherwise in compliance with those laws. Any resale of notes or exchange notes, as the case may be, in Canada, or to or by the residents of Canada, must be made in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, the registration and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian provincial securities laws.

 

128


Table of Contents

IMPORTANT U.S. AND CANADIAN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

United States

 

The following general discussion sets forth certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the exchange notes. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, published rulings, administrative pronouncements and court decisions, all as of the date of this offering memorandum and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time and in some circumstances with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a prospective investor in light of the investor’s particular circumstances, or to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (such as financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, brokers, dealers, persons holding exchange notes as part of a straddle or a hedging, conversion or integrated transaction, or persons whose functional currency (as defined in section 985 of the Code) is not the U.S. dollar), or certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States. In addition, this discussion does not consider the effect of any non-U.S. laws or U.S. state or local income tax laws. Except as set forth below, this discussion does not address in any detail U.S. federal tax considerations (e.g., estate or gift tax) other than income tax considerations. The following discussion is limited to purchasers who acquire the exchange notes pursuant to the registered exchange offer, and who will hold the exchange notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code.

 

The following discussion does not purport to be legal advice to prospective investors generally or to any particular prospective investor. Each prospective investor of the exchange notes should consult its own tax advisors concerning the application of U.S. federal income tax laws to its particular situation.

 

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an exchange note that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (i) an individual citizen or resident (as defined in section 7701 (b) of the Code) of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for purposes of the Code) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and with respect to which one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, as well as certain other trusts that have elected to be treated as U.S. persons under the Code. As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an exchange note that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership.

 

If a foreign or domestic partnership or other entity taxable as a partnership holds an exchange, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of an exchange note.

 

Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer

 

Pursuant to the registered exchange offer, we are offering to exchange the notes for publicly registered notes (the “exchange notes”) having substantially identical terms. See “The Exchange Offer.” Under current law, the exchange of notes for exchange notes pursuant to the registered exchange offer will not be treated as an “exchange” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, holders will not recognize taxable gain or loss upon the receipt of exchange notes in exchange for notes in the registered exchange offer, the holding period for an exchange note received in the registered exchange offer will include the holding period of the note surrendered in exchange therefor, and the adjusted tax basis of an exchange note immediately after the exchange will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the note surrendered in exchange therefor.

 

The Company is obligated to pay additional interest on the exchange notes under certain circumstances described under “Registration Rights for Outstanding Notes.” It is possible that the Internal Revenue Service could assert that the additional interest that we would be obligated to pay in the event of a registration default (as described above under “Registration Rights for Outstanding Notes”) are “contingent payments” for U.S. federal income tax

 

129


Table of Contents

purposes. If so treated, the exchange notes would be treated as “contingent payment debt instruments” and certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could result. However, the U.S. Treasury Regulations, with respect to debt instruments that provide for one or more contingent payments, provide that remote or incidental contingencies are ignored for purposes of determining whether a debt instrument is a “contingent payment debt instrument.” The Company believes that the possibility of the payment of additional interest is remote and, accordingly, does not intend to treat the exchange notes as “contingent payment debt instruments.”

 

U.S. Holders

 

Taxation of Interest

 

Stated Interest. Generally, the amount of any stated interest payments on an exchange note, or guarantee thereof, will be treated as “qualified stated interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and will generally be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income as ordinary interest income for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time it is received or accrued by such U.S. Holder in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any additional amounts owing on the exchange notes that are accrued or received by a U.S. Holder will be treated as additional interest income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on an exchange note, or guarantee thereof, is treated as U.S. source interest for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Disposition of a Note

 

Upon the sale, exchange (except as discussed above under the heading “Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer”), redemption or retirement of an exchange note, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain in an amount equal to the excess of the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement (other than amounts representing accrued interest, which will be taxable as such, but including any redemption premium paid by the Company) over such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange note, or loss in an amount equal to the excess of such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange note over the amount realized. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in an exchange note generally will equal such U.S. Holder’s initial investment in such exchange note decreased by the amount of any payments received by such U.S. Holder that are not deemed qualified stated interest payments. Such gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder generally will be treated as U.S.-source gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the exchange note was held for more than one (1) year at the time of disposition. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term capital gain currently fifteen percent (15%) will be lower than the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income (other than certain dividends). Capital gain that is not long-term capital gain is subject to U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to ordinary income (other than certain dividends).

 

Non-U.S. Holders

 

Subject to the discussion below under the heading “U.S. Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” payments of principal of, and interest on, any exchange note to a Non-U.S. Holder, other than (1) a controlled foreign corporation, as such term is defined in Code, which is related to us through stock ownership, (2) a person owning, actually or constructively, securities representing at least ten percent (10%) of the total combined outstanding voting power of all classes of our voting stock, and (3) a bank which acquires such exchange note in consideration of an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, will not be subject to any U.S. withholding tax provided that the beneficial owner of the exchange note provides certification completed in compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, which requirements are discussed below under the heading “U.S. Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” or an exemption is otherwise established.

 

In addition, subject to the discussion below under the heading “U.S. Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any payments of interest on an exchange note, or guarantee thereof, and on any gain realized on the sale or exchange of an exchange note, provided that such interest or gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business of the holder and, in the case of any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual, such holder is not present in the United

 

130


Table of Contents

States for a total of 183 days or more during the tax year in which such gain is realized and certain other conditions are met.

 

An exchange note that is held by an individual who at the time of death is not a citizen or resident of the United States will not be subject to U.S. federal estate tax as a result of such individual’s death, provided that such individual is not a shareholder owning actually or constructively ten percent (10%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote and, at the time of such individual’s death, payments of interest with respect to such exchange notes would not have been effectively connected with the conduct by such individual of a trade or business in the United States.

 

U.S. Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

A backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements apply to certain payments of principal of, and interest on, an obligation and to proceeds of the sale or redemption of an obligation, to certain noncorporate holders of exchange notes that are U.S. persons. Information reporting generally will apply to payment of interest on, or principal of, the exchange notes, or guarantee thereof, made within the United States to a holder of the exchange notes, other than an exempt recipient, including a corporation, a payee that is a Non-U.S. Holder that provides appropriate certification and certain other persons. The payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax on payments made within the United States on an exchange note, or guarantee thereof, to a domestic partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or to a U.S. Holder, other than an exempt recipient, including a corporation, if the holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with, or establish an exemption from, the backup withholding requirements. Payments within the United States of principal and interest on the note, or guarantee thereof, to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements if an appropriate certification is provided by the holder to the payor and the payor does not have actual knowledge or a reason to know that the certificate is incorrect. The backup withholding tax rate currently is 28.0% for years through 2010.

 

In the case of payments to a foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership, other than payments to a foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or foreign partnership that qualifies as a withholding foreign trust or a withholding foreign partnership within the meaning of the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations and payments to a foreign simple trust, a foreign grantor trust or a foreign partnership that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, the beneficiaries of the foreign simple trust, the persons treated as the owners of the foreign grantor trust or the partners of the foreign partnership, as the case may be, will be required to provide the certification discussed above in order to establish an exemption from backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements. Moreover, a payor may rely on a certification provided by a payee that is not a U.S. person only if the payor does not have actual knowledge or a reason to know that any information or certification stated in the certificate is incorrect.

 

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER AS TO PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

Canadian Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

 

The following description of Canadian federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange offer and the acquisition pursuant thereto of exchange notes is of a general nature only and should not be construed as advice to any particular holder of outstanding notes or exchange notes. Holders of outstanding notes or exchange notes are advised to consult with their tax advisors with respect to their particular tax position. This description does not apply to holders of outstanding notes or exchange notes who are non-resident insurers carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere.

 

131


Table of Contents

Under the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”), the regulations thereunder, judicial decisions, and the published statements of the current administrative practices of Canada Customs and Revenue Agency, in each case as in effect on the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, there will be no Canadian federal income tax payable as a consequence of the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes by any holder of outstanding notes who (i) is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act, (ii) deals at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Tax Act, with Intertape and (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, the outstanding notes in carrying on a business in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act.

 

Similarly, under such federal laws of Canada, we are not required to withhold Canadian federal income tax from interest paid on the principal of the outstanding notes offered hereby or exchange notes, or from any premium or principal paid on such outstanding notes, to any holder who (i) is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act, (ii) deals at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Tax Act, with Intertape and (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, the outstanding notes in carrying on a business in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act.

 

Under the Tax Act, no other taxes on income, including taxable capital gains, are payable in respect of the holding, redemption or disposition of exchange notes by holders who are neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and who do not use or hold and are not deemed to use or hold the exchange notes in carrying on business in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of these exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date of the exchange offer and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with these resales. In addition, until                      , 2004, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any of these resales may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from these broker-dealers and/or the purchasers of exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account in the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any of these resales of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the outstanding notes, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

132


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Shutts & Bowen LLP, Miami, Florida, will pass upon certain legal matters under U.S. federal, New York, Delaware and Virginia law for us regarding the exchange notes. Stikeman Elliott LLP, Montreal, Québec, will pass upon certain legal matters under Canadian law for us regarding the exchange notes. Michael L. Richards, one of our directors, is a senior partner of Stikeman Elliott LLP. Stewart, McKelvey Stirling Scales, Halifax, Nova Scotia, will pass upon certain legal matters under Nova Scotia law for us regarding the exchange notes. F. Castelo Branco & Associates, Lisbon, Portugal, will pass upon certain legal matters under Portuguese law for us regarding the exchange notes. Chancery Chambers, Attorneys At Law, Bridgetown, Barbados, will pass upon certain legal matters under Barbados law for us regarding the exchange notes. Goodrich Riquelme Y Asociados, Mexico City, Mexico, will pass upon certain legal matters under Mexican law for us regarding the exchange notes.

 

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

 

Our independent accountants are Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton, L.L.P. (formerly Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton, General Partnership), Chartered Accountants, Montreal, Canada. Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, included in this registration statement have been audited by Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton, L.L.P., as stated in their report appearing herein.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

Our Parent is a corporation existing under the laws of Canada. Most of our directors and officers, and certain of the experts named herein, are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. Our Parent has appointed an agent for service of process in the United States but it may be difficult for holders of exchange notes to effect service within the United States upon our directors, officers and experts, or to realize against them upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated on civil liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws. We have been advised by our Canadian counsel, Stikeman Elliot LLP, that a judgment of a U.S. court predicated solely upon civil liability under such laws would probably be enforceable in Canada if the U.S. court in which the judgment was obtained had a basis for jurisdiction in the matter that was recognized by a Canadian court for such purposes. We have also been advised by such counsel that such an action could be brought in the first instance in a court of competent jurisdiction in a Canadian province against our Parent (if its head office is in that province) and against our directors, officers and experts resident in that province, subject to such court’s inherent discretion to decline to hear such an action where it is not the convenient forum or where concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

 

The Canadian court would determine civil liability predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws if:

 

a. for an action brought before the courts of a Canadian province other than Québec, such court is satisfied that the United States is the lex loci delicti (that is, the law of the place of the wrong) for such claim, or

 

b. for an action brought before the courts of the province of Québec, the United States is the country where the injurious act occurred or where the injury appeared. If, however, the person who committed the injurious act and the victim have their domiciles or residences in the same country, the Québec court will apply the law of that country.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 and Form F-4 with the SEC with respect to the exchange notes offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules that are part of the registration statement. For further information on us and the exchange notes we are offering, you should review the registration statement.

 

133


Table of Contents

Intertape Polymer Group Inc. is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC. Under a multi-jurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the United States, such reports and other information may be prepared in accordance with the disclosure requirements of Canada, which requirements are different from those of the United States. You may read and copy all or any portion of any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. Such material may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc. also files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Autorité des Marchés Financiers du Québec and the other securities commissions throughout Canada. You may inspect copies of such materials at the public reference room maintained by the Financial Markets Authority of Québec, also known as the Autorité des Marchés Financiers du Québec, located at 800 Square Victoria, 22nd Floor, Stock Exchange Tower, Montreal, Québec, H4Z 1G3. Please call the Financial Markets Authority of Québec at 1-800-361-5072 for more information on the public reference room. You can also find information on the website maintained through the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (the SEDAR system) at http://www.sedar.com. Such reports, proxy statements and other documents and information concerning us are also available for inspection at the offices of the Toronto Stock Exchange located at 130 King Street West, 3rd Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5X 1J2.

 

We do not expect that Intertape Polymer US will file separate reports and other information under the Exchange Act with the SEC.

 

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of any such person, a copy of any of the documents that we have filed with the Financial Markets Authority of Qúebec or otherwise referred to in this prospectus, other than the exhibits to those documents unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into those documents, or referred to in this prospectus. Requests should be directed to:

 

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

 

134


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

    

Auditors’ Report

   F-2

Comments by Auditors For American Readers on Canada-U.S. Reporting Differences

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001

   F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 2003 and 2002

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

    

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the six month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

   F-30

Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings for the six month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

   F-30

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six month periods ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)

   F-31

Consolidated Balance Sheets as at June 30, 2004 and 2003 and December 31, 2003 (unaudited)

   F-32

Notes to Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

   F-33

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Auditors’ Report

 

To the Board of Directors of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

 

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. as at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of earnings, retained earnings and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

 

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

 

LOGO

 

General Partnership

Chartered Accountants

 

Montreal, Canada

February 16, 2004

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Comments By Auditors

 

For American Readers on Canada-U.S.

Reporting Differences

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

 

In the United States of America, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph (following the opinion paragraph) when there is a change in accounting principles that has a material effect on the comparability of the Company’s financial statements, such as the change in accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets as described in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Our report to the shareholders dated February 16, 2004 is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards, which do not require a reference to such change in accounting principles in the auditors’ report when the change is properly accounted for and adequately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO

 

General Partnership

Chartered Accountants

 

Montreal, Canada

February 16, 2004

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Consolidated Earnings

 

Years ended December 31,

(In thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Sales

   621,321     601,575     594,905  

Cost of sales (Note 4)

   482,423     475,430     476,089  
    

 

 

Gross profit

   138,898     126,145     118,816  
    

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (Note 4)

   90,047     85,324     91,343  

Amortization of goodwill

               7,014  

Impairment of goodwill (Note 13)

         70,000        

Research and development

   3,272     3,169     4,182  

Financial expenses (Note 5)

   28,521     32,773     38,911  

Manufacturing facility closure costs (Note 4)

   3,005     2,100        
    

 

 

     124,845     193,366     141,450  
    

 

 

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

   14,053     (67,221 )   (22,634 )

Income taxes (Note 6)

   (4,125 )   (12,767 )   (10,392 )
    

 

 

Net earnings (loss)

   18,178     (54,454 )   (12,242 )
    

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share (Note 7)

                  

Basic

   0.51     (1.66 )   (0.43 )
    

 

 

Diluted

   0.50     (1.66 )   (0.43 )
    

 

 

 

Consolidated Retained Earnings

 

Years ended December 31,

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     2003

   2002

    2001

 
     $    $     $  

Balance, beginning of year

   50,113    104,567     116,966  

Net earnings (loss)

   18,178    (54,454 )   (12,242 )
    
  

 

     68,291    50,113     104,724  

Premium on purchase for cancellation of common shares

              157  
    
  

 

Balance, end of year

   68,291    50,113     104,567  
    
  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31,

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                  

Net earnings (loss)

   18,178     (54,454 )   (12,242 )

Non-cash items

                  

Depreciation and amortization

   29,375     28,653     33,831  

Impairment of goodwill

         70,000        

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

         1,280        

Property, plant and equipment impairment in connection with facility closure

   732              

Future income taxes

   (7,148 )   (15,198 )   (9,165 )

Write-off of debt issue expenses

               2,165  

Other non-cash items

   (3,000 )         (715 )
    

 

 

Cash flows from operations before changes in non-cash working capital items

   38,137     30,281     13,874  
    

 

 

Changes in non-cash working capital items

                  

Trade receivables

   (741 )   475     10,337  

Other receivables

   (1,647 )   5,186     (1,287 )

Inventories

   (5,139 )   9,851     17,690  

Parts and supplies

   (776 )   (767 )   (1,626 )

Prepaid expenses

   100     1,567     (3,341 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   10,465     (11,361 )   12,431  
    

 

 

     2,262     4,951     34,204  
    

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

   40,399     35,232     48,078  
    

 

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                  

Property, plant and equipment

   (12,980 )   (11,716 )   (25,942 )

Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment

               8,000  

Goodwill

   (6,217 )            

Other assets

   (1,435 )   (5,213 )   (8,592 )
    

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   (20,632 )   (16,929 )   (26,534 )
    

 

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                  

Net change in bank indebtedness

   4,910     (19,525 )   (99,261 )

Issue of long-term debt

               86,400  

Repayment of long-term debt

   (64,329 )   (50,209 )   (9,634 )

Issue of common shares

   43,009     49,689     3,379  

Common shares purchased for cancellation

               (922 )
    

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   (16,410 )   (20,045 )   (20,038 )
    

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash position

   3,357     (1,742 )   1,506  

Effect of foreign currency translation adjustments

   (3,357 )   1,742     (1,506 )
    

 

 

Cash position, beginning and end of year

   —       —       —    
    

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

                  

Interest paid

   29,309     30,428     32,791  

Income taxes paid

   1,790     413     1,234  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

ASSETS

         

Current assets

         

Trade receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,911; $3,844 in 2002)

   89,297    86,169

Other receivables (Note 9)

   11,852    10,201

Inventories (Note 10)

   69,956    60,969

Parts and supplies

   13,153    12,377

Prepaid expenses

   7,924    7,884

Future income taxes (Note 6)

   2,682    2,397
    
  
     194,864    179,997

Property, plant and equipment (Note 11)

   354,627    351,530

Other assets (Note 12)

   12,886    13,178

Future income taxes (Note 6)

   3,812     

Goodwill (Note 13)

   173,056    158,639
    
  
     739,245    703,344
    
  

LIABILITIES

         

Current liabilities

         

Bank indebtedness (Note 14)

   13,944    8,573

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   95,270    80,916

Installments on long-term debt

   16,925    29,268
    
  
     126,139    118,757

Future income taxes (Note 6)

        4,446

Long-term debt (Note 15)

   235,066    283,498

Other liabilities (Note 16)

   530    3,550
    
  
     361,735    410,251
    
  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Capital stock and share purchase warrants (Note 17)

   286,841    239,185

Contributed surplus

   3,150     

Retained earnings

   68,291    50,113

Accumulated currency translation adjustments

   19,228    3,795
    
  
     377,510    293,093
    
  
     739,245    703,344
    
  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

1. GOVERNING STATUTES

 

The Company, incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, is based in Montreal, Canada, and in Sarasota/Bradenton, Florida.

 

The common shares of the Company are listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the United States of America (“United States” or “US”) and on the Toronto Stock Exchange in Canada.

 

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The consolidated financial statements are expressed in US dollars and were prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), which, in certain respects, differ from the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as shown in note 21.

 

Certain amounts have been reclassified from the prior years to conform to the current year presentation.

 

Accounting changes

 

Stock-based compensation

 

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted, on a prospective basis, the new recommendations of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) with respect to Section 3870, Stock-based Compensation and Other Stock-based Payments. This new standard establishes, among other things, financial accounting and reporting standards for stock-based employee compensation plans. It defined a fair value method of accounting for its stock-based employee compensation plans. Under this method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the related service period. An entity that does not adopt the fair value method of accounting for its awards granted to employees is required to include in its financial statements pro forma disclosures of net earnings and earnings per share as if the fair value method of accounting had been applied.

 

In September 2003, the transitional provisions in Handbook Section 3870, Stock-based Compensation and Other Stock-based Payments, were revised to provide the same alternative methods of transition as are provided under US GAAP for voluntary adoption of the fair value based method of accounting. These provisions may be applied retroactively or prospectively. However, the prospective application is only available to enterprises that elect to apply the fair value based method of accounting for fiscal years beginning before January 1, 2004.

 

Effective as of January 1, 2003, the Company has chosen to adopt, on a prospective basis, the fair value method of accounting for stock options and has recorded an expense of approximately $130,000 for the stock options granted to employees during the year. Prior to 2003, no compensation expense was recognized when stock options were granted.

 

Any consideration paid by employees on exercise of stock options is credited to capital stock.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted, on a retroactive basis, the new CICA recommendations with respect to Section 3062, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. These standards are equivalent to the US standards. Under the new recommendations, goodwill and intangible assets determined to have an indefinite useful life are no longer amortized and are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Under these recommendations, the Company was required to complete a transitional goodwill impairment test as at January 1, 2002. Management completed this test and determined no adjustment for impairment of goodwill was necessary as a result of the change in accounting policy.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the net earnings (loss) and earnings (loss) per share as reported for the prior years to the corresponding financial information adjusted to exclude the amortization of goodwill recognized in those periods that is no longer taken as a result of applying Section 3062:

 

     2003

   2002

    2001

 
     $    $     $  

Net earnings (loss), as reported

   18,178    (54,454 )   (12,242 )

Add: Amortization of goodwill (net of $0.7 million of income taxes for 2001)

              6,339  
    
  

 

Adjusted net earnings (loss)

   18,178    (54,454 )   (5,903 )
    
  

 

Adjusted basic earnings (loss) per share

   0.51    (1.66 )   (0.21 )
    
  

 

Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per share

   0.50    (1.66 )   (0.21 )
    
  

 

 

Accounting estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the recorded amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management reviews its estimates, including those relating to the allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for slow moving and unmarketable inventories and income taxes based on currently available information. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in joint ventures have been proportionately consolidated based on the Company’s ownership interest.

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

The fair value of trade receivables, other receivables, bank indebtedness as well as accounts payable and accrued liabilities is equivalent to their carrying amounts, given the short maturity period of such financial instruments.

 

The fair value of long-term debt was established as described in note 15.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

Reporting currency

 

The accounts of the Company’s operations having a functional currency other than the US dollar have been translated into the reporting currency using the current rate method as follows: assets and liabilities have been translated at the exchange rate in effect at year-end and revenues and expenses have been translated at the average rate during the year. All translation gains or losses of the Company’s net equity investments in these operations have been included in the accumulated currency translation adjustments account in shareholders’ equity. Changes in this account for all periods presented result solely from the application of this translation method.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency have been translated into the functional currency as follows: monetary assets and liabilities have been translated at the exchange rate in effect at the end of each year and revenue and expenses have been translated at the average exchange rate for each year, except for depreciation and amortization which are translated at the historical rate; non-monetary assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates prevailing at the transaction dates. Exchange gains and losses arising from such transactions are included in earnings.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue from product sales is recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the amount is fixed or determinable, delivery of the product to the customer has occurred, there are no uncertainties surrounding product acceptance and collection of the amount is considered probable. Title to the product generally passes upon shipment of the product. Sales returns and allowances are treated as reductions to sales and are provided for based on historical experience and current estimates.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share are calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The treasury stock method is used to determine the dilutive effect of stock options and warrants.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

The Company’s policy is to present cash and temporary investments having a term of three months or less with cash and cash equivalents.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Credit is extended based on evaluation of a customer’s financial condition and generally, collateral is not required. Accounts receivable are stated at amounts due from customers based on agreed upon payment terms net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts outstanding longer than the agreed upon payment terms are considered past due. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are past due, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are determined to be uncollectible, and any payments subsequently received on such receivables are credited to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Inventories and parts and supplies valuation

 

Raw materials are valued at the lower of cost and replacement cost. Work in process and finished goods are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is principally determined by the first in, first out method. The cost of work in process and finished goods includes the cost of raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.

 

Parts and supplies are valued at the lower of cost and replacement cost.

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less applicable investment tax credits and government grants earned and are depreciated over their estimated useful lives principally as follows:

 

    

Methods


  

Rates and periods


Buildings    Diminishing balance or straight-line    5% or 15 to 40 years
Manufacturing equipment    Straight-line    20 years
Furniture, office and computer equipment, software and other    Diminishing balance or straight-line    20% or 3 to 10 years (i)

 

(i) Effective January 1, 2002, as a result of an extensive review of the useful life of the Company’s various software packages, management decided to extend to 10 years the estimated useful life of all enterprise level software. Prior to such revision, these assets were depreciated over a 7 year period. The change in estimated useful life was applied prospectively commencing January 1, 2002 and has resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense and a corresponding increase in earnings before income taxes, net earnings, basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share of approximately $1.4 million, $0.9 million, $0.04 and $0.04 respectively for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The Company follows the policy of capitalizing interest during the construction and preproduction periods as part of the cost of significant property, plant and equipment. Normal repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Expenditures which materially increase values, change capacities or extend useful lives are capitalized. Depreciation is not charged on new property, plant and equipment until they become operative.

 

Deferred charges

 

Debt issue expenses are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related obligation. Other deferred charges are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period benefited varying from 1 to 5 years.

 

Environmental costs

 

The Company expenses, on a current basis, recurring costs associated with managing hazardous substances and pollution in ongoing operations. The Company also accrues for costs associated with the remediation of environmental pollution when it becomes probable that a liability has been incurred and its share of the amount can be reasonably estimated.

 

Pension plans and other retirement benefits

 

The Company has defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and other retirement benefit plans for its Canadian and American employees.

 

The following policies are used with respect to the accounting for the defined benefit and other retirement benefit plans:

 

  The cost of pensions and other retirement benefits earned by employees is actuarially determined using the projected benefit method prorated on service and is charged to earnings as services are provided by the employees. The calculations take into account management’s best estimate of expected plan investment performance, salary escalation, retirement ages of employees, participants’ mortality rates and expected health care costs;

 

  For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets, those assets are valued at the market-related value for certain plans and, for other plans, at fair value;

 

  Past service costs from plan amendments are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of employees who are active at the date of amendment;

 

  The excess of the net actuarial gains (losses) over 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and the market-related value or the fair value of plan assets is amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company provides for income taxes using the liability method of tax allocation. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on deductible or taxable temporary differences between the financial statement values and tax values of assets and liabilities, using substantially enacted income tax rates expected to be in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recognized to the extent the recoverability of future income tax assets is not considered to be more likely than not.

 

New accounting pronouncements

 

In December 2002, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3063, Impairment of Long-lived Assets. This new Section provides guidance on the recognition, measurement and disclosure of the impairment of long-lived assets. It replaces the write-down provisions in Property, Plant and Equipment, Section 3061. The Section requires an impairment loss for a long-lived asset which is to be held and used be recognized when its carrying amount exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected from its use and eventual disposition. An impairment loss for a long-lived asset to be held and used should be measured as the amount by which its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Section 3063 should be applied prospectively for years beginning on or after April 1, 2003. The Company does not expect any adjustments to the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment as a result of this change in accounting policy.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

In January 2003, the CICA issued Accounting Guideline No. 15, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“AcG-15”), which harmonizes Canadian GAAP with the US Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 46. This Guideline applies to annual and interim periods beginning on or after November 1, 2004. The Company expects that this pronouncement will not have a material impact on its results of operations and financial condition.

 

3. JOINT VENTURE

 

The Company’s pro rata share of its joint venture’s operations included in the consolidated financial statements is summarized as follows:

 

    

2003

(6 Months) (i)


    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Earnings

                  

Sales

   2,298     4,216     3,572  

Gross profit

   651     797     664  

Financial expenses (income)

   40     198     (7 )

Net earnings (loss)

   180     (65 )   110  

Cash flows

                  

From operating activities

   972     520     1,342  

From investing activities

   (345 )   (35 )   86  

From financing activities

   82     1,071     (956 )

Balance sheets

                  

Assets

                  

Current assets

         1,637     1,307  

Long-term assets

         6,051     6,122  

Liabilities

                  

Current liabilities

         1,459     2,925  

Long-term debt

         1,574     667  

 

(i) The Company acquired the remaining 50% common equity interest on June 26, 2003.

 

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had no sales to its joint venture. As a result of the acquisition discussed in note 8, the Company had no investment in a joint venture at December 31, 2003.

 

4. INTEGRATION AND TRANSITION, ASSET WRITE-DOWNS AND OTHER NON-RECURRING ITEMS

 

During 2003, management approved a plan to consolidate the Company’s water activated tape operations at its Menasha, Wisconsin plant. The consolidation was completed during 2003. The plan involved closing its Green Bay, Wisconsin facility, and relocating some employees and equipment to its Menasha, Wisconsin facility. Eighty-six employees were terminated. The total charge for this plan amounted to $3.0 million, including $1.7 million of termination related benefits, and is included in manufacturing facility

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

closure costs in the 2003 consolidated earnings. As at December 31, 2003, the balance of $1.9 million was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

 

During 2002, management approved a plan for the consolidation of its operations related to the Flexible Intermediate Bulk Container division to be completed in June 2003. The plan involved the closing of two manufacturing plants and a reduction of seventy-seven employees. The total charge for the restructuring is $2.1 million including $1.8 million of termination related benefits. As at December 31, 2002 the balance of $1.3 million was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and nil as at December 31, 2003.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company recorded asset write-downs and non-recurring costs of recent integrations, the start-up of its Regional Distribution Centers, workforce reductions and debt refinancing. The total charge of $25.2 million includes $4.2 million of termination benefits. Cost of sales includes $7.7 million, selling, general and administrative expenses include $10.8 million and financial expenses include $6.7 million of such costs.

 

5. INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

   26,957     25,337     24,977  

Amortization of debt issue expenses and other deferred charges

   2,418     3,316     1,840  

Financial expenses

                  

Interest on long-term debt

   26,675     28,559     22,029  

Interest on credit facilities

   1,804     2,369     11,064  

Refinancing costs

               6,700  

Interest income and other

   742     2,310     18  

Interest capitalized to property, plant and equipment

   (700 )   (465 )   (900 )
    

 

 

     28,521     32,773     38,911  
    

 

 

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

         1,280        

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

   732              

Foreign exchange loss (gain)

   (1,192 )         214  

Investment tax credits recorded as a reduction of research and development expenses

   800     2,088        

 

6. INCOME TAXES

 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Current

   3,023     2,431     (1,227 )

Future

   (7,148 )   (15,198 )   (9,165 )
    

 

 

     (4,125 )   (12,767 )   (10,392 )
    

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The reconciliation of the combined federal and provincial statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is detailed as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     %     %     %  

Combined federal and provincial income tax rate

   42.5     42.7     42.7  

Manufacturing and processing

   3.3     (1.6 )   (8.6 )

Foreign losses recovered (foreign income taxed) at lower rates

   6.3     (1.7 )   (6.4 )

Goodwill impairment

         (33.0 )      

Impact of other differences

   (92.3 )   28.8     86.7  

Change in valuation allowance

   10.8     (16.2 )   (68.5 )
    

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   (29.4 )   19.0     45.9  
    

 

 

 

The net future income tax assets and liabilities are detailed as follows:

 

     2003

    2002

 
     $     $  

Future income tax assets

            

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   765     2,501  

Tax credits and loss carry-forwards

   94,719     77,890  

Trade and other receivables

   1,104     1,335  

Other

   5,901     7,741  

Valuation allowance

   (31,145 )   (26,336 )
    

 

     71,344     63,131  
    

 

Future income tax liabilities

            

Inventories

   311     383  

Property, plant and equipment

   64,539     64,797  
    

 

     64,850     65,180  
    

 

Total net future income tax assets (liabilities)

   6,494     (2,049 )
    

 

Net current future income tax assets

   2,682     2,397  

Net long-term future income tax assets (liabilities)

   3,812     (4,446 )
    

 

Total net future income tax assets (liabilities)

   6,494     (2,049 )
    

 

 

As at December 31, 2003, the Company has $61.0 million of Canadian operating loss carry-forwards expiring from 2007 through 2010 and $161.0 million of US federal and state operating losses expiring from 2010 through 2023.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

In assessing the realizability of future income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the future income tax assets will not be realized. Management considers the scheduled reversal of future income tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company expects the future income tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, as at December 31, 2003 to be realized as a result of the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences.

 

As part of the above analysis, the valuation allowance was increased by $4.8 million between December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003. The increase included $1.5 million of valuation allowance reducing the 2003 income tax benefit. The balance of the increase is attributable to foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

7. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

The following table provides a reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

     2003

   2002

    2001

 
     $    $     $  

Net earnings (loss)

   18,178    (54,454 )   (12,242 )
    
  

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

   35,956,550    32,829,013     28,265,708  

Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants (i)

   95,770             
    
  

 

Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding

   36,052,320    32,829,013     28,265,708  
    
  

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share

   0.51    (1.66 )   (0.43 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

   0.50    (1.66 )   (0.43 )

 

(i) The following number of equity instruments were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

     Number of
instruments


   Number of
instruments


   Number of
instruments


Options

   2,843,216    2,996,673    2,407,250

Warrants

   300,000    300,000    300,000
    
  
  
     3,143,216    3,296,673    2,707,250
    
  
  

 

8. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

 

On June 26, 2003, the Company acquired the remaining 50% common equity interest in Fibope Portuguesa Filmes Biorientados S. A. (“Fibope”), a manufacturer and distributor of film products in Portugal.

 

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values as at the date of the acquisition. Previously, the Company had accounted for its investment in Fibope as a joint venture using the proportionate consolidation method.

 

The purchase price of $7.2 million was settled by the issuance of 1,030,767 common shares of the Company. The Company acquired assets with a fair value of $11.1 million, including approximately $3.4 million of goodwill, and assumed liabilities of $3.9 million, of which $2.2 million was interest-bearing debt.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The operating results of the acquired business have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of acquisition (see note 3).

 

During the year, the Company satisfied a contingent consideration arising from the September 1, 2000 acquisition of certain assets of Olympian Tape Sales, Inc. d/b/a United Tape Company (“UTC”), by making a $6.0 million cash payment to a third party. The cash payment and certain related expenses were recorded as an increase in the goodwill of $6.2 million arising from the UTC acquisition.

 

The Company has additional related expenses that are subject to reimbursement in whole or in part from amounts available under an escrow agreement created at the time of the acquisition. Expenses, if any, not reimbursed will be recorded as additional goodwill upon settlement of the escrow account.

 

9. OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

Income and other taxes

   7,009    6,199

Rebates receivable

   861    363

Sales taxes

   863    541

Other

   3,119    3,098
    
  
     11,852    10,201
    
  

 

10. INVENTORIES

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

Raw materials

   18,910    14,998

Work in process

   12,583    10,160

Finished goods

   38,463    35,811
    
  
     69,956    60,969
    
  

 

11. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

          2003

    
     Cost

  

Accumulated

depreciation


   Net

     $    $    $

Land

   3,045         3,045

Buildings

   61,857    23,368    38,489

Manufacturing equipment

   424,112    151,383    272,729

Furniture, office and computer equipment, software and other

   58,607    25,872    32,735

Manufacturing equipment under construction and software projects under development

   7,629         7,629
    
  
  
     555,250    200,623    354,627
    
  
  

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

          2002

    
     Cost

   Accumulated
depreciation


   Net

     $    $    $

Land

   3,021         3,021

Buildings

   59,854    17,510    42,344

Manufacturing equipment

   385,315    118,066    267,249

Furniture, office and computer equipment, software and other

   48,960    22,117    26,843

Manufacturing equipment under construction and software projects under development

   12,073         12,073
    
  
  
     509,223    157,693    351,530
    
  
  

 

Property, plant and equipment is net of investment tax credits of $0.5 million in 2003 and approximately $1.6 million in 2002.

 

12. OTHER ASSETS

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

Debt issue expenses and other deferred charges, at amortized cost

   10,460    10,397

Loans to officers and directors, including loans regarding the exercise of stock options, without interest, various repayment terms

   877    886

Other receivables

   271    1,145

Other, at cost

   1,278    750
    
  
     12,886    13,178
    
  

 

13. ACCOUNTING FOR GOODWILL

 

In accordance with the specific requirements of CICA, Section 3062, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the Company performs an annual impairment test as at December 31. Also in accordance with the specific requirements of the Section, the Company determined that it had one reporting unit. The Company calculated the fair value of this reporting unit using the discounted cash flows method, and compared with other methods including multiples of sales and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) and, with historical transactions where appropriate. From these approaches, the fair market value was determined. For 2002 an impairment was charged to operating expenses of $70.0 million. This impairment related to the prior acquisition activity of the Company during the period from 1996 through 2000 in light of 2002 economic and market conditions. No impairment charge was required for 2003.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The carrying amount of goodwill as at December 31 is detailed as follows:

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

Balance as at December 31

   243,056    228,639

Accumulated impairment

   70,000    70,000
    
  

Net balance as at December 31

   173,056    158,639
    
  

 

14. BANK INDEBTEDNESS AND CREDIT FACILITIES

 

The bank indebtedness consists of the utilized portion of the short-term revolving bank credit facilities and cheques issued which have not been drawn from the facilities and is reduced by any cash and cash equivalent balances.

 

As at December 31, 2003, the Company had bank loans under a US$50.0 million revolving credit facility (“Facility A”), extendible annually at the option of the lenders, converting to a two-year term loan if not extended by the lenders. The loan bears interest at various interest-rates including U.S. prime rate plus a premium varying between 0 and 275 basis points and LIBOR plus a premium varying between 75 and 350 basis points. As at December 31, 2003, the effective interest rate was approximately 4.34% (6.08% in 2002) and $31.1 million ($26.8 million in 2002) was utilized. An amount of $3.5 million ($2.8 million in 2002) of this credit facility is used for outstanding letters of credit.

 

The credit facility is secured by a first ranking charge on the Company’s accounts receivable and inventories.

 

The credit facilities contain certain financial covenants, including limitations on debt as a percentage of tangible net worth above predefined levels and fixed charge coverage ratios.

 

15. LONG-TERM DEBT

 

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

a) US$137,000,000 Series A and B Senior Notes

   123,804    125,005

b) US$137,000,000 Senior Notes

   123,330    124,616

c) Bank loans under revolving credit facilities

        60,000

d) Other debt

   4,857    3,145
    
  
     251,991    312,766

Less current portion of long-term debt

   16,925    29,268
    
  
     235,066    283,498
    
  

 

a) Series A and B Senior Notes

 

Series A and B Senior Notes bearing interest at an average rate of 10.03% (10.03% in 2002) payable semi-annually.

 

The Series A US$25.0 million Notes mature on May 31, 2005. The Series B US$112.0 million Notes are repayable in semi-annual installments of US$13.4 million starting in November 2005 and mature on May 31, 2009.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The Series A and B Senior Notes are secured by a first ranking charge on all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company and a second ranking charge on the accounts receivable and inventories.

 

The Series A and B Senior Notes contain the same financial covenants as the credit facilities.

 

b) Senior Notes

 

Senior Notes bearing interest at 9.07% (9.07% in 2002) repayable in semi-annual installments of US$16.5 million starting in September 2004 and maturing on March 31, 2008.

 

Senior Notes are secured by a first ranking charge on all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company and a second ranking charge on the accounts receivable and inventories.

 

The Senior Notes contain the same financial covenants as the credit facilities.

 

c) Bank loans under revolving credit facilities

 

Revolving reducing term loan (“Facility C”) was repaid and cancelled in October 2003 (US$60.0 million was utilized in 2002). The interest rate in effect at the time of repayment was 7.20% (5.76% in 2002).

 

d) Other debt

 

Other debt consisting of government loans, mortgage loans and other loans at fixed and variable interest rates ranging from interest-free to 9.03% and requiring periodic principal repayments through 2007.

 

The Company has complied with the maintenance of financial ratios and with other conditions that are stipulated in the covenants pertaining to the various loan agreements.

 

Long-term debt repayments are due as follows:

 

     $

2004

   16,925

2005

   68,105

2006

   60,310

2007

   60,237

2008

   34,849

Thereafter

   11,565
    

Total

   251,991
    

 

Fair Value

 

For all debts with fixed interest rates, the fair value has been determined based on the discounted value of cash flows under the existing contracts using rates representing those which the Company could currently obtain for loans with similar terms, conditions and maturity dates. For the debts with floating interest rates, the fair value is closely equivalent to their carrying amounts.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s long-term debt as at December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

 

     2003

   2002

     Fair
value


   Carrying
amount


   Fair
value


   Carrying
amount


     $    $    $    $

Long-term debt

   270,246    251,991    306,398    312,766
    
  
  
  

 

16. OTHER LIABILITIES

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

Provision for future site rehabilitation costs

   530    550

Other

        3,000
    
  
     530    3,550
    
  

 

During 2003, the Company determined that a reserve for acquisition-related contingencies was no longer required and the $3.0 million liability was reversed into the consolidated statement of earnings as a reduction in selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company reviewed certain provisions, which it had previously established in accounting for prior years’ business acquisitions. This process included obtaining environmental studies from third parties.

 

As a result of the above, the Company reversed against earnings $0.8 million of provisions in 2002, which had been recorded in prior years for specific business acquisitions. A company-wide environmental reserve for on-going operations of $0.8 million was established in 2002. During 2002, $0.2 million in remediation costs were charged against this reserve.

 

17. CAPITAL STOCK AND SHARE PURCHASE WARRANTS

 

a) Capital stock — Authorized

 

Unlimited number of shares without par value

 

Common shares, voting and participating

 

Class “A” preferred shares, issuable in series, ranking in priority to the common shares with respect to dividends and return of capital on dissolution. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix, before issuance, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the shares of each series.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

b) Capital stock — Issued and fully paid

 

The changes in the number of outstanding common shares and their aggregate stated value from January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2003 were as follows:

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

 
     Number of
shares


   Stated
value


   Number of
shares


   Stated
value


   Number of
shares


    Stated
value


 
          $         $          $  

Balance, beginning of year

   33,821,074    236,035    28,506,110    186,346    28,211,179     183,758  

Shares issued for cash in public offering

   5,750,000    41,250    5,100,000    47,691             

Shares issued for business acquisitions

   1,030,767    7,175                       

Shares issued to the USA Employees’ Stock Ownership and Retirement Savings Plan

   238,535    1,695    172,976    1,697    248,906     2,240  

Shares purchased for cancellation

                       (128,100 )   (765 )

Shares issued for cash upon exercise of stock options

   104,500    686    41,988    301    174,125     1,113  
    
  
  
  
  

 

Balance, end of year

   40,944,876    286,841    33,821,074    236,035    28,506,110     186,346  
    
  
  
  
  

 

 

c) Share purchase warrants

 

     2003

   2002

     $    $

300,000 share purchase warrants

   —      3,150
    
  

 

On December 29, 2003, the warrants were cancelled as a result of settling an outstanding claim with the holders. The recorded value of the warrants has been reclassified to contributed surplus. The warrants, which would have expired on August 9, 2004, permitted holders to purchase common shares of the Company at a price of $29.50 per share.

 

d) Shareholders’ protection rights plan

 

On June 11, 2003, the shareholders approved an amendment and restatement to the shareholders’ protection rights plan originally established in 1993. The effect of the rights plan is to require anyone who seeks to acquire 20% or more of the Company’s voting shares to make a bid complying with specific provisions. The plan will expire on the date immediately following the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2006.

 

e) Stock options

 

Under the Company’s amended executive stock option plan, options may be granted to the Company’s executives and directors for the purchase of up to 3,361,661 shares of common stock. Options expire no later than 10 years after the date of granting. The plan provides that such options will vest and may be exercisable 25% per year over four years.

 

All options were granted at a price equal to the average closing market values on the day immediately preceding the date the options were granted.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The changes in number of options outstanding were as follows:

 

     2003

         2002

         2001

      
     Weighted
average
exercise
price


   Number of
options


    Weighted
average
exercise
price


   Number of
options


    Weighted
average
exercise
price


   Number of
options


 
     $          $          $       

Balance, beginning of the year

   10.02    2,996,673     10.06    2,407,250     12.89    2,797,036  

Granted

   5.15    498,500     9.88    688,500     9.79    386,000  

Exercised

   6.56    (104,500 )   7.17    (41,988 )   6.39    (174,125 )

Cancelled

   7.28    (224,957 )   9.19    (57,089 )   16.56    (601,661 )
         

      

      

Balance, end of year

   9.52    3,165,716     10.02    2,996,673     10.06    2,407,250  
         

      

      

Options exercisable at the end of the year

        1,729,951          1,529,894          1,022,214  
         

      

      

 

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2003:

 

     Options Outstanding

   Options Exercisable

Range of exercise prices


   Number

  

Weighted
average
contractual
life

(in years)


   Weighted
average
exercise
price


   Number

   Weighted
average
exercise
price


               $         $

$3.90 to $4.85

   322,500    0.7    3.99    1,250    4.85

$7.05 to $10.25

   2,014,657    3.3    8.86    1,109,782    8.61

$10.84 to $14.71

   799,559    3.9    12.95    592,919    12.92

$17.19 to $23.01

   17,000    4.2    18.90    14,000    19.27

$27.88

   12,000    4.6    27.88    12,000    27.88
    
  
  
  
  
     3,165,716    3.2    9.52    1,729,951    10.31
    
  
  
  
  

 

On January 10, 2001, the Company repriced 474,163 of unexercised stock options held by employees, other than directors and executive officers. The repriced options had exercise prices ranging from US$16.30 to US$23.26 (CA$26.01 to CA$37.11) and expiry dates in 2003 and 2006. The revised exercise price was set at US$8.28 (CA$13.21), being the average of the closing price on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange on January 9, 2001. All other terms and conditions of the respective options, including the percentage vesting and the vesting and expiry dates, remained unchanged.

 

In January 2003, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation and other stock-based payments. Under transitional provisions prescribed by the CICA, the Company is prospectively applying the recognition provisions to awarded stock options issued in 2003 and thereafter. The transitional provisions of the CICA are similar to those of the FASB. The Company recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $130,000 in selling, general and administration expenses. To determine the compensation cost, the fair value of stock options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting periods.

 

For stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company is required to make pro forma disclosures of net earnings (loss) and basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Accordingly, the Company’s net earnings (loss) and basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share would have been increased or decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated in the following table:

 

     2003

    2002

 
     $     $  

Net earnings (loss) — as reported

   18,178     (54,454 )

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net earnings

   130        

Total stock-based employee compensation expenses determined under fair value based method

   (884 )   (515 )
    

 

Pro forma net earnings (loss)

   17,424     (54,969 )
    

 

Earnings (loss) per share:

            

Basic — as reported

   0.51     (1.66 )
    

 

Basic — pro forma

   0.48     (1.67 )
    

 

Diluted — as reported

   0.50     (1.66 )
    

 

Diluted — pro forma

   0.48     (1.67 )
    

 

 

The pro forma effect on net earnings and earnings per share is not representative of the pro forma effect on net earnings and earnings per share of future years because it does not take into consideration the pro forma compensation cost related to options awarded prior to January 1, 2002.

 

The fair value of options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, taking into account the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     2003

    2002

 

Expected life

     5 years       5 years  

Expected volatility

     50 %     50 %

Risk-free interest rate

     2.80 %     4.57 %

Expected dividends

   $ 0.00     $ 0.00  

 

     2003

   2002

The weighted average fair value per share of options granted is:

   $ 2.41    $ 4.38

 

18. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

a) Commitments

 

As at December 31, 2003, the Company had commitments aggregating approximately $18.3 million up to 2010 for the rental of offices, warehouse space, manufacturing equipment, automobiles and other. Future minimum payments are $6.6 million in 2004, $3.7 million in 2005, $2.6 million in 2006, $1.7 million in 2007, $1.5 million in 2008 and $2.2 million thereafter.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

During 2003, the Company entered into a twenty year lease agreement for a warehouse facility. The lease commenced in January 2004 and will be accounted for as a capital lease. The value of the building and the related capital lease obligation to be recorded is approximately $7.0 million.

 

b) Contingencies

 

The Company is party to various claims and lawsuits which are being contested. In the opinion of management, the outcome of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

19. PENSION AND POST-RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company has several defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans for substantially all its employees in both Canada and the United States. These plans are generally contributory in Canada and non-contributory in the United States.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

In the United States, the Company maintains a savings retirement plan (401[k] Plan) for the benefit of certain employees who have been employed for at least 90 days. Contribution to these plans is at the discretion of the Company.

 

The Company contributes as well to a multi-employer plan for employees covered by collective bargaining agreements.

 

In Canada, the Company maintains a defined contribution plan for its salaried employees. The Company contributes to the plan amounts equal to 4% of each participant’s eligible salary.

 

The Company has expensed $2.4 million for these plans for the year ended December 31, 2003 ($2.6 million and $2.3 million for 2002 and 2001 respectively).

 

Defined Benefit Plans

 

The Company has, in the United States, two defined benefit plans (hourly and salaried). Benefits for employees are based on compensation and years of service for salaried employees and fixed benefits per month for each year of service for hourly employees.

 

In Canada, certain non-union hourly employees of the Company are covered by a plan which provides a fixed benefit of $12.81 ($10.83 and $10.65 in 2002 and 2001 respectively) per month for each year of service.

 

In the United States, the Company provides group health care and life insurance benefits to certain retirees.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Information relating to the various plans is as follows:

 

     Pension plans

    Other plans

 
     2003

    2002

    2003

    2002

 
     $     $     $     $  

Accrued benefit obligations

                        

Balance, beginning of year

   24,071     20,572     840     782  

Current service cost

   574     497     70     11  

Interest cost

   1,714     1,545           54  

Benefits paid

   (902 )   (834 )   (45 )   (38 )

Plan amendments

   755     1,136              

Actuarial losses

   3,205     1,140           31  

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

   456     15              
    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   29,873     24,071     865     840  
    

 

 

 

Plan assets

                        

Balance, beginning of year

   13,181     15,450              

Actual return on plan assets

   3,565     (2,439 )            

Employer contributions

   3,837     991              

Benefits paid

   (902 )   (834 )            

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

   278     13              
    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   19,959     13,181     —       —    
    

 

 

 

Funded status — deficit

   9,914     10,890     865     840  

Unamortized past service costs

   (2,603 )   (1,931 )            

Unamortized net actuarial gain (loss)

   (11,231 )   (10,480 )   34     83  

Unamortized transition assets (obligation)

   101     87     (34 )   (38 )
    

 

 

 

Accrued benefit liability (prepaid benefit)

   (3,819 )   (1,434 )   865     885  
    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Accrued Benefit Expense

 

     Pension plans

    Other plans

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2003

   2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $     $    $     $  

Current service cost

   574     497     398     11    11     10  

Interest cost

   1,714     1,545     1,363     55    54     56  

Expected return on plan assets

   (1,413 )   (1,568 )   (1,652 )                 

Amortization of past service costs

   174     122     52                   

Amortization of transition obligation (asset)

   11     (3 )   (4 )   4    (1 )   4  

Amortization of unrecognized loss (gain)

   460     238     18                (6 )
    

 

 

 
  

 

Pension expense for the year

   1,520     831     175     70    64     64  
    

 

 

 
  

 

 

The average remaining service period of the active employees covered by the pension plans ranges from 11.76 to 26.70 years for 2003 and from 12.05 to 28.50 years for 2002.

 

The significant assumptions which management considers the most likely and which were used to measure its accrued benefit obligations are as follows (weighted average assumptions as at December 31):

 

     Pension plans

    Other plans

 
     2003

    2002

    2001

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Canadian plans

                                    

Discount rate

   6.25 %   7.00 %   7.25 %                  

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   7.00 %   9.25 %   9.25 %                  

U.S. plans

                                    

Discount rate

   6.25 %   7.00 %   7.25 %   6.25 %   7.00 %   7.25 %

Expected rate of return on plan assets

   8.50 %   9.25 %   9.25 %                  

 

For measurement purposes, a 5.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2003 (5.0% in 2002 and 5.5% in 2001) and deemed to remain constant through 2009. An increase or decrease of 1% of this rate would have the following impact:

 

     Increase
of 1%


   Decrease
of 1%


 
     $    $  

Impact on net periodic cost

   2    (2 )

Impact on accrued benefit obligation

   38    (33 )

 

20. SEGMENT DISCLOSURES

 

The Company manufactures and sells an extensive range of specialized polyolefin plastic packaging products primarily in Canada and in the United States. All products have to be considered part of one reportable segment as they are made from similar extrusion processes and differ only in the final stages of manufacturing. A vast majority of the Company’s products, while brought to market through various distribution channels, generally have similar economic characteristics.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

The following table presents sales by country based on the location of the manufacturing facilities:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Canada

   121,544     119,101     127,878  

United States

   523,282     510,500     500,028  

Other

   9,148     3,817     3,563  

Transfers between geographic areas

   (32,653 )   (31,843 )   (36,564 )
    

 

 

Total sales

   621,321     601,575     594,905  
    

 

 

The following table presents property, plant and equipment and goodwill by country based on the locations of assets:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Property, plant and equipment, net

                  

Canada

   53,049     46,347     48,693  

United States

   289,136     299,564     312,501  

Other

   12,442     5,619     5,373  
    

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment, net

   354,627     351,530     366,567  
    

 

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Goodwill, net

                  

Canada

   22,688     17,855     22,616  

United States

   147,001     140,784     205,188  

Other

   3,367              
    

 

 

Total goodwill, net

   173,056     158,639     227,804  
    

 

 

 

21. DIFFERENCES IN ACCOUNTING BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND CANADA

 

a) Net earnings and earnings per share

 

Net earnings of the Company and earnings per share established under Canadian GAAP conform in all material respects to the amounts that would be reported if the financial statements would have been prepared under US GAAP.

 

b) Consolidated balance sheets

 

Under Canadian GAAP, the financial statements are prepared using the proportionate consolidation method of accounting for joint ventures. Under US GAAP, these investments would be accounted for using the equity method. Note 3 to the consolidated

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

financial statements provides details of the impact of proportionate consolidation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 2003, 2002 and 2001, including the impact on the consolidated balance sheets for 2002 and 2001.

 

The other differences in presentation that would be required under US GAAP to the consolidated balance sheets, other than as disclosed below, are not viewed as significant enough to require further disclosure.

 

c) Consolidated cash flows

 

Canadian GAAP permits the disclosure of a subtotal of the amount of funds provided by operations before changes in non-cash working capital items to be included in the consolidated statements of cash flows. US GAAP does not permit this subtotal to be presented.

 

d) Accounting for compensation programs

 

Through December 31, 2002, the Company chose to continue to measure compensation costs related to awards of stock options using the intrinsic value based method of accounting. In March 2000, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 44 (“FIN 44”), which became effective on July 1, 2000, requiring that the cancellation of outstanding stock options by the Company and the granting of new options with a lower exercise price (the replacement options) be considered as an indirect reduction of the exercise price of the stock options. Under FIN 44, the replacement options and any repriced options are subject to variable accounting from the cancellation date or date of grant, depending on which stock options were identified as the replacement options. Using variable accounting, the Company is required to recognize, at each reporting date, compensation expense for the excess of the quoted market price of the stock over the exercise prices of the replacement or repriced options until such time as the replacement options are exercised, forfeited or expire.

 

The impact on the Company’s financial results will depend on the fluctuations in the Company’s stock price and the dates of the exercises, forfeitures or cancellations of the stock options. Depending on these factors, the Company could be required to record significant compensation expense during the life of the options which expire in 2006.

 

In November 2000, 300,000 and 50,000 replacement options were issued at exercise prices of US$10.13 (CA$15.50) and US$14.71 (CA$21.94) respectively, and in May and August 2001, 54,000 and 40,000 replacement options were issued for US$11.92 (CA$18.80) and US$9.00 (CA$13.80), respectively. In addition, in January 2001, 474,163 options were repriced at US$8.28 (CA$12.40) (see Note 17).

 

As at December 31, 2003, the Company’s quoted market stock price was $12.73 (CA$16.49) per share. For the options subject to variable accounting, the compensation expense for 2003 would be approximately $1.7 million under US GAAP. The compensation expense would not materially impact net loss reported in the consolidated statement of earnings for 2002 and 2001 under US GAAP.

 

Under US GAAP, the Company is required to make pro forma disclosures of net earnings (loss), basic earnings (loss) per share and diluted earnings (loss) per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied. The fair value of options granted in 2003, 2002 and 2001 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, taking into account the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 

Expected life

     5 years       5 years       5 years  

Expected volatility

     50 %     50 %     50 %

Risk-free interest rate

     2.80 %     4.57 %     4.76 %

Expected dividends

   $ 0.00     $ 0.00     $ 0.00 to $0.18  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     2003

   2002

   2001

     $    $    $

The weighted average fair value per share of options granted is:

   2.41    4.38    4.74

 

Accordingly, the Company’s net earnings (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been increased or decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated in the following table:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Net earnings (loss) — as reported

   18,178     (54,454 )   (12,242 )

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net earnings

   130              

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method

   (2,635 )   (2,367 )   (4,212 )
    

 

 

Pro forma net earnings (loss)

   15,673     (56,821 )   (16,454 )
    

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share:

                  

Basic — as reported

   0.51     (1.66 )   (0.43 )
    

 

 

Basic — pro forma

   0.44     (1.73 )   (0.58 )
    

 

 

Diluted — as reported

   0.50     (1.66 )   (0.43 )
    

 

 

Diluted — pro forma

   0.43     (1.73 )   (0.58 )
    

 

 

 

e) Accumulated pension benefit obligation

 

Under US GAAP, if the accumulated pension benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of benefit plan assets, a liability must be recognized in the balance sheet that is at least equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation. To the extent that the additional minimum liability is created by a plan improvement, an intangible asset can be established. Any additional minimum liability not covered by an intangible asset will cause a net of tax reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

The following sets out the adjustments required to the Company’s consolidated balance sheets to conform with US GAAP accounting for pension benefit obligations:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Future income tax assets would increase by

   4,155     3,878     2,029  

Other assets would increase by

   2,502     1,843     912  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities would increase by

   13,733     12,323     6,396  

Shareholders’ equity would decrease by

   (7,076 )   (6,602 )   (3,455 )

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 

December 31,

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

f) Consolidated comprehensive income

 

As required under US GAAP, the Company would have reported the following consolidated comprehensive income:

 

     2003

    2002

    2001

 
     $     $     $  

Net earnings (loss) in accordance with US GAAP

   18,178     (54,454 )   (12,242 )

Currency translation adjustments

   15,433     3,768     (5,741 )

Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax (note 21 e)

   (474 )   (3,147 )   (3,455 )
    

 

 

Consolidated comprehensive income (loss)

   33,137     (53,833 )   (21,438 )
    

 

 

 

22. SIGNIFICANT NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS UNDER US GAAP

 

In January 2003 and December 2003, FASB issued and revised Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities — an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” The Interpretation addresses consolidation of variable interest entities. The Company expects that this pronouncement will not have a material impact on its results of operations and financial condition.

 

23. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

In February 2004, the Company purchased for $5.5 million plus contingent consideration (dependent upon business retention), assets relating to the masking and duct tape operations of tesa tape, inc. (“tesa”). At the same time, the Company finalized its three-year agreement to supply duct tape and masking tape to tesa worldwide. The purchase will be accounted for as a business acquisition.

 

24. SUBSEQUENT REFINANCING

 

The Company subsequently refinanced all of its bank indebtedness and virtually all of its long-term debt and a financing subsidiary completed an offering of $125,000,000 of 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”).

 

Pursuant to the issuance of the Notes, the Company and all of its subsidiaries, other that the subsidiary issuer, are required to guarantee the Notes. The Notes were issued and the guarantees executed pursuant to an indenture dated as of the closing date. All of the guarantees are full, unconditional, joint and several. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Company or any guarantor to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. The Company, on a non-consolidated basis, has no independent assets or operations. The subsidiary issuer is an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and has nominal assets and no operations.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Consolidated Earnings

 

Six Month Periods ended June 30

(In thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts)

(Unaudited)

 

     2004

   2003

     $    $

Sales

   334,034    303,841

Cost of sales

   264,083    235,959
    
  

Gross profit

   69,951    67,882
    
  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   45,100    42,812

Stock-based compensation expense

   421     

Research and development

   2,115    1,980

Financial expenses

   14,003    15,525
    
  
     61,639    60,317
    
  

Earnings before income taxes

   8,312    7,565

Income taxes (recovery)

   370    761
    
  

Net earnings

   7,942    6,804
    
  

Earnings per share

         

Basic

   0.19    0.20
    
  

Diluted

   0.19    0.20
    
  

 

Consolidated Retained Earnings

 

Six Month Periods ended June 30

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

     2004

   2003

     $    $

Balance, beginning of year

   68,291    50,114

Net earnings

   7,942    6,804
    
  

Balance, end of period

   76,233    56,918
    
  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Consolidated Cash Flows

 

Six Month Periods ended June 30

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(Unaudited)

 

     2004

    2003

 
     $     $  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

            

Net earnings

   7,942     6,804  

Non-cash items

            

Depreciation and amortization

   14,637     13,363  

Stock-based compensation expense

   421        

Future income taxes

   (586 )   760  
    

 

Cash from operations before changes in non-cash working capital items

   22,414     20,927  
    

 

Changes in non-cash working capital items

            

Trade receivables

   (12,248 )   (2,722 )

Other receivables

   487     116  

Inventories

   (3,878 )   (8,147 )

Parts and supplies

   (148 )   (124 )

Prepaid expenses

   2,140     1,845  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   (2,997 )   (808 )
    

 

     (16,644 )   (9,840 )
    

 

Cash flows from operating activities

   5,770     11,087  
    

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

            

Property, plant and equipment

   (9,875 )   (5,080 )

Business acquisition

   (5,500 )      

Goodwill

   (58 )      

Other assets

   (1,064 )   (608 )
    

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   (16,497 )   (5,688 )
    

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

            

Net change in bank indebtedness

   20,840     15,175  

Issue of long-term debt

   787        

Repayment of long-term debt

   (2,477 )   (21,117 )

Issue of common shares

   2,378        
    

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   21,528     (5,942 )
    

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash position

   10,801     (543 )

Effect of currency translation adjustments

   (1,313 )   543  

Cash position, beginning of period

            
    

     

Cash position, end of period

   9,488        
    

     

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

As at

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

    

June 30,
2004

(Unaudited)


  

June 30,
2003

(Unaudited)


  

December 31,
2003

(Audited)


     $    $    $

ASSETS

              

Current assets

              

Cash

   9,488    —      —  

Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4,037 ($3,640 in June 2003, $3,911 in December 2003)

   101,201    91,514    89,297

Other receivables

   11,353    10,357    11,852

Inventories

   73,213    71,896    69,956

Parts and supplies

   13,301    12,837    13,153

Prepaid expenses

   5,761    6,139    7,924

Future income taxes

   2,682    2,397    2,682
    
  
  
     216,999    195,140    194,864

Property, plant and equipment

   357,227    357,447    354,627

Other assets

   13,181    14,014    12,886

Future income taxes

   4,457         3,812

Goodwill

   176,231    165,633    173,056
    
  
  
     768,095    732,234    739,245
    
  
  

LIABILITIES

              

Current liabilities

              

Bank indebtedness

        25,391    13,944

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   91,834    83,799    95,270

Installments on long-term debt

   1,958    20,300    16,925
    
  
  
     93,792    129,490    126,139

Long-term debt

   290,240    274,152    235,066

Other liabilities

   530    3,530    530

Future income taxes

        5,164     
    
  
  
     384,562    412,336    361,735
    
  
  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

              

Capital stock and share purchase warrants

   289,219    246,362    286,841

Contributed surplus

   3,701         3,150

Retained earnings

   76,233    56,918    68,291

Accumulated currency translation adjustments

   14,380    16,618    19,228
    
  
  
     383,533    319,898    377,510
    
  
  
     768,095    732,234    739,245
    
  
  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE 1.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

In the opinion of Management the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles, contain all adjustments necessary to present fairly Intertape Polymer Group Inc.’s (“IPG” or the “Company”) financial position as at June 30, 2004 and 2003 and December 31, 2003 as well as its results of operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2004 and 2003.

 

These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with IPG’s annual consolidated financial statements.

 

These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and notes follow the same accounting policies as the most recent annual consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2.

 

Earnings per Share

 

The following table provides a reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

Six Month Periods Ended June 30,

 

     2004

   2003

     $    $

Net earnings applicable to common shares

   7,942    6,804

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

   41,093    33,827

Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants (a)

   336    58
    
  

Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding

   41,429    33,885
    
  

Basic earnings per share

   0.19    0.20

Diluted earnings per share

   0.19    0.20

 

a) Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting outstanding shares, assuming any dilutive effects of stock options and warrants.

 

NOTE 3.

 

Accounting for Compensation Programs

 

As at June 30, 2004 the Company had a stock-based compensation plan, which is described in the Company’s 2003 Annual Report. Under the transitional provisions prescribed by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”), the Company is prospectively applying the recognition provisions to stock options issued in 2003 and thereafter. The transitional provisions of the CICA are similar to those of the US Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). To determine the compensation cost, the fair value of stock options is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting periods. For stock options granted since January 1, 2002, the Company is required to make pro forma disclosures of net earnings and basic and diluted earnings per share as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Accordingly, the Company’s net earnings and basic and diluted earnings per share for the period ended June 30, 2004 and 2003 would have been decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated in the following table:

 

Six Month Periods Ended June 30,

 

     2004

    2003

 
     $     $  

Net earnings

   7,942     6,804  

Add (deduct):

            

Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net earnings

   421     —    

Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method

   (797 )   (414 )
    

 

Pro forma net earnings

   7,566     6,390  
    

 

Earnings per share:

            

Basic — as reported

   0.19     0.19  

Basic — pro forma

   0.18     0.19  

Diluted — as reported

   0.19     0.19  

Diluted — pro forma

   0.18     0.19  

 

NOTE 4.

 

Capital Stock

 

In May 2004, the Company issued 225,160 common shares to the USA Employees Stock Ownership and Retirement Savings Plan at a value of $1,408,000.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2004, 115,125 common shares at a value of $970,000 were issued to employees who exercised stock options.

 

In June 2003, the Company issued 1,030,767 common shares to acquire the remaining 50% common equity interest in Fibope Portuguesa Filmes Biorientados S.A., a manufacturer and distributor of film products in Portugal.

 

The Company’s shares outstanding as at June 30, 2004, December 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 were 41,285,161, 40,944,876 and 34,851,841 respectively.

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

 

Six Month Periods Ended June 30,

 

     2004

   2003

CDN GAAP — Basic

   41,092,785    33,826,800

CDN GAAP — Diluted

   41,429,232    33,885,377

U. S. GAAP — Basic

   41,092,785    33,826,800

U. S. GAAP — Diluted

   41,429,232    33,885,377

 

The Company did not declare or pay dividends during the six months ended June 30, 2004 or 2003.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

NOTE 5.

 

Financial Expenses

 

Six Month Periods Ended June 30,

 

     2004

    2003

 
     $     $  

Interest on long-term debt

   11,821     14,035  

Interest on credit facilities

   1,071     765  

Other

   1,411     1,025  

Interest capitalized to property, plant and equipment

   (300 )   (300 )
    

 

     14,003     15,525  
    

 

 

NOTE 6.

 

Business Acquisition

 

In February 2004, the Company purchased for a cash consideration of $5.5 million plus contingent consideration (dependent on business retention), assets relating to the masking and duct tape operations of tesa tape, inc. (“tesa tape”). At the same time, the Company finalized its three-year agreement to supply duct tape and masking tape to tesa tape.

 

The purchase was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the purchase method of accounting was used. The purchase price was allocated to the assets purchased based on their estimated fair values as at the date of acquisition and includes $4.0 million of goodwill. Any contingent consideration paid will be recorded as an increase in goodwill.

 

NOTE 7.

 

Subsequent Event-Refinancing

 

On July 28, 2004 the Company completed the offering of $125.0 million of senior subordinated notes due 2014. On August 4, 2004 the Company established a new $275.0 million senior secured credit facility, consisting of a $200.0 million term loan and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. The proceeds from the refinancing were used to repay the existing bank credit facility, redeem all three series of existing senior secured notes, pay related make-whole premiums, accrued interest and transaction fees and provide cash for general working capital purposes.

 

The $125.0 million senior subordinated notes bear interest at an annual interest rate of 8.50% payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1. All principal is due on August 1, 2014.

 

The term loan pays interest at a floating rate tied to either an alternate base rate (plus 1.25%) or LIBOR (plus 2.25%). The revolving credit facility is a five year commitment at floating rates tied to either an alternate base rate (plus 1.75%), Canadian prime rate (plus 1.75%) or LIBOR (plus 2.75%). The revolving credit facility interest rate spreads are determined by a pricing grid based on the achievement of certain leverage ratios. The Company will also pay an annual 0.50% commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

 

The term loan includes scheduled quarterly repayments of $500,000 commencing December 31, 2004 through June 30, 2010. Beginning September 30, 2010 the Company has four final quarterly principal repayments of $47.125 million each. The loan agreement also requires an annual excess cash flow calculation that can result in accelerated principal repayments from excess cash flow as defined in the agreement.

 

The senior secured credit facility is guaranteed by, and secured by a first lien on the assets of the Company, including substantially all of its subsidiaries.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30

(In U.S. dollars; tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Both the senior subordinated notes and the senior secured credit facility require the Company to meet certain financial covenants on an ongoing basis, including a maximum leverage ratio and minimum interest and fixed charges coverage ratios.

 

As a result of the refinancing, the Company will record in the third quarter of 2004, a one-time pretax charge of approximately $31.0 million. The principal elements of the one-time charge are a make-whole premium of approximately $21.9 million and the write-off of deferred financing costs of approximately $8.5 million attributable to the debt that was refinanced.

 

As a result of the refinancing, that portion of the refinanced debt comprising bank indebtedness in the amount of $34.7 million and the current installments of the existing senior notes amounting to $54.2 million have been reclassified to non-current as at June 30, 2004 except for the amount due within one year of $1.5 million.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Offer to exchange our 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for our outstanding 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 


 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

, 2004

 



Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc.; IPG (US) Holdings, Inc.; IPG (US) Inc.; IPG Administrative Services, Inc.; Central Products Company; Intertape Polymer Corp.; IPG Finance Services Inc.; IPG Technologies Inc.; Intertape International Corp., COIF Holding Inc., FIBC Holding Inc., UTC Acquisition Corp.; Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

 

Applicable Laws of Delaware

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers, as well as other employees and individuals, against attorneys’ fees and other expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

By-Laws

 

Each company’s by-laws provide that they shall indemnify their directors, officers, agents and employees in the manner and to the full extent provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such indemnification may be in addition to any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, any provision of the by-laws or otherwise. The directors, officers, employees and agents of each company are required to be fully protected individually in making or refusing to make any payment or in taking or refusing to take any other action under the by-laws in reliance upon the advice of counsel.

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc. and Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

 

Applicable Laws of Canada

 

Section 124 of the Canada Business Corporations Act provides that a corporation may indemnify a present or former director or officer of the corporation, or another individual who acts or acted at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of that association with the corporation or other entity, provided that the individual acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation or the other entity, and, in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful. Such indemnification may be made in connection with a derivative action only with court approval.

 

An individual who fulfills the above conditions is entitled to indemnity from the corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense of a civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding to which he is subject because of his association with the corporation or other entity if he was not judged by the court or other competent authority to have committed any fault or omitted to do anything that he ought to have done. The corporation may advance moneys to a director, officer or other individual for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to above; however, the individual shall repay the moneys if the above conditions are not fulfilled.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

By-Laws

 

Each company’s by-laws provide that, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act, the Company may indemnify its directors or officers, its former directors or officers or any other individuals who act or acted at its request as a director or officer, or any individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by them in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which they are involved because of that association with the company or other entity. The company may advance the necessary moneys to a director, officer or other individual for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to previously and the individual shall repay the moneys if the individual does not fulfill the following conditions: (a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation or, as the case may be, to the best interests of the other entity for which the individual acted as a director or officer or in a similar capacity at the corporation’s request; and (b), in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that the individual’s conduct was lawful.

 

Under each company’s by-laws, the company may, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporation Act, purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit these persons.

 

IPG Holdings LP

 

Applicable Laws of Delaware

 

Section 17-108 of Chapter 17, Limited Partnerships, Delaware Statutes, provides that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its partnership agreement, a limited partnership may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any partner or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

 

Partnership Agreement

 

The company’s Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended, provides that the partnership (or its receiver or trustee, to the extent of partnership assets) shall indemnify, save harmless and pay all judgments and claims against each general partner, any affiliate of a general partner and any officer, director, shareholder, employee, agent or representative of a general partner or an affiliate of a general partner, relating to any liability or damage incurred by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by such person in connection with the business of the partnership, including attorneys’ fees incurred by such person in connection with the defense of any action based on such act or omission, which attorneys’ fees may be paid as incurred; provided, however, that the partnership shall not indemnify any such person who is liable for fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

IPG Finance LLC

 

Applicable Laws of Delaware

 

Section 18-405 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act states that a limited liability company agreement may provide that: (1) a manager who fails to perform in accordance with, or to comply with the terms and conditions of, the limited liability company agreement shall be subject to specified penalties or specified consequences; and (2) at the time or upon the happening of events specified in the limited liability company agreement, a manager shall be subject to specified penalties or specified consequences. Section 18-406 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act also provides that a member or manager of a limited liability company shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the limited liability company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the limited liability company by any of its other managers, members, officers, employees or committees of the limited liability company, or by any other person, as to matters the member or manager reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the limited liability company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the limited liability company or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to members might properly be paid.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Operating Agreement

 

The company’s operating agreement provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each member, officer, director, employee or agent of the company shall be entitled to indemnification from the company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such person in good faith on behalf of the company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such person by the operating agreement, except that none of these persons shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such person by reason of his or her gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

 

Intertape Inc.; Polymer International Corp.

 

Applicable Laws of Virginia

 

Under sections 13.1-697 and 13.1-702 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act (the “VSCA”), a Virginia corporation generally is authorized to indemnify its directors and officers in civil and criminal actions if they acted in good faith and believed their conduct to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of criminal actions, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Section 13.01-704 of the VSCA also provides that a Virginia corporation has the power to make any further indemnity to any director, officer, employee or agent, including under its articles of incorporation or any bylaw or shareholder resolution, except an indemnity against their willful misconduct or a knowing violation of the criminal law. In addition, the Virginia Stock Corporation Act eliminates the liability for monetary damages of a director or officer in a shareholder or derivative proceeding. This elimination of liability will not apply in the event of willful misconduct or a knowing violation of criminal law or any federal or state securities law. Indemnifications are to be made by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors or, if a quorum cannot be obtained, by committee thereof consisting of two or more disinterested directors; (ii) by special legal counsel selected by the board of directors; or (iii) by vote of those shareholders that are not interested directors.

 

By-Laws

 

Each company’s by-laws provide that they shall indemnify their directors and officers, to the full extent as provided in the Virginia Stock Corporation Act.

 

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.; Intertape Container Systems, Inc.

 

Applicable Laws of Florida

 

Section 607.0831 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (the “FBCA”) provides that a director is not personally liable for monetary damages to the corporation or any person for any statement, vote, decision or failure to act regarding corporate management or policy, by a director, unless: (a) the director breached or failed to perform his duties as a director; and (b) the director’s breach of, or failure to perform, those duties constitutes: (i) a violation of criminal law unless the director had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; (ii) a transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, either directly or indirectly; (iii) a circumstance under which the director is liable for an improper distribution; (iv) in a proceeding by, or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or by or in the right of a shareholder, conscious disregard for the best interest of the corporation, or willful misconduct; or (v) in a proceeding by or in the right of someone other than the corporation or a shareholder, recklessness or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose or in a manner exhibiting wanton or willful disregard of human rights, safety or property.

 

Section 607.0850 of the FBCA provides that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee or agent of the corporation, against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 607.0850 also provides that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person, who was or is a party to any proceeding by, or in the right of, the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses and amounts paid in settlement not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, including any appeal

 

II-3


Table of Contents

thereof. Section 607.0850 further provides that such indemnification shall be authorized if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this provision in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable unless, and only to the extent that, the court in which such proceeding was brought, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which court shall deem proper. Section 607.0850 further provides that to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any of the foregoing proceedings, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. Under Section 607.0850, any indemnification under the foregoing provisions, unless pursuant to a determination by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that the indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper under the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct. Notwithstanding the failure of a corporation to provide such indemnification, and despite any contrary determination by the corporation in a specific case, a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation who is or was a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification to the appropriate court and such court may order indemnification if it determines that such person is entitled to indemnification under the applicable standard.

 

Section 607.0850 also provides that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Section 607.0850.

 

By-Laws

 

Each company’s by-laws provide that they shall indemnify their directors, officers, agents and employees in the manner and to the full extent provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such indemnification may be in addition to any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or directors, any provision of the by-laws or otherwise. The directors, officers, employees and agents of each company are required to be fully protected individually in making or refusing to make any payment or in taking or refusing to take any other action under the by-laws in reliance upon the advice of counsel.

 

Intertape Woven Products S.A. de C.V.; Intertape Woven Products Services S.A. de C.V.

 

Applicable Laws of Mexico

 

Article 326 of the Commercial Code of Mexico provides that commercial entities (including Intertape Woven Products S.A. de C.V. and Intertape Woven Products Services S.A. de C.V.) shall indemnify their directors, managers or other representatives against the expenses and losses they suffered in performance of their duty, except as specifically agreed upon.

 

By-Laws

 

Neither of the companies’s by-laws ( estatutos ) contains any provision restricting such company’s obligation to indemnify its directors, managers or other representatives as required by Article 326 of the Commercial Code of Mexico.

 

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

 

Applicable Laws of Barbados

 

Section 97 of the Companies Act Cap. 308 of the laws of Barbados (the “Companies Act”) provides for the indemnification of directors, officers, former directors, former officers or a person asked to act as a director or officer of a subsidiary of the Drumheath or for a creditor company of the Drumheath and his or her legal representatives. The indemnification to be given is in relation to any costs, charges and expenses (including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment) reasonably incurred by any of the persons named above in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which the person is made a party by virtue of his position in Drumheath. The director or officer must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the Drumheath. In the case of criminal or administrative actions or proceedings that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the director or officer must have had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

By-Laws

 

Paragraph 10 of By-Law No. 1 of Drumheath provides, subject to Section 97 of the Companies Act, for the indemnification of Drumheath’s officers and directors (and such persons’ executors and administrators) against any and all judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by such person in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of Drumheath, or is or was serving at the request of Drumheath as a director or officer, of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or organization, provided that: (i) such person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of Drumheath, and (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, such person had reasonable grounds to believe that his or her conduct was lawful.

 

FIBOPE Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

 

Applicable Laws of Portugal

 

Portugal law does not provide any indemnification rights to directors and officers of a Portuguese company. The Portuguese Companies Code (“Código das Sociedades Comerciais”) also states that any clause, regardless of whether such clause is in the articles of association, that excludes or limits the directors and officers’ liability towards the company, its creditors and shareholders or any third parties shall be null and void.

 

By-Laws

 

As a consequence of the prohibition under Portugal law, the bylaws of FIBOPE Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A. do not contain any provision on the liability of, or indemnification available to, the company’s directors and officers.

 

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

 

Applicable Laws of Nova Scotia

 

Under applicable Nova Scotia law, IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia (“IPG Nova Scotia”) is permitted to indemnify its officers and directors on terms acceptable to its shareholders subject only to the general common law restrictions based on public policy and restrictions residing under specific legislation of relevant jurisdictions.

 

Articles of Association

 

Section 160 of the articles of association of IPG Nova Scotia provides that every current or former director or officer of IPG Nova Scotia, or person who acts or acted at such company’s request, in the absence of dishonesty on such person’s part, shall be indemnified by IPG Nova Scotia against all costs, losses and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or claim or satisfy a judgment, that such director, officer or person may incur or become liable to pay in respect of any (i) claim made against such person or (ii) civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which such person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of IPG Nova Scotia or such body corporate, partnership or other association, whether IPG Nova Scotia is a claimant or party to such action or proceeding or otherwise.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit (and document from

which incorporated by reference, if applicable)


   Note

 
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer US Inc.    (A )
3.2    By-laws of Intertape Polymer US Inc.    (A )
3.3    Articles of Amalgamation of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., as amended    (A )
3.4    By-laws of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., as amended    (A )
3.5    Articles of Continuance of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer Inc., as amended    (A )
3.6    Articles of Amalgamation of Intertape Polymer Inc.,    (A )
3.7    By-law No. 2 of Intertape Polymer Inc.    (A )
3.8    Articles of Incorporation of Spuntech Fabrics Inc.    (A )

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit (and document from

which incorporated by reference, if applicable)


   Note

 
3.9      By-law No. 1 of Spuntech Fabrics Inc.    (A )
3.10    Memorandum of Association of IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia    (A )
3.11    Articles of Association of IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia    (A )
3.12    Certificate of Incorporation of IPG (US) Holdings Inc., as amended    (A )
3.13    By-laws of IPG (US) Holdings Inc.    (A )
3.14    Certificate of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP    (A )
3.15    Agreement of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP, as amended    (A )
3.16    Certificate of Formation of IPG Finance LLC    (A )
3.17    Limited Liability Company Agreement of IPG Finance LLC    (A )
3.18    Certificate of Incorporation of IPG (US) Inc., as amended    (A )
3.19    By-laws of IPG (US) Inc.    (A )
3.20    Certificate of Incorporation of IPG Administrative Services Inc.    (A )
3.21    By-laws of IPG Administrative Services Inc.    (A )
3.22    Certificate of Incorporation of Central Products Company, as amended    (A )
3.23    By-laws of Central Products Company    (A )
3.24    Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer Corp.    (A )
3.25    By-laws of Intertape Polymer Corp.    (A )
3.26    Restated Articles of Incorporation of Intertape Inc., as amended    (A )
3.27    Amended and Restated By-laws of Intertape Inc., as amended    (A )
3.28    Certificate of Incorporation of IPG Financial Services Inc., as amended    (A )
3.29    By-laws of IPG Financial Services, Inc.    (A )
3.30    Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer Management Corp.    (A )
3.31    By-laws of Intertape Polymer Management Corp.    (A )
3.32    Articles of Incorporation of Polymer International Corp.    (A )
3.33    Amended and Restated By-laws of Polymer International Corp.    (A )
3.34    Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IPG Technologies Inc.    (A )
3.35    By-laws of IPG Technologies Inc.    (A )
3.36    Certificate of Incorporation of International Container Systems Inc., as amended    (A )
3.37    By-laws of International Container Systems Inc.    (A )
3.38    Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape International Corp.    (A )
3.39    By-laws of Intertape International Corp.    (A )
3.40    Certificate of Incorporation of COIF Holding Inc., as amended    (A )
3.41    By-laws of COIF Holding Inc.    (A )
3.42    Certificate of Incorporation of FIBC Holding Inc.    (A )
3.43    By-laws of FIBC Holding Inc.    (A )
3.44    Certificate of Incorporation of UTC Acquisition Corp., as amended    (A )
3.45    By-laws of UTC Acquisition Corp.    (A )
3.46    Certificate of Incorporation of Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.    (A )
3.47    By-laws of Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.    (A )
3.48    Articles of Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.    (A )
3.49    Articles of Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.    (A )
3.50    By-laws of Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.    (A )
3.51    Articles of Incorporation of Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.    (A )
3.52    Articles of Association of Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.    (A )
4.1      Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004, between Intertape Polymer (US) Inc., Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee    (A )
4.2      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2004, between Intertape Polymer US Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and TD Securities (US) Inc.    (A )

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit (and document from

which incorporated by reference, if applicable)


   Note

 
  4.3    Form of Initial Notes (included in Exhibit 4.1)    (A )
  4.4    Form of Exchange Notes (including in Exhibit 4.1)    (A )
  5.1    Legal Opinion of Shutts & Bowen LLP    (A )
  5.2    Legal Opinion of Stikeman Elliott LLP    (A )
  5.3    Legal Opinion of Stewart, McKelvey Stirling Scales    (A )
  5.4    Legal Opinion of F. Castelo Branco & Associates    (A )
  5.5    Legal Opinion of Chancery Chambers, Attorney At Law    (A )
  5.6    Legal Opinion of Goodrich Riquelme Y Asociados    (A )
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2004 among IPG (US) Inc., Central Products Company, IPG Administrative Services, Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., Intertape Inc., IPG Technologies Inc., and IPG Financial Services Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and IPG (US) Holdings Inc., and the Lenders referred to therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and Comerica Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agent.    (A )
10.2    Amendment and Restatement of the Intertape Polymer Group Inc. USA Employees’ Stock Ownership and Retirement Savings Plan, dated January 1, 2001    (C )
10.3    Amended Executive Stock Option Plan (2002)    (B )
10.4    Purchase Agreement dated as of July 14, 2004 by and between Intertape Polymer US Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and TD Securities Inc.       
12.1    Statement Re: Computation of Ratios    (A )
21.1    Subsidiaries of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.    (A )
23.1    Consent of Independent Accountants    (A )
23.2    Consent of Shutts & Bowen LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)    (A )
23.3    Consent of Stikeman Elliott (included in Exhibit 5.2)    (A )
23.4    Consent of Stewart, McKelvey Stirling Scales (included in Exhibit 5.3)    (A )
23.5    Consent of F. Castelo Branco & Associates (included in Exhibit 5.4)    (A )
23.6    Consent of Chancery Chambers, Attorneys At Law (included in Exhibit 5.5)    (A )
23.7    Consent of Goodrich Riquelme y Asociados (included in Exhibit 5.6)    (A )
24.1    Powers of Attorney    (A )
25.1    Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1    (A )
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal    (A )
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery    (A )
99.3    Form of Letter to DTC Participants    (A )
99.4    Form of Letter to Clients    (A )
99.5    Form of Instructions to Book-Entry Transfer Participants    (A )

(A) Filed herewith.

 

(B) Previously filed as an exhibit to Intertape Polymer Group’s Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-97961), filed on August 12, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

(C) Previously filed as an exhibit to Intertape Polymer Group’s Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-67732), filed on August 16, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 22. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

 

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

II-7


Table of Contents
  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

  (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

  (4) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided, that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.

 

  (5) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

  (6) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means, and to arrange or provide for a facility in the U.S. for the purpose of responding to such requests. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Polymer US Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
   

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and

Vice President - Administration

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Vice President – Administration

*


Michael L. Richards

  

Director

*


Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

  

Director

*


L. Robbie Shaw

  

Director

*


Gordon R. Cunningham

  

Director

*


J. Spencer Lanthier

  

Director

*


Thomas E. Costello

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Polymer Group Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
   

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and

Vice President - Administration

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Vice President – Administration

*


Michael L. Richards

  

Director

*


Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

  

Director

*


L. Robbie Shaw

  

Director

*


Gordon R. Cunningham

  

Director

*


J. Spencer Lanthier

  

Director

*


Thomas E. Costello

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C. A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Polymer Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President (Chief Executive Officer)

/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Chief Financial Officer and Director

*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

Director

*


Michael L. Richards

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Spuntech Fabrics Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.
By:   *
    Victor DiTommaso, CPA
    President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Victor DiTommaso

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Piero Greco

  

Vice President – Finance and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Pamela G. Pashall

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Vice President – Finance

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


L. Robbie Shaw

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Vice President - Finance and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Michael L. Richards

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG Holdings LP has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG HOLDINGS LP

By:   INTERTAPE POLYMER INC., its General Partner
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President (Chief Executive Officer)

/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Chief Financial Officer and Director

*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

Director

*


Michael L. Richards

  

Director

 

*By:

  /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG Finance LLC has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG FINANCE LLC

By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

President and Treasurer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

President, Treasurer and Director (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer)

*


Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

  

Director

*


William K. Langan

  

Director

*


Lori Donahue

  

Director

*


J. Gregory Humphries

  

Director

 

*By:

  /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG (US) Holdings Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC.

By:   *
   

Victor DiTommaso, CPA

Vice President - Finance and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


H. Dale McSween

  

President (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Victor DiTommaso

  

Vice President Finance and Secretary (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

Director

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Director

*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

Director

 

*By:

  /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG (US) Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG (US) INC.

By:   *
   

Victor DiTommaso, CPA

Vice President - Finance and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Victor DiTommaso

  

Vice President - Finance and Secretary (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

Director

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Director

 

*By:

  /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Central Products Company. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY

By:   *
   

Victor DiTommaso, CPA

Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


H. Dale McSween

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Victor DiTommaso

  

Chief Financial Officer

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Director

*


Duncan Yull

  

Director

 

*By:

  /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE INC.

By:   *
   

Victor DiTommaso, CPA

Vice President - Finance

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Gregory A. Yull

  

President (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Victor DiTommaso

  

Vice President Finance (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Irvine Mermelstein

  

Director

*


James A. Motley, Sr.

  

Director

*


Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Polymer Management Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:   *
   

Burgess H. Hildreth

Vice President and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Melbourne F. Yull

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

*


Piero Greco

  

Treasurer (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Vice President, Secretary and Director

*


Duncan Yull

  

Director

*


H. Dale McSween

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Polymer International Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:   *
   

Burgess H. Hildreth

President and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

President, Secretary and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Piero Greco

  

Vice President Finance (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

Director

*


William Barnes

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Cajun Bag & Supply Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.

By:   *
   

Jim Bob Carpenter

President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Steven M. Friedman

  

Vice President – Finance and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


H. Dale McSween

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, International Container Systems, Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

By:   *
   

Burgess H. Hildreth

Vice President and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Kenneth R. Rogers

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Piero Greco

  

Vice President Finance and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Vice President, Secretary and Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
   

Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.

Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, UTC Acquisition Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

UTC ACQUISITION CORP.

By:   *
    Burgess H. Hildreth
    President and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

President, Secretary and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Piero Greco

  

Vice President Finance and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Kenneth R. Rogers

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-24


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape International Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.
By:   *
    Burgess H. Hildreth
    President and Assistant Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

President, Assistant Secretary and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Piero Greco

  

Vice President Finance (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Kenneth R. Rogers

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Polymer Corp. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.
By:   *
    Burgess H. Hildreth
    Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Gregory A. Yull

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Director

*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

Director

*


Piero Greco

  

Vice President – Finance (Chief Financial Officer)

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-26


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG Administrative Services Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.
By:   *
    Burgess H. Hildreth
    Vice President – Administration and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


H. Dale McSween

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Victor DiTommaso

  

Vice President Finance, Treasurer and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Vice President – Administration, Secretary and Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG Technologies Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


John Tynan

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Mike Fowke

  

Vice President Finance (Chief Financial Officer)

*


John Tynan

  

Director

*


G. Daniel Ellzey

  

Director

*


Donald Hoffmann

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-28


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, IPG Financial Services Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    President and Treasurer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

President, Treasurer and Director (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer)

*


Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

  

Director

*


William K. Langan

  

Director

*


Lori Donahue

  

Director

*


J. Gregory Humphries

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-29


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, COIF Holding Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

COIF HOLDING INC.
By:   *
    Burgess H. Hildreth
    Vice President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Kenneth R. Rogers

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Piero Greco

  

Treasurer and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


Burgess H. Hildreth

  

Vice President and Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, FIBC Holding Inc. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

FIBC HOLDING INC.
By:   *
    Burgess H. Hildreth
    Vice President

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President and Director (Chief Executive Officer)

*


Cullen Jones

  

Treasurer and Director (Chief Financial Officer)

*


William Barnes

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Drumheath Indemnity Ltd has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD
By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Chairman

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Chairman and Director (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer)

*


Trevor A. Carmichael

  

Director

*


Paul W. Haddy

  

Director

*


Neville LeR. Smith

  

Director

*


Gordon R. Cunningham

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Fibope Portuguesa – Filmes Biorientados S.A. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

FIBOPE PORTUGUESA – FILMES BIORIENTADOS S.A.
By:   *
    Marco Ferreira de Sa Barbosa
    Executive Director

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jorge Nelson Ferreira de Aguiar Quintas

  

Chairman and Director

*


Mario Ferreira de Sa Barbosa

  

Executive Director (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer)

/s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        


Andrew M. Archibald

  

Director

*


Gregory Andrew Yull

  

Director

*


Shawn Nelson

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-33


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS, S.A. DE C.V.
By:   *
    Jim Bob Carpenter
    President of the Board of Directors

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President of the Board of Directors and Director (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer)

*


Cullen Jones

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V. has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Montreal, Quebec, Canada, on October 25, 2004.

 

INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES, S.A. DE C.V.
By:   *
    Jim Bob Carpenter
    President of the Board of Directors

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 25, 2004.

 

Signature


  

Title


*


Jim Bob Carpenter

  

President of the Board of Directors (Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer)

*


Cullen Jones

  

Director

 

*By:   /s/    A NDREW M. A RCHIBALD        
    Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed herewith or previously with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

II-35


Table of Contents

Intertape Polymer US Inc. Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


3.1

   Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

3.2

   By-laws of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

3.3

   Articles of Amalgamation of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., as amended

3.4

   By-laws of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., as amended

3.5

   Articles of Continuance of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer Inc., as amended

3.6

   Articles of Amalgamation of Intertape Polymer Inc.,

3.7

   By-law No. 2 of Intertape Polymer Inc.

3.8

   Articles of Incorporation of Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

3.9

   By-law No. 1 of Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

3.10

   Memorandum of Association of IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

3.11

   Articles of Association of IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

3.12

   Certificate of Incorporation of IPG (US) Holdings Inc., as amended

3.13

   By-laws of IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

3.14

   Certificate of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP

3.15

   Agreement of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP, as amended

3.16

   Certificate of Formation of IPG Finance LLC

3.17

   Limited Liability Company Agreement of IPG Finance LLC

3.18

   Certificate of Incorporation of IPG (US) Inc., as amended

3.19

   By-laws of IPG (US) Inc.

3.20

   Certificate of Incorporation of IPG Administrative Services Inc.

3.21

   By-laws of IPG Administrative Services Inc.

3.22

   Certificate of Incorporation of Central Products Company, as amended

3.23

   By-laws of Central Products Company

3.24

   Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer Corp.

3.25

   By-laws of Intertape Polymer Corp.

3.26

   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Intertape Inc., as amended

3.27

   Amended and Restated By-laws of Intertape Inc., as amended

3.28

   Certificate of Incorporation of IPG Financial Services Inc., as amended

3.29

   By-laws of IPG Financial Services, Inc.

3.30

   Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

3.31

   By-laws of Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

3.32

   Articles of Incorporation of Polymer International Corp.

3.33

   Amended and Restated By-laws of Polymer International Corp.

3.34

   Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IPG Technologies Inc.

3.35

   By-laws of IPG Technologies Inc.

3.36

   Certificate of Incorporation of International Container Systems Inc., as amended

3.37

   By-laws of International Container Systems Inc.

3.38

   Certificate of Incorporation of Intertape International Corp.

3.39

   By-laws of Intertape International Corp.

3.40

   Certificate of Incorporation of COIF Holding Inc., as amended

3.41

   By-laws of COIF Holding Inc.

3.42

   Certificate of Incorporation of FIBC Holding Inc.

3.43

   By-laws of FIBC Holding Inc.

3.44

   Certificate of Incorporation of UTC Acquisition Corp., as amended


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


3.45

   By-laws of UTC Acquisition Corp.

3.46

   Certificate of Incorporation of Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

3.47

   By-laws of Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

3.48

   Articles of Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

3.49

   Articles of Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

3.50

   By-laws of Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

3.51

   Articles of Incorporation of Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

3.52

   Articles of Association of Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

4.1

   Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004, between Intertape Polymer (US) Inc., Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee

4.2

   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2004, between Intertape Polymer US Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and TD Securities (US) Inc.

5.1

   Legal Opinion of Shutts & Bowen LLP

5.2

   Legal Opinion of Stikeman Elliott LLP

5.3

   Legal Opinion of Stewart, McKelvey Stirling Scales

5.4

   Legal Opinion of F. Castelo Branco & Associates

5.5

   Legal Opinion of Chancery Chambers, Attorney At Law

5.6

   Legal Opinion of Goodrich Riquelme Y Asociados

10.1

   Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2004 among IPG (US) Inc., Central Products Company, IPG Administrative Services, Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., Intertape Inc., IPG Technologies Inc., and IPG Financial Services Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and IPG (US) Holdings Inc., and the Lenders referred to therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and Comerica Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agent.

10.4

   Purchase Agreement dated as of July 14, 2004 by and between Intertape Polymer US Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. and TD Securities Inc.

12.1

   Statement Re: Computation of Ratios

21.1

   Subsidiaries of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

23.1

   Consent of Independent Accountants

24.1

   Powers of Attorney

25.1

   Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1

99.1

   Form of Letter of Transmittal

99.2

   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

99.3

   Form of Letter to DTC Participants

99.4

   Form of Letter to Clients

99.5

   Form of Instructions to Book-Entry Transfer Participants

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

STATE of DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE of INCORPORATION

A STOCK CORPORATION

 

FIRST: The name of this Corporation is Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at:

 

                                    2711  Centerville Road, Suite 400,

                                    in the City of Wilmington,

                                    County of  New Castle, Zip Code 19808

 

The registered agent in charge thereof is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of authorized shares of stock of this corporation is 3000, which are to be without par value.

 

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name:      J. Gregory Humphries, Esq.
Mailing Address:     

300 S. Orange Ave., Suite 1000

Orlando, FL Zip Code 32801

 

SIXTH: The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the firm annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify:

 

Melbourne F. Yull

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, FL 34210

  

Michael L. Richards

1155 Rene-Levesque Blvd. West

Montreal, Quebec H3B 3V2 Canada

Ben J. Davenport, Jr.

108 S. Main Street

Chatham, VA 24531

  

L. Robbie Shaw

5685 Leeds Street

Halifax, Nova Scotia B3J 2X1 Canada

Gordon R. Cunningham

99 Yorkville Avenue, Suite 300

Toronto, Ontario M5R 3K5 Canada

  

J. Spencer Lanthier

77 King Street West, Suite 4545

Toronto, Ontario M5K IK2

Thomas E. Costello

2914 Fairway View Drive

Castle Rock, CO 80104

    

 

I, The Undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate, and do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 17 th day of June, A.D. 2004.

 

By:

 

/s/ J. Gregory Humphries


    (Incorporator)

NAME:

 

/s/ J Gregory Humphries


    (Type or Print)

Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

ARTICLE I-STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1: Annual Meeting.

 

An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months of the last annual meeting of stockholders or, if no such meeting has been held, the date of incorporation.

 

Section 2: Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.

 

Section 3: Notice of Meetings.

 

Written notice of the place, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 4: Quorum .

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

 

Section 5: Organization .

 

Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints.


Section 6: Conduct of Business.

 

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

Section 7: Proxies and Voting.

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefore by a stockholder entitled to vote or by his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

 

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

 

Section 8: Stock List .

 

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

 

The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

Section 9: Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

 

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.


Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section.

 

ARTICLE II-BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1: Number and Term of Office.

 

The number of directors who shall constitute the whole Board shall be such number as the Board of Directors shall from time to time have designated, except that in the absence of any such designation, such number shall be          (_). Each director shall be elected for a term of one year and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

 

Whenever the authorized number of directors is increased between annual meetings of the stockholders, a majority of the directors then in office shall have the power to elect such new directors for the balance of a term and until their successors are elected and qualified. Any decrease in the authorized number of directors shall not become effective until the expiration of the term of the directors then in office unless, at the time of such decrease, there shall be vacancies on the board which are being eliminated by the decrease.

 

Section 2: Vacancies .

 

If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, a majority of the directors remaining in office, although less than a quorum, may elect a successor for the unexpired term and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

Section 3: Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

Section 4: Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

Section 5: Quorum .

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6: Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


Section 7: Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8: Powers .

 

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

 

(1) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(2) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(3) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(4) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(5) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(6) To adopt from time to time such stock option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(7) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these By-laws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9: Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE III-COMMITTEES

 

Section 1: Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the whole Board, may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 2: Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a


quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

 

ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS

 

Section 1: Generally .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2: President .

 

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

Section 3: Vice President.

 

Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. One (1) Vice President shall be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.

 

Section 4: Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 5: Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 6: Delegation of Authority.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 7: Removal .

 

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.


Section 8: Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

 

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

 

ARTICLE V-STOCK

 

Section 1: Certificates of Stock.

 

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

 

Section 2: Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these By-laws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3: Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Article I, Section 9 hereof. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by written consent of the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.


Section 4: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

 

Section 5: Regulations .

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI-NOTICES

 

Section 1: Notices .

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram or mailgram. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice is received, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by telegram or mailgram, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

 

Section 2: Waivers .

 

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

 

ARTICLE VII-MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1: Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2: Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

Section 3: Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 4: Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.


Section 5: Time Periods .

 

In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

ARTICLE VIII-INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 1: Right to Indemnification.

 

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this ARTICLE VIII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2: Right to Advancement of Expenses.

 

In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this ARTICLE VIII an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 1 and 2 of this ARTICLE VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 3: Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.

 

If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this ARTICLE VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an


advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this ARTICLE VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 4: Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

 

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 5: Insurance .

 

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 6: Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation.

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX-AMENDMENTS

 

These By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.

Exhibit 3.3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMALGAMATION

Certificat de fusion

 

CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT

   

Loi regissant les societes par actions de regime federal

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

  295104-5

LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

   

Name of corporation - Denomination de la societe

  Corporation number - Numero de la societe
I hereby certify that the above-named corporation resulted from an amalgamation, under section 185 Canada Business Corporations Act, of the corporations set out in the attached articles of amalgamation.   Je certifie que la societe susmentionnee est issue d’une fusion, en vertu de l’articleof the 185 de la Loi regissant les societes par actions de regime federal, des societes don’t les denominations apparaissent dans les statuts de fusion ci-joints.

 
Director - Directeur   Date of Amalgamation - Date de fusion


CANADA BUSINESS

CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 9

ARTICLES OF AMALGAMATION

(SECTION 185)

 

1    - Name of Amalgamated Corporation

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

2    - The place within Canada where the registered office is to be situated

 

Metropolitan Region of Montreal, Province of Quebec

 

3    - The classes and any maximum number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue

 

Unlimited number of common shares; and

Unlimited number of Class A preferred shares, issuable in series.

 

  I. The common shares shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

  (a) Each common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  (b) The holders of the common shares shall be entitled to receive during each year, as and when declared by the board of directors, dividends payable in money, property or by the issue of fully paid shares of the capital of the Corporation.

 

  (c) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the common shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation.

 

  II. The Class A preferred shares shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

  (a) The directors of the Corporation may at any time and from time to time, issue the class A preferred shares in one (1) or more series, each series to consist of such number of shares as may, before issuance thereof, be determined by the directors;

 

  (b) The directors of the Corporation may (subject as hereinafter provided) from time to time fix, before issuance, the designation, rights, restrictions,


conditions and limitations to attach to the class A preferred shares of each series including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rate, amount or method of calculation of preferential dividends, whether cumulative or non-cumulative or partially cumulative, and whether such rate, amount or method of calculation shall be subject to change or adjustment in the future, the currency or currencies of payment, the date or dates and place or places of payment thereof and the date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue, the redemption price and terms and conditions of redemption, the rights of retraction, if any, vested in the holders of class A preferred shares of such series, and the prices and the other terms and conditions of any rights of retraction, and whether any additional rights of retraction may be vested in such holders in the future, voting rights and conversion rights (if any) and any sinking fund, purchase fund or other provisions attaching to the class A preferred shares of such series, the whole subject to the issue by the Director, Corporations Branch, of the Department, of Consumer and Corporate Affairs, of a certificate of amendment in respect of articles of amendment in the prescribed form to designate a series of shares;

 

  (c) The class A preferred shares shall be entitled to preference over the common shares of the Corporation and any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the class A preferred shares with respect to the payment of dividends, and may also be given such other preferences over the common shares of the Corporation and any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the class A preferred shares, as may be fixed by the directors of the Corporation, as to the respective series authorized to be issued;

 

  (d) The class A preferred shares of each series shall rank on a parity with the class A preferred shares of every other series with respect to priority in payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation whether voluntary or involuntary;

 

  (e) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the class A preferred shares shall, before any amount shall be paid to or any property or assets of the Corporation distributed among the holders of the common shares or any other shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the class A preferred shares, be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to the amount paid-up on such shares together with, in the case of cumulative class A preferred shares, all unpaid cumulative dividends (which for such purpose shall be calculated as if such cumulative dividends were accruing from day to day for the period from the expiration of the last period for which cumulative dividends have been paid-up to and including the date of distribution) and, in the case of non-cumulative class A preferred shares, all declared and unpaid non-cumulative dividends, and (ii) if such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or distribution shall be voluntary, an

 

2


additional amount equal to the premium, if any, which would have been payable on the redemption of the said class A preferred shares respectively if they had been called for redemption by the Corporation on the date of distribution and, if said class* A preferred shares could not be redeemed on such date, then an additional amount equal to the greatest premium, if any, which would have been payable on the redemption of said class A preferred shares respectively;

 

  (f) No dividends shall at any time be declared or paid on or set apart for payment on Any shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the class A preferred shares, unless all dividends up to and including the dividend payable for the last completed period for which such dividends shall be payable on each series of class A preferred shares then issued and outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment at the date of such declaration or payment or setting apart for payment on such shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the class A preferred shares, nor shall the Corporation call for redemption or redeem or purchase for cancellation or reduce or otherwise pay off any of the class A preferred shares (less than the total amount then outstanding) or any shares of the Corporation ranking junior to the class A preferred shares, unless all dividends up to and including the dividend payable for the last completed period for which such dividends shall be payable on each series of the class A preferred shares then issued and outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment at the date of such call for redemption, purchase, reduction or other payment;

 

  (g) The class A preferred shares of any series may be purchased for cancellation or made subject to redemption by the Corporation at such times and at such prices and upon such other terms and conditions as may be specified in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the class A preferred shares of such series as set forth in the resolution of the board of directors of the Corporation and certificate of amendment relating to such series; and

 

  (h) The provisions of paragraph II. (a) to (g), inclusive, and of the articles of amendment referred to in paragraph II. (b) hereof and of this paragraph (h) may be deleted or varied in whole or in part by a certificate of amendment, but only with the prior approval of the holders of the class A preferred shares, given as hereinafter specified, in addition to any other approval required by the Canada Business Corporations Act (or any other statutory provision of the like or similar effect, from time to time in force). The approval of the holders of the class A preferred shares with respect to any and all matters hereinbefore referred to, may be given by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the class A preferred shares duly called for that purpose and held upon at least twenty-one (21) days notice at which the holders of a majority of the outstanding class A preferred shares are present or represented by proxy. If at any such meeting the holders of a majority of the outstanding class A preferred shares are not present or represented by proxy within thirty (30)

 

3


minutes after the time appointed for such meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date being not less than thirty (30) days later and to such time and place as may be appointed by the chairman and not less than twenty-one (21) days notice shall be given of such adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary in such notice to specify the purpose for which the meeting was originally called. At such adjourned meeting the holders of class A preferred shares, present or represented by proxy, may transact the business for which the meeting was originally called and a resolution passed thereat by not less then two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast at such adjourned meeting, shall constitute the authorization of the holders of the class A preferred shares referred to above. The formalities to be observed in respect of the giving of notice of any such meeting or adjourned meeting and the conduct thereof shall be those from time to time prescribed by the by-laws of the Corporation with respect to meetings of shareholders. On every poll taken at every such meeting or adjourned meeting, every holder of class A preferred shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote in respect of each class A preferred share held.

 

4    - Restrictions if any on share transfers

 

None.

 

5    - Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors

 

A minimum number of three (3) and a maximum number of eleven (11) .

 

6    - Restrictions if any on business the Corporation may carry on

 

None.

 

7    - Other provisions if any

 

  I. The directors of the Corporation may, when deemed expedient:

 

  (a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

 

  (b) issue debentures or other securities of the Corporation, and pledge or sell the same for such sums and at such prices as may be deemed expedient;

 

  (c) notwithstanding the provisions of the Civil Code, hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the moveable or immoveable property, present or future, of the Corporation, to secure . any such debentures, or other securities, or give part only of such guarantee for such purposes; and constitute the hypothec, mortgage or pledge above mentioned, by trust deed, in accordance with sections 28 and 29 of the Special Corporate Powers Act (chapter P-16), or in any other manner; and

 

4


  (d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any moveable or personal immoveable or real or other property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of the Corporation.

 

The directors may, by resolution or by-law, provide for the delegation of such powers by the directors to such officers or directors of the Corporation to such extent and in such manner as may be set out in the resolution or by-law, as the case may be.

 

  II. The share capital of INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC. - LE GROWN INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. and EBAC HOLDINGS INC. - PLACEMENTS EBAC INC. shall be converted into the share capital of the amalgamated corporation; and

 

  (a) six million nine hundred and twenty thousand five hundred and ninety-seven (6,920,597) issued and fully paid common shares of the capital of INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC. - LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. held by shareholders other than EBAC HOLDINGS INC. - PLACEMENTS EBAC INC. shall be converted share for share into six million nine hundred and twenty thousand five hundred and ninety-seven (6,920,597) issued and fully paid common shares of the amalgamated corporation; and

 

  (b) the three million two hundred and thirty-one thousand four hundred and twenty-one (3,231,421) issued and fully paid common shares of the capital of INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC. - LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. held by EBAC HOLDINGS INC. - PLACEMENTS EBAC INC. shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof.

 

  (c) the three million two hundred and thirty-one thousand four hundred and twenty-one (3,231,421) issued and fully paid common shares of the capital of EBAC HOLDINGS INC. - PLACEMENTS EBAC INC. shall be converted share for share into three million two hundred and thirty-one thousand four hundred and twenty-one (3,231,421) issued and fully paid common shares of the amalgamated corporation.

 

8.  - The amalgamation agreement has been approved by special resolutions of shareholders of the amalgamating corporations listed in item 10 below in accordance with Section 183 of the Canada Business Corporations Act.

 

9.  - Name of the amalgamating corporation the by-laws of which are to be the by-laws of the amalgamated corporation.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC. -

LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

5


10.  - Name of Amalgamating Corporations

 

  (a) INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.-

LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

  (b) EBAC HOLDINGS INC.

PLACEMENTS EBAC INC.

 

Corporation Nos.

  (a) 255724-0
  (b) 291488-3

 

Date: August 30, 1993   (a) Signature
   

 


    Melbourne F. Yul1
    Director, President and
    Chief Executive Officer
Description of Office    
Date August 30 1993   (b) Signature
   

 


    Christopher J. Winn
    Director
Description of Office    

 

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

 

CORPORATION NO.   FILED
295104-5   SEP 1 1993

 

6

Exhibit 3.4

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

GENERAL BY-LAW 2003-1

 

being a by-law relating generally to the transaction of the business and affairs of the Corporation (as amended and restated).

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1. In this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation, unless the context otherwise specifies or requires:

 

  (a) “Act” means the Canada Business Corporations Act, and any statute that may be substituted therefor, as from time to time amended;

 

  (b) “articles” means the articles of the Corporation, as from time to time amended or restated;

 

  (c) “by-law” means this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation from time to time in force and effect;

 

  (d) words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa; words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice-versa; words importing persons shall include bodies corporate, corporations, companies, partnerships, syndicates, trusts and any number or aggregate of individuals;

 

  (e) the headings used in the by-laws are inserted for reference purposes only and are not to be considered or taken into account in construing the terms or provisions thereof or to be deemed in any way to clarify, modify or explain the effect of any such terms or provisions; and

 

  (f) all terms contained in the by-laws and which are defined in the Act shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Act.


REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2. The Corporation may from time to time (i) by resolution of the board of directors change the location of the address of the registered office of the Corporation within the place specified in the articles and (ii) by articles of amendment change the place in which its registered office is situated to another place within Canada.

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

3. The Corporation may have one or more corporate seals which shall be such as the board of directors may by resolution from time to time adopt and change.

 

DIRECTORS

 

4. Number and Powers . There shall be a board of directors consisting of such fixed number, or minimum and maximum number of directors as may be set out in the articles, but a corporation, any of the issued securities of which are or were part of a distribution to the public and remain outstanding and are held by more than one person, shall not have fewer than three (3) directors, at least two (2) of whom are not officers or employees of the corporation or its affiliates. The precise number of directors shall be determined from time to time by the board of directors. At least twenty-five percent (25%) of the directors shall be resident Canadians. However, if the Corporation has fewer than four (4) directors, at least one (1) director must be a resident Canadian.

 

5. Vacancies . If the number of directors is increased, the resulting vacancies shall be filled at a meeting of shareholders duly called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the provisions of this by-law and subject to the provisions of the Act, if a vacancy should otherwise occur in the board, the remaining directors, if constituting a quorum, may appoint a qualified person to fill the vacancy for the remainder of the term. In the absence of a quorum, the remaining directors shall forthwith call a meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancy pursuant to subsection 111(2) of the Act. Where a vacancy or vacancies exist in the board, the remaining directors may exercise all of the powers of the board so long as a quorum remains in office.

 

6. Term of Office . A director’s term of office shall be from the meeting at which he is elected or appointed until the annual meeting next following or until his successor is elected or appointed, or until, if earlier, he dies or resigns, or is removed or disqualified pursuant to the provisions of the Act.

 

7. Vacation of Office . The office of a director shall ipso facto be vacated if:

 

  (a) he dies;


  (b) by notice in writing to the Corporation he resigns his office and such resignation, if not effective immediately, becomes effective in accordance with its terms;

 

  (c) he is removed from office in accordance with section 109 of the Act; or

 

  (d) he ceases to be qualified to be a director.

 

8. Election . Directors shall be elected by the shareholders by ordinary resolution in a general meeting on show of hands (subject to Section 32 below) unless a poll is demanded and if a poll is demanded such election shall be by ballot.

 

A retiring director shall retain office until the adjournment or termination of the meeting at which his successor is elected unless such meeting was called for the purpose of removing him from office as a director in which case the director so removed shall vacate office forthwith upon the passing of the resolution for his removal.

 

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Place of Meeting . Subject to the articles, meetings of directors may be held at any place within or outside Canada as the directors may from time to time determine or the person convening the meeting may give notice. A meeting of the board of directors may be convened by the chairman of the board, if any, the president if any, or any director at any time. The secretary, if any, shall upon direction of any of the foregoing convene a meeting of the board of directors.

 

Notice . Notice of the time and place for the holding of any such meeting shall be delivered, mailed, telegraphed, cabled or telexed to each director at his latest address as shown on the records of the Corporation not less than two (2) days (exclusive of the day on which the notice is delivered, mailed, telegraphed, cabled or telexed but inclusive of the day for which notice is given) before the date of the meeting; provided that meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time without notice if all the directors have waived notice.

 

For the first meeting of the board of directors to be held immediately following the election of directors at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders, no notice of such meeting need be given to the newly elected or appointed director or directors in order for the meeting to be duly constituted, provided a quorum of the directors is present.

 

A notice of a meeting of directors shall specify any matter referred to in subsection 115(3) of the Act that is to be dealt with at the meeting.

 

Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the board of directors or any irregularity in any meeting or in the notice thereof may be waived by any


director in writing or by telegram, cable or telex addressed to the Corporation or in any other manner, and such waiver may be validly given either before or after the meeting to which such waiver relates. The attendance of a director at a meeting of directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

 

Telephone or Electronic Participation . A director may, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, participate in a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors by means of telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities that permits all participants to communicate adequately with each other during the meeting, but only if all the directors of the Corporation have consented to that form of participation. A director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed for purposes of the Act to be present at that meeting. Any such consent shall be effective whether given before or after the meeting to which it relates and may be given with respect to all meetings of the board and of committees of the board held while a director holds office.

 

10. Adjournment . Any meeting of the board of directors may be adjourned from time to time by the chairman of the meeting, with the consent of the meeting, to a fixed time and place and no notice of the time and place for the continuance of the adjourned meeting need be given to any director. Any adjourned meeting shall be duly constituted if held in accordance with the terms of the adjournment and a quorum present thereat. The directors who formed a quorum at the original meeting are not required to form the quorum at the adjourned meeting. If there is no quorum present at the adjourned meeting, the original meeting shall be deemed to have terminated forthwith after its adjournment.

 

11. Quorum and Voting . Subject to the articles, a majority of the number of directors in office at the time shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Subject to subsection 117(1) of the Act, no business shall be transacted by the directors except at a meeting of directors at which a quorum of the board is present. Questions arising at any meeting of the board of directors shall be decided by a majority of votes cast. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting, in addition to his original vote shall have a second or casting vote. Where the Corporation has only one director, that director may constitute the meeting.

 

12. Resolution in lieu of meeting . A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors, is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or committee of directors.

 

A copy of every such resolution shall be kept with the minutes of the proceedings of the directors or committee of directors.


REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

13. Subject to the articles, the remuneration to be paid to the directors shall be such as the board of directors shall from time to time determine and such remuneration shall be in addition to the salary paid to any officer of the Corporation who is also a member of the board of directors. The directors may also by resolution award special remuneration to any director undertaking any special services on the Corporation’s behalf other than the routine work ordinarily required of a director by the Corporation. The confirmation of any such resolution or resolutions by the shareholders shall not be required. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the affairs of the Corporation.

 

SUBMISSION OF CONTRACTS OR TRANSACTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS FOR APPROVAL

 

14. The board of directors in their discretion may submit any contract, act or transaction for approval, ratification or confirmation at any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of considering the same and any contract, act or transaction that shall be approved, ratified or confirmed by resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at any such meeting (unless any different or additional requirement is imposed by the Act or by the Corporation’s articles or any other by-law) shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the shareholders as though it had been approved, ratified or confirmed by every shareholder of the Corporation.

 

INDEMNITIES TO DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

 

15. Except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or another body corporate (as hereinafter defined) and subject to the limitations contained in the Act, the Corporation shall indemnify each director and officer of the Corporation and each former director and officer of the Corporation and each person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another body corporate and any person who acts or acted in a similar capacity of another body corporate, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including any amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding to which he is involved because of that association with the Corporation or another body corporate, as the case may be, if

 

  (a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation or, as the case may be, to the best interests of another body corporate for which the individual acted as a director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and


  (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

“another body corporate” as used herein means a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor.

 

OFFICERS

 

16. Appointment of Officers . Subject to the articles, the board of directors, annually or as often as may be required, may appoint from among themselves a chairman of the board and may appoint a president and a secretary and, if deemed advisable, may also appoint one or more vicepresidents, a treasurer and one or more assistant secretaries and/or one or more assistant treasurers. None of such officers, except the chairman of the board, need be a director of the Corporation. Any two (2) or more of such offices may be held by the same person. In case and whenever the same person holds the offices of secretary and treasurer he may, but need not, be known as the secretarytreasurer. The board of directors may from time to time designate such other offices and appoint such other officers, employees and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall have such authority and shall perform such functions and duties, as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

17. Remuneration and Removal of Officers . Subject to the articles, the remuneration of all officers, employees and agents elected or appointed by the board of directors may be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. The fact that any officer, employee or agent is a director or shareholder of the Corporation shall not disqualify him from receiving such remuneration as may be so determined. The board of directors may by resolution remove any officer, employee or agent at any time, with or without cause.

 

18. Duties of Officers may be Delegated . In case of the absence or inability or refusal to act of any officer of the Corporation or for any other reason that the board of directors may deem sufficient, the board may delegate all or any of the powers of such officer to any other officer or to any director for the time being.

 

19. Chairman of the Board . The chairman of the board, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the board of directors and of shareholders. He shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the board of directors.

 

20. President . The president, if any, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall exercise general supervision over the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of the chairman of the board, if any, the president shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the board of directors and shareholders; he shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in


writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the board of directors or as are incident to his office.

 

21. Vice-President . The vice-president or, if more than one, the vice-presidents in order of seniority, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the president in the absence or inability or refusal to act of the president, provided, however, that a vice-president who is not a director shall not preside as chairman at any meeting of shareholders. The vice-president or, if more than one, the vice-presidents in order of seniority, shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his or their signatures and shall also have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or them by resolution of the board of directors.

 

22. Secretary . The secretary, if any, shall give or cause to be given notices for all meetings of the board of directors, of committees thereof, if any, and of shareholders when directed to do so and shall have charge, subject to the provisions of this by-law, of the records referred to in section 20 of the Act (except the accounting records) and of the corporate seal or seals, if any. He shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the board of directors or as are incident to his office.

 

23. Treasurer . Subject to the provisions of any resolution of the board of directors, the treasurer, if any, shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such bank or banks or with such other depositary or depositaries as the board of directors may by resolution direct. He shall prepare, maintain and keep or cause to be kept adequate books of accounts and accounting records. He shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his signature and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by resolution of the board of directors or as are incident to his office. He may be required to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the board of directors in their uncontrolled discretion may require and no director shall be liable for failure to require any such bond or for the insufficiency of any such bond or for any loss by reason of the failure of the Corporation to receive any indemnity thereby provided.

 

24. Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer . The assistant secretary or, if more than one, the assistant secretaries in order of seniority, and the assistant treasurer or, if more than one, the assistant treasurers in order of seniority, shall respectively perform all the duties of the secretary and treasurer, respectively, in the absence or inability to act of the secretary or treasurer as the case may be. The assistant secretary or assistant secretaries, if more than one, and the assistant treasurer or assistant treasurers, if more than one, shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require his or their signatures respectively and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to them by resolution of the board of directors.


MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

25. The board of directors may from time to time appoint from their number a managing director who is a resident Canadian and may delegate to him any of the powers of the board of directors except as provided in subsection 115(3) of the Act. The managing director shall conform to all lawful orders given to him by the board of directors of the Corporation and shall at all reasonable times give to the directors or any of them all information they may require regarding the affairs of the Corporation. Any agent or employee appointed by the managing director shall be subject to discharge by the board of directors.

 

COMMITTEES

 

26. The board of directors may from time to time appoint from their number one or more committees consisting of one or more individuals and delegate to such committee or committees any of the powers of the directors except as provided in subsection 115(3) of the Act. Unless otherwise ordered by the board, a committee of directors shall have power to fix its quorum, to elect its chairman and to regulate its proceedings.

 

If any of the issued securities of the Corporation are or were part of a distribution to the public, remain outstanding and are held by more than one person, the Corporation shall have an Audit Committee composed of not fewer that three (3) directors, a majority of whom are not officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates. The members of the Audit Committee shall be appointed annually by the board of directors from its number. The Audit Committee shall have the powers and duties provided in the Act and such other powers and duties as may be specified by the board of directors.

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

27. Annual Meeting . Subject to compliance with section 133 of the Act, the annual meeting of the shareholders shall be convened on such day in each year and at such time as the board of directors may by resolution determine.

 

28. Special Meetings . Other meetings of the shareholders may be convened by order of the chairman of the board, the president or a vice-president who is a director or by the board of directors, to be held at such time and place as may be specified in such order.

 

Special meetings of shareholders may also be called by written requisition to the board of directors signed by shareholders holding between them not less than five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of the capital of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat. Such requisition shall state the business to be transacted at the meeting and shall be sent to the registered office of the Corporation.


Except as otherwise provided in subsection 143(3) of the Act, it shall be the duty of the board of directors on receipt of such requisition, to cause the meeting to be called by the secretary of the Corporation.

 

If the board of directors does not, within twenty-one (21) days after receiving such requisition call a meeting, any shareholder who signed the requisition may call the meeting.

 

29. Place of Meetings . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place in Canada as may be specified in the notice convening such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a meeting of shareholders may be held outside Canada if all the shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting so agree, and a shareholder who attends a meeting of shareholders held outside Canada is deemed to have so agreed except when he attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully held.

 

30. Telephone or Electronic Participation . Any person entitled to attend a shareholders’ meeting may, to the extent permitted by the Act, participate in the meeting by means of telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities that permits all participants to communicate adequately with each other during the meeting provided that the Corporation makes available such communication facilities and that all the directors of the Corporation have consented to that form of participation. Any such consent shall be effective whether given before or after the meeting to which it relates and may be given with respect to all meetings of shareholders held while the directors who gave such consent continue to hold office. A person participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed for purposes of the Act to be present at that meeting.

 

31. Notice . A printed, written or typewritten notice stating the day, hour and place of meeting and, subject to subsection 135(6) of the Act, the general nature of the business to be transacted shall be served to each person who is entitled to vote at such meeting, each director of the Corporation and the auditor of the Corporation, either personally or by sending such notice by prepaid mail not less than twenty-one (21) days or more than fifty (50) days before the meeting. If such notice is served by mail it shall be directed to the latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation, of the intended recipient. Notice of any meeting of shareholders or any irregularity in any such meeting or in the notice thereof may be waived by any shareholder, the duly appointed proxy of any shareholder, any directors or the auditor of the Corporation in writing, by telegram, cable or telex addressed to the Corporation or by any other manner, and any such waiver may be validly given either before or after the meeting to which such waiver relates.


32. Voting . Voting at a meeting of shareholders shall be by show of hands except where a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting. A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after any vote by show of hands. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any person participating in a shareholders’ meeting by means of telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities in accordance with Section 30 above, may vote, to the extent permitted by the Act, by means of the telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities that the Corporation has made available for that purpose.

 

33. Omission of Notice . The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting to or the non-receipt of any notice by any person shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceeding taken at any meeting of shareholders.

 

34. Record Date . The board of directors may by resolution fix in advance a date and time as the record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and vote at a meeting of the shareholders, but such record date shall not precede by more than fifty (50) days or by less than twenty-one (21) days the date on which the meeting is to be held.

 

If the directors fail to fix in advance such a record date, the record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of and vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or sent.

 

35. Votes . Every question submitted to any meeting of shareholders shall be decided in the first instance, unless a ballot is demanded, on a show of hands and in case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall not, both on a show of hands and on a ballot, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which he may be entitled as a shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any person participating in a shareholders’ meeting by means of telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities in accordance with Section 30 above, may vote, to the extent permitted by the Act, by means of the telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities that the Corporation has made available for that purpose.

 

At any meeting, unless a ballot is demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or against the motion.

 

In the absence of the chairman of the board, the president and every vice-president who is a director, the shareholders present entitled to vote shall choose another director as chairman of the meeting and if no director is present or if all the directors present decline to take the chair then the shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be chairman.


If at any meeting a ballot is demanded on the election of a chairman or on the question of adjournment or termination it shall be taken forthwith without adjournment. If a ballot is demanded on any other question or as to the election of directors it shall be taken in such manner and either at once or later at the meeting or after adjournment as the chairman of the meeting directs. The result of a ballot shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the ballot was demanded. A demand for a ballot may be withdrawn.

 

Where a person holds shares as a personal representative, such person or his proxy is the person entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders in respect of the shares so held by him.

 

Where a person mortgages or hypothecates his shares, such person or his proxy is the person entitled to vote at all meetings of shareholders in respect of such shares unless, in the instrument creating the mortgage or hypothec, he has expressly empowered the person holding the mortgage or hypothec to vote in respect of such shares, in which case, subject to the Corporation’s articles, such holder or his proxy is the person entitled to vote in respect of the shares.

 

Where two (2) or more persons hold the same share or shares jointly, any one of such persons present at a meeting of shareholders has the right, in the absence of the other or others, to vote in respect of such share or shares, but if more than one of such persons are present or represented by proxy and vote, they shall vote together as one on the share or shares jointly held by them.

 

36. Proxies . A shareholder, including a shareholder that is a body corporate, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by means of a proxy appoint a proxyholder or one or more alternate proxyholders, who are not required to be shareholders, to attend and act at the meeting in the manner and to the extent authorized by the proxy and with the authority conferred by the proxy.

 

An instrument appointing a proxyholder shall be in writing and shall be executed by the shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a body corporate, either under its seal or by an officer or attorney thereof, duly authorized. A proxy is valid only at the meeting in respect of which it is given or any adjournment thereof.

 

Unless the Act requires another form, an instrument appointing a proxyholder may be in the following form:

 

“The undersigned shareholder of • hereby appoints • of • or failing him, • of • as the nominee of the undersigned-to attend and act for and


on behalf of the undersigned at the • meeting of the shareholders of the said Corporation to be held on the • day of • 19• , and at any adjournment thereof to the same extent and with the same power as if the undersigned were personally present at the said meeting or such adjournment thereof.

 

Dated the • day of • , 19•

 

   
    Signature of Shareholder

 

NOTE:

 

This form of proxy must be signed by a shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a body corporate, either under its seal or by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized.”

 

The directors may from time to time pass regulations regarding the deposit of instruments appointing a proxyholder at some place or places other than the place at which a meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders is to be held and for particulars of such instruments to be telegraphed, cabled, telexed or sent in writing before the meeting or adjourned meeting to the corporation or any agent of the Corporation for the purpose of receiving such particulars and providing that instruments appointing a proxyholder so lodged may be voted upon as though the instruments themselves were produced at the meeting or adjourned meeting and votes given in accordance with such regulations shall be valid and shall be counted. The chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, subject to any regulations made as aforesaid, in his discretion accept telegraphic, telex, cable or written communication as to the authority of anyone claiming to vote on behalf of and to represent a shareholder notwithstanding that no instrument of proxy conferring such authority has been lodged with the Corporation, and any votes given in accordance with such telegraphic, telex, cable or written communication accepted by the chairman of the meeting shall be valid and shall be counted.

 

37. Adjournment . The chairman of the meeting may with the consent of the meeting adjourn any meeting of shareholders from time to time to a fixed time and place. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the earliest meeting that is adjourned. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting but, unless the meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of more than ninety (90) days, the requirements of subsection 149(1) of the Act relating to mandatory solicitation of proxies do not apply.

 

Any adjourned meeting shall be duly constituted if held in accordance with the terms of the adjournment and a quorum is present thereat. If


the original meeting was adjourned for lack of a quorum, at the adjourned meeting the shareholders present in person or their duly appointed proxyholders so present shall form the quorum; if the original meeting was adjourned for any other reason, the quorum requirement for the adjourned meeting shall be the same as that for the original meeting. Any business may be brought before or dealt with at any adjourned meeting which might have been brought before or dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling same.

 

38. Quorum . One (1) person present and holding or representing by proxy at least one (1) issued and outstanding voting share of the Corporation shall be a quorum for any meeting of shareholders for the choice of a chairman of the meeting and for the adjournment of the meeting; subject to section 36 herein, for all other purposes a quorum for any meeting (unless a different number of shareholders and/or a different number of shares are required to be represented by the Act or by the articles or by any other by-law) shall be persons present being not less than three (3) in number and holding or representing by proxy at least ten percent (10%) of the shares entitled to be voted at such meeting. If a quorum is present at the opening of a meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders present may proceed with the business of the meeting, notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting. Where the Corporation has only one shareholder or only one holder of any class or series of shares, the shareholder present in person or by proxy constitutes a meeting.

 

39. R esolution in Lieu of Meeting . Except where a written statement is submitted by a director under subsection 110(2) of the Act or by an auditor under subsection 168(5) of the Act, a resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders.

 

A copy of every such resolution shall be kept with the minutes of the meetings of shareholders.

 

SHARES

 

40. Certificates . Share certificates (and the form of stock transfer power on the reverse side thereof) shall (subject to compliance with section 49 of the Act) be in such form and be signed by such director(s) or officer (s) as the board of directors may from time to time by resolution determine.

 

41. Registrar and Transfer Agent . The board of directors may from time to time by resolution appoint or remove one or more registrars and/or branch registrars (which may but need not be the same person) to keep the register of security holders and/or one or more transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents (which may but need not be the same person) to keep the register of transfer, and (subject to section 50 of the Act) may provide for the registration of issues and the registration of transfers of the securities of the Corporation in one or more places and such registrars and/or branch registrars and/or transfer


agents and/or branch transfer agents shall keep all necessary books and registers of the Corporation for the registration of the issuance and the registration of transfers of the securities of the Corporation for which they are so appointed. All certificates issued after any such appointment representing securities issued by the Corporation shall be countersigned by or on behalf of one of the said registrars and/or branch registrars and/or transfer agents and/or branch transfer agents, as the case may be.

 

42. Surrender of Share Certificates . No transfer of a share issued by the Corporation shall be recorded or registered unless or until the certificate representing the share to be transferred has been surrendered and cancelled or, if no certificate has been issued by the Corporation in respect of such share, unless or until a duly executed share transfer power in respect thereof has been presented for registration.

 

43. Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen or Lost Certificates . If the defacement, destruction or apparent destruction, theft, or other wrongful taking or loss of a share certificate is reported by the owner to the Corporation or to a registrar, branch registrar, transfer agent or branch transfer agent of the Corporation (hereinafter, in this paragraph, called the “Corporation’s transfer agent”) and such owner gives to the Corporation or the Corporation’s transfer agent a written statement verified by oath or statutory declaration as to the defacement, destruction or apparent destruction, theft, or other wrongful taking or loss and the circumstances concerning the same, a request for the issuance of a new certificate to replace the one so defaced, destroyed, wrongfully taken or lost and a bond of a surety company (or other security approved by the board of directors) in such form as is approved by the board of directors or by the chairman of the board, the president, a vice-president, the secretary or the treasurer of the Corporation, indemnifying the Corporation (and the Corporation’s transfer agent, if any), against all loss, damage or expense, which the Corporation and/or the Corporation’s transfer agent may suffer or be liable for by reason of the issuance of a new certificate to such shareholder, a new certificate may be issued in replacement of the one defaced, destroyed or apparently destroyed, stolen or otherwise wrongfully taken or lost, if such issuance is ordered and authorized by any one of the chairman of the board, the president, a vice-president, the secretary or the treasurer of the Corporation or by resolution of the board of directors.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

44. Subject to the relevant provisions of the Act, the board of directors may from time to time by resolution declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its issued shares, subject to the relevant provisions, if any, of the articles.


NOTICE

 

45. Shares Registered in More Than One Name . All notices or other documents required to be sent to a shareholder by the Act, the regulations under the Act, the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation shall, with respect to any shares in the capital of the Corporation registered in more than one name, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the records of the Corporation and any notice or other document so given shall be sufficient notice or delivery of such document to all the holders of such shares.

 

46. Persons Becoming Entitled by Operation of Law . Every person who by operation of law, transfer or by any other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any shares in the capital of the Corporation shall be bound by every notice or other document in respect of such shares which prior to his name and address being entered on the records of the Corporation shall have been duly given to the person or persons from whom he derives his title to such shares.

 

47. Deceased Shareholder . Any notice or other document delivered or sent by post or left at the address of any shareholder as the same appears in the records of the Corporation shall, notwithstanding that such shareholder be then deceased and whether or not the Corporation has notice of his decease, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of the shares held by such shareholder (whether held solely or with other persons) until some other person be entered in his stead in the records of the Corporation as the holder or one of the holders thereof and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or other document on his heirs, executors or administrators and all persons, if any, interested with him in such shares.

 

48. Signatures to Notices . The signature of any director or officer of the Corporation to any notice may be written, stamped, typewritten or printed or partly written, stamped, typewritten or printed.

 

49. Computation of Time . Where a given number of days’ notice or notice extending over any period is required to be given under any provisions of the articles or by-laws of the Corporation, the day of service or posting of the notice shall, unless it is otherwise provided, be counted in such number of days or other period and such notice shall be deemed to have been given or sent on the day of service or posting.

 

50. Proof of Service . A certificate of any officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the making of the certificate or of a transfer officer of any transfer agent or branch transfer agent of shares of any class of the Corporation as to facts in relation to the mailing or delivery or service of any notice or other documents to any shareholder, director, officer or auditor or publication of any notice or other document shall be conclusive evidence thereof and shall be binding on every shareholder, director, officer or auditor of the Corporation, as the case may be.


CHEQUES, DRAFTS, NOTES, ETC.

 

51. All cheques, drafts or orders for the payment of money and all notes, acceptances and bills of exchange shall be signed by such officer or officers or other person or persons, whether or not officers of the Corporation, and in such manner as the board of directors may from time to time designate by resolution.

 

CUSTODY OF SECURITIES

 

52. All securities, including warrants, owned by the Corporation shall be lodged, in the name of the Corporation, with a chartered bank or a trust company or in a safety deposit box or, if so authorized by resolution of the board of directors, with such other depositaries or in such other manner as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

 

All securities, including warrants, belonging to the Corporation may be issued and held in the name of a nominee or nominees of the Corporation, and if issued or held in the names of more than one nominee shall be held in the names of the nominees jointly with right of survivorship and shall be endorsed in blank with endorsement guaranteed in order to enable transfer thereof to be completed and registration thereof to be effected.

 

EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS, ETC...

 

53. Contracts, documents or instruments in writing requiring the signature of the Corporation may be signed by two (2) persons, one of whom holds the office of chairman of the board, president, managing director, vice-president or director and the other of whom holds one of the said offices or the office of secretary, treasurer, assistant secretary or assistant treasurer or any other office created by by-law or by resolution of the board. All contracts, documents or instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Corporation without any further authorization or formality. The board of directors is authorized from time to time by resolution to appoint any officer or officers or any other person or persons on behalf of the Corporation either to sign contracts, documents or instruments in writing generally or to sign specific contracts, documents or instruments in writing. Where the Corporation has only one director and officer being the same person, that person may sign all such contracts, documents or other written instruments.

 

The corporate seal, if any, may, when required, be affixed to contracts, documents or instruments in writing signed as aforesaid or by an officer or officers, person or persons appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the board of directors.

 

The term “contracts, documents or instruments in writing” as used in this by-law shall include deeds, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property, real or personal, immoveable or moveable, agreements, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, conveyances, transfers and assignments of shares, warrants, bonds, debentures or other securities and all paper writings.


In particular, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, two (2) persons, one of whom holds the office of chairman of the board, president, managing director, vice-president or director and the other of whom holds one of the said offices or the office of secretary, treasurer, assistant secretary or assistant treasurer or any other office created by by-law or by resolution of the board are hereby authorized to sell, assign, transfer, exchange, convert or convey all shares, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities owned by or registered in the name of the Corporation and to sign and execute, under the seal of the Corporation or otherwise, all assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney and other instruments that may be necessary for the purpose of selling, assigning, transferring, exchanging, converting or conveying or enforcing or exercising any voting rights in respect of any such shares, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities. Where the Corporation has only one director and officer, being the same person, that person may perform the functions and exercise the powers herein contemplated.

 

The signature or signatures of any officer or director of the Corporation and/or of any other officer or officers, person or persons appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the board of directors may, if specifically authorized by resolution of the directors, be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced upon all contracts, documents or instruments in writing or, subject to section 49 of the Act, bonds, debentures or other securities of the Corporation executed or issued by or on behalf of the Corporation and all contracts, documents or instruments in writing or bonds, debentures or other securities of the corporation on which the signatures of any of the foregoing officers, directors or persons shall be so reproduced, by authorization by resolution of the board of directors, shall, subject to section 49 of the Act, be deemed to have been duly signed by such officers, shall be as valid to all intents and purposes as if they had been signed manually and notwithstanding that the officers, directors or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced may have ceased to hold office at the date of the delivery or issue of such contracts, documents or instruments in writing or bonds, debentures or other securities of the Corporation.

 

DECLARATIONS

 

54. The chairman of the board, if appointed, the president, the vice-presidents, secretary and/or treasurer, the assistant secretaries and/or assistant treasurers, comptroller, accountant, chief clerk, or any one of them, is authorized and empowered to appear and make answer for the Corporation to all writs, orders and interrogatories upon articulated facts issued out of any court and to declare for and on behalf of the corporation any answer to writs of attachment by way of garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee, and to make all affidavits and sworn declarations in connection therewith or in connection with


any or all judicial proceedings to which the Corporation is a party and to make demands of abandonment or petitions for winding up or bankruptcy orders upon any debtor of the Corporation and to attend and vote at all meetings of creditors of any of the Corporation’s debtors and grant proxies in connection therewith.

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

55. The fiscal period of the Corporation shall terminate on such day in each year as the board of directors may from time to time by resolution determine.


CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned, Andrew M. Archibald, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and Vice President, Administration of INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC. - LE GROUPE INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the foregoing document is a true and complete copy of GENERAL BY-LAW 2003-1 of the Corporation, as (i) restated after amendment by the board of directors on October 7, 1991, the amendment having been confirmed by the shareholders on October 30, 1991, and (ii) restated after amendment by the board of directors on April 24, 2003, the amendment having been confirmed by the shareholders on June 11, 2003.

 

The undersigned further certifies that the said by-law has not been further amended as of the date hereof.

 

DATED this 11th day of June, 2003.

 

   
    Andrew M. Archibald
   

Chief Financial Officer, Secretary,

Vice President, Administration

Exhibit 3.5

 

CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 11

ARTICLES OF CONTINUANCE

(SECTION 187)

 

1. Name of Corporation:

 

Intertape Polymer Inc.

 

2. The place in Canada where the registered office is to be situated:

 

Montreal Urban Community

 

3. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue:

 

An unlimited number of Class A shares and an unlimited number of Class B shares.

 

The Class B shares and the Class A shares of the Corporation shall have the respective rights and shall be subject to the restrictions, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, that is to say:

 

  (i) The holders of the Class B shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except where the holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Canada Business Corporations Act (the “Act”)) and each Class B share shall confer the right to 1 vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of the shareholders of the corporation.

 

  (ii) The holders of the Class B shares shall in each calendar month in the discretion of the directors, but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the Class A shares for such calendar month, for each Class B share held be entitled to non-cumulative dividends at the rate of .67% per month of the amount at which each such Class B share may be redeemed; if in any fiscal year, after providing for the full dividend on the Class B shares, there shall remain any profits or surplus available for dividends, such profits or surplus, or any part thereof, may, in the discretion of the directors, be applied to dividends on the Class A shares; the holders of the Class B shares shall not be entitled to any dividends other than or in excess of the non-cumulative dividends in the amount hereinbefore provided for.

 

  (iii) The Corporation may, at its option, redeem all or from time to time any part of the outstanding Class B shares on payment to the holders thereof, for each share to be redeemed, of the sum of $1.00 per share, together with all dividends declared thereon and unpaid. Before redeeming any Class B shares the Corporation shall mail to each person who, at the date of such mailing, is a registered holder of shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Corporation to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the


records of the Corporation, then to the last known address of such holder, at least 30 days before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the date on which redemption is to take place and, if part only of the shares held by the person to whom it is addressed are to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holders of the shares to be redeemed, on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the shares so called for redemption at such place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed. In case a part only of the outstanding Class B shares is at any time to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected, at the option of the directors, either by lot in such manner as the directors in their sole discretion shall determine or as nearly as may be pro-rata (disregarding fractions) according to the number of Class B shares held by each holder. In case a part only of the Class B shares represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Corporation. From and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends and shall not be entitled to any rights in respect thereof, except to receive the redemption price, unless payment of the redemption price shall not be made by the Corporation in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unimpaired. On or before the date specified for redemption the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the shares called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, such redemption price to be paid to or to the order of the respective holders of such shares called for redemption upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made, the shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the several holders thereof, after such deposit, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price applicable to their respective shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such shares.

 

  (iv)        (i) Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a holder of Class B shares shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem at any time and from time to time after the date of issue of any Class B shares, upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, all or any number of the Class B shares registered in the name of such holder on the books of the Corporation at a redemption price per share of $1.00 together with all dividends declared thereon and unpaid. A holder of Class B shares exercising his option to have the Corporation redeem, shall give notice to the Corporation, which notice shall set out the date on which the Corporation is to redeem, which date shall not be less than 10 days nor more than 30 days from the date of mailing of the notice, and if the holder desires to have less than all of the Class B shares registered in his name redeemed by the Corporation, the number of the holder’s shares to be redeemed. The date on which the redemption at the option of the holder is to occur is hereafter referred to as the “option redemption date”. The holder of any Class B shares may, with the consent of the Corporation, revoke such notice prior to the option redemption date. Upon delivery to the Corporation of a share certificate or certificates representing the Class B


shares which the holder desires to have the Corporation redeem, the Corporation shall, on the option redemption date, redeem such Class B shares by paying to the holder the redemption price therefor. Upon payment of the redemption price of the Class B shares to be redeemed by the Corporation, the holders thereof shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise any rights of holders in respect thereof.

 

  (ii) If the redemption by the Corporation on any option redemption date of all of the Class B shares to be redeemed on such date would be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, the Corporation shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Class B shares which the Corporation determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro-rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Class B shares required by each such holder to be redeemed by the Corporation and the Corporation shall issue new certificates representing the Class B shares not redeemed by the Corporation; the Corporation shall, before redeeming any other Class B shares, redeem in the manner contemplated by paragraph (c) on the first day of each month thereafter the maximum number of such Class B shares as would not then be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, until all of such shares have been redeemed, provided that the Corporation shall be under no obligation to give any notice to the holders of the Class B shares in respect of such redemption or redemptions as provided for in paragraph (c).

 

  (v) In the case of Class B shares issued by the Corporation for a consideration other than cash, the applicable redemption price will be subject to a proportionate increase or decrease so that the aggregate redemption price of Class B shares so issued equals the fair market value of the consideration so received at that time. In the event that the Minister of National Revenue or any other competent taxing authority should make or propose to make an assessment or re-assessment of income tax or any other tax on the basis that the true fair market value for such consideration so received differs from the said aggregate redemption price, the redemption price of the Class B shares issued for such consideration will be increased or decreased to an amount such that the aggregate redemption price thereof equals the fair market value of the consideration so received. Such value shall be that determined in an assessment or re-assessment by such taxing authority against which no appeal is taken, or as agreed upon by the Corporation or the holder of such Class B shares and the said taxing authority in settlement of a dispute regarding such an assessment, re-assessment or proposed assessment or re-assessment or as finally established by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction on appeal from such assessment or re-assessment.

 

  (vi) The holders of the Class A shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except where the holders of a specified class are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Act) and each Class A share shall confer the right to 1 vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  (g)        (i) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class B


shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of any other shares, for each Class B share, an amount of $1.00 per share (which sum will be increased or decreased proportionately with any increase or decrease in the redemption price) and-any dividends declared thereon and unpaid and no more.

 

  (ii) Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class B shares, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class A shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation.

 

4. Restrictions if any on shares transfers:

 

No share shall be transferred without the consent of the directors of the Corporation expressed by a resolution passed by the board of directors or by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by all of such directors.

 

5. Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors:

 

A minimum of one (1) and a maximum of ten (10).

 

6. Restrictions if any on business the Corporation may carry on:

 

None.

 

7.          (1) If change of name effected, previous name:

 

Not applicable.

 

  (2) Details of Incorporation:

 

Amalgamated under the Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario) by certificate of Amalgamation dated January 15, 1990.

 

8. Other provisions, if any:

 

  (a) The number of shareholders of the Corporation, exclusive of persons who are in its employment and exclusive of persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be, shareholders of the Corporation, is limited to not more than 50, 2 or more persons who are the joint registered owners of 1 or more shares being counted as 1 shareholder.

 

  (b) Any invitation to the public to subscribe for any securities of the Corporation is prohibited.

 

  (c) The directors of the Corporation may, without authorization of the shareholders:

 

  (i) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

 

  (ii) issue, re-issue, sell or pledge any bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other debt obligations or securities of the Corporation;


  (iii) notwithstanding the provisions of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec, hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the moveable or immoveable property, present or future, of the Corporation, to secure any such debentures, or other securities, or give part only of such guarantee for such purposes; and constitute the hypothec, mortgage or pledge above mentioned, by trust deed, in accordance with sections 28 and 29 of the Special Corporate Powers Act (R.S.Q., chapter P-16), or in any other manner; and

 

  (iv) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any moveable or personal, immoveable or real or other property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently, acquired, present or future, to secure any debt obligation of the Corporation.

 

The directors may, by resolution or by-law, provide for the delegation of such powers by the directors to such officers or directors of the Corporation to such extent and in such manner as may be set out in the resolution or by-law, as the case may be.

 

Date: April 30, 1990

  INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.
   

Per:


   


CERTIFIED COPY

 

INTERTAPE SYSTEMS INC.

(the “Corporation”)

 

WHEREAS the Corporation was incorporated pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act by Certificate of Incorporation dated November 17, 1980 and amended by Certificates of Amendment dated July 9, 1981, December 30, 1981, May 17, 1982, April 28, 1983 and February 12, 1985, (collectively referred to as the “Charter”);

 

RESOLVED as a special resolution:

 

  1. THAT the Corporation apply to the Director of Consumer and Corporate Affairs Canada for a Letter of Satisfaction, and apply to the Director of Consumer and Commercial Relations (Ontario) for a certificate of continuance continuing the Corporation under the Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario) (the “Act”) pursuant to section 179 thereof and apply to the Director of Consumer and Corporate Affairs Canada for a certificate of discontinuance, and the directors of the Corporation are authorized to make such applications;

 

  2. Subject to the endorsement of such certificate of continuance and the issue of such certificate of discontinuance and without affecting the validity of the Corporation and existence of the Corporation by or under its Charter and any act done thereunder, its Charter is hereby amended to make all changes necessary to conform to the Act and by substituting for the provisions of its Charter the provisions set out in the Articles of Continuance in the form presented to and examined by the shareholders; and

 

  3. Any officer or director of the Corporation is hereby authorized and directed to do all things and executed all instruments and documents necessary or desirable to carry out the foregoing, including without limitation, applying for the authorization of the Director under the Act for such continuance which will not adversely affect shareholders’ or creditors’ rights.

 

CERTIFIED to be a true and accurate copy of a resolution of the shareholders of the Corporation, passed by or consented to in accordance with the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act, on the 22nd day of December, 1989, which resolution is still in full force and effect unamended, as of the date hereof.

 

DATED this 22nd day of December, 1989.

 

/s/ Andrew Archibald


Andrew Archibald


ARTICLES OF CONTINUANCE

 

1. The name of the corporation is

 

Intertape Systems Inc.

 

2. The corporation is to be continued under the name (if different from 1):

 

Intertape Systems Inc.

 

3. Name of jurisdiction the corporation is leaving:

 

Canada

 

4. Date of incorporation/amalgamation

 

17 November 1980

 

5. The address of the registered office in Ontario is:

 

Suite 1400 Commerce Court West

P.O. Box 85, M5L1B9

City of Toronto, Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto


6. Number (or minimum and

maximum number of

directors is:

 

Minimum of one (1) and maximum of seven (7).

 

7. The directors of the
     corporation are:

 

First name, initials

and surname


 

Residence address,

giving Street & No. or

R.R. No., or Municipality

and Postal Code


  

Resident
Canadian
State

Yes or No


Melbourne F. Yull

 

477 Prince Albert Ave.

Westmount, Quebec

H3Y 2P7

   Yes

Eric E. Baker

 

12 Robin Road

Long Sault, Ontario

KOC 1P0

   Yes

Christopher J. Winn

 

659 Belmont Ave.

Westmount, Quebec

H3Y 2W3

   Yes

Michael L. Richards

 

625 Belmont Ave.

Westmount, Quebec

MY 2W1

   Yes

 

8. Restrictions, if any, on

business the corporation

may carry on or on powers

the corporation may

exercise:

 

None

 

9. The classes and any maximum

number of shares that the

corporation is authorized

to issue.

 

An unlimited number of common shares, an unlimited number of Class A preferred shares and an unlimited number of Class B preferred shares.

 

10. Rights, privileges,

restrictions and conditions

(if any) attaching to each

class of shares and

directors authority with


respect to any class of

shares which may be issued

in series:

 

The Class A preferred shares and the common shares of the Corporation shall have the respective rights and shall be subject to the restrictions, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, that is to say:

 

  (i) The holders of common shares and the holders of Class A preferred shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the Shareholders of the Corporation and each common share and Class A preferred share shall confer the right to one vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of Shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  (ii) Provided that there are no Class B preferred shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding, the holders of the Class A preferred shares shall, in each year, in the discretion of the directors but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the common shares for such year, be entitled to non-cumulative dividends at a rate of up to a maximum of 12% per annum, determined in the discretion of the directors, on the amount which was received by the Corporation upon the issuance of each such share as recorded in the stated capital account maintained for such class of shares which may be paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation as the directors may from time to time determine. If, in any year after providing for the full dividend on the Class A preferred shares determined in the discretion of the directors as aforesaid, there shall remain any profits or surplus available for dividends, provided there are no Class B preferred shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding at such time, such profits or surplus, or any part thereof, may, in the discretion of the directors, be applied to dividends on the common shares.

 

  (iii) The Class A preferred shares shall rank, both as regard dividends and return of capital, in priority to the common shares of the Corporation but after the Class B preferred shares and shall not confer any further right to participate in profits or assets.

 

  (iv) Provided all of the issued and outstanding Class B preferred shares of the Corporation have been redeemed as set forth in paragraph (x) hereof, the Corporation may redeem the whole or any part of the Class A preferred shares outstanding on payment for each share to be redeemed of an amount equal to the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of each such share as recorded in the stated capital account maintained for such class of shares together with all dividends declared thereon and unpaid; in case a part only of the then outstanding Class A preferred shares is at any time to be redeemed, the shares so to be redeemed shall be selected by lot in such manner as the directors in their discretion shall decide or, if the directors so determine, may be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, and the directors may make such adjustments as may be necessary to avoid the redemption of fractional parts of shares; not less than thirty (30) days’ notice in writing of such redemption shall be given by mailing such notice to the registered holders of the shares to be redeemed to the last known address of each such holder, specifying the date and place or places of redemption; if notice of any such redemption be given by the Corporation in the manner aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the shares be deposited with any trust company or chartered bank in Canada as specified in the notice on or before the date fixed for redemption, dividends on the Class A preferred shares to be redeemed shall cease after the date so fixed for redemption and the holders thereof shall thereafter have no rights against the Corporation in respect thereof except, upon the surrender of certificates for such shares, to receive payment therefor out of the moneys so deposited; after the redemption price of such shares has been deposited with any trust company or chartered bank in Canada, as aforesaid, notice shall be given to the holders of any Class A preferred shares called for redemption who


       have failed to present the certificates representing such shares, within two (2) months of the date specified for redemption, that the money has been so deposited and may be obtained by the holders of the said Class A preferred shares upon presentation of the certificates representing such shares called for redemption at the said trust company or chartered bank.

 

  (v) Upon a redemption of Class A preferred shares as set out in paragraph (iv) hereof, the Corporation shall deduct from the stated capital account maintained for the Class A preferred shares an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the stated capital of the Class A preferred shares by the number of such shares which have been redeemed, divided by the number of Class A preferred shares which have been issued and are outstanding immediately before such redemption.

 

  (vi) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class A preferred shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of the common shares but after distribution to the holders of the Class B preferred shares, for each Class A preferred share, an amount equal to the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of each such share as recorded in the stated capital account maintained for such class of shares and any dividends declared thereon and unpaid and no more.

 

The Class B preferred shares of the Corporation shall have the respective rights and shall be subject to the restrictions, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, that is to say:

 

  (vii) The holders of the Class B preferred shares shall not, as such, have any voting rights for the election of directors or for any other purpose (except where the holders of such Class B preferred shares are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario)) nor shall they be entitled to receive notice of or to attend Shareholders’ Meetings.

 

  (viii) The holders of the Class B preferred shares shall, in each year in the discretion of the directors, be entitled to a non-cumulative dividend at the rate of 12% per annum on the amount which was received by the Corporation upon the issuance of each such share as recorded in the stated capital account maintained for such class of shares which may be paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation as the directors may from time to time determine. No profit or surplus available for dividends after the provision for payment of the full dividend on the Class B preferred shares shall be applied to dividends on the Class A preferred shares or the common shares so long as any of the Class B preferred shares remain issued and outstanding.

 

  (ix) The Class B preferred shares shall rank, both as regard dividends and return of capital, in priority to all other shares of the Corporation but shall not confer any further right to participate in profits or assets.

 

  (x) The Corporation may redeem the whole or any part of the Class B preferred shares outstanding on payment for each share to be redeemed of an amount equal to the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of each such share as recorded in the stated capital account maintained for such class of shares together with an amount equal to all dividends declared thereon and unpaid; in case a part only of the then outstanding Class B preferred shares is at any time to be redeemed, the shares so to be redeemed shall be selected by lot in such manner as the directors in their discretion shall decide or, if the directors so determine, may be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, and the directors may make such adjustments as may be necessary to avoid the redemption of fractional parts of shares; not less than thirty (30) days’ notice in writing of such redemption shall be given by mailing such notice to the registered holders of the shares to


       be redeemed to the last known address of each such holder, specifying the date and place or places of redemption; if notice of any such redemption be given by the Corporation in the manner aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the shares be deposited with any trust company or chartered bank in Canada as specified in the notice on or before the date fixed for redemption, dividends on the preferred shares to be redeemed shall cease after the date so fixed for redemption and the holders thereof shall thereafter have no rights against the Corporation in respect thereof except, upon the surrender of certificates for such shares, to receive payment therefor out of the moneys so deposited: after the redemption price of such shares has been deposited with any trust company or chartered bank in Canada, as aforesaid, notice shall be given to the holders of any Class B preferred shares called for redemption who have failed to present the certificates representing such shares within two (2) months of the date specified for redemption that the money has been so deposited and may be obtained by the holders of the said Class B preferred shares upon presentation of the certificates representing such shares called for redemption at the said trust company or chartered bank.

 

  (xi) Upon a redemption of Class B preferred shares, as set out in paragraph (x) hereof, the Corporation shall deduct from the stated capital account maintained for the Class B preferred shares an amount equal to the result obtained by multiplying the stated capital of the Class B preferred shares by the number of such shares which have been redeemed, divided by the number of Class B preferred shares which have been issued and are outstanding immediately before such redemption.

 

  (xii) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class B preferred shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of any other shares, for each Class B preferred share, an amount equal to the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of each such share as recorded in the stated capital account maintained for such class of shares and any dividends declared thereon and unpaid as of the date of such distribution and no more.

 

11. The issue, transfer of

ownership of shares is/is

not restricted and the

restrictions (if any) are

as follows:

 

No share shall be transferred without the consent of the directors of the Corporation expressed by a resolution passed by the board of directors or by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by all of such directors.

 

12. Other provisions (if any):

 

  (a) The number of shareholders of the Corporation, exclusive of persons who are in its employment and exclusive of persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be, shareholders of the Corporation, is limited to not more than 50, 2 or more persons who are the joint registered owners of 1 or more shares being counted as 1 shareholder.

 

  (b) Any invitation to the public to subscribe for any securities of the Corporation is prohibited.

 

  (c) The directors of the Corporation may, without authorization of the shareholders:

 

  (i) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;


  (ii) issue, re-issue, sell or pledge any bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other debt obligations of the Corporation, and

 

  (iii) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any moveable or personal, immoveable or real or other property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, present or future, to secure any debt obligation of the Corporation.

 

The directors may, by resolution or by-law, provide for the delegation of such powers by the directors to such officers or directors of the Corporation to such extent and in such manner as may be set out in the resolution or by-law, as the case may be.

 

13. The corporation has complied

with subsection 179(3) of

the Business Corporations Act.

 

14. The continuation of the

Corporation under the laws

of the Province of Ontario

has been properly authorized

under the laws of the

jurisdiction in which the

corporation was incorporated/

amalgamated or previously continued on.

 

January 4, 1990


(Day, Month, Year)

 

15. The corporation is to be

continued under the Business

Corporations Act to the same

extent as if it has been

Incorporated thereunder.

 

These articles are signed in duplicate.

 

INTERTAPE SYSTEMS INC.

Per:  

/s/


   

(Title)


CANADA BUSINESS

CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 4

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

1 - Name of Corporation

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

2 - Corporation No.

 

261211-9

 

3 - The articles of the above-named Corporation are amended as follows:

 

Section 3 of the articles of continuance, as amended, be and the same is hereby further amended to include the following:

 

  1) The authorized capital of the Corporation is hereby increased by the creation of an unlimited number of Class D shares;

 

  2) The addition after paragraph III. (j) of the following new paragraph:

 

  IV. The Class D shares shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

  (a) Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided herein, the holders of the Class D shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, nor to attend or vote at meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  (b) The holders of the Class D shares shall be entitled to receive during each month, as and when declared by the board of directors, but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the Class A shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Class D shares, but after payment to the holders of the Class B shares and the Class C shares, non-cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of three quarters of one percent (0.75%) per month calculated on the Class D redemption price (as hereinafter in paragraph IV. (h) defined) of each such share payable in money, property or by the issue of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation. The holders of the Class D shares shall not be entitled to any dividend in excess of the dividend hereinbefore provided for.

 

  (c) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the Class D shares shall be entitled to receive for each Class D share, in preference and priority to any distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Class A shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Class D shares, but after payment to the holders of the Class B shares and the Class C shares, an amount equal to the Class D redemption price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, but shall not be entitled to share any further in the distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.

 

  (d) Provided there are no Class B shares that are issued and outstanding, the Corporation may, in the manner hereinafter provided, redeem all or any part of the outstanding Class D shares on payment for each Class D share to be redeemed of the Class D redemption price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (in paragraphs IV. (e), (f) and (g) called the “redemption price”).


  (e) Before redeeming any Class D shares, the Corporation shall mail or deliver to each person who, at the date of such mailing or delivery, shall be a registered holder of Class D shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Corporation to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be delivered to, or mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to, the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Corporation, then to the last address of such holder known to the Corporation, at least one (1) day before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the redemption price, the date on which the redemption is to take place and, if part only of the Class D shares held by the person to whom it is addressed is to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holders of the Class D shares to be redeemed on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the Class D shares so called for redemption at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such Class D shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the Class D shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed; from and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the Class D shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends in respect of such shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of the holders thereof, except the right to receive the redemption price, unless payment of the redemption price shall not be made by the Corporation in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unaffected; on or before the date specified for redemption, the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the Class D shares called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, to be paid, without interest, to or to the order of the respective holders of such Class D shares called for redemption, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made or upon the date specified for redemption, whichever is later, the Class D shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made, shall be deemed to be redeemed and the rights of the respective holders thereof, after such deposit or after such redemption date, as the case may be, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price applicable to their respective Class D shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such Class D shares. If less than all of the Class D shares are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, unless the holders of the Class D shares unanimously agree to the adoption of another method of selection of the Class D shares to be redeemed. If less than all of the Class D shares represented by any certificate be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (f) Provided there are no Class B shares that are issued and outstanding, a holder of Class D shares shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem at any time all, or from time to time any part, of the Class D shares registered in the name of such holder by tendering to the Corporation at its registered office the share certificate(s) representing the Class D shares which the registered holder desires to have the Corporation redeem together with a request in writing specifying (i) the number of Class D shares which the registered holder desires to have redeemed by the Corporation and (ii) the business day (in this paragraph referred to as the “redemption date”) on which the holder desires to have the Corporation redeem such Class D shares, which redemption date shall not be less than five (5) days after the day on which the request in writing is given to the Corporation. Upon receipt of the share certificate(s) representing the Class D shares which the registered holder desires to have the Corporation redeem together with such a request, the Corporation shall on, or at its option, before, the redemption date redeem such Class D shares by paying to the registered holder thereof, for each share to be redeemed, an amount equal to the redemption price in respect thereof; such payment shall be made by cheque payable at par at any branch of the Corporation’s bankers for the time being in Canada. The said Class D shares shall be deemed to be redeemed on the date of payment of the redemption price and from and after such date such Class D shares shall cease to be entitled to dividends and the holders thereof shall not be entitled to


       exercise any of the rights of the holders of Class D shares in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall only be obliged to redeem Class D shares so tendered for redemption to the extent that such redemption would not be contrary to any applicable law, and if such redemption of any such Class D shares would be contrary to any applicable law, the Corporation shall only be obliged to redeem such Class D shares to the extent that the moneys applied thereto shall be such amount (rounded to the next lower multiple of one hundred dollars ($100.00)) as would not be contrary to such law, in which case the Corporation shall pay to each holder his pro rata share of the purchase moneys allocable. If less than all of the Class D shares represented by any certificate be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (g) Provided there are no Class B shares that are issued and outstanding, the Corporation may purchase for cancellation at any time all, or from time to time any part, of the Class D shares outstanding, by private contract at any price, with the unanimous consent of the holders of the Class D shares then outstanding, or by invitation for tenders addressed to all the holders of the Class D shares at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such shares are obtainable but not exceeding the redemption price thereof. If less than all of the Class D shares represented by any certificate be purchased for cancellation, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (h) For the purposes of the foregoing paragraphs IV. (b), (c) and (d), the “Class D redemption price” of each Class D share shall be an amount equal to (i) the monetary consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such share (denominated in the currency in which such consideration was paid to the Corporation), if such share has been issued for money; or (ii) the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of another class of the Corporation) upon the issuance of such share, if such share has been issued for a consideration other than money. Subject to the provisions of the following subparagraph, such fair market value is to be determined by the directors on the basis of generally accepted accounting and valuation principles.

 

The fair market value determined as hereinabove provided for shall be subject to revision in accordance with any binding agreement with, or decision by, the appropriate taxation authorities, or any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event that any such agreement, decision or judgment shall result in a final determination under the provisions of the appropriate taxation legislation and the amount thereby determined is an amount other than the amount for which such share was originally issued as determined by the directors in accordance with the preceding subparagraph, such finally determined amount for the purpose of the appropriate taxation legislation shall then be deemed to have been the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such Class D share. Such final determination shall reflect any assessment by the Minister of National Revenue or other taxing authority to which no appeal is taken or any agreement reached by the Corporation or any holder of a Class D share and a said taxing authority in settlement of a dispute regarding such assessment or proposed assessment, or any decision by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction regarding the fair market value of the Class D share or the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such Class D share to which no appeal may be taken or the period during which an appeal may be taken has expired.

 

In the event that, subsequent to any redemption of Class D shares, the Class D redemption price of each Class D share is adjusted pursuant to a revision of fair market value as aforementioned, either the Corporation shall pay out to the former holders of such redeemed Class D shares or the said former holders of the redeemed Class D shares will reimburse the Corporation as the case may be, the difference between the Class D redemption price of the said Class D shares as adjusted and the amount paid by the Corporation upon redemption, within sixty (60) days from the date of adjustment of the Class D redemption price.


  (i) In the event that only part of the amount of the consideration received by the Corporation for any Class D share issued by the Corporation is added to the stated capital account of the Class D shares, such Class D share shall be deemed to have been issued for the full amount of the consideration received, for all purposes of these articles (except only with respect to the stated capital of such Class D shares) including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, dividend rights, redemption rights and rights upon liquidation and dissolution.


CANADA BUSINESS

CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 4

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

(SECTION 27 OR 171)

 


 

1 Name of Corporation

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

2 - Corporation No.

 

261211-9

 

3 - The articles of the above-named Corporation are amended as follows:

 

Section 3 of the articles of continuance are hereby amended to include the following:

 

3 - The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue:

 

II. by the creation of an unlimited number of Class C shares.

 

III. The Class C shares shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

  (a) Subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”) or as otherwise expressly provided herein, the holders of the Class C shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, nor to attend or vote at meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  (b) The holders of the class C shares shall be entitled to receive during each year, as and when declared by the board of directors, but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the Class B shares and the Class A shares or any other shares ranking junior to the class C shares, non-cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of nine percent per annum (9%) calculated on the class C redemption price (as hereinafter in paragraph III. (g) defined) of each such share payable in money, property or by the issue of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation. The holders of the Class C shares shall not be entitled to any dividend in excess of the dividend hereinbefore provided for.

 

  (c) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the Class C shares shall be entitled to receive for each Class C share, in preference and priority to any distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Class B shares and the Class A shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Class C shares, an amount equal to the Class C redemption price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, but shall not be entitled to share any further in the distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.

 

  (d) The Corporation may, in the manner hereinafter provided, redeem at any time all, or from time to time any part, of the outstanding Class C shares on payment for each Class C share to be redeemed of the Class C redemption price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (in paragraphs III. (e) and (f) called the “redemption price”).


  (e) Before redeeming any Class C shares, the Corporation shall mail or deliver to each person who, at the date of such mailing or delivery, shall be a registered holder of Class C shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Corporation to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be delivered to, or mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to, the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the corporation, or in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Corporation, then to the last address of such holder known to the Corporation, at least one (1) day before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the redemption price, the date on which the redemption is to take place and, if part only of the Class C shares held by the person to whom it is addressed is to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holders of the class C shares to be redeemed on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the Class C shares so called for redemption at the registered office of the corporation or at such other place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such Class C shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the Class C shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed; from and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the Class C shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends in respect of such shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of the holders thereof, except the right to receive the redemption price, unless payment of the redemption price shall not be made by the Corporation in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unaffected; on or before the date specified for redemption, the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the Class C shares called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, to be paid, without interest, to or to the order of the respective holders of such Class C shares called for redemption, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made or upon the date specified for redemption, whichever is later, the Class C shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made, shall be deemed to be redeemed and the rights of the respective holders thereof, after such deposit or after such redemption date, as the case may be, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price applicable to their respective Class C shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such Class C shares. If less than all the Class C shares are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, unless the holders of the Class C shares unanimously agree to the adoption of another method of selection of the Class C shares to be redeemed. If less than all the Class C shares represented by any certificate be redeemed a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (f) The Corporation may purchase for cancellation at any time all, or from time to time any part, of the Class C shares outstanding, by private contract at any price, with the unanimous consent of the holders of the Class C shares then outstanding, or by invitation for tenders addressed to all the holders of the Class C shares at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such shares are obtainable but not exceeding the redemption price thereof. If less than all the Class C shares represented by any certificate be purchased for cancellation, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (g) For the purposes of the foregoing paragraphs III. (b), (c) and (d), the “Class C redemption price” of each Class C share shall be an amount equal to the monetary consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such share (denominated in the currency in which such consideration was paid to the Corporation).

 

  (h) No change to any of the provisions of paragraphs III. (a) to (g) or of this paragraph (h) shall have any force or effect until it has been approved by a majority of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast by the holders of the Class C shares, voting separately as a class at a meeting of such holders specially called for that purpose, or by a resolution in writing signed by all the holders of the Class C shares, in addition to any other approval required by the Act.


Date

   Signature

October 21, 1991

    
    

/s/ Michael L. Richards


     Michael L. Richards
Description of Office     
Director     

 

 


CANADA BUSINESS

CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 4

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

(SECTION 27 OR 171)

 

1 - Name of Corporation

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

2 - Corporation No.

 

261211-9

 

3 - The articles of the above-named Corporation are amended as follows:

 

Section 3 of the articles of continuance, as amended, be and the same are hereby further amended by the following:

 

  3 - The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue:

 

  I. Upon the issuance of the certificate of amendment to be issued under the Canada Business Corporations Act (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”) in respect of these articles of amendment (the “Certificate of Amendment”) each of the eight million (8,000,000) Class A shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of the certificate of amendment shall be divided into ten (10) fully paid and non-assessable Class A shares of the Corporation.

 

  II. The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to the Class C shares of the Corporation, be and is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:

 

  III. The Class C shares shall have attached thereto the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

  (a) Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided herein, the holders of the Class C shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, nor to attend or vote at meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  (b) The holders of the Class C shares shall be entitled to receive during each month, as and when declared by the board of directors, but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the Class A shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Class C shares, but after payment to the holders of the Class B shares, non-cumulative dividends at a fixed rate of three quarters of one percent (0.75%) per month calculated on the Class C redemption price (as hereinafter in paragraph III. (h) defined) of each such share payable in money, property or by the issue of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation. The holders of the Class C shares shall not be entitled to any dividend in excess of the dividend hereinbefore provided for.

 

  (c) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of assets of the Corporation among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, the holders of the Class C shares shall be entitled to receive for each Class C share, in preference and priority to any distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Class A shares or any other shares ranking junior to the Class C shares, but after payment to the holders of the Class B shares, an amount equal to the Class C redemption price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, but shall not be entitled to share any further in the distribution of the property or assets of the Corporation.


  (d) Provided there are no Class B shares that are issued and outstanding, the Corporation may, in the manner hereinafter provided, redeem all or any part of the outstanding Class C shares on payment for each Class C share to be redeemed of the Class C redemption price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (in paragraphs III. (e), (f) and (g) called the “redemption price”).

 

  (e) Before redeeming any Class C shares, the Corporation shall mail or deliver to each person who, at the date of such mailing or delivery, shall be a registered holder of Class C shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Corporation to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be delivered to, or mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to, the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Corporation, then to the last address of such holder known to the Corporation, at least one (1) day before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the redemption price, the date on which the redemption is to take place and, if part only of the Class C shares held by the person to whom it is addressed is to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holders of the Class C shares to be redeemed on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the Class C shares so called for redemption at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such Class C shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the Class C shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed; from and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the Class C shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends in respect of such shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of the holders thereof, except the right to receive the redemption price, unless payment of the redemption price shall not be made by the Corporation in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unaffected; on or before the date specified for redemption, the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the Class C shares called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, to be paid, without interest, to or to the order of the respective holders of such Class C shares called for redemption, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made or upon the date specified for redemption, whichever is later, the Class C shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made, shall be deemed to be redeemed and the rights of the respective holders thereof, after such deposit or after such redemption date, as the case may be, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price applicable to their respective Class C shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such Class C shares. If less than all of the Class C shares are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be redeemed pro rata, disregarding fractions, unless the holders of the Class C shares unanimously agree to the adoption of another method of selection of the Class C shares to be redeemed. If less than all of the Class C shares represented by any certificate be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (f) Provided there are no Class B shares that are issued and outstanding, a holder of Class C shares shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem at any time all, or from time to time any part, of the Class C shares registered in the name of such holder by tendering to the Corporation at its registered office the share certificate(s) representing the Class C shares which the registered holder desires to have the Corporation redeem together with a request in writing specifying (i) the number of Class C shares which the registered holder desires to have redeemed by the Corporation and (ii) the business day (in this paragraph referred to as the “redemption date”) on which the holder desires to have the Corporation redeem such Class C shares, which redemption date shall not be less than five (5) days after the day on which the request in writing is given to the Corporation. Upon receipt of the share certificate(s)


       representing the Class C shares which the registered holder desires to have the Corporation redeem together with such a request, the Corporation shall on, or at its option, before, the redemption date redeem such Class C shares by paying to the registered holder thereof, for each share to be redeemed, an amount equal to the redemption price in respect thereof; such payment shall be made by cheque payable at par at any branch of the Corporation’s bankers for the time being in Canada. The said Class C shares shall be deemed to be redeemed on the date of payment of the redemption price and from and after such date such Class C shares shall cease to be entitled to dividends and the holders thereof shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of the holders of Class C shares in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall only be obliged to redeem Class C shares so tendered for redemption to the extent that such redemption would not be contrary to any applicable law, and if such redemption of any such Class C shares would be contrary to any applicable law, the Corporation shall only be obliged to redeem such Class C shares to the extent that the moneys applied thereto shall be such amount (rounded to the next lower multiple of one hundred dollars ($100.00)) as would not be contrary to such law, in which case the Corporation shall pay to each holder his pro rata share of the purchase moneys allocable. If less than all of the Class C shares represented by any certificate be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (g) Provided there are no Class B shares that are issued and outstanding, the Corporation may purchase for cancellation at any time all, or, from time to time any part, of the Class C shares outstanding, by private contract at any price, with the unanimous consent of the holders of the Class C shares then outstanding, or by invitation for tenders addressed to all the holders of the Class C shares at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such shares are obtainable but not exceeding the redemption price thereof. If less than all of the Class C shares represented by any certificate be purchased for cancellation, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued.

 

  (h) For the purposes of the foregoing paragraphs III. (b), (c) and (d), the “Class C redemption price” of each Class C share shall be an amount equal to (i) the monetary consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such share (denominated in the currency in which such consideration was paid to the Corporation), if such share has been issued for money; or (ii) the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of another class of the Corporation) upon the issuance of such share, if such share has been issued for a consideration other than money. Subject to the provisions of the following subparagraph, such fair market value is to be determined by the directors on the basis of generally accepted accounting and valuation principles.

 

The fair market value determined as hereinabove provided for shall be subject to revision in accordance with any binding agreement with, or decision by, the appropriate taxation authorities, or any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event that any such agreement, decision or judgment shall result in a final determination under the provisions of the appropriate taxation legislation and the amount thereby determined is an amount other than the amount for which such share was originally issued as determined by the directors in accordance with the preceding subparagraph, such finally determined amount for the purpose of the appropriate taxation legislation shall then be deemed to have been the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such Class C share. Such final determination shall reflect any assessment by the Minister of National Revenue or other taxing authority to which no appeal is taken or any agreement reached by the Corporation or any holder of a Class C share and a said taxing authority in settlement of a dispute regarding such assessment or proposed assessment, or any decision by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction regarding the fair market value of the Class C share or the consideration received by the Corporation upon the issuance of such Class C share to which no appeal may be taken or the period during which an appeal may be taken has expired.


       In the event that, subsequent to any redemption of Class C shares, the Class C redemption price of each Class C share is adjusted pursuant to a revision of fair market value as aforementioned, either the Corporation shall pay out to the former holders of such redeemed Class C shares or the said former holders of the redeemed Class C shares will reimburse the Corporation as the case may be, the difference between the Class C redemption price of the said Class C shares as adjusted and the amount paid by the Corporation upon redemption, within sixty (60) days from the date of adjustment of the Class C redemption price.

 

  (i) In the event that only part of the amount of the consideration received by the Corporation for any Class C share issued by the Corporation is added to the stated capital account of the Class C shares, such Class C share shall be deemed to have been issued for the full amount of the consideration received, for all purposes of these articles (except only with respect to the stated capital of such Class C shares) including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, dividend rights, redemption rights and rights upon liquidation and dissolution.

 

  (j) No change to any of the provisions of paragraphs III. (a) to (i) or of this paragraph (j) shall have any force or effect until it has been approved by a majority of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast by the holders of the Class C shares, voting separately as a class at a meeting of such holders specially called for that purpose, or by a resolution in writing signed by all the holders of the Class C shares, in addition to any other approval required by the Act.


Date

   Signature

December 4, 1991

    
    

/s/ Michael L. Richards


    

Michael L. Richards

Description of office     
Director     

Exhibit 3.6

 

ARTICLES OF AMALGAMATION

 

1. Name of the amalgamated corporation is:

 

Intertape Polymer, Inc.

 

2. The address of the registered office is:

 

1400 Commerce Court West

P.O. Box 85

City of Toronto M5L1B9

Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto

 

3. Number (or minimum and maximum number) of director is: Minimum of one (1) maximum of seven (7)

 

4. The director(s) is/are:

 

First Name, Initial and Surname


 

Residence Address


 

Resident Canadian State Yes/No


Melbourne F. Yull

 

477 Prince Albert Ave.

Westmount, Quebec H3Y 2P7

  Yes

Christopher J. Winn

 

659 Belmont Avenue

Westmount, Quebec H3Y 2W3

  Yes

Michael L. Richards

 

625 Belmont Avenue

Westmount, Quebec H3Y 2W1

  Yes

 

The amalgamation has been duly adopted by the shareholders of each of the amalgamating corporations as required by subsection 175(4) of the Business Corporations Act on the date set out below.   x

 

Name of amalgamating corporations


       

PINS Acquisition Corp.

  860708   January 15, 1990

Polymer International (N.S.) Incorporated

  722279   January 15, 1990

Intertape Systems Inc.

  872695   January 15, 1990


6. Restrictions, if any,

on business the

corporation may carry on or

on powers the

corporation exercise.

 

No restrictions.

 

7. The classes and any maximum

number of shares that the

corporation is authorized

to issue.

 

An unlimited number of Class A shares, and an unlimited number of Class B shares.

 

8. Rights, privileges,

restrictions and conditions

(if any) attaching to each

class of shares and

directors authority with

respect to any class of

shares which is to be issued

in series:

 

The Class B shares and the Class A shares of the Corporation shall have the respective rights and shall be subject to the restrictions, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, that is to say:

 

  (a) The holders of the Class B shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except where the holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Act) and each Class B share shall confer the right to 1 vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of the shareholders of the corporation.

 

  (b) The holders of the Class B shares shall in each calendar month in the discretion of the directors, but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the Class A shares for such calendar month, for each Class B share held be entitled to non-cumulative dividends at the rate of .67% per month of the amount at which each such Class B share may be redeemed; if in any fiscal year, after providing for the full dividend on the Class B shares, there shall remain any profits or surplus available for dividends, such profits or surplus, or any part thereof, may, in the discretion of the directors, be applied to dividends on the Class A shares; the holders of the Class B shares shall not be entitled to any dividends other than or in excess of the non-cumulative dividends in the amount hereinbefore provided for.

 

  (c) The Corporation may, at its option, redeem all or from time to time any part of the outstanding Class B shares on payment to the holders thereof, for each share to be redeemed, of the sum of $1.00 per share, together with all dividends declared thereon and


unpaid. Before redeeming any Class B shares the Corporation shall mail to each person who, at the date of such mailing, is a registered holder of shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Corporation to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Corporation, then to the last known address of such holder, at least 30 days before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the date on which redemption is to take place and, if part only of the shares held by the person to whom it is addressed are to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holders of the shares to be redeemed, on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the shares so called for redemption at such place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed. In case a part only of the outstanding Class B shares is at any time to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected, at the option of the directors, either by lot in such manner as the directors in their sole discretion shall determine or as nearly as may be pro-rata (disregarding fractions) according to the number of Class B shares held by each holder. In case a part only of the Class B shares represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Corporation. From and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends and shall not be entitled to any rights in respect thereof, except to receive the redemption price, unless payment of the redemption price shall not be made by the Corporation in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unimpaired. On or before the date specified for redemption the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the shares called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, such redemption price to be paid to or to the order of the respective holders of such shares called for redemption upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made, the shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the several holders thereof, after such deposit, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price applicable to their respective shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such shares.

 

  (d) (i) Subject to paragraph (d)(ii) below, a holder of Class B shares shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem at any time and from time to time after the date of issue of any Class B shares, upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, all or any number of the Class B shares registered in the name of such holder on the books of the Corporation at a redemption price per share of $1.00 together with all dividends declared thereon and unpaid. A holder of Class B shares exercising his option to have the Corporation redeem, shall give notice to the Corporation, which notice shall set out the date on which the Corporation is to redeem, which date shall not be less than 10 days nor more than 30 days from the date of mailing of the notice, and if the holder desires to have less than all of the Class B shares registered in his name redeemed by the Corporation, the number of the holder’s shares to be redeemed. The date on which the redemption at the option of the


holder is to occur is hereafter referred to as the “option redemption date”. The holder of any Class B shares may, with the consent of the Corporation, revoke such notice prior to the option redemption date. Upon delivery to the Corporation of a share certificate or certificates representing the Class B shares which the holder desires to have the Corporation redeem, the Corporation shall, on the option redemption date, redeem such Class B shares by paying to the holder the redemption price therefor. Upon payment of the redemption price of the Class B shares to be redeemed by the Corporation, the holders thereof shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise any rights of holders in respect thereof.

 

  (ii) If the redemption by the Corporation on any option redemption date of all of the Class B shares to be redeemed on such date would be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, the Corporation shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Class B shares which the Corporation determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro-rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Class B shares required by each such holder to be redeemed by the Corporation and the Corporation shall issue new certificates representing the Class B shares not redeemed by the Corporation; the Corporation shall, before redeeming any other Class B shares, redeem in the manner contemplated by paragraph (c) on the first day of each month thereafter the maximum number of such Class B shares as would not then be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, until all of such shares have been redeemed, provided that the Corporation shall be under no obligation to give any notice to the holders of the Class B shares in respect of such redemption or redemptions as provided for in paragraph (c).

 

  (e) In the case of Class B shares issued by the Corporation for a consideration other than cash, the applicable redemption price will be subject to a proportionate increase or decrease so that the aggregate redemption price of Class B shares so issued equals the fair market value of the consideration so received at that time. In the event that the Minister of National Revenue or any other competent taxing authority should make or propose to make an assessment or re-assessment of income tax or any other tax on the basis that the true fair market value for such consideration so received differs from the said aggregate redemption price, the redemption price of the Class B shares issued for such consideration will be increased or decreased to an amount such that the aggregate redemption price thereof equals the fair market value of the consideration so received. Such value shall be that determined in an assessment or re-assessment by such taxing authority against which no appeal is taken, or as agreed upon by the Corporation or the holder of such Class B shares and the said taxing authority in settlement of a dispute regarding such an assessment, re-assessment or proposed assessment or re-assessment or as finally established by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction on appeal from such assessment or re-assessment.

 

  (f) The holders of the Class A shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except where the holders of a specified class are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Act) and each Class A share shall confer the right to 1 vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation.


  (g)        (i) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class B shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of any other shares, for each Class B share, an amount of $1.00 per share (which sum will be increased or decreased proportionately with any increase or decrease in the redemption price) and any dividends declared thereon and unpaid and no more.

 

  (ii) Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class B shares, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class A shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation.

 

9. The issue, transfer or

ownership of shares is/is

not restricted and the

restrictions (if any) are

as follows:

 

No share shall be transferred without the consent of the directors of the Corporation expressed by a resolution passed by the board of directors or by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by all of such directors.

 

10. Other provisions, (if any):

 

  (a) The number of shareholders of the Corporation, exclusive of persons who are in its employment and exclusive of persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be, shareholders of the Corporation, is limited to not more than 50, 2 or more persons who are the joint registered owners of 1 or more shares being counted as 1 shareholder.

 

  (b) Any invitation to the public to subscribe for any securities of the Corporation is prohibited.

 

  (c) The directors of the Corporation may, without authorization of the shareholders:

 

  (a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

 

  (b) issue, re-issue, sell or pledge any bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other debt obligations or securities of the Corporation;

 

  (c) notwithstanding the provisions of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec, hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the moveable or immoveable property, present or future, of the Corporation, to secure any such debentures, or other securities, or give part only of such guarantee for such purposes; and constitute the hypothec, mortgage or pledge above mentioned, by trust deed, in accordance with sections 28 and 29 of the Special Corporate Powers Act (R.S.Q., chapter P-16), or in any other manner; and


  (d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any moveable or personal, immoveable or real or other property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, present or future, to secure any debt obligation of the Corporation.

 

The directors may, by resolution or by-law, provide for the delegation of such powers by the directors to such officers or directors of the Corporation to such extent and in such manner as may be set out in the resolution or by-law, as the case may be.

 

11. The statements required by

subsection 177(2) of the

Business Corporations Act

are attached as Schedule “A”.

 

12. A copy of the amalgamation

agreement or directors

resolutions (as the case may

be) is/are attached as

Schedule “B”.

 

These articles are signed

duplicate.

 

 


Names of the amalgamating

corporations and signatures

and descriptions of office of

their proper officers.

 

PINS ACQUISITION CORP.

Per:

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


   

Christopher J. Winn

   

Director

 

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL (N.S.) INCORPORATED

Per:

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


   

Christopher J. Winn

   

Director

 

INTERTAPE SYSTEMS INC.

Per:

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


   

Christopher J. Winn

   

Director


SCHEDULE “A”

 

STATEMENT OF DIRECTOR OR OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SUBSECTION 177(2) OF

THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT, 1982 (ONTARIO)

 

I, Christopher J. Winn of the City of Westmount in the Province of Quebec, hereby certify and state as follows:

 

1. This Statement is made pursuant to subsection 177(2) of the Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario) (the “Act”);

 

2. I am a director of PINS Acquisition Corp. and as such have knowledge of its affairs.

 

3. I am a director of Polymer International (N.S.) Incorporated and as such have knowledge of its affairs.

 

3. I am a director of Intertape Systems Inc. and as such have knowledge of its affairs.

 

4. I have conducted such examinations of the books and records of PINS Acquisition Corp., Polymer International (N.S.) Incorporated and Intertape Systems Inc. (the “Amalgamating Corporations”) as are necessary to enable me to make the statements hereinafter set forth.

 

5. There are reasonable grounds for believing that:

 

  (a) each of the Amalgamating Corporations is and Intertape Polymer Inc., the corporation continuing from the amalgamation of the Amalgamating Corporations (the “Corporation”), will be able to pay its liabilities as they become due, and

 

  (b) the realizable value of the Corporation’s assets will not be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes.

 

6. There are reasonable grounds for believing that no creditor of any of the Amalgamating Corporations will be prejudiced by the amalgamation.

 

7. No creditor of either of the Amalgamating Corporations has notified such corporation that he objects to the amalgamation.

 

8. Based on the statements made above, none of the Amalgamating Corporations is obligated to give notice to any creditor.

 

DATED at Montreal, this 15th day of January, 1990.

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


Christopher J. Winn


SCHEDULE “B”

 

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT made as of the 15th day of January, 1990

 

AMONG:

 

PINS Acquisition Corp., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter referred to as “PINS”)

 

Polymer International (N.S.) Incorporated, a corporation continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter referred to as “Polymer”)

 

Intertape Systems Inc., a corporation continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario

 

(hereinafter referred to as “Intertape”)

 

WHEREAS PINS was incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario and each of Polymer and Intertape has been continued under the laws of the Province of Ontario;

 

AND WHEREAS PINS is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares, of which 35,895,801 common shares are issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable as of the date hereof and will be issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined);

 

AND WHEREAS Polymer is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited number of preferred shares, of which 4,719,825 common shares are issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable as of the date hereof and will be issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined);

 

AND WHEREAS Intertape is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares, an unlimited number of Class A preferred shares and an unlimited number of Class B preferred shares, of which 424,477 common shares are issued and outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable as of the date hereof and will be issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined);

 

AND WHEREAS, the parties hereto, acting under the authority contained in the Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario), have agreed to amalgamate upon the terms and conditions set out;

 

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows:

 

  1. In this agreement:

 

  (a) “Amalgamating Corporations” means PINS, Polymer and Intertape;

 

  (b) “Amalgamation Agreement” or “Agreement” means this amalgamation agreement;

 

  (c) “Act” means the Business Corporations Act, 1982 (Ontario);


  (d) “Corporation” means the corporation continuing from the amalgamation of the Amalgamating Corporations; and

 

  (e) “Effective Date” means the date set out on the certificate endorsed by the Director appointed under the Act on the articles of amalgamation giving effect to the amalgamation herein provided for.

 

  2. The Amalgamating Corporations do hereby agree to amalgamate on the Effective Date under the provisions of the Act and to continue as one corporation upon the terms and conditions herein set out.

 

  3. The name of the Corporation shall be Intertape Polymer Inc.

 

  4. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the Municipality of Metropolitan Toronto, in the Province of Ontario. The address of the registered office of the Corporation shall be Suite 1400, P.O. Box 85, Commerce Court West, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1B9.

 

  5. There shall be no restrictions on the business that the Corporation may carry on or on the powers that the Corporation may exercise.

 

  6. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue are as follows:

 

  (a) An unlimited number of Class A shares; and

 

  (b) An unlimited number of Class B shares;

 

  7. The Class B shares and the Class A shares of the Corporation shall have the respective rights and shall be subject to the restrictions, conditions and limitations hereinafter set forth, that is to say:

 

  (a) The holders of the Class B shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except where the holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Act) and each Class B share shall confer the right to 1 vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of the shareholders of the corporation.

 

  (b) The holders of the Class B shares shall in each calendar month in the discretion of the directors, but always in preference and priority to any payment of dividends on the Class A shares for such calendar month, for each Class B share held be entitled to non-cumulative dividends at the rate of .67% per month of the amount at which each such Class B share may be redeemed; if in any fiscal year, after providing for the full dividend on the Class B shares, there shall remain any profits or surplus available for dividends, such profits or surplus, or any part thereof, may, in the discretion of the directors, be applied to dividends on the Class A shares; the holders of the Class B shares shall not be entitled to any dividends other than or in excess of the non-cumulative dividends in the amount hereinbefore provided for.

 

  (c) The Corporation may, at its option, redeem all or from time to time any part of the outstanding Class B shares on payment to the holders thereof, for each share to be


redeemed, of the sum of $1.00 per share, together with all dividends declared thereon and unpaid. Before redeeming any Class B shares the Corporation shall mail to each person who, at the date of such mailing, is a registered holder of shares to be redeemed, notice of the intention of the Corporation to redeem such shares held by such registered holder; such notice shall be mailed by ordinary prepaid post addressed to the last address of such holder as it appears on the records of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such holder not appearing on the records of the Corporation, then to the last known address of such holder, at least 30 days before the date specified for redemption; such notice shall set out the date on which redemption is to take place and, if part only of the shares held by the person to whom it is addressed are to be redeemed, the number thereof so to be redeemed; on or after the date so specified for redemption the Corporation shall pay or cause to be paid the redemption price to the registered holders of the shares to be redeemed, on presentation and surrender of the certificates for the shares so called for redemption at such place or places as may be specified in such notice, and the certificates for such shares shall thereupon be cancelled, and the shares represented thereby shall thereupon be redeemed. In case a part only of the outstanding Class B shares is at any time to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected, at the option of the directors, either by lot in such manner as the directors in their sole discretion shall determine or as nearly as may be pro-rata (disregarding fractions) according to the number of Class B shares held by each holder. In case a part only of the Class B shares represented by any certificate shall be redeemed, a new certificate for the balance shall be issued at the expense of the Corporation. From and after the date specified for redemption in such notice, the holders of the shares called for redemption shall cease to be entitled to dividends and shall not be entitled to any rights in respect thereof, except to receive the redemption price, unless payment of the redemption price shall not be made by the Corporation in accordance with the foregoing provisions, in which case the rights of the holders of such shares shall remain unimpaired. On or before the date specified for redemption the Corporation shall have the right to deposit the redemption price of the shares called for redemption in a special account with any chartered bank or trust company in Canada named in the notice of redemption, such redemption price to be paid to or to the order of the respective holders of such shares called for redemption upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing the same and, upon such deposit being made, the shares in respect whereof such deposit shall have been made shall be redeemed and the rights of the several holders thereof, after such deposit, shall be limited to receiving, out of the moneys so deposited, without interest, the redemption price applicable to their respective shares against presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such shares.

 

  (d) (i) Subject to paragraph (d)(ii) below, a holder of Class B shares shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem at any time and from time to time after the date of issue of any Class B shares, upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, all or any number of the Class B shares registered in the name of such holder on the books of the Corporation at a redemption price per share of $1.00 together with all dividends declared thereon and unpaid. A holder of Class B shares exercising his option to have the Corporation redeem, shall give notice to the Corporation, which notice shall set out the date on which the Corporation is to redeem, which date shall not be less than 10 days nor more than 30 days from the date of mailing of the notice, and if the holder desires to have less than all of the Class B shares registered in his name redeemed by the Corporation, the number of the holder’s shares to be redeemed. The date on which the redemption at


the option of the holder is to occur is hereafter referred to as the “option redemption date”. The holder of any Class B shares may, with the consent of the Corporation, revoke such notice prior to the option redemption date. Upon delivery to the Corporation of a share certificate or certificates representing the Class B shares which the holder desires to have the Corporation redeem, the Corporation shall, on the option redemption date, redeem such Class B shares by paying to the holder the redemption price therefor. Upon payment of the redemption price of the Class B shares to be redeemed by the Corporation, the holders thereof shall cease to be entitled to dividends or to exercise any rights of holders in respect thereof.

 

(ii) If the redemption by the Corporation on any option redemption date of all of the Class B shares to be redeemed on such date would be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, the Corporation shall be obligated to redeem only the maximum number of Class B shares which the Corporation determines it is then permitted to redeem, such redemptions to be made pro-rata (disregarding fractions of shares) according to the number of Class B shares required by each such holder to be redeemed by the Corporation and the Corporation shall issue new certificates representing the Class B shares not redeemed by the Corporation; the Corporation shall, before redeeming any other Class B shares, redeem in the manner contemplated by paragraph (c) on the first day of each month thereafter the maximum number of such Class B shares as would not then be contrary to any provisions of the Act or any other applicable law, until all of such shares have been redeemed, provided that the Corporation shall be under no obligation to give any notice to the holders of the Class B shares in respect of such, redemption or redemptions as provided for in paragraph (c).

 

  (e) In the case of Class B shares issued by the Corporation for a consideration other than cash, the applicable redemption price will be subject to a proportionate increase or decrease so that the aggregate redemption price of Class B shares so issued equals the fair market value of the consideration so received at that time. In the event that the Minister of National Revenue or any other competent taxing authority should make or propose to make an assessment or re-assessment of income tax or any other tax on the basis that the true fair market value for such consideration so received differs from the said aggregate redemption price, the redemption price of the Class B shares issued for such consideration will be increased or decreased to an amount such that the aggregate redemption price thereof equals the fair market value of the consideration so received. Such value shall be that determined in an assessment or re-assessment by such taxing authority against which no appeal is taken, or as agreed upon by the Corporation or the holder of such Class B shares and the said taxing authority in settlement of a dispute regarding such an assessment, re-assessment or proposed assessment or re-assessment or as finally established by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction on appeal from such assessment or re-assessment.

 

  (f) The holders of the Class A shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation (except where the holders of a specified class are entitled to vote separately as a class as provided in the Act) and each Class A share shall confer the right to 1 vote in person or by proxy at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation.


  (g)        (i) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation; whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class B shares shall be entitled to receive, before any distribution of any part of the assets of the Corporation among the holders of any other shares, for each Class B share, an amount of $1.00 per share (which sum will be increased or decreased proportionately with any increase or decrease in the redemption price) and any dividends declared thereon and unpaid and no more.

 

  (ii) Subject to the prior rights of the holders of the Class B shares, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Class A shares shall be entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation.

 

  8. The number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors of the Corporation shall be a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 7, until changed in accordance with the Act. Until changed by special resolution of the Corporation, or if the directors of the Corporation are so authorized by special resolution of the Corporation, by resolution of the said directors, the directors of the corporation shall consist of 3 directors and the first directors of the Corporation shall be the following:

 

Name


 

Residence

Address


 

Resident

Canadian


Melbourne F. Yull

 

477 Prince Albert Ave.

Westmount, Quebec

H3Y 2P7

  Yes

Christopher J. Winn

 

659 Belmont Ave.

Westmount, Quebec

H3Y 2W3

  Yes

Michael L. Richards

 

609 Belmont Ave.

Westmount, Quebec

MY 2W1

  Yes

 

The said first directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of the Corporation or until their successors are elected or appointed, subject to the Corporation’s by-laws.

 

  9. The by-laws of the Corporation shall be the by-laws of Intertape. A copy of such by-laws may be examined at the registered office of the Corporation at any time during regular business hours.

 

  10. After the Effective Date, the shareholders of the Amalgamating Corporations shall, when requested by the Corporation, surrender for cancellation the certificates representing the shares held by them in the Amalgamating Corporations and shall be entitled to receive certificates for shares of the Corporation as herein provided.

 

  11. The issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Amalgamating Corporations shall be converted on the Effective Date into issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation as follows:

 

  (a) The 35,895,801 issued and outstanding common shares of PINS shall be converted into 58,000,000 Class B shares of the Corporation on the basis of 1.6157 Class B shares of the Corporation for 1 common share of PINS;


  (b) The 424,477 issued and outstanding common shares of Intertape shall be converted into 8,000,000 Class A shares of the Corporation on the basis of 18.846721 Class A shares of the Corporation for 1 common share of Intertape; and

 

  (c) The 4,719,825 issued and outstanding common shares of Polymer, all of which are at the date hereof and will be at the Effective Date held by or on behalf of PINS, shall be cancelled without any repayment of capital in respect thereof and shall not be converted into shares of the Corporation.

 

  12. The aggregate of the stated capital accounts for the 8,000,000 Class A shares of the Corporation and the 58,000,000 Class B shares of the Corporation shall be equal to the stated capital account for the 35,895,801 common shares of PINS and the stated capital account for the 424,477 common shares of Intertape.

 

The stated capital of the shares of the Corporation issued on conversion of the shares of the Amalgamating Corporations pursuant to paragraph 11 hereof shall be as follows:

 

Number and Class

of Shares of the

Corporation


  

Stated

Capital


58,000,000 Class B shares of the Corporation issued on conversion of 35,895,801 common shares of PINS

   $ 6,587,413

8,000,000 Class A shares of the Corporation issued on conversion of 424,477 common shares of Intertape

   $ 43,353,675

 

  13. No share shall be transferred without the consent of the directors of the Corporation expressed by a resolution passed by the board of directors or by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by all of such directors.

 

  14.        (a)     The number of shareholders of the Corporation, exclusive of persons who are in its employment and exclusive of persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Corporation, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment to be, shareholders of the Corporation, is limited to not more than 50, 2 or more persons who are the joint registered owners of 1 or more shares being counted as 1 shareholder.

 

  (b) Any invitation to the public to subscribe for any securities of the Corporation is prohibited.

 

  (c) The directors of the Corporation may, without authorization of the shareholders:

 

  (i) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;


  (ii) issue, re-issue, sell or pledge any bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other debt obligations or securities of the Corporation;

 

  (iii) notwithstanding the provisions of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec, hypothecate, mortgage or pledge the moveable or immoveable property, present or future, of the Corporation, to secure any such debentures, or other securities, or give part only of such guarantee for such purposes; and constitute the hypothec, mortgage or pledge above mentioned, by trust deed, in accordance with sections 28 and 29 of the Special Corporate Powers Act (R.S.Q., chapter P-16), or in any other manner; and

 

  (iv) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any moveable or personal, immoveable or real or other property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, present or future, to secure any debt obligation of the Corporation.

 

The directors may, by resolution or by-law, provide for the delegation of such powers by the directors to such officers or directors of the Corporation to such extent and in such manner as may be set out in the resolution or by-law, as the case may be.

 

  15. Upon the Effective Date:

 

  (a) The Amalgamating Corporations are amalgamated and continue as one Corporation under the terms and conditions prescribed in the Amalgamation Agreement;

 

  (b) The Corporation possesses all the property, rights, privileges and franchises and is subject to all liabilities, including civil, criminal and quasi-criminal, and all contracts, disabilities and debts of each of the Amalgamating Corporations;

 

  (c) A conviction against, or ruling, order or judgment in favour or against an Amalgamating Corporation may be enforced by or against the Corporation;

 

  (d) The articles of amalgamation are deemed to be the articles of incorporation of the Corporation and, except for the purposes of subsection 117(1) of the Act, as may be amended from time to time, the certificate of amalgamation shall be deemed to be the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation; and

 

  (e) The Corporation shall be deemed to be the party plaintiff or the party defendant, as the case may be, in any civil action commenced by or against an Amalgamating Corporation before the Effective Date.

 

  16. At any time before the Effective Date, this Amalgamation Agreement may be terminated by the directors of any one of the Amalgamating Corporations, notwithstanding the approval of this Amalgamation Agreement by the shareholders of any one of such Amalgamating Corporations.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

PINS ACQUISITION CORP.


Per:

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


   

Christopher J. Winn

   

Director

 

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL (N.S.) INCORPORATED

Per:

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


   

Christopher J. Winn

   

Director

 

INTERTAPE SYSTEMS INC.

Per:

 

/s/ Christopher J. Winn


   

Christopher J. Winn

   

Director

Exhibit 3.7

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

(the “Corporation”)

BY-LAW NO. 2

 

A by-law relating generally to the transaction of the business and affairs of the Corporation

 

CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE ONE

   -      INTERPRETATION

ARTICLE TWO

   -     

BUSINESS OF THE

CORPORATION

ARTICLE THREE

   -     

BORROWING AND

SECURITIES

ARTICLE FOUR

   -      DIRECTORS

ARTICLE FIVE

   -      COMMITTEES

ARTICLE SIX

   -      OFFICERS

ARTICLE SEVEN

   -     

PROTECTION OF

DIRECTORS,

OFFICERS, AND

OTHERS

ARTICLE EIGHT

   -      SHARES

ARTICLE NINE

   -     

DIVIDENDS AND

RIGHTS

ARTICLE TEN

   -     

MEETINGS OF

SHAREHOLDERS

ARTICLE ELEVEN

   -      NOTICES

ARTICLE TWELVE

   -      EFFECTIVE DATE


BE IT ENACTED as a by-law of the Corporation as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

INTERPRETATION

 

1.01 DEFINITIONS - In the by-laws of the Corporation, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Act” means the Canada Business Corporations Act, and any statute that may be substituted therefor, as from time to time amended;

 

“appoint” includes “elect” and vice versa;

 

“articles” means the articles of the Corporation as from time to time amended or restated;

 

“board” means the board of directors of the Corporation;

 

“by-laws” means this by-law and all other by-laws of the Corporation from time to time in force and effect;

 

“cheque” includes a draft;

 

“Corporation” means the corporation continued under the Act on May 30, 1990 and named Intertape Polymer Inc.;

 

“meeting of shareholders” includes an annual meeting of shareholders and a special meeting of shareholders;

 

“non-business day” means Saturday, Sunday and any other day that is a holiday as defined in the Interpretation Act (Canada) as from time to time amended;

 

“ordinary resolution” means a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders who voted in respect of that resolution or signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution;

 

“recorded address” means in the case of a shareholder his address as recorded in the securities register; and in the case of joint shareholders the address appearing in the securities register in respect of such joint holding or the first address so appearing if there are more than one; and in the case of a director (subject to the provisions of Section 11.01), officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board, his latest address as recorded in the records of the Corporation;

 

“resident Canadian” means an individual who is

 

  (a) a Canadian citizen ordinarily resident in Canada;

 

  (b) a Canadian citizen not ordinarily resident in Canada who is a member of a class of persons prescribed in the regulations to the Act, as amended from time to time, or

 

  (c) a permanent resident within the meaning of the Immigration Act, 1976 and ordinarily resident in Canada, except a permanent resident who has been ordinarily resident in Canada for more than one year after the time at which he first became eligible to apply for Canadian citizenship;


“signing officer” means, in relation to any instrument, any person authorized to sign the same on behalf of the Corporation by or pursuant to section 2.04;

 

“special meeting of shareholders” includes a meeting of any class or classes of shareholders and a special meeting of all shareholders entitled to vote at an annual meeting of shareholders;

 

“special resolution” means a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders who voted in respect of that resolution or signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution;

 

“unanimous shareholder agreement” means a written agreement among all the shareholders of the Corporation or among all such shareholders and a person who is not a shareholder or a written declaration of the beneficial owner of all of the issued shares of the Corporation that restricts, in whole or in part, the powers of the directors to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation, as from time to time amended;

 

Save as aforesaid, words and expressions defined in the Act have the same meanings when used herein. Words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa; words importing gender include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders; and words importing a person include an individual, partnership, association, body corporate, unincorporated organization, trustee, executor, administrator and legal representative.

 

1.02 CONFLICT WITH UNANIMOUS SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT -Where any provision in the by-laws conflicts with any provision of a unanimous shareholder agreement the provision of such unanimous shareholder agreement shall govern.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION

 

2.01 REGISTERED OFFICE - The registered office of the Corporation shall be at the place within Canada from time to time specified in the articles and at such address therein as the board may from time to time determine.

 

2.02 CORPORATE SEAL - Until changed by the board, the corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in the form impressed hereon.

 

2.03 FINANCIAL YEAR - Until changed by the board, the financial year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of December in each year.

 

2.04 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS - Deeds, transfers, assignments, contracts, obligations, certificates, and other instruments may be signed on behalf of the Corporation by any one of the following: director, chairman of the board, managing director, president, vice-president, secretary, treasurer, assistant secretary or assistant treasurer, or the holder of any other office created by by-law or by resolution of the board. In addition, the board may from time to time direct the manner in which and the person or persons by whom any particular instrument or class of instruments may or shall be signed. Any signing officer may affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring the same.


2.05 BANKING ARRANGEMENTS - The banking business of the Corporation including, without limitation, the borrowing of money and the giving of security therefor, shall be transacted with such banks, trust companies or other bodies corporate or organizations or persons as may from time to time be designated by or under the authority of the board. Such banking business or any part thereof shall be transacted under such agreements, instructions and delegations of powers as the board may from time to time prescribe or authorize.

 

2.06 VOTING RIGHTS IN OTHER BODIES CORPORATE - The person or persons authorized under Section 2.04 may execute and deliver proxies and arrange for the issuance of voting certificates or other evidence of the right to exercise the voting rights attaching to any securities held by the Corporation. Such instruments, certificates or other evidence shall be in favour of such person or persons as may be determined by the said person or persons executing such proxies or arranging for the issuance of voting certificates or such other evidence of the right to exercise such voting rights. In addition, the board may from time to time direct the manner in which and the person or persons by whom any particular voting rights or class of voting rights may or shall be exercised.

 

2.07 DIVISIONS - The board may cause the business and operations of the Corporation or any part thereof to be divided or segregated into one or more divisions upon such basis, including without limitation, character or type of businesses or operations, geographical territories, product lines or goods or services as the board may consider appropriate in each case. From time to time the board or, if authorized by the board, the chief executive officer may authorize, upon such basis as may be considered appropriate in each case;

 

  (a) SUB-DIVISION AND CONSOLIDATION - The further division of the business and operations of any such division into sub-units and the consolidation of the business and operations of any such divisions and sub-units;

 

  (b) NAME - The designation of any such division or sub-unit by, and the carrying on of the business and operations of any such division or sub-unit under, a name other than the name of the Corporation; provided that the Corporation shall set out its name in legible characters in all contracts, invoices, negotiable instruments and orders for goods or services issued or made by or on behalf of the Corporation;

 

  (c) OFFICERS -The appointment of officers for any such division or sub-unit, the determination of their powers and duties, and the removal of any such officer so appointed without prejudice to such officer’s rights under any employment contract or in law, provided that any such officers shall not, as such, be officers of the Corporation, unless expressly designated as such.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

BORROWING AND SECURITIES

 

3.01 BORROWING POWER - Without limiting the borrowing powers of the Corporation as set forth in the Act, the board may from time to time on behalf of the Corporation, without authorization of the shareholders:

 

  (a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

 

  (b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness or guarantee of the Corporation, whether secured or unsecured;


  (c) to the extent permitted by the Act, give a guarantee on behalf of the Corporation to secure performance of any present or future indebtedness, liability or obligation of any person; and

 

  (d) charge, mortgage, hypothecate, pledge, or otherwise create a security interest in all or any currently owned or subsequently acquired real or personal, movable or immovable, property of the Corporation, including book debts, rights, powers, franchises and undertakings, to secure any such bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness or guarantee or any other present or future indebtedness, liability or obligation of the Corporation.

 

Nothing in this section limits or restricts the borrowing of money by the Corporation on bills of exchange or promissory notes made, drawn, accepted or endorsed by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

3.02 DELEGATION - The board may from time to time delegate to a committee of the board, one or more directors or officers of the Corporation or any other person as may be designated by the board all or any of the powers conferred on the board by section 3.01 or by the Act to such extent and in such manner as the board shall determine at the time of each such delegation.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

DIRECTORS

 

4.01 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS AND QUORUM - Until changed in accordance with the Act, the board shall consist of not fewer than the minimum number and not more than the maximum number of directors provided for in the articles. Subject to section 4.08, the quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board shall consist of a majority of the directors or such greater number of directors as the board may from time to time determine.

 

4.02 QUALIFICATION - No person shall be qualified for election as a director if he is less than 18 years of age; if he is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere; if he is not an individual; or if he has the status of a bankrupt. A director need not be a shareholder. A majority of the directors shall be resident Canadians.

 

4.03 ELECTION AND TERM - The election of directors shall take place at the first meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of shareholders and all the directors then in office shall retire but, if qualified, shall be eligible for re-election. The number of directors to be elected at any such meeting shall, if a minimum and maximum number of directors is authorized, be the number of directors then in office unless the directors or the shareholders otherwise determine or shall, if a fixed number of directors is authorized, be such fixed number. The election shall be by ordinary resolution. If an election of directors is not held at the proper time, the incumbent directors shall continue in office until their successors are elected.

 

4.04 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS - Subject to the provisions of the Act, the shareholders may by ordinary resolution passed at a special meeting of shareholders called for such purpose remove any director from office and the vacancy created by such removal may be filled at the same meeting, failing which it may be filled by the board.

 

4.05 TERMINATION OF OFFICE - A director ceases to hold office when he dies; he is removed from office by the shareholders; he ceases to be qualified for election as a director; or his written resignation is sent or delivered to the Corporation, or, if a time is specified in such resignation, at the time so specified, whichever is later.


4.06 VACANCIES - Subject to the provisions of the Act, a quorum of the board may. fill a vacancy in the board, except a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number or minimum number of directors specified in the articles or from a failure of the shareholders to elect the number or minimum number of directors specified in the articles. In the absence of a quorum of the board, or if the vacancy has arisen from a failure of the shareholders to elect the number or minimum number of directors specified in the articles, the directors then in office shall forthwith call a special meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancy. If such directors fail to call such meeting or if there are no such directors then in office, any shareholder may call the meeting.

 

4.07 ACTION BY THE BOARD - Subject to any unanimous shareholder agreement, the board shall manage the business and affairs of the Corporation. Subject to sections 4.08 and 4.09, the powers of the board may be exercised by resolution passed at a meeting at which a quorum is present or by resolution in writing signed by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the board. Where there is a vacancy in the board, the remaining directors may exercise all the powers of the board so long as a quorum remains in office. Where the Corporation has only one director, that director may constitute a meeting.

 

4.08 CANADIAN MAJORITY AT MEETINGS - The board shall not transact business at a meeting, other than filling a vacancy in the board, unless a majority of the directors present are resident Canadians, except where

 

  (a) a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present approves in writing or by telephone or other communications facilities the business transacted at the meeting; and

 

  (b) a majority of resident Canadians would have been present had that director been present at the meeting.

 

4.09 MEETING BY TELEPHONE - If all the directors of the Corporation consent, a director may participate in a meeting of the board or of a committee of the board by means of such telephone or other communications facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any such consent shall be effective whether given before or after the meeting to which it relates and may be given with respect to all meetings of the board and of committees of the board.

 

4.10 PLACE OF MEETINGS - Meetings of the board may be held at any place in or outside Canada.

 

4.11 CALLING OF MEETINGS - Meetings of the board shall be held from time to time at such time and at such place as the board, the chairman of the board, the managing director, the president or any two directors may determine.

 

4.12 NOTICE OF MEETING - Notice of the time and place of each meeting of the board shall be given in the manner provided in Article Eleven to each director not less than 48 hours before the time when the meeting is to be held. A notice of a meeting of directors need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting except where the Act requires such purpose or business to be specified, including, if required by the Act, any proposal to:

 

  (a) submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring approval of the shareholders;

 

  (b) fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  (c) issue securities, except in the manner and on the terms authorized by the directors;


  (d) declare dividends;

 

  (e) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  (f) pay a commission for the sale of shares;

 

  (g) approve a management proxy circular referred to in the Act;

 

  (h) approve a take-over bid circular or directors’ circular referred to in the Act;

 

  (i) approve any annual financial statements referred to in the Act; or

 

  (j) adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

4.13 FIRST MEETING OF NEW BOARD - Provided a quorum of directors is present, each newly elected board may hold its first meeting, without notice, immediately following the meeting of shareholders at which such board is elected.

 

4.14 ADJOURNED MEETING - Notice of an adjourned meeting of the board is not required if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the original meeting.

 

4.15 REGULAR MEETINGS - The board may appoint a day or days in any month or months for regular meetings of the board at a place and hour to be named. A copy of any resolution of the board fixing the place and time of such regular meetings shall be sent to each director forthwith after being passed, but no other notice shall be required for any such regular meeting except where the Act requires the purpose thereof or the business to be transacted thereat to be specified.

 

4.16 CHAIRMAN - The chairman of any meeting of the board shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed and who is a director and is present at the meeting: chairman of the board, managing director, president or a vice-president. If no such officer is present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman. If the secretary of the Corporation is absent, the chairman shall appoint some person, who need not be a director, to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

4.17 VOTES TO GOVERN - At all meetings of the board every question shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question. In case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

4.18 CONFLICT OF INTEREST - A director or officer who is a party to, or who is a director or officer of or has a material interest in any person who is a party to, a material contract or proposed material contract with the Corporation shall disclose the nature and extent of his interest at the time and in the manner provided by the Act and such material interest shall be entered in the minutes of the meetings of directors or otherwise noted in the records of the Corporation. Any such contract or proposed contract shall be referred to the board or shareholders for approval even if such contract is one that in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business would not require approval by the board or shareholders. Such a director shall not vote on any resolution to approve the same except as provided by the Act.

 

4.19 REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES - Subject to any unanimous shareholder agreement, the directors shall be paid such remuneration for their services as the board may from time to time determine. The directors shall also be entitled to be reimbursed for travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending meetings of the board or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.


ARTICLE FIVE

 

COMMITTEES

 

5.01 COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD - The board may appoint one or more committees of the board, however designated, and delegate to any such committee any of the powers of the board except those which pertain to items which, under the Act, a committee of the board has no authority to exercise. A majority of the members of any such committee shall be resident Canadians.

 

5.02 TRANSACTION OF BUSINESS - Subject to the provisions of section 4.09, the powers of a committee of the board may be exercised by a meeting at which a quorum is present or by resolution in writing signed by all members of such committee who would have been entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the committee. Meetings of any such committee may be held at any place in or outside of Canada.

 

5.03 ADVISORY BODIES - The board may from time to time appoint such advisory bodies as it may deem advisable.

 

5.04 PROCEDURE - Unless otherwise determined by the board, each committee and advisory body shall have power to fix its quorum at not less than a majority of its members, to elect its chairman, and to regulate its procedure.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

OFFICERS

 

6.01 APPOINTMENT - Subject to any unanimous shareholder agreement, the board may from time to time appoint a president, one or more vice-presidents (to which title may be added words indicating seniority or function), a secretary, a treasurer and such other officers as the board may determine, including one or more assistants to any of the officers so appointed. The board may specify the duties of and, in accordance with this by-law and subject to the provisions of the Act, delegate to such officers powers to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation. Subject to sections 6.02 and 6.03, an officer may but need not be a director and one person may hold more than one office.

 

6.02 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD - The board may from time to time also appoint a chairman of the board who shall be a director. If appointed, the board may assign to him any of the powers and duties that are by any provisions of this by-law assigned to the managing director or to the president, and he shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, have such other powers and duties as the board may specify. During the absence or disability of the chairman of the board, his duties shall be performed and his powers exercised by the managing director, if any, or by the president.

 

6.03 MANAGING DIRECTOR - The board may from time to time also appoint a managing director who shall be a resident Canadian and a director. If appointed, he shall be the chief executive officer and, subject to the authority of the board, shall have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation; and he shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, have such other powers and duties as the board may specify. During the absence or disability of the president, or if no president has been appointed, the managing director shall also have the powers and duties of that office.


6.04 PRESIDENT - If appointed, the president shall be the chief operating officer and, subject to the authority of the board, shall have general supervision of the business of the Corporation; and he shall have such other powers and duties as the board may specify. During the absence or disability of the managing director, or if no managing director has been appointed, the president shall also have the powers and duties of that office.

 

6.05 VICE-PRESIDENT - A vice-president shall have such powers and duties as the board or the chief executive officer may specify.

 

6.06 SECRETARY - The secretary shall enter or cause to be entered minutes of all proceedings of all meetings of the board, shareholders and committees of the board in records kept for that purpose; he shall give or cause to be given, as and when instructed, all notices to shareholders, directors, officers, auditors and members of committees of the board; he shall be the custodian of the stamp or mechanical device generally used for affixing the corporate seal of the Corporation and of all books, papers, records, documents, and instruments belonging to the Corporation, except when some other officer or agent has been appointed for that purpose; and he shall have such other powers and duties as the board or the chief executive officer may specify.

 

6.07 TREASURER - The treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept proper accounting records in compliance with the Act and shall be responsible for the deposit of money, the safekeeping of securities and the disbursement of the funds of the Corporation; he shall render or cause to be rendered to the board whenever required an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial position of the Corporation; and he shall have such other powers and duties as the board or the chief executive officer may specify.

 

6.08 POWERS AND DUTIES OF OTHER OFFICERS - The powers and duties of all other officers shall be such as the terms of their engagement call for or as the board or the chief executive officer may specify. Any of the powers and duties of an officer to whom an assistant has been appointed may be exercised and performed by such assistant, unless the board or the chief executive officer otherwise directs.

 

6.09 VARIATION OF POWERS AND DUTIES - The board may from time to time and subject to the provisions of the Act, vary, add to or limit the powers and duties of any officer.

 

6.10 TERM OF OFFICE - The board, in its discretion, may remove any officer of the Corporation, without prejudice to such officer’s rights under any employment contract. Otherwise each officer appointed by the board shall hold office until his successor is appointed, or until his earlier resignation.

 

6.11 TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT AND REMUNERATION - The terms of employment and the remuneration of an officer appointed by the board shall be settled by it from time to time.

 

6.12 CONFLICT OF INTEREST - An officer shall disclose his interest in any material contract or proposed material contract with the Corporation in accordance with section 4.18.

 

6.13 AGENTS AND ATTORNEYS - Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation, by or under the authority of the board shall have power from time to time to appoint agents or attorneys for the Corporation in or outside Canada with such powers of management, administration or otherwise (including the power to sub-delegate) as may be thought fit.

 

6.14 FIDELITY BONDS - The board may require such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation as the board deems advisable to furnish bonds for the faithful discharge of their powers and duties, in such form and with such surety as the board may from time to time determine.


ARTICLE SEVEN

 

PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS

 

7.01 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY - Every director and officer of the Corporation in exercising his powers and discharging his duties shall act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Subject to the foregoing, no director or officer shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director, officer or employee, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired for or on behalf of the Corporation, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the monies of the Corporation shall be invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious acts of any person with whom any of the monies, securities or effects of the Corporation shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of judgment or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto; provided that nothing herein shall relieve any director or officer from the duty to act in accordance with the Act and the regulations thereunder or from liability for any breach thereof.

 

7.02 INDEMNITY - Subject to the limitations contained in the Act, the Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer, a former director or officer, or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Corporation or such body corporate, if

 

  (a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation; and

 

  (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

The Corporation shall also indemnify such person in such other circumstances as the Act permits or requires. Nothing in this by-law shall limit the right of any person entitled to indemnity to claim indemnity apart from the provisions of this by-law.

 

7.03 INSURANCE - Subject to the Act, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person referred to in section 7.02 against such liabilities and in such amounts as the board may from time to time determine and as are permitted by the Act.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

SHARES

 

8.01 ALLOTMENT OF SHARES - Subject to the Act, the articles and any unanimous shareholder agreement, the board may from time to time allot or grant options to purchase the whole or any part of the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation at such times and to such persons and for such consideration as the board shall determine, provided that no share shall be issued until it is fully paid as provided by the Act.


8.02 COMMISSIONS - The board may from time to time authorize the Corporation to pay a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of his purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation, whether from the Corporation or from any other person, or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for any such shares.

 

8.03 REGISTRATION OF A SHARE TRANSFER - Subject to the provisions of the Act, no transfer of a share in respect of which a certificate has been issued shall be registered in a securities register except upon presentation of the certificate representing such share with an endorsement which complies with the Act made thereon or delivered therewith duly executed by an appropriate person as provided by the Act, together with such reasonable assurance that the endorsement is genuine and effective as the board may from time to time prescribe, upon payment of all applicable taxes and any reasonable fee, not to exceed $3, prescribed by the board, upon compliance with such restrictions on transfer as are authorized by the articles.

 

8.04 TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS - The board may from time to time appoint one or more agents to maintain, in respect of each class of securities of the Corporation issued by it in registered form, a central securities register and one or more branch securities registers. Such a person may be designated as transfer agent or registrar according to his functions and one person may be designated both registrar and transfer agent. The board may at any time terminate such appointment.

 

8.05 NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS - Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation may treat as absolute owner of any share the person in whose name the share is registered in the securities register as if that person had full legal capacity and authority to exercise all rights of ownership, irrespective of any indication to the contrary through knowledge or notice or description in the Corporation’s records or on the share certificate.

 

8.06 SHARE CERTIFICATES - Every holder of one or more shares of the Corporation shall be entitled, at his option, to a share certificate, or to a non-transferable written certificate of acknowledgement of his right to obtain a share certificate, stating the number and class or series of shares held by him as shown on the securities register. Such certificates and certificates of acknowledgement of a shareholder’s right to a share certificate, respectively, shall be in such form as the board may from time to time approve. Any share certificate shall be signed in accordance with section 2.04 and need not be under the corporate seal; provided that, unless the board otherwise determines, certificates representing shares in respect of which a transfer agent and/or registrar has been appointed shall not be valid unless countersigned by or on behalf of such transfer agent and/or registrar. The signature of one of the signing officers or, in the case of a certificate which is not valid unless countersigned by or on behalf of a transfer agent and/or registrar, and in the case of a certificate which does not require manual signature under the Act, the signatures of both signing officers, may be printed or mechanically reproduced in facsimile thereon. Every such facsimile signature shall for all purposes be deemed to be the signature of the officer whose signature it reproduces and shall be binding upon the Corporation. A certificate executed as aforesaid shall be valid notwithstanding that one or both of the officers whose facsimile signature appears thereon no longer holds office at the date of issue of the certificate.

 

8.07 REPLACEMENT OF SHARE CERTIFICATES - The board or any officer or agent designated by the board may in its or his discretion direct the issue of a new share or other such certificate in lieu of and upon cancellation of a certificate that has been mutilated or in substitution for a certificate claimed to have been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken on payment of such reasonable fee, not to exceed $3, and on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and evidence of loss and of title as the board may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.


8.08 JOINT HOLDERS - If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, the Corporation shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate in respect thereof, and delivery of such certificate to one of such persons shall be sufficient delivery to all of them. Any one of such persons may give effectual receipts for the certificate issued in respect thereof or for any dividend, bonus, return of capital or other money payable or warrant issuable in respect of such share.

 

8.09 DECEASED SHAREHOLDERS - In the event of the death of a holder, or of one of the joint holders, of any share, the Corporation shall not be required to make any entry in the securities register in respect thereof or to make any dividend or other payments in respect thereof; except upon production of all such documents as may be required by law and upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of the Corporation and its transfer agents.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS

 

9.01 DIVIDENDS - Subject to the provisions of the Act, the board may from time to time declare dividends payable to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interest in the Corporation. Dividends may be paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation.

 

9.02 DIVIDEND CHEQUES - A dividend payable in money shall be paid by cheque drawn on the Corporation’s bankers or one of them to the order of each registered holder of shares of the class or series in respect of which it has been declared and mailed by prepaid ordinary mail to such registered holder at his recorded address, unless such holder otherwise directs. In the case of joint holders the cheque shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of all of such joint holders and mailed to them at their recorded address. The mailing of such cheque as aforesaid, unless the same is not paid on due presentation, shall satisfy and discharge the liability for the dividend to the extent of the sum represented thereby plus the amount of any tax which the Corporation is required to and does withhold.

 

9.03 NON-RECEIPT OF CHEQUES - In the event of non-receipt of any dividend cheque by the person to whom it is sent as aforesaid, the Corporation shall issue to such person a replacement cheque for a like amount on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses, and evidence of non-receipt and of title as the board may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

 

9.04 RECORD DATE FOR DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS - The board may fix in advance a date, preceding by not more than 50 days the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for the issue of any warrant or other evidence of the right to subscribe for securities of the Corporation, as a record date for the determination of the persons entitled to receive payment of such dividend or to exercise the right to subscribe for such securities; and notice of any such record date shall be given not less than 7 days before such record date in the manner provided for by the Act. If no record date is so fixed, the record date for the determination of the persons entitled to receive payment of any dividend or to exercise the right to subscribe for securities of the Corporation shall be at the close of business on the day on which the resolution relating to such dividend or right to subscribe is passed by the board.

 

9.05 UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS - Any dividend unclaimed after a period of 6 years from the date on which the same has been declared to be payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Corporation.


ARTICLE TEN

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

10.01 ANNUAL MEETINGS - The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such time in each year and, subject to section 10.03, at such place as the board, the chairman of the board, the managing director, or the president may from time to time determine, for the purpose of considering the financial statements and reports required by the Act to be placed before the annual meeting, electing directors, appointing an auditor, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

10.02 SPECIAL MEETINGS - The board, the chairman of the board, the managing director, or the president shall have power to call a special meeting of shareholders at any time.

 

10.03 PLACE OF MEETINGS - Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation or elsewhere in the municipality in which the registered office is situate or, if the board shall so determine, at some other place in Canada or, if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting so agree, at some place outside Canada.

 

10.04 NOTICE OF MEETINGS - Notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders shall be given in the manner provided in Article Eleven not less than 21 nor more than 50 days before the date of the meeting to each director, to the auditor, and to each shareholder who at the close of business on the record date for notice is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at the meeting. Notice of a meeting of shareholders called for any purpose other than consideration of the financial statements and auditor’s report, election of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor shall state the nature of such business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholder to form a reasoned judgment thereon and shall state the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting. A shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may in any manner waive notice of or otherwise consent to a meeting of shareholders.

 

10.05 LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS ENTITLED TO NOTICE - For every meeting of shareholders, the Corporation shall prepare a list of shareholders entitled to receive notice of the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the number of shares held by each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting. If a record date for the meeting is fixed pursuant to section 10.06, the shareholders listed shall be those registered at the close of business on such record date. If no record date is fixed, the shareholders listed shall be those registered at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, where no such notice is given, on the day on which the meeting is held. The list shall be available for examination by any shareholder during usual business hours at the registered office of the Corporation or at the place where the central securities register is maintained and at the meeting for which the list was prepared. Where a separate list of shareholders has not been prepared, the names of persons appearing in the securities register at the requisite time as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting shall be deemed to be a list of shareholders.

 

10.06 RECORD DATE FOR NOTICE - The board may fix in advance a date, preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders by not more than 50 days and not less than 21 days, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and notice of any such record date shall be given not less than 7 days before such record date, by newspaper advertisement in the manner provided in the Act. If no record date is so fixed, the record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the meeting shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.


10.07 MEETINGS WITHOUT NOTICE - A meeting of shareholders may be held without notice at any time and place permitted by the Act (a) if all the shareholders entitled to vote thereat are present in person or represented by proxy or if those not present or represented by proxy waive notice of or otherwise consent to such meeting being held, and (b) if the auditors and the directors are present or waive notice of or otherwise consent to such meeting being held; so long as such shareholders, auditors or directors present are not attending for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called. At such a meeting any business may be transacted which the Corporation at a meeting of shareholders may transact. If the meeting is held at a place outside Canada, shareholders not present or represented by proxy, but who have waived notice of or otherwise consented to such meeting, shall also be deemed to have consented to the meeting being held at such place.

 

10.08 CHAIRMAN, SECRETARY AND SCRUTINEERS - The chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed and who is present at the meeting: managing director, president, chairman of the board, or a vice-president who is a shareholder. If no such officer is present within 15 minutes from the time fixed for holding the meeting, the persons present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman. If the secretary of the Corporation is absent, the chairman shall appoint some person, who need not be a shareholder, to act as secretary of the meeting. If desired, one or more scrutineers, who need not be shareholders, may be appointed by a resolution or by the chairman with the consent of the meeting.

 

10.09 PERSONS ENTITLED TO BE PRESENT - The only persons entitled to be present at a meeting of shareholders shall be those entitled to vote thereat, the directors and auditor of the Corporation and others who, although not entitled to vote, are entitled or required under any provision of the Act or the articles or by-laws to be present at the meeting. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting.

 

10.10 QUORUM - Subject to the Act, a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders shall be 1 present in person, being a shareholder entitled to vote thereat or a duly appointed proxyholder or representative for an absent shareholder so entitled, and holding or representing by proxy more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Corporation carrying voting rights at the meeting. If a quorum is present at the opening of any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present or represented by proxy may proceed with the business of the meeting notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting. If a quorum is not present at the opening of any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any other business.

 

10.11 RIGHT TO VOTE - Subject to the provisions of the Act as to authorized representatives of any other body corporate or association, at any meeting of shareholders for which the Corporation has prepared the list referred to in section 10.05, every person who is named in such list shall be entitled to vote the shares shown thereon opposite his name at the meeting to which such list relates except to the extent that, where the Corporation has fixed a record date in respect of such meeting pursuant to section 10.06, such person has transferred any of his shares after such record date and the transferee, having produced properly endorsed certificates evidencing such shares or having otherwise established that he owns such shares, has demanded not later than 10 days before the meeting that his name be included in such list. In any such case the transferee shall be entitled to vote the transferred shares at the meeting. At any meeting of shareholders for which the Corporation has not prepared the list referred to in section 10.05, every person shall be entitled to vote at the meeting who at the time of the commencement of the meeting is entered in the securities register as the holder of one or more shares carrying the right to vote at such meeting.


10.12 PROXYHOLDERS AND REPRESENTATIVES - Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may appoint a proxyholder, or one or more alternate proxyholders, who need not be shareholders, to attend and act as his representative at the meeting in the manner and to the extent authorized and with the authority conferred by the proxy. A proxy shall be in writing executed by the shareholder or his attorney and shall conform with the requirements of the Act.

 

Alternatively, every such shareholder which is a body corporate or association may authorize by resolution of its directors or governing body an individual to represent it at a meeting of shareholders and such individual may exercise on the shareholder’s behalf all the powers it could exercise if it were an individual shareholder. The authority of such an individual shall be established by depositing with the Corporation a certified copy of such resolution, or in such other manner as may be satisfactory to the secretary of the Corporation or the chairman of the meeting. Any such representative need not be a shareholder.

 

10.13 TIME FOR DEPOSIT OF PROXIES - The board may specify in a notice calling a meeting of shareholders a time, preceding the time of such meeting by not more than 48 hours exclusive of non-business days, before which time proxies to be used at such meeting must be deposited. A proxy shall be acted upon only if, prior to the time so specified, it shall have been deposited with the Corporation or an agent thereof specified in such notice or if, no such time having been specified in such notice, it has been received by the secretary of the Corporation or by the chairman of the meeting or any adjournment thereof prior to the time of voting.

 

10.14 JOINT SHAREHOLDERS - If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any one of them present in person or duly represented by proxy at a meeting of shareholders may, in the absence of the other or others, vote the shares; but if two or more of those persons are present in person or represented by proxy and vote, they shall vote as one the shares jointly held by them.

 

10.15 VOTES TO GOVERN - At any meeting of shareholders every question shall, unless otherwise required by the articles or by-laws or by law, be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the question. In case of an equality of votes either upon a show of hands or upon a poll, the chairman of the meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

10.16 SHOW OF HANDS - Subject to the provisions of the Act, any question at a meeting of shareholders shall be decided by a show of hands, unless a ballot thereon is required or demanded as hereinafter provided. Upon a show of hands every person who is present and entitled to vote shall have one vote. Whenever a vote by show of hands shall have been taken upon a question, unless a ballot thereon is so required or demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that the vote upon the question has been carried or carried by a particular majority or not carried and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be prima facie evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against any resolution or other proceeding in respect of the said question, and the result of the vote so taken shall be the decision of the shareholders upon the said question.

 

10.17 BALLOTS - On any question proposed for consideration at a meeting of shareholders, and whether or not a show of hands has been taken thereon, the chairman or any person who is present and entitled to vote, whether as shareholder or proxyholder, on such question at the meeting may demand a ballot. A ballot so required or demanded shall be taken in such manner as the chairman shall direct. A requirement or demand for a ballot may be withdrawn at any time prior to the taking of the ballot. If a ballot is taken each person present shall be entitled, in respect of the shares which he is entitled to vote at the meeting upon the question, to that number of votes provided by the Act or the articles, and the result of the ballot so taken shall be the decision of the shareholders upon the said question.


10.18 ADJOURNMENT - The chairman at a meeting of shareholders may, with the consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as the meeting may decide, adjourn the meeting from time to time and place to place. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than 30 days, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting, other than by announcement at the earliest meeting that is adjourned. Subject to the Act, if a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting.

 

10.19 RESOLUTION IN WRITING - A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders unless a written statement with respect to the subject matter of the resolution is submitted by a director or the auditor in accordance with the Act.

 

10.20 ONLY ONE SHAREHOLDER - Where the Corporation has only one shareholder or only one holder of any class or series of shares, the shareholder present in person or duly represented by proxy constitutes a meeting.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

NOTICES

 

11.01 METHOD OF GIVING NOTICES - Any notice or document to be given pursuant to the Act, the regulations thereunder, the articles or the by-laws to a shareholder or director of the Corporation may be sent by prepaid mail addressed to, or may be delivered personally to the shareholder at his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent and the director at his latest address as shown on the records of the Corporation or in the last notice of directors or notice of change of directors filed under the Act. A notice or document sent in accordance with the foregoing to a shareholder or director of the Corporation shall be deemed to be received by him at the time it would be delivered in the ordinary course of mail unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the shareholder or director did not receive the notice or document at the time or at all. The secretary may change or cause to be changed the recorded address of any shareholder, director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board in accordance with any information believed by him to be reliable. The foregoing shall not be construed so as to limit the manner or effect of giving notice by any other means of communication otherwise permitted by law.

 

11.02 NOTICE TO JOINT HOLDERS - If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any notice shall be addressed to all of such joint holders but notice addressed to one of such persons shall be sufficient notice to all of them.

 

11.03 COMPUTATION OF TIME - In computing the date when notice must be given under any provision requiring a specified number of days’ notice of any meeting or other event, the date of giving the notice shall be excluded and the date of the meeting or other event shall be included.

 

11.04 UNDELIVERED NOTICES - If any notice given to a shareholder pursuant to section 11.01 is returned on three consecutive occasions because he cannot be found, the Corporation shall not be required to give any further notices to such shareholder until he informs the Corporation in writing of his new address.

 

11.05 OMISSIONS AND ERRORS - The accidental omission to give any notice to any shareholder, director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board or the non-receipt of any notice by any such person or any error in any notice not affecting the substance thereof shall not invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to such notice or otherwise founded thereon.


11.06 PERSONS ENTITLED BY DEATH OR OPERATION OF LAW - Every person who, by operation of law, transfer, death of a shareholder or any other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any share, shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which shall have been duly given to the shareholder from whom he derives his title to such share prior to his name and address being entered on the securities register (whether such notice was given before or after the happening of the event upon which he became so entitled) and prior to his furnishing to the Corporation the proof of authority or evidence of his entitlement prescribed by the Act.

 

11.07 WAIVER OF NOTICE - Any shareholder, proxyholder, other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders, director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the board may at any time waive any notice, or waive or abridge the time for any notice, required to be given to him under any provision of the Act, the regulations thereunder, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise and such waiver or abridgement, whether given before or after the meeting or other event of which notice is required to be given, shall cure any default in the giving or in the time of such notice, as the case may be. Any such waiver or abridgement shall be in writing except a waiver of notice of a meeting of shareholders or of the board or of a committee of the board which may be given in any manner.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

EFFECTIVE DATE

 

12.01 EFFECTIVE DATE - This by-law shall come into force when made by the board in accordance with the Act.

 

12.02 REPEAL - All previous by-laws of the Corporation which are inconsistent herewith are repealed as of the coming into force of this by-law. Such repeal shall not affect the previous operation of any by-law so repealed or affect the validity of any act done or right, privilege, obligation or liability acquired or incurred under, or the validity of any contract or agreement made pursuant to, or the validity of any articles or predecessor charter documents of the Corporation obtained pursuant to, any such by-law prior to its repeal. All officers and persons acting under any by-law so repealed shall continue to act as if appointed under the provisions of this by-law and all resolutions of the shareholders or the board or a committee of the board with continuing effect passed under any repealed by-law shall continue good and valid except to the extent inconsistent with this by-law and until amended or repealed.

 

MADE by the board the 30th day of May, 1990.

 

   

By:

 

/s/


 

By:

 

/s/


       

President

     

Secretary

   

                        CONFIRMED by the shareholders in accordance with the Act the 30 th day of May, 1990.

           

By:

 

/s/


               

Secretary

Exhibit 3.8

 

Canada Business

   FORM 1                            

Corporations Act

   ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION.        
     (SECTION 6)                        

 

1 Name of Corporation

 

SPUNTECH FABRICS INC

 

2 The place in Canada where the registered office is to be situated

 

2100 - 1801 Hollis Street, P.O. Box 1054, Halifax, NS B3J 2X6

 

3 The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue

 

The corporation is authorized to issue Class A and Class B shares with the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

 

  1. Class A shares, without nominal or par value, the holders of which are entitled:

 

  (a) To vote at all meetings of shareholders except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote;

 

  (b) To receive such dividend as the directors in their discretion shall declare; and

 

  (c) To receive the remaining property of the corporation upon dissolution.

 

  2. Class B shares shall carry the right:

 

  (a) To a dividend as fixed by the Board of Directors, which dividend may be either cumulative or non-cumulative, or preferential or non-preferential, at the discretion of the directors; and

 

  (b) Upon the liquidation or winding-up of the corporation, to repayment of the amount paid for each share (plus any declared and unpaid dividends) in priority to the Class A shares but they shall not confer a right to any further participation in profits or assets.

 

4 Restrictions if any on share transfers

 

No shares of the corporation shall be transferred without the approval of the directors evidenced by resolution of the board, provided that approval of any transfer of shares may be given as aforesaid after the said transfer has been effected upon the records of the corporation, in which event, unless the said resolution says otherwise, the said transfer shall be valid and shall take effect as from the date of its entry upon the books of the corporation.

 

5 Number (or minimum and maximum number) of directors

 

A minimum of One (1) and a maximum of Seven (7).


6 Restrictions if any on business the corporation may carry on

 

None

 

7 Other provisions if any

 

The directors may authorize the issue of one or more series of shares within each class of shares, and may fix the number of shares in each series, and determine the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of each series.

 

The said Class B share, or any part thereof, shall be redeemable at the option of the corporation without the consent of the shareholders thereof at a price equal to the amount paid per share plus any declared and unpaid dividends.

 

The corporation shall not make a distribution to the public of any of its security.

 

The number of shareholders is limited to Fifty (50) not including persons who are in the employment of the corporation and persons, who, having been formerly in the employment of the corporation, were, while in that employment, and have continued after the termination of that employment, to be shareholders of the corporation, two or more persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a single shareholder.

 

If authorized by by-law which is duly made by the directors being confirmed by ordinary resolution, the directors of the corporation may from time to time:

 

  i. Borrow money upon the credit of the corporation;

 

  ii. Issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the corporation; and

 

  iii Mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the corporation, owned or subsequently acquired to secure any debt obligation of the corporation.

 

8 - Incorporators

       

Names

  Address   Signature

Guy C. Spavold

 

2100 - 1801 Hollis Street

P.O. Box 1054

Halifax, Nova Scotia

B3J 2X6

 

/s/ Guy C. Spavold


   
   
   


CANADA BUSINESS

CORPORATIONS ACT

FORM 4

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

(SECTION 27 OR 177)

 

1 -

  Name of Corporation
    SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

2 -

  Corporation No.
    240973-9

3 -

  The articles of the above-named Corporation are amended as follows:
    Section 1 of the articles of incorporation be and the same is hereby deleted and replaced by the following:
    1 - Name of the Corporation
   

      SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

      TEXTILES SPUNTECH INC.

    Section 2 of the articles of incorporation be and the same is hereby deleted and replace by the following:
    2 - The place in Canada where the registered office is to be situated
          Territory of Greater Montreal, Quebec, Canada

 

Date

      Signature

July 7th, 1999

       
       

/s/ Michael L. Richards


        Michael L. Richards

 

Title: Secretary

 

FOR DEPARTMENTAL USE ONLY

 

        Filed    JUL 20, 1999

Exhibit 3.9

 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

BY-LAW NO. 1

 

A by-law relating generally to the

transaction of the business and affairs of

 

I N D E X

 

Article No.


  

Heading


  Page No.

     ARTICLE ONE – INTERPRETATION    

1.01

   Definitions   1

1.02

   Number and Gender   1

1.03

   Interpretation not Affected by Headings   1
     ARTICLE TWO – GENERAL    

2.01

   Registered Office   2

2.02

   Corporate Seal   2

2.03

   Financial Year    

2.04

   Banking Arrangements   2

2.05

   Unanimous Shareholders’ Agreement   2

2.06

   Borrowing    

2.07

   Execution of Documents   3

2.08

   Loans and Guarantees   3
     ARTICLE THREE - DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    

3.01

   Number of Directors   3

3.02

   Powers of Directors to Manage   3

3.03

   Qualifications of Directors   3

3.04

   Election of Directors   4

3.05

   Quorum for Directors’ Meetings   5


Article No.


  

Heading


  Page No.

3.06

   Meetings by Telephone   5

3.07

   Resolution in Lieu of Meeting   5

3.08

   Calling of Meetings of Directors   5

3.09

   Chairman of Meetings   6

3.10

   Waiver of Notice   6

3.11

   Dissent   6

3.12

   Votes to Govern   7

3.13

   Remuneration of Directors   7

3.14

   Disclosure of Interested Director Contracts   7

3.15

   Limitation of Liability   8

3.16

   Delegation to Managing Director or Committee of Directors   8

3.17

   Indemnification of Directors   9

3.18

   Authority to Appoint Officers   10

3.19

   Terms of Office and Remuneration   10

3.20

   Chairman of the Board   10

3.21

   President   10

3.22

   Vice-President   11

3.23

   General Manager   11

3.24

   Secretary   11

3.25

   Treasurer   11

3.26

   Comptroller   11

3.27

   Agents and Attorneys   12

 

- 2 -


Article No.


  

Heading


  Page No.

     ARTICLE FOUR - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS    

4.01

   Calling of Meetings   12

4.02

   Place of Meetings   12

4.03

   Notices   12

4.04

   Record Date   13

4.05

   Waiver of Notice   13

4.06

   Other Rights of Shareholders Regarding Meetings   13

4.07

   Chairman and Secretary   13

4.08

   Persons Entitled to be Present   13

4.09

   Quorum   14

4.10

   One-Shareholder Meetings   14

4.11

   Resolution in Lieu of Meeting   14

4.12

   Votes to Govern   14

4.13

   Votes of Joint Shareholders   14

4.14

   Proxies   15

4.15

   Show of Hands and Ballot   15
     ARTICLE FIVE – SHARES    

5.01

   Issue   15

5.02

   Consideration   15

5.03

   Security Certificates   15

5.04

   Securities Records, Issue and Transfer   15

 

- 3 -


Article No.


  

Heading


  Page No.

     ARTICLE SIX - FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE    

6.01

   Financial Disclosure   16

6.02

   Appointment of Auditors   16
     ARTICLE SEVEN - DIVISIONS OF THE CORPORATION    

7.01

   Authority to Create and Transact Business by Divisions   16

7.02

   Designation and Appointment of Divisional Officers   16

7.03

   Duties of Divisional Officers   17
     ARTICLE EIGHT – DIVIDENDS    

8.01

   Declaration and Payment of Dividends   17

8.02

   Method of Payment   17

8.03

   Record Date   17
     ARTICLE NINE – NOTICES    

9.01

   Method of Giving Notices   17

9.02

   Omissions and Errors   18

9.03

   Notice to Joint Shareholders   18

9.04

   Waiver of Notices Generally   18
     ARTICLE TEN - EFFECTIVE DATE    

10.01

   Confirmation   19

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE ONE

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.01 Definitions - In this by-law:

 

  (a) “Act” means the Canada Business Corporations Act, S.C. 1974-75, c. 33 and any statute that may be substituted therefor, as from time to time amended, and the Regulations thereto and any Regulations that may be substituted therefor, as from time to time amended, and a reference to a particular provision or provisions of the Act shall be deemed to be a reference to such provision or provisions as the same may be thereafter from time to time amended or supplemented;

 

  (b) “articles” means the articles of SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. Limited attached to the Certificate of Incorporation dated the 6th day of December, A.D. 1988, by which the Corporation was incorporated, as the same may be from time to time restated, amended or otherwise altered in accordance with the Act;

 

  (c) “by-law” means this by-law and “by-laws” means this by-law and any other by-laws of the Corporation hereafter passed as from time to time amended;

 

  (d) “Corporation” means the corporation incorporated under the Act under the name SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

 

  (e) “meeting of shareholders” includes an annual meeting of shareholders, a special meeting of shareholders and a meeting of any class or classes of shareholders;

 

  (f) “officer” includes a person appointed as an assistant officer;

 

and terms in this by-law not otherwise defined in this Section 1.01 shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Act.

 

1.02 Number and Gender - In this by-law and in all other by-laws of the Corporation, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing any of the masculine, feminine or neuter genders shall include the other genders.

 

1.03 Interpretation Not Affected by Headings - The use of the headings and the division of the contents into groupings thereunder in this by-law is for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the provisions hereof.


ARTICLE TWO

 

GENERAL

 

2.01 Registered Office - Until changed by articles of amendment, the registered office of the Corporation shall remain the place specified in the articles and at such address therein as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time by resolution.

 

2.02 Corporate Seal - Until changed by resolution of the Board of Directors, the corporate seal of the Corporation shall be in the form impressed in the adjoining space.

 

2.03 Financial Year - Until changed by resolution of the Board of Directors, the financial year of the Corporation shall end on the 31 st day of March in each year

 

2.04 Banking Arrangements - The banking business of the Corporation, or any part thereof, shall be transacted with such bank, trust company or other firm or corporation carrying on in whole or in part business of a banking nature, as the Board of Directors may designate, appoint or authorize from time to time by resolution and all such banking business, or any part thereof, shall be transacted on the Corporation’s behalf by such one or more officers and/or other persons as the Board of Directors may designate, direct or authorize from time to time by resolution and to the extent therein provided.

 

2.05 Unanimous Shareholders’ Agreement - The provisions of the by-laws shall a subject to the provisions of any lawful written agreement among all the shareholders of the Corporation, or among all the shareholders and a person who is not a shareholder, that restricts in whole or in part the powers of the Directors to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

2.06 Borrowing - Subject to the articles and the by-laws, Directors of the Corporation may, without authorization of the shareholders:

 

  (a) borrow money upon the credit of the-Corporation;

 

  (b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the Corporation; and

 

  (c) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any debt obligation of the Corporation.

 

- 2 -


2.07 Execution of Documents - Deeds, transfers, assignments, contracts, obligations, certificates and other instruments to be signed on behalf of the Corporation shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President or the General Manager or a Director and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary-Treasurer, or any other Director.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may at any time and from time to time authorize and direct both the manner in which and the person or persons or any class thereof by whom any deed, transfer, assignment, contract, obligation, certificate or instrument or any class thereof may or shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation and the person or persons so authorized and directed may, but need not be, a Director of the Corporation, or one of the above-mentioned officers and, if the business and operations of the Corporation be divided into divisions pursuant to Article Seven hereof, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or the chief executive officer of a Division may authorize and direct a person or persons to sign in the manner aforesaid on behalf of the Corporation.

 

2.08 Loans and Guarantees - The Corporation may not give financial assistance by means of a loan, guarantee or otherwise to any shareholder, director, officer or employee thereof or of an affiliated corporation or to any associate of any such person except as permitted under the Act.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

3.01 Number of Directors - Until changed by articles of amendment, the number of Directors shall be not less than the minimum and not more than the maximum number specified in the articles and may be changed from time to time within such limits by resolution of the Board of Directors. If at any time there shall be authorized only one Director of the Corporation, then, subject always to any specific provisions in that behalf in the Act, the references in the by-laws to “Board of Directors” and “Directors” shall be deemed to be references to “the sole Director” of the Corporation, mutatis mutandis.

 

3.02 Powers of Directors to Manage - The Directors shall manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

3.03 Qualifications of Directors -

 

  (a) The following persons are disqualified from being Directors of the Corporation:

 

  (i) anyone who is less than eighteen years of age;

 

- 3 -


  (ii) anyone who is of unsound mind and has been so found by a Court in Canada or elsewhere;

 

  (iii) a person who is not an individual; or

 

  (iv) a person who has the status of a bankrupt.

 

  (b) Subject to the provisions of the Act relating to holding corporations, a majority of the Directors shall be resident Canadians.

 

  (c) A Director ceases to hold office:

 

  (i) upon his death or upon his written resignation (which resignation shall become effective at the time that it is sent to the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later);

 

  (ii) when he becomes disqualified in accordance with this Section 3.03; or

 

  (iii) when he is removed from office in accordance with the Act by the passing of an ordinary resolution to that effect at a special meeting of shareholders.

 

  (d) A Director need not be a shareholder of the Corporation.

 

3.04 Election of Directors -

 

  (a) The shareholders of the Corporation shall, by ordinary resolution at each annual meeting at which an election of Directors is required, elect Directors to hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the third annual meeting of shareholders following the election;

 

  (b) It is not necessary that all Directors elected at a meeting of shareholders hold office for the same term;

 

  (c) A Director not elected for an expressly stated term ceases to hold office at the close of the first annual meeting of shareholders following his election;

 

  (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.05(b) hereof, but subject to the other provisions in that behalf contained in the Act, a quorum of Directors may fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the minimum number of Directors or from a failure to elect the minimum number of Directors required by the articles;

 

- 4 -


  (e) If there is not a quorum of Directors, or if there has been a failure to elect the minimum number of Directors required by the articles, the Directors then in office shall forthwith call a special meeting of shareholders to fill any vacancy and, if they fail to call a meeting or if there are no Directors then in office, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

 

3.05 Quorum for Directors’ Meetings -

 

  (a) The quorum for a meeting of Directors shall be fixed by a resolution of the Directors and may be less than the minimum number of Directors required by the articles;

 

  (b) Subject to the provisions of the Act relating to holding corporations, the Directors shall not transact business at a meeting of Directors unless the majority of the Directors present are resident Canadians;

 

  (c) Notwithstanding Sub-section (b), Directors may transact business at a meeting of Directors where a majority of Canadian resident Directors is not present, if:

 

  (i) a resident Canadian Director who is unable to be present approves in writing or by telephone or other communications facilities the business transacted or to be transacted at the meeting; and

 

  (ii) a majority of resident Canadian Directors would have been present had that Director been present at the meeting.

 

3.06 Meetings By Telephone - A Director may, if all the Directors of the Corporation consent either generally with respect to all meetings or with respect to any specific meeting, participate in a meeting of Directors or of a committee of Directors by means of such telephone or other communications facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a Director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at that meeting.

 

3.07 Resolution in Lieu of Meeting - A resolution in writing, signed by all the Directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors.

 

3.08 Calling of Meetings of Directors - Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called and held from time to time at such place within or outside Canada, at such time and on such day as the Chairman of the Board, if any, or the President, or a Vice-President if he be a Director, or any two Directors, or the Board of Directors may determine, and the Secretary or any other officer of the Corporation shall call meetings when so directed or authorized. Notice of every meeting so called shall be

 

- 5 -


sent by mail, telex, telegraph, telephone or other communications facility or delivered personally to each Director at least 24 Hours before the time when the meeting is to be held. A notice of a meeting of Directors need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting unless the Act requires such matter to be specified.

 

3.09 Chairman of Meetings - The Chairman of the Board, or, if none, the President or, in his absence, a Vice-President if he be a Director, shall be Chairman of any meeting of the Board. If no such officer be present, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman.

 

3.10 Waiver of Notice - A Director may, either before or after the meeting, waive a notice of a meeting of Directors; and attendance of a Director at a meeting of Directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

 

3.11 Dissent -

 

  (a) A Director who is present at a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed or action taken thereat unless:

 

  (i) he requests that his dissent be or his dissent is entered in the Minutes of the meeting;

 

  (ii) he sends his written dissent to the Secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

  (iii) he sends his dissent by registered mail or delivers it to the registered office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

 

  (b) A Director who votes for or consents to a resolution is not entitled to dissent under Sub-section (a).

 

  (c) A Director who was not present at a meeting at which a resolution was passed or action taken is deemed to have consented thereto unless, within seven (7) days after he becomes aware of the resolution, he:

 

  (i) causes his dissent to be placed with the Minutes of the meeting; or

 

  (ii) sends his dissent by registered mail or delivers it to the registered office of the Corporation.

 

- 6 -


3.12 Votes to Govern - At all meetings of the Board of Directors, every question to be decided shall be decided upon by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in case of an equality of votes the Chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

3.13 Remuneration of Directors - The Directors shall be paid such remuneration, if any, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Any remuneration so payable to a Director who is also an officer or employee of the Corporation shall be in addition to his salary as such officer or employee, as the case may be. In addition, the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time award special remuneration out of the funds of the Corporation to any Director who performs any special work or service for, or undertakes any special mission on behalf of, the Corporation outside the work or services ordinarily required of a Director of the Corporation. The Directors shall also be paid such sums in respect of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board, committee or shareholders’ meetings or otherwise in respect of the performance by them of their duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No confirmation by the shareholders of any such remuneration or payment shall be required.

 

3.14 Disclosure of Interested Director Contracts -

 

  (a) With respect to a material contract between the Corporation and one or more Directors thereof or between the Corporation and another person of which the Director of the Corporation is a director or in which he has a material interest, such material contract is neither void nor voidable by reason only of that relationship or by reason only that a Director with an interest in the contract is present at or is counted to determine the presence of a quorum at a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors that authorized the contract, if the Director disclosed his interest in accordance with the Act and the contract was approved by the Directors or the shareholders and it was reasonable and fair to the Corporation at the time it was approved.

 

  (b) With respect to a non-material contract or transaction between the Corporation and any Director, the following shall apply. No Director shall be disqualified by reason of being a Director from, or be required to vacate his office as a Director by reason of, holding any other office or place of profit with or with respect to the Corporation or any body corporate in which the Corporation is or proposes to become a shareholder, or by reason of contracting with or being otherwise in any way directly or indirectly interested or concerned in any contract or arrangement made or proposed to be made with the Corporation, nor shall any Director be liable to account to the Corporation or any of its shareholders or creditors for any profit arising from any such office or place of profit; and, subject always to the provisions in that regard contained in the Act, no contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the

 

- 7 -


Corporation in which any Director shall be in any way directly or indirectly interested shall be void or voidable, and no Director shall be liable to account to the Corporation or any of its shareholders or creditors for any profit realized by or from any such contract or arrangement by reason of any fiduciary relationship.

 

  (c) No Director shall be obliged to make any declaration of interest with respect to a contract or proposed contract with the Corporation in which such Director is in any way directly or indirectly interested except such declaration as is required by the Act, nor, subject to such provisions, shall any Director be obliged to refrain from voting in respect of any such contract.

 

  (d) For the purposes of this Section 3.14, the term “Director” shall include both a Director and an officer. The provisions of Sub-sections 3.14(b) and (c) are in supplement of and not by way of limitation upon the rights and obligations in that regard conferred upon Directors by the Act.

 

3.15 Limitation of Liability - Except as otherwise provided in the Act, no Director or officer for the time being of the Corporation shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director, officer or employee or for joining in any receipt or act for conformity, or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by, for, or on behalf of the Corporation, or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of the Corporation shall be placed out or invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious acts of any person, including any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be lodged or deposited, or for any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of, or any damages resulting from any dealings with, the moneys, securities or other assets of the Corporation, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto, unless the same are occasioned by his own willful neglect or default; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.15 shall relieve any Director or officer, in the exercising of his powers and in the discharging of his duties, from his duty to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation and to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reason ably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

3.16 Delegation to Managing Director or Committee of Directors - The Directors may appoint from their number a managing Director who is a resident Canadian or a committee of Directors and, subject to the provisions of the Act in that regard, may delegate to such managing Director or committee any of the powers of the Directors and, subject to the provision of the Act relating to holding corporations, a majority of the members of any such committee must be resident Canadians.

 

- 8 -


3.17 Indemnification of Directors -

 

  (a) Except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or body corporate to procure a judgment in its favour, the Corporation shall indemnify a Director or officer of the Corporation, a former Director or officer of the Corporation or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a Director or officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a Director or officer of the Corporation or body corporate, as the case may be, if:

 

  (i) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation; and

 

  (ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

  (b) The Corporation may with the approval of a court indemnify a person referred to in Sub-section (a) in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or body corporate to procure a judgment in its favour, to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a Director or an officer of the Corporation or body corporate, against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action if he fulfills the conditions set out in clauses (a) (i) and (ii);

 

  (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section, the Corporation shall indemnify any person referred to in Subsection (a) who has been substantially successful in the defence of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made party by reason of being or having been a Director or officer of the Corporation or body corporate against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in respect of such action or proceeding;

 

  (d) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person referred to in this Section against any liability incurred by him in his capacity as a Director or officer of the Corporation for failing to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

- 9 -


3.18 Authority to Appoint Officers -

 

  (a) Subject to the articles and to the provisions of this Section 3.18, the Directors may designate the offices of the Corporation and may appoint to fill such offices persons of full capacity, and may specify their duties and, subject to certain exceptions in the Act, may delegate to them powers to manage the business of the Corporation;

 

  (b) A Director may be appointed to any office of the Corporation;

 

  (c) Two or more offices of the Corporation may be held by the same person;

 

  (d) Except for the Chairman of the Board, if any, and the President, an officer need not be a Director;

 

  (e) The officers shall be appointed at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the election of Directors by the shareholders but, in default of such election or appointment, the then incumbents shall hold office until their successors are elected or appointed;

 

  (f) Any of the powers and duties of an officer for whom an assistant officer has been appointed may be exercised and performed by such assistant, unless the President or the Board of Directors otherwise directs.

 

3.19 Terms of Office and Remuneration - The terms of employment an remuneration of the officers elected or appointed by the Board of Directors shall be approved by the Board of Directors, or any officer designated by it, from time to time. The Board of Directors may remove at its pleasure any officer of the Corporation. Otherwise, each officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors shall hold office until his successor is elected or appointed, except that the respective term of office of the Chairman of the Board and of the President shall expire if and when he shall cease to be a Director.

 

3.20 Chairman of the Board - The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

 

3.21 President - The Corporation shall at all times have a President who, when present, shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and, in the absence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall be charged, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors, with general supervision of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

- 10 -


3.22 Vice-President - During the absence or inability of the President, his duties may be performed and his powers may be exercised by the Vice-President, or if there are more than one, by the Vice-Presidents in order of seniority (as determined by the Board of Directors), save that no Vice-President shall preside at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of shareholders who is not qualified to attend the meeting as a Director or a shareholder, as the case may be. If a Vice-President exercises any such duty or power, the absence or inability of the President shall be presumed with reference thereto. A Vice-President shall also perform such duties and exercise such powers as the President may from time to time delegate to him or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

3.23 General Manager - The General Manager, if one be appointed, shall have the general management and direction, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors and the super vision of the President, of the Corporation’s business and affairs and the power to appoint and remove any and all officers, employees and agents of the Corporation not elected or appointed directly by the Board of Directors and to settle the terms of their employment and remuneration. If and so long as the General Manager is a Director, he may, but need not be, known as the Managing Director.

 

3.24 Secretary - The Secretary, if one be appointed, shall give or cause to be given, as and when instructed, all notices required to be given to shareholders, directors, auditors and members of committees; he shall attend all meetings of the Directors and of the shareholders and shall enter or cause to be entered in books kept for that purpose Minutes of all proceedings at such meetings; he shall, except when some other officer or agent has been appointed for that purpose, be the custodian of the stamp or mechanical device generally used for affixing the corporate seal of the Corporation and all books, papers, records, documents and other instruments belonging to the Corporation, and he shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

3.25 Treasurer - The Treasurer, if one be appointed, shall keep full and accurate books of account in compliance with the Act in which shall be recorded all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, shall control the deposit of money, the safekeeping of securities and the disbursements of funds of the Corporation; he shall render to the Board of Directors as and when required of him an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial position of the Corporation; and he shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event that no Treasurer is appointed, the Board of Directors shall designate a person to perform the duties and functions of a Treasurer.

 

3.26 Comptroller - The Comptroller, if one be appointed, shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties and have such additional powers as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President. The Comptroller may also be known and designated as Controller.

 

- 11 -


3.27 Agents and Attorneys - The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to appoint agents or attorneys for the Corporation in or out of Nova Scotia with such powers of management or otherwise (including the power to sub-delegate) as may be thought fit.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

4.01 Calling of Meetings - The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such time and on such day in each year as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, for the purpose of receiving the reports and statements required by the Act to be placed before the annual meeting, electing Directors and appointing auditors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Directors shall call an annual meeting of shareholders not later than eighteen months after the Corporation comes into existence and subsequently not later than fifteen months after holding the last preceding annual meeting, and may at any time call a special meeting of shareholders.

 

4.02 Place of Meetings - Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation or at such place within Canada that the Directors determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be held outside Canada if all the shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting so agree, and a shareholder who attends a meeting of shareholders held outside Canada is deemed to have so agreed, except when he attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully held.

 

4.03 Notices - Notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders shall be sent by mail, telex, telegraph or other communications facility or by personal delivery in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, not less than twenty-one (21) nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting to the auditor of the Corporation, to each Director and to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting. Notice of a special meeting of shareholders or of an annual meeting of shareholders at which business is to be transacted other than consideration of the financial statements and auditors’ report and the election of Directors and appointment of auditors shall state the nature of the business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment thereon and the text of any special resolution to be submitted to such meeting. A notice of meeting is not required to be sent to shareholders who were not registered on the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent on the record date referred to in Section 4.04 hereof, but failure to receive a notice does not deprive a shareholder of the right to vote at such meeting.

 

- 12 -


4.04 Record Date - The Directors may, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, fix in advance record dates for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, to participate in a liquidation distribution, to receive notice of or vote at a meeting or for any other purpose but, if no such record date is so fixed

 

  (a) the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of shareholders shall be:

 

  (i) at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given, or

 

  (ii) if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held; and

 

  (b) the record date for the determination of shareholders for any purpose other than to establish a shareholder’s right to receive notice of a meeting or to vote shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Directors pass the resolution relating thereto.

 

4.05 Waiver of Notice - A shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may in any manner waive notice of a meeting of shareholders, and attendance of any such person at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

 

4.06 Other Rights of Shareholders Regarding Meetings – Shareholders are entitled to submit proposals to the Corporation and discuss proposals at an annual meeting of shareholders, to vote at meetings of shareholders if recorded on a list of shareholders prepared by the Corporation and to requisition the holding of a meeting of shareholders, in each case all in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Act and any specific provisions in that regard contained in the articles.

 

4.07 Chairman and Secretary - The President or, in his absence, a Vice-President who is a Director, shall be the Chairman of any meeting of shareholders. If no such officer be present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time fixed for holding the meeting, the persons present and entitled to vote thereat shall choose one of their number to be Chairman. The Secretary of the Corporation shall be the Secretary of any meeting of shareholders but, if the Secretary is not present, the Chairman shall appoint some person who need not be a shareholder to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

4.08 Persons Entitled to be Present - The only persons entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders shall be those entitled to vote thereat, the auditor of the Corporation and others who, although not entitled to vote, are entitled or required under any provisions of the Act or the by-laws of the Corporation to be present at the meeting. Any other person shall be admitted only on the invitation of the Chairman.

 

- 13 -


4.09 Quorum - Two (2) individuals or, if the Corporation has only one shareholder or only one holder of any class or series of shares, one (1) individual present in person entitled to vote thereat and either holding or representing by proxy Fifty percent (50%) of the shares entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of shareholders and, if ‘such quorum is present at the opening of the meeting, the business of the meeting may proceed, notwithstanding that a quorum is not present throughout the meeting.

 

4.10 One-Shareholder Meetings - If the Corporation has only one shareholder, or only one holder of any class or series of shares, the sole shareholder may hold a meeting, in which case the presence of such sole shareholder in person or by proxy constitutes a meeting and no notice thereof is required or in lieu thereof and subject to the provisions of Section 4.11, the sole shareholder may sign a resolution in writing in accordance with the provisions of the said Section 4.11.

 

4.11 Resolution in Lieu of Meeting - Except in circumstances in which the auditor or a Director submits a written statement in connection with a meeting of shareholders as permitted by the Act:

 

  (a) a resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders; and

 

  (b) a resolution in writing dealing with all matters required by the Act to be dealt with at a meeting of shareholders, and signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting, satisfies all the requirements of the Act relating to meetings of shareholders.

 

4.12 Votes to Govern - At all meetings of the shareholders, every question to be decided shall be decided upon by a majority of the votes cast on the question and in case of an equality of votes, the Chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

4.13 Votes of Joint Shareholders - If shares are held in the names of two or more persons, any one of them present in person or represented by proxy at a meeting of shareholders may, in the absence of the other or others or in the absence of communication from the other or others, vote such shares, but in case more than one of them be present in person or represented by proxy, they shall vote together on the shares jointly held and, if they fail to agree to vote together on the shares jointly held, no vote shall be counted in respect of such shares.

 

- 14 -


4.14 Proxies - If immediately prior to the calling of a meeting of shareholders the Corporation has not less than fifteen shareholders, two or more joint holders being counted as one shareholder, the Corporation shall comply with the procedure for the solicitation of proxies prescribed by the Act; otherwise, the Corporation shall comply with the provisions contained in the Act with respect to the execution, validity, revocation and deposit of proxies.

 

4.15 Show of Hands and Ballot - Voting at a meeting of shareholders shall be by show of hands, except where a ballot is demanded by a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at such meeting and such demand may be made either before or after any vote by show of hands.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SHARES

 

5.01 Issue - Subject to any pre-emptive rights authorized by the articles, shares of the Corporation may be issued at such times and to such persons and for such consideration as the Directors may determine. Shares issued by the Corporation are non-assessable and the holders are not liable to the Corporation or to its creditors in respect thereof.

 

5.02 Consideration - A share shall not be issued until it is fully paid in money or in property or past services that is the fair equivalent of the money that the Corporation would have received if the share had been issued for money. In determining whether property or past services is the fair equivalent of a money consideration, the Directors may take into account reasonable charges and expenses of organization and re-organization and payments for the property and past services reasonably expected to benefit the Corporation. For the purposes of this Section, “property” does not include a promissory note or a promise to pay.

 

5.03 Security Certificates - Every security holder is entitled, at his option, to a security certificate that complies with the Act (including the display thereon of information as to rights; privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares represented thereby) or a non-transferable written acknowledgement of his right to obtain such a security certificate from the Corporation in respect of its securities held by him and, subject to the foregoing, it shall be in such form or forms as the Board of Directors shall from time to time by resolution approve and shall be signed by any two officers or Directors or as the Board of Directors may otherwise from time to time direct and need not be under corporate seal.

 

5.04 Securities Records, Issue and Transfer . - The securities records of the Corporation shall a maintained in accordance with, and the issue and transfer of securities of the Corporation shall be governed by, the provisions of the Act in that regard.

 

- 15 -


ARTICLE SIX

 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

6.01 Financial Disclosure - The Corporation and its Directors and officers, as the case may be, shall prepare or cause to be prepared and shall approve financial statements and shall distribute and submit the same to the shareholders and, if applicable, shall file such financial statements with the Director appointed under the Act, all in accordance with the provisions of, and they shall each comply with, all other relevant provisions of the Act.

 

6.02 Appointment of Auditors - The shareholders shall appoint a duly qualified auditor in accordance with the Act unless the shareholders resolve not to appoint an auditor in accordance with the Act.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

DIVISIONS OF THE CORPORATION

 

7.01 Authority to Create and Transact Business b Divisions – The Boar of Directors may determine from time to time that the business and operations of the Corporation be divided into divisions based upon character or type of operations of or the type of products manufactured or distributed by or the type of services provided by the Corporation or upon such other basis of division and under such divisional names as the Board of Directors may consider advisable. Subject always to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation may transact business and execute contracts under its own corporate name, or, if authorized by the Board of Directors, under one or more trade names approved for such purpose in such manner as may be authorized by the Board of Directors; and, likewise, any division into which any of the business or operations of the Corporation may have been divided may likewise transact business and execute contracts and other legal documents and sign cheques and do all other acts and things necessary or appropriate for and on behalf of the Corporation under one or more trade names if approved by the Board of Directors and in such manner as may be authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

7.02 Designation and Appointment of Divisional Officers - The Board of Directors may, by resolution, designate and appoint officers of a particular division with such official titles as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Such divisional officers shall not be general officers of the Corporation, except upon election or appointment to such additional corporate office, and shall serve in such respective capacities at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

- 16 -


7.03 Duties of Divisional Officers - The duties, responsibilities and imitations of any divisional officers of the Corporation shall be such as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem proper and the authority of such officers shall be limited to acts and transactions pertaining to the business which such division is authorized to transact and perform, provided, however, that if the same individual is elected or appointed to a general office of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3.18, the foregoing shall not limit his acts under the general powers and duties of such general corporate office.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

DIVIDENDS

 

8.01 Declaration and Payment of Dividends - The Corporation shall not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that:

 

  (a) it is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or

 

  (b) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes;

 

but, subject to the foregoing, the Corporation may pay a dividend in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation.

 

8.02 Method of Payment - Dividends may be declared by resolution of the Board of Directors, which resolution shall specify the method of payment thereof.

 

8.03 Record Date - A record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive the payment of dividends may be fixed by the Board of Directors in accordance with or, in lieu thereof, shall be determined by, as the case may be, the relevant provisions of Section 4.04.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

NOTICES

 

9.01 Method of Giving Notices - Any notice (which term includes any communication or document) to be sent, delivered, or served pursuant to the Act, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise to the Corporation, a shareholder, a Director, an officer, or the auditor shall be sufficiently sent if delivered personally to the person to whom it is to be sent or if delivered to his recorded address or if mailed to him at his recorded address by prepaid mail, or if sent to him at his recorded address by telex, telegraph, or other communications facility. A notice so delivered shall be deemed to have been

 

- 17 -


sent and received when it is delivered personally or at the address aforesaid: a notice so mailed shall be deemed to have been sent and received when deposited in a post office or public letter box provided that a notice or document sent by prepaid mail to a shareholder or Director shall be deemed to be received by him at the time it would be delivered in, the ordinary course of mail unless there are reasonable grounds for believing that the shareholder or Director did not receive the notice or document at that time or at all; and a notice sent by telex, telegram or other communications facility shall be deemed to have been sent and received at the close of business on the day of dispatch or if delivered to the appropriate communication company or its representative for dispatch, then on the close of business on the day of such delivery. The term “recorded address” means, in the case of a shareholder, his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent; in the case of a Director, his latest address as shown in the records of the Corporation or in the last notice of Directors or notice of change of Directors as filed in accordance with the Act; in the case of an officer or auditor, his address as recorded in the records of the Corporation; and in the case of the Corporation, its registered office. The Secretary may change or cause to be changed the recorded address of any shareholder, Director, officer or auditor in accordance with any information believed by him to be reliable.

 

9.02 Omissions and Errors - The accidental omission to give any notice to any shareholder, Director, officer or auditor or the non-receipt of any notice by any shareholder, Director, officer or auditor or any error in any notice not affecting the substance thereof shall not invalidate any action taken at any meeting held pursuant to such notice or otherwise founded thereon.
9.03 Notice to Joint Shareholders - All notices with respect to any shares registered in more than one name may, if more than one address appears on the books of the Corporation in respect of such joint holding, be given to such joint shareholders at the first address so appearing and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

9.04 Waiver of Notices Generally -Where a notice or document is required by the Act or regulations thereunder to be sent, the notice may be waived or the time for the notice may be waived or abridged at any time with the consent in writing of the person entitled thereto.

 

- 18 -


ARTICLE TEN

 

EFFECTIVE DATE

 

10.01   This by-law shall come into force and take effect, subject to confirmation by the shareholders in accordance with the Act, upon enactment by the Directors of the Corporation.
    ENACTED by the Board of Directors the 6th day of December A.D. 1988.
    WITNESS the corporate seal of the Corporation.

 

/s/ Guy C. Spavold


GUY C. SPAVOLD
Sole Director

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 3.10

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

 

1. The name of the Company is IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia.

 

2. There are no restrictions on the objects and powers of the Company and the Company shall expressly have the following powers:

 

  (1) to sell or dispose of its undertaking, or a substantial part thereof;

 

  (2) to distribute any of its property in specie among its members; and

 

  (3) to amalgamate with any company or other body of persons.

 

The liability of the members is unlimited.

 

I, the undersigned, whose name, address and occupation are subscribed, am desirous of being formed into a company in pursuance of this Memorandum of Association, and I agree to take the number and kind of shares in the capital stock of the Company written opposite my name.

 

Name  

Address

of the Subscriber

 

Occupation

of the Subscriber

 

No. and Kind of Shares

taken by the Subscriber

 

TOTAL SHARES TAKEN: one common share

Dated this 19th day of November, 1997 at 8:30 AM Atlantic Standard Time.

 

Witness to the above signature:   Marcella J./s/ Forhart    
    Name of Witness    
    900-1959 Upper Water St.,    
    Halifax, Nova Scotia, B3J 2X2    
    Address    
    Corporate Records Assistant    
    Occupation    

Exhibit 3.11

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these Articles, unless there be something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

  (1) “Act” means the Companies Act (Nova Scotia);

 

  (2) “Articles” means these Articles of Association of the Company and all amendments hereto;

 

  (3) “Company” means the company named above;

 

  (4) “director” means a director of the Company;

 

  (5) “Memorandum” means the Memorandum of Association of the Company and all amendments thereto;

 

  (6) “month” means calendar month;

 

  (7) “Office” means the registered office of the Company;

 

  (8) “person” includes a body corporate;

 

  (9) “proxyholder” includes an alternate proxyholder;

 

  (10) “Register” means the register of members kept pursuant to the Act, and where the context permits includes a branch register of members;

 

  (11) “Registrar” means the Registrar as defined in the Act;

 

  (12) “Secretary” includes any person appointed to perform the duties of the Secretary temporarily;

 

  (13) “shareholder” means member as that term is used in the Act in connection with an unlimited company having share capital and as that term is used in the Memorandum;

 

  (14) “special resolution” has the meaning assigned by the Act;

 

  (15) “in writing” and “written” includes printing, lithography and other modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form;

 

  (16) words importing number or gender include all numbers and genders unless the context otherwise requires.

 

2. The regulations in Table A in the First Schedule to the Act shall not apply to the Company.


3. The directors may enter into and carry into effect or adopt and carry into effect any agreement made by the promoters of the Company on behalf of the Company and may agree to any modification in the terms of any such agreement, either before or after its execution.

 

4. The directors may, out of the funds of the Company, pay all expenses incurred for the incorporation and organization of the Company.

 

5. The Company may commence business on the day following incorporation or so soon thereafter as the directors think fit, notwithstanding that part only of the shares has been allotted.

 

SHARES

 

6. The capital of the company shall consist of 1,000,000 common shares without nominal or par value, with the power to divide the shares in the capital for the time being into classes or series and to attach thereto respectively any preferred, deferred or qualified rights, privileges or conditions, including restrictions on voting rights and including redemption, purchase and other acquisition of such shares, subject, however, to the provisions of the Act.

 

7. The directors shall control the shares and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, may allot or otherwise dispose of them to such person at such times, on such terms and conditions and, if the shares have a par value, either at a premium or at par, as they think fit.

 

8. The directors may pay on behalf of the Company a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any shares in the Company, or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolute or conditional) for any shares in the Company. Subject to the Act, the commission may be paid or satisfied in shares of the Company.

 

9. On the issue of shares the Company may arrange among the holders thereof differences in the calls to be paid and in the times for their payment.

 

10. If the whole or part of the allotment price of any shares is, by the conditions of their allotment, payable in installments, every such installment shall, when due, be payable to the Company by the person who is at such time the registered holder of the shares.

 

11. Shares may be registered in the names of joint holders not exceeding three in number.

 

12. Joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of all instalments and calls due in respect of such share. On the death of one or more joint holders of shares the survivor or survivors of them shall alone be recognized by the Company as the registered holder or holders of the shares.

 

13. Save as herein otherwise provided, the Company may treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or required by statute, be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person.

 

14. The Company is a private company, and:

 

  (1) no transfer of any share or prescribed security of the Company shall be effective unless or until approved by the directors;


  (2) the number of holders of issued and outstanding prescribed securities or shares of the Company, exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the Company or in the employment of an affiliate of the Company and exclusive of persons who, having been formerly in the employment of the Company or the employment of an affiliate of the Company, were, while in that employment, and have continued after termination of that employment, to own at least one prescribed security or share of the Company, shall not exceed 50 in number, two or more persons or companies who are the joint registered owners of one or more prescribed securities or shares being counted as one holder; and

 

  (3) the Company shall not invite the public to subscribe for any of its securities.

 

In this Article, “private company” and “securities” have the meanings ascribed to those terms in the Securities Act (Nova Scotia), and “prescribed security” means any of the securities prescribed by the Nova Scotia Securities Commission from time to time for the purpose of the definition of “private company” in the Securities Act (Nova Scotia).

 

CERTIFICATES

 

15. Certificates of title to shares shall comply with the Act and may otherwise be in such form as the directors may from time to time determine. Unless the directors otherwise determine, every certificate of title to shares shall be signed manually by at least one of the Chairman, President, Secretary, Treasurer, a vice-president, an assistant secretary, any other officer of the Company or any director of the Company or by or on behalf of a share registrar transfer agent or branch transfer agent appointed by the Company or by any other person whom the directors may designate. When signatures of more than one person appear on a certificate all but one may be printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced. All such certificates when signed as provided in this Article shall be valid and binding upon the Company. If a certificate contains a printed or mechanically reproduced signature of a person, the Company may issue the certificate, notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or an officer of the Company and the certificate is as valid as if such person were a director or an officer at the date of its issue. Any certificate representing shares of a class publicly traded on any stock exchange shall be valid and binding on the Company if it complies with the rules of such exchange whether or not it otherwise complies with this Article.

 

16. Except as the directors may determine, each shareholder’s shares may be evidenced by any number of certificates so long as the aggregate of the shares stipulated in such certificates equals the aggregate registered in the name of the shareholder.

 

17. Where shares are registered in the names of two or more persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate or set of certificates, and such certificate or set of certificates shall be delivered to the person first named on the Register.

 

18. Any certificate that has become worn, damaged or defaced may, upon its surrender to the directors, be cancelled and replaced by a new certificate. Any certificate that has become lost or destroyed may be replaced by a new certificate upon proof of such loss or destruction to the satisfaction of the directors and the furnishing to the Company of such undertakings of indemnity as the directors deem adequate.


19. The sum of one dollar or such other sum as the directors from time to time determine shall be paid to the Company for every certificate other than the first certificate issued to any holder in respect of any share or shares.

 

20. The directors may cause one or more branch Registers of shareholders to be kept in any place or places, whether inside or outside of Nova Scotia.

 

CALLS

 

21. The directors may make such calls upon the shareholders in respect of all amounts unpaid on the shares held by them respectively and not made payable at fixed times by the conditions on which such shares were allotted, and each shareholder shall pay the amount of every call so made to the person and at the times and places appointed by the directors. A call may be made payable by installments.

 

22. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorizing such call was passed.

 

23. At least 14 days’ notice of any call shall be given, and such notice shall specify the time and place at which and the person to whom such call shall be paid.

 

24. If the sum payable in respect of any call or installment is not paid on or before the day appointed for the payment thereof, the holder for the time being of the share in respect of which the call has been made or the installment is due shall pay interest on such call or installment at the rate of 9% per year or such other rate of interest as the directors may determine from the day appointed for the payment thereof up to the time of actual payment.

 

25. At the trial or hearing of any action for the recovery of any amount due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the shareholder sued is entered on the Register as the holder or one of the holders of the share or shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book and that such notice of such call was duly given to the shareholder sued in pursuance of these Articles. It shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the directors who made such call or any other matters whatsoever and the proof of the matters stipulated shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

 

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

26. If any shareholder fails to pay any call or installment on or before the day appointed for payment, the directors may at any time thereafter while the call or installment remains unpaid serve a notice on such shareholder requiring payment thereof together with any interest that may have accrued and all expenses that may have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

27. The notice shall name a day (not being less than 14 days after the date of the notice) and a place or places on and at which such call or installment and such interest and expenses are to be paid. The notice shall also state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place or one of the places so named, the shares in respect of which the call was made or installment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.


28. If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any shares in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls or instalments, interest and expenses due in respect thereof, be forfeited by a resolution of the directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited shares and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

29. When any share has been so forfeited, notice of the resolution shall be given to the shareholder in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture and an entry of the forfeiture shall be made in the Register.

 

30. Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and the directors may sell, re-allot or otherwise dispose of it in such manner as they think fit.

 

31. The directors may at any time before any share so forfeited has been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, annul the forfeiture thereof upon such conditions as they think fit.

 

32. Any shareholder whose shares have been forfeited shall nevertheless be liable to pay and shall forthwith pay to the Company all calls, instalments, interest and expenses owing upon or in respect of such shares at the time of the forfeiture together with interest thereon at the rate of 9% per year or such other rate of interest as the directors may determine from the time of forfeiture until payment. The directors may enforce such payment if they think fit, but are under no obligation to do so.

 

33. A certificate signed by the Secretary stating that a share has been duly forfeited on a specified date in pursuance of these Articles and the time when it was forfeited shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against any person who would have been entitled to the share but for such forfeiture.

 

LIEN ON SHARES

 

34. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien upon all shares (other than fully paid-up shares) registered in the name of a shareholder (whether solely or jointly with others) and upon the proceeds from the sale thereof for debts, liabilities and other engagements of the shareholder, solely or jointly with any other person, to or with the Company, whether or not the period for the payment, fulfillment or discharge thereof has actually arrived, and such lien shall extend to all dividends declared in respect of such shares. Unless otherwise agreed, the registration of a transfer of shares shall operate as a waiver of any lien of the Company on such shares.

 

35. For the purpose of enforcing such lien the directors may sell the shares subject to it in such manner as they think fit, but no sale shall be made until the period for the payment, fulfillment or discharge of such debts, liabilities or other engagements has arrived, and until notice in writing of the intention to sell has been given to such shareholder or the shareholder’s executors or administrators and default has been made by them in such payment, fulfillment or discharge for seven days after such notice.


36. The net proceeds of any such sale after the payment of all costs shall be applied in or towards the satisfaction of such debts, liabilities or engagements and the residue, if any, paid to such shareholder.

 

VALIDITY OF SALES

 

37. Upon any sale after forfeiture or to enforce a lien in purported exercise of the powers given by these Articles the directors may cause the purchaser’s name to be entered in the Register in respect of the shares sold, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the regularity of the proceedings or to the application of the purchase money, and after the purchaser’s name has been entered in the Register in respect of such shares the validity of the sale shall not be impeached by any person and the remedy of any person aggrieved by the sale shall be in damages only and against the Company exclusively.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

38. The instrument of transfer of any share in the Company shall be signed by the transferor. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof and shall be entitled to receive any dividend declared thereon before the registration of the transfer.

 

39. The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing in the following form or to the following effect:

 

For value received,              hereby sell, assign, and transfer unto              ,              shares in the capital of the Company represented by the within certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                  attorney to transfer such shares on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated the          day of              19         

 

Witness:

 

40. The directors may, without assigning any reason therefor, decline to register any transfer of shares

 

  (1) not fully paid-up or upon which the Company has a lien, or

 

  (2) the transfer of which is restricted by any agreement to which the Company is a party.

 

41. Every instrument of transfer shall be left for registration at the Office of the Company, or at any office of its transfer agent where a Register is maintained, together with the certificate of the shares to be transferred and such other evidence as the Company may require to prove title to or the right to transfer the shares.

 

42. The directors may require that a fee determined by them be paid before or after registration of any transfer.

 

43. Every instrument of transfer shall, after its registration, remain in the custody of the Company. Any instrument of transfer that the directors decline to register shall, except in case of fraud, be returned to the person who deposited it.


TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

44. The executors or administrators of a deceased shareholder (not being one of several joint holders) shall be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to the shares registered in the name of such shareholder. When a share is registered in the names of two or more joint holders, the survivor or survivors or the executors or administrators of the deceased survivor, shall be the only persons recognized by the Company as having any title to, or interest in, such share.

 

45. Notwithstanding anything in these Articles, if the Company has only one shareholder (not being one of several joint holders) and that shareholder dies, the executors or administrators of the deceased shareholder shall be entitled to register themselves in the Register as the holders of the shares registered in the name of the deceased shareholder whereupon they shall have all the rights given by these Articles and by law to shareholders.

 

46. Any person entitled to shares upon the death or bankruptcy of any shareholder or in any way other than by allotment or transfer, upon producing such evidence of entitlement as the directors require, may be registered as a shareholder in respect of such shares, or may, without being registered, transfer such shares subject to the provisions of these Articles respecting the transfer of shares. The directors shall have the same right to refuse registration as if the transferee were named in an ordinary transfer presented for registration.

 

SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

47. The directors may accept the surrender of any share by way of compromise of any question as to the holder being properly registered in respect thereof. Any share so surrendered may be disposed of in the same manner as a forfeited share.

 

INCREASE AND REDUCTION OF CAPITAL

 

48. Subject to the Act, the shareholders may by special resolution amend these Articles to increase or alter the share capital of the Company as they think expedient. Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or with such restrictions, whether in regard to dividends, voting, return of share capital or otherwise, as the shareholders may from time to time determine by special resolution. Except as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be considered part of the original capital and shall be subject to the provisions herein contained with reference to payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien and otherwise.

 

49. The Company may, by special resolution where required, reduce its share capital in any way and with and subject to any incident authorized and consent required by law. Subject to the Act and any provisions attached to such shares, the Company may redeem, purchase or acquire any of its shares and the directors may determine the manner and the terms for redeeming, purchasing or acquiring such shares and may provide a sinking fund on such terms as they think fit for the redemption, purchase or acquisition of shares of any class or series.


MEETINGS AND VOTING BY CLASS OR SERIES

 

50. Where the holders of shares of a class or series have, under the Act, the terms or conditions attaching to such shares or otherwise, the right to vote separately as a class in respect of any matter then, except as provided in the Act, these Articles or such terms or conditions, all the provisions in these Articles concerning general meetings (including, without limitation, provisions respecting notice, quorum and procedure) shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every meeting of holders of such class or series of shares convened for the purpose of such vote.

 

51. Unless the rights, privileges, terms or conditions attached to a class or series of shares provide otherwise, such class or series of shares shall not have the right to vote separately as a class or series upon an amendment to the Memorandum or Articles to:

 

  (1) increase or decrease any maximum number of authorized shares of such class or series, or increase any maximum number of authorized shares of a class or series having rights or privileges equal or superior to the shares of such class or series;

 

  (2) effect an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of all or part of the shares of such class or series; or

 

  (3) create a new class or series of shares equal or superior to the shares of such class or series.

 

BORROWING POWERS

 

52. The directors on behalf of the Company may:

 

  (1) raise or borrow money for the purposes of the Company or any of them;

 

  (2) secure, subject to the sanction of a special resolution where required by the Act, the repayment of funds so raised or borrowed in such manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as they think fit, and in particular by the execution and delivery of mortgages of the Company’s real or personal property, or by the issue of bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company secured by mortgage or other charge upon all or any part of the property of the Company, both present and future including its uncalled capital for the time being;

 

  (3) sign or endorse bills, notes, acceptances, cheques, contracts, and other evidence of or securities for funds borrowed or to be borrowed for the purposes aforesaid;

 

  (4) pledge debentures as security for loans;

 

  (5). guarantee obligations of any person.

 

53. Bonds, debentures and other securities may be made assignable, free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom such securities were issued.

 

54. Any bonds, debentures and other securities may be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise and with special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of directors and other matters.


GENERAL MEETINGS

 

55. Ordinary general meetings of the Company shall be held at least once in every calendar yea at such time and place as may be determined by the directors and not later than 15 months after the preceding ordinary general meeting. All other meetings of the Company shall be called special general meetings. Ordinary or special general meetings may be held either within or without the Province of Nova Scotia.

 

56. The President, a vice-president or the directors may at any time convene a special general meeting, and the directors, upon the requisition of shareholders in accordance with the Act shall forthwith proceed to convene such meeting or meetings to be held at such time and place or times and places as the directors determine.

 

57. The requisition shall state the objects of the meeting requested, be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Office of the Company. It may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the requisitionists.

 

58. At least seven clear days’ notice, or such longer period of notice as may be required by the Act, of every general meeting, specifying the place, day and hour of the meeting and, when special business is to be considered, the general nature of such business, shall be given to the shareholders entitled to be present at such meeting by notice given as permitted by these Articles. With the consent in writing of all the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, a meeting may be convened by a shorter notice and in any manner they think fit, or notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting may be waived by all of the shareholders.

 

59. When it is proposed to pass a special resolution, the two meetings may be convened by the same notice, and it shall be no objection to such notice that it only convenes the second meeting contingently upon the resolution being passed by the requisite majority at the first meeting.

 

60. The accidental omission to give notice to a shareholder, or non-receipt of notice by a shareholder, shall not invalidate any resolution passed at any general meeting.

 

RECORD DATES

 

61. (1)     The directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the determination of shareholders

 

  (a) entitled to receive payment of a dividend or entitled to receive any distribution;

 

  (b) entitled to receive notice of a meeting; or

 

  (c) for any other purpose.

 

  (2) If no record date is fixed, the record date for the determination of shareholders


  (a) entitled to receive notice of a meeting shall be the day immediately preceding the day on which the notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held; and

 

  (b) for any other purpose shall be the day on which the directors pass the resolution relating to the particular purpose.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

62. The business of an ordinary general meeting shall be to receive and consider the financial statements of the Company and the report of the directors and the report, if any, of the auditors, to elect directors in the place of those retiring and to transact any other business which under these Articles ought to be transacted at an ordinary general meeting.

 

63. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless the requisite quorum is present at the commencement of the business. A corporate shareholder of the Company that has a duly authorized agent or representative present at any such meeting shall for the purpose of this Article be deemed to be personally present at such meeting.

 

64. One person, being a shareholder, proxyholder or representative of a corporate shareholder, present and entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for a general meeting, and may hold a meeting.

 

65. The Chairman shall be entitled to take the chair at every general meeting or, if there be no Chairman, or if the Chairman is not present within fifteen 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the President or, failing the President, a vice-president shall be entitled to take the chair. If the Chairman, the President or a vice-president is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or if all such persons present decline to take the chair, the shareholders present entitled to vote at the meeting shall choose another director as chairman and if no director is present or if all the directors present decline to take the chair, then such shareholders shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

 

66. If within half an hour from the time appointed for a general meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if it was convened pursuant to a requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved; if it was convened in any other way, it shall stand adjourned to the same day, in the next week, at the same time and place. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present shall be a quorum and may hold the meeting.

 

67. Subject to the Act, at any general meeting a resolution put to the meeting shall be decided by a show of hands unless, either before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is demanded by the chairman, a shareholder or a proxyholder; and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that the resolution has been carried, carried by a particular majority, lost or not carried by a particular majority and an entry to that effect in the Company’s book of proceedings shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor or against such resolution.


68. When a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place as the chairman directs, and either at once or after an interval or adjournment or otherwise. The result of the poll shall be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand of a poll may be withdrawn. When any dispute occurs over the admission or rejection of a vote, it shall be resolved by the chairman and such determination made in good faith shall be final and conclusive.

 

69. The chairman shall not have a casting vote in addition to any vote or votes that the Chairman has as a shareholder.

 

70. The chairman of a general meeting may with the consent of the meeting adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting that was adjourned.

 

71. Any poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith without adjournment.

 

72. The demand of a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has been demanded.

 

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

73. Subject to the Act and to any provisions attached to any class or series of shares concerning or restricting voting rights:

 

  (1) on a show of hands every shareholder to vote present in person, every duly authorized representative of a corporate shareholder, and, if not prevented from voting by the Act, every proxyholder, shall have one vote; and

 

  (2) on a poll every shareholder present in person, every duly authorized representative of a corporate shareholder, and every proxyholder, shall have one vote for every share held;

 

  whether or not such representative or proxy holder is a shareholder.

 

74. Any person entitled to transfer shares upon the death or bankruptcy of any shareholder or in any way other than by allotment or transfer may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if such person were the registered holder of such shares so long as the directors are satisfied at least 48 hours before the time of holding the meeting of such person’s right to transfer such shares.

 

75. Where there are joint registered holders of any share, any of such holders may vote such share at any meeting, either personally or by proxy, as if solely entitled to it. If more than one joint holder is present at any meeting, personally or by proxy, the one whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such share shall alone be entitled to vote it. Several executors or administrators of a deceased shareholder in whose name any share stands shall for the purpose of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.

 

76. Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy or, in the case of a corporate shareholder by a representative duly authorized under the Act.


77. A proxy shall be in writing and executed in the manner provided in the Act. A proxy or other authority of a corporate shareholder does not require its seal.

 

78. A shareholder of unsound mind in respect of whom an order has been made by any court of competent jurisdiction may vote by guardian or other person in the nature of a guardian appointed by that court, and any such guardian or other person may vote by proxy.

 

79. A proxy and the power of attorney or other authority, if any, under which it is signed or a notarially certified copy of that power or authority shall be deposited at the Office of the Company or at such other place as the directors may direct. The directors may, by resolution, fix a time not exceeding 48 hours excluding Saturdays and holidays preceding any meeting or adjourned meeting before which time proxies to be used at that meeting must be deposited with the Company at its Office or with an agent of the Company. Notice of the requirement for depositing proxies shall be given in the notice calling the meeting. The chairman of the meeting, shall determine all questions as to validity of proxies and other instruments of authority.

 

80. A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death of the principal, the revocation of the proxy, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the vote is given, provided no intimation in writing of the death, revocation or transfer is received at the Office of the Company before the meeting or by the chairman of the meeting before the vote is given.

 

81. Every form of proxy shall comply with the Act and its regulations and subject thereto may be in the following form:

 

I,                      of                  being a shareholder of                      hereby appoint                      of                      (or failing him/her/her                      of                      ) as my proxyholder to attend and to vote for me and on my behalf at the ordinary/special general meeting of the Company, to be held on the          day of              and at any adjournment thereof, or at any meeting of the Company which may be held prior to [insert specified date or event].

 

[If the proxy is solicited by or behalf of the management of the Company, insert a statement to that effect.]

 

Dated this          day of                           .

 

    ______________________________________
    Shareholder

 

82. Subject to the Act, no shareholder shall be entitled to be present or to vote on any question, either personally or by proxy, at any general meeting or be reckoned in a quorum while any call is due and payable to the Company in respect of any of the shares of such shareholder.

 

83. Any resolution passed by the directors, notice of which has been given to the shareholders in the manner in which notices are hereinafter directed to be given and which is; within one month after it has been passed, ratified and confirmed in writing by shareholders entitled on a


  poll to three-fifths of the votes, shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution of a general meeting. This Article shall not apply to a resolution for winding up the Company or to a resolution dealing with any matter that by statute or these Articles ought to be dealt with by a special resolution or other method prescribed by statute.

 

84. A resolution, including a special resolution, in writing and signed by every shareholder who would be entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting is as valid as if it were passed by such shareholders at a meeting and satisfies all of the requirements of the Act respecting meetings of shareholders.

 

DIRECTORS

 

85. Unless otherwise determined by resolution of shareholders, the number of directors shall not be less than one or more than ten.

 

86. Notwithstanding anything herein contained the subscribers to the Memorandum shall be the first directors of the Company.

 

87. The directors may be paid out of the funds of the Company as remuneration for their service such sums, if any, as the Company may by resolution of its shareholders determine, and such remuneration shall be divided among them in such proportions and manner as the directors determine. The directors may also be paid their reasonable traveling, hotel and other expenses incurred in attending meetings of directors and otherwise in the execution of their duties as directors.

 

88. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if their number falls below the minimum permitted, the directors shall not, except in emergencies or for the purpose of filling vacancies, act so long as their number is below the minimum.

 

89. A director may, in conjunction with the office of director, and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the directors arrange or determine, hold any other office or place of profit under the Company or under any company in which the Company is a shareholder or is otherwise interested.

 

90. The office of a director shall ipso facto be vacated, if the director:

 

  (1) becomes bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (2) is, or is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be, of unsound mind;

 

  (3) by notice in writing to the Company, resigns the office of director; or

 

  (4) is removed in the manner provided by these Articles.

 

91. No director shall be disqualified by holding the office of director from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser, or otherwise, nor shall any such contract, or any contract or arrangement entered into or proposed to be entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any director is in any way interested, either directly or indirectly, be avoided, nor shall any director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any


  profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such director holding that office or of the fiduciary relations thereby established, provided the director makes a declaration or gives a general notice in accordance with the Act. No director shall, as a director, vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which the director is so interested, and if the director does so vote, such vote shall not be counted. This prohibition may at any time or times be suspended or relaxed to any extent by a resolution of the shareholders and shall not apply to any contract by or on behalf of the Company to give to the directors or any of them any security for advances or by way of indemnity.

 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

92. At the dissolution of every ordinary general meeting at which their successors are elected, all the directors shall retire from office and be succeeded by the directors elected at such meeting. Retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election.

 

93. If at any ordinary general meeting at which an election of directors ought to take place no such election takes place, or if no ordinary general meeting is held in any year or period of years, the retiring directors shall continue in office until their successors are elected.

 

94. The Company may by resolution of its shareholders elect any number of directors permitted by these Articles and may determine or alter their qualification.

 

95. The Company may, by special resolution or in any other manner permitted by statute, remove any director before the expiration of such director’s period of office and may, if desired, appoint a replacement to hold office during such time only as the director so removed would have held office.

 

96. The directors may appoint any other person as a director so long as the total number of directors does not at any time exceed the maximum number permitted. No such appointment, except to fill a casual vacancy, shall be effective unless two-thirds of the directors concur in it. Any casual vacancy occurring among the directors may be filled by the directors, but any person so chosen shall retain office only so long as the vacating director would have retained it if the vacating director had continued as director.

 

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

97. The directors may appoint one or more of their body to be managing directors of the Company, either for a fixed term or otherwise, and may remove or dismiss them from office and appoint replacements.

 

98. Subject to the provisions of any contract between a managing director and the Company, a managing director shall be subject to the same provisions as to resignation and removal as the other directors of the Company. A managing director who for any reason ceases to hold the office of director shall ipso facto immediately cease to be a managing director.

 

99. The remuneration of a managing director shall from time to time be fixed by the directors and may be by way of any or all of salary, commission and participation in profits.


100. The directors may from time to time entrust to and confer upon a managing director such of the powers exercisable under these Articles by the directors as they think fit; and may confer such powers for such time, and to be exercised for such objects and purposes and upon such terms and conditions, and with such restrictions as they think expedient; and they may confer such powers either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, and in substitution for, all or any of the powers of the directors in that behalf; and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

 

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

 

101. The directors may elect one of their number to be Chairman and may determine the period during which the Chairman is to hold office. The Chairman shall perform such duties and receive such special remuneration as the directors may provide.

 

PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

102. The directors shall elect the President of the Company, who need not be a director, and may determine the period for which the President is to hold office. The President shall have general supervision of the business of the Company and shall perform such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the directors.

 

103. The directors may also elect vice-presidents, who need not be directors, and may determine the periods for which they are to hold office. A vice-president shall, at the request of the President or the directors and subject to the directions of the directors, perform the duties of the President during the absence, illness or incapacity of the President, and shall also perform such duties as may be assigned by the President or the directors.

 

SECRETARY AND TREASURER

 

104. The directors shall appoint a Secretary of the Company to keep minutes of shareholders and directors’ meetings and perform such other duties as may be assigned by the directors. The directors may also appoint a temporary substitute for the Secretary who shall, for the purposes of these Articles, be deemed to be the Secretary.

 

105. The directors may appoint a treasurer of the Company to carry out such duties as the directors may assign.

 

OFFICERS

 

106. The directors may elect or appoint such other officers of the Company, having such powers and duties, as they think fit.

 

107. If the directors so decide the same person may hold more than one of the offices provided for in these Articles.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

108. The directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings, as they think fit, and may determine the quorum necessary for the transaction of business. Until otherwise determined, one director shall constitute a quorum and may hold a meeting.


109. If all directors of the Company entitled to attend a meeting either generally or specifically consent, a director may participate in a meeting of directors or of a committee of directors by means of such telephone or other communications facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at that meeting for purposes of these Articles.

 

110. Meetings of directors may be held either within or without the Province of Nova Scotia and the directors may from time to time make arrangements relating to the time and place of holding directors’ meetings, the notices to be given for such meetings and what meetings may be held without notice. Unless otherwise provided by such arrangements:

 

  (1) A meeting of directors may be held at the close of every ordinary general meeting of the Company without notice.

 

  (2) Notice of every other directors’ meeting may be given as permitted by these Articles to each director at least 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting.

 

  (3) A meeting of directors may be held without formal notice if all the directors are present or if those absent have signified their assent to such meeting or their consent to the business transacted at such meeting.

 

111. The President or any director may at any time, and the Secretary, upon the request of the President or any director, shall summon a meeting of the directors to be held at the Office of the Company. The President, the Chairman or a majority of the directors may at any time, and the Secretary, upon the request of the President, the Chairman or a majority of the directors, shall summon a meeting to be held elsewhere.

 

112. 

(1)    Questions arising at any meeting of directors shall be decided by a majority of votes. The chairman of the meeting may vote as a director but shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

  (2) At any meeting of directors the chairman shall receive and count the vote of any director not present in person at such meeting on any question or matter arising at such meeting whenever such absent director has indicated by telegram, letter or other writing lodged with the chairman of such meeting the manner in which the absent director desires to vote on such question or matter and such question or matter has been specifically mentioned in the notice calling the meeting as a question or matter to be discussed or decided thereat. In respect of any such question or matter so mentioned in such notice any director may give to any other director a proxy authorizing such other director to vote for such first named director at such meeting, and the chairman of such meeting, after such proxy has been so lodged, shall receive and count any vote given in pursuance thereof notwithstanding the absence of the director giving such proxy.

 

113. If no Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting of directors the Chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or declines to take the chair, the President, if a director, shall preside. If the President is not a director, is not present at such time or declines to take the chair, a vice-president who is also a director shall preside. If no person described above is present at such time and willing to take the chair, the directors present shall choose some one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.


114. A meeting of the directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all or any of the authorities, powers and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the directors generally.

 

115. The directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such number of directors as they think fit. Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on them by the directors.

 

116. The meetings and proceedings of any committee of directors shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the directors insofar as they are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations made by the directors.

 

117. All acts done at any meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors or by any person acting as a director shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of the director or person so acting, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a director.

 

118. A resolution in writing and signed by every director who would be entitled to vote on the resolution at a meeting is as valid as if it were passed by such directors at a meeting.

 

119. If any one or more of the directors is called upon to perform extra services or to make any special exertions in going or residing abroad or otherwise for any of the purposes of the Company or the business thereof, the Company may remunerate the director or directors so doing, either by a fixed sum or by a percentage of profits or otherwise. Such remuneration shall be determined by the directors and may be either in addition to or in substitution for remuneration otherwise authorized by these Articles.

 

REGISTERS

 

120. The directors shall cause to be kept at the Company’s Office in accordance with the provisions of the Act a Register of the shareholders of the Company, a register of the holders of bonds, debentures and other securities of the Company and a register of its directors. Branch registers of the shareholders and of the holders of bonds, debentures and other securities may be kept elsewhere, either within or without the Province of Nova Scotia, in accordance with the Act.

 

MINUTES

 

121. The directors shall cause minutes to be entered in books designated for the purpose:

 

  (1) of all appointments of officers;

 

  (2) of the names of directors present at each meeting of directors and of any committees of directors;


  (3) of all orders made by the directors and committees of directors; and

 

  (4) of all resolutions and proceedings of meetings of shareholders and of directors.

 

Any such minutes of any meeting of directors or of any committee of directors or of shareholders, if purporting to be signed by the chairman of such meeting or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting, shall be receivable as prima facie evidence of the matters stated in such minutes.

 

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

122. The management of the business of the Company is vested in the directors who, in addition to the powers and authorities by these Articles or otherwise expressly conferred upon them, may exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company and are not hereby or by statute expressly directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders, but subject nevertheless to the provisions of any statute, the Memorandum or these Articles. No modification of the Memorandum or these Articles shall invalidate any prior act of the directors that would have been valid if such modification had not been made.

 

123. Without restricting the generality of the terms of any of these Articles and without prejudice to the powers conferred thereby, the directors may:

 

  (1) take such steps as they think fit to carry out any agreement or contract made by or on behalf of the Company;

 

  (2) pay costs, charges and expenses preliminary and incidental to the promotion, formation, establishment, and registration of the Company;

 

  (3) purchase or otherwise acquire for the Company any property, rights or privileges that the Company is authorized to acquire, at such price and generally on such terms and conditions as they think fit;

 

  (4) pay for any property, rights or privileges acquired by, or services rendered to the Company either wholly or partially in cash or in shares (fully paid-up or otherwise), bonds, debentures or other securities of the Company;

 

  (5) subject to the Act, secure the fulfillment of any contracts or engagements entered into by the Company by mortgaging or charging all or any of the property of the Company and its unpaid capital for the time being, or in such other manner as they think fit;

 

  (6) appoint, remove or suspend at their discretion such experts, managers, secretaries, treasurers, officers, clerks, agents and servants for permanent, temporary or special services, as they from time to time think fit, and determine their powers and duties and fix their salaries or emoluments and require security in such instances and to such amounts as they think fit;

 

  (7) accept a surrender of shares from any shareholder insofar as the law permits and on such terms and conditions as may be agreed;


  (8) appoint any person or persons to accept and hold in trust for the Company any property belonging to the Company, or in which it is interested, execute and do all such deeds and things as may be required in relation to such trust, and provide for the remuneration of such trustee or trustees;

 

  (9) institute, conduct, defend, compound or abandon any legal proceedings by and against the Company, its directors or its officers or otherwise concerning the affairs of the Company, and also compound and allow time for payment or satisfaction of any debts due and of any claims or demands by or against the Company;

 

  (10) refer any claims or demands by or against the Company to arbitration and observe and perform the awards;

 

  (11) make and give receipts, releases and other discharges for amounts payable to the Company and for claims and demands of the Company;

 

  (12) determine who may exercise the borrowing powers of the Company and sign on the Company’s behalf bonds, debentures or other securities, bills, notes, receipts, acceptances, assignments, transfers, hypothecations, pledges, endorsements, cheques, drafts, releases, contracts, agreements and all other instruments and documents;

 

  (13) provide for the management of the affairs of the Company abroad in such manner as they think fit, and in particular appoint any person to be the attorney or agent of the Company with such powers (including power to sub-delegate) and upon such terms as may be thought fit;

 

  (14) invest and deal with any funds of the Company in such securities and in such manner as they think fit; and vary or realize such investments;

 

  (15) subject to the Act, execute in the name and on behalf of the Company in favor of any director or other person who may incur or be about to incur any personal liability for the benefit of the Company such mortgages of the Company’s property, present and future, as they think fit;

 

  (16) give any officer or employee of the Company a commission on the profits of any particular business or transaction or a share in the general profits of the Company;

 

  (17) set aside out of the profits of the Company before declaring any dividend such amounts as they think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or provide for dividends, depreciation, repairing, improving and maintaining any of the property of the Company and such other purposes as the directors may in their absolute discretion think in the interests of the Company; and invest such amounts in such investments as they think fit, and deal with and vary such investments, and dispose of all or any part of them for the benefit of the Company, and divide the reserve fund into such special funds as they think fit, with full power to employ the assets constituting the reserve fund in the business of the Company without being bound to keep them separate from the other assets;

 

  (18) make, vary and repeal rules respecting the business of the Company, its officers and employees, the shareholders of the Company or any section or class of them;


  (19) enter into all such negotiations and contracts, rescind and vary all such contracts, and execute and do all such acts, deeds and things in the name and on behalf of the Company as they consider expedient for or in relation to any of the matters aforesaid or otherwise for the purposes of the Company;

 

  (20) provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they think fit.

 

SOLICITORS

 

124. The Company may employ or retain solicitors any of whom may, at the request or on the instruction of the directors, the Chairman, the President or a managing director, attend meetings of the directors or shareholders, whether or not the solicitor is a shareholder or a director of the Company. A solicitor who is also a director may nevertheless charge for services rendered to the Company as a solicitor.

 

THE SEAL

 

125. The directors shall arrange for the safe custody of the common seal of the Company (the “Seal”). The Seal may be affixed to any instrument in the presence of and contemporaneously with the attesting signature of (i) any director or officer acting within such person’s authority or (ii) any person under the authority of a resolution of the directors or a committee thereof. For the purpose of certifying documents or proceedings the Seal may be affixed by any director or the President, a vice-president, the Secretary, an assistant secretary or any other officer of the Company without the authorization of a resolution of the directors.

 

126. The Company may have facsimiles of the Seal which may be used interchangeably with the Seal.

 

127. The Company may have for use at any place outside the Province of Nova Scotia, as to all matters to which the corporate existence and capacity of the Company extends, an official seal that is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition on its face of the name of the place where it is to be used; and the Company may by writing under its Seal authorize any person to affix such official seal at such place to any document to which the Company is a party.

 

DIVIDENDS

 

128. The directors may from time to time declare such dividend as they deem proper upon shares of the Company according to the rights and restrictions attached to any class or series of shares, and may determine the date upon which such dividend will be payable and that it will be payable to the persons registered as the holders of the shares on which it is declared at the close of business upon a record date. No transfer of such shares registered after the record date shall pass any right to the dividend so declared.

 

129. Dividends may be paid as permitted by law and, without limitation, may be paid out of the profits, retained earnings or contributed surplus of the Company. No interest shall be payable on any dividend except insofar as the rights attached to any class or series of shares provide otherwise.


130. The declaration of the directors as to the amount of the profits, retained earnings or contributed surplus of the Company shall be conclusive.

 

131. The directors may from time to time pay to the shareholders such interim dividends as in their judgment the position of the Company justifies.

 

132. Subject to these Articles and the rights and restrictions attached to any class or series of shares, dividends may be declared and paid to the shareholders in proportion to the amount of capital paid-up on the shares (not including any capital paid-up bearing interest) held by them respectively.

 

133. The directors may deduct from the dividends payable to any shareholder amounts due and payable by the shareholder to the Company on account of calls, instalments or otherwise, and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of such amounts so due and payable.

 

134. The directors may retain any dividends on which the Company has a lien, and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the debts, liabilities or engagements in respect of which the lien exists.

 

135. The directors may retain the dividends payable upon shares to which a person is entitled or entitled to transfer upon the death or bankruptcy of a shareholder or in any way other than by allotment or transfer, until such person has become registered as the holder of such shares or has duly transferred such shares.

 

136. When the directors declare a dividend on a class or series of shares and also make a call on such shares payable on or before the date on which the dividend is payable, the directors may retain all or part of the dividend and set off the amount retained against the call.

 

137. The directors may declare that a dividend be paid by the distribution of cash, paid-up shares (at par or at a premium), debentures, bonds or other securities of the Company or of any other company or any other specific assets held or to be acquired by the Company or in any one or more of such ways.

 

138. The directors may settle any difficulty that may arise in regard to the distribution of a dividend as they think expedient, and in particular without restricting the generality of the foregoing may issue fractional certificates, may fix the value for distribution of any specific assets, may determine that cash payments will be made to any shareholders upon the footing of the value so fixed or that fractions may be disregarded in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest cash or specific assets in trustees upon such trusts for the persons entitled to the dividend as may seem expedient to the directors.

 

139. Any person registered as a joint holder of any share may give effectual receipts for all dividends and payments on account of dividends in respect of such share.

 

140. Unless otherwise determined by the directors, any dividend may be paid by a cheque or warrant delivered to or sent through the post to the registered address of the shareholder entitled, or, when there are joint holders, to the registered address of that one whose name stands first on the


register for the shares jointly held. Every cheque or warrant so delivered or sent shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is delivered or sent. The mailing or other transmission to a shareholder at the shareholder’s registered address (or, in the case of joint shareholders at the address of the holder whose name stands first on the register) of a cheque payable to the order of the person to whom it is addressed for the amount of any dividend payable in cash after the deduction of any tax which the Company has properly withheld, shall discharge the Company’s liability for the dividend unless the cheque is not paid on due presentation. If any cheque for a dividend payable in cash is not received, the Company shall issue to the shareholder a replacement cheque for the same amount on such terms as to indemnity and evidence of non-receipt as the directors may impose. No shareholder may recover by action or other legal process against the Company any dividend represented by a cheque that has not been duly presented to a banker of the Company for payment or that otherwise remains unclaimed for 6 years from the date on which it was payable.

 

ACCOUNTS

 

141. The directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept of the amounts received and expended by the Company, the matters in respect of which such receipts and expenditures take place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company, and the assets, credits and liabilities of the Company.

 

142. The books of account shall be kept at the head office of the Company or at such other place or places as the directors may direct.

 

143. The directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to inspection of the shareholders, and no shareholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute or authorized by the directors or a resolution of the shareholders.

 

144. At the ordinary general meeting in every year the directors shall lay before the Company such financial statements and reports in connection therewith as may be required by the Act or other applicable statute or regulation thereunder and shall distribute copies thereof at such times and to such persons as may be required by statute or regulation.

 

AUDITORS AND AUDIT

 

145. Except in respect of a financial year for which the Company is exempt from audit requirements in the Act, the Company shall at each ordinary general meeting appoint an auditor or auditors to hold office until the next ordinary general meeting. If at any general meeting at which the appointment of an auditor or auditors is to take place and no such appointment takes place, or if no ordinary general meeting is held in any year or period of years, the directors shall appoint an auditor or auditors to hold office until the next ordinary general meeting.

 

146. The first auditors of the Company may be appointed by the directors at any time before the first ordinary general meeting and the auditors so appointed shall hold office until such meeting unless previously removed by a resolution of the shareholders, in which event the shareholders may appoint auditors.


147. The directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of the auditor but while any such vacancy continues the surviving or continuing auditor or auditors, if any, may act.

 

148. The Company may appoint as auditor any person, including a shareholder, not disqualified by statute.

 

149. An auditor may be removed or replaced in the circumstances and in the manner specified in the Act.

 

150. The remuneration of the auditors shall be fixed by the shareholders, or by the directors pursuant to authorization given by the shareholders, except that the remuneration of an auditor appointed to fill a casual vacancy may be fixed by the directors.

 

151. The auditors shall conduct such audit as may be required by the Act and their report, if any, shall be dealt with by the Company as required by the Act.

 

NOTICES

 

152. A notice (including any communication or document) shall be sufficiently given, delivered or served by the Company upon a shareholder, director, officer or auditor by personal delivery at such person’s registered address (or, in the case of a director, officer or auditor, last known address) or by prepaid mail, telegraph, telex, facsimile machine or other electronic means of communication addressed to such person at such address.

 

153. Shareholders having no registered address shall not be entitled to receive notice.

 

154. All notices with respect to registered shares to which persons are jointly entitled may be sufficiently given to all joint holders thereof by notice given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register for such shares.

 

155. Any notice sent by mail shall be deemed to be given, delivered or served on the earlier of actual receipt and the third business day following that upon which it is mailed, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and mailed with the postage prepaid thereon. Any notice given by electronic means of communication shall be deemed to be given when entered into the appropriate transmitting device for transmission. A certificate in writing signed on behalf of the Company that the notice was so addressed and mailed or transmitted shall be conclusive evidence thereof.

 

156. Every person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever becomes entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share that prior to such person’s name and address being entered on the Register was duly served in the manner hereinbefore provided upon the person from whom such person derived title to such share

 

157. Any notice delivered, sent or transmitted to the registered address of any shareholder pursuant to these Articles, shall, notwithstanding that such shareholder is then deceased and that the Company has notice thereof, be deemed to have been served in respect of any registered shares, whether held by such deceased shareholder solely or jointly with other persons, until some other person is registered as the holder or joint holder thereof, and such service shall for all purposes of these Articles be deemed a sufficient service of such notice on the heirs, executors or administrators of the deceased shareholder and all joint holders of such shares.


158. Any notice may bear the name or signature, manual or reproduced, of the person giving the notice written or printed.

 

159. When a given number of days’ notice or notice extending over any other period is required to be given, the day of service and the day upon which such notice expires shall not, unless it is otherwise provided, be counted in such number of days or other period.

 

INDEMNITY

 

160. Every director or officer, former director or officer, or person who acts or acted the Company’s request, as a director or officer of the Company, a body corporate, partnership or other association of which the Company is or was a shareholder, partner, member or creditor, and the heirs and legal representatives of such person, in the absence of any dishonesty on the part of such person, shall be indemnified by the Company against, and it shall be the duty of the directors out of the funds of the Company to pay, all costs, losses and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or claim or satisfy a judgment, that such director, officer or person may incur or become liable to pay in respect of any claim made against such person or civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which such person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Company or such body corporate, partnership or other association, whether the Company is a claimant or party to such action or proceeding or otherwise; and the amount for which such indemnity is proved shall immediately attach as a lien on the property of the Company and have priority as against the shareholders over all other claims.

 

161. No director or officer, former director or officer, or person who acts or acted at the Company’s request, as a director or officer of the Company, a body corporate, partnership or other association of which the Company is or was a shareholder, partner, member or creditor, in the absence of any dishonesty on such person’s part, shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director, officer or such person, or for joining in any receipt or other act for conformity, or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired for or on behalf of the Company, or through the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the funds of the Company are invested, or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious acts of any person with whom any funds, securities or effects are deposited, or for any loss occasioned by error of judgment or oversight on the part of such person, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which happens in the execution of the duties of such person or in relation thereto.

 

REMINDERS

 

162. The directors shall comply with the following provisions of the Act or the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia) where indicated:

 

  (1) Keep a current register of shareholders (Section 42).

 

  (2) Keep a current register of directors, officers and managers, send to the Registrar a copy thereof and notice of all changes therein (Section 98).


  (3) Keep a current register of holders of bonds, debentures and other securities (Section 111 and Third Schedule).

 

  (4) Call a general meeting every year within the proper time (Section 83). Meetings must be held not later than 15 months after the preceding general meeting.

 

  (5) Send to the Registrar copies of all special resolutions (Section 88).

 

  (6) When shares are issued for a consideration other than cash, file a copy of the contract with the Registrar on or before the date on which the shares are issued (Section 109).

 

  (7) Send to the Registrar notice of the address of the Company’s Office and of all changes in such address (Section 79).

 

  (8) Keep proper minutes of all shareholders’ meetings and directors’ meetings in the Company’s minute book kept at the Company’s Office (Sections 89 and 90).

 

  (9) Obtain a certificate under the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia) as soon as business is commenced.

 

  (10) Send notice of recognized agent to the Registrar under the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia).

 

Name of Subscriber

 

Dated at Halifax, Nova Scotia the 19th day of November, 1997 at 8:30 AM Atlantic Standard Time.

 

Witness to above signature:

 

/s/ Marcella J. Forhart


Halifax, Nova Scotia

Exhibit 3.12

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

 

The undersigned incorporator, for the purpose of incorporating or organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, certifies:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is

 

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United Corporate Services, Inc.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, and the par value of each such share is $.01.

 

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Kathryn Plunkett, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178.

 

SIXTH: Elections of directors need not be by ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

SEVENTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation may make By-Laws and from time to time may alter, amend or repeal By-Laws.

 

EIGHTH: No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for


acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

NINTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate this 4th day of September, 1997.

 

/s/ Kathryn Plunkett


Kathryn Plunkett

Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

IPG (US) Holdings Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”)

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended by changing the Fourth Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, and the par value of each such share is $.01.

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders of the Corporation, the stockholders of the Corporation have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by F. Stephanie Worth, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of March, 1999.

 

IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


   

Name: F. Stephanie Worth

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

 

Exhibit 3.13

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders, are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the


total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders fox all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that. if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect, of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such


meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who maybe present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.


Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

SECTION 8. Inspectors . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.


SECTION 2. Removal, vacancies and Additional Directors . The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have being elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation organizations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.


SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Q uorum . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7 . Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.


SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by-law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.


ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders: The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have


general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the


President shall tender statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the Books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.


SECTION 8. Giving of Bond By Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

SECTION 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or


was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.


SECTION 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay much amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

 

SECTION 5. Survival Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware


General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

SECTION 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

SECTION 7. Subrogation . In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the


Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

SECTION 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock . The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and cancelled.


SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Director to indemnify the corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or


allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable or such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.


SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks. Notes. Etc . All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.


SECTION 3. Contracts . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.


ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting, but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

Exhibit 3.14

 

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

OF

 

IPG HOLDINGS LP

 

This Certificate of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP (the “Partnership”), dated as of November 19, 1997, has been duly executed and is being filed by the undersigned in accordance with the provisions of 6 Del.C. §17-201 and §17-204, to form a limited partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (6 Del.C. § 17-101, et seq .)

 

1. Name . The name of the limited partnership formed hereby is IPG Holdings LP.

 

2. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is c/o RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, Tenth Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

3. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent for the Partnership in the State of Delaware are RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, Tenth Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

4. General Partner . The name and mailing address of the sole general partner of the partnership are:

 

Name   Address

Intertape Polymer Inc.

 

110E Montee de Liesse

   

Saint-Laurent, Quebec

   

Canada H4T 1N4

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned General Partner has duly executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership as of the day and year first stated above.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

By:

 

/s/ Andrew Archibald


   

Name: Andrew Archibald

   

Title: Vice President - Finance

Exhibit 3.15

 

SECOND AMENDMENT OF

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

IPG HOLDINGS LP

 

This Second Amendment of Agreement of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP (the “Partnership”), dated as of July 15, 1999 (the “Amendment”), is entered into by and between Intertape Polymer Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the General Partner has heretofore formed the Partnership by filing a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 1997, and entering into an Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership with the Limited Partner, dated as of November 19, 1997 (the “Original Agreement”), and amended by the Amendment to the Original Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1998 (as amended, the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the undersigned, being all of the partners of the Partnership, desire to amend the Agreement in the manner set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby amend the Agreement and agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments .

 

(a) The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 8.1(a)(5) that reads as follows:

 

“(5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform (i) the Note Agreements, each dated as of July 1, 1999 (the “Note Agreements”), among the Partnership, Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and the purchasers named therein, executed in connection with the issuance by the Partnership of up to U.S.$137 million aggregate principal amount of its U.S.$25,000,000 7.66% Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series A, due May 31, 2005 (the “Series A Notes”), and its U.S.$112,000,000 7.81 % Senior Guaranteed Notes, Series B, due May 31, 2009 (the “Series B Notes”), (ii) the Series A Notes and Series B Notes (collectively, the “Notes”), (iii) the Creditor Agreement, dated as of June 10, 1999, among The Toronto-Dominion Bank, Comerica Bank, each of the institutions listed in Annexes I and II thereto, the Partnership and Intertape


Polymer Group Inc., as supplemented by the Supplement to the Creditor Agreement, dated as of July 15, 1999, and (iv) any other documents or agreements contemplated by, described in or relating to any of the foregoing agreements, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Partner. The General Partner is hereby authorized to enter into the agreements described in the preceding sentence on behalf of the Partnership, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership. The obligations of the Partnership arising under the Note Agreements and the Notes, when due and owing, shall rank at least pari passu with all other general unsecured obligations of the Partnership, except for certain obligations of the Partnership that may be subject to statutory preferences and priorities.”

 

2. Future Cooperation . Each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate at all times from and after the date hereof with respect to all of the matters described herein, and to execute such further assignments, releases, assumptions, amendments of the Agreement, notifications and other documents as may be reasonably requested for the purpose of giving effect to, or evidencing or giving notice of, the transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

 

3. Binding Effect . This Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall enure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

4. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5. Agreement in Effect . Except as hereby amended, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

   

General Partner

   

By:

 

/s/


   

Name:

 

 


   

Title:

 

 


 

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.,

   

Limited Partner

   

By:

 

/s/


   

Name:

 

 


   

Title:

 

 



AMENDMENT OF

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

IPG HOLDINGS LP

 

This Amendment of Agreement of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP (the “Partnership”), dated as of June 1, 1998 (this “Amendment”), is entered into by and between Intertape Polymer Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the General Partner has heretofore formed the Partnership by filing a Certificate of Limited Partnership with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 19, 1997, and entering into an Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, dated as of November 19, 1997 (the “Agreement”), with the Limited Partner; and

 

WHEREAS, the undersigned, being all of the partners of the Partnership, desire to amend the Agreement in the manner set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby amend the Agreement and agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments .

 

(a) Clause (ii) of Section 8.1(a)(3) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(ii) to borrow money, guaranty obligations and/or indebtedness of other Persons (including, without limitation, any Affiliates) and issue notes and other evidences of indebtedness and, as security therefor, to mortgage, pledge or otherwise provide a security interest in all or any portion of any assets owned from time to time by the Partnership, real or personal;”.

 

(b) The Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 8.1(a)(4) that reads as follows:

 

“(4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform (i) the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1998 (the “Guaranty Agreement”), executed by the Partnership in favor of MONY Life Insurance Company of America, The Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York, Hare & Co., Jefferson-Pilot Life Insurance Company and The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company, (ii) the


Note Agreements, each dated as of June 4, 1998 (the “Note Agreements”), among the Partnership, Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and the purchasers named therein, executed in connection with the issuance by the Partnership of up to U.S.$137 million aggregate principal amount of its 6.82% Senior Guaranteed Notes due March 31, 2008 (the “Senior Notes”), (iii) the Senior Notes, (iv) the Creditor Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1998, among The Toronto-Dominion Bank, Comerica Bank, each of the institutions listed in Annexes I and II thereto, the Partnership and Intertape Polymer Group Inc., and (v) any other documents or agreements contemplated by, described in or relating to any of the foregoing agreements, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Partner. The General Partner is hereby authorized to enter into the agreements described in the preceding sentence on behalf of the Partnership, but such authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the power of the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership. The obligations of the Partnership arising under the Guaranty Agreement, when due and owing, shall rank pari passu with the obligations of the Partnership under the Note Agreements and the Senior Notes, and the obligations of the Partnership arising under the Guaranty Agreement, the Note Agreements and the Senior Notes, when due and owing, shall rank at least pari passu with all other general unsecured obligations of the Partnership, except for certain obligations of the Partnership that may be subject to statutory preferences and priorities.”

 

2. Future Cooperation . Each of the parties hereto agrees to cooperate at all times from and after the date hereof with respect to all of the matters described herein, and to execute such further assignments, releases, assumptions, amendments of the Agreement, notifications and other documents as may be reasonably requested for the purpose of giving effect to, or evidencing or giving notice of, the transactions contemplated by this Amendment.

 

3. Binding Effect . This Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall enure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

4. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

5. Agreement in Effect . Except as hereby amended, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

   

General Partner

   

        By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


   

        Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

   

        Title:

 

Vice-President and Secretary-Treasurer

 

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.,

   

Limited Partner

   

        By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


   

        Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

   

        Title:

 

Vice-President and Secretary-Treasurer


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

IPG HOLDINGS LP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Recitals

        1
     ARTICLE I     
     DEFINED TERMS     

Section 1.1

   Definitions    1

Section 1.2

   Headings    4
     ARTICLE II     
     FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP AND PURPOSES     

Section 2.1

   Formation    4

Section 2.2

   Name    4

Section 2.3

   Address    4

Section 2.4

   Registered Agent    4

Section 2.5

   Purposes    4

Section 2.6

   Term    4
     ARTICLE III     
     NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF PARTNERS     

Section 3.1

   General Partner    5

Section 3.2

   Limited Partner    5
     ARTICLE IV     
     CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADVANCES     

Section 4.1

   General Partner’s Capital Contribution    5

Section 4.2

   Limited Partner’s Capital Contribution    6

Section 4.3

   Status Of Capital Contributions    6

Section 4.4

   Advances    6
     ARTICLE V     
     ALLOCATIONS     

Section 5.1

   Profits And Losses    7
     ARTICLE VI     
     DISTRIBUTIONS     

Section 6.1

   Net Cash Flow    7


Section 6.2

   Distribution Rules    7
     ARTICLE VII     
     COMPENSATION OF GENERAL PARTNER     

Section 7.1

   Fees    7

Section 7.2

   Reimbursement Of Expenses    8
     ARTICLE VIII     
     MANAGEMENT     

Section 8.1

   Management Rights, Powers And Restrictions    8

Section 8.2

   Outside Businesses    9

Section 8.3

  

Fiduciary Duty, Exculpation And

Indemnification Of Indemnified Persons

   9

Section 8.4

   Books, Records And Financial Statements    10

Section 8.5

   Accounting Method    11

Section 8.6

   Bank Or Brokerage Accounts    11

Section 8.7

   Conveyances    11
     ARTICLE IX     
     ASSIGNABILITY; ADMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERS     

Section 9.1

   Assignability Of Partners’ Interests    12

Section 9.2

   Event Of Withdrawal Of A General Partner    13

Section 9.3

  

Death, Incompetency, Bankruptcy Or Dissolution

Of A Limited Partner

   14
     ARTICLE X     
     POWER OF ATTORNEY     

Section 10.1

   Appointment Of General Partner    14

Section 10.2

   Power Coupled With Interest    14
     ARTICLE XI     
     DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION     

Section 11.1

   Liquidation Of The Partnership    15

Section 11.2

   Methods Of Liquidation    16
     ARTICLE XII     
     MISCELLANEOUS     

Section 12.1

   Filing Of Partnership Certificate    16

Section 12.2

   Notices    17

Section 12.3

   Amendments    17


Section 12.4

  

Transfer Of Partnership Property To Other

Partnership Or To A Corporation

   18

Section 12.5

   Merger    18

Section 12.6

   Resolution Of Conflicts Of Interest    18

Section 12.7

   Failure To Pursue Remedies    19

Section 12.8

   Cumulative Remedies    19

Section 12.9

   Binding Effect    19

Section 12.10

   Interpretation    19

Section 12.11

   Severability    19

Section 12.12

   Counterparts    19

Section 12.13

   Applicable Law    19


AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

IPG HOLDINGS LP

 

This Agreement of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP (this “Agreement”) is made as of the 19th day of November, 1997, by and between Intertape Polymer Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada, as General Partner, and Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Canada, as Limited Partner.

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to form a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, for the purposes hereinafter set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

Section 1.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

“Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. § 17-101, et seq., and any successor thereto, as amended from time to time.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, (i) any Person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with the specified Person, (ii) any Person owning (or otherwise controlling the voting rights with respect to) ten percent (10%) or more of any class of the outstanding voting securities of the specified Person, (iii) any Person that is an officer or director of, general partner in or trustee of, or serves in a similar capacity with respect to, the specified Person, (iv) any Person who is an officer or director of, general partner in, trustee of or holder of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of the outstanding voting securities of any Person described in Clauses (i) through (iii) of this sentence, or (v) if the specified Person is an individual, the spouse, child, grandchild, parent or grandparent of the specified Person. For purposes of Clause (i) in the immediately preceding sentence, “control” with respect to any entity other than a corporation means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such entity.

 

“Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership of IPG Holdings LP, as amended and/or restated from time to time.


“Assignee” means any Person who is an assignee of a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership, or part thereof, and who does not become a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.1(b) hereof.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any corresponding federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Agreement. A reference to a specific section (§) of the Code refers not only to such specific section but also to any corresponding provision of any federal tax statute enacted after the date of this Agreement, as such specific section or such corresponding provision is in effect on the date of application of the provisions of this Agreement containing such reference.

 

“Fiscal Year” means (i) the period commencing on the effective date of this Agreement and ending on December 31, 1997, (ii) any subsequent twelve (12) month period commencing on January I and ending on December 31, or (iii) that portion of a period described in Clause (ii) of this sentence ending on the date on which the Partnership is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

“General Partner” means the Person identified in Section 3.1 hereof, when acting in its capacity as the, or as a, general partner of the Partnership, and includes any Person who becomes a Successor General Partner pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.2 hereof, and “General Partners” means two (2) or more of such Persons, when acting in their capacities as general partners of the Partnership. All references in this Agreement to a majority in interest or a specified percentage of the General Partners shall mean General Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) or such specified percentage, respectively, of the Units then held by General Partners.

 

“Indemnified Person” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.3(d) hereof.

 

“Limited Partner” means each Person identified in Section 3.2 hereof, when acting in its capacity as the, or as a, limited partner of the Partnership, and includes any assignee of the interests in the Partnership of a Limited Partner, but only if such assignee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.1(b) hereof, and only from and after the effective date of such assignee’s admission to the Partnership as a Limited Partner, and “Limited Partners” means two (2) or more of such Persons or such assignees, when acting in their capacities as limited partners of the Partnership. All references in this Agreement to a majority in interest or a specified percentage of the Limited Partners shall mean Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) or such specified percentage, respectively, of the Units then held by Limited Partners.

 

“Net Cash Flow” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period of the Partnership, the gross cash receipts of the Partnership from all sources, but excluding any amounts, such as gross receipts taxes, that are held by the Partnership as a collection agent or in trust for others or that are otherwise not unconditionally available to the Partnership, less all amounts paid by or for the account of the Partnership during the same Fiscal Year or other period (including, without limitation, payments of principal and interest on any Partnership indebtedness and expenses


reimbursed to the General Partner under Section 7.2 hereof), and less any amounts determined by the General Partner to be necessary to provide a reasonable reserve for working-capital needs or to provide funds for improvements or any other contingencies of the Partnership. Net Cash Flow shall be determined in accordance with the cash receipts and disbursements method of accounting, but otherwise in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. Net Cash Flow shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions, depletion, similar allowances or other non-cash items, but shall be increased by any reduction of reserves previously established.

 

“Partner” means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and “Partners” means two (2) or more General Partners and/or Limited Partners. All references in this Agreement to a majority in interest or a specified percentage of the Partners shall mean Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) or such specified percentage, respectively, of the Units then held by Partners.

 

“Partnership” means the limited partnership being formed pursuant to this Agreement, and includes any limited partnership continuing the business of the Partnership as herein provided.

 

“Partnership Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time, required under the Act to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

“Person” includes any individual, partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company or other legal entity.

 

“Successor General Partner” means any Person who becomes a Successor General Partner pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or Section 9.2 hereof.

 

“Treasury Regulations” means the income-tax regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

“Unit” means an interest in the Partnership representing a Capital Contribution of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) to the Partnership.

 

“Unit Holder” means any Person who holds one (1) or more Units, regardless of whether such Person is a Partner and regardless of whether such Units were initially acquired by such Person from the Partnership or by assignment from another Unit Holder, and “Unit Holders” means two (2) or more of such Persons.

 

Section 1.2. Headings . The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.


ARTICLE II

 

FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP AND PURPOSES

 

Section 2.1. Formation . The parties hereto hereby agree to form the Partnership as a limited partnership under and pursuant to the provisions of the Act.

 

Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be “IPG Holdings LP,” unless and until the name of the Partnership is changed by the General Partner, in its sole discretion, and an appropriate amendment to the Partnership Certificate is filed as required by Section 12.1 hereof. The business and affairs of the Partnership may be conducted under the name of the Partnership or, to the extent not inconsistent with the Act, under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner.

 

Section 2.3. Address . The registered office of the Partnership in Delaware shall be located at c/o RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, Tenth Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, or such other location within Delaware as may be determined by the General Partner from time to time. The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be located in Montreal, Canada, or at such other place as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may from time to time determine, provided that the General Partner shall give each Limited Partner written notice thereof not later than sixty (60) days after the effective date of any change of address.

 

Section 2.4. Registered Agent . The Partnership’s registered agent for the service of process on the Partnership in Delaware at its registered office described in Section 2.3 hereof is RL&F Service Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

Section 2.5. Purposes . The Partnership is being formed for the object and purpose of engaging in any business activities that may lawfully be engaged in by a Delaware limited partnership under the Act, and the Partnership may engage in any activities that may be incidental thereto. The General Partner is hereby empowered and directed to take such action on behalf of the Partnership as may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing purposes of the Partnership.

 

Section 2.6. Term . The term of the Partnership shall commence on the date the Partnership Certificate is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in full force and effect until December 31, 2047; provided, however, that the term of the Partnership may be extended beyond December 31, 2047, with the written approval, prior to December 31, 2047, of both the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners; and provided further, that the Partnership shall be dissolved prior to December 31, 2047, (or prior to any later date designated as the expiration date of any extended term of the Partnership) upon the happening of any of the following events:

 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.2 hereof, the occurrence of any event that would cause any General Partner to cease to be a general partner of a limited partnership under the provisions of § 17-402 of the Act;


(b) The written approval of both the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners; or

 

(c) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under § 17-802 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE III

 

NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF PARTNERS

 

Section 3.1. General Partner . The name and address of the General Partner are as follows:

 

Name

  Address

Intertape Polymer Inc.

  110E Montee de Liesse
    Saint-Laurent, Quebec
    Canada H4T 1N4

 

Section 3.2. Limited Partner . The name and address of the Limited Partner are as follows:

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

  110E Montee de Liesse
    Saint-Laurent, Quebec
    Canada H4T 1N4

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ADVANCES

 

Section 4.1. General Partner’s Capital Contribution . The General Partner, in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership, shall contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount of U.S. $14,850,000, and the General Partner shall acquire in exchange for such contribution Fourteen Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty (14,850) Units. The General Partner shall not be required to make any additional contribution to the Partnership.

 

Section 4.2. Limited Partner’s Capital Contribution . The Limited Partner, in its capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership, shall contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount of U.S. $150,000, and the Limited Partner shall acquire in exchange for such contribution One Hundred Fifty (150) Units. The Limited Partner shall not be required to make any additional contribution to the Partnership without its written agreement to do so.


Section 4.3. Status Of Capital Contributions .

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of a Unit Holder’s contributions to the Partnership may be returned to it, in whole or in part, at any time, but only with the consent of both the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. Any such returns of the Unit Holders’ contributions to the Partnership shall be made to all Unit Holders in proportion to the number of Units then held by each Unit Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no return of a Unit Holder’s contributions to the Partnership shall be made hereunder if such distribution would violate applicable state law. Under circumstances requiring a return of any contributions to the Partnership, no Unit Holder shall have the right to demand or receive property other than cash, except as may be specifically provided in this Agreement.

 

(b) No Unit Holder shall receive any interest, salary or drawing with respect to its contributions to the Partnership or for services rendered on behalf of the Partnership or otherwise in its capacity as a Unit Holder or Partner, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement.

 

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein and by applicable state law, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall be liable for the debts, liabilities, contracts or any other obligations of the Partnership. Except as otherwise provided herein and by applicable state law, the Limited Partner shall be liable only to make its contribution to the Partnership specified in Section 4.2 hereof, and no Limited Partner or Assignee shall be required to lend any funds to the Partnership or, after the Limited Partner’s contribution to the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, to make any additional contribution to the capital of the Partnership. The General Partner shall not have any personal liability for the repayment of any contribution made to the Partnership by any Limited Partner.

 

Section 4.4. Advances . If any Unit Holder shall advance any funds to the Partnership in excess of its contributions to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 hereof, the amount of such advance shall not entitle it to any increase in its share of the distributions of the Partnership. The amount of any such advance shall be a debt obligation of the Partnership to such Unit Holder and shall be repaid to it by the Partnership upon such terms and conditions as shall be mutually determined by such Unit Holder and the General Partner. Any such advance shall be payable and collectible only out of Partnership assets, and the other Unit Holders shall not be personally obligated to repay any part thereof. No Person who makes any nonrecourse loan to the Partnership shall have or acquire, as a result of making such loan, any direct or indirect interest in the profits, capital or property of the Partnership, other than as a secured creditor.


ARTICLE V

 

ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 5.1. Profits And Losses . For purposes of the Act, the profits or losses of the Partnership for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Unit Holders in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unit Holder.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 6.1. Net Cash Flow . Except as otherwise provided in Article XI hereof (relating to the dissolution of the Partnership), any distribution of the Net Cash Flow of the Partnership during any Fiscal Year shall be made to the Unit Holders in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unit Holder.

 

Section 6.2. Distribution Rules .

 

(a) All distributions pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof shall be at such times and in such amounts as shall be determined by the General Partner; provided, however, that no such distribution shall be made if it would cause the Partnership to be in violation of applicable state law.

 

(b) All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any payment or distribution by the Partnership to the Unit Holders shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Unit Holders pursuant to this Article VI for all purposes of this Agreement. The General Partner is authorized to withhold from distributions to the Unit Holders and to pay over to any federal, state or local government any amounts required to be so withheld pursuant to the Code or any provision of any other federal, state or local law.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

COMPENSATION OF GENERAL PARTNER

 

Section 7.1. Fees . No fees or other compensation shall be payable by the Partnership to the General Partner as compensation for its services in the management and administration of the Partnership; provided, however, that with the unanimous consent of all Partners, the Partnership may pay reasonable compensation to the General Partner for its services to the Partnership.

 

Section 7.2. Reimbursement of Expenses . The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner for all ordinary and necessary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership.


ARTICLE VIII

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Section 8.1. Management Rights, Powers And Restrictions . During the continuance of the Partnership, the rights and powers of, and the restrictions upon, the General Partner and the Limited Partner, respectively, shall be as follows:

 

(a) General Partners .

 

(1) Subject to the provisions of Paragraph (2) of this Subsection (a), the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be under the exclusive management and control of the General Partner, and the General Partner shall have all of the rights and powers that may be possessed by general partners under the Act. If there shall be more than one General Partner, a decision made by the vote of General Partners holding a majority in interest of the General Partners shall be the decision of the Partnership, except in the case of any matter with respect to which this Agreement specifically requires otherwise.

 

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Subsection (a), the General Partner shall have no authority to:

 

(i) Knowingly do any act in contravention of this Agreement;

 

(ii) Confess a judgment against the Partnership;

 

(iii) Admit a person as a General Partner or as a Limited Partner, except as specifically provided in this Agreement; or

 

(iv) Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.4 or Section 12.5 hereof, change or reorganize the Partnership into any other legal form.

 

(3) It is hereby agreed by all Partners that the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) shall have the power and authority (i) subject to the provisions of Section 12.4 hereof and Section 12.5 hereof, to sell, exchange or convey all or any part of any assets owned from time to time by the Partnership, real or personal, upon such terms and conditions as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, shall determine; (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 4.4 hereof (relating to advances by Unit Holders), to borrow money and, as security therefor, to mortgage, pledge or otherwise provide a security interest in all or any portion of any assets owned from time to time by the Partnership, real or personal; (iii) to prepay, in whole or in part, refinance, amend, modify or extend any mortgage, pledge, security agreement or bond with respect to any property owned at any time by the Partnership, real or personal; and (iv) to execute, on behalf of the Partnership, any and all instruments or documents that may be necessary, or, in the opinion of the General Partner, desirable to carry out the intent and purposes of the Partnership.


(b) Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall participate in the management or control of the Partnership business. The Limited Partner hereby consents to the employment, when and if required, of such brokers, agents, accountants and attorneys as the General Partner may determine, notwithstanding that any party hereto may have an interest therein.

 

Section 8.2. Outside Businesses . Any Unit Holder (and any Affiliate of any Unit Holder) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, and neither the Partnership nor any of the other Unit Holders shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Partnership, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. No Unit Holder (nor any Affiliate of a Unit Holder) shall be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Partnership even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership, it could be taken by the Partnership, and any Unit Holder (and any Affiliate of any Unit Holder) shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity.

 

Section 8.3. Fiduciary Duty, Exculpation And Indemnification Of Indemnified Persons .

 

(a) The Partnership, its receiver or its trustee (in the case of its receiver or trustee, to the extent of Partnership assets) shall indemnify, save harmless and pay all judgments and claims against each Indemnified Person relating to any liability or damage incurred by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by such Indemnified Person in connection with the business of the Partnership, including attorneys’ fees incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the defense of any action based on such act or omission, which attorneys’ fees may be paid as incurred.

 

(b) In the event of any action by a Unit Holder against any Indemnified Person, including a Partnership derivative suit, the Partnership shall indemnify, save harmless and pay all expenses of such Indemnified Person, including attorneys’ fees incurred in the defense of such action, if such Indemnified Person is successful in such action.

 

(c) The Partnership shall indemnify, save harmless and pay all expenses, costs or liabilities of any Indemnified Person who for the benefit of the Partnership makes any deposit, acquires any option, or makes any other similar payment or assumes any obligations in connection with property proposed to be acquired by the Partnership and who suffers any financial loss as the result of such action.

 

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnified Person” means a General Partner, any Affiliate of a General Partner and any officer, director, shareholder, employee, agent or representative of a General Partner or an Affiliate of a General Partner.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 8.3, no Indemnified Person shall be indemnified from any liability for fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.


(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any of Subsections (a) through (e) of this Section 8.3, in the event that any provision in any of such Subsections is determined to be invalid, in whole or in part, such Subsection shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

(g) No Indemnified Person shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to the Partnership, to any Partner or to any Assignee for any loss or damage incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by the Indemnified Person in good faith, either on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership, provided that the Indemnified Person was not guilty of fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence with respect to any such act or omission. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel selected by such Indemnified Person, and any act or omission suffered or taken by the Indemnified Person in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full justification for any such act or omission, and the Indemnified Person shall be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act, unless the Indemnified Person acts in bad faith.

 

(h) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnified Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, a General Partner acting under this Agreement and any other Indemnified Person acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Partner or to any Assignee for such General Partner’s or other Indemnified Person’s good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of an Indemnified Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are hereby agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnified Person.

 

Section 8.4. Books, Records And Financial Statements .

 

(a) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the Partnership shall maintain, at its principal place of business, separate books of account for the Partnership that shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the operation of the Partnership business in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Such books of account, together with a certified copy of this Agreement and of the Partnership Certificate, shall at all times be maintained at the principal place of business of the Partnership and shall be open to inspection and examination at reasonable times by each Partner and its duly authorized representative for any purpose reasonably related to such Partner’s interest in the Partnership.

 

(b) The General Partner shall prepare and maintain, or cause to be prepared and maintained, the books of account of the Partnership and the following documents that shall be transmitted by the General Partner to each Partner at the times hereinafter set forth:

 

(1) Within two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months after the close of each Fiscal Year, the following financial statements:


(i) Balance sheet of the Partnership as of the beginning and close of such Fiscal Year; and

 

(ii) Statement of Partnership income and expense for such Fiscal Year.

 

(2) Within one (1) month after the filing of each income-tax return, federal or state, filed by the Partnership, a copy of such return.

 

(c) All information contained in any statement or other document distributed to any Partner pursuant to Subsection (b) of this Section 8.4 shall be deemed accurate, binding and conclusive with respect to such Partner unless written objection is made thereto by such Partner to the Partnership within twenty (20) business days after the receipt of such statement or other document by such Partner.

 

Section 8.5. Accounting Method . For financial and tax reporting purposes, the books and records of the Partnership shall be kept on the accrual method of accounting applied in a consistent manner and shall reflect all Partnership transactions and be appropriate and adequate for the Partnership’s business.

 

Section 8.6. Bank Or Brokerage Accounts . All funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in the Partnership name in such bank or brokerage account or accounts as shall be designated by the General Partner. Withdrawals from any such bank or brokerage account or accounts shall be made upon the signature of the General Partner, or upon such other signature or signatures as the General Partner may designate.

 

Section 8.7. Conveyances . Any deed, bill of sale, mortgage, pledge, security agreement, lease, contract of sale or other commitment purporting to convey or encumber the interests of the Partnership in all or any portion of the real or personal property at any time held in its name shall be signed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner, and no other signature shall be required.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

ASSIGNABILITY; ADMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERS

 

Section 9.1. Assignability Of Partners’ Interests .

 

(a) General Partners . No General Partner may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, mortgage or otherwise hypothecate (hereinafter in this Section 9.1 collectively referred to as “assign”) the whole or any part of its interest as a general partner in the Partnership, and no General Partner may withdraw from the Partnership, without, in either case, the prior written consent of all other General Partners (if there shall be more than one) and of Limited Partners holding a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. If the General Partner obtaining such consent of the Limited Partners is the only general partner of the Partnership and


such General Partner is assigning its entire interest as a general partner in the Partnership, such General Partner shall designate the assignee of such interest to become a Successor General Partner, such assignee shall be admitted as a Successor General Partner immediately prior to the assignment and the Successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution. If the General Partner obtaining such consent of the Limited Partners is the only general partner of the Partnership and such General Partner is withdrawing from the Partnership, a majority in interest of the Limited Partners shall elect a Successor General Partner, who shall be admitted as a Successor General Partner immediately prior to the withdrawal, and the Successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution. If there is more than one General Partner, or if the General Partner obtaining such consent of the Limited Partners is not assigning its entire interest as a general partner in the Partnership, such General Partner may designate the assignee of such General Partner’s interest as a general partner, or any part thereof, to become a Successor General Partner only if all other Partners consent in writing to the admission of such assignee as a Successor General Partner, and (i) if any Partner refuses to give such consent, such assignee shall become a Limited Partner in the manner provided in Section 9.2(b) hereof, and the business of the Partnership shall be continued without dissolution, or (ii) if the necessary consents are obtained, the assignee shall be admitted as a Successor General Partner immediately prior to the assignment, and the Successor General Partner, along with any other General Partners, shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

 

(b) Limited Partners . No Limited Partner may assign the whole or any part of its interest in the Partnership, and no Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership, without, in either case, the prior written consent of the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one), which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of the General Partner. If such prior written consent is obtained for any such assignment, such assignment shall, nevertheless, not entitle the assignee to become a Limited Partner or to be entitled to exercise or receive any of the rights, powers or benefits of a Limited Partner other than the right to receive distributions to which the assigning Limited Partner would be entitled, unless the assigning Limited Partner designates, in a written instrument delivered to the General Partner, its assignee to become a Limited Partner and the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one), consents (which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the General Partner) to the admission of such assignee as a Limited Partner; and provided further, that such assignee shall not become a Limited Partner without having first executed a counterpart of this Agreement and without having paid to the Partnership a fee sufficient to cover all reasonable expenses of the Partnership in connection with its admission as a Limited Partner. If all of the foregoing conditions of this Subsection (b) are satisfied, the General Partner shall reflect such assignee’s admission to the Partnership as a Limited Partner in the books and records of the Partnership.

 

(c) Recognition Of Assignment By Partnership . No assignment, transfer or other conveyance of any Partner’s interest in the Partnership, or any part thereof, that is in violation of this Section 9.1 shall be valid or effective, and neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall recognize the same for the purpose of making distributions of Net Cash Flow pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof with respect to such Partnership interest, or part thereof. Neither the Partnership nor any General Partner shall incur any liability as a result of refusing to make any such distributions to the transferee of any such invalid assignment.


(d) Effective Date Of Assignment . Any valid assignment of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership, or part thereof, pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1, shall be effective as of the close of business on the last day of the calendar month in which the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) gives its written consent to such assignment (or the last day of the calendar month in which such assignment occurs, if later). The Partnership shall, after the effective date of such assignment, pay all further distributions of Net Cash Flow on account of the Partnership interest (or part thereof) so assigned to the assignee of such interest, or part thereof. Neither the Partnership nor any General Partner shall incur any liability for making distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Subsection (d), whether or not any General Partner or the Partnership has knowledge of any assignment of any interest in the Partnership, or part thereof.

 

Section 9.2. Event Of Withdrawal Of A General Partner . An event that causes a General Partner to cease to be a general partner of a limited partnership under the provisions of § 17-402 of the Act shall not dissolve the Partnership if (i) at the time of such event there is at least one other General Partner that agrees to continue (and does, in fact, continue) the business of the Partnership, or (ii) within ninety (90) days after such event, all Partners agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment of one or more Successor General Partners, effective as of the date of such event. If such an agreement is made to continue the Partnership, then:

 

(a) The Partnership shall continue until the end of the term specified in Section 2.6 hereof or until the occurrence of any subsequent event that would cause the Partnership to dissolve under this Agreement;

 

(b) Any withdrawn General Partner, or its legal representative or successor, shall thereafter become a Limited Partner with all the rights and obligations of a Limited Partner under this Agreement (including Section 9.1(b) hereof, relating to assignability of Limited Partners’ interests) and shall share in the Net Cash Flow of the Partnership in the same ratio, as provided in Article VI hereof, as was applicable to such withdrawn General Partner before the occurrence of the event that caused such withdrawn General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership, but shall not be entitled to receive any other distribution from the Partnership; and

 

(c) The Successor General Partner or Successor General Partners shall take all necessary steps to amend or restate the Partnership Certificate to the extent required by § 17-202 of the Act.

 

Section 9.3. Death, Incompetency, Bankruptcy Or Dissolution Of A Limited Partner . The death, incompetency, bankruptcy or dissolution or other cessation to exist as a legal entity of a Limited Partner shall not, in and of itself, dissolve the Partnership. In any such event, the legal representative or successor of such Limited Partner shall succeed to the rights of such Limited Partner in the Partnership to the extent of such Limited Partner’s interests, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 9.1(b) hereof (relating to assignability of Limited Partners’ interests).


ARTICLE X

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 10.1. Appointment Of General Partner . Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the General Partner (and each General Partner, if there shall be more than one) as such Limited Partner’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, acknowledge and file the following documents, to the extent consistent with the other provisions of this Agreement:

 

(a) All amendments and/or restatements of this Agreement adopted in accordance with the provisions hereof; and

 

(b) All documents that may be required to effect the dissolution and termination of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement and the cancellation of the Partnership Certificate.

 

Section 10.2. Power Coupled With Interest . It is expressly intended by each Limited Partner that the power of attorney granted by Section 10.1 hereof is coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable and shall survive and be unaffected by any subsequent disability or incapacity of such Limited Partner (or if such Limited Partner is a corporation, partnership, trust, association, limited liability company or other legal entity, by the dissolution or termination thereof).

 

ARTICLE XI

 

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

 

Section 11.1. Liquidation Of The Partnership . Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall (or, if there then is no General Partner, the Limited Partners or a Person appointed by the Limited Partners may) immediately commence to wind up the Partnership’s affairs; provided, however, a reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, the discharge of liabilities to creditors and the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership in an orderly manner, so as to enable the Partners to minimize the normal losses attendant upon a liquidation. The proceeds of liquidation shall be distributed, as realized in the following order and priority:

 

(a) To creditors of the Partnership, including Unit Holders (other than any General Partner) who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law, in satisfaction of the liabilities of the Partnership to such creditors (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof), other than liabilities for distributions to Unit Holders;


(b) To the General Partner, in its capacity as a creditor of the Partnership, in satisfaction of the liabilities of the Partnership to the General Partner in such capacity (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof), other than liabilities for distributions to Unit Holders;

 

(c) To the establishment of any additional reserves that the General Partner may deem reasonably necessary for any contingent liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or of the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership. The funds constituting reserves shall be paid over by the Partnership to an attorney-in-fact, bank, trust company or title insurance company, as escrowee, to be held and applied by him or it during such period as the General Partner deems advisable in payment of the obligations and liabilities in respect to which such reserves were created, and at the end of such period the amount of any such reserves then remaining shall be distributed in the manner provided in Subsection (d) of this Section 11.1; and

 

(d) To distribute to the Unit Holders the remaining proceeds of liquidation in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unit Holder.

 

The General Partner shall not receive any compensation for any services performed by it pursuant to this Article XI.

 

Section 11.2. Methods Of Liquidation .

 

(a) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the Partnership shall be liquidated by the sale of all of the assets of the Partnership and the distribution of the net proceeds therefrom in the manner, and subject to the order of priorities, provided in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

(b) If, upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner (or, if none, the Limited Partners or a Person appointed by the Limited Partners) determines that an immediate sale of all or any part of the assets of the Partnership would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the General Partner (or, if none, the Limited Partners or a Person appointed by the Limited Partners) may, in its absolute discretion, but subject to the order of priorities provided in Section 11.1 hereof, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets of the Partnership, except those assets necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership, and may, in its absolute discretion, distribute to the Unit Holders in kind, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as it deems not suitable for liquidation, in satisfaction of the Unit Holders’ proportionate interests in the Partnership. Any assets distributed to the Unit Holders in kind pursuant to this Subsection (b) shall be subject to such conditions and restrictions relating to the disposition and management thereof as the General Partner (or, if none, the Limited Partners or a Person appointed by the Limited Partners) deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such assets at such time.

 

(c) Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership as provided in Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 11.2, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the General Partner shall cause the cancellation of the Partnership Certificate and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.


ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1. Filing Of Partnership Certificate . The General Partner shall, in accordance with the Act, make, execute and file the Partnership Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on the date hereof. If the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Partnership transacts business so require, the General Partner shall also file with the appropriate office in such jurisdiction a copy of the Partnership Certificate and any other documents necessary for the Partnership to qualify to transact business in such jurisdiction, and the General Partner shall use its best efforts to file with the appropriate office in such jurisdiction a copy of any other documents necessary to establish and maintain the limited liability in such jurisdiction of the Limited Partners. The General Partner agrees and obligates itself to execute, acknowledge and cause to be filed, in the place or places and in the manner prescribed by law, any amendments to the Partnership Certificate, as may be required, either by the Act, by the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Partnership transacts business or by this Agreement, to reflect changes in the information contained therein or otherwise to comply with the requirements of law for the formation, continuation, preservation and operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership under the Act.

 

Section 12.2. Notices . All notices provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied or mailed by registered or certified mail, as follows:

 

(a) If given to the Partnership, at its principal place of business;

 

(b) If given to any General Partner, at the principal place of business of the Partnership, in care of the Partnership; or

 

(c) If given to any Limited Partner, at the address set forth opposite such Limited Partner’s name in Section 3.2 hereof, or at such other address as such Limited Partner may hereafter designate by written notice to the Partnership.

 

All such notices shall be deemed to have been given when received.

 

Section 12.3. Amendments .

 

(a) No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective or binding upon the parties hereto unless the same shall be in writing and shall have been approved both by the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General. Partners, if there shall be more than one) and by a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. Upon receipt of a written request executed by Limited Partners holding, in the aggregate, twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the interests in the Partnership of the Limited Partners for the adoption of an amendment to this


Agreement, or should the General Partner desire to propose such an amendment, the General Partner shall adopt and implement a plan whereby the Limited Partners may vote for or against the adoption of such an amendment.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (a) of this Section 12.3, the General Partner may amend this Agreement without the consent of any Limited Partner solely for the purpose of (1) correcting any patent error, omission or ambiguity contained in this Agreement, or (2) adding or deleting any provisions required to be added or deleted in order to comply with any federal or state securities law, regulation or other requirement.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 12.3 or any other provisions that may be contained in this Agreement, no amendment to this Agreement shall convert the Partnership to a general partnership, change the liability of the General Partner or the Limited Partner, or allow any Limited Partner to take part in the control of the business of the Partnership, unless all Partners consent in writing prior to such amendment.

 

Section 12.4. Transfer Of Partnership Property To Other Partnership Or To A Corporation . With the written consent of both the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners, the Partnership may transfer all or any part of Partnership assets to another partnership in exchange for an interest in such other partnership or to a corporation in exchange for stock of such corporation.

 

Section 12.5. Merger . The Partnership may merge with, or consolidate into, another Delaware limited partnership or other business entity (as defined in § 17-211(a) of the Act) upon the approval of both the General Partner (or a majority in interest of the General Partners, if there shall be more than one) and a majority in interest of the Limited Partners. In accordance with § 17-211 of the Act (including § 17-211(g)), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, an agreement of merger or consolidation so approved by the Partners may (i) effect any amendment to this Agreement, or (ii) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the surviving or resulting limited partnership of the merger or consolidation. Any amendment to this Agreement or adoption of a new partnership agreement made pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation. The provisions of this Section 12.5 shall not be construed to limit the accomplishment of a merger or of any of the matters referred to in this Section 12.5 by any other means otherwise permitted by law.

 

Section 12.6. Resolution Of Conflicts Of Interest .

 

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between a General Partner or an Affiliate of a General Partner, on the one hand, and the Partnership or a Limited Partner, on the other hand, or (ii) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that a General Partner shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair and reasonable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, such General Partner shall resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including such


General Partner’s own interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by any General Partner, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by such General Partner shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of such General Partner at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

(b) Whenever in this Agreement any General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion,” “absolute discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, such General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Unit Holders, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, such General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or by relevant provisions of law, equity or otherwise.

 

Section 12.7. Failure To Pursue Remedies . The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act, that would have originally constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.

 

Section 12.8. Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Such rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or otherwise.

 

Section 12.9. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all the parties hereto and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, legal representatives and assigns.

 

Section 12.10. Interpretation . Throughout this Agreement and any amendment hereto, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable.

 

Section 12.11. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

Section 12.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all Partners had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one instrument.


Section 12.13. Available Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above stated.

 

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

   

General Partner

   

        By:

 

/s/


   

        Name:

 

 
   

        Title:

 

 

 

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.,

   

Limited Partner

   

        By:

 

/s/


   

        Name:

 

 


   

        Title:

 

 


Exhibit 3.16

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

IPG FINANCE LLC

 

This Certificate of Formation of IPG Finance LLC (the “LLC”), dated as of November 19, 1997, is being duly executed and filed by Julian H. Baumann, Jr., as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101, et. seq.).

 

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is IPG Finance LLC.

 

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is c/o RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware are RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

 

/s/ Julian H. Baumann, Jr.


Julian H. Baumann, Jr.

Exhibit 3.17

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

IPG FINANCE LLC

 

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the Schedules attached hereto, this “Agreement”) of IPG Finance LLC (the “Company”), is entered into by IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, as the sole member (the “Initial Member”). As used in this Agreement, the term “Member” means the Initial Member and includes any Person (as hereinafter defined) that may hereafter be admitted as an Additional Member (as hereinafter defined) or a Substitute Member pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. The Directors (as hereinafter defined) shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement (as hereinafter defined). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

The Initial Member, by its execution of this Agreement (i) hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C § 18-101, et seq.), as amended from time to time (the “Act”) and this Agreement, and (ii) hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is IPG Finance LLC.

 

2. Principal Business Office . The principal business office of the Company shall be located in the State of Delaware outside of the City of Wilmington, or at such other location as may hereafter from time to time be determined by the Member.

 

3. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

4. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for the service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware are RL&F Service Corp., One Rodney Square, 10th Floor, Tenth and King Streets, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

5. Members .

 

(a) The name and the mailing address of the Initial Member are:

 

Name

 

Mailing Address

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

  c/o Intertape Polymer Group, Inc.
    110E Montee de Liesse
    Saint-Laurent, Quebec
    Canada H4T 1N4


(b) The Member may at any time, or from time to time, act by written consent.

 

6. Certificates . Julian H. Baumann, Jr., as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act, is hereby authorized to execute, deliver and file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Formation. After the filing of the Certificate of Formation, the powers of Julian H. Baumann, Jr., as an authorized person shall cease, and thereafter the Initial Member shall be, and is hereby designated as, an authorized person within the meaning of the Act, and the Initial Member may execute, deliver and file any and all amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

7. Purpose . The Company is being formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

 

8. Powers . The Company shall have and may exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purpose as set forth in Section 7 hereof and shall have and may exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed under the Act.

 

9. Management .

 

(a) Board of Directors . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Member may determine at any time, in its sole and absolute discretion, the number of Directors to constitute the Board, and hereby designates three (3) as the number of initial Directors and hereby designates Lloyd W. Jones, Kenneth R. Rogers, and James G. Leyden, Jr., as the initial Directors. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time, in its sole and absolute discretion. The Directors shall be elected by the Member, and each Director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be Members. At all times during the existence of the Company, a majority of the Directors shall be individuals who are residents of the United States.

 

(b) Powers . The Board of Directors shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein. The Board of Directors has the authority to bind the Company within the meaning of Section 18-402 of the Act.

 

(c) Meetings of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such times and at such places as


shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or by the President on not less than three (3) days’ notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication; and special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of anyone or more of the Directors.

 

(d) Quorum; Acts of the. Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or such committee.

 

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or of such committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all persons participating in such meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

(i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.

 

(ii) In the event of the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at such meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member.

 

(iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board referred to in Paragraph (i) of this Subsection (f), shall have and may exercise all of the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Each committee shall have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required by the Board.


(g) Compensation of Directors, Expenses . The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors, subject to approval by the Member. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board, which may be fixed sums for attendance at each meeting of the Board or stated amounts of compensation for serving as Directors. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed, as determined by the Board, like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

(h) Removal of Directors; Vacancies . Any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and any vacancy caused by any such removal or by the death or resignation of a Director may be filled by action of the Member.

 

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company within the meaning of Section 18-402 of the Act.

 

(j) Certificates . Any Person dealing with the Company, any Member, or any Officer or Director of the Company may rely upon a certificate of the Initial Member as to:

 

(i) the identity of any Member or any Officer or Director of the Company;

 

(ii) the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts that constitute a condition precedent to acts by a Member, an Officer or a Director or are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;

 

(iii) the Persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of, or on behalf of, the Company; or

 

(iv) any act or failure to act by the Company or any other matter whatsoever involving the Company, a Member, an Officer or a Director.

 

(k) Fiduciary Duties of Directors . Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Director shall have the fiduciary duties of loyalty and care similar to those of directors of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

10. Officers .

 

(a) Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board and shall consist of at least a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may, if it so determines, also select a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board from


among the Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The Officers of the Company shall hold their respective offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The salaries and other compensation or remuneration of all Officers (and of all employees and agents of the Company) shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board, but the removal of any Officer shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of such Officer with the Company. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Officers of the Company shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe and, to the extent not so prescribed, as generally pertain to the officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(i) Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board . If a Chairman of the Board is selected by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be specifically delegated to the Chairman of the Board by the Board. If a Vice Chairman of the Board is selected by the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall, in the absence or inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, preside at meetings of the Board and shall perform such other duties as may be specifically delegated to the Vice Chairman of the Board by the Board.

 

(ii) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company, shall preside at all meetings of the Members, if any, and in the absence or disqualification of a Chairman of the Board or a Vice Chairman of the Board, shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and the President shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Board, the President shall have such other duties and have such other powers as are similar to those of a president and chief executive officer of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(iii) Vice Presidents . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board, or, in the absence of any such designation, in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and, when so acting, shall have all of the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

(iv) Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and all meetings of the Members, if any, and record all of


the proceedings of the meetings of the Members and of the Board in books to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for any standing committees of the Company when so required by the Board. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Members, if any, and any special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, if any (or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order designated by the Board, or, in the absence of any such designation, in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

(v) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer, if any, shall have the custody of the Company funds, securities and other assets and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated from time to time by the Board. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as directed, or in the manner prescribed, by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Board, at its regular meetings or when the Board so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, if any (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order designated by the Board, or, in the absence of any such designation, in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

(b) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Board, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company within the meaning of Section 18-402 of the Act.

 

(c) Fiduciary Duties of Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Officer shall have the fiduciary duties of loyalty and care similar to those of officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

11. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither any Member nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or Director of the Company.

 

12. Shares and Share Certificates .

 

(a) Shares . A Member’s limited liability company interest in the Company shall be represented by the Shares issued to such Member by the Company. Each Member hereby agrees that its interest in the Company and in its Shares shall for all purposes be personal property. A Member has no interest in specific Company property.


(b) Share Certificates .

 

(i) Upon the issuance of Shares to any Member in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Board shall cause the Company to issue one or more Share Certificates in the name of such Member. Each such Share Certificate shall be denominated in terms of the number of Shares evidenced by such Share Certificate and shall be signed by at least one (1) Director.

 

(ii) The Company shall issue a new Share Certificate in place of any Share Certificate previously issued if the holder of the Shares represented by such Share Certificate, as reflected on the books and records of the Company:

 

(a) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, that such previously issued Share Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed;

 

(b) requests the issuance of a new Share Certificate before the Company has notice that such previously issued Share Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

 

(c) if requested by the Board, delivers to the Company a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Board, with such surety or sureties as the Board may direct, to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the previously issued Share Certificate; and

 

(d) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board.

 

(iii) Upon a Member’s Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement of any or all Shares represented by a Share Certificate, such Member shall deliver such Share Certificate to the Company for cancellation, and the Board shall thereupon cause to be issued a new Share Certificate to such Member’s Transferee for the number of Shares being Transferred and, if applicable, cause to be issued to such Member a new Share Certificate for that number of Shares that were represented by the canceled Share Certificate and that are not being Transferred.

 

13. Initial Contribution . The Initial Member shall contribute Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) in cash to the Company in exchange for the issuance by the Company to the Initial Member of 15,000 Shares.

 

14. Additional Contributions . The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may at any time make additional capital contributions to the Company. In the event of any such additional capital


contribution, the Company shall issue such number of additional Shares to the Member as shall be consistent with (i) the amount of such additional capital contribution, (ii) the net fair market value of the Company’s assets immediately prior to such additional capital contribution, and (iii) the number of outstanding Shares immediately prior to such additional capital contribution. The provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 14, are intended solely to benefit the Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company, and no such creditor shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, and the Member shall have no duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

 

15. Allocation of Profits and Losses . For purposes of the Act, the Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated among the Members (if there be more than one) in proportion to the number of Shares held by each Member.

 

16. Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Board. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make any distribution to any Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or other applicable law. For greater certainty, a distribution out of current or accumulated earnings of the Company shall constitute a dividend to the Member, and a distribution out of Member contributions shall constitute a reduction in the paid-in capital of the Company. In the event there are more than one (1) Member, distributions pursuant to this Section 16 shall be made to the Members in proportion to the number of Shares held by each Member.

 

17. Books and Records . The Board shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Board or by an Officer designated by the Board. Each Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours of the Company. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Board. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Board.

 

18. Financial Reports .

 

(a) Within sixty (60) business days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Board shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Member and each Director an unaudited report setting forth:

 

(i) Unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter of the year, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such quarter; and


(ii) Unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter of the year, an income statement of the Company for such quarter.

 

(b) The Board shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Member and each Director, within sixty (60) business days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited report or an unaudited report (as determined by the Member, in its discretion) setting forth:

 

(i) A balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year; and

 

(ii) An income statement of the Company for such year.

 

19. Other Business . The Member and any Affiliate of the Member may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

 

(a) No Member, Officer, Director, employee or agent of the Company, and no employee, representative, agent or Affiliate of the Member (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or to any other Person who has an interest in or claim against the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnification under this Section 20 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Member shall have personal liability on account thereof.

 

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to. the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay, such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 20.


(d) A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any other Person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to the Member might properly be paid.

 

(e) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to the Member for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Member to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

 

21. Free Transferability . To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, any Member may, at any time or from time to time, without the Consent of any other Member or of the Board, Transfer any or all of its Shares to the same extent as a holder of shares of capital stock in a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware could Transfer such shares of the capital stock of such corporation. The Transferee of any Shares shall be admitted to the Company as a Substitute Member (and as a member of the Company within the meaning of the Act) on the effective date of such Transfer upon (i) such Transferee’s written acceptance of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and its written assumption of the obligations hereunder of the Transferor of such Shares, and (ii) the recording of such Transferee’s name as a Substitute Member on the books and records of the Company. Any Transfer of any Shares pursuant to this Section 21 shall be effective as of the close of business on the last day of the calendar month in which such Transfer occurs.

 

22. Resignation . The Member may at any time resign from the Company. If the Member resigns pursuant to this Section 22, an Additional Member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 hereof, upon such Additional Member’s execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation, and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

 

23. Admission of Additional Members . One or more Additional Members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member and upon such terms and conditions as the Member may specify.

 

24. Dissolution .

 

(a) Perpetual Existence . Unless the Company is dissolved pursuant to Subsection (b) of this Section 24, the Company shall continue perpetually. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation in the manner required by the Act.


(b) Events of Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member (or all of the Members, if there be more than one), (ii) the resignation or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

 

(c) Bankruptcy of Member . The bankruptcy (as defined in Section 18-101(1) of the Act) of the Member shall not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company, and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

(d) Winding Up . In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

 

25. Waiver of Partition, Nature of Interest . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Member hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Member might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. No Member shall have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof.

 

26. Benefits of Agreement, No Third-Party Rights . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of any Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than a Covered Person) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person.

 

27. Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable, and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement that are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

28. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

29. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed


under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), and all rights and remedies shall be governed by such laws.

 

30. Amendments . This Agreement may not be supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the 19th day of November, 1997.

 

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 

/s/


Name:

 

 


Title:

 

 



EXHIBIT A

TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

IPG FINANCE LLC

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Member” means a Person who is admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 22 or Section 23 of this Agreement and who is named as a Member on the books and records of the Company.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling, Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such specified Person.

 

“Board or “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, as hereafter amended or restated from time to time.

 

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly; of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partner or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a specified Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which the specified Person owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

 

“Directors” means the directors elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member. Each individual elected as a Director is, by such election, hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

 

“Management Agreement” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

 

“Officer” means an officer of the Company described in Section 10 of this Agreement.

 

“Person” includes any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust,


unincorporated organization or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

 

“Share” means a limited liability company interest in the Company held by a Member. All of a Member’s Shares, in the aggregate, represent such Member’s entire limited liability company interest in the Company.

 

“Share Certificate” means a non-negotiable certificate issued by the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which evidences the ownership of one or more Shares.

 

“Substitute Member” means a Person who is admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 21 of this Agreement and who is named as a Member on the books and records of the Company.

 

“Transfer” means, with respect to any Shares, and when used as a verb, to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of such Shares, and, when used as a noun, shall have a meaning that correlates to the foregoing.

 

“Transferee” means the assignee, transferee or other recipient of a Transfer.

 

“Transferor” means the Person making a Transfer.


EXHIBIT B

TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

IPG FINANCE LLC

 

SHARE CERTIFICATE FOR

SHARES OF IPG FINANCE LLC

 

This Certificate has not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or under the securities or blue sky laws of any state. The holder of this Certificate, by its acceptance hereof, represents that it is acquiring this security for investment and not with a view to any sale or distribution hereof.

 

Certificate Number             

               Shares

 

IPG Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), hereby certifies that                              (together with any assignee of this Certificate, the “Holder”) is the registered owner of              shares of limited liability company interests in the Company (the “Shares”). The rights, powers, preferences, restrictions and limitations of the Shares are set forth in, and this Share Certificate and the Shares represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of November 19, 1997, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Limited Liability Company Agreement”). By acceptance of this Share Certificate, and as a condition to being entitled to any rights and/or benefits with respect to the Shares evidenced hereby, the Holder is deemed to have agreed to comply with and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Company will furnish a copy of the Limited Liability Company Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Company at its principal place of business.

 

This Share Certificate shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be executed by one (1) of its Directors.

 

Dated:                             

                                                                                                                                           
     Name:   

 



EXHIBIT C

TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

IPG FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

November 19, 1997

 

 

IPG Finance LLC

 

Re:       Management Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the undersigned persons, who have been designated as managers of IPG Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the provisions of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of November 19, 1997, as it may hereafter be amended or restated from time to time (the “LLC Agreement”), hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. Each of the undersigned hereby accepts his or her rights and authorities as a Director (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of the Company under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge his or her duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until his or her successor as a Director is designated or until his or her resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the provisions of the LLC Agreement. A Director is designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

 

2. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

/s/ Lloyd W. Jones


Lloyd W. Jones

/s/ Kenneth R. Rogers


Kenneth R. Rogers

/s/ James G. Leyden, Jr.


James G. Leyden, Jr.

Exhibit 3.18

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IPG (US) Inc.

 

The undersigned incorporator, for the purpose of incorporating or organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, certifies:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is

 

IPG (US) Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United Corporate Services, Inc.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares, all of which will be designated Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.


FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Kathryn Plunkett, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 101 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10178-0060.

 

SIXTH: Elections of directors need not be by ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

SEVENTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation may make By-Laws and from time to time may alter, amend or repeal such By-Laws.

 

EIGHTH: No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

NINTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trusties in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation


under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this Certificate this 12th day of September, 1997.

 

   

/s/ Kathryn Plunkett


   

Kathryn Plunkett, Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT’

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

IPG (US) Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Hoard of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Fourth Article of the Certificate of incorporation of the Corporation be amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue to test thousand, and that as so amended said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

FOURTH: The total number of sham of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, and the par value of each such share is $.01.

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders of the Corporation, the stockholders of the Corporation have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


FOURTH: That the aforesaid amendment and this Certificate of Amendment shall each be deemed to be effective as of March 16, 1999.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said IPG (US) INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by F. Stephanie Worth, its Assistant Secretary, this 25 day of March, 1999.

 

IPG (US) INC.
By:  

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


Name:   F. Stephanie Worth
Title:   Assistant Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE

AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

It is hereby certified that.

 

1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is IPG (US) INC.

 

2. The registered office of the corporation .within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington 19805, County of New Castle.

 

3. The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

 

4. The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

Signed on

 

By:

 

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


   

Stephanie Worth, Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.19

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IPG (US) Inc.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.


SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if. the holders of any class of


stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a


place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.


Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

SECTION 8. Inspectors . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.


ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors . The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.


When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is


one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a


quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.


ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.


In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6. Power and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all


reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.

 

SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the


Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement


actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.


Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.


Section 5. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing, with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

Section 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify


each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 7. Subrogation . In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

Section 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock . The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.


In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the. time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or


destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment, thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (l0) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (l0) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.


If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.


SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences


of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3. Contracts . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall, be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.


SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

Exhibit 3.20

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.

 

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of orgy a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is IPG Administrative Services Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation i the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19805. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1000) shares, all of which shall be designated Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

 

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

Alexi M. Poretz

  

c/o    Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

    

101 Park Avenue

    

New York, NY 10178

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the reserved power of the stockholders to amend and repeal any By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH; Unless and except to the extent required by the By-Laws, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code,


order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourth in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

NINTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

TENTH: No person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director unless, and only to the extent that, such director is liable (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to, repeal or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ELEVENTH: Each person who at any time is or shall have been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent authorized under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

TWELFTH: Any and all right, title, interest and claim in or to any dividends declared by the Corporation, whether in cash, stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six (6) years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the Corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositaries, shall at such time become the absolute property of the Corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.


THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. All rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purpose of forming a Corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby make, file and record this Certificate, and certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly set my hand hereto this 13 th day of December, 1999.

 

/s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Alexi M. Poretz

Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.21

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.


SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter

 

2


shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class; as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to

 

3


the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

SECTION 8. Inspectors . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote; but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions

 

4


touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

5


SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors . The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective; and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No

 

6


notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting; and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

7


SECTION 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, tile members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such

 

8


committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without

 

9


prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

10


SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks,

 

11


notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.

 

SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with, such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

12


SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of

 

13


the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with. respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

14


Section 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case; expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of

 

15


the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

 

Section 5. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that, may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

16


Section 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 7. Subrogation . In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section I of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

Section 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

17


ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock . The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.

 

SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any

 

18


claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

19


If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary.

 

20


A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks Notes, Etc . All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign aid deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

21


Section 3. Contracts Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

22


ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and arty amendment thereof, may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

 

23

Exhibit 3.22

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CENTRAL PRODUCTS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

1. The name of the Corporation is CENTRAL PRODUCTS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

2. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is Capitol Services, Inc.

 

3. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act, or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

4. The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock with a pare value of $1.0 per share.

 

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

 

Timothy R. Vaughan

14800 Quorum Drive, Suite 510

Dallas, Texas 75240

 

6. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation, and until changed in the manner provided in the Bylaws shall be two persons. The names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualified are as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

Ned N. Fleming, III

 

600 N. Pearl Street, Suite 2160

   

L.B. 100

   

Dallas, Texas 75201

Richard J. Boyle

 

6110 Blue Circle Drive

   

Minnetonka, MN 55343

 

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

8. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner described by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

9. A director of the Corporation shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty to the Corporation or its stockholders.


The undersigned, being the incorporator named above, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is his act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereto set his hand this 12 th day of September, 1995.

 

/s/ Timothy R. Vaughan


Timothy R. Vaughan


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CENTRAL PRODUCTS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

CENTRAL PRODUCTS ACQUISITION CORP., a corporation duly incorporated on September 12, 1995 (the “Corporation”), which is existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify as follows:

 

First: That the Board of Directors of said corporation adopt a resolution setting forth and adopting the following as an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation;

 

Second: That thereafter the stockholders of said corporation outstanding and entitled to vote signed a written consent adopting the following as an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

Third: That this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and that, affective Upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation, Paragraph 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended and to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“1. The name of the Corporation is Central Products Company.”

 

The undersigned, being the President of the Corporation, for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, does make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is his act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 7th day of February, 1996.

 

By:

 

/s/ Ned N. Fleming, III


   

Ned N. Fleming, III, President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY

 

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, a corporation duly incorporated on September 12, 1995, under the name Central Products Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”), which is existing under end by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify as follows:

 

First:    That the Board of Directors of said corporation adopted a resolution setting forth and adopting the following as an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation;

 

Second:    That thereafter the sole stockholder of said corporation signed a written consent adopting the following as an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

Third:    That this Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of, Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General. Corporation. Law and that, effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment o the Certificate of Incorporation, Paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Incorporation shag be amended and to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4. The total number of shares. of capital stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 200,000 shares of Common Stock. Each of the shares of Common Stock shall have no par value.”

 

The undersigned, being the President of the Corporation, for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, does make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is his act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 22 nd day of February, 1996.

 

By:

 

/s/ Ned N. Fleming, III


   

Ned N. Fleming, III, President

Exhibit 3.23

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

CENTRAL PRODUCTS ACQUISITION CORP.

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 

(now known as Central Products Company)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     ARTICLE I     
     OFFICES     
Section 1.   

Registered Office

   1
Section 2.   

Other Offices

   1
     ARTICLE II     
     MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS     
Section 1.   

Time and Place of Meetings

   1
Section 2.   

Annual Meetings

   1
Section 3.   

Notice of Annual Meetings

   1
Section 4.   

Special Meetings

   1
Section 5.   

Notice of Special Meetings

   1
Section 6.   

Quorum

   1
Section 7.   

Organization

   2
Section 8.   

Voting

   2
Section 9.   

List of Stockholders

   2
Section 10.   

Inspectors of Votes

   3
Section 11.   

Actions Without a Meeting

   3
     ARTICLE III     
     BOARD OF DIRECTORS     
Section 1.   

Powers

   3
Section 2.   

Number, Qualification, and Term of Office

   3
Section 3.   

Resignations

   3
Section 4.   

Removal of Directors .

   4
Section 5.   

Vacancies

   4
     MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS     
Section 6.   

Place of Meetings

   4
Section 7.   

Annual Meetings

   4
Section 8.   

Regular Meetings

   4
Section 9.   

Special Meetings; Notice

   4
Section 10.   

Quorum and Manner of Acting

   4
Section 11.   

Remuneration

   5
     COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS     
Section 12.   

Executive Committee; How Constituted and Powers

   5
Section 13.   

Organization

   5
Section 14.   

Meetings

   5


Section 15.   

Quorum and Manner of Acting

   5
Section 16.   

Other Committees

   6
Section 17.   

Alternate Members of Committees

   6
Section 18.   

Minutes of Committees

   6
     GENERAL     
Section 19.   

Actions Without a Meeting

   6
Section 20.   

Presence at Meetings by Means of Communications Equipment

   6
     ARTICLE IV     
     NOTICES     
Section 1.   

Type of Notice

   7
Section 2.   

Waiver of Notice

   7
Section 3.   

When Notice Unnecessary

   7
     ARTICLE V     
     OFFICERS     
Section 1.   

Elected and Appointed Officers .

   7
Section 2.   

Time of Election or Appointment

   7
Section 3.   

Salaries of Elected Officers

   8
Section 4.   

Term

   8
Section 5   

Duties of the Chairman of the Board

   8
Section 6.   

Duties of the President

   8
Section 7.   

Duties of Vice Presidents

   8
Section 8.   

Duties of Assistant Vice Presidents

   8
Section 9.   

Duties of the Secretary

   9
Section 10.   

Duties of Assistant Secretaries

   9
Section 11.   

Duties of the Treasurer

   9
Section 12.   

Duties of Assistant Treasurers

   9
Section 13.   

Duties of the Controller

   9
Section 14.   

Duties of Assistant Controllers

   10
     ARTICLE VI     
     INDEMNIFICATION     
Section 1.   

Actions Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation .

   10
Section 2.   

Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation

   10
Section 3.   

Determination of Right to Indemnification

   10
Section 4.   

Right to Indemnification

   11
Section 5.   

Prepaid Expenses

   11
Section 6.   

Right to Indemnification upon Application; Procedure upon Application

   11
Section 7.   

Other Rights and Remedies

   11
Section 8.   

Insurance

   11


Section 9.   

Mergers

   12
Section 10.   

Savings Provision

   12
     ARTICLE VII     
     CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK     
Section 1.   

Right to Certificate

   12
Section 2.   

Facsimile Signatures

   12
Section 3.   

New Certificates

   12
Section 4.   

Transfers

   13
Section 5.   

Record Date

   13
Section 6.   

Registered Stockholders

   13
     ARTICLE VIII     
     GENERAL PROVISIONS     
Section 1.   

Dividends

   13
Section 2.   

Reserves

   14
Section 3.   

Annual Statement

   14
Section 4.   

Checks

   14
Section 5.   

Fiscal Year

   14
Section 6.   

Corporate Seal

   14
     ARTICLE IX     
AMENDMENTS    14


ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1 . Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2 . Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other place or places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1 . Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2 . Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 1992, shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meeting the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3 . Notice of Annual Meetings . Written notice of the annual meeting, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 4 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary at the request in writing of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the voting power represented by all the shares issued, outstanding and entitled to be voted at the proposed special meeting, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides for a different percentage, in which event such provision of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 5 . Notice of Special Meetings . Written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 6 . Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of stock having a majority of the voting power of the stock entitled to be voted thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders,


the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice (other than announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the time and place of the adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 7 . Organization . At each meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board or the President, determined as provided in Article V of these By-Laws, or if those officers shall be absent therefrom, another officer of the Corporation chosen as chairman present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, or if all the officers of the Corporation shall be absent therefrom, a stockholder holding of record shares of stock of the Corporation so chosen, shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary, or if he shall be absent from such meeting or shall be required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 7 to act as chairman of such meeting, the person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary shall be present thereat) whom the chairman of such meeting shall appoint, shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

 

Section 8 . Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, at each meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of stock of the Corporation held by him and registered in his name on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 of Article VII of these By-Laws as the record date for the determination of stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by the Corporation, shall not be entitled to vote. Any vote by stock of the Corporation may be given at any meeting of the stockholders by the stockholder entitled thereto, in person or by his proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by his attorney thereunto duly authorized and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the secretary of the meeting; provided, however, that no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless said proxy shall provide for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. At all meetings of the stockholders all matters, except where other provision is made by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, shall be decided by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, a quorum being present. Unless demanded by a stockholder of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders and entitled to vote thereat, or so directed by the chairman of the meeting, the vote thereat on any question other than the election or removal of directors need not be by written ballot. Upon a demand of any such stockholder for a vote by written ballot on any question or at the direction of such chairman that a vote by written ballot be taken on any question, such vote shall be taken by written ballot. On a vote by written ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted.

 

Section 9 . List of Stockholders . It shall be the duty of the Secretary or other officer of the Corporation who shall have charge of its stock ledger, either directly or through another officer of the Corporation designated by him or through a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, to prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days before said meeting, either at a place within the city where said meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in


the notice of said meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of said meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of record who shall be present thereat. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, such list or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 10 . Inspectors of Votes . At each meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of such meeting may appoint two Inspectors of Votes to act thereat, unless the Board of Directors shall have theretofore made such appointments. Each Inspector of Votes so appointed shall first subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of an Inspector of Votes at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. Such Inspectors of Votes, if any, shall take charge of the ballots, if any, at such meeting and, after the balloting thereat on any question, shall count the ballots cast thereon and shall make a report in writing to the secretary of such meeting of the results thereof. An Inspector of Votes need not be a stockholder of the Corporation, and any officer of the Corporation may be an Inspector of Votes on any question other than a vote for or against his election to any position with the Corporation or on any other question in which he may be directly interested.

 

Section 11 . Actions Without a Meeting . Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may by taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereat were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1 . Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which shall have and may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 2. Number, Qualification and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall not be less than one (1) or more than seven (7). Within the limits above specified, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting or otherwise pursuant to action of the stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Sections 4 and 5 of this Article III, and each director elected shall hold office until the annual meeting next after his election and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his death or retirement or until he resigns or is removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of directors at any annual or special meeting of stockholders. Such election shall be by written ballot.

 

Section 3 . Resignations . Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, then it shall take effect immediately upon its receipt by the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.


Section 4 . Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the affirmative vote by written ballot of a majority in voting interest of the stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote, given at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. The vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal shall be filled by the stockholders at such meeting or, if not so filled, by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 5 of this Article III.

 

Section 5 . Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the annual meeting next after their election and until their successors are elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. If there are too directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 6 . Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 7 . Annual Meetings . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, and no notice of such meeting to the newly elected directors shall be necessary in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Section 8 . Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9 . Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary on 24 hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by telephone or by mail, telegraph, telex, cable, wireless, or other form of recorded communication; special meetings shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any director, however, if waived by him in writing or by telegraph, telex, cable, wireless, or other form of recorded communication, or if he shall be present at such meeting.

 

Section 10 . Quorum and Manner of Acting . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors at the time in office (but not less than one-third of the whole Board of Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.


Section 11 . Remuneration . Unless otherwise expressly provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, none of the directors shall, as such, receive any stated remuneration for his services; but the Board of Directors may at any time and from time to time by resolution provide that a specified sum shall be paid to any director of the Corporation, either as his annual remuneration as such director or member of any committee of the Board of Directors or as remuneration for his attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or any such committee. The Board of Directors may also likewise provide that the Corporation shall reimburse each director for any expenses paid by him on account of his attendance at any meeting. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 12 . Executive Committee; How Constituted and Powers . The Board of Directors may in its discretion, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate an Executive Committee consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of incorporation, and these By-Laws, the Executive Committee shall have and may exercise, when the Board of Directors is not in session, all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but the Executive Committee shall not have the power to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or any other committee of directors or to elect or approve officers of the Corporation. The Executive Committee shall have the power and authority to authorize the issuance of common stock and grant and authorize options and other rights with respect to such issuance. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, to change the membership of the Executive Committee, to fill all vacancies in it, or to dissolve it, either with or without cause.

 

Section 13 . Organization . The Chairman of the Executive Committee, to be selected by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Executive Committee and the Secretary shall act as secretary thereof. In case of the absence from any meeting of the Executive Committee of the Chairman of the Executive Committee or the Secretary, the Executive Committee may appoint a chairman or secretary, as the case may be, of the meeting.

 

Section 14 . Meetings . Regular meetings of the Executive Committee, of which no notice shall be necessary, may be held on such days and at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the Executive Committee and communicated in writing to all its members. Special meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held whenever called by the Chairman of the Executive Committee or a majority of the members of the Executive Committee then in office. Notice of each special meeting of the Executive Committee shall be given by mail, telegraph, telex, cable, wireless, or other form of recorded communication or be delivered personally or by telephone to each member of the Executive Committee not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any member of the Executive Committee, however, if waived by him in writing or by telegraph, telex, cable, wireless, or other form of recorded communication, or if he shall be present at such meeting; and any meeting of the Executive Committee shall be a legal meeting without any notice thereof having been given, if all the members of the Executive Committee shall be present thereat. Subject to the provisions of this Article III, the Executive Committee, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Executive Committee, shall fix its own rules of procedure.

 

Section 15 . Quorum and Manner of Acting. A majority of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at a meeting thereof at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Executive Committee.


Section 16 . Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more other committees consisting of one or more directors of the Corporation which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, shall have and may exercise, subject to the provisions of Section 141 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation, and these By-Laws, the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have the power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or any other committee or in their respective membership, to appoint or remove officers of the Corporation, or to authorize the issuance of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, except that such a committee may, to the extent provided in said resolutions, grant and authorize options and other rights with respect to the common stock of the Corporation pursuant to and in accordance with any plan approved by the Board of Directors. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as maybe determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings and specify what notice thereof, if any, shall be given, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. The Board of Directors shall have power to change the members of any such committee at any time to fill vacancies, and to discharge any such committee, either with or without cause, at any time.

 

Section 17 . Alternate Members of Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of the Executive Committee or any other committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, or if none be so appointed, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 18 . Minutes of Committees . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors at the next meeting thereof.

 

GENERAL

 

Section 19 . Actions Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or the committee.

 

Section 20 . Presence at Meetings by Means of Communications Equipment . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting conducted pursuant to this Section 20 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


ARTICLE IV

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1 . Type of Notice . Whenever, under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of incorporation, or these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, in person or by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given in any manner permitted by Article III hereof and shall be deemed to be given at the time when first transmitted by the method of communication so permitted.

 

Section 2 . Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of any applicable statute, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto; and transmission of a waiver of notice by a director or stockholder by mail, telegraph, telex, cable, wireless, or other form of recorded communication may constitute such a waiver.

 

Section 3 . When Notice Unnecessary . Whenever, under the provisions of the Act, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice is required to be given to any stockholder, such notice need not be given to the stockholder if:

 

  (a) notice of two consecutive annual meetings and all notices of meetings held during the period between those annual meetings, if any, or

 

  (b) all (but in no event less than two) payments (if sent by first class mail) of distributions or interest on securities during a 12-month period,

 

have been mailed to that person, addressed at his address as shown on the records of the Corporation, and have been returned undeliverable. Any action or meeting taken or held without notice to such a person shall have the same force and Effect as if the notice had been duly given. If such a person delivers to the Corporation a written notice setting forth his then current address, the requirement that notice be given to that person shall be reinstated.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1 . Elected and Appointed Officers . The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, with or without such descriptive titles as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, and, if the Board of Directors so elects, a Chairman of the Board (who shall be a director) and a Controller. The Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors by resolution also may appoint one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Controllers, and such other officers and agents as from time to time may appear to be necessary or advisable in the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Time of Election or Appointment . The Board of Directors at its annual meeting shall elect or appoint, as the case may be, the officers to fill the positions designated in or pursuant to Section 1 of this Article V. Officers of the Corporation may also be elected or appointed, as the case may be, at any other time.


Section 3 . Salaries of Elected Officers . The salaries of all elected officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4 . Term . Each officer of the Corporation shall hold his office until his successor is duly elected or appointed and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal, or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee thereof.

 

Section 5 . Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one be elected, shall preside when present at all meetings of the Board of Directors and, with the approval of the President, may preside at meetings of the stockholders. He shall advise and counsel the President and other officers of the Corporation, and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be assigned to or required of him from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6 . Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the provisions of these By-Laws, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation and shall have general and active control of all its business. He shall preside, when present, at all meetings of stockholders, except when the Chairman of the Board presides with the approval of the President and as may otherwise be provided by statute, and, in the absence of any other person designated thereto by these By-Laws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and the stockholders are carried into effect. He shall have general authority to execute bonds, deeds, and contracts in the name of the Corporation and affix the corporate seal thereto; to sign stock certificates; to cause the employment or appointment of such employees and agents of the Corporation as the proper conduct of operations may require, and to fix their compensation, subject to the provisions of these By-Laws; to remove or suspend any employee or agent who shall have been employed or appointed under his authority or under authority of an officer subordinate to him; to suspend for cause, pending final action by the authority which shall have elected or appointed him, any officer subordinate to the President; and, in general, to exercise all the powers and authority usually appertaining to the chief executive officer of a corporation, except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws.

 

Section 7 . Duties of Vice Presidents . In the absence of the President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 8 . Duties of Assistant Vice Presidents . In the absence of a Vice President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Vice President (or in the event there shall be more than one, the Assistant Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of that Vice President, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the President, or the Vice President under whose supervision he is appointed may from time to time prescribe.


Section 9 . Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the Executive Committee or other standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation, and he, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall keep and account for all books, documents, papers, and records of the Corporation, except those for which some other officer or agent is properly accountable. He shall have authority to sign stock certificates and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of the secretary of a corporation.

 

Section 10 . Duties of Assistant Secretaries . In the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Secretary (or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary arid shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the President, or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 11 . Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be under the supervision of the Vice President in charge of finance, if one is so designated, and he shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President, or any such Vice President in charge of finance.

 

Section 12 . Duties of Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers shall assist the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Treasurer (or in the event there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the President, or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 13 . Duties of the Controller . The Controller, if one is appointed, shall have supervision of the accounting practices of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties and powers of any other accounting personnel of the Corporation. He shall cause to be maintained an adequate system of financial control through a program of budgets and interpretive reports. He shall initiate and enforce measures and procedures whereby the


business of the Corporation shall be conducted with the maximum efficiency and economy. If required, he shall prepare a monthly report covering the operating results of the Corporation. The Controller shall be under the supervision of the Vice President in charge of finance, if one is so designated, and he shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President, or any such Vice President in charge of finance.

 

Section 14 . Duties of Assistant Controllers . The Assistant Controller or Assistant Controllers shall assist the Controller, and in the absence of the Controller or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Controller (or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Controllers in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Controller and perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the President, or the Controller may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1 . Actions Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise (all of such persons being hereafter referred to in this Article as a “Corporate Functionary”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2 . Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Corporate Functionary against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3 . Determination of Right to Indemnification . Any indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Corporate Functionary is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI. Such


determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4 . Right to Indemnification . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VI, to the extent that a Corporate Functionary has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VI (including the dismissal of a proceeding without prejudice or the settlement of a proceeding without admission of liability), or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

Section 5 . Prepaid Expenses . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Corporate Functionary to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VI.

 

Section 6 . Right to Indemnification upon Application; Procedure upon Application . Any indemnification under Sections 2, 3 and 4, or any advance under Section 5, of this Article VI shall be made promptly upon, and in any event within 60 days after, the written request of the Corporate Functionary, unless with respect to applications under Sections 2, 3 or 5 of this Article VI, a determination is reasonably and promptly made by the Board of Directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of disinterested directors that such Corporate Functionary acted in a manner set forth in such Sections as to justify the Corporation in not indemnifying or making an advance of expenses to the Corporate Functionary. If no quorum of disinterested directors is obtainable, the Board of Directors shall promptly direct that independent legal counsel shall decide whether the Corporate Functionary acted in a manner set forth in such Sections as to justify the Corporation’s not indemnifying or making an advance of expenses to the Corporate Functionary. The right to indemnification or advance of expenses granted by this Article VI shall be enforceable by the Corporate Functionary in any court of competent jurisdiction if the Board of Directors or independent legal counsel denies his claim, in whole or in part, or if no disposition of such claim is made within 60 days. The expenses of the Corporate Functionary incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

Section 7 . Other Rights and Remedies . The indemnification and advancement of expenses or provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification and advancement of expenses or may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Corporate Functionary and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person. Any repeal or modification of these by-laws or relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and other applicable law, if any, shall not affect any then existing rights of a Corporate Functionary to indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

Section 8 . Insurance . Upon resolution passed by the Board of Directors, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.


Section 9 . Mergers . For purposes of this Article VI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, constituent corporations (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees, or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

Section 10 . Savings Provision . If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Corporate Functionary as to expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit, proceeding, or investigation, whether civil, criminal, or administrative, including a grand jury proceeding or action or suit brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK

 

Section 1 . Right to Certificate . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences or rights.

 

Section 2 . Facsimile Signatures . Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3 . New Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board


of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 4 . Transfers . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation, or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation, subject to any proper restrictions on transfer, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction upon its books.

 

Section 5. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, not preceding the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and

 

  (i) not more than 60 days nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof,

 

  (ii) not more than 10 days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, as a record date in connection with obtaining a consent of the stockholders in writing to corporate action without a meeting, or

 

  (iii) not more than 60 days before the date for payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change, or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or the date on which any other lawful action shall be taken, as the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock or other lawful action of the corporation,

 

and in such case such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and any adjournment thereof (provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for an adjourned meeting), or to give such consent, or to receive payment of such dividend or distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

Section 6 . Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1 . Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors (but not any committee thereof) at any regular meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.


Section 2 . Reserves . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

Section 3 . Annual Statement . The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 4 . Checks . All checks or demands for money and promissory notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 5 . Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6 . Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the word “Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, reproduced, or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended, or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal, or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, JAMES W. TOMAN, Secretary of the Corporation, hereby certify that the foregoing is a true, accurate and complete copy of the Bylaws Central Products Acquisition Corp., adopted by its Board of Directors as of September 13, 1995.

 

/s/ James W. Toman


James W. Toman, Secretary

Exhibit 3.24

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

 

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is Intertape Polymer Corp.

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage is any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1000) shares, all of which shall be designated Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

 

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name


 

Mailing Address


   

Alexi M. Poretz

  c/o Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP    
   

       101 Park Avenue

   
   

       New York, NY 10178

   

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the reserved power of the stockholders to amend and repeal any By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH: Unless and except to the extent required by the By-Laws, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees


in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourth in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class or stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

NINTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

TENTH: No person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director unless, and only to the extent that, such director is liable (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to, repeal or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this article shall apply to or have any affect on the liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ELEVENTH: Each person who at any time is or shall have been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent authorized under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

TWELFTH: Any and all right, title, interest and claim in or to any dividends declared by the Corporation, whether in cash, stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the


stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six (6) years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the Corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositaries, shall at such time become the absolute property of the Corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.

 

THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. All rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purpose of forming a Corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby make, file and record this Certificate, and certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly set my hand hereto this 23rd day of November, 1999.

 

/s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Alexi M. Poretz

Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.25

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.


SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.


SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after


three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

SECTION 8. Inspectors . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.


ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2. Removal , Vacancies and Additional Directors. The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.


When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.


SECTION 6. Quorum . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.


SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.


All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filed by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have


general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.


SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason


of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.


Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.


Section 5. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

Section 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.


Section 7. Subrogation . In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

Section 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock . The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.


All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.

 

SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate . Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.


SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.


SECTION 6. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks, Notes, Etc . All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.


Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3. Contracts . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any


other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

Exhibit 3.26

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP., a corporation organized and existing under the Stock Corporation Act of the State of Virginia (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST: Pursuant to a Written Consent in Lieu of Meeting of the Board of Directors of Intertape Polymer Corp., resolutions were duly adopted as of December 29, 1999 setting forth a proposed amendment of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, declaring such amendment to be advisable and soliciting the written consent in lieu of a special meeting of the sole stockholder of the Corporation to effect the amendment, pursuant to Section 13.1-657 of the Stock Corporation Act of the State of Virginia. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that in the judgment of the Board of Directors it is advisable, and the Board of Directors hereby recommends to the sole stockholder of the Corporation, that the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to “Intertape Inc.” (the “Charter Amendment”) by amending the First Article thereof in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The name of the Corporation is Intertape Inc.”

 

and upon the filing of such Charter Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Virginia, the seal of the Corporation shall be changed to reflect the new name of the Corporation.

 

SECOND: The sole stockholder of the Corporation consented in writing to such amendment, in satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.1-657 of the Stock Corporation Act of the State of Virginia.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be signed by F. Stephanie Worth, its Assistant Secretary, this 29th day of December, 1999.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.
By:  

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


Name:   F. Stephanie Worth
Title:   Assistant Secretary


RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

 

The within Restated Articles of Incorporation are filed pursuant to 13.1-705, et seq ., of the Code of Virginia, 1950, as amended. The undersigned, being the Assistant Secretary of INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

ONE

 

The name of the Corporation is Intertape Polymer Corp.

 

TWO

 

The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation were filed with the State Corporation Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia on March 18, 1987, and were amended on March 26, 1990.

 

THREE

 

The within Restated Articles of Incorporation restate the text of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended heretofore, and further amend and change the Articles of Incorporation by authorizing a class of preference shares.

 

FOUR

 

The text of the amendment to the Articles of Incorporation which was adopted is as follows:

 

That the aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue be increased from Five Thousand (5,000) shares of Common Stock to Six Thousand (6,000) shares, of which Five Thousand (5,000) will be designated as Common Stock and One Thousand (1,000) will be designated as Preferred Stock; and


That the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Preferred Stock be as follows:

 

Liquidation . Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the corporation, the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, before any distribution is made to the holders of Common Stock, out of the remaining net assets of the Corporation, $100,000 per share of Preferred Stock, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends. If upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets distributable among the holders of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full to the holders of the Preferred Stock of all preferential amounts payable to all such holders, then the entire net assets of the Corporation thus distributable shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts that would be payable per share if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

 

Voting . Except as otherwise required by law, holders of the Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

Dividends . Dividends will be paid at a fixed rate of 8% per annum, compounded daily, and shall be cumulative.

 

Term . The term of the Preferred Stock shall be perpetual.

 

FIVE

 

The foregoing amendment was adopted on September 10, 1997.

 

SIX

 

The above amendment was approved by unanimous consent of the sole shareholder of the Corporation, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a Canadian corporation.


SEVEN

 

The text of the Articles of Incorporation as amended heretofore and amended hereby is hereby restated to read in full as follows:

 

I hereby associate to form a stock corporation under the provisions of Chapter 9 of § 13.1 of the Code of Virginia as amended, and to that end set forth the following:

 

(a) The name of the Corporation is Intertape Polymer Corp.

 

(b) The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Six Thousand (6,000) shares of which Five Thousand (5,000) will be designated as Common Stock and One Thousand (1,000) will be designated as Preferred Stock. The relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Preferred Stock shall be as follows:

 

Liquidation . Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, before any distribution is made to the holders of Common Stock, out of the remaining net assets of the Corporation, $100,000 per share of Preferred Stock, together with any accrued and unpaid dividends. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets distributable among the holders of Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment in full to the holders of the Preferred Stock of all preferential amounts payable to all such holders, then the entire net assets of the Corporation thus distributable shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the respective amounts that would be payable per share if such assets were sufficient to permit payment in full.

 

Voting . Except as otherwise required by law, holders of the Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

Dividends . Dividends will be paid at a fixed rate of 8% per annum, compounded daily, and shall be cumulative.

 

Term . The term of the Preferred Stock shall be perpetual.


(c) The name of the city in which the initial registered office is located is the city of DANVILLE, VIRGINIA.

 

(d) Every person, and the heirs, executors and administrators of every such person, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding of any kind, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, or was or is the subject of any claim, and whether or not by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of such person being or having been a director or officer of the Corporation, or by reason of such person serving or having served at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, committee, trust or other enterprise, or at the request of the Corporation in any capacity that under that under federal law regulating employee benefit plans would or might constitute such person a fiduciary with respect to any such plan, whether or not such plea is or was for employees of the Corporation, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties, awards, costs, amounts paid in settlement and liabilities of all kinds, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with, or resulting from, such action, suit, proceeding, or claim, provided that no indemnification shall be made against the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such person. These provisions are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other right to indemnity to which any person who is or may be indemnified hereunder may otherwise be entitled, and to the powers otherwise accorded by law to the corporation to indemnify any such person and to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity referred to herein or arising out of the status of such person as serving or having served in any such capacity (whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify against such liability).


SEVEN

 

The undersigned, assistant secretary of the Corporation, declares that the facts stated herein are true as of September 10, 1997.

 

Date: September 10, 1997   INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.
    By:  

/s/ J. Gregory Humphries


       

J. Gregory Humphries,

Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.27

 

AMENDMENT OF THE BY-LAWS

OF

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

(now known as Intertape Inc.)

 

By-Laws of Intertape Polymer Corp. are amended, pursuant to § 13.1-714, et seq . of the Code of Virginia, 1950 as amended as follows:

 

ONE

 

The name of the Corporation is Intertape Polymer Corp.

 

TWO

 

Article IV, Section 2, of the By-Laws is amended as follows:

 

The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and an Assistant Secretary who shall be elected and qualified. The officers may include a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents or Assistant Vice-Presidents.

 

THREE

 

Article IV, Section 5, of the By-Laws is amended by adding the following:

 

An Assistant Vice-President , if appointed, shall, assist the Vice-President or Vice-Presidents in the discharge of his or her duties and in the absence of a Vice-President, shall have all of the powers and duties given to a Vice-President by these By-Laws. The Assistant Vice-President shall also have such additional powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

FOUR

 

Article IV, Section 6, which is amended by adding the following:

 

The Assistant Secretary shall assist the Secretary in the discharge of his or her duties, and, in the absence of the Secretary, shall have all of the powers and duties given to the Secretary by these By-Laws. The Assistant Secretary shall also have such additional powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.


FIVE

 

The foregoing Amendment was adopted on the 31st day of May, 1993.

 

SIX

 

The above Amendment was passed by Unanimous Consent of the Directors of the Corporation. It being the opinion of the Directors that the change of the By-Laws is in the Corporation’s best interest.

 

SEVEN

 

The undersigned President of the Corporation declares that the facts stated herein are true as of the 31 day of May, 1993.

 

   

/s/ Melbourne F. Yull


    Melbourne F. Yull,
    President

 

Attest:

 

/s/ R. Lee Yancey


    R. Lee Yancey,
    Secretary


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

(now known as Intertape Inc.)

ARTICLE I

 

Stock

 

Section 1. Certificates of stock shall be issued in numerical order; they shall be signed by the President and by the Secretary, and the corporation’s seal shall be affixed thereto and attached by the Secretary. A record of each certificate shall be kept on the stub thereof.

 

Section 2. Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the books of the corporation, and before a new certificate is issued, the old certificate must be surrendered for cancellation and marked “cancelled” with the date of cancellation by the Secretary.

 

Section 3. In case of loss or destruction of a certificate of stock, no new certificate shall be issued in lieu thereof except upon satisfactory proof to the Board of Directors of such loss or destruction, and upon the giving of a satisfactory security, by bond or otherwise, against loss to the corporation. Any such new certificate shall be plainly marked “duplicate” upon its face.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Stockholders

 

Section 1. The annual meeting of the stockholders of this corporation shall be held at such time and place as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the President, the Board of Directors, or the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 3. Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which a special meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting (except if a different time is specified by statute), either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States Mail addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

Any notice required herein may be waived in writing before or after the meeting.

 

Section 4. A quorum at any meeting of the stockholders shall consist of a majority of the stock of the corporation, represented in person or by proxy. A majority of such quorum shall decide any questions that may come before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by statute.


Section 5. Each share of common stock outstanding shall be entitled to one vote on the matter submitted to a vote at the meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 6. Any action by the stockholders may be taken by the unanimous written consent of all of the stockholders, without the necessity of a meeting.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Directors

 

Section 1. There shall be a board of three (3) directors who shall be elected by the holders of voting stock for the term of one year and shall serve until the election and acceptance of their duly qualified successors.

 

Section 2. The regular organization meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual stockholders’ meeting. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held as determined by resolution of the Board. Such meetings may be held within or without the Commonwealth of Virginia at such place as may be designated by resolution of the Board or in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 3. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held upon three days’ written notice at such time and place as may be fixed in the notice, and may be called at any time by the President or any Director of the corporation.

 

Section 4. Notices of both regular and special meetings shall be mailed by the Secretary to each member of the Board not less than three days before any such meeting and notices of special meetings shall state the purposes thereof. Any notice required herein may be waived in writing by the party entitled to such notice.

 

Section 5. A quorum of any meeting shall consist of a majority of the entire membership of the Board. A majority of such quorum shall decide any question that may come before the meeting.

 

Section 6. Directors may be removed in accordance with Section 13.1-680 of the Code of Virginia, as amended. All vacancies among the Directors, however occurring, shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining Directors, although the remaining Directors may be less than a quorum.

 

Section 7. Any action by the Directors may be taken by the unanimous written consent of all of the Directors, without the necessity of a meeting.


ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

Section 1. Officers of the corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at their regular meeting. Officers may be removed with or without cause at any time whenever the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, shall consider the best interest of the corporation would be served thereby. Vacancies, however created, shall be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired term. The Board of Directors shall fix the compensation of the officers of the corporation.

 

Section 2. The officers of the corporation shall include a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, who shall be elected and qualified. The officers may include a Chairman of the Board, one or more vice presidents, and one or more Assistant Secretaries.

 

Section 3. The Chairman of the Board , if appointed, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. The President shall preside at all meetings in the absence of the Chairman, shall have general administrative supervision of the affairs of the corporation, shall sign all certificates of stock and shall have the power to sign contracts, notes and other instruments of the corporation provided that he shall not extend the credit of the corporation through the endorsement, with recourse, of customer obligations without the prior approval of the Board and shall execute all deeds and deeds of trust affecting the real estate owned by the corporation; shall report directly to the Board of Directors; shall make reports to the Directors and the stockholders, and perform such other duties as are incident to his office or are properly required of him by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Any Vice President , if appointed, shall perform such duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. The Secretary shall issue notices for all meetings, shall keep their minutes, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate minute book, and shall sign with the President all certificates of stock, deeds, and deeds of trust and such other instruments as require his or her signature by these bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall keep his or her records at the registered office or principal place of business of the corporation, and shall make available for inspection all such books and records to the persons and in such manner as is provided in Section 13.1-771 of the Code of Virginia, as amended.

 

Section 7. Any Assistant Secretary , if appointed, shall assist the Secretary in the discharge of his or her duties, and in the absence of the secretary shall have all the powers and duties given to the secretary by these Bylaws. Any Assistant Secretary shall also have such additional powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. The Treasurer shall keep the books of account of the corporation, and shall be the custodian of all funds and securities of the corporation and shall see to the deposit the same in the name of the corporation in such bank or banks as the Directors may designate, and shall perform such other duties as are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE V

 

Finances and Dividends

 

Section 1. Dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors from time to time in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation and in accordance with Section 13.1-692 of the Code of Virginia, as amended.

 

Section 2. The funds of the corporation shall be deposited in such banks or trust companies as the Directors shall designate and shall be withdrawn only upon check as ordered by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Seal

 

Section 1. The corporate seal of the corporation shall show the name of the corporation, the state in which it is incorporated, and the year of incorporation: i.e. , “INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.”

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Indemnification

 

1. To the full extent that the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors or officers, a director or officer of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages.

 

2. To the full extent permitted and in the manner prescribed by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act and any other applicable law, the corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the corporation who is or was a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was such a director or officer or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, by majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors, to contract in advance to indemnify any director or officer.

 

3. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, by majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors, to cause the corporation to indemnify or contract in advance to indemnify any person not specified in Section 2 of this Article who was or is a party to any proceeding, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, to the same extent as if such person were specified as one to whom indemnification is granted in section 2.


4. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify it against the whole or any portion of the liability assumed by it in accordance with this Article and may also procure insurance, in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against or incurred by any such person in any such capacity or arising from his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

 

5. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits, or proceedings commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from any action taken or failure to act before or after such adoption. No amendment, modification, or repeal of this Article shall diminish the rights provided hereby or diminish the right to indemnification with respect to any claim, issue, or matter in any then pending or subsequent proceeding that is based in any material respect on any alleged action or failure to act prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal.

 

6. Reference herein to directors, officers, employees, or agents shall include former directors, officers, employees, and agents and their respective heirs, executors, and administrators.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Amendments

 

Section 1. These Bylaws may be amended, repealed or altered, in whole or in part, by a majority vote of the Board of Directors, at any regular meeting of the Board, or at any special meeting where such action has been announced in the call and notice of such meeting, but bylaws made by the Board of Directors may be repealed or changed and new bylaws made by the stockholders, and the stockholders may prescribe that any bylaws made by them shall not be altered or repealed by the Directors.

 

The undersigned hereby certify that the foregoing are the Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of the corporation, effective June 1, 1995.

 

ATTEST:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


 

/s/ Melbourne F. Yull


Andrew M. Archibald

  Melbourne F. Yull

Secretary

  President

Exhibit 3.28

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IPG (US) GROUP INC

 

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation under the Geneva Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is IPG (US) Group, Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street. City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1000) shares, all of which shall be designated Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

 

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name    Mailing Address
Alexi M. Poretz    c/o Morgan Lewis & Bockius LLP
           101 Park Avenue
           New York. NY 10178

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the reserved power of the stockholders to amend and repeal any By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH: Unless and except to the extent required by the By-Laws, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class or stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or


arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

NINTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

TENTH: No person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director unless, and only to the extent that, such director is liable (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to, repeal or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ELEVENTH: Each person who at any time is or shall have been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent authorized under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

TWELFTH: Any and all right, title, interest and claim in or to any dividends declared by the Corporation, whether in cash; stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six (6) years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the Corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositories, shall at such time become the absolute property of the Corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.

 

THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. All rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.


THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purpose of forming a Corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby make, file and record this Certificate, and certify that the facts herein stated are true; and I have accordingly set my hand hereto this 30th day of November, 1999.

 

/s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Alexi M. Poretz
Sole Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF IPG (US) GROUP, INC.

 

IPG (US) GROUP, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST, By written consent of the Sole Incorporator of the Corporation, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth an amendment (the “Charter Amendment”) of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation. The resolutions setting forth the Charter Amendment are as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that it is hereby declared advisable that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to “IPG Financial Services Inc.” by amending the First Article thereof to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is IPG Financial Services, Inc.”

 

, and that the form, terms and provisions of such amendment are in all respects authorized and approved in the form written above; and further

 

RESOLVED, that it is hereby declared advisable that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the Corporation’s registered agent in the State of Delaware by amending the Second Article thereof to read as follows:

 

“SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle, 19805. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is Corporation Service Company.”

 

, and that the form, terms and provisions of such amendment are in all respects authorized and approved n the form written above.

 

SECOND: The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

 

THIRD: The Charter Amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Alexi M. Poretz, its Sole Incorporator, as of this 17th day of December, 1999.

 

IPG (US) GROUP, INC.

By /s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Name:   Alexi M. Poretz
Title:   Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.29

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or


represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.


The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.


SECTION 8. Inspectors . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge and. all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Director . The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any


Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or


telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum .. Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present-shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or mote of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in


the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.


All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to tune may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.

 

SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.


Section 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is riot proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.


Section 5. Survival: Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified maybe entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

Section 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.


Section 7. Subrogation . In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

Section 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock. The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the sane number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.


SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of airy change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a


record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks, Notes. Etc . All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other person as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3. Contracts . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds,


contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

Exhibit 3.30

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

The undersigned hereby makes, subscribes, acknowledges and files with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida these Articles of Incorporation for the purpose of forming a corporation for profit in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

ARTICLE I

Name

 

The name of this corporation shall be:

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

ARTICLE II

Existence of Corporation

 

This corporation shall begin existence on the date of filing of these Articles with the Secretary of State, Department of Corporation for the State of Florida and shall have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE III

Purposes

 

The corporation may engage in the transaction of any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida.

 

ARTICLE IV

General Powers

 

The corporation shall have power:

 

(a) To have a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and to use the same by causing it, or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, or in any other manner reproduced.

 

(b) To purchase, take, receive, lease, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use, and otherwise deal in and with real or personal property or any interest therein, wherever situated.

 

(c) To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, create a security interest in, lease, exchange, transfer, and otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property and assets.

 

- 1 -


(d) To lend money to, and use its credit to assist, its officers and employees in accordance with Section 607.0833, Florida Statutes.

 

(e) To purchase, take, receive, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in, or obligations of, other domestic or foreign corporations, associations, partnerships, or individuals, or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any other government, state, territory, governmental district, or municipality or of any instrumentality thereof.

 

(f) To make contracts and guarantees and incur liabilities, borrow money at such rates of interest as the corporation may determine, issue its notes, bonds, and other obligations, and secure any of its obligations by mortgage or pledge of all or any of its property, franchises, and income.

 

(g) To lend money for its corporate purposes, invest and reinvest its funds, and to take and hold real and personal property as security for the payment of funds so loaned or invested.

 

(h) To conduct its business, carry on its operations, and have offices and exercise the power granted by this act within or without this state.

 

(i) To elect or appoint officers and agents of the corporation and define their duties and fix their compensation.

 

(j) To make and alter bylaws, not inconsistent with its Articles of Incorporation or with the laws of the State of Florida, for the administration and regulation of the affairs of the corporation.

 

(k) To make donations for the public welfare or for charitable, scientific or educational purposes.

 

(l) To transact any lawful business which the Board of Directors shall find will be in aid of governmental policy.

 

(m) To pay pensions and establish and carry out pension plans, profit sharing plans, stock bonus plans, stock option plans, retirement plans, benefit plans, and other incentive and compensation plans for any or all of its directors, officers and employees and for any or all of the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries.

 

(n) To provide insurance for its benefit on the life of any of its directors, officers, or employees, or on the life of any shareholder for the purpose of acquiring, at his death, shares of its stock owned by the shareholder or by the spouse or children of the shareholder.

 

- 2 -


(o) To be a promoter, incorporator, general partner, limited partner, member, associate or manager of any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.

 

(p) To have and exercise all powers necessary or convenient to effect its purposes.

 

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

 

(a) The total number of shares of capital stock authorized to be issued by the corporation shall be 10,000 shares having a par value of $1.00 per share. Each of the said shares of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote at any meeting of the stockholders. All or any part of said capital stock may be paid for in cash, in property or in labor or services actually performed for the corporation and valued at a fair valuation to be fixed by the Board of Directors at a meeting called for such purpose. All stock when issued shall be paid for and shall be non-assessable.

 

(b) In the election of directors of this corporation there shall be no cumulative voting of the stock entitled to vote at such election.

 

ARTICLE VI

Registered Office and Registered Agent

 

The street address of the corporation’s initial registered office is 20 N. Orange Ave., Suite 1000, Orlando, Florida 32801-4626, and the name of the corporation’s registered agent is J. Gregory Humphries. The corporation may change its registered office or its registered agent or both by filing with the Department of State of the State of Florida a statement complying with Section 607.0502, Florida Statutes.

 

The corporation’s principal place of business and mailing address is 5401 W. Kennedy Blvd., Suite 711, Tampa, FL 33609.

 

ARTICLE VII

Initial Board of Directors

 

The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors shall be one (1) and the name and address of the person who is to serve as the sole member thereof is as follows:

 

Name    Address
Lloyd W. Jones    5401 W. Kennedy Blvd., Suite 711
     Tampa, FL 33609

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE VIII

Incorporator

 

The name and address of the incorporator of this corporation is as follows:

 

Name    Address
J. Gregory Humphries    20 N. Orange Ave., Suite 1000
     Orlando, Florida 32801-4626

 

ARTICLE IX

Amendment of Articles of Incorporation

 

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in these Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are subject to this reservation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, have executed these Articles for the uses and purposes therein stated.

 

/s/ J. Gregory Humphries


J. Gregory Humphries

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

COUNTY OF ORANGE

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 27 th day of May, 1998, by J. Gregory Humphries, who is personally known to me and who did not take an oath.

 

/s/ Karen Kiesow


Karen Kiesow

Notary Public - State of Florida

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 3.31

 

BYLAWS

OF

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

 

ARTICLE I

Offices

 

The principal office shall be in the City of Tampa, County of Hillsborough, and State of Florida.

 

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Florida as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE 11

Stockholders

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting . - The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held within the three (3) month period beginning with the first day of the last month of the fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; the actual day thereof to be set forth in the Notice of Meeting or in the Call and Waiver of Notice of Meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held at any such annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning not less than one-tenth (1/10th) of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice thereof.

 

Section 3. Place of Meeting . - The Board of Directors may designate any place either within or without the State of Florida, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place either within or without the State of Florida, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Florida.

 

Section 4. Notice of Meeting . - Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either by hand delivery, express or other delivery service, facsimile, telegram, telex, mailgram, cablegram or other delivery method or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his business or home address or the stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.


Section 5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting . - Whenever any notice to a stockholder is required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove, each stockholder may waive such notice in writing at any time before or after the time for the delivery of such notice, and such written waiver of notice shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting by any stockholder to whom notice of such meeting must be given pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting by such stockholder, except when the stockholder attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at the meeting because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 6. Voting Lists . - The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number and class and series of shares held by each; which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 7. Quorum . - A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 8. Voting of Shares . - Each stockholder entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy, signed by him, for each share of the voting stock held by him that has been transferred on the books of the corporation prior to such meeting. Such right to vote shall be subject to the right of the Board of Directors to close the transfer books or to fix a record date for voting stockholders pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereinafter.

 

Section 9. Proxies. - At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact; but no proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

 

Section 10. Informal Action by Stockholders . -

 

a. Any action which may be taken or is required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation. If any class of stock is entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required of the holders of a majority of the stock of each class of stock entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total stock entitled to vote thereon.


b. Unless all of the holders of the outstanding stock of the corporation have signed a written consent to an action in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (a) hereinabove, then within then (10) days after obtaining such written consent notice must be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing. The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action, and, if the action be a merger, consolidation, or sale or exchange of assets for which dissenter’s rights are provided by Florida law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of stockholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with Florida law regarding the rights of dissenting stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

 

Section 1. General Powers . - The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications . - The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than one (1), nor more than fifteen (15); the number of the same to be fixed by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor has been elected, unless sooner removed by the stockholders at any general or special meeting. None of the Directors need be residents of the State of Florida.

 

Section 3. Annual Meeting . - After each annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall hold its annual meeting at the same place as and immediately following such annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; and if a majority of the Directors be present at such place and time, no prior notice of such meeting shall be required to be given to the Directors. The place and time of such meeting may also be fixed by written consent of the Directors.

 

Section 4. Regular Meetings. - Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place, time and date for holding any special meetings of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

Section 6. Notice of Meeting or Waiver Thereof . - Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or by hand delivery, express, or other delivery service, facsimile, telegram, telex, mailgram, or cablegram or other delivery method, or mailed to each Director at his business or home address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If notice is given by cablegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the cablegram is dispatched. Any Director may waive notice of such meeting either before, at or after such meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting.

 

Section 7. Quorum . - A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum, but a smaller number may adjourn from time to time without further notice until a quorum is secured.


Section 8. Manner of Acting . - The act of a majority of the Directors voting for or against (disregarding any abstentions), at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Vacancies. - Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

 

Section 10. Compensation . - By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or a stated salary as Directors. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent . - A Director who is present at a meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless he votes against such action or abstains from voting in respect thereto. A Director may abstain from voting on any matter in his sole discretion.

 

Section 12. Informal Action by Board . - Any action required or permitted to be taken by any provisions of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, setting forth the actions so to be taken and filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or of the committee.

 

Section 13. Telephonic Meetings . - Members of the Board of Directors or an executive committee shall be deemed present at a meeting of such Board or committee if a conference telephone, or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear such other at the same time, is used.

 

Section 14. Removal . - Any Director may be removed, with or without cause, by the stockholders at any general or special meeting of the stockholders whenever, in the judgment of the stockholders, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed. This bylaw shall not be subject to change by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

Officers

 

Section 1. Number . - The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . - The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.


Section 3. Removal . - Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 4. Vacancies . - A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Section 5. Duties of Officers . - The Chairman of the Board of the corporation, or the President if there shall not be a Chairman of the Board, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, which he shall attend. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. Subject to the foregoing, the officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties as usually pertain to their respective offices and such additional powers and duties specifically conferred by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, by these bylaws, or as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. Salaries . - The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.

 

Section 7. Delegation of Duties . - In the absence of or disability of any officer of the corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by the Board of Directors, the Board may delegate his powers or duties to any other officer or to any other Director for the time being.

 

ARTICLE V

Executive and Other Committees

 

Section 1. Creation of Committees . - The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one (1) or more other committees, each to consist of one (1) or more of the Directors of the corporation.

 

Section 2. Executive Committee . - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, shall consult with and advise the officers of the corporation in the management of its business and shall have and may exercise, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors creating such Executive Committee, such powers of the Board of Directors as can be lawfully delegated by the Board.

 

Section 3. Other Committees . - Such other committees shall have such functions and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors, as can be lawfully delegated, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee or committees.

 

Section 4. Meetings of Committees . - Regular meetings of the Executive Committee and other committees may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Executive Committee or such other committees, and special meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees may be called by any member thereof upon two (2) days’ notice to each of the other members of such committee; or on such shorter notice as may be agreed to in writing by each of the other members of such committee, given either personally or in the manner provided in Section 6 of Article III of these bylaws (pertaining to notice for Directors’ meetings).

 

Section 5. Vacancies on Committees . - Vacancies on the Executive Committee or on such other committees shall be filled by the Board of Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting.


Section 6. Quorum of Committees . - At all meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees, a majority of the committee’s members then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Section 7. Manner of Acting of Committees . - The acts of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee or such other committees present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 8. Minutes of Committees. - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, and such other committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9. Compensation . - Members of the Executive Committee and such other committees may be paid compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of Article III (pertaining to compensation of Directors).

 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The corporation shall and does hereby indemnify any person made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, brought to impose a liability or penalty on such person for an act alleged to have been committed by such person in his capacity of Director or officer of the corporation, or for any other corporation which he served as such at the request of the corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expense, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action, suit or proceedings, or any appeal therein, if such Director or officer acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation, and in criminal actions or proceedings without reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The termination of any such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere shall not in itself create a presumption that any Director or officer did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation or that he had reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall apply to the heirs and personal representatives of any such Director or officer and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise, apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

Certificates of Stock

 

Section 1. Certificates for Shares . - Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary exhibiting the holder’s name and certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. The certificates shall be numbered and entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued.

 

Section 2. Transfer of Shares . - Transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made upon its books by the holder of the shares in person or by his lawfully constituted representative upon surrender of the certificate of stock for cancellation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Florida.


Section 3 . Facsimile Signature . - Where a certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation, the signature of any such President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation, such certificate or certificates may, nevertheless, be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures he used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

 

Section 4. Lost Certificate . - The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates or his legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Record Date

 

The Board of Directors is authorized from time to time to fix in advance a date, not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, or not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion of or exchange of stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with the obtaining of the consent of stockholders for any purpose, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to give such consent, as the case may be; and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by the Articles of Incorporation and by law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and to law.

 

ARTICLE X

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the twelve (12) month period selected by the Board of Directors as the taxable year of the corporation for federal income tax purposes.


ARTICLE XI

Seal

 

The corporate seal shall bear the name of the corporation, which shall be between two concentric circles, and in the inside of the inner circle shall be the calendar year of incorporation; an impression of said seal appearing on the margin hereof.

 

ARTICLE XII

Stock in Other Corporations

 

Shares of stock in other corporations held by this corporation shall be voted by such officer or officers of this corporation as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate for the purpose, or by a proxy thereunto duly authorized by said Board.

 

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

 

These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed in whole or in part, and new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the vote of stockholders owning a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

ARTICLE XIV

Reimbursement of Disallowed Expenses

 

Any payments made to an officer of the corporation such as salary, commission, bonus, interest or rent or for entertainment expenses incurred by him which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service shall be reimbursed by such officer to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the Directors, as a board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. Reimbursement of such disallowed amounts may, subject to the determination of the Directors, be withheld in proportionate amounts from the future compensation payments of the officers until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Exhibit 3.32

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

We hereby associate to form a stock corporation under the provisions of Chapter 9 of § 13.1 of the Code of Virginia, 1950, as amended, and to that end set forth the following:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Name

 

The name of the corporation is POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Stock

 

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Five Thousand (5,000) shares of common stock.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Indemnification

 

1. To the full extent that the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors or officers, a director or officer of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages.

 

2. To the full extent permitted and in the manner prescribed by the Virginia stock Corporation Act and any other applicable law, the corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the corporation who is or was a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was such a director or officer or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, by majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors; to contract in advance to indemnify any director or officer.

 

3. The Board of Directors is hereby empowered, by majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors, to cause the corporation to indemnify or contract in advance to indemnify any person not specified in Section 2 of this Article who was or is a party to any proceeding, by reason of the


fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, to the same extent as if such person were specified as one to whom indemnification is granted in Section 2 of this Article.

 

4. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to indemnify it against the whole or any portion of the liability assumed by it in accordance with this Article and may also procure insurance, in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against or incurred by any such person in any such capacity or arising from his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

 

5. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits, or proceedings commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from any action taken or failure to act before or after such adoption. No amendment, modification, or repeal of this Article shall diminish the rights provided hereby or diminish the right to indemnification with respect to any claim, issue, or matter in any then pending or subsequent proceeding that is based in any material respect on any alleged action or failure to act prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal.

 

6. Reference herein to directors, officers, employees, or agents shall include former directors, officers, employees, and agents and their respective heirs, executors, and administrators.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Registered Office and Agent

 

The post office address of the initial registered office is 549 Main Street, Danville, VA 24541.

 

The name of the City in which the initial registered office is located is the City of Danville, Virginia.

 

The name of its initial registered agent is R. LEE YANCEY, who is a resident of Virginia and is a member of the Virginia State Bar.

 

WITNESS the following signature. and seal this 25th day of October, 1995.

 

/s/


Incorporator

Exhibit 3.33

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE 1        Meetings of Shareholders

   1

            SECTION 1.1

   Places of Meeting    1

            SECTION 1.2

   Annual Meetings    1

            SECTION 1.3

   Special Meetings    1

            SECTION 1.4

   Notice of Meetings    1

            SECTION 1.5

   Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting    1

            SECTION 1.6

   Quorum    2

            SECTION 1.7

   Voting    2

            SECTION 1.8

   Inspectors    2

ARTICLE 2        Directors

   2

            SECTION 2.1

   General Powers    3

            SECTION 2.2

   Number of Directors    3

            SECTION 2.3

   Election and Removal of Directors; Quorum    3

            SECTION 2.4

   Meetings of Directors    3

            SECTION 2.5

   Actions by Directors or Committee Without Meeting    4

            SECTION 2.6

   Compensation    4

ARTICLE 3        Committees

   4

            SECTION 3.1

   Executive Committee    4

            SECTION 3.2

   Other Committees    4

            SECTION 3.3

   Meetings    5

            SECTION 3.4

   Quorum and Manner of Acting    5

            SECTION 3.5

   Term of Office    5

            SECTION 3.6

   Resignation and Removal    5

            SECTION 3.7

   Vacancies    5


TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

 

Section


        Page

ARTICLE 4        Officers

   5

        SECTION 4.1

   Election of Officers; Terms    5

        SECTION 4.2

   Removal of Officers; Vacancies    5

        SECTION 4.3

   Duties    5

        SECTION 4.4

   Duties of the President    6

        SECTION 4.5

   Duties of the Vice President    6

        SECTION 4.6

   Duties of the Treasurer    6

        SECTION 4.7

   Duties of the Secretary    6

        SECTION 4.8

   Compensation    6

ARTICLE 5        Capital Stock

   6

        SECTION 5.1

   Certificates    6

        SECTION 5.2

   Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates    7

        SECTION 5.3

   Transfer of Stock    7

ARTICLE 6        Corporate Records

   7

        SECTION 6.1

   Minutes of Meetings and Records of Actions Taken Without Meetings    7

        SECTION 6.2

   Accounting Records.    7

        SECTION 6.3

   List of Shareholders    7

        SECTION 6.4

   Form of Records    8

        SECTION 6.5

   Financial Statements for Shareholders    8

        SECTION 6.6

   Specific Records Which Corporation Must Keep    8

ARTICLE 7        Miscellaneous Provisions

   9

        SECTION 7.1

   Seal    9

        SECTION 7.2

   Fiscal Year    9

        SECTION 7.3

   Checks, Notes and Drafts    9

        SECTION 7.4

   Amendment of Bylaws    9

        SECTION 7.5

   Voting of Stock Held    9

        SECTION 7.6

   Indemnification    9


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

 

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Meetings of Shareholders

 

1.1 Places of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Virginia, as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

1.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the shareholders, for the election of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the annual meeting shall be held in each year on April 1, if that day is not a legal holiday. If that day is a legal holiday, the annual meeting shall be held on the next succeeding day not a holiday. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the time stated in or fixed in accordance with these Bylaws does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

 

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, by the President, by the Board of Directors, or if shareholders together holding at least twenty percent (20%) of all votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the special meeting sign, date and deliver to the Corporation’s secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held. At a special meeting no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

1.4 Notice of Meeting . Written notice stating the place, day and hour of every meeting of the shareholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, at his address which appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation except that notice of a shareholders’ meeting to act on an amendment of the articles of incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale of assets pursuant to § 13.1-724, or the dissolution of the corporation shall be given not less than twenty-five nor more than sixty days before the meeting date. Meetings may be held without notice if all the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived in writing by those not present, either before or after the meeting.

 

1.5 Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting . Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents, in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and delivered to the Secretary for inclusion in the Corporation’s minutes or filing with the corporate records. Any action taken by unanimous written consent of the shareholders shall be effective according to its terms when all consents are in possession of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an action taken by written consent of the shareholders that specifies an effective date shall be effective as of such date, provided the consent states the date of execution by each shareholder. A shareholder may withdraw his written consent only by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Corporation prior to the time that all consents are in possession of the Corporation. If not otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting shall be the date the first shareholder signs such consent. Any such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the shareholders.


1.6 Quorum . Any number of shareholders together holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote in each voting group with respect to the business to be transacted, who shall be present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting duly called, shall constitute a quorum of such group for the transaction of business. If less than a quorum shall be in attendance at the time for which a meeting shall have been called, the meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the shareholders present or represented by proxy without notice other than by: announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall attend. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting of shareholders, it shall be deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is, or shall be, set for that adjourned meeting.

 

1.7 Voting . At any meeting of the shareholders each shareholder of a class entitled to vote on any matter coming before the meeting shall, as to such matter, have one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of capital stock of such class standing .in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the date, not more than seventy days prior to such meeting, fixed by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote, as the date on which the stock transfer books of the Corporation are to be closed or as the record date. Every proxy shall be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder entitled to vote or his duly authorized attorney in fact. An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from its date, unless otherwise expressly provided in the proxy. If a quorum is present at a meeting of the shareholders, action on a matter other than election of directors shall be approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless a vote of a greater number is required by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or by law. If a quorum is present at a meeting of the shareholders, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in such election.

 

1.8 Inspectors . An appropriate number of inspectors for any meeting of shareholders may be appointed by the Chairman of such meeting. Inspectors so appointed will open and close the polls, will receive and take charge of proxies and ballots, and will decide all questions as to the qualifications of voters, validity of proxies and ballots, and the number of votes properly cast.


ARTICLE 2

 

Directors

 

2.1 General Powers . The property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, and, except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all of the powers of the Corporation shall be vested in such Board.

 

2.2 Number of Directors . The number of directors shall be three (3) in number. The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment to these Bylaws. The Board of Directors may, by amendment to these Bylaws, increase or decrease by thirty percent or less the number of directors last elected by the shareholders, but only the shareholders may increase or decrease the number by more than thirty percent. No decrease in number shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.

 

2.3 Election and Removal of Directors; Quorum .

 

(a) Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those Directors whose terms have expired and to fill any vacancies then existing.

 

(b) Directors shall hold their offices until the next annual shareholders’ meeting following their election anal until their successors are elected and qualify. Any Director may be removed from office at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by the vote of shareholders holding not less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

 

(c) Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of the majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum of the Board, and the term of office of any Director so elected shall expire at the next shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected.

 

(d) A majority of the number of Directors elected and serving at the time of any meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting.

 

2.4 Meetings of Directors . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held as soon as practicable after the adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders at such place as the Board may designate. Other meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at places within or without the State of Virginia and at times fixed by resolution of the Board, or upon call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or a majority of the Directors. The Secretary or officer performing the Secretary’s duties shall give not less than twenty-four hours’ notice by letter, telegraph or telephone of all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that notice need not be given of the annual meeting or of regular meetings held at times and places fixed by resolution of the Board. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all of the Directors are present, or if those not present waive notice in writing either before or after the meeting. The notice of meetings of the Board need not state the purpose of the


meeting. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated thereby may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by any means of communication whereby all persons participating in the meeting can simultaneously hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. A written record shall be made of any action taken at a meeting conducted by such means of communication.

 

2.5 Actions by Directors or Committee Without Meeting . Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a Committee may be taken without a meeting if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed either before or after such action by all of the Directors or all of the members of the Committee, as the case may be, and delivered to the secretary for inclusion in the Corporation’s minutes or filing with the corporate records. Such action shall be effective when the last director signs the consent, unless. the consent specifies a different effective date, in which event an action so taken shall be effective on the date specified therein, provided the consent states the date of execution by each director. Any such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors.

 

2.6 Compensation . By resolution of the Board, Directors may be allowed a fee and expenses for attendance at all meetings, as well as discount and other privileges. Nothing herein shall preclude Directors from serving the Corporation in other capacities and receiving compensation for such other services.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Committees

 

3.1 Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the number of Directors fixed by these Bylaws, may elect an Executive Committee which shall consist of not less than two Directors, including the President. When the Board of Directors is not in session, the Executive Committee shall have all power vested in the Board of Directors by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, provided that the Executive Committee shall not have power to approve an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or a plan of merger or consolidation, a plan of exchange under which the Corporation would be acquired, the sale, lease or exchange, or the mortgage or pledge for a consideration other than money, of all, or substantially all, the property and assets of the Corporation otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business, the voluntary dissolution of the Corporation, or revocation of voluntary dissolution proceedings, or to take any action prohibited by express resolution of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall report at the next regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors all action which the Executive Committee may have taken on behalf of the Board since the last regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

3.2 Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution duly adopted, may establish such other standing or special committees of the Board, consisting of at least two Directors, as it may deem advisable; and the members, terms and authority of such committees shall be as set forth in the resolutions establishing the same.

 

3.3 Meetings . Regular and special meetings of any Committee established pursuant to this Article may be called and held subject to the same requirements with respect to time, place and notice as are specified in these Bylaws for regular and special meetings of the Board of Directors.


3.4 Quorum and Manner of Acting . A majority of the members of any Committee serving at the time of any meeting thereof shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting. The action of a majority of those members present at a Committee meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute the act of the Committee.

 

3.5 Term of Office . Members of any Committee shall be elected as above provided and shall hold office until their successors are elected by the Board of Directors or until such Committee is dissolved by the Board of Directors.

 

3.6 Resignation and Removal . Any member of a Committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of his intention to do so to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation, or may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by such vote of the Board of Directors as would suffice for his election.

 

3.7 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in a Committee resulting from any cause whatever may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Officers

 

4.1 Election of Officers; Terms . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary. Other officers, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), a Treasurer, and assistant and subordinate officers, may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors, and they shall hold office for such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe. All officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.2 Removal of Officers; Vacancies . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed summarily with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors. Vacancies may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

4.3 Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such duties as generally pertain to their offices, respectively, as well as such powers and duties as are prescribed by law or are hereinafter provided or as from time to time shall be conferred by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the Board may see fit.

 

4.4 Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall be primarily responsible for the implementation of policies of the Board of Directors. He shall have general management and direction of the business and operations of the Corporation and its several divisions, subject only to the ultimate authority of the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or in the resolutions establishing such committees, he shall be ex officio a member of all Committees of the Board. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there is no such officer, the President shall preside at all corporate meetings. He may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation stock certificates, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments except in cases where the signing and the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or as otherwise required by law. In addition, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of the President and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.


4.5 Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and duties as may from time to tune be assigned to him by the President or the Board of Directors. Any Vice President may, when authorized by the Board of Directors, sign and execute in the name of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except where the signing and execution of such documents shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or the President to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or as otherwise required by law.

 

4.6 Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer, if any, shall have charge of and be responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall deposit all monies and securities of the Corporation in such banks and depositaries as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall be responsible (i) for maintaining adequate financial accounts and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices; (ii) for the preparation of appropriate operating budgets and financial statements; (iii) for the preparation and filing of all tax returns required by law; and (iv) for the performance of all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President. The Treasurer may sign and execute in the name of the Corporation stock certificates, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or as otherwise required by law.

 

4.7 Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation. When requested, he shall also act as secretary of the meetings of the Committees of the Board. He shall keep and preserve the minutes of all such meetings in permanent books. He shall see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served, shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all stock certificates of the Corporation and to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its corporate seal is duly authorized in accordance with law or the provisions of these Bylaws; shall have custody of all deeds, leases, contracts and other important corporate documents; shall have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation relating to its organization and management as a corporation; shall see that all reports, statements and other documents required by law (except tax returns) are properly filed; and shall in general perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

4.8 Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Capital Stock

 

5.1 Certificates . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be evidenced by certificates in forms prescribed by the Board of Directors and executed in any manner permitted by law and stating thereon the information required by law. Transfer agents and/or registrars for one or more classes of. the stock of the Corporation may be appointed by the Board of Directors and may be required to countersign certificates representing. stock of such class or classes. If any officer whose signature or


facsimile thereof shall have been used on a stock certificate shall for any reason cease to be an officer of the Corporation and such certificate shall not then have been delivered by the Corporation, the Board of Directors may nevertheless adopt such certificate and it may then be issued and delivered as though such person had not ceased to be an officer of the Corporation.

 

5.2 Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Holders of the stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board of Directors may in its discretion cause one or more new certificates for the same number of shares in the aggregate to be issued to such stockholder upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and the deposit of a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

 

5.3 Transfer of Stock . The stock of the Corporation shall be transferable or assignable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders in person or by attorney on surrender of the Certificate for such shares duly endorsed and, if sought to be transferred by attorney, accompanied by a written power of attorney to have the same transferred on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation will recognize, however, the exclusive right of the person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner.

 

5.4 Closing of Transfer Books and Fixing Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, seventy days. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notices of the meeting are mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case maybe, shall be the record date for. such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Corporate Records

 

6.1 Minutes of Meetings and Records of Actions Taken Without Meetings . The Corporation shall keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and Board of Directors, of all actions taken by the shareholders or Board of Directors without a meeting, and all actions taken by a committee of the Board of Directors in place of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Corporation.

 

6.2 Accounting Records . The Corporation shall maintain appropriate accounting records.

 

6.3 List of Shareholders . The Corporation or its agent shall maintain a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders, in alphabetical order by class and series, if any, of shares showing the number and class and series, if any, of shares held by each.


6.4 Form of Records . The Corporation shall maintain its records in written form or in another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable time.

 

6.5 Financial Statements for Shareholders . The Corporation must furnish to a shareholder, upon request in writing, within 30 days, a copy of the Corporation’s financial statements for the most recent fiscal year, that includes a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, an income statement for that year, and a statement of changes in shareholder’s equity for the year unless that information appears elsewhere in the financial statements. If the annual financial statements are reported upon by a public accountant, his report must accompany them. If they are not reported upon by a public accountant, the president or the person responsible for the Corporation’s accounting records shall provide the shareholder with a statement of the basis of accounting and a description of any respects in which the statements were not prepared on a basis of accounting consistent with the statements prepared for the preceding year.

 

6.6 Specific Records Which Corporation Must Keep . The Corporation shall keep a copy of the following records:

 

(a) The Corporation’s Articles or Restated Articles of Incorporation and all amendments to them currently in effect;

 

(b) The Corporation’s Bylaws or restated Bylaws and all amendments to them currently in effect;

 

(c) Any resolutions adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors creating one or more classes or series of shares, and fixing their relative rights, preferences, and limitations, if shares issued pursuant to those resolutions are outstanding;

 

(d) The minutes of all shareholders’ meetings, and records of all action taken by the shareholders without a meeting; for the past three years;

 

(e) All written communications to shareholders generally within the past three years, including the financial statements furnished for the past three years in accordance with Section 6.5 of these Bylaws and by law;

 

(f) A list of the names and business addresses of the Corporation’s current directors and officers; and

 

(g) The Corporation’s most recent annual report delivered to the State Corporation Commission.


ARTICLE 7

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

7.1 Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall consist of a flat-faced circular die, of which there may be any number of counterparts, on which there shall be engraved the word “Seal” and the name of the Corporation.

 

7.2 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on such date and shall consist of such accounting periods as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

7.3 Checks, Notes and Drafts . Checks, notes, drafts and other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by such persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may authorize. When the Board of Directors so authorizes, however, the signature of any such person may be a facsimile.

 

7.4 Amendment of Bylaws . Unless proscribed by the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be amended or altered at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed by these Bylaws. Shareholders entitled to vote in respect to the election of Directors, however, shall have the power to rescind, alter, amend or repeal any Bylaws and to enact Bylaws which, if expressly so provided, may not. be amended, altered or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

7.5 Voting of Stock Held . Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee, the President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of this Corporation, in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, to cast the vote which this Corporation may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose stock or securities may be held by this Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other corporation, and the President shall instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent and may execute or cause to be executed on behalf of this Corporation, and under its corporate seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the premises. In lieu of such appointment the President may himself attend any meetings of the holders of stock or other securities of any such other corporation and there vote or exercise any or all power of this Corporation as the holder of such stock or other securities of such other corporation.

 

7.6 Indemnification .

 

(a) To the full extent that the Virginia Stock Corporation Act, as it exists on the date hereof or may hereafter be amended, permits the limitation or elimination of the liability of directors or officers, a director or officer of the corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages.

 

(b) To the full extent permitted and in the manner prescribed by the Virginia Stock Corporation Act and any other applicable law, the Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation who is or was a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was such a director or officer or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.


(c) Reference herein to directors, officers, employees or agents shall include former directors, officers, employees and agents and their respective heirs, executors and administrators.

 

(d) The indemnification provisions of these Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed only by the Shareholders of the Corporation.

Exhibit 3.34

 

SECOND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

IPG Technologies Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is IPG Technologies Inc, The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name of Intertape Proprietary Holdings Inc., and its original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 30, 1999.

 

2. The Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

 

3. This Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

4. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated and integrated and further amended to read in its entirety as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be duly executed and acknowledged in accordance with Section 103 of the DGCL this 20th day of December, 2000.

 

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Name:   Alexi M. Poretz
Title:   Sole Incorporator


EXHIBIT A

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is IPG Technologies Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in The State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total. number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares, all of which shall be designated Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

 

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name    Mailing Address
Alexi M. Poretz    c/o. Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
     101 Park Avenue
     New York, NY 10178

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, subject to the reserved power of the stockholders to amend and repeal any By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH: Unless and except to the extent required by the By-Laws, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or Stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said

 

- 1 -


court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourth in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class or stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

NINTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

TENTH: No person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director unless, and only to the extent that, such director is liable (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to, repeal or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision,

 

ELEVENTH: Each person who at any time is or shall have been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent authorized under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

TWELFTH: Any and all right, title, interest and claim in or to any dividends declared by the Corporation, whether in cash, stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six (6) years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the Corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositaries, shall at such time became the absolute property of the Corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.

 

- 2 -


THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. All rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of incorporation are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 3.35

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.


SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws; in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned

 

- 2 -


meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation

 

- 3 -


or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

SECTION 8. Inspectors . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

- 4 -


SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors . The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have

 

- 5 -


been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from airy increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum,, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meeting . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

- 6 -


SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the

 

- 7 -


Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be; by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the terns of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause,

 

- 9 -


at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall. have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the

 

- 10 -


Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings, of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

- 11 -


SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.

 

- 12 -


SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks. Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or

 

- 13 -


was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem .proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement,

 

- 14 -


conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not; of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was

 

Section 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section I of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification. Of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1.

 

Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors

 

- 15 -


otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

 

Section 5. Survival Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.

 

The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person. indemnified may be entitled under any by-law agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a

 

- 16 -


person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

Section 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 7. Subrogation . In the. event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

Section 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

- 17 -


ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock . The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall - be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.

 

SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed,

 

- 18 -


he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights

 

- 19 -


in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived; at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

- 20 -


SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the. Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks Notes, Etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to

 

- 21 -


do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3. Contracts . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board; the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

- 22 -


SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof, may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

 

- 23 -

Exhibit 3.36

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FLORIDA INTERNATIONAL CONTAINERS SYSTEMS, INC.

 

The undersigned hereby makes, subscribes, acknowledges and. files with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida these Articles of Incorporation for the purpose of forming a corporation for profit in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

ARTICLE I

Name

 

The name of this corporation shall be:

 

FLORIDA INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC

 

ARTICLE II

Existence of Corporation

 

This corporation shall begin existence on the date of filing of these Articles with the Secretary of State, Department of Corporation for the State of Florida and shall have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE III

Purposes

 

The corporation may engage in the transaction of any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida.

 

ARTICLE IV

General Powers

 

The corporation shall have power:

 

(a) To have a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and to use the same by causing it, or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed, affixed, or in any other manner reproduced.

 

(b) To purchase, take, receive, lease, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use, and otherwise deal in and with real or personal property or any interest therein, wherever situated.

 

(c) To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, create a security interest in, lease, exchange, transfer, and otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property and assets.

 

(d) To lend money to, and use its credit to assist, its officers and employees in accordance with Section 607.0833, Florida Statutes.

 

(e) To purchase, take, receive, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in, or obligations of, other domestic or foreign corporations, associations, partnerships, or individuals, or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or of any other government, state, territory, governmental district, or municipality or of any instrumentality thereof.


(f) To make contracts and guarantees and incur liabilities, borrow money at such rates of interest as the corporation may determine, issue its notes, bonds, and other obligations, and secure any of its obligations by mortgage or pledge of all or any of its property, franchises, and income.

 

(g) To lend money for its corporate purposes, invest and reinvest its funds, and to take and hold real and personal property as security for the payment of funds so loaned or invested.

 

(h) To conduct its business, carry on its operations, and have offices and exercise the power granted by this act within or without this state.

 

(i) To elect or appoint officers and agents of the corporation and define their duties and fix their compensation.

 

(j) To make and alter bylaws, not inconsistent with its Articles of Incorporation or with the laws of the State of Florida, for the administration and regulation of the affairs of the corporation.

 

(k) To make donations for the public welfare or for charitably, scientific or educational purposes.

 

(l) To transact any lawful business which the Board of Directors shall find will be in aid of governmental policy.

 

(m) To pay pensions and establish and carry out pension plans, profit sharing plans, stock bonus plans, stock option plans, retirement plans, benefit plans, and other incentive and compensation plans for any or all of its directors, officers and employees and far any or all of the directors, officers and employees of its subsidiaries.

 

(n) To provide insurance for its benefit on the life of any of its directors, officers, or employees, or on the life of any shareholder for the purpose of acquiring, at his death, shares of its stock owned by the shareholder or by the spouse or children of the shareholder.

 

(o) To be a promoter, incorporator, general partner, limited partner, member, associate or manager of any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise.

 

(p) To have and exercise all powers necessary or convenient to effect its purposes.

 

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

 

(a) The total number of shares of capital stock authorized to be issued by the corporation shall be 10,000 shares having a par value of $1.00 per share. Each of the said shares of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote at any meeting of the stockholders. All or any part of said capital stock may be paid for in cash, in property or in labor or services actually performed for the corporation and valued at a fair valuation to be fixed by the Board of Directors at a meeting called for such purpose. All stock when issued shall be paid for and shall be non-assessable.

 

(b) In the election of directors of this corporation there shall be no cumulative voting of the stock entitled to vote at such election.


ARTICLE VI

Registered Office and Registered Agent

 

The street address of the corporation’s initial registered office is 201 East Pine Street, Suite 701, Orlando, Florida 32801, and the name of the corporation’s registered agent is J. Gregory Humphries. The corporation may change its registered office or its registered agent or both by filing with the Department of State of the State of Florida a statement complying with Section 607.0502, Florida Statutes.

 

The corporation’s principal place of business and mailing address is 5401 West Kennedy Blvd., Suite 760, Tampa, Florida 33609.

 

ARTICLE VII

Initial Board of Directors

 

The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors shall be one (1) and the name and address of the person who is to serve as the sole member thereof is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Lloyd W. Jones

   5401 West Kennedy Blvd., Suite 760,
     Tampa, Florida 33609

 

ARTICLE VIII

Incorporator

 

The name and address of the incorporator of this corporation is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

J. Gregory Humphries

   201 East Pine Street, Suite 701
     Orlando, Florida 32801

 

ARTICLE IX

Amendment of Articles of Incorporation

 

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeat any provision, contained in these Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are subject to this reservation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I, the undersigned, have executed these Articles for the uses and purposes therein stated.

 

/s/ J. Gregory Humphries


J. Gregory Humphries

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

COUNTY OF ORANGE


The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 27 th day of December, 1995, by J. Gregory Humphries, who is personally known to me and who did not take an oath.

 

/s/ Karen Kiesow


Notary Public - State of Florida


AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FLORIDA INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

 

WHEREAS, the Articles of Incorporation of Florida International Container Systems, Inc., were filed and approved by the Secretary of State of Florida on December 28,1995; and

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Sole Director and the Sole Shareholder of Florida International Container Systems, Inc. that the Articles of Incorporation of Florida International Container Systems, Inc. be amended effective January 26, 1996, in accordance with the proposed amendment hereinafter forth; and

 

WHEREAS, the proposed amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Florida International Container Systems, Inc. hereinafter set forth was approved by the Sole Director and the Sole Shareholder of Florida International Container Systems, Inc. pursuant to the provisions of Florida Statutes, Section 607.1006, on the 26th day of January, 1996; and

 

WHEREAS, the approval of the Secretary of State of Florida of the proposed amendment hereinafter set forth is hereby requested.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Articles of Incorporation of Florida International Container Systems, Inc. are hereby amended effective January 26,1996, by deleting in its entirety the present Article I and by substituting therefor the following, to-wit:

 

“ARTICLE I

 

The name of the corporation shall be:

 

INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment to Articles of Incorporation is hereby executed on behalf of Florida International Container Systems, Inc. by its President and Secretary this 26th day of January, 1996.

 

FLORIDA INTERNATIONAL

CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Lloyd W. Jones


   

     Lloyd W. Jones, President

By:

 

/s/ Lloyd W. Jones


   

     Lloyd W. Jones, Secretary

Exhibit 3.37

 

BYLAWS

OF

FLORIDA INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

(now known as INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.)

 

ARTICLE I

Offices

 

The principal office shall be in the City of Tampa, County of Hillsborough, and State of Florida.

 

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Florida as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

Stockholders

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting. - The annual meeting of the stockholders shall beheld within the three (3) month period beginning with the first day of the last month of the fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; the actual day thereof to be set forth in the Notice of Meeting or in the Call and Waiver of Notice of Meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held at any such annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to beheld at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings. - Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning not less than one-tenth (1/10th) of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice thereof.

 

Section 3. Place of Meeting. - The Board of Directors may designate any place either within or without the State of Florida, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place either within or without the State of Florida, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Florida.

 

Section 4. Notice of Meeting. - Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either by hand delivery, express or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, cablegram or other delivery method or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his business or home address or the stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.


Section 5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting. - Whenever any notice to a stockholder is required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove, each stockholder may waive such notice in writing at any time before or after the time for the delivery of such notice, and such written waiver of notice shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting by any stockholder to whom notice of such meeting must be given pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting by such stockholder, except when the stockholder attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at the meeting because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 6. Voting, Lists. - The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number and class and series of shares held by each; which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 7. Quorum. - A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third (1 /3) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly, organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 8. Voting of Shares. - Each stockholder entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy, signed by him, for each share of the voting stock held by him that has been transferred on the books of the corporation prior to such meeting. Such right to vote shall be subject to the right of the Board of Directors to close the transfer books or to fix a record date for voting stockholders pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereinafter.

 

Section 9. Proxies. - At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact; but no proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

 

Section 10. Informal Action by Stockholders. —

 

a. Any action which may be taken or is required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation. If any class of stock is entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required of the holders of a majority of the stock of each class of stock entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total stock entitled to vote thereon.


b. Unless all of the holders of the outstanding stock of the corporation have signed a written consent to an action in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (a) hereinabove, then within then (10) days after obtaining such written consent notice must be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing. The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action, and, if the action be a merger, consolidation, or sale or exchange of assets for which dissenter’s rights are provided by Florida law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of stockholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with Florida law regarding the rights of dissenting stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

 

Section 1. General-Powers. - The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications. - The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than one (1), nor more than fifteen (15); the number of the same to be fixed by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor has been elected, unless sooner removed by the stockholders at any general or special meeting. None of the Directors need be residents of the State of Florida.

 

Section 3. Annual Meeting. - After each annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall hold its annual meeting at the same place as and immediately following such annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting,- and if a majority of the Directors be present at such place and time, no prior notice of such meeting shall be require to be given to the Directors. The place and time of such meeting may also be fixed by written consent of the Directors.

 

Section 4. Regular Meetings. - Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings. - Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place, time and date for holding any special meetings of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

Section 6. Notice of Meeting or Waiver Thereof. - Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or by hand delivery, express, or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, or cablegram or other delivery method, or mailed to each Director at his business or home address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If notice is given by cablegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the cablegram is dispatched. Any Director may waive notice of such meeting either before, at or after such meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting.

 

Section 7. Quorum. - A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum, but a smaller number may adjourn from time to time without further notice until a quorum is secured.


Section 8. Manner of Acting. - The act of a majority of the Directors voting for or against (disregarding any abstentions), at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Vacancies. - Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

 

Section 10. Compensation. - By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or a stated salary as Directors. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent. - A Director who is present at a meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless he votes against such action or abstains from voting in respect thereto. A Director may abstain from voting on any matter in his sole discretion.

 

Section 12. Informal Action by Board. - Any action required or permitted to be taken by any provisions of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be setting forth the actions so to be taken and filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or of the committee.

 

Section 13. Telephonic Meetings. - Members of the Board of Directors or an executive committee shall be deemed present at a meeting of such Board or committee if a conference telephone, or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear such other at the same time, is used.

 

Section 14. Removal. - Any Director may be removed, with or without cause, by the stockholders at any general or special meeting of the stockholders whenever, in the judgment of the stockholders, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed. This bylaw shall not be subject to change by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

Officers

 

Section 1. Number. - The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2. Election and Term of Office. - The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.


Section 3. Removal. - Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 4. Vacancies. - A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Section 5. Duties of Officers. - The Chairman of the Board of the corporation, or the President if there shall not be a Chairman of the Board, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, which he shall attend. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. Subject to the foregoing, the officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties as usually pertain to their respective offices and such additional powers and duties specifically conferred by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, by these bylaws, or as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. Salaries. - The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.

 

Section 7. Delegation of Duties. - In the absence of or disability of any officer of the corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by the Board of Directors, the Board may delegate his powers or duties to any other officer or to any other Director for the time being.

 

ARTICLE V

Executive and Other Committees

 

Section 1. Creation of Committees. - The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one (1) or more other committees, each to consist of one (1) or more of the Directors of the corporation.

 

Section 2. Executive Committee. - The Executive. Committee; if there shall be one, shall consult with and advise the officers of the corporation in the management of its business and shall have and may exercise, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors creating such Executive Committee, such powers of the Board of Directors as can be lawfully delegated by the Board.

 

Section 3. Other Committees. - Such other committees shall have such functions and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors, as can be lawfully delegated, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee or committees.

 

Section 4. Meetings of Committees. - Regular meetings of the Executive Committee and other committees may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Executive Committee or such other committees, and special meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees may be called by any member thereof upon two (2) days’ notice to each of the other members of such committee; or on such shorter notice as may be agreed to in writing by each of the other members of such committee, given either personally or in the manner provided in Section 6 of Article III of these bylaws (pertaining to notice for Directors’ meetings).

 

Section 5. Vacancies on Committees. - Vacancies on the Executive Committee or on such other committees shall be filled by the Board of Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting.


Section 6. Quorum of Committees. - At all meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees, a majority of the committee’s members then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Section 7. Manner of Acting of Committees. - The acts of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee or such other committees present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 8. Minutes of Committees. - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, and such other committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9. Compensation. - Members of the Executive Committee and such other committees may be paid compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of Article III (pertaining to compensation of Directors).

 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The corporation shall and does hereby indemnify any person made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, brought to impose a liability or penalty on such person for an act alleged to have been committed by such person in his capacity of Director or officer of the corporation, or for any other corporation which he served as such at the request of the corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expense, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action, suit or proceedings, or any appeal therein, if such Director or officer acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation, and in criminal actions or proceedings without reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The termination of any such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere shall not in itself create a presumption that any Director or officer did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation or that he had reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall apply to the heirs and personal representatives of any such Director or officer and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise, apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

Certificates of Stock

 

Section 1. Certificates for Shares. - Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary exhibiting the holder’s name and certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. The certificates shall be numbered and entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued.

 

Section 2. Transfer of Shares. - Transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made upon its books by the holder of the shares in person or by his lawfully constituted representative upon surrender of the certificate of stock for cancellation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Florida.


Section 3. Facsimile Signature. - Where a certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation, the signature of any such President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation, such certificate or certificates may, nevertheless, be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures he used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

 

Section 4. Lost Certificate. - The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates or his legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Record Date

 

The Board of Directors is authorized from time to time to fix in advance a date, not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, or not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion of or exchange of stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with the obtaining of the consent of stockholders for any purpose, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to give such consent, as the case may be; and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by the Articles of Incorporation and by law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and to law.

 

ARTICLE X

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the twelve (12) month period selected by the Board of Directors as the taxable year of the corporation for federal income tax purposes.


ARTICLE XI

Seal

 

The corporate seal shall bear the name of the corporation, which shall be between two concentric circles, and in the inside of the inner circle shall be the calendar year of incorporation; an impression of said seal appearing on the margin hereof.

 

ARTICLE XII

Stock in Other Corporations

 

Shares of stock in other corporations held by this corporation shall be voted by such officer or officers of this corporation as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate for the purpose, or by a proxy thereunto duly authorized by said Board.

 

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

 

These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed in whole or in part, and new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the vote of stockholders owning a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

ARTICLE XIV

Reimbursement of Disallowed Expenses

 

Any payments made to an officer of the corporation such as salary, commission, bonus, interest or rent or for entertainment expenses incurred by him which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service shall be reimbursed by such officer to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the Directors, as a board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. Reimbursement of such disallowed amounts may, subject to the determination of the Directors, be withheld in proportionate amounts from the future compensation payments of the officers until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Exhibit 3.38

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

FIRST. The name of this corporation shall be:

 

INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

 

SECOND. Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.

 

THIRD. The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:

 

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is:

 

Ten Thousand (10,000) shares with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, amounting to Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).

 

FIFTH. The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

Kathleen Crowley

Corporation Service Company

1013 Centre Road

Wilmington, DE 19805

 

SIXTH. The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.


SEVENTH. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect, on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, has executed, signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this twelfth day of November, A.D., 1996.

 

/s/ Kathleen Crowley


Kathleen Crowley

Incorporator

Exhibit 3.39

 

BYLAWS

OF

INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

 

ARTICLE I

Offices

 

The principal office shall be in the City of Tampa, County of Hillsborough and State of Florida.

 

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

Stockholders

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting . - The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held within the three (3) month period beginning with the first day of the last month of the fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; the actual day thereof to be set forth in the Notice of Meeting or in the Call and Waiver of Notice of Meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held at any such annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles. of Incorporation, may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning not less than one-tenth (1/10th) of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice thereof.

 

Section 3. Place of Meeting . - The Board of Directors may designate any place either within or without the State of Delaware, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place either within or without the State of Delaware, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4. Notice of Meeting . - Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either by hand delivery, express or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, cablegram or other delivery method or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his business or home address or the stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.


Section 5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting . - Whenever any notice to a stockholder is required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove, each stockholder may waive such notice in writing at any time before or after the time for the delivery of such notice, and such written waiver of notice shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting by any stockholder to whom notice of such meeting must be given pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting by such stockholder, except when the stockholder attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at the meeting because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 6. Voting Lists . - The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number and class and series of shares held by each; which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 7. Quorum. - A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 8. Voting of Shares . - Each stockholder entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy, signed by him, for each share of the voting stock held by him that has been transferred on the books of the corporation prior to such meeting. Such right to vote shall be subject to the right of the Board of Directors to close the transfer books or to fix a record date for voting stockholders pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereinafter.

 

Section 9. Proxies . - At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact; but no proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

 

Section 10. Informal Action by Stockholders . -

 

a. Any action which may be taken or is required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation. If any class of stock is entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required of the holders of a majority of the stock of each class of stock entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total stock entitled to vote thereon.


b. Unless all of the holders of the outstanding stock of the corporation have signed a written consent to an action in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (a) hereinabove, then. within then (10) days after obtaining such written consent notice must be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing. The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action, and, if the action be a merger, consolidation, or sale or exchange of assets for which dissenter’s rights are provided by Delaware law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of stockholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with Delaware law regarding the rights of dissenting stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

 

Section 1. General Powers . - The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications . - The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than one (1), nor more than fifteen (15); the number of the same to be fixed by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor has been elected, unless sooner removed by the stockholders at any general or special meeting. None of the Directors need be residents of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3. Annual Meetings . - After each annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall hold its annual meeting at the same place as and immediately following such annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; and if a majority of the Directors be present at such place and time, no prior notice of such meeting shall be required to be given to the Directors. The place and time of such meeting may also be fixed by written consent of the Directors.

 

Section 4. Regular Meetings. - Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place, time and date for holding any special meetings of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

Section 6. Notice of Meeting or Waiver Thereof . - Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or by hand delivery, express, or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, or cablegram or other delivery method, or mailed to each Director at his business or home address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If notice is given by cablegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the cablegram is dispatched. Any Director may waive notice of such meeting either before, at or after such meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting.

 

Section 7. Quorum. - A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum, but a smaller number may adjourn from time to time without further notice until a quorum is secured.


Section 8. Manner of Acting . - The act of a majority of the Directors voting for or against (disregarding any abstentions), at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Vacancies . - Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

 

Section 10. Compensation . - By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or a stated salary as Directors. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent . - A Director who is present at a meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless he votes against such action or abstains from voting in respect thereto. A Director may abstain from voting on any matter in his sole discretion.

 

Section 12. Informal Action by Board . - Any action required or permitted to be taken by any provisions of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, setting forth the actions so to be taken and filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or of the committee.

 

Section 13. Telephonic Meetings . - Members of the Board of Directors or an executive committee shall be deemed present at a meeting of such Board or committee if a conference telephone, or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear such other at the same time, is used.

 

Section 14. Removal . - Any Director may be removed, with or without cause, by the stockholders at any general or special meeting of the stockholders whenever, in the judgment of the stockholders, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed. This bylaw shall not be subject to change by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

Officers

 

Section 1. Number . - The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . - The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.


Section 3. Removal . - Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 4. Vacancies . - A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Section 5. Duties of Officers . - The Chairman of the Board of the corporation, or the President if there shall not be a Chairman of the Board, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, which he shall attend. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. Subject to the foregoing, the officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties as usually pertain to their respective offices and such additional powers and duties specifically conferred by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, by these bylaws, or as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. Salaries . - The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.

 

Section 7. Delegation of Duties . - In the absence of or disability of any officer of the corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by the Board of Directors, the Board may delegate his powers or duties to any other officer or to any other Director for the time being.

 

ARTICLE V

Executive and Other Committees

 

Section 1. Creation of Committees . - The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one (1) or more other committees, each to consist of one (1) or more of the Directors of the corporation.

 

Section 2. Executive Committee . - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, shall consult with and advise the officers of the corporation in the management of its business and shall have and may exercise, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors creating such Executive Committee, such powers of the Board of Directors as can be lawfully delegated by the Board.

 

Section 3. Other Committees . - Such other committees shall have such functions and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors, as can be lawfully delegated, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee or committees.

 

Section 4. Meetings of Committees . - Regular meetings of the Executive Committee and other committees may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Executive Committee or such other committees, and special meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees may be called by any member thereof upon two (2) days’ notice to each of the other members of such committee; or on such shorter notice as may be agreed to in writing by each of the other members of such committee, given either personally or in the manner provided in Section 6 of Article III of these bylaws (pertaining to notice for Directors’ meetings).

 

Section 5. Vacancies on Committees . - Vacancies on the Executive Committee or on such other committees shall be filled by the Board of Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting.


Section 6. Quorum of Committees . - At all meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees, a majority of the committee’s members then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Section 7. Manner of Acting of Committees . - The acts of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee or such other committees present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 8. Minutes of Committees . - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, and such other committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9. Compensation . - Members of the Executive Committee and such other committees may be paid compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of Article III (pertaining to compensation of Directors).

 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The corporation shall and does hereby indemnify any person made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, brought to impose a liability or penalty on such person for an act alleged to have been committed by such person in his capacity of Director or officer of the corporation, or for any other corporation which he served as such at the request of the corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expense, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action, suit or proceedings, or any appeal therein, if such Director or officer acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the Corporation, and in criminal actions or proceedings without reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The termination of any such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere shall not in itself create a presumption that any Director or officer did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation or that he had reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall apply to the heirs and personal representatives of any such Director or officer and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise, apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

Certificates of Stock

 

Section 1. Certificates for Shares . - Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary exhibiting the holder’s name and certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. The certificates shall be numbered and entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued.

 

Section 2. Transfer of Shares . - Transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made upon its books by the holder of the shares in person or by his lawfully constituted representative upon surrender of the certificate of stock for cancellation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.


Section 3. Facsimile Signature . - Where a certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation, the signature of any such President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation, such certificate or certificates may, nevertheless, be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures he used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

 

Section 4. Lost Certificate . - The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates or his legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Record Date

 

The Board of Directors is authorized from time to time to fix in advance a date, not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, or not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion of or exchange of stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with the obtaining of the consent of stockholders for any purpose, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to give such consent, as the case may be; and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by the Articles of Incorporation and by law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and to law.

 

ARTICLE X

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the twelve (12) month period selected by the Board of Directors as the taxable year of the corporation for federal income tax purposes.


ARTICLE XI

Seal

 

The corporate seal shall bear the name of the corporation, which shall be between two concentric circles, and in the inside of the inner circle shall be the calendar year of incorporation; an impression of said seal appearing on the margin hereof.

 

ARTICLE XII

Stock in Other Corporations

 

Shares of stock in other corporations held by this corporation shall be voted by such officer or officers of this corporation as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate for the purpose, or by a proxy thereunto duly authorized by said Board.

 

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

 

These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed in whole or in part, and new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the vote of stockholders owning a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

ARTICLE XIV

Reimbursement of Disallowed Expenses

 

Any payments made to an officer of the corporation such as salary, commission, bonus, interest or rent or for entertainment expenses incurred by him which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service shall be reimbursed by such officer to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the Directors, as a board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. Reimbursement of such disallowed amounts may, subject to the determination of the Directors, be withheld in proportionate amounts from the future compensation payments of the officers until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Exhibit 3.40

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IFCO HOLDING INC.

 

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is IFCO Holding Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1000) shares, all of which shall be designated Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

 

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name

   Mailing Address

Alexi M. Poretz

   c/o   

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

         

101 Park Avenue

         

New York, NY 10178

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the reserved power of the stockholders to amend and repeal any By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH: Unless and except to the extent required by the By-Laws, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourth in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.


NINTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

TENTH: No person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director unless, and only to the extent that, such director is liable (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to, repeal or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ELEVENTH: Each person who at any time is or shall have been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent authorized under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

TWELFTH: Any and all right, title, interest and claim in or to any dividends declared by the Corporation, whether in cash, stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six (6) years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the Corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositaries, shall at such time become the absolute property of the Corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.

 

THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. All rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.


THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purpose of forming a Corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby make, file and record this Certificate, and certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly set my hand hereto this 30 th day of November, 1999.

 

/s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Alexi M. Poretz

Sole Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IFCO HOLDING INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

IFCO HOLDING INC., a corporation duly incorporated on June 28, 1996, (the “Corporation”), which is existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST: By written consent of the Sole Stockholder of the Corporation, a resolution was adopted setting forth an amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”), declaring the Amendment to be advisable. The resolution setting forth the proposed Amendment is as follows:.

 

RESOLVED, that it is hereby declared advisable that the Certificate of. Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to “COIF Holding Inc.” by amending the First Article thereof to read as follows: .

 

“FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter the “Corporation”) is COIF Holding Inc.

 

SECOND: The sole stockholder of the Corporation duly authorized and approved, by written consent, the Amendment to in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by F. Stephanie Worth, its Assistant Secretary, as of this 15 day of May, 2000.

 

IFCO HOLDING INC.

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


F. Stephanie Worth

Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.41

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

IFCO HOLDING INC.

 

(now known as COIF HOLDING INC.)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.


SECTION 4. Quorum. At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings. Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the


original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization. The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled


to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.

 

SECTION 8. Inspectors. When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or


special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors. The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by


the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5. Special Meeting. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.


Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum. Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7. Organization. The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or


more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.


ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.

 

Any vacancy caused by the, death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.


In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents. Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 5. Powers end Duties of the Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize arid direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks, notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.


SECTION 7. Additional Officers. The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.

 

SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers. All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks. Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.


SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses


(including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2. Successful Defense. To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of airy action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section I of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection. therewith.

 

Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper. Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section I of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless


ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because be or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

 

Section 5. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.


The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity mid as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

Section 6. Severability. If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 7. Subrogation. In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV; the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.


Section 8. No Duplication of Payments. The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock. The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.


Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.

 

SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations. The Board of Directors shall have power mid authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.


SECTION 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.


SECTION 6. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

SECTION 7. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks, Notes, Etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.


Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans. No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3. Contracts. Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, .the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other


instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware. Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

Exhibit 3.42

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

FIBC HOLDING INC.

 

The undersigned, a natural person, for the purpose of organizing a corporation under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is FIBC Holding Inc.

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation is the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1000) shares, all of which shall be designated Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

 

FIFTH: The name and the mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name   Mailing Address

Alexi M. Poretz

  c/o Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
           101 Park Avenue
           New York, NY 10178

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, subject to the reserved power of the stockholders to amend and repeal any By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH: Unless and except to the extent required by the By-Laws, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the


application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourth in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class or stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

NINTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws.

 

TENTH: No person who is or was a director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director unless, and only to the extent that, such director is liable (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any amendment thereto or successor provision thereto, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to, repeal or adoption of any provision of this Certificate of incorporation inconsistent with this article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ELEVENTH: Each person who at any time is or shall have been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and is threatened to be or is made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent authorized under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.


TWELFTH: Any and all right, title, interest and claim in or to any dividends declared by the Corporation, whether in cash, stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six (6) years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the Corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositories, shall at such time become the absolute property of the Corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.

 

THIRTEENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. All rights at any time conferred upon the stockholders of the Corporation by this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to the foregoing reservation.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, for the purpose of forming a Corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby make, file and record this Certificate, and certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly set my hand hereto this 30th day of November, 1999.

 

/s/ Alexi M. Poretz


Alexi M. Poretz

Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.43

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

FIBC HOLDING INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. Any special meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time and at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the officer calling the meeting may designate. At a special meeting of the stockholders, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of the meeting unless all of the stockholders are present in person or by proxy, in which case any and all business may be transacted at the meeting even though the meeting is held without notice.


SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law, a written notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

SECTION 4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the stockholders for all purposes, unless the representation of a larger number of shares shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, in which case the representation of the number of shares so required shall constitute a quorum; provided that at any meeting of the stockholders at which the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to vote separately as a class, the holders of a majority in number of the total outstanding shares of such class, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of such class vote unless the representation of a larger number of shares of such class shall be required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5. Adjourned Meetings . Whether or not a quorum shall be present in person or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting may adjourn from time to time; provided, however, that if the holders of any


class of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote separately as a class upon any matter at such meeting, any adjournment of the meeting in respect of action by such class upon such matter shall be determined by the holders of a majority of the shares of such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the stockholders, or the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote separately as a class, as the case may be, may transact any business which might have been transacted by them at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order, and shall act as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, the holders of a majority in number of the shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at such meeting shall elect a Chairman.

 

The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the stockholders; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open, either at a


place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, for the ten days next preceding the meeting, to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, and shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and subject to the inspection of any stockholder who play be present.

 

SECTION 7. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder upon the books of the Corporation. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. When directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any matter before a meeting of stockholders shall be by ballot. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote in the election and, whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors is to be taken, it shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

 

Shares of the capital stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes.


SECTION 8. Inspector . When required by law or directed by the presiding officer or upon the demand of any stockholder entitled to vote, but not otherwise, the polls shall be opened and closed, the proxies and ballots shall be received and taken in charge, and all questions touching the qualification of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided at any meeting of the stockholders by two or more Inspectors who may be appointed by the Board of Directors before the meeting, or if not so appointed, shall be appointed by the presiding officer at the meeting. If any person so appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment in like manner.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any such corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.


ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, none of whom need be stockholders of the Corporation. The number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors. The Directors shall, except as hereinafter otherwise provided for filling vacancies, be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, and shall hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

SECTION 2. Removal, Vacancies and Additional Directors . The stockholders may, at any special meeting the notice of which shall state that it is called for that purpose, remove, with or without cause, any Director and fill the vacancy; provided that whenever any Director shall have been elected by the holders of any class of stock of the Corporation voting separately as a class under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, such Director may be removed and the vacancy filled only by the holders of that class of stock voting separately as a class. Vacancies caused by any such removal and not filled by the stockholders at the meeting at which such removal shall have been made, or any vacancy caused by the death or resignation of any Director or for any other reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any Director so elected to fill any such vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.


When one or more Directors shall resign effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office as herein provided in connection with the filling of other vacancies.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings in such place or places in the State of Delaware or outside the state of Delaware as the Board from time to time shall determine.

 

SECTION 4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as the Board from time to time by resolution shall determine. No notice shall be required for any regular meeting of the Board of Directors; but a copy of every resolution fixing or changing the time or place of regular meetings shall be mailed to every Director at least five days before the first meeting held in pursuance thereof.

 

SECTION 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President or by any two of the Directors then in office.

 

Notice of the day, hour and place of holding of each special meeting shall be given by mailing the same at least two days before the meeting or by causing the same to be transmitted by facsimile, telegram or telephone at least one day before the meeting to each Director. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business other than an amendment of these


By-Laws may be transacted at any special meeting, and an amendment of these By-Laws may be acted upon if the notice of the meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws is one of the purposes of the meeting. At any meeting at which every Director shall be present, even though without any notice, any business may be transacted, including the amendment of these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum . Subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article II, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors in office (but, unless the Board shall consist solely of one Director, in no case less than one-third of the total number of Directors nor less than two Directors) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the vote of the majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board there is less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.

 

SECTION 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President, a Chairman shall be elected from the Directors present. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the Directors; but in the absence of the Secretary, the Chairman may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

SECTION 8. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. The


Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and the affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting; or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or adopting, amending or repealing these By-laws.

 

SECTION 9. Conference Telephone Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Consent of Directors or Committee in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.


ARTICLE III

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such additional officers, if any, as shall be elected by the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article III. The Chairman of the Board, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. The failure to hold such election shall not of itself terminate the term of office of any officer. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Officers may, but need not, be Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

All officers, agents and employees shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors. The removal of an officer without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. All agents and employees other than officers elected by the Board of Directors shall also be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the officers appointing them.


Any vacancy caused by the death, resignation or removal of any officer, or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors, and any officer so elected shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the powers and duties of the officers of the Corporation as set forth in these By-Laws, the officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall have general charge and control of all its business and affairs and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Powers and Duties of the President . The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, shall have general charge and control of all its operations and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of President. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.


SECTION 4. Powers and Duties of the Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Vice President and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 5. Powers and Duties of the Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and the minutes of all meetings of the stockholders in books provided for that purpose. The Secretary shall attend to the giving or serving of all notices of the Corporation; shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to such documents and other papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall authorize and direct; shall have charge of the stock certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors or the President shall direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to the examination of any Director, upon application, at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Secretary shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 6. Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of, and when proper shall pay out, disburse or otherwise dispose of, all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer may endorse on behalf of the Corporation for collection checks,


notes and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depositary or depositaries as the Board of Directors may designate; shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation; shall enter or cause to be entered regularly in the books of the Corporation kept for the purpose full and accurate accounts of all moneys received or paid or otherwise disposed of and whenever required by the Board of Directors or the President shall render statements of such accounts. The Treasurer shall, at all reasonable times, exhibit the books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; and shall have all powers and shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and shall also have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 7. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers (who may but need not be Directors), including a Controller, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Controllers, as the Board may deem advisable and such officers shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Treasurers any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Treasurer; and may similarly delegate to any Assistant Secretary or Assistant Secretaries any of the powers or duties herein assigned to the Secretary.


SECTION 8. Giving of Bond by Officers . All officers of the Corporation, if required to do so by the Board of Directors, shall furnish bonds to the Corporation for the faithful performance of their duties, in such penalties and with such conditions and security as the Board shall require.

 

SECTION 9. Voting Upon Stocks . Unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote, or in the name of the Corporation to execute proxies to vote, at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise, in person or by proxy, any and all rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. The Board of Directors may from time to time, by resolution, confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive such compensation for their services as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that


he or she is or was or has agreed to become a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a Director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, and may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to such an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.


The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2. Successful Defense . To the extent that a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 1 of this Article IV or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

Section 3. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Any indemnification of a Director or officer of the Corporation under Section 1 of this Article IV (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation unless a determination is made that indemnification of the Director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any indemnification of an employee or agent of the Corporation under Section 1 (unless ordered by a court) may be made by the Corporation upon a determination that indemnification of the employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1. Any such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the Directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.


Section 4. Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses incurred by a Director or officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article IV. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s legal counsel to represent such Director, officer, employee or agent in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

 

Section 5. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director, officer, employee and agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit, or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a contract right may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such Director, officer, employee or agent.


The indemnification provided by this Article IV shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The Corporation may enter into an agreement with any of its Directors, officers, employees or agents providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses, including attorneys fees, that may change, enhance, qualify or limit any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses created by this Article IV.

 

Section 6. Severability . If this Article IV or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IV that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

Section 7. Subrogation . In the event of payment of indemnification to a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to any right of recovery such person may have and such person, as a condition of receiving indemnification from the Corporation, shall execute all documents and do all things that the


Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to perfect such right of recovery, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to enforce any such recovery.

 

Section 8. No Duplication of Payments . The Corporation shall not be liable under this Article IV to make any payment in connection with any claim made against a person described in Section 1 of this Article IV to the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, by-law or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable as indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock-Seal-Fiscal Year

 

SECTION 1. Certificates For Shares of Stock . The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall not be valid unless so signed.

 

In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.


All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the Corporation.

 

Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificates shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.

 

SECTION 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Whenever a person owning a certificate for shares of stock of the Corporation alleges that it has been lost, stolen or destroyed, he or she shall file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit, setting forth, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the time, place and circumstances of the loss, theft or destruction, and, if required by the Board of Directors, a bond of indemnity or other indemnification sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation and its agents against any claim that may be made against it or them on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of a new certificate in replacement therefor. Thereupon the Corporation may cause to be issued to such person a new certificate in replacement for the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. Upon the stub of every new certificate so issued shall be noted the fact of such issue and the number, date and the name of the registered owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate in lieu of which the new certificate is issued.

 

SECTION 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof, in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for the number of shares of stock to be transferred, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.


SECTION 4. Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, as the case may be, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be (i) more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, or (ii) in the case of corporate action to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting, prior to, or more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, or (iii) more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written


consent is delivered to the Corporation; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have power to declare and pay dividends upon shares of stock of the Corporation, but only out of funds available for the payment of dividends as provided by law.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, any dividends declared upon the stock of the Corporation shall be payable on such date or dates as the Board of Directors shall determine. If the date fixed for the payment of any dividend shall in any year fall upon a legal holiday, then the dividend payable on such date shall be paid on the next day not a legal holiday.

 

SECTION 7. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be kept in the custody of the Secretary. A duplicate of the seal may be kept and be used by any officer of the Corporation designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 8. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such fiscal year as the Board of Directors from time to time by resolution shall determine.


ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

SECTION 1. Checks, Notes, Etc . All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes or other obligations or orders for the payment of money shall be signed and, if so required by the Board of Directors, countersigned by such officers of the Corporation and/or other persons as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.

 

Checks, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, notes, obligations and orders for the payment of money made payable to the Corporation may be endorsed for deposit to the credit of the Corporation with a duly authorized depository by the Treasurer and/or such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

 

SECTION 2. Loans . No loans and no renewals of any loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation except as authorized by the Board of Directors. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may effect loans and advances for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution or from any firm, corporation or individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. When authorized so to do, any officer or agent of the Corporation may pledge, hypothecate or transfer, as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, securities and other personal property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 3. Contracts . Except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws or by law or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any


Vice President shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, all agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and the seal of the Corporation, if appropriate, shall be affixed thereto by any of such officers or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President may authorize any other officer, employee or agent to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, agreements, bonds, contracts, deeds, mortgages, and other instruments, either for the Corporation’s own account or in a fiduciary or other capacity, and, if appropriate, to affix the seal of the Corporation thereto. The grant of such authority by the Board or any such officer may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 4. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws to any person or persons, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to the notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

SECTION 5. Offices Outside of Delaware . Except as otherwise required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation may have an office or offices and keep its books, documents and papers outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.


ARTICLE VII

 

Amendments

 

These By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed, or new By-Laws may be adopted, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the members of the Board, provided in the case of any special meeting at which all of the members of the Board are not present, that the notice of such meeting shall have stated that the amendment of these By-Laws was one of the purposes of the meeting; but these By-Laws and any amendment thereof may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the holders of a majority of the total outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting, provided, in the case of any special meeting, that notice of such proposed alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is included in the notice of the meeting.

Exhibit 3.44

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IFCO MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

FIRST. The name of this corporation shall be:

 

IFCO MANUFACTURING, INC.

 

SECOND. Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.

 

THIRD. The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:

 

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is:

 

Ten-Thousand (10,000) shares with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, amounting to Ten-Thousand Dollars ($10, 000).

 

FIFTH. The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

   

Maryann Martone

   

Corporation Service Company

   

1013 Centre Road

   

Wilmington, DE 19805

 

SIXTH. The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.

 

SEVENTH. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, has executed, signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this twenty-eighth day of June, A.D., 1996.

 

/s/ Maryann Martone


Maryann Martone

Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IFCO MANUFACTURING INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

IFCO MANUFACTURING INC., a corporation duly incorporated on June 28, 1996, (the “Corporation”); which is existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST: By written consent of the Sole Stockholder of the Corporation, a resolution was adopted setting forth an amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”), declaring the Amendment to be advisable. The resolution setting forth the proposed Amendment is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that it is hereby declared advisable that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to “COIF Manufacturing Inc.” by amending the First Article thereof to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter the “Corporation”) is COIF Manufacturing Inc.

 

SECOND: The sole stockholder of the Corporation duly authorized and approved, by written consent, the Amendment to in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by F. Stephanie Worth, its Assistant Secretary, as of this 15th day of May, 2000.

 

COIF MANUFACTURING, INC.

Per:

 

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


   

F. Stephanie Worth

   

Assistant Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

COIF MANUFACTURING INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

COIF MANUFACTURING INC., a corporation duly incorporated on June 28, 1996, (the “Corporation”), which is existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law, does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST: By written consent of the Sole Stockholder of the Corporation, a resolution was adopted setting forth an amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amendment”), declaring the Amendment to be advisable, The resolution setting forth the proposed Amendment is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that it is hereby declared advisable that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to “UTC Acquisition Corp.” by amending the First Article thereof to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the corporation (hereinafter the “Corporation”) is UTC Acquisition Coup.

 

SECOND: The sole stockholder of the Corporation duly authorized and approved, by written consent, the Amendment to in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by F. Stephanie Worth, its Assistant Secretary, as of this 22nd day of August, 2000.

 

COIF MANUFACTURING INC.
Per:  

/s/ F. Stephanie Worth


    F. Stephanie Worth
    Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.45

 

BYLAWS

OF

IFCO MANUFACTURING, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

(now known as UTC ACQUISITION CORP.)

 

ARTICLE I

Offices

 

The principal office shall be in the City of Williamsburg, County of Whitley, and State of Kentucky.

 

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

Stockholders

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting . — The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held within the three (3) month period beginning with the first day of the last month of the fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; the actual day thereof to be set forth in the Notice of Meeting or in the Call and, Waiver of Notice of Meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held at any such annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings . — Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning not less than one-tenth (1/l0th) of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice thereof.

 

Section 3. Place of Meeting . — The Board of Directors may designate any place either within or without the State of aware, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place either within or without the State of Delaware, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4. Notice of Meeting . — Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either by hand delivery, express or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, cablegram or other delivery method or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his business or home address or the stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.


Section 5. Waiver of Notice of Meeting . - Whenever any notice to a stockholder is required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove, each stockholder may waive such notice in writing at any time before or after the time for the delivery of such notice, and such written waiver of notice shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting by any stockholder to whom notice of such meeting must be given pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting by such stockholder, except when the stockholder attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at the meeting because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 6. Voting Lists . - The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number and class and series of shares held by each; which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 7. Quorum . - A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified: The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 8. Voting of Shares. - Each stockholder entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy, signed by him, for each share of the voting stock held by him that has been transferred on the books of the corporation prior to such meeting. Such right to vote shall be subject to the right of the Board of Directors to close the transfer books or to fix a record date for voting stockholders pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereinafter.

 

Section 9. Proxies . - At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact; but no proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

 

Section 10. Informal Action by Stockholders. -

 

a. Any action which may be taken or is required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation. If any class of stock is entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required of the holders of a majority of the stock of each class of stock entitled to vote thereon as a class and of the total stock entitled to vote thereon.


b. Unless all of the holders of the outstanding stock of the corporation have signed a written consent to an action in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (a) hereinabove, then within ten (10) days after obtaining such written consent notice must be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing. The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action, and, if the action be a merger, consolidation, or sale or exchange of assets for which dissenter’s rights are provided by Delaware law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of stockholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with Delaware law regarding the rights of dissenting stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

 

Section 1. General Powers . - The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications . - The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than one (1), nor more than fifteen (15); the number of the same to be fixed by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor has been elected, unless sooner removed by the stockholders at any general or special meeting. None of the Directors need be residents of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3. Annual Meeting . - After each annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall hold its annual meeting at the same place as and immediately following such annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; and if a majority of the Directors be present at such place and time; no prior notice of such meeting shall be require to be given to the Directors. The place and time of such meeting may also be fixed by written consent of the Directors.

 

Section 4. Regular Meetings. - Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place, time and date for holding any special meetings of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

Section 6. Notice of Meeting or Waiver Thereof . - Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or by hand delivery, express, or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, or cablegram or other delivery method, or mailed to each Director at his business or home address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If notice is given by cablegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the cablegram is dispatched. Any Director may waive notice of such meeting either before, at or after such meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting.

 

Section 7. Quorum. - A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum, but a smaller number may adjourn from time to time without further notice until a quorum is secured.


Section 8. Manner of Acting . - The act of a majority of the Directors voting for or against (disregarding any abstentions), at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Vacancies. - Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

 

Section 10. Compensation . - By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or a stated salary as Directors. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent . - A Director who is present at a meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless he votes against such action or abstains from voting in respect thereto. A Director may abstain from voting on any matter in his sole discretion.

 

Section 12. Informal Action by Board . - Any action required or permitted to be taken by any provisions of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, setting forth the actions so to be taken and filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or of the committee.

 

Section 13. Telephonic Meetings. - Members of the Board of Directors or an executive committee shall be deemed present at a meeting of such Board or committee if a conference telephone, or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear such other at the same time, is used.

 

Section 14. Removal. - Any Director may be removed, with or without cause, by the stockholders at any general or special meeting of the stockholders whenever, in the judgment of the stockholders, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed. This bylaw shall not be subject to change by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

Officers

 

Section 1. Number . - The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . - The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each


officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

Section 3. Removal. - Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

Section 4. Vacancies . - A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Section 5. Duties of Officers . - The Chairman of the Board of the corporation, or the President if there shall not be a Chairman of the Board, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, which he shall attend. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. Subject to the foregoing, the officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties as usually pertain to their respective offices and such additional powers and duties specifically conferred by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, by these bylaws, or as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. Salaries . - The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.

 

Section 7. Delegation of Duties . - In the absence of or disability of any officer of the corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by the Board of Directors, the Board may delegate his powers or duties to any other officer or to any other Director for the time being.

 

ARTICLE V

Executive and Other Committees

 

Section 1. Creation of Committees . - The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one (1) or more other committees, each to consist of one (1) or more of the Directors of the corporation.

 

Section 2. Executive Committee. - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, shall consult with and advise the officers of the corporation in the management of its business and shall have and may exercise, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors creating such Executive Committee, such powers of the Board of Directors as can be lawfully delegated by the Board.

 

Section 3. Other Committees . - Such other committees shall have such functions and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors, as can be lawfully delegated, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee or committees.

 

Section 4: Meetings of Committees . - Regular meetings of the Executive Committee and other committees may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Executive Committee or such other committees, and special meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees may be called by any member thereof upon two (2) days’ notice to each of the other members of such committee; or on such shorter notice as may be agreed to in writing by each of the other members of such committee, given either personally or in the manner provided in Section 6 of Article III of these bylaws (pertaining to notice for Directors’ meetings).


Section 5. Vacancies on Committees . - Vacancies on the Executive Committee or on such other committees shall be filled by the Board of Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting.

 

Section 6. Quorum of Committees . - At all meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees, a majority of the committee’s members then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Section 7. Manner of Acting of Committees . - The acts of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee or such other committees present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 8. Minutes of Committees . - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, and such other committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9. Compensation. - Members of the Executive Committee and such other committees may be paid compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of Article III (pertaining to compensation of Directors).

 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The corporation shall and does hereby indemnify any person made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, brought to impose a liability or penalty on such person for an act alleged to have been committed by such person in his capacity of Director or officer of the corporation, or for any other corporation which he served as such at the request of the corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expense, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action, suit or proceedings, or any appeal therein, if such Director or officer acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation, and in criminal actions or proceedings without reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The termination of any such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere shall not in itself create a presumption that any Director or officer did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation or that he had reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall apply to the heirs and personal representatives of any such Director or officer and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise, apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

Certificates of Stock

 

Section 1. Certificates for Shares. - Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary exhibiting the holder’s name and certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. The certificates shall be numbered and entered in the books of the corporation as they are Issued.

 

Section 2. Transfer of Shares . - Transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made upon its books by the holder of the shares in person or by his lawfully constituted representative upon surrender of the certificate of stock for cancellation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.


Section 3. Facsimile Signature . - Where a certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation, the signature of any such President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation, such certificate or certificates may, nevertheless, be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures he used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

 

Section 4. Lost Certificate. - The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates or his legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Record Date

 

The Board of Directors is authorized from time to time to fix in advance a date, not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, or not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion of or exchange of stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with the obtaining of the consent of stockholders for any purpose, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to give such consent, as the case may be; and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by the Articles of Incorporation and by law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and to law.

 

ARTICLE X

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the twelve (12) month period selected by the Board of Directors as the taxable year of the corporation for federal income tax purposes.


ARTICLE XI

Seal

 

The corporate seal shall bear the name of the corporation, which shall be between two concentric circles, and in the inside of the inner circle shall be the calendar year of incorporation; an impression of said seal appearing on the margin hereof.

 

ARTICLE XII

Stock in Other Corporations

 

Shares of stock in other corporations held by this corporation shall be voted by such officer or officers of this corporation as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate for the purpose, or by a proxy thereunto duly authorized by said Board.

 

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

 

These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed in whole or in part, and new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the vote of stockholders owning a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

ARTICLE XIV

Reimbursement of Disallowed Expenses

 

Any payments made to an officer of the corporation such as salary, commission, bonus, interest or rent or for entertainment expenses incurred by him which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service shall be reimbursed by such officer to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the Directors, as a board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. Reimbursement of such disallowed amounts may, subject to the determination of the Directors, be withheld in proportionate amounts from the future compensation payments of the officers until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Exhibit 3.46

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.

 

FIRST. The name of this corporation shall be:

 

CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.

 

SECOND. Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at Such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.

 

THIRD. The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:

 

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is:

 

Ten-Thousand (10,000) shares with a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share, amounting to Ten-Thousand Dollars ($10,000).

 

FIFTH. The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

    

Maryann Martone

    

Corporation Service Company

    

1013 Centre Road

    

Wilmington, DE 19805

 

SIXTH. The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.

 

SEVENTH. No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, has executed, signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this twenty-eighth day of June, A.D., 1996.

 

/s/ Maryann Martone


By:   Maryann Martone
    Incorporator

Exhibit 3.47

 

BYLAWS

OF

CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

 

ARTICLE I

Offices

 

The principal office shall be in the City of Evans, County of Columbia, and State of Georgia.

 

The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

Stockholders

 

Section 1 . Annual Meeting . - The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held within the three (3) month period beginning with the first day of the last month of the fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; the actual day thereof to be set forth in the Notice of Meeting or in the Call and Waiver of Notice of Meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held at any such annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the stockholders as soon thereafter as may be convenient.

 

Section 2 . Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning not less than one-tenth (1/10th) of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice thereof.

 

Section 3 . Place of Meeting . - The Board of Directors may designate any place either within or without the State of Delaware, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders. A waiver of notice signed by all stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place either within or without the State of Delaware, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

 

Section 4 . Notice of Meeting . - Written or printed notice stating the place, day and


hour of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either by hand delivery, express or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, cablegram or other delivery method or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his business or home address or the stockholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

Section 5 . Waiver of Notice of Meeting . - Whenever any notice to a stockholder is required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove, each stockholder may waive such notice in writing at any time before or after the time for the delivery of such notice, and such written waiver of notice shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting by any stockholder to whom notice of such meeting must be given pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 hereinabove shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting by such stockholder, except when the stockholder attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting: at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business at the meeting because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 6 . Voting Lists . - The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number and class and series of shares held by each; which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders.

 

Section 7 . Quorum . - A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 8 . Voting of Shares . - Each stockholder entitled to vote shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy, signed by him, for each share of the voting stock held by him that has been transferred on the books of the corporation prior to such meeting. Such right to vote shall be subject to the right of the Board of Directors to close the transfer books or to fix a record date for voting stockholders pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereinafter.


Section 9 . Proxies . - At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact; but no proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

 

Section 10 . Informal Action by Stockholders. -

 

a. Any action which may be taken or is required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation. If any class of stock is entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required of the holders of a majority of the stock of each class of stock entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total stock entitled to vote thereon.

 

b. Unless all of the holders of the outstanding stock of the corporation have signed a written consent to an action in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph (a) hereinabove, then within then (10) days after obtaining such written consent notice must be given to those stockholders who have not so consented in writing. The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action, and, if the action be a merger, consolidation, or sale or exchange of assets for which dissenter’s rights are provided by Delaware law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of stockholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with Delaware law regarding the rights of dissenting stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

 

Section 1 . General Powers . - The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

Section 2 . Number, Tenure and Qualifications . - The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than one (1), nor more than fifteen (15); the number of the same to be fixed by the stockholders at any annual or special meeting. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until his successor has been elected, unless sooner removed by the stockholders at any general or special meeting. None of the Directors need be residents of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3 . Annual Meeting . - After each annual meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall hold its annual meeting at the same place as and immediately following such annual meeting of stockholders for the purpose of the election of officers and the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting; and if a majority of the Directors be present at such place and time, no prior notice of such meeting shall be require to be given to the Directors. The place and time of such meeting may also be fixed by written consent of the Directors.


Section 4 . Regular Meetings . - Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5 . Special Meetings . - Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the President or any two (2) Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place, time and date for holding any special meetings of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

Section 6 . Notice of Meeting or Waiver Thereof . - Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least two (2) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or by hand delivery, express, or other delivery service, telecopier, telegram, telex, mailgram, or cablegram or other delivery method, or mailed to each Director at his business or home address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. If notice is given by cablegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the cablegram is dispatched. Any Director may waive notice of such meeting either before, at or after such meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting.

 

Section 7 . Quorum . - A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum, but a smaller number may adjourn from time to time without further notice until a quorum is secured.

 

Section 8 . Manner of Acting . - The act of a majority of the Directors voting for or against (disregarding any abstentions), at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9 . Vacancies . - Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.

 

Section 10 . Compensation . - By resolution of the Board of Directors, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or a stated salary as Directors. No payment shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.


Section 11 . Presumption of Assent . - A Director who is present at a meeting at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless he votes against such action or abstains from voting in respect thereto. A Director may abstain from voting on any matter in his sole discretion.

 

Section 12 . Informal Action by Board . - Any action required or permitted to be taken by any provisions of law, of the Articles of Incorporation or these bylaws at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, setting forth the actions so to be taken and filed in the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or of the committee.

 

Section 13 . Telephonic Meetings . - Members of the Board of Directors or an executive committee shall be deemed present at a meeting of such Board or committee if a conference telephone, or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear such other at the same time, is used.

 

Section 14 . Removal . - Any Director may be removed, with or without cause, by the stockholders at any general or special meeting of the stockholders whenever, in the judgment of the stockholders, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person removed. This bylaw shall not be subject to change by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

Officers

 

Section 1 . Number . - The officers of the corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2 . Election and Term of Office . - The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

Section 3 . Removal . - Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interest of the corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.


Section 4 . Vacancies . - A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Section 5 . Duties of Officers . - The Chairman of the Board of the corporation, or the President if there shall not be a Chairman of the Board, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders, which he shall attend. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation. Subject to the foregoing, the officers of the corporation shall have such powers and duties as usually pertain to their respective offices and such additional powers and duties specifically conferred by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, by these bylaws, or as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6 . Salaries . - The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.

 

Section 7 . Delegation of Duties . - In the absence of or disability of any officer of the corporation or for any other reason deemed sufficient by the Board of Directors, the Board may delegate his powers or duties to any other officer or to any other Director for the time being.

 

ARTICLE V

Executive and Other Committees

 

Section 1 . Creation of Committees . - The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate an Executive Committee and one (1) or more other committees, each to consist of one (1) or more of the Directors of the corporation.

 

Section 2 . Executive Committee . - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, shall consult with and advise the officers of the corporation in the management of its business and shall have and may exercise, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors creating such Executive Committee, such powers of the Board of Directors as can be lawfully delegated by the Board.

 

Section 3 . Other Committees . - Such other committees shall have such functions and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors, as can be lawfully delegated, and to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions creating such committee or committees.

 

Section 4 . Meetings of Committee . - Regular meetings of the Executive Committee and other committees may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Executive Committee or such other committees, and special meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees may be called by any member thereof upon two (2) days’ notice to each of the other members of such committee; or on such shorter notice as may be agreed to in writing by each of the other members of such committee, given either personally or in the manner provided in Section 6 of Article III of these bylaws (pertaining to notice for Directors’ meetings).


Section 5 . Vacancies on Committees . - Vacancies on the Executive Committee or on such other committees shall be filled by the Board of Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting.

 

Section 6 . Quorum of Committees . - At all meetings of the Executive Committee or such other committees, a majority of the committee’s members then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Section 7 . Manner of Acting of Committees . - The acts of a majority of the members of the Executive Committee or such other committees present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 8 . Minutes of Committees . - The Executive Committee, if there shall be one, and such other committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9 . Compensation . - Members of the Executive Committee and such other committees may be paid compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of Article III (pertaining to compensation of Directors).

 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The corporation shall and does hereby indemnify any person made a party to an action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, brought to impose a liability or penalty on such person for an act alleged to have been committed by such person in his capacity of Director or officer of the corporation, or for any other corporation which he served as such at the request of the corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expense, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action, suit or proceedings, or any appeal therein, if such Director or officer acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation, and in criminal actions or proceedings without reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The termination of any such civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere shall not in itself create a presumption that any Director or officer did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such action was in the best interest of the corporation or that he had reasonable ground for belief that such action was unlawful. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall apply to the heirs and personal representatives of any such Director or officer and shall not be exclusive of other rights to which any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise, apply.

 

ARTICLE VII

Certificates of Stock

 

Section 1 . Certificates for Shares . - Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an


Assistant Secretary exhibiting the holder’s name and certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. The certificates shall be numbered and entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued.

 

Section 2 . Transfer of Shares . - Transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made upon its books by the holder of the shares in person or by his lawfully constituted representative upon surrender of the certificate of stock for cancellation. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3 . Facsimile Signature . - Where a certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation, the signature of any such President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary may be a facsimile. In case any officer or officers who have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation, such certificate or certificates may, nevertheless, be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures he used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation.

 

Section 4 . Lost Certificate . - The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates or his legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Record Date

 

The Board of Directors is authorized from time to time to fix in advance a date, not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, or not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date for the payment of any dividend or the date or for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion of or exchange of stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with the obtaining of the consent of stockholders for any purpose, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or to any such allotment, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to give such consent, as the case may be; and, in such case, such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so


fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

 

ARTICLE IX

Dividends

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by the Articles of Incorporation and by law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and to law.

 

ARTICLE X

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be the twelve (12) month period selected by the Board of Directors as the taxable year of the corporation for federal income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE XI

Seal

 

The corporate seal shall bear the name of the corporation, which shall be between two concentric circles, and in the inside of the inner circle shall be the calendar year of incorporation; an impression of said seal appearing on the margin hereof:

 

ARTICLE XII

Stock in Other Corporations

 

Shares of stock in other corporations held by this corporation shall be voted by such officer or officers of this corporation as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate for the purpose, or by a proxy thereunto duly authorized by said Board.

 

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

 

These bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed in whole or in part, and new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the vote of stockholders owning a majority of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.


ARTICLE XIV

Reimbursement of Disallowed Expenses

 

Any payments made to an officer of the corporation such as salary, commission, bonus, interest or rent or for entertainment expenses incurred by him which shall be disallowed in whole or in part as a deductible expense by the Internal Revenue Service shall be reimbursed by such officer to the corporation to the full extent of such disallowance. It shall be the duty of the Directors, as a board, to enforce payment of each such amount disallowed. Reimbursement of such disallowed amounts may, subject to the determination of the Directors, be withheld in proportionate amounts from the future compensation payments of the officers until the amount owed to the corporation has been recovered.

Exhibit 3.48

 

[notarial seal]

 

No. 73,704

Book 2031

 

At México, Federal District, on December 8, 2000, before me, Lic. José Ignacio Sentíes Laborde, holder of Notarial Office No. 104, “ SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. ” and “ INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. ,” both represented by Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas, hereby constitute a VARIABLE CAPITAL CORPORATION ( SOCIEDAD ANONIMA DE CAPITAL VARIABLE – S.A. DE C.V. ), pursuant to the following terms:

 

BACKGROUND

 

I. For purposes of these proceedings, the party making an appearance shows me a license from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued on November 24, 2000, which I attach as a page of text to the appendix of this instrument under the letter “ A ” and which I copy as follows: At the top left corner a seal with the National Coat of Arms stating: “ MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS.- MEXICO ”.- At the top right margin: LICENSE 09058892.- FILE 0009058892.- PAGE 34973”.- At the center: “In consideration of the request made by C. EDGAR MAYORGA COMPEAN, this Ministry grants a license for the constitution of a variable capital Corporation under the name INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SA DE CV . Such license shall be subject to the inclusion in the bylaws of the Corporation to be constituted, of a clause relating to the exclusion of foreigners or the stipulation provided under section I of Constitutional Article I, pursuant to the provisions of articles 15 of the Foreign Investments Law and 14 of the Rules for the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments. The interested party shall give notice of the use of this license to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs within six months following its issuance, pursuant to the provisions of Article 18 of the Rules applicable to the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments. The above is being communicated based on articles: 27, section I of the Political Constitution of the Mexican United States; 28, section V of the Organic Law of the Federal Public Administration; 15 of the Foreign Investments Law, and 13, 14 and 18 of the Rules applicable to the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments. This license shall be rendered ineffective if within 90 business days following the date of its issuance, the interested parties fail to execute the appropriate instrument for the constitution of the Corporation to which it relates before a notary public, pursuant to the provisions of article 17 of the Rules applicable to the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments; likewise, it is issued without prejudice to the provisions of article 91 of the Industrial Property Law. TLATELOLCO, D.F., November 24, 2000. EFFECTIVE SUFFRAGE. NO REELECTION. THE DIRECTOR OF LICENSES ART. 27 CONST. LIC. JOSE FRANCISCO CAMPOS GARCIA ZEPEDA”.- Signed.- Seal stating: “FOREIGN AFFAIRS MINISTRY.- GENERAL DIVISION FOR JURIDICAL MATTERS.- 019351.- P.A.-1”

 

II. Pursuant to the provisions of Article 27 of the Federal Tax Code and Rule 2.3.16 of the Miscellaneous Fiscal Resolution for the year 2000, the appearing party states under penalty of perjury that his represented shall submit the list of shareholders residing out of the country to

 

Page 1 of 18


which the above Article refers, no later than March 31, 2001, and I shall, accordingly, notify the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit.

 

Having stated as above, I grant the following

 

CLAUSES

 

FIRST. The appearing party constitutes a Variable Capital Corporation, pursuant to the Laws of the Mexican United States currently in force and effect, more particularly in accordance with the provisions of Chapters V and VIII of the General Law of Commercial Corporations, the organization and operation of which shall be governed by the articles of the following:

 

BYLAWS

 

FIRST CHAPTER

 

I. TRADE NAME

 

FIRST. The appearing party, on behalf of his represented, hereby constitutes a Variable Capital Corporation, having Mexican nationality, which shall be denominated INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS . Such denomination shall be followed by the words SOCIEDAD ANONIMA DE CAPITAL VARIABLE , or their abbreviation S.A. de C.V.

 

II. PURPOSE

 

SECOND. The purpose of the Corporation shall be:

 

(a) To manufacture woven fabrics, woven fabric bags and other type of bags, mainly for export purposes.

 

(b) To purchase properties, assets and any type of goods required for the performance of the corporate purpose.

 

(c) To establish offices, agencies, subsidiaries or branches of the above Corporation in the Mexican Republic or abroad.

 

(d) To purchase and dispose of any type of securities or interests in other Corporations or associations, whether civil or commercial, consistent with the purpose of this Corporation.

 

(e) To purchase, use, lease, pledge, mortgage, transfer and dispose of any goods, real property, tantibles or intangibles, in accordance with the needs of the Corporation, prior authorization granted by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs as required, or by any other authority, as the case may be.

 

Page 2 of 18


(f) To represent or be represented by any type of Corporation or individual within or without the Mexican Republic, such as agents, intermediaries, factors, commission agents, representatives, independent sales representatives or attorney.

 

(g) To grant and to apply for secured or unsecured loans, without limitation as to amount, and to issue, accept, endorse or execute promissory notes, bills of exchange, letters of credit, debentures, bonds or any other credit instrument representing a liability, or documents and proofs of indebtedness, executory or non-executory, and to guarantee payment of same, as well as payment of the resulting interest, by means of a security, mortgage, pledge, sale or assignment in trust, of portion or the total of the Corporation’s assets, or otherwise, and to guarantee or endorse the third-party obligations, whether involving natural persons, financial corporations or entities, by means of a bond, mortgage, pledge or otherwise; additionally, the Corporation may grant any type of guarantees, bonds and collaterals to third parties.

 

(h) To execute, perform and award contracts of any nature and description to any person, firm, association, Corporation, municipality, state, political entity or any government or agency, in order to carry out the corporate purpose of the Corporation.

 

(i) To execute, perform and award contracts for the distribution of any type of products, articles or services, with any person, firm, association or financial entity, Mexican or foreign, whether the Corporation may act as the distributor or whether any person may distribute its merchandise, products or goods.

 

(j) To sell, lease, grant, transfer, rent, mortgage or pledge in any manner any goods acquired or in use by the Corporation.

 

(k) To purchase, own, utilize, sell, assign, lease, grant licenses with respect to mortgages or to dispose in any manner of patents registered in the Mexican Republic or in any other country, as well as of any patent rights, permits and privileges, improvements and processes, literary work, inventions, trademarks, copyrights and trade names which may be required or may be advisable for the performance of the corporate purpose of the Corporation.

 

(l) To render or receive any type of services related to the corporate purpose of the Corporation from natural or juridical persons, financial corporations or entities.

 

(m) To dispose of the business, goods, assets and operations of the Corporation, totally or partially,.

 

(n) In general, to perform and carry out any other business or activity related to the above and to enjoy and exercise any authority granted by the laws of the Mexican Republic, and to perform the corporate purpose mentioned above to the extent allowed any natural or juridical person.

 

Page 3 of 18


III. DOMICILE AND DURATION

 

THIRD. The domicile of the Corporation is hereby established at PIEDRAS NEGRAS, COAHUILA , without prejudice for the Corporation to establish agencies or branches or to designate other domiciles anywhere within or without the Mexican Republic. For purposes of jurisdiction and venue, the parties shall submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the Courts of this site.

 

FOURTH. The Corporation shall have a duration of NINETY NINE YEARS from the date of its constitution.

 

SECOND CHAPTER

 

CAPITAL

 

FIFTH. The capital stock shall be variable, with a set minimum of $50,000 M.N. (FIFTY THOUSAND PESOS, NATIONAL CURRENCY), and an unlimited maximum, represented by free subscription no par value nominative shares. The minimum set capital is fully paid and subscribed.

 

SIXTH. The variable portion of the capital stock shall be liable of being increased by subsequent contributions or by the admission of new partners, or of being decreased due to partial or total withdrawal of such contributions, without any formalities other than those provided by Chapter 8 of the General Law of Commercial Corporations.

 

SEVENTH. In the event of a capital increase, the holders of current stock shall have preference in the subscription of the new shares, making use of such right pursuant to the terms of Article 132 of the above legislation.

 

Any increases or decreases of the variable portion of the capital shall be determined by a regular general meeting, which shall establish the manner of and terms and conditions for the corresponding issuance or withdrawal of shares. The Corporation is prohibited from making an announcement as to any capital stock for which an increase has been authorized, without making an announcement at the same time as to the minimum capital. Any time an increase or decrease is agreed upon, it shall be recorded in the Registry Book kept by the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH. For purposes of the transfer of shares, the following is hereby provided:

 

(a) Shareholders shall have stock subscription rights to purchase same.

 

(b) Shareholders may propose new purchasers; however, the Meeting reserves the right of admission.

 

(c) Any shareholder wishing to transfer any stock shall notify the Secretary of the Board as to the price, in order to make it known to the others by certified mail so that they may be able to exercise their stock subscription rights.

 

Page 4 of 18


(d) In the event there is more than one interested partner, the shares shall be purchased in proportion to the number of shares each one represents.

 

(e) In the event no partner exercises his stock subscription rights and the proposed purchasers are not accepted, the offerer shall have the liberty to transfer such stock within 30 days, at a price not lower than the price authorized by the Administrative Board. In the event he does not sell them within the above term, the transfer of same shall be subject to the prior authorization by the Administrative Board or by the Sole Administrator.

 

(f) No transfer of shares agreed upon by all shareholders shall be made until the above has been performed.

 

(g) The transfer of shares shall be recorded in the Registry Book kept by the Corporation for such purpose, pursuant to Articles 128 and 129 of the Law of Commercial Corporations.

 

THIRD CHAPTER

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

NINTH. The Corporation’s administration and representation shall be the responsibility of a Sole Administrator or of an Administrative Board.

 

The meeting may freely agree to the type of corporate administration. Foreigners may participate in the administration in the same proportion agreed upon for the subscription of capital. The Administrative Board shall be composed of at least two (2) members determined by the meeting.

 

The meeting may likewise appoint an alternate for each of the regular members of the Board, determine the number of managers, general or special agents, and establish their authority. The regular members of the Board or the alternates, as well as the managers and agents, may be shareholders or otherwise.

 

The Administrative Board shall meet upon notice by the President, the Secretary, the Corporate Comptroller (C omisario ), or by the majority of its members, which shall be made by telefax or certified mail. The meetings of the Administrative Board may take place at the main offices or at any other location within or without the Mexican Republic as indicated in the respective notice, which shall be sent at least ten (10) days in advance of the date of the session. A notice shall not be required and the session shall be valid if all the members of the Board or their respective alternates are present.

 

Pursuant to Article 143 of the Law of Commercial Corporations, any resolutions taken outside of the Board, including any taken outside the corporate offices, in other locations within or without the Mexican Republic, shall have the same validity as if they were taken within a Meeting of the Board, provided they are ratified in writing.

 

Page 5 of 18


In order for the Administrative Board to meet validly, a quorum of the majority of its members shall be required, and resolutions shall be adopted by the favorable vote of the majority of the members in attendance.

 

TENTH. The Sole Administrator or the members of the Board shall remain in their positions until other appointments are made and the new appointees take office. They may be reelected one or more times.

 

The meeting may at any time revoke the appointment of the members of the Board, the alternates, managers and agents.

 

SCOPE OF THE AUTHORITY FOR THE SOLE

ADMINISTRATOR OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD

 

ELEVENTH. Both the Sole Administrator and the Administrative Board shall be in charge of the representation and administration of the Corporation before any natural and juridical persons, administrative, judicial and labor authorities, including any general and special powers required by law, in accordance with the terms of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District applicable to local and federal subjects, and their correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, relating to lawsuits and collections, administrative proceedings, acts of state, labor proceedings, operation of credit instruments and bank accounts, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(a) LAWSUITS AND COLLECTIONS. To exercise any kind of authority and to perform any type of action before any authority, and Mediation and Arbitration Boards; to submit himself/itself to any jurisdiction; to waive rights and relief; to file claims or complaints as plaintiff and to cooperate with the Public Ministry; and to execute any documents as may be required in the exercise of this authority.

 

(b) ADMINISTRATION. To preserve and to increase the corporate property; to make and to receive payments; to give and to receive under lease and commodatum agreements; to constitute bonds and mortgages on behalf of the Corporation and to cancel them upon extinguishment of the main obligation.

 

(c) ACTS OF STATE. To purchase and sell real and personal property, rights and securities; to pledge and to commit corporate properties in any manner allowed by Law; to endorse; to give in trust; to assign or purchase properties, in rem and personal rights; to execute credit instruments pursuant to the terms of Article 9 of the General Law for Credit Instruments and Transactions; to enter into contracts and agreements with any authorities or private persons, in the manner and under the terms and method he/it deems appropriate; to contribute goods to other companies, to subscribe stock and participations belonging to other companies; to grant and to execute any public and private documents as may be required.

 

(d) LABOR ACTS. To designate and remove managers, assistant managers, general and special agents, with the authorities, duties and compensations he/it deems pertinent, to delegate

 

Page 6 of 18


or substitute all or a portion of their authority, preserving their exercise or otherwise and carrying out any necessary revocations.

 

(e) CREDIT INSTRUMENTS. General Power of Attorney pursuant to the terms of Article 9 of the General Law for Credit Instruments and Transactions, therefore being authorized to: issue, subscribe, draw, accept, guarantee and endorse credit instruments, as well as to perform any of the credit transactions regulated by the above-mentioned law.

 

(f) BANK ACCOUNTS. Authority to open and operate BANK ACCOUNTS in the name and representation of the Corporation, and to designate the signatories on such accounts.

 

TWELFTH. The President shall preside over the meetings of the board and the shareholders’ meetings; he shall submit annual financial reports to the shareholders. The Secretary shall authorize certified copies or excerpts of the minutes of the board, the meetings and any other corporate documents.

 

FOURTH CHAPTER

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

THIRTEENTH. The Shareholders’ General Meeting is the Corporation’s highest organism and it may adopt any type of resolutions and designate and revoke the appointment of any official. Its resolutions shall be carried out by the Administrative Board or the individual or individuals expressly designated for such purpose by the Sole Administrator or by the President of the Board.

 

FOURTEENTH. General meetings of shareholders shall be regular or special.

 

Special meetings shall convene to discuss any matters related to Art. 182 of the General Law of Commercial Corporations.

 

Regular meetings shall deal with the matters foreseen by Art. 181 of the same legislation.

 

Both will take place at the corporate domicile, except in cases involving an act of God or force majeure .

 

Pursuant to Art. 178 of the General Law of Commercial Corporations, any resolutions taken out of the meeting, including those taken outside of the corporate domicile, in other locations within or without the Mexican Republic, by the unanimous vote of the shareholders representing all the voting shares or special category shares, as the case may be, shall have the same validity they would have if taken at the Shareholders’ Regular or Special Meetings, as long as they are ratified in writing.

 

FIFTEENTH. A regular meeting shall be called at least once a year, within 4 months following the closing of the fiscal year, at a date to be designated by the Sole Administrator or

 

Page 7 of 18


the Administrative Board. With regard to special meetings, any time the discussion of their subject matter is needed.

 

SIXTEENTH. All meetings shall be called in accordance with the provisions of Article 183 and related of the Law on the subject matter. The call shall be made by means of a notice published in the Diario Oficial (official journal) or in any newspaper among those having the largest circulation in the Corporation’s domicile, at the Sole Administrator’s or Administrative Board’s discretion, with at least 5 days mediating between the date of publication and the date set for the meeting, in the case of a first notice, and 3 days in the case of a second notice. The notices shall be sent to the shareholders by telefax or by certified mail. During this time, any books and documents relating to the agenda for the meeting shall be made available to the shareholders for their information. The notice shall contain the date, time and place for the meeting, and the agenda shall be signed by the Sole Administrator, the President of the Board or the Secretary; or by the Corporate Comptroller ( Comisario ) or the Manager, if necessary.

 

SEVENTEENTH. A notice shall not be necessary when all the shares are represented at the shareholders’ meeting as provided by Art. 188 of the current Law.

 

EIGHTEENTH. In order for a regular meeting to be deemed legally convened, at least 51% of the capital stock shall be represented therein, and resolutions shall be valid when adopted by 51% of the capital stock.

 

With regard to special meetings, at the first call or at any subsequent call, at least 75% of the capital stock shall be required to be represented, and resolutions shall be valid when adopted by 51% of the capital stock.

 

NINETEENTH. The shareholders may be represented at the meetings by a proxy, shareholder or otherwise; it shall be sufficient that representation be conferred by letter of proxy executed before two witnesses, or by telegraphic notice addressed to the Sole Administrator or the Administrative Board.

 

TWENTIETH. Each share is entitled to one vote at the meetings.

 

TWENTY-FIRST. The minutes of the meeting shall be kept in the appropriate Book and shall be signed by the President, the Secretary, the Corporate Comptrollers ( Comisarios ) and Inspectors in attendance and by any shareholders desiring to do so. Any related documents shall be attached to them. If for any reason the minutes cannot be entered in the Book, the same shall be recorded officially before a Notary Public. At all times, the minutes of special meetings shall be formalized and registered in the Commercial Public Registry.

 

FIFTH CHAPTER

 

INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION

 

TWENTY-SECOND. The supervision of the Corporation shall be under the charge of one or more comptrollers ( comisarios ) designated by the shareholders, who may themselves be

 

Page 8 of 18


shareholders or otherwise, and who shall remain in their position until other appointments are made and the new appointees take office. They may be reelected indefinitely and they shall file a performance bond in the same manner prescribed for the members of the Board. The meeting may appoint alternate comptrollers. The comptrollers shall have the powers and rights set forth in Article 166 and related of the General Law for Commercial Corporations.

 

SIXTH CHAPTER

 

FISCAL TERMS, PROFIT AND LOSS

 

TWENTY-THIRD. The term of a fiscal year shall be one year. The date of the fiscal year and of the annual balance sheet may be changed prior notice to the tax authorities and without the need to amend the articles of incorporation.

 

TWENTY-FOURTH. At the end of every fiscal year a balance sheet shall be formulated, which shall be submitted to the immediate regular meeting; the Sole Administrator or the President of the Board shall make it available to the Corporate Comptrollers (Comisarios) at least one month in advance of the date of the meeting so that they may formulate their opinion, together with any supporting documents and a general report of the corporate business or a financial report.

 

TWENTY-FIFTH. The Administrative Board itself is authorized to determine the compensations and special fees for its members, for each fiscal year and to be charged to corporate expenditures, in addition to the salaries received by them for the performance of their administrative work. Such compensations shall be ratified by the general meeting.

 

TWENTY-SIXTH. Distribution of profits shall be done only after they are produced by the balance sheet, on the basis that they may never exceed the net amount of those in fact obtained. The dividend for each share shall be paid against the appropriate coupon, unless the Sole Administrator or the President of the Board agrees to such payment by means of another voucher.

 

TWENTY-SEVENTH. At least 5% of the Corporation’s net profits shall be set aside on a yearly basis for the constitution of the legal reserves, until such fund reaches 20% of the capital stock. The reserves shall be constituted in the same manner whether the capital stock undergoes an increase or a decrease for any reason. The net balance of the profits shall be available to the meeting for distribution by the shareholders in proportion to the number of shares each one represents.

 

SEVENTH CHAPTER

 

LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION

 

TWENTY-EIGHTH. The Corporation shall be dissolved upon conclusion of the term set for its duration or in advance of same in the instances foreseen by Article 229 of the Law, by the agreement of a special meeting of shareholders in that regard. Upon declaring the liquidation,

 

Page 9 of 18


the meeting shall designate one or more liquidators with the same authority as the Sole Administrator or the Administrative Board. Liquidators may be shareholders or otherwise, and their appointments are revocable.

 

TWENTY-NINTH. The designated liquidators shall perform the liquidation within one year from the date they take office, all in accordance with Article 242 of the above legislation. After payment of the liabilities, the liquidators shall proceed to distribute the balance pursuant to the terms of Article 247 of the Law.

 

THIRTIETH. The foreign, current or future, shareholders of this Corporation formally agree with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to consider themselves as locals with respect to the shares they may purchase or they may own, as well as with respect to the properties, rights, concessions, participations or interests this Corporation owns, or of the rights and obligations derived from agreements executed by the Corporation itself with Mexican authorities, and not to invoke, for the same reason, the protection of their governments, under penalty of otherwise losing to the benefit of the Mexican Nation any participations they may have acquired.

 

SECOND . As it was set forth in the Fifth Article of these Bylaws, the capital stock is variable, with a set minimum of $50,000 Pesos and an unlimited maximum; the fixed capital is represented by 500 no-par-value nominative shares, wholly subscribed and paid as follows:

 

SHAREHOLDERS


   SHARES

   CAPITAL

“SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.” 495 SHARES, $49,500 PESOS

   495    $ 49,500.00

“INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.” 5 SHARES, $500 PESOS

   5    $ 500.00

TOTAL: 500 SHARES, $50,000 PESOS

   500    $ 50,000.00

 

THIRD . The shareholders constituting the Shareholders’ General Regular Meeting agree, pursuant to the terms of Article 10 th of these Bylaws, that the Corporation’s administration and representation shall be entrusted to an ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD composed of three members, as follows: JIM BOB CARPENTER, President; CULLEN JONES and SALVADOR VITALE.

 

FOURTH . RONALD DWAYNE LEWIS is hereby designated as the Corporation’s GENERAL MANAGER . By virtue of his designation, authority is vested upon him pursuant to the following terms:

 

(a) General power of attorney for litigation and collections pursuant to the first paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District, with the full general and special authority required under Article 2587 of said Civil Code, including, but not limited to: exercising any rights and actions before any Federal, State, Municipal or Federal District authorities, under

 

Page 10 of 18


voluntary, contentious or mixed jurisdiction, as well as to appear before civil, judicial, administrative and labor authorities, such as Mediation and Arbitration Boards, local or federal; to defend lawsuits, to file objections and counterclaims; to become subject to any jurisdiction; to file and answer interrogatories, to challenge judges, magistrates, officials, experts and any party subject to challenge; to file or to abandon any action or appeal, including actions for relief; to submit any type of evidence; to acknowledge signatures and documents, and to reject same and challenge them as false; to settle; to attend meetings and to submit bids, offers and improvements, and to obtain for the Corporation the adjudication of any type of property and the subrogation of rights; to file charges and claims as wronged party and to assist the Public Ministry, by exercising the amplest authority as appropriate.

 

(b) General Power of Attorney for ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and its correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, subject to the following limitations: the express authorization of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Administrative Board shall be required to: (1) negotiate or apply for loans; (2) alienate, transfer, sell or mortgage any assets beyond the normal course of the company’s business;

 

(c) To open and operate bank accounts and Credit Instruments in the name and representation of the Corporation, and to designate the signatories for such accounts or credit instruments.

 

(d) Authority to delegate such powers or to vest new powers upon any persons at his discretion.

 

FIFTH . Mr. SALVADOR VALDEZ MEJIA and Mr. STEVEN FRIEDMAN are hereby designated as the Corporation’s agents having the following authority to be exercised individually or jointly pursuant to the terms as stated:

 

(a) General power of attorney for lawsuits and collections pursuant to the first paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District, with the full general and special authority required pursuant to Article 2587 of said Civil Code, including, but not limited to: exercising any rights and actions before any Federal, State, Municipal or Federal District authorities, under voluntary, contentious or mixed jurisdiction, as well as to appear before civil, judicial, administrative and labor authorities, such as Mediation and Arbitration Boards, local or federal; to defend lawsuits, to file objections and counterclaims; to become subject to any jurisdiction; to file and answer interrogatories, to challenge judges, magistrates, officials, experts and any party subject to challenge; to file or to abandon any action or appeal, including actions for relief; to submit any type of evidence; to acknowledge signatures and documents, and to reject same and challenge them as false; to settle; to attend meetings and to submit bids, offers and improvements, and to obtain for the Corporation the adjudication of any type of property and the subrogation of rights; to file charges and claims as wronged party and to assist the Public Ministry, by exercising the amplest authority as appropriate.

 

(b) General Power of Attorney for ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and its correlatives in

 

Page 11 of 18


the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, subject to the following limitations: the express authorization of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Administrative Board shall be required to: (1) negotiate or apply for loans; (2) alienate, transfer, sell or mortgage any assets beyond the normal course of the company’s business;

 

(c) To open and operate bank accounts and Credit Instruments in the name and representation of the Corporation, and to designate the signatories for such accounts or credit instruments.

 

(d) Authority to delegate such powers or to vest new powers upon any persons at their discretion.

 

SIXTH . The following authority was vested upon Messrs. BILL F. KRYZDA, MARIO TREMBLAY LESSARD, JORGE LEON ORANTES VALLEJO, JULIO FLORES LUNA, FRANCISCO GARCIA NARANJO and JORGE ENRIQUE SANDOVAL VALENCIA, as well as upon Misses LAURA BUENO AVILES and LUZ MARIA CAMACHO MARTINEZ, to be exercised jointly or separately pursuant to the following terms:

 

(a) General power of attorney for lawsuits and collections pursuant to the first paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District, with the full general and special authority required pursuant to Article 2587 of said Civil Code, including, but not limited to: exercising any rights and actions before any Federal, State, Municipal or Federal District authorities, under voluntary, contentious or mixed jurisdiction, as well as to appear before civil, judicial, administrative and labor authorities, such as Mediation and Arbitration Boards, local or federal; to defend lawsuits, to file objections and counterclaims; to become subject to any jurisdiction; to file and answer interrogatories, to challenge judges, magistrates, officials, experts and any party subject to challenge; to file or to abandon any action or appeal, including actions for relief; to submit any type of evidence; to acknowledge signatures and documents, and to reject same and challenge them as false; to settle; to attend meetings and to submit bids, offers and improvements, and to obtain for the Corporation the adjudication of any type of property and the subrogation of rights; to file charges and claims as wronged party and to assist the Public Ministry, by exercising the amplest authority as appropriate.

 

(b) General Power of Attorney for ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and its correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, subject to the following limitations: the express authorization of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Administrative Board shall be required to: (1) negotiate or apply for loans; (2) alienate, transfer, sell or mortgage any assets; (3) grant or operate credit instruments.

 

(c) Authority to delegate the above powers.

 

SEVENTH . Mr. AGUSTIN AGUILAR LAURENTS is hereby designated as OWNER COMPTROLLER ( Comisario Propietario )] and Mr. FRANCISCO ALVAREZ DEL CAMPO as ALTERNATE COMPTROLLER ( Comisario Suplente ).

 

Page 12 of 18


EIGHTH . The designated Members of the Board and the Comptroller have filed performance bonds.

 

NINTH . The party making an appearance holds the undersigned Notary harmless as to any liability with regard to the recording of the first testimony of this instrument in the Commercial Public Registry of the corporate domicile.

 

TENTH . The parties executing this instrument shall submit themselves to the courts operating in the Federal District, with regard to any matters relating to the interpretation and performance of this instrument, the cost of which shall be borne by the Corporation itself.

 

LEGAL CAPACITY

 

Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas proves his legal capacity as representative of “SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.” and “INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.” with the testimony set forth under instrument No. 73,703, dated December 8, 2000, executed for this record before me, and from such instrument I copy the relevant portions:

 

“… Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas appears before me to record the special authority granted outside of the country by “SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.” and “INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.” to him and to Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard and Francisco Garcia Naranjo González and Misses Gisela López García and Luz María Camacho Martínez, in the following terms: I. The party making an appearance shows me 10 pages of text written on their face only, the document is in the English language legalized by the Consul General of Mexico in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, and its translation into Spanish containing the special power of attorney executed by “ SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. ” I add such document to the file relating to this instrument marked “ A ” and I hereby transcribe relevant portions of same: “TRANSLATION. PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. CANADA. The undersigned, Michel Poulin, Clerk of the Notarial Chamber of Québec, Canada ( Chambre des Notaires du Québec ), hereinafter the “Chamber,” such Chamber having main offices in the city of Montreal, organized pursuant to the laws of said Province of Québec, and it being the sole and exclusive Registry Chamber for all the notaries of said Province, and such Chamber having a seal, all of which became effective by virtue of Law 17-18 Isabel II, 1968, chap. 70, amended on July 6, 1973, to make it concordant with the Professional Code (R.S.Q. c.C-26), DO HEREBY CERTIFY that Lic, Marc Daigneault, Notary with offices in Montreal in the Judicial District of Montreal of the above Province, who executed the certificate of proof of acknowledgment on the attached instrument, was as of the date of taking such proof of acknowledgment a Notary and Public Official in office, registered at the Registry of the Order of Notaries for said Province of Québec, that his jurisdiction extends throughout the above-mentioned Province of Québec, and his duties as such are for life; that, therefore, on the date of this instrument he is a person authorized to take and to certify statements under oath (affidavits) and solemn testimony, and to take proof and acknowledgment on any type of deeds and other instruments,

 

Page 13 of 18


and to certify in the capacity as Notary, originals and copies of the same or of any of same, which are required to be recorded in the above Province, all of the above pursuant to, and as required by, such Law of Notaries and the laws of said Province of Québec. AND that, additionally, I have compared the signature “Marc Daigneault, Notary” shown on the above-mentioned instrument with the one stored in the “Registry of Official Notarial Signatures” (such Registry being kept only by me and which continues to be registered only in my office) and, in accordance with the requirements of such Notarial Law and other laws, such signature is the official signature of the above-mentioned individual and the imprint of his official seal stamped on said certificate is likewise authentic. THAT , additionally, in my capacity as Clerk of the above Chamber, as mentioned above, and pursuant to the laws of said Province, I am the only authority authorized to issue this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have signed and affixed the official seal of the above Chamber for Montreal on this 10 th day of November, 2000. /signed/ Lic. MICHEL POULIN. Clerk. 46549 POWER OF ATTORNEY. In the City of Montreal, Province of Québec, Canada, on this 13 th day of October 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Notary Public in and for Québec, personally known to me, appeared Mr. Salvatore Vitale, in his capacity as President of Spuntech Fabrics Inc. (hereinafter, the “Corporation”), a Corporation duly organized and existing pursuant to the Law of Commercial Corporations of Canada. I hereby certify that Mr. Vitale has sufficient legal capacity to act in this matter and that I know him personally, and that he is duly authorized to execute the power of attorney contained in this instrument in representation of the Corporation, by virtue of the authority vested upon him. Pursuant to the authority conferred upon him in these proceedings Mr. Vitale, in representation of the Corporation, grants the following powers in favor of Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard, Francisco García-Naranjo González, José David Enríquez Rosas, Miss Gisela López García and Miss Luz María Camacho Martínez, jointly or separately: Special power of attorney to act in representation of the Corporation and to participate in the constitution of one or more Corporations in the Mexican United States , under such corporate names as are agreed upon, and to execute the inCorporation instrument and bylaws and any other stipulations required by the Mexican government; to subscribe and pay any shares which are subscribed from the capital stock of the Corporations to be constituted, in the number and in the amounts stipulated upon; and to make an appearance in representation of the Corporation at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held by the Corporations with the purpose of designating the Administrative Board or the Sole Administrator, the Official, the Corporate Comptrollers ( Comisarios ) and granting any powers of attorney, as well as to adopt any pertinent resolutions and to give any type of notices to the authorities, and to register the new Corporation with the Federal Registry of Taxpayers and the Registry of Importers. The executing party authorizes the attorneys in fact to delegate any or all of the powers granted by virtue of this instrument. I, the undersigned Notary, certify that I have examined the following documents which have been shown to me by Mr. Vitale, in order to verify the legal existence of the Corporation and his authority to grant this power

 

Page 14 of 18


of attorney: I. Certificate of InCorporation of Spuntech Fabrics Inc., dated December 6, 1988, registered with the Office of Consumer and Corporate Affairs of Canada. II. The bylaws of the Corporation which authorize its officials to grant the power of attorney contained in this instrument. III. The Minutes of the meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders held January 15, 1999, wherein the current Administrative Board was designated. IV. Minutes of the meeting of the Administrative Board of the Corporation held January 15, 1999, wherein Mr. Vitale was designated as President with authority to grant this power of attorney. The undersigned Notary attests as to the following: I. I verified the identity of the individual I know; II. That the party making an appearance has legal capacity to grant this instrument; III. That I read and explained this instrument to the appearing party, who was in agreement with its contents, value and legal scope, and he ratified and signed it accordingly, on the same date. SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. /signed/ Salvatore Vitale. On October 13, 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Mr. Salvatore Vitale, personally known by me, acknowledged before me that he executed this instrument in his authorized capacity and that, by means of his signature on the same, the individual or entity in whose representation said appearing party acted, did execute such instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and affixed my official seal. /signed/ My commission expires on: for life. Mr. Salvatore Vitale stated under oath that his name is as stated above, that he is a citizen of the city of Kirkland in the Province of Québec, Canada, married, Vice President of Finance of Intertape Polymer Group, born in Montreal, Québec, and residing at 7 Audubon, Kirkland, Québec H9J 3Y6. Signed on (handwritten) October 13, 2000. By: (illegible signature). Witness: Witness: (illegible signature) /signed/ CLAUDE LEBEL. YVONNE E. ROSSEL. Print name. Print name. Signed and sworn to before me. /signed/ (handwriting) Marc Daigneault. Notary Public. N.T. Following is a legalization of the seal and signature of the Notary, Marc Daigneault, issued by the Mexican Foreign Service, Consulate General of Mexico at Montreal, Québec, Canada, No. 243240, dated November 10, 2000, which is not translated since it is in Spanish. MARGARITA HERNANDEZ RIVERA, Expert Translator, authorized by the Superior Court of Justice for the Federal District, by decision published on February 7, 1997 in the Judicial Bulletin, DO STATE FOR THE RECORD that the above 6-page translation from English to Spanish is, in my opinion, true and correct. México, Federal District, on November 21, 2000 …”

 

II. The party making an appearance shows me 10 pages of text written on their face only, the document is in the English language legalized by the Consul General for Mexico in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, and its translation into Spanish containing the special power of attorney executed by “ INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. ” I add such document to the file relating to this instrument marked “ B ” and I hereby transcribe same in its relevant portions: “TRANSLATION. PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. CANADA. The undersigned, Michel Poulin, Clerk of the Notarial Chamber of Québec, Canada ( Chambre des Notaires du Québec ), hereinafter the “Chamber,” such Chamber having main

 

Page 15 of 18


offices in the city of Montreal, organized pursuant to the laws of said Province of Québec, and it being the sole and exclusive Registry Chamber for all the notaries of said Province, and such Chamber having a seal, all of which became effective by virtue of Law 17-18 Isabel II, 1968, chap. 70, amended on July 6, 1973, to make it concordant with the Professional Code (R.S.Q. c.C-26), DO HEREBY CERTIFY that Lic, Marc Daigneault, Notary with offices in Montreal in the Judicial District of Montreal of the above Province, who executed the certificate of proof of acknowledgment on the attached instrument, was as of the date of taking such proof of acknowledgment a Notary and Public Official in office, registered at the Registry of the Order of Notaries for said Province of Québec, that his jurisdiction extends throughout the above-mentioned Province of Québec, and his duties as such are for life; that, therefore, on the date of this instrument he is a person authorized to take and to certify statements under oath (affidavits) and solemn testimony, and to take proof and acknowledgment on any type of deeds and other instruments, and to certify in the capacity as Notary, originals and copies of the same or of any of same, which are required to be recorded in the above Province, all of the above pursuant to, and as required by, such Law of Notaries and the laws of said Province of Québec. AND that, additionally, I have compared the signature “Marc Daigneault, Notary” shown on the above-mentioned instrument with the one stored in the “Registry of Official Notarial Signatures” (such Registry being kept only by me and which continues to be registered only in my office) and, in accordance with the requirements of such Notarial Law and other laws, such signature is the official signature of the above-mentioned individual and the imprint of his official seal stamped on said certificate is likewise authentic. THAT , additionally, in my capacity as Clerk of the above Chamber, as mentioned above, and pursuant to the laws of said Province, I am the only authority authorized to issue this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have signed and affixed the official seal of the above Chamber for Montreal on this 10 th day of November, 2000. /signed/ Lic. MICHEL POULIN. Clerk. 46549 POWER OF ATTORNEY. In the City of Montreal, Province of Québec, Canada, on this 13 th day of October 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Notary Public in and for Québec, personally known to me, appeared Mr. Salvatore Vitale, in his capacity as President of Spuntech Fabrics Inc. (hereinafter, the “Corporation”), a Corporation duly organized and existing pursuant to the Law of Commercial Corporations of Canada. I hereby certify that Mr. Vitale has sufficient legal capacity to act in this matter and that I know him personally, and that he is duly authorized to execute the power of attorney contained in this instrument in representation of the Corporation, by virtue of the authority vested upon him. Pursuant to the authority conferred upon him in these proceedings Mr. Vitale, in representation of the Corporation, grants the following powers in favor of Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard, Francisco García-Naranjo González, José David Enríquez Rosas, Miss Gisela López García and Miss Luz María Camacho Martínez, jointly or separately: Special power of attorney to act in representation of the Corporation and to participate in the constitution of one or more Corporations in the Mexican United States , under such corporate names as are agreed upon, and to execute the inCorporation

 

Page 16 of 18


instrument and bylaws and any other stipulations required by the Mexican government; to subscribe and pay any shares which are subscribed from the capital stock of the Corporations to be constituted, in the number and in the amounts stipulated upon; and to make an appearance in representation of the Corporation at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held by the Corporations with the purpose of designating the Administrative Board or the Sole Administrator, the Official, the Corporate Comptrollers ( Comisarios ) and granting any powers of attorney, as well as to adopt any pertinent resolution and to give any type of notices to the authorities, and to register the new Corporation with the Federal Registry of Taxpayers and the Registry of Importers. The executing party authorizes the attorneys in fact to delegate any or all of the powers granted by virtue of this instrument. I, the undersigned Notary, certify that I have examined the following documents which have been shown to me by Mr. Vitale, in order to verify the legal existence of the Corporation and his authority to grant this power of attorney: I. Certificate of InCorporation of Intertape Polymer Inc., dated May 30, 1990, registered with the Office of Consumer and Corporate Affairs of Canada. II. The bylaws of the Corporation which authorize its officials to grant the power of attorney contained in this instrument. III. The Minutes of the meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders held January 15, 1999, wherein the current Administrative Board was designated. IV. Minutes of the meeting of the Administrative Board of the Corporation held January 15, 1999, wherein Mr. Vitale was designated as President with authority to grant this power of attorney. The undersigned Notary attests as to the following: I. I verified the identity of the individual I know; II. That the party making an appearance has legal capacity to grant this instrument; III. That I read and explained this instrument to the appearing party, who was in agreement with its contents, value and legal scope, and he ratified and signed it accordingly, on the same date. INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. /signed/ Salvatore Vitale. On October 13, 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Mr. Salvatore Vitale, personally known by me, acknowledged before me that he executed this instrument in his authorized capacity and that, by means of his signature on the same, the individual or entity in whose representation said appearing party acted, did execute such instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and affixed my official seal. /signed/ My commission expires on: for life. Mr. Salvatore Vitale stated under oath that his name is as stated above, that he is a citizen of the city of Kirkland in the Province of Québec, Canada, married, Vice President of Finance of Intertape Polymer Group, born in Montreal, Québec, and residing at 7 Audubon, Kirkland, Québec H9J 3Y6. Signed on (handwritten) October 13, 2000. By: (illegible signature). Witness: Witness: (illegible signature) /signed/ CLAUDE LEBEL. YVONNE E. ROSSEL. Print name. Print name. Signed and sworn to before me. /signed/ (handwriting) Marc Daigneault. Notary Public. N.T. Following is a legalization of the seal and signature of the Notary, Marc Daigneault, issued by the Mexican Foreign Service, Consulate General of Mexico at Montreal, Québec, Canada, No. 243229, dated November 01, 2000, which is not translated since it is in Spanish. MARGARITA HERNANDEZ RIVERA, Expert Translator, authorized by the Superior Court of Justice for the Federal District, by decision published

 

Page 17 of 18


on February 7, 1997 in the Judicial Bulletin, DO STATE FOR THE RECORD that the above 6-page translation from English to Spanish is, in my opinion, true and correct. México, Federal District, on November 21, 2000 …”

 

Having stated as above, the following

 

CLAUSES

 

are stipulated:

 

FIRST . In order that they may have the corresponding legal effects, Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas does hereby officially record at this Notarial Office the special powers of attorney granted out of the country by “ SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. ” and “ INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. ” in their favor and in favor of Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard and Francisco García Naranjo González, and Misses Gisela López García and Luz María Camacho Martínez, which have been transcribed and reported, and which are hereby deemed fully reproduced for all legal effects as may be appropriate.

 

Under penalty of perjury the appearing party states that the authority with which he acts has not been revoked nor modified in any manner whatsoever, and that by way of his personal identification he is Mexican, as are his parents, born in this city on October 10, 1972, single, attorney at law, of this vicinity, residing at Paseo de la Reforma No. 265, Cuauhtémoc Colony and Delegation, and he identifies himself with professional identity card No. 2,806,715 issued on December 22, 1998 by the General Division of Professions of the Ministry of Public Education, a copy of which I add to the file relating to this instrument under letter “ B .”

 

All of which, as it was being inserted and stated, has been conformed with its originals and is true; that the party making an appearance has been duly identified with the document stated in his personal identification and that in my opinion he has legal capacity; that this instrument was fully read to him and I let him know of his right to read it personally, and to have its contents explained by the undersigned Notary; that I explained the contents of this instrument, as well as its value, consequences and legal scope, and informed him of the penalties incurred by those which give false testimony before a Notary, pursuant to the terms of Section XII of Article 102 and Article 165, both of the Notarial Law, as they relate to Article 247 of the Penal Code for the Federal District; that in the proceedings for the signature hereof, I informed the appearing party, pursuant to the terms of paragraph 9 of Article 27 of the Federal Tax Code, that within one month following the date of the signature of this instrument, he shall submit to the undersigned Notary a registration form stamped by the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit corresponding to the registration of the Corporation constituted in the Federal Taxpayer Registry, for purposes of my final authorization of the instrument and that in terms of the above-mentioned paragraph, his failure to do so shall cause the undersigned to notify the above agency accordingly; likewise, I informed the appearing party that he has a deadline of 40 business days from the date of execution of this instrument to register the Corporation with the National Registry of Foreign Investments; that he fully stated his understanding and agreement, by means of his signature on the same day of its execution, that this instrument has been prepared by me, I the Notary do attest. The signature of Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas follows. Before me. José Ignacio Sentíes Laborde. Seal of Authorization.

 

[Stamp:] I hereby certify that this is a conformed and proof-read copy which I authorize for legal purposes. I attest. [handwriting] [Notarial seals]

 

Page 18 of 18

Exhibit 3.49

 

[notarial seal]

 

No. 73,707

Book 2031

 

At México, Federal District, on December 8, 2000, before me, Lic. José Ignacio Sentíes Laborde, holder of Notarial Office No. 104, “ SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. ” and “ INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. ,” both represented by Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas, hereby constitute a VARIABLE CAPITAL CORPORATION ( SOCIEDAD ANONIMA DE CAPITAL VARIABLE – S.A. DE C.V. ), pursuant to the following terms:

 

BACKGROUND

 

I. For purposes of these proceedings, the party making an appearance shows me a license from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs issued on November 24, 2000, which I attach as a page of text to the appendix of this instrument under the letter “ A ” and which I copy as follows: At the top left corner a seal with the National Coat of Arms stating: “ MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS.- MEXICO ”.- At the top right margin: LICENSE 09058891.- FILE 0009058891.- PAGE 34972”.- At the center: “In consideration of the request made by C. EDGAR MAYORGA COMPEAN, this Ministry grants a license for the constitution of a variable capital Corporation under the name INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES SA DE CV . Such license shall be subject to the inclusion in the bylaws of the Corporation to be constituted, of a clause relating to the exclusion of foreigners or the stipulation provided under section I of Constitutional Article I, pursuant to the provisions of articles 15 of the Foreign Investments Law and 14 of the Rules for the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments. The interested party shall give notice of the use of this license to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs within six months following its issuance, pursuant to the provisions of Article 18 of the Rules applicable to the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments. The above is being communicated based on articles: 27, section I of the Political Constitution of the Mexican United States; 28, section V of the Organic Law of the Federal Public Administration; 15 of the Foreign Investments Law, and 13, 14 and 18 of the Rules applicable to the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments. This license shall be rendered ineffective if within 90 business days following the date of its issuance, the interested parties fail to execute the appropriate instrument for the constitution of the Corporation to which it relates before a notary public, pursuant to the provisions of article 17 of the Rules applicable to the Law on Foreign Investments and the National Registry for Foreign Investments; likewise, it is issued without prejudice to the provisions of article 91 of the Industrial Property Law. TLATELOLCO, D.F., November 24, 2000. EFFECTIVE SUFFRAGE. NO REELECTION. THE DIRECTOR OF LICENSES ART. 27 CONST. LIC. JOSE FRANCISCO CAMPOS GARCIA ZEPEDA”.- Signed.- Seal stating: “FOREIGN AFFAIRS MINISTRY.- GENERAL DIVISION FOR JURIDICAL MATTERS.- 019350.- P.A.-1”

 

II. Pursuant to the provisions of Article 27 of the Federal Tax Code and Rule 2.3.16 of the Miscellaneous Fiscal Resolution for the year 2000, the appearing party states under penalty of perjury that his represented shall submit the list of shareholders residing out of the country to which the above Article refers, no later than March 31, 2001, and I shall, accordingly, notify the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit.

 

Page 1 of 16


Having stated as above, I grant the following

 

CLAUSES

 

FIRST. The appearing party constitutes a Variable Capital Corporation, pursuant to the Laws of the Mexican United States currently in force and effect, more particularly in accordance with the provisions of Chapters V and VIII of the General Law of Commercial Corporations, the organization and operation of which shall be governed by the articles of the following:

 

BYLAWS

 

FIRST CHAPTER

 

I. TRADE NAME

 

FIRST. The appearing party, on behalf of his represented, hereby constitutes a Variable Capital Corporation, having Mexican nationality, which shall be denominated INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES . Such denomination shall be followed by the words SOCIEDAD ANONIMA DE CAPITAL VARIABLE , or their abbreviation S.A. de C.V.

 

II. PURPOSE

 

SECOND. The purpose of the Corporation shall be:

 

(a) To provide any type of service to other corporations or organizations.

 

(b) To purchase properties, assets and any type of goods required for the performance of the corporate purpose.

 

(c) To establish offices, agencies, subsidiaries or branches of the above Corporation in the Mexican Republic or abroad.

 

(d) To purchase and dispose of any type of securities or interests in other Corporations or associations, whether civil or commercial, consistent with the purpose of this Corporation.

 

(e) To purchase, use, lease, pledge, mortgage, transfer and dispose of any goods, real property, tantibles or intangibles, in accordance with the needs of the Corporation, prior authorization granted by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs as required, or by any other authority, as the case may be.

 

(f) To represent or be represented by any type of Corporation or individual within or without the Mexican Republic, such as agents, intermediaries, factors, commission agents, representatives, independent sales representatives or attorney.

 

(g) To grant and to apply for secured or unsecured loans, without limitation as to amount, and to issue, accept, endorse or execute promissory notes, bills of exchange, letters of credit, debentures, bonds or any other credit instrument representing a liability, or documents and proofs of indebtedness, executory or non-executory, and to guarantee payment of same, as well as payment of the resulting interest, by means of a security, mortgage, pledge, sale or assignment in trust, of portion or the total of the Corporation’s assets, or otherwise, and to guarantee or endorse the third-party obligations, whether involving natural persons, financial corporations or entities, by means of a bond, mortgage, pledge or otherwise; additionally, the Corporation may grant any type of guarantees, bonds and collaterals to third parties.

 

Page 2 of 16


(h) To execute, perform and award contracts of any nature and description to any person, firm, association, Corporation, municipality, state, political entity or any government or agency, in order to carry out the corporate purpose of the Corporation.

 

(i) To execute, perform and award contracts for the distribution of any type of products, articles or services, with any person, firm, association or financial entity, Mexican or foreign, whether the Corporation may act as the distributor or whether any person may distribute its merchandise, products or goods.

 

(j) To sell, lease, grant, transfer, rent, mortgage or pledge in any manner any goods acquired or in use by the Corporation.

 

(k) To purchase, own, utilize, sell, assign, lease, grant licenses with respect to mortgages or to dispose in any manner of patents registered in the Mexican Republic or in any other country, as well as of any patent rights, permits and privileges, improvements and processes, literary work, inventions, trademarks, copyrights and trade names which may be required or may be advisable for the performance of the corporate purpose of the Corporation.

 

(l) To render or receive any type of services related to the corporate purpose of the Corporation from natural or juridical persons, financial corporations or entities.

 

(m) To dispose of the business, goods, assets and operations of the Corporation, totally or partially,.

 

(n) In general, to perform and carry out any other business or activity related to the above and to enjoy and exercise any authority granted by the laws of the Mexican Republic, and to perform the corporate purpose mentioned above to the extent allowed any natural or juridical person.

 

III. DOMICILE AND DURATION

 

THIRD. The domicile of the Corporation is hereby established at PIEDRAS NEGRAS, COAHUILA , without prejudice for the Corporation to establish agencies or branches or to designate other domiciles anywhere within or without the Mexican Republic. For purposes of jurisdiction and venue, the parties shall submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the Courts of this site.

 

FOURTH. The Corporation shall have a duration of NINETY NINE YEARS from the date of its constitution.

 

SECOND CHAPTER

 

CAPITAL

 

FIFTH. The capital stock shall be variable, with a set minimum of $50,000 M.N. (FIFTY THOUSAND PESOS, NATIONAL CURRENCY), and an unlimited maximum, represented by free subscription no par value nominative shares. The minimum set capital is fully paid and subscribed.

 

SIXTH. The variable portion of the capital stock shall be liable of being increased by subsequent contributions or by the admission of new partners, or of being decreased due to partial or total withdrawal of such contributions, without any formalities other than those provided by Chapter 8 of the General Law of Commercial Corporations.

 

Page 3 of 16


SEVENTH. In the event of a capital increase, the holders of current stock shall have preference in the subscription of the new shares, making use of such right pursuant to the terms of Article 132 of the above legislation.

 

Any increases or decreases of the variable portion of the capital shall be determined by a regular general meeting, which shall establish the manner of and terms and conditions for the corresponding issuance or withdrawal of shares. The Corporation is prohibited from making an announcement as to any capital stock for which an increase has been authorized, without making an announcement at the same time as to the minimum capital. Any time an increase or decrease is agreed upon, it shall be recorded in the Registry Book kept by the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH. For purposes of the transfer of shares, the following is hereby provided:

 

(a) Shareholders shall have stock subscription rights to purchase same.

 

(b) Shareholders may propose new purchasers; however, the Meeting reserves the right of admission.

 

(c) Any shareholder wishing to transfer any stock shall notify the Secretary of the Board as to the price, in order to make it known to the others by certified mail so that they may be able to exercise their stock subscription rights.

 

(d) In the event there is more than one interested partner, the shares shall be purchased in proportion to the number of shares each one represents.

 

(e) In the event no partner exercises his stock subscription rights and the proposed purchasers are not accepted, the offerer shall have the liberty to transfer such stock within 30 days, at a price not lower than the price authorized by the Administrative Board. In the event he does not sell them within the above term, the transfer of same shall be subject to the prior authorization by the Administrative Board or by the Sole Administrator.

 

(f) No transfer of shares agreed upon by all shareholders shall be made until the above has been performed.

 

(g) The transfer of shares shall be recorded in the Registry Book kept by the Corporation for such purpose, pursuant to Articles 128 and 129 of the Law of Commercial Corporations.

 

THIRD CHAPTER

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

NINTH. The Corporation’s administration and representation shall be the responsibility of a Sole Administrator or of an Administrative Board.

 

The meeting may freely agree to the type of corporate administration. Foreigners may participate in the administration in the same proportion agreed upon for the subscription of capital. The Administrative Board shall be composed of at least two (2) members determined by the meeting.

 

Page 4 of 16


The meeting may likewise appoint an alternate for each of the regular members of the Board, determine the number of managers, general or special agents, and establish their authority. The regular members of the Board or the alternates, as well as the managers and agents, may be shareholders or otherwise.

 

The Administrative Board shall meet upon notice by the President, the Secretary, the Corporate Comptroller (C omisario ), or by the majority of its members, which shall be made by telefax or certified mail. The meetings of the Administrative Board may take place at the main offices or at any other location within or without the Mexican Republic as indicated in the respective notice, which shall be sent at least ten (10) days in advance of the date of the session. A notice shall not be required and the session shall be valid if all the members of the Board or their respective alternates are present.

 

Pursuant to Article 143 of the Law of Commercial Corporations, any resolutions taken outside of the Board, including any taken outside the corporate offices, in other locations within or without the Mexican Republic, shall have the same validity as if they were taken within a Meeting of the Board, provided they are ratified in writing.

 

In order for the Administrative Board to meet validly, a quorum of the majority of its members shall be required, and resolutions shall be adopted by the favorable vote of the majority of the members in attendance.

 

TENTH. The Sole Administrator or the members of the Board shall remain in their positions until other appointments are made and the new appointees take office. They may be reelected one or more times.

 

The meeting may at any time revoke the appointment of the members of the Board, the alternates, managers and agents.

 

SCOPE OF THE AUTHORITY FOR THE SOLE

ADMINISTRATOR OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD

 

ELEVENTH. Both the Sole Administrator and the Administrative Board shall be in charge of the representation and administration of the Corporation before any natural and juridical persons, administrative, judicial and labor authorities, including any general and special powers required by law, in accordance with the terms of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District applicable to local and federal subjects, and their correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, relating to lawsuits and collections, administrative proceedings, acts of state, labor proceedings, operation of credit instruments and bank accounts, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(a) LAWSUITS AND COLLECTIONS. To exercise any kind of authority and to perform any type of action before any authority, and Mediation and Arbitration Boards; to submit himself/itself to any jurisdiction; to waive rights and relief; to file claims or complaints as plaintiff and to cooperate with the Public Ministry; and to execute any documents as may be required in the exercise of this authority.

 

(b) ADMINISTRATION. To preserve and to increase the corporate property; to make and to receive payments; to give and to receive under lease and commodatum agreements; to constitute bonds and mortgages on behalf of the Corporation and to cancel them upon extinguishment of the main obligation.

 

Page 5 of 16


(c) ACTS OF STATE. To purchase and sell real and personal property, rights and securities; to pledge and to commit corporate properties in any manner allowed by Law; to endorse; to give in trust; to assign or purchase properties, in rem and personal rights; to execute credit instruments pursuant to the terms of Article 9 of the General Law for Credit Instruments and Transactions; to enter into contracts and agreements with any authorities or private persons, in the manner and under the terms and method he/it deems appropriate; to contribute goods to other companies, to subscribe stock and participations belonging to other companies; to grant and to execute any public and private documents as may be required.

 

(d) LABOR ACTS. To designate and remove managers, assistant managers, general and special agents, with the authorities, duties and compensations he/it deems pertinent, to delegate or substitute all or a portion of their authority, preserving their exercise or otherwise and carrying out any necessary revocations.

 

(e) CREDIT INSTRUMENTS. General Power of Attorney pursuant to the terms of Article 9 of the General Law for Credit Instruments and Transactions, therefore being authorized to: issue, subscribe, draw, accept, guarantee and endorse credit instruments, as well as to perform any of the credit transactions regulated by the above-mentioned law.

 

(f) BANK ACCOUNTS. Authority to open and operate BANK ACCOUNTS in the name and representation of the Corporation, and to designate the signatories on such accounts.

 

TWELFTH. The President shall preside over the meetings of the board and the shareholders’ meetings; he shall submit annual financial reports to the shareholders. The Secretary shall authorize certified copies or excerpts of the minutes of the board, the meetings and any other corporate documents.

 

FOURTH CHAPTER

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

THIRTEENTH. The Shareholders’ General Meeting is the Corporation’s highest organism and it may adopt any type of resolutions and designate and revoke the appointment of any official. Its resolutions shall be carried out by the Administrative Board or the individual or individuals expressly designated for such purpose by the Sole Administrator or by the President of the Board.

 

FOURTEENTH. General meetings of shareholders shall be regular or special.

 

Special meetings shall convene to discuss any matters related to Art. 182 of the General Law of Commercial Corporations.

 

Regular meetings shall deal with the matters foreseen by Art. 181 of the same legislation.

 

Both will take place at the corporate domicile, except in cases involving an act of God or force majeure .

 

Pursuant to Art. 178 of the General Law of Commercial Corporations, any resolutions taken out of the meeting, including those taken outside of the corporate domicile, in other locations within or without the Mexican Republic, by the unanimous vote of the shareholders representing all the voting shares or special category shares, as the case may be, shall have the same validity they would have if taken at the Shareholders’ Regular or Special Meetings, as long as they are ratified in writing.

 

Page 6 of 16


FIFTEENTH. A regular meeting shall be called at least once a year, within 4 months following the closing of the fiscal year, at a date to be designated by the Sole Administrator or the Administrative Board. With regard to special meetings, any time the discussion of their subject matter is needed.

 

SIXTEENTH. All meetings shall be called in accordance with the provisions of Article 183 and related of the Law on the subject matter. The call shall be made by means of a notice published in the Diario Oficial (official journal) or in any newspaper among those having the largest circulation in the Corporation’s domicile, at the Sole Administrator’s or Administrative Board’s discretion, with at least 5 days mediating between the date of publication and the date set for the meeting, in the case of a first notice, and 3 days in the case of a second notice. The notices shall be sent to the shareholders by telefax or by certified mail. During this time, any books and documents relating to the agenda for the meeting shall be made available to the shareholders for their information. The notice shall contain the date, time and place for the meeting, and the agenda shall be signed by the Sole Administrator, the President of the Board or the Secretary; or by the Corporate Comptroller ( Comisario ) or the Manager, if necessary.

 

SEVENTEENTH. A notice shall not be necessary when all the shares are represented at the shareholders’ meeting as provided by Art. 188 of the current Law.

 

EIGHTEENTH. In order for a regular meeting to be deemed legally convened, at least 51% of the capital stock shall be represented therein, and resolutions shall be valid when adopted by 51% of the capital stock.

 

With regard to special meetings, at the first call or at any subsequent call, at least 75% of the capital stock shall be required to be represented, and resolutions shall be valid when adopted by 51% of the capital stock.

 

NINETEENTH. The shareholders may be represented at the meetings by a proxy, shareholder or otherwise; it shall be sufficient that representation be conferred by letter of proxy executed before two witnesses, or by telegraphic notice addressed to the Sole Administrator or the Administrative Board.

 

TWENTIETH. Each share is entitled to one vote at the meetings.

 

TWENTY-FIRST. The minutes of the meeting shall be kept in the appropriate Book and shall be signed by the President, the Secretary, the Corporate Comptrollers ( Comisarios ) and Inspectors in attendance and by any shareholders desiring to do so. Any related documents shall be attached to them. If for any reason the minutes cannot be entered in the Book, the same shall be recorded officially before a Notary Public. At all times, the minutes of special meetings shall be formalized and registered in the Commercial Public Registry.

 

FIFTH CHAPTER

 

INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION

 

TWENTY-SECOND. The supervision of the Corporation shall be under the charge of one or more comptrollers ( comisarios ) designated by the shareholders, who may themselves be shareholders or otherwise, and who shall remain in their position until other appointments are made and the new appointees take office. They may be reelected indefinitely and they shall file a performance bond in the same manner prescribed for the members of the Board. The meeting may appoint alternate comptrollers.

 

Page 7 of 16


The comptrollers shall have the powers and rights set forth in Article 166 and related of the General Law for Commercial Corporations.

 

SIXTH CHAPTER

 

FISCAL TERMS, PROFIT AND LOSS

 

TWENTY-THIRD. The term of a fiscal year shall be one year. The date of the fiscal year and of the annual balance sheet may be changed prior notice to the tax authorities and without the need to amend the articles of incorporation.

 

TWENTY-FOURTH. At the end of every fiscal year a balance sheet shall be formulated, which shall be submitted to the immediate regular meeting; the Sole Administrator or the President of the Board shall make it available to the Corporate Comptrollers (Comisarios) at least one month in advance of the date of the meeting so that they may formulate their opinion, together with any supporting documents and a general report of the corporate business or a financial report.

 

TWENTY-FIFTH. The Administrative Board itself is authorized to determine the compensations and special fees for its members, for each fiscal year and to be charged to corporate expenditures, in addition to the salaries received by them for the performance of their administrative work. Such compensations shall be ratified by the general meeting.

 

TWENTY-SIXTH. Distribution of profits shall be done only after they are produced by the balance sheet, on the basis that they may never exceed the net amount of those in fact obtained. The dividend for each share shall be paid against the appropriate coupon, unless the Sole Administrator or the President of the Board agrees to such payment by means of another voucher.

 

TWENTY-SEVENTH. At least 5% of the Corporation’s net profits shall be set aside on a yearly basis for the constitution of the legal reserves, until such fund reaches 20% of the capital stock. The reserves shall be constituted in the same manner whether the capital stock undergoes an increase or a decrease for any reason. The net balance of the profits shall be available to the meeting for distribution by the shareholders in proportion to the number of shares each one represents.

 

SEVENTH CHAPTER

 

LIQUIDATION AND DISSOLUTION

 

TWENTY-EIGHTH. The Corporation shall be dissolved upon conclusion of the term set for its duration or in advance of same in the instances foreseen by Article 229 of the Law, by the agreement of a special meeting of shareholders in that regard. Upon declaring the liquidation, the meeting shall designate one or more liquidators with the same authority as the Sole Administrator or the Administrative Board. Liquidators may be shareholders or otherwise, and their appointments are revocable.

 

TWENTY-NINTH. The designated liquidators shall perform the liquidation within one year from the date they take office, all in accordance with Article 242 of the above legislation. After payment of the liabilities, the liquidators shall proceed to distribute the balance pursuant to the terms of Article 247 of the Law.

 

THIRTIETH. The foreign, current or future, shareholders of this Corporation formally agree with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to consider themselves as locals with respect to the shares they may

 

Page 8 of 16


purchase or they may own, as well as with respect to the properties, rights, concessions, participations or interests this Corporation owns, or of the rights and obligations derived from agreements executed by the Corporation itself with Mexican authorities, and not to invoke, for the same reason, the protection of their governments, under penalty of otherwise losing to the benefit of the Mexican Nation any participations they may have acquired.

 

SECOND . As it was set forth in the Fifth Article of these Bylaws, the capital stock is variable, with a set minimum of $50,000 Pesos and an unlimited maximum; the fixed capital is represented by 500 no-par-value nominative shares, wholly subscribed and paid as follows:

 

SHAREHOLDERS


   SHARES

   CAPITAL

“SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.” 495 SHARES, $49,500 PESOS

   495    $ 49,500.00

“INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.” 5 SHARES, $500 PESOS

   5    $ 500.00

TOTAL: 500 SHARES, $50,000 PESOS

   500    $ 50,000.00

 

THIRD . The shareholders constituting the Shareholders’ General Regular Meeting agree, pursuant to the terms of Article 10 th of these Bylaws, that the Corporation’s administration and representation shall be entrusted to an ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD composed of three members, as follows: JIM BOB CARPENTER, President; CULLEN JONES and SALVADOR VITALE.

 

FOURTH . RONALD DWAYNE LEWIS is hereby designated as the Corporation’s GENERAL MANAGER . By virtue of his designation, authority is vested upon him pursuant to the following terms:

 

(a) General power of attorney for litigation and collections pursuant to the first paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District, with the full general and special authority required under Article 2587 of said Civil Code, including, but not limited to: exercising any rights and actions before any Federal, State, Municipal or Federal District authorities, under voluntary, contentious or mixed jurisdiction, as well as to appear before civil, judicial, administrative and labor authorities, such as Mediation and Arbitration Boards, local or federal; to defend lawsuits, to file objections and counterclaims; to become subject to any jurisdiction; to file and answer interrogatories, to challenge judges, magistrates, officials, experts and any party subject to challenge; to file or to abandon any action or appeal, including actions for relief; to submit any type of evidence; to acknowledge signatures and documents, and to reject same and challenge them as false; to settle; to attend meetings and to submit bids, offers and improvements, and to obtain for the Corporation the adjudication of any type of property and the subrogation of rights; to file charges and claims as wronged party and to assist the Public Ministry, by exercising the amplest authority as appropriate.

 

(b) General Power of Attorney for ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and its correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, subject to the following limitations: the express authorization of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Administrative Board shall be required to: (1) negotiate or apply for loans; (2) alienate, transfer, sell or mortgage any assets beyond the normal course of the company’s business;

 

Page 9 of 16


(c) To open and operate bank accounts and Credit Instruments in the name and representation of the Corporation, and to designate the signatories for such accounts or credit instruments.

 

(d) Authority to delegate such powers or to vest new powers upon any persons at his discretion.

 

FIFTH . Mr. SALVADOR VALDEZ MEJIA and Mr. STEVEN FRIEDMAN are hereby designated as the Corporation’s agents having the following authority to be exercised individually or jointly pursuant to the terms as stated:

 

(a) General power of attorney for lawsuits and collections pursuant to the first paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District, with the full general and special authority required pursuant to Article 2587 of said Civil Code, including, but not limited to: exercising any rights and actions before any Federal, State, Municipal or Federal District authorities, under voluntary, contentious or mixed jurisdiction, as well as to appear before civil, judicial, administrative and labor authorities, such as Mediation and Arbitration Boards, local or federal; to defend lawsuits, to file objections and counterclaims; to become subject to any jurisdiction; to file and answer interrogatories, to challenge judges, magistrates, officials, experts and any party subject to challenge; to file or to abandon any action or appeal, including actions for relief; to submit any type of evidence; to acknowledge signatures and documents, and to reject same and challenge them as false; to settle; to attend meetings and to submit bids, offers and improvements, and to obtain for the Corporation the adjudication of any type of property and the subrogation of rights; to file charges and claims as wronged party and to assist the Public Ministry, by exercising the amplest authority as appropriate.

 

(b) General Power of Attorney for ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and its correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, subject to the following limitations: the express authorization of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Administrative Board shall be required to: (1) negotiate or apply for loans; (2) alienate, transfer, sell or mortgage any assets beyond the normal course of the company’s business;

 

(c) To open and operate bank accounts and Credit Instruments in the name and representation of the Corporation, and to designate the signatories for such accounts or credit instruments.

 

(d) Authority to delegate such powers or to vest new powers upon any persons at their discretion.

 

SIXTH . The following authority was vested upon Messrs. BILL F. KRYZDA, MARIO TREMBLAY LESSARD, JORGE LEON ORANTES VALLEJO, JULIO FLORES LUNA, FRANCISCO GARCIA NARANJO and JORGE ENRIQUE SANDOVAL VALENCIA, as well as upon Misses LAURA BUENO AVILES and LUZ MARIA CAMACHO MARTINEZ, to be exercised jointly or separately pursuant to the following terms:

 

(a) General power of attorney for lawsuits and collections pursuant to the first paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District, with the full general and special authority required pursuant to Article 2587 of said Civil Code, including, but not limited to: exercising any rights and actions before any Federal, State, Municipal or Federal District authorities, under voluntary, contentious or mixed jurisdiction, as well as to appear before civil, judicial, administrative and labor authorities, such as Mediation and Arbitration Boards, local or federal; to defend lawsuits, to file objections and counterclaims; to become subject to any jurisdiction; to file and answer interrogatories, to challenge judges, magistrates, officials, experts and any party subject to challenge; to file or to abandon any action or appeal, including actions for relief; to submit any type of evidence; to acknowledge signatures and

 

Page 10 of 16


documents, and to reject same and challenge them as false; to settle; to attend meetings and to submit bids, offers and improvements, and to obtain for the Corporation the adjudication of any type of property and the subrogation of rights; to file charges and claims as wronged party and to assist the Public Ministry, by exercising the amplest authority as appropriate.

 

(b) General Power of Attorney for ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 2554 of the Civil Code for the Federal District and its correlatives in the Civil Codes of the Mexican Republic States, subject to the following limitations: the express authorization of the General Meeting of Shareholders or the Administrative Board shall be required to: (1) negotiate or apply for loans; (2) alienate, transfer, sell or mortgage any assets; (3) grant or operate credit instruments.

 

(c) Authority to delegate the above powers.

 

SEVENTH . Mr. AGUSTIN AGUILAR LAURENTS is hereby designated as OWNER COMPTROLLER ( Comisario Propietario )] and Mr. FRANCISCO ALVAREZ DEL CAMPO as ALTERNATE COMPTROLLER ( Comisario Suplente ).

 

EIGHTH . The designated Members of the Board and the Comptroller have filed performance bonds.

 

NINTH . The party making an appearance holds the undersigned Notary harmless as to any liability with regard to the recording of the first testimony of this instrument in the Commercial Public Registry of the corporate domicile.

 

TENTH . The parties executing this instrument shall submit themselves to the courts operating in the Federal District, with regard to any matters relating to the interpretation and performance of this instrument, the cost of which shall be borne by the Corporation itself.

 

LEGAL CAPACITY

 

Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas proves his legal capacity as representative of “SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.” and “INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.” with the testimony set forth under instrument No. 73,703, dated December 8, 2000, executed for this record before me, and from such instrument I copy the relevant portions:

 

“… Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas appears before me to record the special authority granted outside of the country by “SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.” and “INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.” to him and to Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard and Francisco Garcia Naranjo González and Misses Gisela López García and Luz María Camacho Martínez, in the following terms: I. The party making an appearance shows me 10 pages of text written on their face only, the document is in the English language legalized by the Consul General of Mexico in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, and its translation into Spanish containing the special power of attorney executed by “ SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. ” I add such document to the file relating to this instrument marked “ A ” and I hereby transcribe relevant portions of same: “TRANSLATION. PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. CANADA. The undersigned, Michel Poulin, Clerk of the Notarial Chamber of Québec, Canada ( Chambre des Notaires du Québec ), hereinafter the “Chamber,” such Chamber having main offices in the city of Montreal, organized pursuant to the laws of said Province of Québec, and it being the sole and exclusive Registry Chamber for all the notaries of said Province, and such Chamber

 

Page 11 of 16


having a seal, all of which became effective by virtue of Law 17-18 Isabel II, 1968, chap. 70, amended on July 6, 1973, to make it concordant with the Professional Code (R.S.Q. c.C-26), DO HEREBY CERTIFY that Lic, Marc Daigneault, Notary with offices in Montreal in the Judicial District of Montreal of the above Province, who executed the certificate of proof of acknowledgment on the attached instrument, was as of the date of taking such proof of acknowledgment a Notary and Public Official in office, registered at the Registry of the Order of Notaries for said Province of Québec, that his jurisdiction extends throughout the above-mentioned Province of Québec, and his duties as such are for life; that, therefore, on the date of this instrument he is a person authorized to take and to certify statements under oath (affidavits) and solemn testimony, and to take proof and acknowledgment on any type of deeds and other instruments, and to certify in the capacity as Notary, originals and copies of the same or of any of same, which are required to be recorded in the above Province, all of the above pursuant to, and as required by, such Law of Notaries and the laws of said Province of Québec. AND that, additionally, I have compared the signature “Marc Daigneault, Notary” shown on the above-mentioned instrument with the one stored in the “Registry of Official Notarial Signatures” (such Registry being kept only by me and which continues to be registered only in my office) and, in accordance with the requirements of such Notarial Law and other laws, such signature is the official signature of the above-mentioned individual and the imprint of his official seal stamped on said certificate is likewise authentic. THAT , additionally, in my capacity as Clerk of the above Chamber, as mentioned above, and pursuant to the laws of said Province, I am the only authority authorized to issue this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have signed and affixed the offical seal of the above Chamber for Montreal on this 10 th day of November, 2000. /signed/ Lic. MICHEL POULIN. Clerk. 46549 POWER OF ATTORNEY. In the City of Montreal, Province of Québec, Canada, on this 13 th day of October 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Notary Public in and for Québec, personally known to me, appeared Mr. Salvatore Vitale, in his capacity as President of Spuntech Fabrics Inc. (hereinafter, the “Corporation”), a Corporation duly organized and existing pursuant to the Law of Commercial Corporations of Canada. I hereby certify that Mr. Vitale has sufficient legal capacity to act in this matter and that I know him personally, and that he is duly authorized to execute the power of attorney contained in this instrument in representation of the Corporation, by virtue of the authority vested upon him. Pursuant to the authority conferred upon him in these proceedings Mr. Vitale, in representation of the Corporation, grants the following powers in favor of Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard, Francisco García-Naranjo González, José David Enríquez Rosas, Miss Gisela López García and Miss Luz María Camacho Martínez, jointly or separately: Special power of attorney to act in representation of the Corporation and to participate in the constitution of one or more Corporations in the Mexican United States , under such corporate names as are agreed upon, and to execute the inCorporation instrument and bylaws and any other stipulations required by the Mexican government; to subscribe and pay any shares which are subscribed from the capital stock of the Corporations to be constituted, in the number and in the amounts stipulated upon; and to make an appearance in representation of the Corporation at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held by the Corporations with the purpose of designating the Administrative Board or the Sole Administrator, the Official, the Corporate Comptrollers ( Comisarios ) and granting any powers of attorney, as well as to adopt any pertinent resolutions and to give any type of notices to the authorities, and to register the new Corporation with the Federal Registry of Taxpayers and the Registry of Importers. The executing party authorizes the attorneys in fact to delegate any or all of the powers granted by virtue of this instrument. I, the undersigned Notary, certify that I have examined the

 

Page 12 of 16


following documents which have been shown to me by Mr. Vitale, in order to verify the legal existence of the Corporation and his authority to grant this power of attorney: I. Certificate of InCorporation of Spuntech Fabrics Inc., dated December 6, 1988, registered with the Office of Consumer and Corporate Affairs of Canada. II. The bylaws of the Corporation which authorize its officials to grant the power of attorney contained in this instrument. III. The Minutes of the meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders held January 15, 1999, wherein the current Administrative Board was designated. IV. Minutes of the meeting of the Administrative Board of the Corporation held January 15, 1999, wherein Mr. Vitale was designated as President with authority to grant this power of attorney. The undersigned Notary attests as to the following: I. I verified the identity of the individual I know; II. That the party making an appearance has legal capacity to grant this instrument; III. That I read and explained this instrument to the appearing party, who was in agreement with its contents, value and legal scope, and he ratified and signed it accordingly, on the same date. SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. /signed/ Salvatore Vitale. On October 13, 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Mr. Salvatore Vitale, personally known by me, acknowledged before me that he executed this instrument in his authorized capacity and that, by means of his signature on the same, the individual or entity in whose representation said appearing party acted, did execute such instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and affixed my official seal. /signed/ My commission expires on: for life. Mr. Salvatore Vitale stated under oath that his name is as stated above, that he is a citizen of the city of Kirkland in the Province of Québec, Canada, married, Vice President of Finance of Intertape Polymer Group, born in Montreal, Québec, and residing at 7 Audubon, Kirkland, Québec H9J 3Y6. Signed on (handwritten) October 13, 2000. By: (illegible signature). Witness: Witness: (illegible signature) /signed/ CLAUDE LEBEL. YVONNE E. ROSSEL. Print name. Print name. Signed and sworn to before me. /signed/ (handwriting) Marc Daigneault. Notary Public. N.T. Following is a legalization of the seal and signature of the Notary, Marc Daigneault, issued by the Mexican Foreign Service, Consulate General of Mexico at Montreal, Québec, Canada, No. 243240, dated November 10, 2000, which is not translated since it is in Spanish. MARGARITA HERNANDEZ RIVERA, Expert Translator, authorized by the Superior Court of Justice for the Federal District, by decision published on February 7, 1997 in the Judicial Bulletin, DO STATE FOR THE RECORD that the above 6-page translation from English to Spanish is, in my opinion, true and correct. México, Federal District, on November 21, 2000 …”

 

II. The party making an appearance shows me 10 pages of text written on their face only, the document is in the English language legalized by the Consul General for Mexico in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, and its translation into Spanish containing the special power of attorney executed by “ INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. ” I add such document to the file relating to this instrument marked “ B ” and I hereby transcribe same in its relevant portions: “TRANSLATION. PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. CANADA. The undersigned, Michel Poulin, Clerk of the Notarial Chamber of Québec, Canada ( Chambre des Notaires du Québec ), hereinafter the “Chamber,” such Chamber having main offices in the city of Montreal, organized pursuant to the laws of said Province of Québec, and it being the sole and exclusive Registry Chamber for all the notaries of said Province, and such Chamber having a seal, all of which became effective by virtue of Law 17-18 Isabel II, 1968, chap. 70, amended on July 6, 1973, to make it concordant with the Professional Code (R.S.Q. c.C-26), DO HEREBY CERTIFY that Lic, Marc Daigneault, Notary with offices in Montreal in the Judicial District of Montreal of the above Province, who executed the certificate of proof of acknowledgment on the attached instrument, was as of the date of

 

Page 13 of 16


taking such proof of acknowledgment a Notary and Public Official in office, registered at the Registry of the Order of Notaries for said Province of Québec, that his jurisdiction extends throughout the above-mentioned Province of Québec, and his duties as such are for life; that, therefore, on the date of this instrument he is a person authorized to take and to certify statements under oath (affidavits) and solemn testimony, and to take proof and acknowledgment on any type of deeds and other instruments, and to certify in the capacity as Notary, originals and copies of the same or of any of same, which are required to be recorded in the above Province, all of the above pursuant to, and as required by, such Law of Notaries and the laws of said Province of Québec. AND that, additionally, I have compared the signature “Marc Daigneault, Notary” shown on the above-mentioned instrument with the one stored in the “Registry of Official Notarial Signatures” (such Registry being kept only by me and which continues to be registered only in my office) and, in accordance with the requirements of such Notarial Law and other laws, such signature is the official signature of the above-mentioned individual and the imprint of his official seal stamped on said certificate is likewise authentic. THAT , additionally, in my capacity as Clerk of the above Chamber, as mentioned above, and pursuant to the laws of said Province, I am the only authority authorized to issue this certificate. IN WITNESS WHEREOF I have signed and affixed the offical seal of the above Chamber for Montreal on this 10 th day of November, 2000. /signed/ Lic. MICHEL POULIN. Clerk. 46549 POWER OF ATTORNEY. In the City of Montreal, Province of Québec, Canada, on this 13 th day of October 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Notary Public in and for Québec, personally known to me, appeared Mr. Salvatore Vitale, in his capacity as President of Spuntech Fabrics Inc. (hereinafter, the “Corporation”), a Corporation duly organized and existing pursuant to the Law of Commercial Corporations of Canada. I hereby certify that Mr. Vitale has sufficient legal capacity to act in this matter and that I know him personally, and that he is duly authorized to execute the power of attorney contained in this instrument in representation of the Corporation, by virtue of the authority vested upon him. Pursuant to the authority conferred upon him in these proceedings Mr. Vitale, in representation of the Corporation, grants the following powers in favor of Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard, Francisco García-Naranjo González, José David Enríquez Rosas, Miss Gisela López García and Miss Luz María Camacho Martínez, jointly or separately: Special power of attorney to act in representation of the Corporation and to participate in the constitution of one or more Corporations in the Mexican United States , under such corporate names as are agreed upon, and to execute the inCorporation instrument and bylaws and any other stipulations required by the Mexican government; to subscribe and pay any shares which are subscribed from the capital stock of the Corporations to be constituted, in the number and in the amounts stipulated upon; and to make an appearance in representation of the Corporation at the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held by the Corporations with the purpose of designating the Administrative Board or the Sole Administrator, the Official, the Corporate Comptrollers ( Comisarios ) and granting any powers of attorney, as well as to adopt any pertinent resolution and to give any type of notices to the authorities, and to register the new Corporation with the Federal Registry of Taxpayers and the Registry of Importers. The executing party authorizes the attorneys in fact to delegate any or all of the powers granted by virtue of this instrument. I, the undersigned Notary, certify that I have examined the following documents which have been shown to me by Mr. Vitale, in order to verify the legal existence of the Corporation and his authority to grant this power of attorney: I. Certificate of InCorporation of Intertape Polymer Inc., dated May 30, 1990, registered with the Office of Consumer and Corporate Affairs of Canada. II. The bylaws of the Corporation which authorize its officials to grant the power of attorney contained in this

 

Page 14 of 16


instrument. III. The Minutes of the meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders held January 15, 1999, wherein the current Administrative Board was designated. IV. Minutes of the meeting of the Administrative Board of the Corporation held January 15, 1999, wherein Mr. Vitale was designated as President with authority to grant this power of attorney. The undersigned Notary attests as to the following: I. I verified the identity of the individual I know; II. That the party making an appearance has legal capacity to grant this instrument; III. That I read and explained this instrument to the appearing party, who was in agreement with its contents, value and legal scope, and he ratified and signed it accordingly, on the same date. INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. /signed/ Salvatore Vitale. On October 13, 2000, before me, Marc Daigneault, Mr. Salvatore Vitale, personally known by me, acknowledged before me that he executed this instrument in his authorized capacity and that, by means of his signature on the same, the individual or entity in whose representation said appearing party acted, did execute such instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed and affixed my official seal. /signed/ My commission expires on: for life. Mr. Salvatore Vitale stated under oath that his name is as stated above, that he is a citizen of the city of Kirkland in the Province of Québec, Canada, married, Vice President of Finance of Intertape Polymer Group, born in Montreal, Québec, and residing at 7 Audubon, Kirkland, Québec H9J 3Y6. Signed on (handwritten) October 13, 2000. By: (illegible signature). Witness: Witness: (illegible signature) /signed/ CLAUDE LEBEL. YVONNE E. ROSSEL. Print name. Print name. Signed and sworn to before me. /signed/ (handwriting) Marc Daigneault. Notary Public. N.T. Following is a legalization of the seal and signature of the Notary, Marc Daigneault, issued by the Mexican Foreign Service, Consulate General of Mexico at Montreal, Québec, Canada, No. 243229, dated November 01, 2000, which is not translated since it is in Spanish. MARGARITA HERNANDEZ RIVERA, Expert Translator, authorized by the Superior Court of Justice for the Federal District, by decision published on February 7, 1997 in the Judicial Bulletin, DO STATE FOR THE RECORD that the above 6-page translation from English to Spanish is, in my opinion, true and correct. México, Federal District, on November 21, 2000 …”

 

Having stated as above, the following

 

CLAUSES

 

are stipulated:

 

FIRST . In order that they may have the corresponding legal effects, Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas does hereby officially record at this Notarial Office the special powers of attorney granted out of the country by “ SPUNTECH FABRICS INC. ” and “ INTERTAPE POLYMER INC. ” in their favor and in favor of Messrs. Bill F. Kryzda, Mario Tremblay Lessard and Francisco García Naranjo González, and Misses Gisela López García and Luz María Camacho Martínez, which have been transcribed and reported, and which are hereby deemed fully reproduced for all legal effects as may be appropriate.

 

Under penalty of perjury the appearing party states that the authority with which he acts has not been revoked nor modified in any manner whatsoever, and that by way of his personal identification he is Mexican, as are his parents, born in this city on October 10, 1972, single, attorney at law, of this vicinity, residing at Paseo de la Reforma No. 265, Cuauhtémoc Colony and Delegation, and he identifies himself with professional identity card No. 2,806,715 issued on December 22, 1998 by the General Division of Professions of the Ministry of Public Education, a copy of which I add to the file relating to this instrument under letter “ B .”

 

Page 15 of 16


All of which, as it was being inserted and stated, has been conformed with its originals and is true; that the party making an appearance has been duly identified with the document stated in his personal identification and that in my opinion he has legal capacity; that this instrument was fully read to him and I let him know of his right to read it personally, and to have its contents explained by the undersigned Notary; that I explained the contents of this instrument, as well as its value, consequences and legal scope, and informed him of the penalties incurred by those which give false testimony before a Notary, pursuant to the terms of Section XII of Article 102 and Article 165, both of the Notarial Law, as they relate to Article 247 of the Penal Code for the Federal District; that in the proceedings for the signature hereof, I informed the appearing party, pursuant to the terms of paragraph 9 of Article 27 of the Federal Tax Code, that within one month following the date of the signature of this instrument, he shall submit to the undersigned Notary a registration form stamped by the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit corresponding to the registration of the Corporation constituted in the Federal Taxpayer Registry, for purposes of my final authorization of the instrument and that in terms of the above-mentioned paragraph, his failure to do so shall cause the undersigned to notify the above agency accordingly; likewise, I informed the appearing party that he has a deadline of 40 business days from the date of execution of this instrument to register the Corporation with the National Registry of Foreign Investments; that he fully stated his understanding and agreement, by means of his signature on the same day of its execution, that this instrument has been prepared by me, I the Notary do attest. The signature of Lic. José David Enríquez Rosas follows. Before me. José Ignacio Sentíes Laborde. Seal of Authorization.

 

[Stamp:] I hereby certify that this is a conformed and proof-read copy which I authorize for legal purposes. I attest. [handwriting] [Notarial seals]

 

Page 16 of 16

Exhibit 3.50

 

BARBADOS

 

THE COMPANIES ACT OF BARBADOS

 

BY-LAW NO. l

 

A By-Law relating generally to the conduct of the affairs of:

 

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

 

BE IT ENACTED as the by-laws of DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD., (hereinafter called the “Company”) as follows;

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this By-Law and all other by-laws of the Company, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

“Act”    means the Companies Act, Cap. 308 of the laws of Barbados as from time to time amended and every statute substituted therefor and in the case of such amendment or substitution, any references in the by-laws of the Company to provisions of the Act or to specific provisions of the Act, shall be read as references to the provisions as amended or substituted therefor in the amendment or the new statute or statutes;
“Articles”    means the Articles of Incorporation of the Company as may be amended, restated or revived from time to time;
“By-Law”    means this general By-Law No. 1, as from time to time amended and every general By-Law substituted therefor as the same consolidates the all or any of the by-laws of the Company from time to time in force;
“by-law”    means any by-law, or other rule or regulation with regard to the administration of the affairs of the Company having the force of a by-law in accordance with the Act, from time to time in force;
“Regulations”    means the Companies Regulations made under the Act, and all regulations substituted therefor and, in the case of such substitution, any references in the by-laws of the Company to provisions of the Regulations shall be read as references to the provisions substituted therefor in the new regulations.

 

1.2 The word “person” includes individuals, companies, bodies corporate, limited liability companies, societies with restricted liability, partnerships (whether limited or general), firms, syndicates, joint ventures, trusts, un-incorporated associations, governmental authorities and agencies, and any legal entity or any other association of persons; and the word “individual” means a natural person.

 

1.3 All terms contained in the by-laws and not specifically defined, shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Act or the Regulations, as such terms may be qualified, amended or substituted in the Articles. Terms defined elsewhere in this By-Law, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meaning in every by-law herein.

 

1.4 Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, the words “hereof ‘ “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this By-Law, shall refer to this By-Law as a whole and not to any particular


by-law provision; wherever the word “include” “includes” or “including” is used in any by-law provision, it shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” unless clearly indicated otherwise, or required by the Act, the Regulations or the Articles.

 

1.5 The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular; and the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter genders.

 

1.6 The division of this By-Law into sections, clauses, articles and paragraphs, the provision of a table of contents and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

2. REGISTERED OFFICE

 

2.1 The registered office of the Company shall be in Barbados at such address as the directors may fix from time to time by resolution.

 

2.2 The Company may from time to time establish such other offices, in addition to the registered office, within or outside Barbados, as the directors deem advisable; provided however that the Company shall not establish an office or other fixed place of business through which the business of the Company is wholly or partly carried on in the United States of America.

 

3. SEAL

 

3.1 COMMON SEAL: The common seal of the Company shall be such as the directors may by resolution from time to time adopt.

 

3.2.1 OFFICIAL SEAL: The Company may have one or more official seals for use in any country other than Barbados or for use in any district or place not situated in Barbados. Each official seal must be a facsimile of the common seal of the Company, with the addition on its face of every country, district or place where that official seal is to be used.

 

3.2.2 The Company may by an instrument in writing under its common seal, authorise any person (appointed by resolution of directors for that purpose) to affix an official seal of the Company to any document to which the Company is a party in the country, district or place where that official seal is designated for use.

 

3.2.3 The person who affixes an official seal of the Company to any document shall by writing under his hand, certify on that document the date on which, and the place at which, the official seal is affixed.

 

4. DIRECTORS

 

4.1 NUMBER: There shall be a minimum of three (3) and a maximum of five(5) directors of the Company; provided that at all times, a majority of the directors shall be resident in Barbados. Notwithstanding any increase or decrease in the directors from time to time, at least a majority of the directors shall be resident in Barbados.

 

4.2 ELECTION: Directors shall be elected by the shareholders on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded in which case such election shall be by poll; provided however that the shareholders shall in any event cast their votes to ensure that a majority of the directors of the Company will be resident in Barbados.


4.3 TENURE: Unless his tenure is sooner determined, a director shall hold office from the date on which he is elected or appointed until the close of the annual meeting of the shareholders next following but he shall be eligible for re-election if qualified.

 

4.3.1 A director shall cease to be a director:

 

(a) if he becomes bankrupt or compounds with his creditors or is declared insolvent;

 

(b) if he is found to be of unsound mind;

 

(c) if he ceases to be a resident of Barbados, with the effect that a majority of the directors are not resident in Barbados; or

 

(d) if by notice in writing to the Company he resigns his office and any such resignation shall be effective at the time it is sent to the Company or at the time specified is the notice, whichever is later.

 

4.3.2 The shareholders of the Company may, by ordinary resolution passed at a special meeting of the shareholders, remove any director from office and a vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the meeting of the shareholders at which the director is removed; provided that a majority of the directors shall be resident in Barbados.

 

5. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

5.1 GENERAL: The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and controlled by the directors.

 

5.2 BORROWING POWERS: The directors may from time to time:

 

(a) borrow money upon the credit of the Company;

 

(b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge debentures of the Company;

 

(c) subject to section 53 of the Act, give a guarantee on behalf of the Company to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

(d) mortgage, charge, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the Company, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of the Company.

 

5.2.1 The directors may from time to time by resolution delegate to any officer of the Company all or any of the powers conferred on the directors by by-law 5.2 hereof to the full extent thereof or such lesser extent as the directors may in any such resolution provide.

 

5.2.2 The powers conferred by by-law 5.2 hereof shall be in supplement of and not in substitution for any powers to borrow money for the purposes of the Company possessed by its directors or officers independently of a borrowing by-law.

 

5.3 COMMITTEE of DIRECTORS: The directors may appoint from among their number a committee of directors, subject to the Act, the Articles, the Regulations and by-law 5.4 hereof, to be vested with such powers, authorities and discretions as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.


5.4 DELEGATION OF POWERS: The directors may delegate to any director, officer, or committee of directors (provided that a majority of the members of any such committee of directors shall be resident in, Barbados), any of the powers of the directors except:

 

(a) the submission to the shareholders of any question or matter requiring the approval of the shareholders;

 

(b) the filling a vacancy among the directors (except a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number or minimum number of directors, or from a failure to elect the minimum number of directors required by the Articles), provided that a majority of the directors shall be resident in Barbados;

 

(c) the filling of a vacancy among the directors (provided that a majority of the directors shall be resident in Barbados) or in the office of auditor;

 

(d) the issue of shares;

 

(e) the declaration of a dividend;

 

(f) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares issued by the Company;

 

(g) the payment of a commission to any person in consideration for the purchase or the agreement to purchase any shares of the Company;

 

(h) the approval of a management proxy circular;

 

(i) the approval of the financial statements of the Company; and

 

(j) the adoption, amendment or repeal of any by-laws of the Company.

 

6. MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

6.1 PLACE OF MEETING: Meetings of the directors and of any committee of the directors shall be held in Barbados.

 

6.2 NOTICE: A meeting of the directors may be convened at any time by any director or the Secretary, when directed or authorised by any director.

 

6.2.1 Except for a meeting called for the transaction of the following business:

 

(a) the submission to the shareholders of any question or matter requiring the approval of the shareholders;

 

(b) the filling of a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

(c) the issue of shares;

 

(d) the declaration of a dividend;


(e) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares issued by the Company;

 

(f) the payment of a commission to any person in consideration for the purchase or the agreement to purchase any shares of the Company;

 

(g) the approval of a management proxy circular;

 

(h) the approval of the financial statements of the Company; and

 

(i) the adoption, amendment or repeal of any by-laws of the Company;

 

the notice of any such meeting need not specify the purpose of or the business to be transacted at the meeting. Notice of any such meeting shall be served in the manner specified in by-law 18.1 not less than two (2) days (exclusive of the day on which the notice is delivered or sent but inclusive of the day for which notice is given) before the meeting is to take place. A director may in any manner waive notice of a meeting of the directors and attendance of a director at a meeting of the directors shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

 

6.2.2 It shall not be necessary to give notice of a meeting of the directors to a newly elected or appointed director for a meeting held immediately following the election of directors by the shareholders or the appointment to fill a vacancy among the directors.

 

6.3 QUORUM: A majority of directors shall form a quorum for the transaction of business and, notwithstanding any vacancy among the directors, a quorum may exercise all the powers of the directors. No business shall be transacted at a meeting of directors unless a quorum is present.

 

6.4 A meeting of directors or of any committee of the directors may be held by means of telephone or other communications facility that permits all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, provided that:

 

(a) a majority of the directors participating in such meeting are present in person in Barbados and none of the directors participating in such meeting are present in person in the United States of America;

 

(b) such telephonic meeting originates from Barbados;

 

(c) the chairman of the meeting is in Barbados; and

 

(d) the secretary of the meeting is in Barbados.

 

A meeting of directors or of any committee of the directors held by means of telephone or other communications facility that permits all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other in accordance with this by-law shall be deemed to be held in Barbados.

 

6.5 VOTING: Questions arising at any meeting of the directors shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting, in addition to his original vote, shall not have a second or casting vote.


6.6 ALTERNATE DIRECTOR: In addition to the power vested in the shareholders under section 66.1 of the Act, a director (not being an alternate director appointed under section 66.1 of the Act), may by written notice to the Company appoint any person to be his alternate to act in his place at meetings of the directors at which he is not present or by the by-laws deemed not to be present; provided that if such director is a resident of Barbados, he shall only be entitled to appoint a resident of Barbados as his alternate under this by-law 6.6. A duly certified copy of the document whereby any such appointment is made shall be filed with the Company before any such individual acts as alternate as aforesaid. A director may at any time by written notice to the Company revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him.

 

6.6.1 Except for an alternate who is a director of the Company, every appointment of an alternate shall be confirmed by the meeting of the Board of Directors for which he is appointed. Valid confirmation at the meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given, provided that no director then present records his objection to appointment of such person as an alternate, In the event that any directors present at any meeting records his objection to the appointment of a person appointed as the alternate of a director, the Chairman of the meeting, shall adjourn the meeting for a period of not less than two (2) days. The Secretary shall immediately thereupon give notice of the objection to the director who appointed the alternate.

 

6.6.2 Every alternate appointed under by-law 6.6 shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings at which the person who appointed him is not present or deemed to be present and, if he is a director, to have a separate vote on behalf of the director he is representing in addition to his own vote.

 

6.7 CHAIRMAN OF MEETINGS: The chief executive officer of the Company shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the directors of the Company, except at meetings of the Board of Directors held by means of telephone or other communications facility, at which such chief executive officer of the Company is not present in person in Barbados, At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which the chief executive officer of the Company is not present, or (in the case of meeting held by means of telephone or other communications facility), is not present in person in Barbados, any director who is present at such meeting, or (in the case of meeting held by means of telephone or other communications facility), is present in person in Barbados, may act as chairman of that meeting.

 

6.8 CORPORATE REPRESENTATION: A person who is a director of the Company but who is not an individual, shall by such procedure as may be appropriate for the management of the business and affairs of such person appoint an individual to act as such person’s representative as a director of the Company with power to exercise all of the powers of a director of the Company. The person appointing any such individual shall remain fully liable as a director of the Company notwithstanding any such appointment. A duly certified copy of the resolution or document whereby any such appointment is made shall be filed with the Company before any such individual acts as representative as aforesaid Any person appointing an individual under the provisions of this by-law may from time to time revoke the appointment of any such individual and appoint another in his place or stead.

 

6.9 RESOLUTION IN LIEU OF MEETING: Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this by-law a resolution in writing signed outside of the United States of America, by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the directors or any committee of the directors is valid as if passed at a meeting of the directors or any committee of the directors.


7. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

7.1 The remuneration to be paid to any of the directors shall be such as the directors may from time to time determine and such remuneration may be in addition to the salary paid to any officer or employee of the Company who is also a director. The directors may also award special remuneration to any director undertaking any special services on the Company’s behalf other than the duties ordinarily required of a director and the confirmation of any such resolution or resolutions by the shareholders shall not be required. The directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with the affairs of the Company.

 

8. APPROVAL OF TRANSACTIONS BY SHAREHOLDERS

 

8.1.1 The directors in their discretion may submit any contract, act or transaction for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of considering the same.

 

8.1.2 Where a director votes in a resolution of directors approving, ratifying or confirming any contract, act or transaction, in which that director is a party, or a director or officer or has a material interest in any body which is a party (an “Interested Director”), other than:

 

(a) an arrangement by way of security for money loaned to, or obligations undertaken by the director for the benefit of the Company or an affiliate of the Company;

 

(b) is a contract that relates primarily to his remuneration as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or affiliate of the Company;

 

(c) a contract for indemnity or insurance under sections 97 and 101 of the Act; or

 

(d) a contract with an affiliate of the Company;

 

the approval, confirmation or ratification of the directors must be approved by special resolution of the shareholders, to whom notice of the nature and extent of the director’s interests in the contract must be declared and disclosed in reasonable detail, in accordance with the Act.

 

8.1.3 Except for a contract, act or transaction referred to in section 8.1.1 of the by-laws, any such contract, act or transaction that is approved or ratified or confirmed by a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at any such meeting (unless any different or additional requirement is imposed by the Act or by the Company’s articles or any other by-law) shall be as valid and as binding upon the Company and upon all the shareholders as though it had been approved, ratified or confirmed by every shareholder of the Company.

 

8.2 In accordance with the Act, but subject to any additional requirements imposed by the Act or other applicable law, a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company shall be required to cause or permit the Company to do any of the following actions:

 

(a) to amend the Articles;

 

(b) to amalgamate the Company;

 

(c) to enter into any merger or consolidation or any other manner of reorganisation; and


(d) to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (other than in the ordinary course of business of the Company).

 

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

9.1 No director or officer of the Company shall be liable to the Company for:

 

(a) the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or employee or for joining in any receipt or act for conformity;

 

(b) any loss, damage or expense incurred by the Company through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any property acquired by the Company or for or on behalf of the Company;

 

(c) the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out or invested;

 

(d) any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious act of any person, including any person with whom any moneys, securities or effects shall be lodged or deposited;

 

(e) any loss, conversion, misapplication or misappropriation of or any damage resulting from any dealings with any moneys, securities or other assets belonging to the Company; or

 

(f) any other loss, damage or misfortune whatever which may happen in the execution of the duties of his respective office or trust or in relation thereto; unless the same happens by or through his failure to exercise the powers and to discharge the duties of his office honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and in connection therewith to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

9.2 Nothing herein contained shall relieve a director or officer from the duty to act in accordance with the Act or Regulations or relieve him from liability for a breach thereof.

 

9.2.1 The directors for the time being of the Company shall not be under any duty or responsibility in respect of any contract, act or transaction whether or not made, done or entered into in the name of or on behalf of the Company, except such as are submitted to and authorised or approved by the directors.

 

9.2.2 If any director or officer of the Company is employed by or performs services for the Company otherwise than as a director or officer or is a member of a firm or a shareholder, director or officer of a body corporate which is employed by or performs services for the Company, the fact of his being a shareholder, director or officer of the Company shall not entitle such director or officer or such firm or body corporate, as the case may be, from receiving proper remuneration for such services.

 

10. INDEMNITIES TO DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

10.1 Subject to section 97 of the Act, except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Company to obtain a judgement in its favour, the Company shall indemnify a director or officer of the Company; a former director or officer of the Company; a person who acts or acted at the Company’s request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor; and the personal representatives of each; against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgement, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he


is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of such company, provided that:

 

(a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company; and

 

(b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

10.2 With the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Company to obtain a judgement in its favour, the Company shall indemnify a director or officer of the Company; a former director or officer of the Company; a person who acts or acted at the Company’s request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor; and the personal representatives of each; to which such person is made a Party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Company or body corporate, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgement, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any action or proceeding, provided that:

 

(a) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company; and

 

(b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

 

10.3 The Company shall indemnify a director or officer of the Company; a former director or officer of the Company; a person who acts or acted at the Company’s request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor; and the personal representatives of each; to which such person is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Company or body corporate, against all casts, charges and expenses, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of such company, provided that:

 

(a) he was substantially successful on the merits in his defence of the action or proceeding;

 

(b) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company; and

 

(c) he is fairly and reasonably entitled to an indemnity.

 

10.4 The Company shall insure or obtain third-party insurance for the benefit of a director or officer of the Company; a former director or officer of the Company; a person who acts or acted at the Company’s request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Company is or was a shareholder or creditor, and the personal representatives of each; against any liability incurred by him in his capacity of a director or officer of the Company for failure to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

 

11. OFFICERS

 

11.1 APPOINTMENT: The directors shall as often as may be required appoint a Secretary and, if deemed advisable, may as often as may be required designate any other offices and appoint officers of the Company, who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the directors. Two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

11.2 REMUNERATION: The remuneration of all officers appointed by the directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the directors. The fact that any officer or employee is a director or shareholder of the Company shall not disqualify him from receiving such remuneration as may be determined.


11.3 POWERS AND DUTIES: All officers shall sign such contracts, documents or instruments in writing as require their respective signatures and shall respectively have and perform all powers and duties incident to their respective offices and such other powers and duties respectively as may from time to time be assigned to them by the directors; provided always that no contracts, documents or instruments may be executed on behalf of the Company by any officer, while such officer is within the United States of America.

 

11.4 DELEGATION: In case of the absence or inability to act of any officer of the Company, or for any other reason that the directors may deem sufficient the directors may delegate all or any of the powers of such officer to any other officer or to any director,

 

11.5 SECRETARY: The Secretary shall give or cause to be given notices for all meetings of the directors, any committee of the directors and the shareholders when directed to do so and shall have charge of the minute books and seal of the Company and of the records (other than accounting records) referred to in section 170 of the Act. The Secretary of the Company shall be a resident of Barbados.

 

11.6 ASSISTANT SECRETARY: If appointed, an Assistant Secretary or, if more than one, the Assistant Secretaries, shall respectively perform all the duties of the Secretary, in the absence or inability or refusal to act of the Secretary.

 

11.7 VACANCIES: If the office of any officer of the Company becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification or otherwise, the directors by resolution shall, in the case of the Secretary, and may, in the case of any other office, appoint a person to fill such vacancy.

 

12. SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

12.1 ANNUAL MEETING: Subject to the provisions of section 105 of the Act, the annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held at any place within Barbados, on such day in each year and at such time as the Board may by resolution determine.

 

12.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS: Special meetings of the Shareholders may be convened by order of the Board of Directors, or whenever the holders of at least five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the voting capital of the Company make a written request upon the Board of Directors to do so. Special meetings of the shareholders shall be held within Barbados, and may be convened at any date and time and at any place within Barbados. No meeting of the shareholders shall be held at any place outside of Barbados.

 

12.3 REQUISITIONED MEETINGS; The directors shall, on the requisition of the holders of not less than five percent of the issued shares of the Company that carry a right to vote at the meeting requisitioned, forthwith convene a meeting of shareholders, and in the case of such requisition the following provisions shall have effect:

 

(a) the requisition must state the purposes of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the requisitionists;

 

(b) if the directors do not, within twenty-one (21) days from the date of the requisition being so deposited, proceed to convene a meeting, the requisitionists or any of them may themselves convene the meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after three (3) months from the date of such deposit;


(c) unless section 129 (3) of the Act applies, the directors shall be deemed not to have duly convened the meeting if they do not give such notice as is required by the Act within fourteen (14) days from the deposit of the requisition;

 

(d) any meeting convened under this by-law by the requisitionists shall be called as nearly as possible in the manner in which meetings are to be called pursuant to the by-laws and Divisions E and F of Part 1 of the Act; and

 

(e) a requisition by joint holders of shares must be signed by all such holders.

 

12.4 NOTICE: A printed, written or typewritten notice stating the day, hour and place of meeting shall be given by serving such notice on each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting, on each director and on the auditor of the Company in the manner specified in by-law 18.1 hereof, not less than twenty-one (21) days or more than fifty (50) days (in each case exclusive of the day for which the notice is delivered or sent and of the day for which notice is given) before the date of the meeting. Notice of a meeting at which special business is to be transacted shall state (a) the nature of that business in sufficient detail to permit the shareholder to form a reasoned judgement thereon, and (b) the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting. All notices shall be delivered from the Registered Office of the Company in Barbados.

 

12.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE: A shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may in any manner waive notice of a meeting of shareholders and attendance of any such person at a meeting of shareholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

 

12.6 OMISSION OF NOTICE: The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting or any irregularity in the notice of any meeting or the non-receipt of any notice by any shareholder, director or the auditor of the Company shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceedings taken at any meeting of the shareholders.

 

12.7 VOTES: Subject to provisions of by-law 4.2 hereof, every question submitted to any meeting of shareholders shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands unless a person entitled to vote at the meeting has demanded a poll.

 

12.7.1 At every meeting at which he is entitled to vote, every shareholder, proxy holder or individual authorised to represent a shareholder who is present in person shall have one vote on a show of hands. Upon a poll at which he is entitled to vote, every shareholder, proxy holder or individual authorised to represent a shareholder shall, subject to the articles, have one vote for every share held by the shareholder.

 

12.7.2 At any meeting unless a poll is demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact.

 

12.7.3 When the Chairman, the President and the Vice-President (if any), are absent, the persons who are present and entitled to vote shall choose another director as chairman of the meeting; but if no director is present or all the directors present decline to take the chair, the persons who are present and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to be chairman.


12.7.4 A poll, either before or after vote by a show of hands, may be demanded by any person entitled to vote at the meeting. If at any meeting a poll is demanded on the election of a chairman or on the question of adjournment it shall be taken forthwith without adjournment. If at any meeting a poll is demanded on any other question or as to the election of directors, the vote shall be taken by poll in such manner and either at once, later in the meeting or after adjournment as the chairman of the meeting directs. The result of a poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. A demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

12.7.5 If two (2) or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those holders present at a meeting of shareholders may, in the absence of the other, vote the shares; but if two (2) or more of those persons who are present, in person or by proxy vote, they must vote as one on the shares jointly held by them.

 

12.8 CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVE: A body corporate or association which is a shareholder of the Company, may be represented at any annual or special general meeting of the Company, by an individual who in his capacity as a director or officer of that body corporate or association is authorised under its governing instruments to represent that body corporate or association or by an individual authorised by a resolution of the directors or governing body of that body corporate or association to represent it at meetings of shareholders of the Company.

 

12.9 PROXIES: Votes at meetings of shareholders may be given either personally (in the case of a body corporate or association by an individual described in by-law 12.8) or by proxy,

 

12.9.1 A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or his attorney authorised in writing and shall be valid only at the meeting in respect of which it is given or any adjournment thereof.

 

12.9.2 A person appointed by proxy need not be a shareholder.

 

12.9.3 Subject to the provisions of Part V of the Regulations, a proxy may be in the following form:

 

The undersigned shareholder of DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.
hereby appoints     
of     
or failing him     

of

    
as the nominee of the undersigned to attend and act for the undersigned and on behalf of the undersigned at the meeting of the shareholders of the said Company to be held on [              ] and at any adjournment or adjournments thereof in the same manner, to the same extent and with the same powers as if the undersigned were present at the said meeting or such adjournment or adjournments thereof
DATED this            day of .     
                                                     Signature of Shareholder


12.10 ADJOURNMENT: The chairman of any meeting may with the consent of the meeting adjourn the same from time to time to a fixed time and place and no notice of such adjournment need be given to the shareholders unless the meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more in which case notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as for an original meeting. Any business that might have been brought before or dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling the same may be brought before or dealt with at any adjourned meeting for which no notice is required.

 

12.11 QUORUM: Subject to the Act, and except in the case of a Company having only one shareholder a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the shareholders shall be two persons present in person, each being either a shareholder entitled to vote thereat, or a duly appointed proxy holder or representative of a shareholder so entitled. If a quorum is present at the opening of any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders present or represented may proceed with the business of the meeting notwithstanding a quorum is not present throughout the meeting, If a quorum is not present within thirty (30) minutes of the time fixed for a meeting of shareholders, the persons present and entitled to vote may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any other business.

 

12.12 RESOLUTION IN LIEU OF MEETING: Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this by-law a resolution in writing signed in Barbados by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of the shareholders is, subject to section 128 of the Act, as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders.

 

13. SHARES

 

13.1 ALLOTMENT AND ISSUANCE: Subject to the Act and the Articles, shares in the capital of the Company may be allotted and issued by resolution of the directors at such time and on such terms and conditions and to such persons or class of persons as the directors determine.

 

13.2 CERTIFICATES: Share certificates and the form of share transfer shall (subject to section 181 of the Act) be in such form as the directors may by resolution approve, and such certificates shall be signed by any two officers or directors of the Company.

 

13.2.1 The directors or any agent designated by the directors may in their or his discretion direct the issuance of a new share certificate or other such certificate in lieu thereof consequent upon the change of name of the registered shareholder pursuant to an amendment to the corporate instruments of the registered shareholder to effect a change of name; an amalgamation between the registered shareholder and another legal entity; a transfer of shares by operation of law; or any other change in the corporate instruments of the registered shareholder.

 

13.2.2 The directors or any agent designated by the directors may in their or his discretion direct the issuance of a new share certificate or other such certificate in lieu of and upon cancellation of a certificate that has been mutilated or in substitution for a certificate claimed to have been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, on payment of such reasonable fee and on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and evidence of loss and of title as the directors may from time to time prescribe, whether generally or in any particular case.

 

14. TRANSFER OF SHARES AND DEBENTURES

 

14.1 TRANSFER: The shares or debentures of the Company may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and naming the transferee.


14.2 REGISTERS: Registers of shares and debentures issued by the Company shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or at such other place in Barbados as may from time to time be designated by resolution of the directors.

 

14.3 SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES; Subject to section 179 of the Act, no transfer of shares or debentures shall be registered unless or until the certificate representing the shares or debentures to be transferred has been surrendered for cancellation.

 

15. DIVIDENDS

 

15.1 The directors may from time to time by resolution declare and the Company may pay dividends out of realised profits of the Company, on the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Company subject to the Articles and provided that there are not reasonable ground for believing that:

 

(a) the Company is unable (or would after the payment) be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; and

 

(b) the realisable value of the Company’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and stated capital of all classes.

 

15.1.1 In the event that several persons are registered as the joint holders of any shares, anyone of such persons may give effectual receipts for all dividends and payments on account of dividends.

 

16. VOTING IN OTHER COMPANIES

 

16.1 All shares or debentures carrying voting rights in any other body corporate that are held from time to time by the Company may be voted at any and all meetings of shareholders or debenture holders (as the case may be) of such other body corporate and in such manner and by such person or persons as the directors of the Company shall from time to time determine. The officers of the Company may for and on behalf of the Company from time to time:

 

(a) execute and deliver proxies; and

 

(b) arrange for the issuance of voting certificates or other evidence of the night to vote;

 

in such names as they may determine without the necessity of a resolution or other action by the directors.

 

17. INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS

 

17.1 Except as provided by the Act, no shareholder shall be entitled to any information respecting any details or conduct of the Company’s business which in the opinion of the directors it would be in-expedient in the interests of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

17.2 The directors may from time to time, subject to rights conferred by the Act, determine whether and to what extent and at what time and place and under what conditions or regulations the documents, books and registers and accounting records of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of shareholders and no shareholder shall have any right to inspect any document or book or register or accounting record of the Company except as conferred by statute or authorised by the directors or by a resolution of the shareholders.


18. NOTICES

 

18.1 METHOD OF GIVING NOTICE: Any notice or other document required by the Act, the Regulations, the Articles or the by-laws to be sent to any shareholder, debenture holder, director or auditor may be delivered by hand or sent by air courier, registered mail, facsimile, telecopier, electronic mail or other instantaneous electronic means to any such person at his latest address as shown in the records of the Company or its transfer agent and to any such director at his latest address as shown in the records of the Company or in the latest notice filed under section 66 or 74 of the Act, and to the auditor at his business address.

 

18.2 WAIVER OF NOTICE; Notice may be waived or the time for the notice may be waived or abridged at any time with the consent in writing of the person entitled thereto.

 

18.3 UNDELIVERED NOTICES: If a notice or document is sent to a shareholder or debenture holder by prepaid mail in accordance with this by-law and the notice or document is returned on three (3) consecutive occasions because the shareholder or debenture holder cannot be found, it shall not be necessary to send any further notices or documents to the shareholder or debenture holder until he informs the Company in writing of his new address.

 

18.4 SHARES AND DEBENTURES JOINTLY REGISTERED: All notices or other documents with respect to any shares or debentures registered in more than one name shall be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the records of the Company and any notice or other document so given shall be sufficient notice or delivery to all the holders of such shares or debentures.

 

18.5 PERSONS ENTITLED BY OPERATION OF LAW: Subject to section 184 of the Act, every person who by operation of law, transfer or by any other means whatsoever becomes entitled to any share is bound by every notice or other document in respect of such share that, previous to his name and address being entered in the records of the Company, is duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 

18.6 DECEASED SHAREHOLDER: Subject to section 184 of the Act, any notice or other document delivered or sent by air courier, registered mail, facsimile, telecopier, electronic mail or other instantaneous electronic means or left at the address of any shareholder as the same appears in the records of the Company shall, notwithstanding that such shareholder is deceased, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of the shares held by him (whether held solely or with any other person) until some other person is entered in his stead in the records of the Company as the holder or one of the holders thereof and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on his personal representatives and on all persons, if any, interested with him in such shares.

 

18.7 SIGNATURE OF NOTICES: The signature of any director or officer of the Company to any notice or document to be given by the Company may be written, stamped, typewritten or printed or partly written, stamped, typewritten or printed.

 

18.8 COMPUTATION OF TIME: Where a notice extending over a number of days or other period is required under any provisions of the Articles or the by-laws the day of sending the notice shall, unless it is otherwise provided, be counted in such number of days or other period.

 

18.9 PROOF OF SERVICE: Where a notice required under by-law 18.1 hereof is delivered to the person to whom it is addressed in the manner prescribed in by-law 18.1 hereof, notice shall be deemed to be received:

 

(a) if delivered by hand, at the time of delivery;


(b) if delivered by registered mail, on the fifth day after such notice is mailed, provided that if such day of deemed receipt is not a business day (in the jurisdiction of the recipient), then notice shall be deemed received at the commencement of business on the business day immediately following the day of deemed receipt; and

 

(c) if delivered by facsimile, telecopier, electronic mail or other instantaneous electronic means, at the time of transmission so stated (if any), provided that in the absence of a statement of transmission or if such time of deemed receipt is not a business day (in the jurisdiction of the recipient), or within the hours during which business is normally conducted by the recipient then notice shall be deemed received at the commencement of business on the business day immediately following the day of transmission.

 

18.9.1 A certificate of an officer of the Company in office at the time of the making of the certificate or of any transfer agent of shares of any class of the Company as to facts in relation to the delivery or sending of any notice shall be conclusive evidence of those facts.

 

19. BANKING AUTHORISATIONS

 

19.1 DEPOSIT OF FUNDS: All funds of the Company shall be deposited in the name of the Company with such bank, bankers or trust company or other duly licensed financial institution or intermediary as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

19.2 AUTHORISED WITHDRAWALS: Withdrawals from the accounts of the Company, and all banking authorisations may be made by commercially recognised means, including telephone instruction, electronic funds transfer, manual signature and facsimile signature signed and/or countersigned by such persons and in the manner, as may be authorised by the Board of Directors to sign and/or countersign the same, provided that no person shall be authorised to sign and countersign the same authorisation.

 

19.3 PAYMENTS: All cheques or drafts shall be made payable to the order of the person entitled to receive the money, except that cheques for cash for office expenses may be drawn to the order of any officer, or other person as may be authorised by the Board of Directors.

 

20. EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS

 

20.1 In the absence of any resolution of the directors of the Company, contracts, documents or instruments in writing requiring the signature of the Company, including (subject to section 134 of the Act), all instruments that may be necessary for the purpose of selling, assigning, transferring, exchanging, converting or conveying any such shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, rights, warrants or other securities, may be signed in Barbados by:

 

(a) the President or a Vice President;

 

(b) the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary; or

 

(c) any two directors or officers of the Company.

 

All contracts, documents and instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Company without any further authorisation or formality.


20.2 The directors shall have power from time to time by resolution to appoint any officers or persons on behalf of the Company either to sign certificates for shares in the Company and contracts, documents and instruments in writing generally or to sign specific contracts, documents or instruments in writing.

 

20.3.1 The common seal of the Company may be affixed to contracts, documents and instruments in writing signed as aforesaid by any director, officer or other person specified in by-law 20.1 hereof, or by any director, officer or other person appointed by resolution under by-law 20.2 hereof.

 

20.3.2 An official seal which the Company may have, as it is authorised to do by by-law 3.2 hereof, may be affixed to any document to which the Company is party in the country, district or place where such official seal can be used by a person appointed for that purpose by the Company by an instrument in writing under the common seal and a person who affixes an official seal of the Company to a document shall do so in accordance with section 25(6) of the Act.

 

20.4 No contract, document or instrument in writing requiring the signature of the Company, (whether or not executed under the general authority of by-law 20.1 hereon) or pursuant to any resolution by the Board of Directors, may be executed by any person while such person is in the United States of America. No resolution of the directors appointing any officers or persons on

 

24. AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

24.1 This By-Law stay be amended, varied, modified repealed or replaced only by special resolution of the shareholders.

 

24.2 Subject to by-law 24.1, this By-Law may be restated, and further by-laws may be enacted by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided that such restatement, or the terms of such further by-laws (the “Permitted Amendment”) is submitted to the shareholders of the Company for ratification and approval by ordinary resolution at the next annual or special meeting of the Company.

 

24.2.1 Notwithstanding any omission or failure to give notice to the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of by-law 12.4 hereof, the shareholders entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting at which the Permitted Amendment must be considered in accordance with by-law 24.2 hereof, shall be deemed to have received notice that such meeting has been called to consider (in addition to any other matters) the Permitted Amendment and its ratification and approval (a) in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgement thereon, and (b) with the text of an approval and ratification resolution.

 

24.3 Where the Permitted Amendment is confirmed or further amended by the shareholders pursuant to by-law 24.2 hereof, the Permitted Amendment (in the form in which it was confirmed or amended) shall be effective from the date of the resolution of the directors approving and enacting the Permitted Amendment. In the event that the Permitted Amendment is rejected by the shareholders, pursuant to by-law 24.2 hereof, the permitted Amendment shall be effective from the date of the resolution of the directors approving and enacting the Permitted Amendment until the date rejected by the shareholders.

 

24.4.1 The shareholders may defer consideration of the Permitted Amendment to an adjourned or later annual or special general meeting of the Company, and in any such event, the Permitted Amendment in the form approved by the directors, shall continue in effect until the date of such adjourned or later annual or special


general meeting of the Company to which consideration of the Permitted Amendment has been deferred, and the provisions of by-law 24.3 hereof apply to any resolution of the shareholders adopted at any such adjourned or later annual or special general meeting of the Company.

 

24.4.2 Except where the shareholders expressly reject a resolution calling for the approval and ratification of the Permitted Amendment, or expressly declare the non-applicability of by-law 24.4.1 hereof, any failure to adopt a resolution approving and ratifying a Permitted Amendment (with or without any modification or further amendment) shall be deemed as a resolution to defer consideration of the Permitted Amendment to an adjourned or later annual or special general meeting of the Company pursuant to by-law 24.4.1.

 

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

ENACTED this 30 th day of July, 1999.
[Corporate Seal]

/s/


  

/s/


Secretary    Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.51

 

FORM l

 

COMPANIES ACT OF BARBADOS

(Section 5)

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Name of Company  

Company No: 17327

 

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

 

2. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue

 

The Company is authorised to issue an unlimited number of shares of one class designated Common Shares

 

3. Restriction if any on share transfers

 

No share in the capital of the Company shall be transferred without the approval of the directors of the Company or of a committee of such directors, evidenced by resolution. The directors may, in their absolute discretion and without assigning as reasons therefor, decline to register any transfer of any share.

 

4. Number (or minimum and maximum number) of Directors

 

There shall be a minimum of 2 and a maximum of 10 Directors.

 

5. Restrictions if any on business the Company may carry on

 

The Company shall be restricted to engaging in insurance business within the meaning of the Insurance Act, 1996-32 (as amended) of the laws of Barbados or any statutory modifications thereof or substitutions therefor, from time to time in force.

 

6. Other provisions if any

 

1. At least ninety percent (90%) of the gross revenues of the company from insurance premiums, shall originate outside of the Common Market (as such term is defined in section 2(1) of the Insurance Act).

 

2. At least ninety percent (90%) of all risks insured by the Company shall originate outside of the Common Market,

 

7. Incorporators

  Date July 29, 1999    

Names


 

Address


 

Signature


Vivian V. Boyce

 

Bagatelle, St. Thomas, Barbados

   


FORM 4

 

COMPANIES ACT OF BARBADOS

 

(Section 169(1) and (2))

 

NOTICE OF ADDRESS

OR

NOTICE OF CHANGE OF ADDRESS

Of REGISTERED OFFICE

 

1.      Name of Company

    

2. Company No. 17327

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

      

3.      Address of Registered Office

      

Chancery House

      

High Street

      

Bridgetown

      

Barbados

      

4.      Mailing Address

      

Chancery House

      

High Street

      

Bridgetown

      

Barbados

      

5.      If change of address, give previous address of Registered Office.

 

                          N/A

       
   

        /s/ Vivian V. Boyce


            Vivian V. Boyce

   

            July 29, 1999

                    Incorporator

 

For Ministry use only

              

Company No. 17327

  

Filed 1999-07-29

  

REGISTERED Corporate Affairs and

                        Intellectual Property Office

                


FORM 9

 

COMPANIES ACT OF BARBADOS

 

(Sections 66 & 74)

 

NOTICE OF DIRECTORS

 

OR

 

NOTICE OF CHANGE OF DIRECTORS

 

1. Name of Company   2. Company No. 17327

 

    DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

 

3. Notice is given that on the                                 day of                                 19

    the following persons) was/were appointed director(s):

    Mailing Address                                                                          Occupation

 

N/A

 

4. Notice is given that on the                                  day of

    the following persons) ceased to hold office as director(s):

 

                    Name   Mailing Address

 

NIA

 

5. The directors of the company as of this date are:

 

                    Name     Mailing Address

 

                        The annexed Schedule is incorporated into this form.

 

                            REGISTERED Corporate Affairs and

                                                     Intellectual Property Office

 

6.   

Date


  

Signature


  

Title


July 29, 1999

  

/s/ Vivian V. Boyce


   Incorporator

Company No. 17327

  

Filed 1999-07-29

    


FORM 9

 

THE COMPANIES ACT OF BARBADOS

 

(Sections 66 & 74)

 

SCHEDULE OF NOTICE OF DIRECTORS

 

Name of Company:

     

Company No:

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

     

      17327

 

The directors of the company as of this date are:

 

Name


 

Mailing Address


 

Occupation


Andrew M. Archibald

 

110 E Montee de Liesse

 

Business Executive

   

St. Laurent

   
   

Quebec

   
   

Canada H4T I N4

   

Gordon R Cunningham

 

110 E Montee de Liesse

 

Business Executive

   

St. Laurent

   
   

Quebec

   
   

Canada H4TIN4

   

Trevor A. Carmichael

 

Staple Grove House

 

Attorney-at-Law

   

St. Davids

   
   

Christ Church

   
   

Barbados

   

Neville LeR. Smith

 

Sunset Drive

 

Trust Manager/

   

Pine Gardens

 

Attorney-at-Law

   

St Michael

   
   

Barbados

   

Paul W. Haddy

 

94 Atlantic Shores

 

Business Executive

   

Christ Church

   
   

Barbados

   

Date

  Signature  

Title

July 29, 1999

 

/s/ Vivian V. Boyce


 

Incorporator


 

DRAWN AND PREPARED BY
   

/s/


   

Dr. Trevor A. Carmichael

   

Attorney-at-Law

   

Chancery Chambers

   

High Street

   

Bridgetown

COMPANIES ACT CAP. 308
(Section 4(3))
DECLARATION
DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.
Name of Company

 

        I, Trevor Austin Carmichael of Chancery Chambers, High Street, Bridgetown,

 

Barbados, Attorney-at-Law, DECLARE to the best of my knowledge and belief.-

 

1. No signatory to the Articles of Incorporation of the above-named Company is an

 

individual described in Section 4(2) of the Companies Act of Barbados.

 

        The name of the signatory to the said Articles of Incorporation is;

 

        (a) Vivian V. Boyce

 

DECLARED by the said

   

TREVOR AUSTIN CARMICHAEL )

   

at Bridgetown, Barbados this            )

this          29th day of July                 )

1999

 

/s/ Trevor Austin Carmichael


   
   

Before me:

   

/s/


   

Justice of the Peace

   


FORM 1

COMPANIES ACT OF BARBADOS

(Section 5)

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

    Name of Company   Company No: 17327

 

    DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

 

2. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue

 

The Company is authorised to issue an unlimited number of shares of one class designated Common Shares

 

3. Restriction if any on share transfers

 

No share in the capital of the Company shall be transferred without the approval of the directors of the Company or of a committee of such directors, evidenced by resolution The directors may, in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reasons therefor, decline to register any transfer of any share.

 

4. Number (or minimum and maximum number) of Directors

 

There shall be a minimum of 2 and a maximum of 10 Directors.

 

5. Restrictions if any on business the Company may carry on

 

The Company shall be restricted to engaging in insurance business within the meaning of the Insurance Act, 1996-32 (as amended) of the laws of Barbados or any statutory modifications thereof or substitutions therefor, from time to time in force.

 

6. Other provisions if any

 

1. At least ninety percent (90%) of the gross revenues of the Company from insurance premiums, shall originate outside of the Common Market (as such term is defined in section 2(1) of the Insurance Act).

 

2. At least ninety percent (90%) of all risks insured by the Company shall originate outside of the Common Market.

 

7. Incorporators

  

Date

   July 29, 1999

Name


  

Address


  

Signature


Vivian V. Boyce    Bagatelle, St. Thomas, Barbados   

/s/ Vivian V. Boyce


Company No.17327          


BARBADOS.

 

I, CHRISTOPHER FITZGERALD BIRCH, Deputy Registrar of the Corporate Affairs and Intellectual Property Office. Clarence Greenridge House, Keith Bourne Complex, Belmont Road in the parish of Saint Michael and Island of Barbados, and as such a Notary Public do hereby CERTIFY as follows:

 

As Deputy Registrar of Corporate Affairs and Intellectual Property, I have custody of all records relating to the registration of Companies on this Island.

 

The Company DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD. was incorporated on the 29th day of July, One thousand nine hundred and ninety-nine as a Qualifying Insurance Company under the Companies Act Chapter 308 of the Laws of Barbados and is registered in the Companies Register.

 

    Given under my hand as Deputy Registrar and Seal of Office as Notary Public of this Island this 22nd day of July Two Thousand and Four.
   

/s/


    Deputy Registrar and as such a Notary Public in and for the Island of Barbados.

 

[Note: The Registrar’s Certificate is limited to this company’s current state of compliance with the Companies Act Cap. 308 and should not be taken as a warranty or representation by the Registrar concerning the company’s compliance with other laws of Barbados which the Registrar does not administer.]

Exhibit 3.52

 

“FIBOPE PORTUGUESA – FILMES BIORIENTADOS, S.A.”

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE COMPANY

 

CHAPTER I

 

NAME, REGISTERED OFFICE AND CORPORATE OBJECT

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

NAME

 

The Company will take the form of a public limited liability company, with the name “Fibope Portuguesa – Filmes Biorientados, S.A.” and shall be governed by the applicable law and by the provisions of these articles of association.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

1. The Company’s registered office will be located at Barqueiros, municipality of Barcelos. The Board of Directors may move the registered office within the same municipality or to a neighbouring municipality.

 

2. Upon resolution of the Board of Directors the Company may, when it deem it convenient, set up, maintain, transfer or close branches, agencies, delegations or any other form of representation of the company in any location on national territory or abroad.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

CORPORATE OBJECT

 

The Company’s corporate object is the production of films from polymers and other similar products, as well as the commercialisation of the same and further the provision of services connected thereto.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

DURATION

 

The company shall exist for an indeterminate period, counting from the date of its incorporation – 31 March 1995.

 

1


CHAPTER II

 

SHARE CAPITAL, SHARES AND BONDS, TRANSFER OF SHARES, RIGHT OF

 

FIRST REFUSAL, CO-OWNERSHIP OF SHARES AND BONDS AND

 

ACCESSORY CONTRIBUTIONS

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SHARE CAPITAL AND ITS SUBSCRIPTION

 

1. The share capital of the company is €6,600,000 (six million and six hundred thousand euros), and is fully subscribed and paid up, represented by 1,320,000 (one million, three hundred and twenty thousand) ordinary voting shares, with the nominal value of €5 (five euros) each.

 

2. From the referred to shares, 920,000 (nine hundred and twenty thousand) – numbered from 1 to 920,000 –corresponding to ordinary shares, performing category A of shares, and 400,000 (four hundred thousand) – numbered from 921,000 to 1320,000 – corresponding to redeemable preferential shares with voting right, performing the category B of shares.

 

3. The preferential redeemable shares will have the right to a priority dividend of 0,5% of its nominal value from the profits distributed to the shareholders.

 

4. The redemption of shares will be performed pursuant the terms and conditions of the redemption’s resolution.

 

5. The shares shall be redeemed trough a resolution of the Shareholders’ General Meeting of the Company and pursuant paragraph 4 supra.

 

6. The non-compliance of the obligation of redemption does not entitle the beneficiaries to claim the judicial dissolution of the company, if the redemption did not occur after one year since the date established for the redemption (redemption stage).

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

SHARES

 

1. The shares must be nominative shares.

 

2. The shares will be represented by certificates that shall represent one, five, ten, fifty, one hundred, five hundred, one thousand and five thousand shares.

 

2


ARTICLE SEVEN

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

1. The shares are freely assigned, inter vivus or mortis causa, between ascendants or descendants .

 

2. In any other situation, the assignment of shares is submitted to the prior consent of General Meeting of the company .

 

3. The company shall indicate if the assignment is authorized or not, within sixty days counting from the date of reception of the request for the assignment of shares, made by the shareholder who intends to assign its shares, in case of transmission inter vivus , or by the interest party in the acquisition, in case of transmission mortis causa, by mean of registered letter with recorded delivery.

 

4. If the term of sixty days above-mentioned in paragraph 3 of this Article has expired and the company did not indicate if it authorizes or not the assignment, the shareholder is entitled to freely assign its shares.

 

5. In the event the company does not authorize the assignment, the company shall comply with the established in the paragraph c) of no 3 of article 329 of the Portuguese Companies Code.

 

6. The limitations hereby established for the assignment of shares are not applicable if the assignment is made to a company in a simple dominance situation with the assignor.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

1. The shareholders have the right of first refusal regarding the assignment of shares inter vivus , except in case of assignment between ascendants and descendants.

 

2. Regarding the exercise of the referred to right of first refusal, the shareholder interested in assigning part or the total of its shares, shall communicate such intention to the Board of Directors, by mean of registered letter with recorded delivery, identifying the person who intends to acquire the shares, as well as the conditions of said acquisition. The Board of Directors should inform the remaining shareholders within 10 days about the contents of the referred to information.

 

3


3. The shareholders interested in exercising its right of first refusal should inform the Board of Directors about their intention within fifteen days counting from the date of reception of the referred to letter and the Board of Directors should inform the shareholders about that intention in the following fifteen days.

 

4. In the event two or more shareholders want to exercise their right of first refusal, the shares object of the transmission should be prorated between both in the proportion of shares that each one owns.

 

5. The transfer of shares shall take place in the fifteen days period following the communication referred into paragraph 3 above in fine .

 

6. The right of first refusal established in this article is subject to the regime foreseen in article 421 of the Portuguese Civil Code.

 

7. The right of first refusal established in this article is not applicable if the assignment is made to a company in a dominance situation with the assignor.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

PREFERENTIAL SHARES AND BONDS

 

The company may issue preferential shares without voting rights and preferential redeemable shares or any type of bonds admitted by law, pursuant to the applicable law and the resolutions of the Shareholders’ General Meeting of the company.

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

OWN SHARES AND OWN BONDS

 

The Company may acquire own shares and own bonds, in accordance with applicable legal regulations, as well as execute any operation admitted by law with regard to such shares and bonds.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

CO-OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

The co-owners of shares are only authorized to exercise the rights inherent to such shares trough a common representative, who should be indicated to the company through a document signed by the all co-owners.

 

4


ARTICLE TWELVE

 

BONDS AND ACCESSORY CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Upon resolution of the General Meeting, it may be required to the shareholders of ordinary shares the execution of free accessory contributions, in the proportion of the shares that each one owns, up to an amount equivalent to the share capital.

 

CHAPTER III

 

GOVERNING BODIES

 

SECTION I

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETING

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

CONSTITUTION

 

1. The Shareholders’ General Meetings shall be constituted by all shareholders with voting rights, which, not less than three days prior to the date of the respective meeting, have these shares duly registered in the company’s registered book

 

2. Each group of one hundred shares is entitled to one vote. The shareholders who own a number of shares below one hundred shares may assemble with other shareholders in order to complete said number. As completed the referred to number of shares, one of the member of the group may represent the shareholders group in the Shareholders’ General Meeting.

 

3. The Shareholders that are singular persons having the right to vote may be represented in the Shareholders’ General Meeting by their consort, ascendants or descendants, by another shareholder or trough a member of the Board of Directors. The corporate bodies will be represented by the person appointed by the respective corporate body for such purposes.

 

4. The instruments of representation of the shareholders shall be addressed to the Chairman of the Board of the Shareholders’ Meeting and filed at the company, until the second working day prior to the Shareholders General Meeting’s date.

 

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

 

BOARD OF SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETING

 

1. The Board of the Shareholders’ General Meeting will be made up of a Chairman and a Secretary, which can be shareholders or not, elected by the General Meeting for a period of four years;

 

5


2. The Chairman of the Shareholders’ General Meeting shall convene and direct the meetings, as well as execute all the functions foreseen in the law and in these articles.

 

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

 

MEETINGS

 

1. The General Meeting will convene:

 

a) In an annual meeting, to be held on the first quarter of each year.

 

b) Always that the Board of Directors and the Audit Board deems it convenient or whenever requested, pursuant to law, by the shareholders who represent not less than the minimum of the share capital demanded by law for that purpose.

 

ARTICLE SIXTEEN

 

CONVENING OF THE SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETING

 

The Shareholders’ General Meeting will be convened by mean of registered letter with recorded delivery addressed to the shareholders, with thirty days prior notice.

 

ARTICLE SEVENTEEN

 

RESOLUTIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS’ GENERAL MEETING

 

The Shareholders’ General Meetings can only validly resolve on matters approved by Shareholders representing more than 68% of the share capital.

 

SECTION II

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

ARTICLE EIGHTEEN

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1. The management of the Company will be formed by a Board of Directors comprising five members, who are elected by the Shareholders’ General Meeting for a period of four years.

 

2. The Shareholders’ General Meeting that had elected the members of the Board of Directors shall also appoint the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

3. The Shareholders’ General Meeting that had elected the members of the Board of Directors, will decide if they, or anyone of them, should caution its mandate and if they have, the Shareholders’ General Meeting should also establish the respective amount and the way to provide the caution.

 

6


4. Each member of the Board of Directors could be remunerated, and the remuneration may consist, partially, in a percentage, to be fixed by the Salary Committee, of the profits from the exercise.

 

ARTICLE NINETEEN

 

COMPETENCE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1. The Board of Directors has the broadest powers of management and representation of the company, and shall namely, execute and promote all the acts concerning the execution of the corporate object and specifically:

 

a) Represent the company in all legal proceedings in court or not, intent and contest any judicial procedure, withdrawing, confessing or agreeing and compromising himself in any arbitration;

 

b) Open, transfer or close branches, agencies, delegations or any other form of representation in any location;

 

c) Acquire and dispose any movable or immovable assets, as well as to encumbrance them by any way;

 

d) Acquire and dispose of interests in the share capital of other companies.

 

e) Lease or provide to lease any immovable assets, without term.

 

f) To take conveyance of any establishment, as a going concern.

 

g) open credit lines or enter in other kinds of financing, namely the bond ones.

 

h) To constitute attorneys to practice any acts or category of acts.

 

2. Upon resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board may entrust one of its members to carry on any activity of the company or any matter regarding the administration.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY

 

MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

1. The Directors could coopt a Managing Director, who will have the powers expressly granted to him regarding the ordinary management of the company, with the limitations established in the following Article, which are among others all or any of the followings:

 

a) submission to the Board of Directors, prior to the annual meeting of the Shareholders, of a written report of the operations and the accounts of the Company during its previous fiscal year;

 

7


b) preparation and submission for approval by the Board of Directors of a detailed budget, forecasts and strategic plan of operations for the ensuing fiscal year of the company;

 

c) ensure the preparation and submission of quarterly written reports on operations 45 days after the three month periods ending respectively at the end of February, May, August and November;

 

d) transfer, suspend and dismiss employees;

 

e) open and use any bank account(s) on behalf of and in the name of the Company and credit, endorse or negotiate any cheques or bills of exchange necessary for the fulfillment of the business of the Company;

 

f) accept, draw or endorse bills of exchange and to start legal proceedings for non-payment or acceptance thereof;

 

g) participate in public or private tenders;

 

h) sign on behalf of the Company any insurance policies and to receive all payments due from insurance companies;

 

i) buy, sell or lease any movable goods, excluding cars, and to receive the price of liquidation thereof;

 

j) represent the Company in front of all Governmental Bodies, and in particular customs or tax authorities;

 

k) represent the Company in all legal proceedings, making declarations in Court if necessary, withdrawing or making settlements and giving any necessary Powers of Attorney in connection therewith;

 

l) request the inscription, modification or cancellation of all acts subject to registration before any Governmental Body, including Conservatórias do Registo Predial, do Registo de Propriedade Automóvel or do Registo Comercial and to make the necessary registrations or deposits to protect the industrial property of the Company, as well any requisite modifications or cancellations thereof;

 

8


m) apply, claim or appeal to or before any Governmental Body, including fiscal and customs bodies and tax courts, in respect of any taxes, levies, contributions, charges or other monies, and make applications for their modification or cancellation;

 

n) claim and receive from any Governmental Body, or from any other Person all objects, values or monies to which the Company is entitled, agreeing on the settlement and signing of the relevant receipts.

 

o) enter into any contract within the scope of the Company’s object that does not give rise to obligations exceeding PTE 10.000.000;

 

p) enter into contracts with suppliers that does not give rise to obligations exceeding PTE 10.000.000;

 

q) enter into contracts for the supply of water, electricity, gas, telecommunications and mail; and

 

r) enter into contracts for marketing and publicity;

 

s) generally, to perform all other necessary acts for an efficient commercial operation and to protect the rights of the Company, doing whatever is necessary to promote and follow up the relevant proceedings, administrative or otherwise, in front of any Governmental Body referred to above;

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-ONE

 

BINDING OF THE COMPANY

 

1. The Company will be bound by the signature of:

 

a) The Managing Director, for the purposes of transferences between the company’s bank accounts;

 

b) The Managing Director in order to sign cheques or issue bank transfer orders to third parties up to the amount of 5,000,000 escudos;

 

c) The Managing Director and the Director who the Board had entrusted the financial matters, or his substitute in his absences or impediments, in order to sign cheques or issue bank transfer orders in any amount between 5,000,000 escudos and 10,000,000 escudos;

 

9


d) The Managing Director and the Director who the Board had entrusted the financial matters, or his substitute in his absences or impediments, in order to sign cheques or issue bank transfer orders in an amount equal or higher than 10,000,000 escudos;

 

e) The Managing Director and the Director who the Board had entrusted the financial matters, or his substitute in his absences or impediments, in order to acquire any goods of the tangible assets (imobilizado corpóreo), open of credit lines, investments and any extraordinary acquisition up to the amount of 5,000,000 escudos;

 

f) The Managing Director and the Director who the Board had entrusted the financial matters, or his substitute in his absences or impediments, in order to acquire any goods of the tangible assets (imobilizado corpóreo), open of credit lines, investments and any extraordinary acquisition in an amount equal or higher than 10,000,000 escudos;

 

g) One Director in who the Board had granted powers pursuant number 2 of Article 19 above;

 

h) One or more attorneys acting in accordance with the respective mandatory instruments.

 

2 In the daily acts, the signature of any member of the Board of Directors or any attorney is enough;

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-TWO

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1. The Board of Directors will meet whenever a board meeting is convened, by means of registered letter with recorded delivery sent with ten days prior notice, by its Chairman or by two Directors. The Board of Directors should meet at least one time per each quarter.

 

2. Any Director may be represented at the Board Meetings by another Director, through a simple letter addressed to the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

3. The Board of Directors may only resolve if a minimum of four members is present or duly represented.

 

10


4. The resolutions of Board of Directors may only be approved if a minimum of four members is present or duly represented.

 

SECTION III

 

AUDITING

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-THREE

 

COMPOSITION

 

1. The Company’s activity will be audited by a Audit board comprising three effective members and two substitute members elected by the Shareholder’s General Meeting, which appoint the Chairman, for a term of four years.

 

2. Each member of the Audit Board could be remunerated, as determined by a Salary Committee.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FOUR

 

MEETINGS OF THE AUDIT BOARD

 

1. The Audit Board meets, normally, one time for each quarter and whenever a board meeting is convened by its Chairman or by two of its members.

 

2. The Audit Board resolutions will be performed by the majority of the votes of the present members.

 

SECTION IV

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-FIVE

 

SALARY COMMITTEE

 

The members of the Board of Shareholders’ General Meeting, the Directors and the Sole Auditor shall be remunerated or not, as determined by a Salary Committee, which shall be composed of two members, elected at the same General Meeting that elects the members of the corporate bodies.

 

CHAPTER IV

 

GENERAL AND TRANSITORY PROVISIONS

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-SIX

 

TAX YEAR

 

The tax year of the company is coincident with the calendar year.

 

11


ARTICLE TWENTY-SEVEN

 

PROFITS ATTRIBUTION

 

1. After having been deducted or reinforced the provisions or reserves imposed by law, distributable profits of each tax year shall be allocated for reserves or dividends, according to the resolution of the Shareholders’ General Meeting.

 

2. Advances may be made to shareholders during the year on account of profits, pursuant to the applicable legal regulations.

 

CHAPTER V

 

DISSOLUTION OF THE COMPANY

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-EIGHT

 

DISSOLUTION

 

The company can be dissolved when there exists legal cause or by resolution of the Shareholders’ General Meeting.

 

ARTICLE TWENTY-NINE

 

LIQUIDATION

 

The liquidation of the company assets, in consequence of its dissolution, shall be made extra judicially by a liquidation committee formed by the members of the Board of Directors in exercise, if the Shareholders’ General meeting does not resolve in a different way .

 

12

Exhibit 4.1

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.,

 

the Guarantors named herein

 

and

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 


 

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 28, 2004

 


 

$125,000,000

 

8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014

 

Page 1


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA
Section


       

Indenture

Section


310

   (a)(1)    7.10
     (a)(2)    7.10
     (a)(3)    N.A.
     (a)(4)    N.A.
     (a)(5)    7.10
     (b)    7.08; 7.10
     (b)(1)    7.10
     (c)    N.A.

311

   (a)    7.11
     (b)    7.11
     (c)    N.A.

312

   (a)    2.06
     (b)    12.03
     (c)    12.03

313

   (a)    7.06
     (b)(1)    N.A.
     (b)(2)    7.06
     (c)    7.06
     (d)    7.06

314

   (a)    4.17; 12.04
     (b)    11.02
     (c)(1)    12.04
     (c)(2)    12.04
     (c)(3)    N.A.
     (d)    N.A.
     (e)    12.05
     (f)    N.A.

315

   (a)    7.01(b)
     (b)    7.05
     (c)    7.01(a)
     (d)    7.01(c)
     (e)    6.12

316

   (a) (last sentence)    2.10
     (a)(1)(A)    6.05
     (a)(1)(B)    6.04
     (a)(2)    N.A.
     (b)    6.08
     (c)    8.04(b)

317

   (a)(1)    6.09
     (a)(2)    6.10
     (b)    2.05; 7.12

318

   (a)    12.01

 

NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 

Page 2


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    

SECTION 1.01.

  

Definitions.

   1

SECTION 1.02.

  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

   36

SECTION 1.03.

  

Rules of Construction.

   36

ARTICLE TWO

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.

  

Amount of Notes.

   37

SECTION 2.02.

  

Form and Dating.

   37

SECTION 2.03.

  

Execution and Authentication.

   38

SECTION 2.04.

  

Registrar and Paying Agent.

   38

SECTION 2.05.

  

Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.

   39

SECTION 2.06.

  

Holder Lists.

   39

SECTION 2.07.

  

Transfer and Exchange.

   40

SECTION 2.08.

  

Replacement Notes.

   40

SECTION 2.09.

  

Outstanding Notes.

   41

SECTION 2.10.

  

Treasury Notes.

   41

SECTION 2.11.

  

Temporary Notes.

   41

SECTION 2.12.

  

Cancellation.

   42

SECTION 2.13.

  

Defaulted Interest.

   42

SECTION 2.14.

  

CUSIP Number.

   42

SECTION 2.15.

  

Deposit of Moneys.

   43

SECTION 2.16.

  

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

   43

SECTION 2.17.

  

Special Transfer Provisions.

   45

SECTION 2.18.

  

Computation of Interest.

   47

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01.

  

Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee.

   47

SECTION 3.02.

  

Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed.

   48

SECTION 3.03.

  

Notice of Redemption.

   48

SECTION 3.04.

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption.

   49

SECTION 3.05.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price.

   49

SECTION 3.06.

  

Notes Redeemed in Part.

   50

SECTION 3.07.

  

Other Mandatory Redemption.

   50

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.

  

Payment of Notes.

   50

 

Page 3


SECTION 4.02.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

   50

SECTION 4.03.

  

Legal Existence.

   51

SECTION 4.04.

  

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Compliance with Law.

   51

SECTION 4.05.

  

Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

   52

SECTION 4.06.

  

Compliance Certificate.

   52

SECTION 4.07.

  

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

   53

SECTION 4.08.

  

Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control.

   53

SECTION 4.09.

  

Limitation on Debt.

   55

SECTION 4.10.

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments.

   60

SECTION 4.11.

  

Limitation on Liens.

   63

SECTION 4.12.

  

Limitation on Asset Sales.

   64

SECTION 4.13.

  

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

   67

SECTION 4.14.

  

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

   70

SECTION 4.15.

  

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

   72

SECTION 4.16.

  

Limitation on Company’s Business.

   73

SECTION 4.17.

  

Reports.

   73

SECTION 4.18.

  

Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

   75

SECTION 4.19.

  

Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of the Company.

   76

SECTION 4.20.

  

Payment for Consents.

   76

SECTION 4.21.

  

Use of Proceeds.

   76

SECTION 4.22.

  

Additional Amounts.

   78

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01.

  

Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Property.

   80

SECTION 5.02.

  

Successor Person Substituted.

   83

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.

  

Events of Default.

   83

SECTION 6.02.

  

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.

   85

SECTION 6.03.

  

Other Remedies.

   87

SECTION 6.04.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default.

   88

SECTION 6.05.

  

Control by Majority.

   88

SECTION 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits.

   88

SECTION 6.07.

  

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

   89

SECTION 6.08.

  

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

   89

SECTION 6.09.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee.

   89

SECTION 6.10.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

   89

SECTION 6.11.

  

Priorities.

   90

SECTION 6.12.

  

Undertaking for Costs.

   90

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee.

   91

SECTION 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee.

   92

SECTION 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee.

   94

SECTION 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer.

   94

SECTION 7.05.

  

Notice of Defaults.

   94

SECTION 7.06.

  

Reports by Trustee to Holders.

   95

SECTION 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity.

   95

 

Page 4


SECTION 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee.

   96

SECTION 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.

   97

SECTION 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification.

   97

SECTION 7.11.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

   98

SECTION 7.12.

  

Paying Agents.

   98

ARTICLE EIGHT

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

SECTION 8.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders.

   98

SECTION 8.02.

  

With Consent of Holders.

   99

SECTION 8.03.

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

   101

SECTION 8.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents.

   101

SECTION 8.05.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

   101

SECTION 8.06.

  

Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

   102

ARTICLE NINE

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 9.01.

  

Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.

   102

SECTION 9.02.

  

Conditions to Defeasance.

   104

SECTION 9.03.

  

Deposited Money and Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

   105

SECTION 9.04.

  

Reinstatement.

   105

SECTION 9.05.

  

Moneys Held by Paying Agent.

   106

SECTION 9.06.

  

Moneys Held by Trustee.

   106

ARTICLE TEN

GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

SECTION 10.01.

  

Guarantee.

   107

SECTION 10.02.

  

Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

   108

SECTION 10.03.

  

Release of Guarantors.

   109

SECTION 10.04.

  

Waiver of Subrogation.

   110

SECTION 10.05.

  

Notice to Trustee.

   110

ARTICLE ELEVEN

SUBORDINATION

SECTION 11.01.

  

Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt.

   111

SECTION 11.02.

  

Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt Is in Default.

   111

SECTION 11.03.

  

Obligations Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Company.

   114

SECTION 11.04.

  

Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution.

   115

SECTION 11.05.

  

Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

   116

SECTION 11.06.

  

Obligations Unconditional.

   116

SECTION 11.07.

  

Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

   117

SECTION 11.08.

  

Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company, any Guarantor or Holders of Senior Debt.

   117

SECTION 11.09.

  

Holders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Obligations.

   118

SECTION 11.10.

  

This Article Eleven Not To Prevent Events of Default.

   118

SECTION 11.11.

  

Acceleration of Notes.

   119

 

Page 5


SECTION 11.12.

  

Notice to Trustee; Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

   119
    

ARTICLE TWELVE

    
    

MISCELLANEOUS

    

SECTION 12.01.

  

Trust Indenture Act Controls.

   119

SECTION 12.02.

  

Notices.

   120

SECTION 12.03.

  

Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

   121

SECTION 12.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 121

    

SECTION 12.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.

   122

SECTION 12.06.

  

Rules by Trustee and Agents.

   122

SECTION 12.07.

  

Legal Holidays.

   122

SECTION 12.08.

  

Governing Law.

   122

SECTION 12.09.

  

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

   122

SECTION 12.10.

  

Successors.

   123

SECTION 12.11.

  

Multiple Counterparts.

   123

SECTION 12.12.

  

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service; Waiver of Immunity.

   123

SECTION 12.13.

  

Conversion of Currency.

   123

SECTION 12.14.

  

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

   125

SECTION 12.15.

  

Separability.

   125
    

EXHIBITS

    

Exhibit A.

  

Form of Note

   A-1

Exhibit B.

  

Form of Legend for Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes That Are Restricted Notes

   B-1

Exhibit C.

  

Form of Legend for Regulation S Note

   C-1

Exhibit D.

  

Form of Legend for Global Note

   D-1

Exhibit E.

  

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

   E-1

Exhibit F.

  

Form of Guarantee

   F-1

Exhibit G.

  

Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor

   G-1

 

INDENTURE, dated as of July 28, 2004, between INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors named herein and WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

 

“Acquired Debt” means Debt of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or amalgamates with, or merges or consolidates with or into the Company or a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and, in any case, such Debt was not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such amalgamation, merger, consolidation or acquisition. Acquired Debt shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date the acquired Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the date of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation or acquisition.

 

Page 6


“Additional Assets” means:

 

(a) any Property (other than cash, Temporary Cash Investments and securities) to be owned by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary and used in the business of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business; or

 

(b) Capital Stock of a Person that is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary upon or as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company, a Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that, in the case of this clause (b), such Restricted Subsidiary is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

 

“Additional Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22.

 

“Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

 

“Additional Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means:

 

(a) Any Person who is a director or officer of:

 

(1) such specified Person,

 

(2) any Subsidiary of such specified Person, or

 

(3) any Person described in clause (b) below.

 

(b) Any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of Sections 4.12 and 4.14 and the definition of “Additional Assets” only, “Affiliate” shall also mean any beneficial owner of shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or Parent and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof.

 

“Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(a).

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, or agent for service or notices and demands.

 

“Agent Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

 

“Allocable Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

 

“amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings.

 

“Asset Sale” means any sale, transfer, issuance or other disposition (or series of related sales, transfers, issuances or dispositions) by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

Page 7


including any disposition by means of a merger, amalgamation, arrangement, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of

 

(a) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary),

 

(b) all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of business of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or

 

(c) any other assets of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company, a Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary other than, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c) above,

 

(1) any disposition by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company, a Guarantor, a Restricted Subsidiary or any Person (if after giving effect to such transfer such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary),

 

(2) any disposition that constitutes a Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.10,

 

(3) any disposition effected in compliance with Section 5.01,

 

(4) any sale or other disposition of cash or Temporary Cash Investments in the ordinary course of business,

 

(5) any disposition of obsolete, worn out or permanently retired equipment or facilities or other property that is no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of the business of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(6) for purposes of Section 4.12, any disposition the net proceeds of which to the Company, a Guarantor and the Restricted Subsidiaries do not exceed $1.0 million in any transaction or series of related transactions,

 

(7) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business,

 

(8) any release of intangible claims or rights in connection with the loss or settlement of a bona fide lawsuit, dispute or other controversy,

 

(9) any sale or disposition deemed to occur in connection with creating or granting any Liens not prohibited by this Indenture,

 

(10) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind, and

 

(11) any sale or exchange of equipment in connection with the purchase or other acquisition of equipment of substantially equivalent or greater Fair Market Value and which is usable in a Related Business.

 

“Average Life” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to any Debt or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

Page 8


(a) the sum of the products of (1) the number of years (rounded to the nearest one-twelfth of one year) from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Debt or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by (2) the amount of such payment by

 

(b) the sum of all such payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. Federal or state law, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

 

“Base Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.13.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors, or any equivalent management entity, of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board.

 

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution of such Person’s Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or an equivalent officer, of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Canadian Government Obligations” means any security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by Canada, or by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the government of Canada pursuant to authority granted by the governmental body of Canada or any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

 

“Canadian Guarantor” means the Parent and any other Guarantor organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.11, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest prior to conversion or exchange.

 

“Capital Stock Sale Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or a Guarantor from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of its employees and

 

Page 9


except to the extent that any purchase made pursuant to such issuance or sale is financed by the Company or a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) by Parent of its Capital Stock (including upon the exercise of options, warrants or rights) (other than Disqualified Stock) or warrants, options or rights to purchase Parent’s Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules l3d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent (for the purpose of this clause (1), a Person shall be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of a corporation that is beneficially owned (as defined above) by another corporation (a “parent corporation”) if such Person beneficially owns (as defined above) at least 50% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of such parent corporation);

 

(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Parent (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the applicable shareholders was approved or ratified by a vote of more than 50% of the Board of Directors of Parent, then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or ratified) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office;

 

(3) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of either Parent or the Company;

 

(4) the arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation of Parent with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into Parent, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person and, in the case of any such arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation, the securities of the entity to be merged, that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and that represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of such entity, are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving corporation that represent immediately after such transaction at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; or

 

(5) the Company is no longer a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia which is a direct or indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent.

 

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(b).

 

Page 10


“Change of Control Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08(a).

 

“Clearstream” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

“Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five and thereafter means the successor.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus in each case, without duplication:

 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(b) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income;

 

(c) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation and amortization were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(d) any non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such noncash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or a reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period); minus any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (without duplication, excluding any reversal of a reserve for cash expense, if the establishment of such reserve had previously decreased Consolidated Net Income).

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

 

(1) the aggregate of the net interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation: (a) any amortization of debt discount; (b) the net costs under Interest Rate Agreements; (c) all capitalized interest; and (d) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation; and

 

(2) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means for any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (loss) of such Person and its Restricted

 

Page 11


Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis prior to any adjustment to net income for any preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in (or shall not be deducted in determining, as the case may be) such Consolidated Net Income, without duplication:

 

(a) the net income of any Person in which the Person in question or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (as long as the net income of such Person is not required to be consolidated into the net income of the Person in question in accordance with GAAP) except for the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the Person in question or to the Subsidiary;

 

(b) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Person in question that is subject to any restriction or limitation on the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions (other than, if applicable, pursuant to the Notes, the Indenture or the Credit Agreement) to the extent of such restriction, limitation or prohibition;

 

(c) any net gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Property of such Person or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale and leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d) any net after-tax extraordinary gain or loss;

 

(e) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

(f) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, Capital Stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, provided that such rights (if redeemable), options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the Holder only for Capital Stock of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(g) to the extent non-cash, any unusual, non-operating or non- recurring gain or loss;

 

(h) any cash or non-cash expenses directly attributable to the closing of manufacturing facilities;

 

(i) expenses or charges (whether cash or non-cash) relating to the refinancing or repayment of Debt, including the write-off of deferred refinancing costs and any premiums relating to such refinancing or repayment of such Person, to the extent such charges would otherwise have been deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(j) gains or losses due to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effect.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to avoid duplication, for purposes of Section 4.10 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.10(a)(3)(iv).

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19890, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

Page 12


“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(b).

 

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, expected to be dated as of the Issue Date among IPG (US) Inc., Central Products Company, IPG Administrative Services Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., Intertape Inc., IPG Technologies Inc. and IPG Financial Services Inc. (together with IPG (US) Inc., the “U.S. Borrowers”) and Intertape Polymer Inc., a wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary (the “Canadian Borrower”, and together with the U.S. Borrowers, the “Borrowers”), the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as syndication agent, Canada Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as co-documentation agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented, restated and/or or otherwise modified (including to increase the amount of available borrowings thereunder or to add Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) from time to time, including any agreement, extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Debt under such agreement, or any successor or replacement agreement, and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement and one or more debt or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables or inventory financing (including through the sale of receivables or inventory to such lenders or to special purpose, bankruptcy remote entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables or inventory) or trade letters of credit, or other forms of guarantees or assurances that one or more times refinances, replaces, supplements, modifies or amends such credit facility (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding obligors as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Debt under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Currency Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, currency option, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(a) the principal of and premium (if any, but only in the event such premium has become due) in respect of:

 

(1) debt of such Person for borrowed money, and

 

Page 13


(2) debt evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

 

(b) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

 

(c) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable for goods and services arising in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit, performance bonds or surety bonds securing obligations (other than obligations described in (a) through (c) above) provided in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit and bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30th Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit or bond);

 

(e) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the Repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (measured, in each case, at the greatest of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price or liquidation value on the date of determination but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends for any current period not yet payable);

 

(f) all obligations of other Persons of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above, and all accrued dividends of other Persons currently payable, the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee;

 

(g) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of other Persons, the payment of which is secured by any Lien on any Property of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such Property or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

 

(h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person and all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements.

 

The amount of Debt of any Person at any date shall be the amount necessary to extinguish in full as of such date the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above including, without limitation, all interest that has been capitalized, and without giving effect to any call premiums in respect thereof. The amount of Debt represented by a Hedging Obligation shall be equal to:

 

(1) zero if such Hedging Obligation has been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(6), (7) or (8), or

 

(2) the marked-to-market value of such Hedging Obligation to the counterparty thereof if not Incurred pursuant to such clauses.

 

For purposes of this definition, the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed redemption, repayment or

 

Page 14


repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock as if such Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Debt will be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture at its Fair Market Value if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Preferred Stock determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent; provided, however, that if such Preferred Stock is not then permitted in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock to be redeemed, repaid or repurchased, the redemption, repayment or repurchase price shall be the book value of such Preferred Stock as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.

 

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Depository” or “DTC” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depository by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

 

“Designated Senior Debt means:

 

(1) the Debt under the Credit Agreement; and

 

(2) any other Senior Debt that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated by the Company (or the relevant Guarantor which incurs such Debt) in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Debt as “Designated Senior Debt” for purposes of this Indenture.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in either case at the option of the holder thereof) or upon the happening of an event:

 

(a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

 

(b) is or may become redeemable or repurchaseable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, or

 

(c) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Debt or Disqualified Stock, on or prior to, in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c), the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders the right to require the issuer thereof to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control occurring prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the Change of Control provisions applicable to such Disqualified Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such Disqualified Stock than the provisions of this Indenture with respect to a Change of Control and such Disqualified Stock specifically provides that the issuer thereof will not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions prior to the Company’s completing a Change of Control Offer.

 

“Euroclear” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

 

“Excess Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(d).

 

Page 15


“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8 of Exhibit A.

 

“Exchange Securities” has the meaning provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Existing Bank Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by a First Amending Agreement dated as of December 20, 2002, and a Second Amending Agreement dated March 14, 2003, by and among Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., and each of the other joint and several Facility A Borrowers (as defined therein), IPG Holdings LP, as the Facility B/C Borrower, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., IPG Finance LLC, IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia, as Guarantors, and The Toronto- Dominion Bank, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, International Banking Facility, Comerica Bank, and Comerica Bank Canada Branch, as Lenders.

 

“Existing Senior Notes” means (i) the outstanding U.S. $25.0 million Senior Notes, Series A, due May 31, 2005 and the outstanding U.S. $112.0 million Senior Notes, Series B, due May 31, 2009, each issued under an Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 20, 2002, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 28, 2003, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 26, 2004, by and among IPG Holdings LP, as issuer, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., IPG Finance LLC, IPG (US) Inc. and each of the other Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined therein), as guarantors, and the current noteholders named in Schedule I thereto, as amended; and (ii) the outstanding U.S. $137.0 million Senior Notes due March 31, 2008 issued under an Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 20, 2002, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 28, 2003, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 26, 2004, by and among IPG Holdings LP, as issuer, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., IPG Finance LLC, IPG (US) Inc. and each of the other Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined therein), as guarantors, and the current noteholders named in Schedule I thereto, as amended.

 

“Existing Senior Notes Redemption” means the redemption in full of the entire outstanding principal amount of Existing Senior Notes (together with the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest and related call premiums owing in connection therewith), pursuant to the call provisions of the Indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes and in accordance with either (i) the “irrevocable notice of redemption” delivered to the holders of the Existing Senior Notes on or prior to the Issue Date, or (ii) waivers received from all holders of the Existing Senior Notes on or prior to the Issue Date allowing for the redemption of the Existing Senior Notes on or before 30 days from the Issue Date and a notice of redemption relating thereto, which Existing Senior Notes Redemption, in either case, shall be effected on or prior to the 30th day after the Issue Date.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Property, the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be determined, except as otherwise provided,

 

(a) if such Property has a Fair Market Value equal to or less than $10 million, by any Officer of the Company, or

 

Page 16


(b) if such Property has a Fair Market Value in excess of $10 million, by a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent and evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of the Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. For purposes of calculating the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the calculation shall reflect the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, collectively (without duplication).

 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(a) the Pro forma Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period whether paid or accrued, determined in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges Incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, determined in accordance with GAAP, and net payments or receipts (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations to the extent such Hedging Obligations related to Debt that is not itself a Hedging Obligation;

 

(c) any interest expense on Debt of any Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon);

 

(d) amortization or write-off of Debt discount in connection with any Debt of such Person and any Restricted Subsidiary, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(e) the product of (a) all dividend payments (other than any payments to the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any dividends payable in the form of Capital Stock) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP as estimated by the chief financial officer of such Person in good faith or (y) if the dividends are deductible by such Person for income tax purposes based on law in effect at the time of payment, one.

 

“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary which is not organized under the laws of (x) the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or (y) Canada or any province or territory thereof.

 

“GAAP” means Canadian generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

 

“guarantee” or “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the

 

Page 17


purchase or payment of) Debt of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or

 

(b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include:

 

(1) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or

 

(2) a contractual commitment by one Person to invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably expected to constitute a “Permitted Investment.”

 

The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

 

“Guarantors” means, collectively, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Parent.

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means any obligation of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note register.

 

“Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by merger, conversion, exchange or otherwise), extend, assume, Guarantee or become liable in respect of such Debt or other obligation or (if earlier) the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP or the application thereof that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not theretofore classified as Debt, becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt; provided, further, however, that amortization of debt discount, accrual or capitalization of dividends and interest, including the accrual of deferred accrued interest, the accretion of principal and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional securities shall not, in any such case, be deemed to be the Incurrence of Debt; provided that in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock sold at a discount or for which interest or dividends are capitalized or accrued or accreted, the amount of such Debt or outstanding Preferred Stock Incurred shall at all times be the then current accreted value or shall include all capitalized interest.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing or any third party appraiser or recognized expert with experience in appraising the terms and conditions of the type of transaction or series of related transactions for which an opinion is required, provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and TD Securities (USA) Inc.

 

Page 18


“Institutional Accredit Investor” or “IAI” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

“interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means February 1 and August 1 of each year.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate future agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates.

 

“Investment” by any Person means any loan, advance or other extension of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit and receivables in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person or acquired as part of the assets acquired in connection with an acquisition of assets otherwise permitted by this Indenture and also excluding advances to officers and employees in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other Property to others) or payments for Property or services for the account or use of others to, or Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other Person. For the purposes of Sections 4.10 and 4.15 and the definition of “Restricted Payments,” “Investment” shall include the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Guarantor, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Subsidiary of the Company or Parent at the time that any such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary (proportionate to its equity interest in such Subsidiary) of an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a) its “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, less

 

(b) the portion (proportionate to its equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of its Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation.

 

In determining the amount of any Investment made by transfer of any Property other than cash, such Property shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such Investment.

 

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are initially issued (exclusive of any Additional Notes).

 

“Judgment Currency” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.13.

 

“Legal Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(b).

 

“Legal Holiday” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.07.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement not materially impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance,

 

Page 19


preference, priority or other security agreement on or with respect to such Property (including any Capital Lease Obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any sale and leaseback transaction).

 

“Maturity Date” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

 

“Net Available Cash” from any Asset Sale means cash payments received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only, in each case, as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Debt or other obligations or liabilities relating to the Property that is the subject of such Asset Sale or received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:

 

(a) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all U.S. Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Sale,

 

(b) all payments made on any Debt (but only if such Debt is secured by a Permitted Lien or constitutes Senior Debt) that is secured by any Property subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such Property, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

(c) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale,

 

(d) brokerage commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses (including, without limitation, any severance, pension or shutdown cost and fees and expenses of counsel, accountants, investment bankers and other financial advisors or consultants) related to such Asset Sale and

 

(e) the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the Property disposed in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post- employment benefit liabilities, liabilities relating to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale and any deductions relating to escrowed amounts.

 

“Non-Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Debt:

 

(a) as to which none of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary provides any guarantee or credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or

 

Page 20


instrument that would constitute Debt) or is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise) or as to which there is any recourse to the assets of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(b) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the Holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee of the Notes, collectively, by the Parent and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

“Notes” means the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 issued by the Company, including, without limitation, the Exchange Securities, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Notice of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

 

“Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest (including interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), penalties, fees, indemnification, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Debt.

 

“Offer Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(f).

 

“Offer Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(f).

 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum dated July 14, 2004 relating to the offering of Notes on the Issue Date.

 

“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the specified Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the specified Person and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

 

“Parent” means Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a Canadian corporation.

 

“Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

 

“Payment Blockage Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

“Payment Blockage Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.02(a).

 

“Payment Default” means any default which occurs and is

 

Page 21


continuing in the payment when due, whether at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, unpaid drawings for letters of credit issued in respect of, or regularly accruing fees with respect to, any Designated Senior Debt (including, without limitation, guarantees of the foregoing items which constitute such Senior Debt).

 

“Permitted Debt” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.09(b).

 

“Permitted Investment” means any Investment by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in:

 

(a) the Company, a Guarantor, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is merged or consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the primary business of such Restricted Subsidiary is a Related Business;

 

(b) cash or Temporary Cash Investments;

 

(c) receivables owing to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company, Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;

 

(d) payroll, travel, commission and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e) loans and advances to employees, directors and consultants made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided that such loans and advances do not exceed $1.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(f) stock, obligations or other securities received in settlement or good faith compromise of debts owing to the Company, or Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

 

(g) any Person to the extent such Investment represents non-cash consideration received in connection with an asset sale, including an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.12;

 

(h) the Notes and, if issued, any Additional Notes;

 

(i) Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Exchange Protection Agreements, Hedging Obligations and Commodity Price Protection Agreement, in each case permitted under Section 4.09;

 

(j) existence on the Issue Date and any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds such an Investment, provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed that amount replaced, refinanced or refunded and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;

 

(k) prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for deposit

 

Page 22


or collection and lease, utility and worker’s compensation, performance and other similar deposits provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) any Person where the consideration provided by the Company or a Guarantor consists solely of Capital Stock of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(m) Investments, including in joint ventures, in a Related Business that do not exceed $25.0 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate (with the amount of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(n) any Person where such Investment was acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company, a Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (2) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company, a Guarantor or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or such other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(o) negotiable instruments held for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p) guarantees by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of Debt otherwise permitted to be Incurred by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary under this Indenture and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.11; and

 

(q) other Investments made for Fair Market Value that do not exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(a) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 

(b) Liens securing Debt permitted to be Incurred under clause (b)(3) of Section 4.09, provided that any such Lien may not extend to any Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Property acquired, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Debt (or, in the case of Permitted Refinancing Debt, the Debt being Refinanced, or successively Refinanced with such Debt) and any improvements or accessions to such Property;

 

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary if the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

(d) Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as statutory Liens or landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’ s and mechanics’ Liens, in favor of customs or revenue authorities and other similar Liens, on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business and securing payment of obligations that are not more than 60 days past due or are being

 

Page 23


contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to customs, duties, bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(e) Liens on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a customary manner, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or the payment of the deferred purchase price of Property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of Property in the operation of the business of the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(f) Liens on Property at the time the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such Property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens shall not have been Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Property was acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(g) Liens on the Property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a direct or, prior to such time, indirect Subsidiary of such Person; provided, further, however, that any such Lien was not Incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(h) pledges or deposits by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases to which the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real Property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(j) any provision for the retention of title to any Property by the vendor or transferor of such Property which Property is acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary and for which kind of transaction it is normal market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(k) Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in an Event of Default,

 

Page 24


and any Liens that are customarily required to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceedings in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) Liens on and pledges of the Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(m) (1) mortgages, Liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any real property leased by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or similar agreements relating thereto and (2) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(n) Liens existing on the Issue Date; provided that the Liens securing the Existing Senior Notes shall cease to be Permitted Liens on the 30th day after the Issue Date;

 

(o) Liens in favor of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(p) Liens on the Property of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure any Refinancing of Debt (other than the Existing Senior Notes), in whole or in part, secured by any Lien described in the foregoing clause (f), (g) or (n); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured the Debt being Refinanced;

 

(q) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

 

(r) Liens in the form of licenses, leases or subleases granted or created by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which licenses, leases or subleases do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or individually or in the aggregate materially impair the use (for its intended purpose) or the value of the Property subject thereto; and

 

(s) Liens on Property of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries securing Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (16) of Section 4.09.

 

“Permitted Refinancing Debt” means any Debt that Refinances any other Debt that is Incurred in accordance with clause (a) of Section 4.09 or that is Incurred under clauses (2), (3), (5), (13) (other than any Existing Senior Notes) or previously Incurred under clause (15) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” including any successive Refinancings, so long as:

 

(a) such Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) not in excess of the sum of:

 

(1) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) and any accrued but unpaid interest then outstanding of the Debt being Refinanced, and

 

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, tender and defeasance costs, related to such Refinancing,

 

Page 25


(b) in the case of the Refinancing of term Debt, the Average Life of such Debt is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced,

 

(c) in the case of the Refinancing of term Debt, the final Stated Maturity of the Debt being Incurred is no earlier than the final Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced, and

 

(d) in the case of the Refinancing of Debt of the Company or a Guarantor:

 

(1) the new Debt shall not be senior in right of payment to the Debt being Refinanced; and

 

(2) if the Debt being Refinanced constitutes Subordinated Obligations of the Company or a Guarantor, the new Debt shall be subordinated to the Notes or the relevant Note Guarantee, as applicable, at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Obligations; provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include:

 

(x) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) that Refinances Debt of the Company or a Guarantor, or

 

(y) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Physical Notes” means certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A.

 

“Preferred Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

 

“Prepayment Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(d).

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend initially set forth on the Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes that are Restricted Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.

 

“pro forma” means, with respect to any calculation made or required to be made pursuant to the terms hereof, a calculation performed in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (to the extent not conflicting with such terms) Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act (as in effect on the Issue Date).

 

“Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any Person for any period, the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person on a pro forma basis, provided that if, since the beginning of the relevant period,

 

(a) (x) any Person was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or

 

Page 26


redesignated as or otherwise became a Restricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the applicable reference period, or (y) any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of the period shall have made any Investment in any Person or made any acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then in each case, Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation, Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and

 

(b) in the event that pro forma effect is being given to any Repayment of Debt, Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated as if such Person or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to Repay such Debt.

 

“Pro forma Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any period, Consolidated Interest Expense adjusted (without duplication) to give pro forma effect to any Incurrence of Debt that remains outstanding at the end of the period or any Repayment of Debt since the beginning of the relevant period as if such Incurrence or Repayment had occurred on the first day of such period.

 

If any Debt bears a floating or fluctuating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Debt shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating or fluctuating rate of interest on the date of determination were in effect for the whole period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Agreement had when entered into a term of at least 12 months or, if shorter, the term of the Debt). In the event the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold during the period, the Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been repaid during such period to the extent the Company and the continuing Guarantors and Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Debt after such sale.

 

“Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person. For purposes of any calculation required pursuant to this Indenture, the value of any Property shall be its Fair Market Value.

 

“Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(e).

 

“Purchase Money Debt” means Debt:

 

(a) consisting of the deferred purchase price of Property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement, other purchase money obligations and obligations in respect of industrial revenue bonds, in each case where the maturity of such Debt does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the Property being financed, and

 

(b) Incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or lease by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Property, including additions and improvements thereto;

 

provided, however, that such Debt is Incurred within 180 days after the acquisition, completion of the construction, addition or improvement or lease of such Property by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Page 27


“Qualified Equity Offering” means any public or private offering for cash of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent other than (i) public offerings of Capital Stock registered on Form S-8 or (ii) other issuances upon the exercise of options of employees of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or replacement for, such Debt. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Registrar” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

 

“Registration Rights” means the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers entered into in connection with the issuance of the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Debt, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Debt, in exchange or replacement for, such Debt. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

 

“Regulation S Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

 

“Related Business” means any business that is the same as or related, ancillary, incidental or complementary to the business of Parent, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or any reasonable extension, development or expansion of the business.

 

“Repay” means, in respect of any Debt, to repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, legally defease or otherwise retire such Debt with the effect that the Debt is no longer an obligation of the Person who had Incurred such Debt or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. “Repayment” and “Repaid” shall have correlative meanings. For purposes of Section 4.12 and the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” Debt shall be considered to have been Repaid only to the extent the related loan commitment, if any, shall have been permanently reduced in connection therewith.

 

“Representative” means the trustee, agent or other representative in respect of any Designated Senior Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Senior Debt.

 

“Required Filing Dates” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.

 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture or any other officer, to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s

 

Page 28


knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Restricted Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.21(c).

 

“Restricted Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

 

“Restricted Payment” means:

 

(a) any dividend or distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other Property) declared or paid by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary on or with respect to any shares of the Capital Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, except for (i) any dividend or distribution that is made solely to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis) or (ii) any dividend or distribution payable solely in shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Parent;

 

(b) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than from the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transactions) or securities exchangeable for or convertible into any such Capital Stock, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than for or into Capital Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not Disqualified Stock); provided that, notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value of any Disqualified Stock of the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary at its scheduled mandatory redemption date shall only constitute a Restricted Payment to the extent (and only to the extent) that the issuance of such Disqualified Stock increased the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(3);

 

(c) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement for value, prior to the date for any scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment payment, of any Subordinated Obligation (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation purchased in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other installment obligation, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition);

 

(d) any Investment (other than Permitted Investments and Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09) in any Person; or

 

(e) the issuance, sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary to a Person (other than the Company, a Guarantor or another Restricted Subsidiary) if the result thereof is that such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Subsidiary of the Company or a Guarantor, in which event the amount of such “Restricted Payment” shall be the Fair Market Value of the remaining interest, if any, in such former Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, payments with respect to the Existing Senior Notes Redemption shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

 

Page 29


“Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “Restricted Security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary of Parent as of the Issue Date and thereafter unless such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that the Company shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes hereof, except that the Company shall be deemed to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent for purposes of financial definitions contained herein (including the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Fixed Charged Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charges, Pro forma Consolidated EBITDA and Pro forma Consolidated Interest Expense) and for calculations pursuant thereto.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor rating agency.

 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, Incurred or assumed and any amendments, renewals, modifications, extensions, refinancings and refundings of such Debt, unless, in the case of any particular Debt, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such Debt shall be subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of such Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on and all other amounts owing by the Company or a Guarantor in respect of:

 

(1) all monetary obligations (including Guarantees thereof) of every nature of the Company or a Guarantor under, or with respect to, the Credit Facility, including, without limitation, obligations (including Guarantees) to pay principal, premium (if any), any interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and indemnities;

 

(2) all obligations under Interest Rate Agreements (including Guarantees thereof);

 

(3) all obligations under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements (including Guarantees thereof); and

 

(4) all obligations under Commodity Price Protection Agreements (including Guarantees thereof) in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include:

 

(1) any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor to Parent or a Subsidiary of the Parent;

 

Page 30


(2) any Debt to, or guaranteed on behalf of, any director, officer or employee, in such capacities of the Parent or any Subsidiary of the Parent (including, without limitation, amounts owed for compensation);

 

(3) Debt to trade creditors and other amounts Incurred (but not under the Credit Facility) in connection with obtaining goods, materials or services including, without limitation, accounts payable;

 

(4) obligations in respect of any Capital Stock including Disqualified Stock;

 

(5) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(6) that portion of any Debt Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that (x) as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative shall have received a certificate from an officer of the Company to the effect that the Incurrence of such Debt does not (or, in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the Incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provision of this indenture) and (y) any revolving Debt under the Credit Agreement Incurred in violation of such covenant as a result of the Incurrence of Senior Debt under any other Credit Facility providing for inventory or receivables financing shall not be excluded from Senior Debt so long as such revolving Debt was extended in good faith to the Company;

 

(7) Debt that, when Incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the issuer of such Debt;

 

(8) any Debt that is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Company or a Guarantor (including the Notes and the Note Guarantees); and

 

(9) any obligations under, or relating to, the Existing Senior Notes (by way of guarantee or otherwise).

 

“Senior Subordinated Debt” means (i) with respect to the Company, the Notes, and any other Debt of the Company that specifically provides that such Debt is to have the same rank as the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Debt or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Debt and (ii) with respect to any Guarantor, the Guarantees and any other Debt of such Guarantors that specifically provides that such Debt is to have the same rank as Guarantees of the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right or payment to any Debt or other obligation of such Guarantor which is not Senior Debt.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Parent within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission.

 

“Stated Maturity” means (a) with respect to any debt security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the

 

Page 31


happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer, unless such contingency has occurred) and (b) with respect to any scheduled installment of principal of or interest on any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on which such installment is due and payable.

 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Debt of the Company or any Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such entity’s Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

“Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, company (including any limited liability company), association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(a) such Person,

 

(b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or

 

(c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Unless otherwise specified, a “Subsidiary” shall mean a subsidiary of the Parent.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means a Guarantee on the terms set forth in Article Ten of this Indenture by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means (i) each Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Company) on the Issue Date and (ii) each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Parent (other than the Company) that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.18 hereof, in each case until such time as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released in accordance with Section 10.03.

 

“Surviving Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(1).

 

“Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22(a).

 

“Taxing Jurisdiction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22 (a).

 

“Temporary Cash Investments” means:

 

(a) any U.S. Government Obligation and Canadian Government Obligation, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by the United States, Canada or any member of the European Union or instrumentality or agency thereof, and constituting a general obligation of the United States or Canada;

 

(b) any certificate of deposit, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by, or time deposit of, a commercial banking institution that is a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System and that has combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $250 million, whose debt has a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in the case of Non-U.S. Guarantors of Parent, any local office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof which has a combined capital surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof));

 

Page 32


(c) commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and existing under the laws of the United States or Canada, any state, province or territory thereof or the District of Columbia with a rating, at the time as of which any investment therein is made, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P;

 

(d) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a commercial bank organized in the United States or Canada having capital and surplus and undivided profits in excess of $250 million: provided that the short-term debt of such commercial bank has a rating, at the time of Investment, of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-1” (or higher) according to S&P;

 

(e) repurchase obligations and reverse repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) or (b) entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above;

 

(f) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, province, commonwealth or territory of the United States or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A-1” by S&P or “P-1” by Moody’s;

 

(g) interests in funds investing substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (f); and

 

(h) interests in mutual funds with a rating of AAA- or higher that invest all of their assets in short-term securities, instruments and obligations which carry a minimum rating of “A-2” by S&P or “P-2” by Moody’s and which are managed by a bank meeting the qualifications in clause (b) above; provided that for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in Article Eleven and Section 4.21, the term “Temporary Cash Investments” shall not include obligations of the type referred to in clause (e), Canadian Government Obligations and obligations other than in U.S. dollars or of Persons outside the United States other than commercial banks.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03); provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(a) any Subsidiary of Parent that at the time of determination is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to Section 4.15 and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

 

(b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means any security issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the United States, or by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the government of the United States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the

 

Page 33


United States or any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary all the Voting Stock of which (except directors’ qualifying shares and shares required by a applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary) is at such time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent, as the case may be, and their other wholly owned Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture securityholder” means a Holder or Noteholder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“obligor on this indenture securities” means the Company, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

 

SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

 

(b) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(c) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(d) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

 

(e) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subsection;

 

(f) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(g) “$,” “U.S. Dollars” and “United States Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

 

Page 34


(h) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest, are, was or would be payable in respect thereof; and

 

(i) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal of, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.

 

The Trustee shall initially authenticate the Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $125 million upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited aggregate principal amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.09) for original issue upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated.

 

SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.

 

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Company is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, and Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit C. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.

 

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.

 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President or any Vice President. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

Page 35


No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.

 

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this Indenture and the Company may change the Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Company or a Guarantor may act as Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.

 

Each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or the Guarantors), and the Company and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law and in no event shall the Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder; provided that if the Company or an Affiliate thereof acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to the Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed.

 

Page 36


Upon making such payment, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, provided that, as long as the Trustee is the Registrar, no such list need be furnished.

 

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

 

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorneys duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall issue and execute and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes (and the Guarantors shall execute the Note Guarantee thereon) evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange. The Company or the Trustee may require from the Holder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06, 4.08, 4.12 or 8.05 (in which events the Company shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the redemption of Notes, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

Any Holder of the Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor the Company’s compliance with or have any responsibility with respect to the Company’s compliance with any Federal or state securities laws.

 

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.

 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors shall execute the Note Guarantee thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Company and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for the Company’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may

 

Page 37


charge the Company for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company.

 

If the Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, money sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or any other Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Guarantor, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.

 

Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall, upon the

 

Page 38


Company’s written request, deliver such canceled Notes to the Company. The Company may not reissue or resell, or issue new Notes to replace, Notes that the Company has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent permitted by law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment date. The Company shall fix such special record date and payment date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Company shall mail to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Number.

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number, and if so, such CUSIP number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any such CUSIP number used by the Company in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in the CUSIP number.

 

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.

 

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

 

(a) Rule 144A Notes shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Restricted Global Notes”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note,” and, together with the Restricted Global Note and any other global notes representing Notes, the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in Exhibit D. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of DTC or an Agent Member (or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Notes, of Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking Luxembourg (“Clearstream”)), (ii) be

 

Page 39


delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to Restricted Global Notes and Exhibit C with respect to Regulation S Global Notes.

 

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization (which may be in electronic form) furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and with respect to (x) or (y) the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository within 90 days of such notice or cessation, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of such Physical Notes in exchange for any or all of the Notes represented by the Global Notes or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository (in accordance with its customary procedures).

 

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Company authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

 

(d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Exhibit C, in each case, unless the Company determine otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

 

(f) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in

 

Page 40


another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(g) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.

 

(a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):

 

(1) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

 

(2) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.

 

(b) Transfers to Non-QIB, Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person:

 

(1) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue Date (provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date) or (y)(1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non- U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto and any legal opinions and certifications required thereby or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person, the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto;

 

Page 41


(2) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by Section 2.17(b)(i) and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures; whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred and (b) the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount; and

 

(3) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person, if the proposed transferee is a Participant, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.

 

(c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Company to such effect or (iii) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue Date (provided, however, that neither the Company nor an Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note or portion thereof at any time since the Issue Date).

 

(d) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

(e) Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange Offer Under the Registration Rights Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture:

 

(1) no Exchange Securities may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for a Note issued on the Issue Date;

 

(2) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes issued on the Issue Date being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall be due and payable on the next Interest Payment Date for the Exchange Securities following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on the relevant record date of the Exchange Securities issued in respect of the Note issued on the Issue Date being exchanged; and

 

(3) interest on the Note issued on the Issue Date being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on the date of completion of the Exchange Offer and interest on the Exchange Securities to be issued

 

Page 42


in the Exchange Offer shall accrue from the date of the completion of the Exchange Offer.

 

The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time during normal business hours and upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.

 

SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.

 

Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date, the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price, and deliver to the Trustee, no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 of the Notes. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that notice is given to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03.

 

SECTION 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed.

 

The Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. For redemptions pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be redeemed in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. In the event the Company is requested to make a Change of Control Offer or Offer to Purchase and the amounts available for any such offer is not evenly divisible by $1,000, the Trustee shall promptly refund to the Company any remaining funds, which in no event shall exceed $1,000.

 

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a notice of redemption by first- class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Page 43


The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP numbers thereof) and shall state:

 

(a) the Redemption Date;

 

(b) the appropriate calculation of the redemption price;

 

(c) if fewer than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued;

 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f) that unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(g) which subsection of paragraph 5 of the Notes is the provision of the Notes pursuant to which the redemption is occurring; and

 

(h) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed.

 

At the Company’s written request made at least five Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s sole expense.

 

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and provided, further, that if a Redemption Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. Such notice, if mailed in the manner provided in Section 3.03 shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

 

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease

 

Page 44


to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the first proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes.

 

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note surrendered except that if a Global Note is so surrendered, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Depository, a new Global Note in denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Global Note so surrendered.

 

SECTION 3.07. Other Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Section 4.08 and Section 4.12. The Company may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay such installment.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (including post- petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Company and each Guarantor hereby appoint the Trustee as their agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner

 

Page 45


relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04.

 

SECTION 4.03. Legal Existence.

 

Subject to Article Five, the Company and the Guarantors shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of each Restricted Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory), and franchises of the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to preserve any such right, franchise or (except in the case of the Company or Parent) the corporate, partnership or other existence of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if Company and Parent, in good faith, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company, the Guarantors and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

SECTION 4.04. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance; Compliance with Law.

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, at all times cause all material properties used or useful in the conduct of their respective businesses to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment, and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company and Parent may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.04(a) shall prevent the Company, the Guarantors or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the reasonable judgment of the Company and Parent, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole and not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

 

(b) The Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their material properties which are of an insurable nature insured against such loss or damage with insurers believed by Company and Parent to be responsible to the extent that Property of a similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like Properties in accordance with good business practice. Subject to the proviso in Section 4.04(a), the Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds from any such insurance policy to repair, replace or otherwise restore the Property to which such proceeds relate.

 

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of their Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or government rules and regulations to which they are subject, the non-compliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company, the Guarantors and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Page 46


SECTION 4.05. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate.

 

(a) The Company and Parent shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company and Parent, commencing with the Company’s and Parent’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2004 an Officers’ Certificate of each of the Company and Parent, one of the signers of each of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of each of the Company and Parent, as the case may be, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company, the Guarantors and any Restricted Subsidiary is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of Section 5.01 or Sections 4.01 to 4.22, inclusive, and if the Company or Parent shall be in default, specifying all such defaults, the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge and what action the Company and the Guarantors are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. Such determination shall be made without regard to notice requirements or periods of grace.

 

(b) The Company and Parent shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event no later than 10 Business Days after the Company or Parent becomes aware or should reasonably become aware of the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such Default or Event of Default, and the action which the Company or the Guarantors are taking or propose to take with respect to such Default or Event of Default.

 

(c) The Company and Parent shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement by the Company’s and Parent’s independent public accountants stating whether, in connection with their audit of the Company’s and Parent’s financial statements, any event which would constitute an Event of Default as defined herein insofar as they relate to accounting matters has come to their attention and, if such an Event of Default has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of the existence thereof.

 

SECTION 4.07. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company, the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits, capital or Property of the Company, the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries, and (2) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the Property of the Company and the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

Page 47


SECTION 4.08. Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”); provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has mailed the notice to exercise its right to redeem all the Notes under the terms of paragraph 5 of the Notes at any time prior to the requirement to consummate the Change of Control Offer and redeems the Notes in accordance with such notice.

 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, or, at the Company’s option, prior to the consummation of such Change of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Company shall send, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note register, a notice stating:

 

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred or will occur and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.08 and that all Notes timely tendered will be accepted for payment;

 

(2) the Change of Control Purchase Price and the purchase date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day and a point in time occurring after the consummation of the Change of Control and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;

 

(3) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding the Change of Control;

 

(4) if the notice is mailed prior to a Change of Control, that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on the Change of Control occurring and Notes will not be accepted for payment unless and until the Change of Control is consummated; and

 

(5) the procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment, and the procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

 

Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives, not later than one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, electronic mail or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note that was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased.

 

(c) Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to above, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company covenants to:

 

(1) repay in full all Obligations, and terminate all commitments,

 

Page 48


under the Credit Agreement and all other Senior Debt the terms of which require repayment upon a Change of Control or offer to repay in full all Obligations, and terminate all commitments, under the Credit Agreement and all other such Senior Debt and to repay the Obligations owed to (and terminate the commitments of) each lender that has accepted such offer; or

 

(2) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Agreement and all other such Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided above.

 

The Company shall first comply with the covenant contained in the preceding sentence before it shall be required to either repurchase Notes or send the notice pursuant to the provisions described above. The Company’s failure to comply with the covenant described in the second preceding sentence (and any failure to send the notice referred to in Section 4.08(b) as a result of the prohibition in the second preceding sentence) may (with notice and lapse of time) constitute an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(3) but shall not constitute an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(2).

 

(d) On or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) in cash an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price payable to the Holders entitled thereto, to be held for payment in accordance with this Section 4.08. On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company or its Agent shall deliver to the Trustee the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company for payment.

 

(e) The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Change of Control Payment Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder of the Change of Control Purchase Price. In the event that the aggregate Change of Control Purchase Price is less than the amount delivered by the Company to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) and Rule l4e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, including any applicable securities laws of the United States. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue of such compliance with these securities laws or regulations.

 

(g) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if another entity makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

 

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Debt.

 

(a) The Company and the Guarantors will not, and none of them will permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Debt; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may Incur Debt if the Parent’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been filed with the Commission or delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17 immediately preceding the date on which

 

Page 49


such Debt is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom for such four-quarter period), as if the additional Debt (including Acquired Debt) had been incurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period, with any letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have an aggregate principal amount of Debt equal to the maximum amount available thereunder and with revolving credit facility being deemed to be utilized only to the extent of amounts outstanding thereunder.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, any or all of the following Debt (collectively, “Permitted Debt”) may be Incurred at any time and without compliance with the immediately preceding paragraph:

 

(1) Debt of the Company or any Guarantor under a Credit Facility; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Debt under Credit Facilities shall not exceed the greater of (x) $275 million at any time outstanding less (i) the amount of any permanent mandatory repayments of principal of term loans made under a Credit Facility and (ii) the amount of any permanent mandatory repayments of principal of revolving loans made under a Credit Facility which was incurred under this clause (1) which are accompanied by a corresponding permanent commitment reduction, in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) which are made with Net Available Cash from Asset Sales as required as a result of a sale of assets and (y) the sum of (a) 60% of the book value of the inventory of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) 85% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2) the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and related Note Guarantees and any Notes and related Note Guarantees issued in exchange for the Notes (excluding any Additional Notes) and related Note Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(3) Debt of the Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Debt, provided that:

 

(i) the aggregate principal amount of such Debt (other than Permitted Refinancing Debt) secured thereby does not exceed the Fair Market Value (on the date of the Incurrence thereof) of the Property acquired, constructed or leased, and

 

(ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(3) and Permitted Refinancing of Debt Incurred and then outstanding in respect of Debt previously incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(3) does not exceed $25.0 million;

 

(4) Debt (1) of the Company owing to and held by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary, (2) of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Parent, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary and (3) of Parent owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issue or transfer of Capital Stock or other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Debt (except to Parent, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Debt by the issuer thereof not permitted by this Section 4.09(b)(4);

 

(5) Debt Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed by Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the time of acquisition of all or any portion of the assets (or any business or product line of another Person) (other than Debt Incurred

 

Page 50


in connection with or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by Parent or the Company); provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of all the Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(5) and Permitted Refinancing of Debt Incurred and then outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(5) does not exceed $25.0 million;

 

(6) Debt under Interest Rate Agreements entered into by Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its financial management and not for speculative purposes;

 

(7) Debt under Currency Exchange Protection Agreements entered into by Parent, Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of their financial management and not for speculative purposes;

 

(8) Debt under Commodity Price Protection Agreements entered into by Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its financial management and not for speculative purposes;

 

(9) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with (a) one or more letters of credit issued for their account in the ordinary course of business with respect to trade payables relating to the purchase of materials by such Persons and (b) other letters of credit, surety, performance, appeal or similar bonds, banker’s acceptances, completion guarantees or similar instruments issued in the ordinary course of business of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, including letters of credit or similar instruments pursuant to self-insurance and workers’ compensation obligations; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or other instrument, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; provided, further, that with respect to clauses (a) and (b) above, such Debt is not in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances;

 

(10) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary arising from netting services, the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument written in the ordinary course of business and drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Debt remains outstanding for seven Business Days or less;

 

(11) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor, or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from agreements for indemnification, purchase price adjustment obligations and earn-outs or other similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any Property and including by way of merger or consolidation; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such obligations shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Parent, the Company, a Guarantor, and any Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Fair Market Value of non-cash proceeds;

 

(12) Debt of Parent, the Company or a Guarantor consisting of a Guarantee of, or a Lien securing, Debt of Parent, the Company or a Guarantor; provided that such Debt constitutes Debt that is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, but subject to compliance with the other provisions described under Article Four;

 

(13) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that was outstanding on the Issue Date and is not otherwise

 

Page 51


described in Sections 4.09(b)(1) through (12) above or Section 4.09(b)(16) below; provided that in the case of Debt outstanding on the Issue Date consisting of the Existing Senior Notes, on or prior to the Issue Date, either (a) an irrevocable notice of redemption shall have been mailed to all holders of the Existing Senior Notes in accordance with the respective indentures governing the Existing Senior Notes or (b) waivers from all holders of the Existing Senior Notes shall have been received allowing for the redemption of the Existing Senior Notes on or before 30 days from the Issue Date and a notice of redemption relating thereto shall have been mailed to the holders of the Existing Senior Notes;

 

(14) Guarantees in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, franchisers and licensees;

 

(15) Permitted Refinancing Debt;

 

(16) Debt of Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person other than Parent, the Company or a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not in excess of $5.0 million; and

 

(17) Debt of Parent, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or the issuance of Disqualified Stock in a principal amount or liquidation value, as applicable, outstanding at any one time not to exceed $25.0 million in the aggregate for all such Debt and Disqualified Stock (which Debt may, but need not, be incurred, in whole or in part, under a Credit Facility).

 

For the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt permitted by this covenant or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.09(a), the Company in its sole discretion shall be permitted to classify on the date of its Incurrence, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such item of Debt in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09; provided that all outstanding Debt under the Credit Agreement at the time of the Existing Senior Notes Redemption shall be deemed to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b).

 

Debt permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Debt but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such Debt.

 

For the purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this covenant, (a) Guarantees, Liens, obligations with respect to letters of credit and other obligations supporting Debt otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount will not be included and (b) any Liens granted to the Holders of the Notes that are permitted by Section 4.11 will not be treated as Debt.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Debt, with respect to any Debt which is denominated in a foreign currency, the dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Debt Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Debt was Incurred, and any such foreign-denominated Debt may be Refinanced or replaced or subsequently Refinanced or replaced in an amount equal to the dollar equivalent principal amount of such Debt on the date of such refinancing or replacement whether or not such amount is greater or less than the dollar-equivalent principal amount of the Debt on the date of initial Incurrence.

 

If obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) and the letters of credit relate to other Debt, then such other Debt shall be deemed not Incurred.

 

Page 52


Neither the Company nor the Parent shall permit any Guarantor to Incur, directly or indirectly, any Debt that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Debt is Senior Subordinated Debt or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Debt. In addition, no Guarantor shall Guarantee, directly or indirectly, any Debt of the Company that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt unless such Guarantee is expressly subordinate in right of payment to, or ranks pari passu with, the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 

(a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall make, and none of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, any Restricted Payment if at the time of, and after giving effect to, such proposed Restricted Payment,

 

(1) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,

 

(2) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a), or

 

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made since the Issue Date (the amount of any Restricted Payment, if made other than in cash, to be based upon Fair Market Value) would exceed an amount equal to the sum of:

 

(i) 50% of the aggregate amount of Parent’s Consolidated Net Income accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ended prior to the date of such proposed Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available pursuant to Section 4.17 (or if the aggregate amount of cumulative Parent’s Consolidated Net Income for such period shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

 

(ii) 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds and cash capital contributions to the Parent after the Issue Date by a Person who is not the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, plus (without duplication)

 

(iii) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale after the Issue Date of convertible or exchangeable Debt or Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) together with the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such conversion or exchange, but excluding: (x) any such Debt issued or sold to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of its employees and (y) the aggregate amount of any cash or other Property distributed by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary upon any such conversion or exchange, plus (without duplication)

 

(iv) an amount equal to the sum of:

 

A. the net reduction in Investments in any Person other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, return of capital

 

Page 53


or other transfers, sales or liquidations of Property or any other disposition or repayment of such Investments, in each case to the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Person (other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary), less the cost of the disposition of such Investments; and

 

B. the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company, the Guarantors, and the Restricted Subsidiaries in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or other Person at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary or other Person is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the sum of (A) and (B) described in this Section 4.10(a)(3)(iv) shall not exceed the sum of the amount of Investments made prior to the date of determination (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company, the Guarantors, or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person, plus

 

(v) $5.0 million.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company or any Guarantor may:

 

(1) pay dividends on its Capital Stock within 60 days of the declaration thereof if, on said declaration date, such dividends could have been paid in compliance with this Indenture (such dividend to be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments at the time such dividend is declared);

 

(2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value Capital Stock of Parent, or options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of Parent, or Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock (other than any such Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock) issued or sold to the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of its employees and except to the extent that any purchase made pursuant to such issuance or sale is financed by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary) or a capital contribution to the Parent from a person other than the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from such exchange or sale shall not be included in the calculation pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(3)(ii);

 

(3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, legally defease, acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Permitted Refinancing Debt; provided that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, legal defeasance, acquisition or retirement shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(4) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of, or options to purchase shares of, Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor from their employees, former employees, directors or former directors, consultants or former consultants (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees, directors or former directors or consultants or former consultants), pursuant to the terms of agreements (including, without limitation, employment agreements) or plans or in each case amendments thereto approved by the Board of Directors of the Parent under which such

 

Page 54


individuals purchase or sell, or are granted the option to purchase or sell, shares of such Capital Stock; provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases and other acquisitions and dividends shall not be limited) shall not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year (any such amounts not used in a calendar year shall be available for use in any subsequent year) plus the proceeds of any “key man” life insurance policies that are used to make such repurchases of shares owned by the “key man” or his estate; provided, further, that such repurchase or other acquisition or dividend shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and the Capital Stock Sale Proceeds from such sales shall not be included in the calculation pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(3);

 

(5) make cash payments, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; provided that any such payments and dividends shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(6) repurchase Capital Stock to the extent such repurchase is deemed to occur upon a cashless exercise of stock options or warrants; provided that all such repurchases and dividends shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and no proceeds in respect of the issuance of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been received for the purposes of Section 4.10(a)(3)(ii);

 

(7) repurchase or redeem, for nominal consideration, preferred stock purchase rights issued in connection with any shareholder rights plan of Parent; provided that any such payments shall not be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(8) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, repurchase any Subordinated Obligations or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount or liquidation preference of such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock plus accrued and unpaid interest or dividends, as appropriate, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to a provision similar to Section 4.08 in the documents governing such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock; provided that prior to consummating any such repurchase, the Company has made the Change of Control Offer required by this Indenture and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer; provided, further, that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

(9) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, following an Asset Sale, to the extent permitted by Section 4.12, and using the Net Available Cash generated from such Asset Sale, repurchase any Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Guarantor at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount or liquidation preference of such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock plus accrued and unpaid interest or dividends, as appropriate, pursuant to a provision similar to Section 4.12 in the documents governing such Subordinated Obligation or Disqualified Stock; provided that prior to consummating any such repurchase, the Company has made the Prepayment Offer required by this Indenture and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection with such Prepayment Offer; provided, further, that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and

 

(10) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, make any other Restricted Payment which, together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 4.10(b)(10)

 

Page 55


since the Issue Date, does not exceed $25.0 million; provided that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

 

The amount of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be equal to the Fair Market Value thereof at the date of making such Restricted Payment.

 

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Liens.

 

(a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, and none of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens and Liens securing Senior Debt) upon any of its Property (including Capital Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and intercompany notes), or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom, unless:

 

(1) in the case of a Lien securing Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and the related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such Property or such interest therein or such income or profits therefrom that is senior in priority to the Lien securing such Subordinated Obligations for so long as such Subordinated Obligations are so secured; and

 

(2) in the case of a Lien securing Senior Subordinated Debt, the Notes and the related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such Property or such interest therein or profits therefrom for so long as such Senior Subordinated Debt is so secured.

 

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales.

 

(a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, and none of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

 

(1) the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale;

 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration paid to the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of (A) cash or Temporary Cash Investments; (B) the assumption by the purchaser of liabilities of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of such Guarantor) as a result of which the Company, the Guarantors, and the Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer obligated with respect to such liabilities; (C) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 90 days after receipt; (D) Properties to be used by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business or Capital Stock of an entity engaged in a Related Business so long as the receipt of such Capital Stock is a Permitted Investment or otherwise complies with Section 4.10; or (E) a combination of the consideration specified in clauses (A) through (D); and

 

(3) the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that such Asset Sale complies with the foregoing Sections 4.12(a)(1) and (2).

 

(b) The Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof) from Asset Sales may be applied by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the terms of any Debt):

 

Page 56


(1) to permanently prepay or permanently repay, repurchase or redeem any (i) Senior Debt (including any Obligations under the Credit Facility), (ii) Debt which had been secured by the assets sold in the relevant Asset Sale and (iii) Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, provided such Asset Sale is by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; or

 

(2) to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets with Net Available Cash received by the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

(3) a combination of repayment and reinvestment permitted by the foregoing Sections 4.12(b)(1) and (2).

 

(c) Pending the final application of the Net Available Cash (or any portion thereof), the Company, a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily repay Senior Debt or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in Temporary Cash Investments.

 

(d) Any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with Section 4.12(b) within 365 days from the date of the receipt of such Net Available Cash shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase (the “Prepayment Offer”) the Notes and any other Debt of the Company outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or a Note Guarantee and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to this Section 4.12 and requiring the Company to make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the same time as the Prepayment Offer, which offer shall be in the amount of the Excess Proceeds, on a pro rata basis according to principal amount (with the offer to purchase Notes to be in an aggregate amount equal to the Allocable Excess Proceeds), at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of over subscription) set forth herein. To the extent that any portion of the amount of Net Available Cash remains after compliance with the preceding sentence, the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary may use such remaining amount for any purpose not restricted by this Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset to zero.

 

The term “Allocable Excess Proceeds” will mean the product of:

 

(a) the Excess Proceeds and

 

(b) a fraction,

 

(1) the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and

 

(2) the denominator of which is the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, and (B) the aggregate principal amount of other Debt of the Company or a Guarantor outstanding on the date of the Prepayment Offer that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or a Note Guarantee, as the case may be, and subject to terms and conditions in respect of Asset Sales similar in all material respects to this Section 4.12 and requiring the Company or a Guarantor to make an offer to purchase such Debt at substantially the

 

Page 57


same time as the Prepayment Offer (subject to proration in the event that such amount is less than the aggregate offer price of all Notes tendered).

 

(e) Within 15 Business Days after the Company is obligated to make a Prepayment Offer as described in Section 4.12(d), the Company shall send a written notice, by first-class mail, to the Holders of Notes with a copy to the Trustee, accompanied by such information regarding the Company and the Guarantors as the Company in good faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision with respect to such Prepayment Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase price and the purchase date (the “Purchase Date”), which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed.

 

(f) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Prepayment Offer is delivered to the Holders of the Notes as provided in Section 4.12(e), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Prepayment Offer to holders of Notes (the “Offer Amount”), (ii) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Prepayment Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.12(b). On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in Temporary Cash Investments (other than in those enumerated in clause (b) of the definition of Temporary Cash Investments), maturing on the last day prior to the Purchase Date or on the Purchase Date if funds are immediately available by the opening of business, an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.12. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Prepayment Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Notes delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section 4.12.

 

(g) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, electronic mail or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note that was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on pro rata basis for all Notes (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

 

(h) At the time the Company or its agent delivers Notes to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.12.

 

Page 58


A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the Paying Agent mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

 

(i) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) and Rule 14e-1 of the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12, including any applicable securities laws of the United States. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.12, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof.

 

SECTION 4.13. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a) Neither the Company nor a Guarantor shall, and neither of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the right of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(2) pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

 

(3) make any loans or advances to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

(4) transfer any of its Property to the Company, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(b) The foregoing limitations will not apply:

 

(1) With respect to Sections 4.13(a)(1), (2), (3) and (4), to restrictions which are:

 

(A) in effect on the Issue Date (as such restrictions may be amended from time to time, provided that any such amendment is not materially more restrictive as to such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(B) imposed by the Notes or this Indenture, or by indentures governing other Debt the Company or a Guarantor Incurs (and, if such Debt is Guaranteed, by the guarantors of such Debt) ranking on a parity with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, provided that the restrictions imposed by such indentures are no more restrictive than the restrictions imposed by this Indenture;

 

(C) imposed by the Credit Agreement with respect to Debt permitted to be Incurred on or subsequent to the date of this Indenture (as such restrictions may be amended from time to time, provided that any such restriction is not materially more restrictive as to such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

(D) relating to Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such restriction was not created in connection with or in anticipation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or a Guarantor (as such restrictions may be amended from time to time in a manner not materially more restrictive as to such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

Page 59


(E) that result from the Refinancing of Debt Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in Section 4.13(b)(1)(A), (B) or (D) above; provided such restriction is no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes than those under the agreement evidencing the Debt so Refinanced when taken as a whole;

 

(F) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by leases or other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(G) any encumbrances or restrictions required by any foreign or governmental, local or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses in connection with any development grant made or other assistance provided to the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary by such governmental authority;

 

(H) customary provisions in joint venture or similar agreements or other arrangements with minority investors in Restricted Subsidiaries and customary provisions in Debt incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries organized outside the United States and Canada; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction is applicable only to such Restricted Subsidiary; and provided, further, that (i) the encumbrance or restriction is customary in comparable agreements and (ii) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the ability of the Company to make any anticipated payments of principal or interest on the Notes;

 

(I) customary restrictions contained in asset sale, stock sale, merger and other similar agreements limiting the transfer, disposition or distribution of such Property pending the closing of such sale, including any restriction imposed with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement to dispose of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(J) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder or in leases governing leasehold interests;

 

(K) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions of assets (including Capital Stock) by that Guarantor or that Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(L) restrictions on Debt Incurred by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such restrictions are then customary for Debt of such type Incurred in such jurisdiction; or

 

(M) restrictions resulting from any U.S. or foreign law, rule, regulation or order applicable to the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(2) With respect to Section 4.13(a)(4) only, to restrictions:

 

(A) relating to Debt that is permitted to be Incurred and secured without also securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11

 

Page 60


that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the Property securing such Debt;

 

(B) encumbering Property at the time such Property was acquired by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such restrictions relate solely to the Property so acquired and were not created in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition;

 

(C) resulting from customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of leases or customary provisions in other agreements that restrict assignment of such agreements or rights thereunder;

 

(D) imposed by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to or Lien on any Property of the Company or the relevant Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; or

 

(E) imposed under any Purchase Money Debt or Capital Lease Obligation in the ordinary course of business with respect only to the Property the subject thereof.

 

SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall, and neither of them shall permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or suffer to exis any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or exchange of any Property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company or of Parent (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or of Parent,

 

(2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $5.0 million, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent or, if there is only one disinterested director, such disinterested director determines that such Affiliate Transaction complies with Section 4.14(a)(1) of this covenant as evidenced in the minutes or other evidence of Board action, and

 

(3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments or value in excess of $20.0 million, the Company obtains a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the consideration to be paid or received in connection with such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary may make, engage in, enter into or suffer to exist the following:

 

(1) any transaction or series of related transactions between or among the Company, one or more Guarantors and/or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among two or more Guarantors or Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.10 or any Permitted Investment;

 

Page 61


(3) the payment of reasonable compensation (including awards or grants in cash, securities or other payments) for the personal services of officers, directors, consultants and employees of the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4) entering into, or adoption or modification or amendment to, or transaction or other arrangements or payments or reimbursements pursuant to employment agreements, collective bargaining agreements, employee benefit plans or arrangements for employees, officers or directors, including vacation plans, health and life insurance plans, deferred compensation plans, directors’ and officers’ indemnification arrangements and retirement or savings plans, stock option, stock ownership and similar plans so long as the Board of Directors of Parent or a committee thereof comprised of disinterested directors in good faith shall have approved the terms thereof;

 

(5) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees (or guarantees of third party loans to officers, directors or employees) made in the ordinary course of business, provided that such loans and advances do not exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

 

(6) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company, the Guarantors or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or are on terms no less favorable than might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; provided that such transactions are approved by a majority of disinterested directors of the Board of Directors of Parent or, if there is only one disinterested director, such director; and

 

(7) transactions pursuant to any agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as the same may be amended or replaced from time to time in any manner not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.15. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(a) By resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of Parent, any Subsidiary (or entity to become a Subsidiary) of Parent (other than the Company) may be designated to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if:

 

(1) the Subsidiary (or entity to become a Subsidiary) to be so designated does not (directly, or indirectly through its Subsidiaries) own any Capital Stock or Debt of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and does not have any Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt, and

 

(2) the Company would be permitted under Section 4.10 to make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary (or entity to become a Subsidiary). For the purposes of this provision, in the event the Fair Market Value of such assets exceeds $25.0 million, such Fair Market Value shall be determined by an Independent Financial Advisor.

 

Unless so designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Parent will be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceases to satisfy clause (a)(1) above, unless the Company is then able to redesignate such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Section 4.15, the Company shall be in default of this Section 4.15.

 

Page 62


(b) Except as provided in this Section 4.15, and except as otherwise set forth in the definition of an “Unrestricted Subsidiary,” no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. In addition, neither the Company, a Guarantor nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall at any time be directly or indirectly liable for any Debt that provides that the holder thereof may (with the passage of time or notice or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Debt, Lien or other obligation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary).

 

(c) By resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of Parent, any Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary if, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such designation,

 

(x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a), and

 

(y) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

 

(d) Any such designation or redesignation will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee the Board Resolutions giving effect to such designation or redesignation and an Officers’ Certificate of the Company that:

 

(a) certifies that such designation or redesignation complies with this Section 4.15, and

 

(b) gives the effective date of such designation or redesignation,

 

such filing with the Trustee to occur on or before the time financial statements are filed with the Commission or the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17 in respect of the fiscal quarter in which such designation or redesignation is made (or, in the case of a designation or redesignation made during the last fiscal quarter of the fiscal year, on or before the time financial statements in respect of such fiscal year are filed with the Commission or the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.17).

 

SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Company’s Business.

 

The Board of Directors and Officers of the Company will at all times be comprised of persons who are members of the Board of Directors and/or Officers of Parent. Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the business Parent is engaged in on the Issue Date or a Related Business.

 

SECTION 4.17. Reports.

 

Following the consummation of the Exchange Offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not the Company or Parent is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Parent will electronically file with the Commission, so long as the Notes are outstanding, the annual reports, quarterly reports and other reports that it would be required to file with the Commission pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) if the Parent were so subject, and such documents will be filed with the Commission on or prior to the respective dates below (the “Required Filing Dates”) by which the Parent would be required so to file such documents if it were so subject, unless, in any case, such filings are not then permitted by the Commission. In any event, Parent will file:

 

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as the Commission may in the future prescribe), annual reports on Form 20-F or 40-F, as applicable (or any successor form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor form), provided, however, in any event, such reports shall include audited year-end consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes of cash flow and a footnote with consolidating condensed financial information, if necessary) prepared in accordance with GAAP with a reconciliation of such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and

 

Page 63


(b) either:

 

(1) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters (or such shorter period as the Commission may in the future prescribe) of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q or

 

(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters (or such shorter period as the Commission may in the future prescribe) of each fiscal year, reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form), in the case of either clause (1) or (2) above, such reports shall include unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements (including a balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes of cash flows and a footnote with consolidating condensed financial information, if necessary) prepared in accordance with GAAP (in each case whether or not the Parent is required to file such forms under Canadian law or stock exchange requirements); and

 

(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event with respect to which Parent is required to file other reports on Form 6-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in any successor or comparable form); and

 

in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the Parent’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations. In addition, all financial statements, regardless of applicable requirements will, at a minimum, contain such information required to be provided in quarterly reports under the laws of Canada or any province, thereof to security holders of a company with securities listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange.

 

If such filings with the Commission are not then permitted by the Commission, or such filings are not yet required in accordance with the above paragraph or are not generally available on the Internet free of charge, the Company will, without charge to the Holders, within 15 days of each Required Filing Date, transmit by mail to Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note register, and file with the Trustee copies of the annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports that the Parent would be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act if it were subject to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) and, promptly upon written request, supply copies of such documents to any prospective holder or beneficial owner at the Company’s or Parent’s cost.

 

So long as any of the Notes remain restricted under Rule 144, the Parent will make available upon request to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

Page 64


Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

SECTION 4.18. Future Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

The Company or Parent shall cause (1) each Person that becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary organized in the United States or Canada following the Issue Date to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Note Guarantee at the time such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (2) each Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (whether in existence on the Issue Date or created or acquired thereafter), which has Guaranteed or which Guarantees any other Debt of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Guarantees by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of another Foreign Restricted Subsidiary), to execute and deliver to the Trustee a Note Guarantee pursuant to which such non-guarantor Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of our obligations under the Notes on the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Indenture.

 

The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent) will be released if:

 

(1) such Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of the indenture; or

 

(2) in connection with the sale (including, by way of amalgamation, consolidation or merger) of that number of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such sale complies with Section 4.12.

 

In addition, in the event a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date solely because it Guarantees other Debt, then upon the full and unconditional release of the Guarantee of such other Debt (provided that the Trustee is given two Business Days’ written notice of such other release) and so long as the respective Subsidiary would not at such time be required to be a Guarantor under clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant, such Guarantee of such Guarantor shall also be released.

 

If the Parent acquires or creates another entity having a direct or indirect ownership interest of the Company after the Issue Date, then the newly acquired or created entity will become a Guarantor.

 

SECTION 4.19. Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of the Company.

 

The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary to, issue, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Capital Stock of the Company to any Person other than to the Parent or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 4.20. Payment for Consents.

 

Neither the Company nor the Parent will, and each of them will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Page 65


SECTION 4.21. Use of Proceeds.

 

(a) The Company will use the net cash proceeds received by it from the issuance of the Notes as follows:

 

(1) $78.1 million of the proceeds therefrom will be deposited in the Restricted Account (as defined herein),

 

(2) a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes will be used by the Company on the Issue Date to repay in full the Existing Bank Agreement and to pay related transaction costs, and

 

(3) the remainder of the proceeds therefrom will be retained by the Company for liquidity purposes and advanced from time to time to Parent and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the period following the Issue Date and prior to the consummation of the Existing Senior Notes Redemption.

 

(b) The Existing Senior Notes Redemption shall be required to occur on or prior to the 30th day after the Issue Date. On the Issue Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee the sum of $78.1 million in immediately available funds, which funds shall be held by the Trustee, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

(c) Until the Existing Senior Notes Redemption occurs (or until the 30th day after the Issue Date, or sooner), the Trustee shall invest and reinvest the funds deposited in the Restricted Account and any interest or income earned thereon in The AIM Government and Agency Portfolio, Private Class Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall have the power to sell or liquidate the foregoing investments whenever the Trustee shall be required to release all or any portion of the funds pursuant to this covenant.

 

(d) The Company shall establish and maintain or cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee, a segregated account (the “Restricted Account”) with the proceeds as described in Section 4.21(b) and release such funds as provided in Section 4.21(e). However, neither the Trustee nor the Holders of the Notes will have a security interest in such account.

 

(e) The Company shall have the power to direct the Trustee to release the proceeds of the Restricted Account to the Company upon providing an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that:

 

(1) substantially concurrently with such release of funds, the Existing Senior Notes Redemption will occur, as a result of which all then outstanding Existing Senior Notes will be redeemed in full (together with any accrued and unpaid interest and related call premiums), and

 

(2) proceeds are then available and being borrowed pursuant to the Credit Facility in amounts which, when aggregated with proceeds available from the Restricted Account and other cash on hand of the Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall provide sufficient funds to consummate the Existing Senior Notes Redemption and make all payments contemplated by preceding clause (1).

 

In the event that the release of proceeds does not occur as contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence on or prior to the 30th day after the Issue Date, then the Trustee shall from time to time invest all proceeds in the Restricted Account in Temporary Cash Investments at the written direction of the Company, and shall apply the funds in the Restricted Account to the payment of any amounts from time to time owing pursuant to the Notes, the Note Guarantees and/or this Indenture.

 

Page 66


All risk of loss on any investments in the Restricted Account, or made with proceeds from time to time on deposit therein, shall be borne by the Company.

 

SECTION 4.22. Additional Amounts.

 

(a) All payments made under or with respect to a Note Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, levies, duties, fees, assessments or other governmental charges of whatever nature (including interest and penalties) (“Taxes”) imposed, levied, collected or assessed by or on behalf of any taxing authority within any jurisdiction, other than the United States, in which a Guarantor is organized or engaged in business (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction) (a “Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless a Guarantor is required by the Taxing Jurisdiction to withhold or deduct Taxes under its law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.

 

(b) Subject to Section 4.22 (c) below, if a Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct or if a Guarantor is otherwise required to pay any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Taxing Jurisdiction which amount would otherwise be included in any payment made under or with respect to any Note Guarantee, then such Guarantor will (i) make such withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law, and each holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) shall receive such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the amount actually received (after any additional withholding or deduction in respect thereof) by each such person will not be less than the amount such person would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted or paid. The Company or a Guarantor will make reasonable efforts to obtain from the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment to such Taxing Jurisdiction of any Taxes so withheld or deducted or paid. The Company or a Guarantor will furnish to a Holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note), within 60 days after the date the payment of any Tax so withheld or deducted is due pursuant to applicable law, either a certified copy of tax receipts evidencing such payment by a Guarantor or, if such receipts are not obtainable, other evidence of such payment by a Guarantor.

 

(c) No Additional Amounts will be paid to a Holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) with respect to any Tax which (i) would have not been imposed, payable or due but for the existence of any present or former connection between such person and the Taxing Jurisdiction other than the mere holding of such Note, or (ii) is imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of such person to comply with certification, information or other requirements concerning such person if such compliance is required or imposed by a statute, treaty or regulation or administrative practice of the Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax.

 

(d) If a Guarantor fails to withhold or deduct or pay any amount required to be withheld or deducted or paid under Section 4.22(b) above, then provided that reasonable supporting documentation is submitted by such person to the Company or such Guarantor, the Company and each Guarantor will, upon written request of a holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note), pay to such person an amount necessary for such person to receive (after any additional withholding or deduction in respect thereof) the amount of any Taxes which

 

Page 67


such Guarantor failed to withhold or deduct or pay, but which were directly paid by such person to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. Additionally, if a Guarantor is not required to withhold or deduct or pay any Taxes under Section 4.22(b) above, but a Holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) is required under the law of the applicable Taxing Jurisdiction to directly pay any Taxes (e.g., Self-Assessed Withholding Taxes for Canadian federal tax purposes), then subject to Section 4.22(c) above and provided that reasonable supporting documentation is submitted by such person to the Company or such Guarantor, the Company and each Guarantor will, upon written request of such person, reimburse such person an amount necessary for such person to receive (after any additional withholding or deduction in respect thereof) the amount of any Taxes which such Guarantor was not required to withhold or deduct or pay, but which were directly paid by such person to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. Any amount due to a Holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) under this Section 4.22(d) shall be considered an Additional Amount.

 

(e) All obligations of each Guarantor to pay any Additional Amounts as described above in Section 4.22(b) are hereby fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by the Company. The obligations of the Company described in this Section 4.22 (including without limitation those described in the immediately preceding sentence) shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by each Guarantor pursuant to the Note Guarantee.

 

(f) At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to a Note Guarantee is due and payable, if a Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, then the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holder of a Note (or the beneficial owner of, or person ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Note) on the payment date. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal of, premium, if any, interest or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(g) In addition, the Company will pay any stamp, issue, registration, documentary, value added or other similar taxes or duties (including interest and penalties) due and payable in the United States or Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of such jurisdiction), in respect of the creation, issue, offering, or execution of the Notes, the Note Guarantees, and any documentation with respect to the foregoing.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Property.

 

(a) Neither the Company nor Parent shall effect an arrangement or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary into the Company or Parent) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of related transactions, unless:

 

(1) the Company or Parent, as the case may be, shall be the

 

Page 68


surviving Person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company or Parent) formed by such arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made which is substituted for the Company as the issuer of the Notes or, in the case of Parent, as a Guarantor, shall be a corporation (in the case of the issuer of the Notes) or a corporation, limited liability company, trust, partnership or similar entity (in the case of a Guarantor) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or, in the case of Parent, under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof;

 

(2) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company or Parent) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal amount of the Notes, any accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by such Person or (y) all obligations under the relevant Note Guarantee, as appropriate;

 

(3) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this Section 5.01(a)(3) and Section 5.01(a)(4) and (5) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person or a Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of related transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis, the Company or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to Section 4.09(a);

 

(5) the Surviving Person shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereof comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied; and

 

(6) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a beneficial owner of a Note will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease, and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax and Canadian federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease had not occurred.

 

The Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, Parent or the Company, as the case may be, and may exercise every right and power of its predecessor under this Indenture.

 

(b) None of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall effect an arrangement or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its Property in any one transaction or series of related transactions (other than (i) a merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into, or a

 

Page 69


transfer of its assets to, another Guarantor or the Company, or a merger of a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) into such Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) an arrangement or merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor in connection with the sale of such Subsidiary Guarantor to a non-Affiliate third party that does not become an Affiliate as a result of such transaction and is otherwise permitted under this Indenture, (iii) any transaction which constitutes an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.12 or (iv) a merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is organized in any state of the United States or Canada with no material assets or liabilities and which merger is solely for the purpose of reincorporating such person in another jurisdiction in the United States or Canada, as the case may be) unless:

 

(1) the Surviving Person (if not such Subsidiary Guarantor) formed by such arrangement, merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation, limited liability company, trust, partnership or similar entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or the same jurisdiction of such Subsidiary Guarantor or in the case of Parent or Canadian Guarantors, under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof;

 

(2) the Surviving Person (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) expressly assumes, by Subsidiary Guarantee in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual performance and observance of all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

(3) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating, for purposes of this clause (3) and clauses (4) and (5) below, any Debt that becomes, or is anticipated to become, an obligation of the Surviving Person, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction or series of related transactions as having been Incurred by the Surviving Person, the Company or such Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction or series of related transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions on a pro forma basis, the Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt under Section 4.09(a);

 

(5) the Company and Parent shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and such Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, in respect thereof comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied;

 

(6) the provisions of the foregoing paragraphs shall not apply to (i) any transaction which constitutes an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.12 or (ii) a merger of the Company or Parent or a Subsidiary Guarantor with an Affiliate that is organized in any state of the United States or Canada with no material assets or liabilities and which merger is solely for the purpose of reincorporating such person in another jurisdiction in the United States or Canada; and

 

(7) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a beneficial owner of a Note will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax

 

Page 70


purposes as a result of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and Canadian federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the ease if such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer or lease had not occurred.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, the Company (or any successor of the Company formed by such arrangement or merger or consolidation or amalgamation) shall be a corporation organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted.

 

Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either the Company, Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.01 above, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power the Company, Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company, Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary herein, and thereafter the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

 

The following events shall be Events of Default:

 

(1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal or premium amount of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, optional redemption, required repurchase or otherwise;

 

(3) a breach of any covenant or agreement in the Notes or in this Indenture (other than a failure that is the subject of the foregoing Section 6.01(1), or (2)) and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice demanding that such default be remedied is given to the Company as specified in this Section 6.01 (except in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.01, Section 5.02 and Section 4.21, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement);

 

(4) a default by the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Debt of the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that results in acceleration of the final stated maturity of such Debt (which acceleration is not rescinded, annulled or otherwise cured within 30 days of receipt by Parent, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of notice of any such acceleration), or the failure to pay any such Debt at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof), in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10 million;

 

(5) Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or

 

Page 71


within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A) commences a voluntary insolvency proceeding or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary insolvency proceeding or consents to its dissolution or winding-up;

 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; provided, however, that the liquidation of any Restricted Subsidiary into Parent, the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, other than as part of a credit reorganization, shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 6.01(5);

 

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A) is for relief against any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary insolvency proceeding;

 

(B) appoints a Custodian of any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(C) orders the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

(D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise reorganization of any of Parent, the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(E) grants any similar relief under any Bankruptcy Law or foreign laws;

 

and in each such case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days;

 

(7) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (net of any amount covered by insurance issued by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage or reserved rights with respect to the underlying claim) in excess of $10 million at the time are entered against the Company, Parent or any Significant Subsidiary and shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment becomes final and nonappealable;

 

(8) (a) a Parent Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee from a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Guarantee) or (b) either the Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee; or

 

(9) the failure to effect the Existing Senior Notes Redemption on or prior to the 30th day after the Issue Date.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is

 

Page 72


effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

A Default under Section 6.01(3) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding notify the Company (and in the case of such notice by Holders, the Trustee) of the Default and such Default is not cured within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.”

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company shall immediately notify the Trustee if a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or Parent is convened to consider any action mandated by a petition for debt settlement proceedings or bankruptcy proceedings. The Company or Parent shall also promptly advise the Trustee of the approval of the filing of a debt settlement or bankruptcy petition prior to the filing of such petition.

 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.

 

(a) If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) and (6) with respect to the Company, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the registered Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company, the Representative under the Credit Agreement (if any amounts are outstanding thereunder) and the Trustee specifying the applicable Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same:

 

(1) shall become immediately due and payable; or

 

(2) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Agreement and five business days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice.

 

(b) In case an Event of Default resulting from Section 6.01(5) and (6) with respect to the Company, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary shall occur, such amount with respect to all the Notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes. After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the registered Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances and all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07 and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in either

 

Page 73


Section 6.01 (5) or (6), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

(c) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(4) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the payment Default or other Default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(4) shall be remedied or cured or waived by the Holders of the relevant Debt within the grace period applicable to such Default provided for in the documentation governing such Debt and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived and (3) all the other amounts due to the Trustee have been paid.

 

(d) Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to Section 7.07, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes.

 

No Holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or Trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the registered Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered reasonable indemnity to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee; and

 

(3) the Trustee shall not have received from the registered Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note.

 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any

 

Page 74


of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. Any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee may be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provisions for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Company.

 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default.

 

Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Company and the Trustee, except a Default (1) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

 

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of the Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of the Notes.

 

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

 

No Holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy hereunder unless:

 

(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to institute such proceeding or to pursue such remedy as trustee;

 

(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;

 

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

 

(5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.

 

Page 75


However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Note on or after the respective due date expressed in such Note.

 

SECTION 6.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 6.08. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

SECTION 6.09. Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid.

 

SECTION 6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its Property and, unless prohibited by law, shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other Property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes thereof

 

Page 76


in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 6.11. Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

 

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and

 

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.11.

 

SECTION 6.12. Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.08 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

 

(a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1) The Trustee need perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture.

 

(2) In the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements

 

Page 77


of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate, subject to the requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable.

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b).

 

(2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes received by it pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(4) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, Sections 7.01(a), (b), (c) and (e) shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee.

 

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company or any Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law.

 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

 

Subject to Section 7.01:

 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may request an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

 

Page 78


(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed by it with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters relating to the Notes or this Indenture shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.

 

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books records, and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

 

(j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not suspended.

 

(k) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company, any Guarantor or by any Holder of the Notes; and

 

(l) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

Page 79


SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with either of the Company or any Guarantor, or any Affiliate thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes, Note Guarantee or this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in any Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 to be supplied to the Company will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein.

 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs in the manner and to the extent provided in the TIA and otherwise as provided in this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default in payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

 

If required by TIA Section 313(a), within 60 days after May 15 of any year, commencing 2005 the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c) and TIA Section 313(d).

 

Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail:

 

(1) to all Holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and

 

(2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee for that purpose.

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

 

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation for their services hereunder (which

 

Page 80


compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as shall be agreed upon in writing. The Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by them in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external counsel, except any expense disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall fully indemnify each of the Trustee, Agent and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee or such Agent) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The Trustee or Agent shall notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any claim (a “Claim”) of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge asserted against the Trustee or Agent for which it may seek indemnity; provided that the failure by the Trustee or Agent to so notify the Company and the Guarantors shall not relieve the Company and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the Company and the Guarantors are actually prejudiced thereby. In the event that a conflict of interest exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel, which counsel must be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

To secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or Property held or collected by the Trustee and such money or Property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

 

The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be joint and several liabilities of the Company and each of the Guarantors and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include any trustee appointed pursuant to this Article Seven.

 

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

 

The Trustee shall comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA, to the extent applicable.

 

Page 81


The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company and the Guarantors in writing no later than 15 Business Days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Company and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

 

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 or Section 310 of the TIA;

 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its Property; or

 

(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, the Guarantors or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company and the Guarantors. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07, transfer all Property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, subject to Section 7.10, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided such entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven.

 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee (together with its corporate parent) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b), including the provision in Section 310(b)(1).

 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

Page 82


The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents.

 

The Company shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12:

 

(A)

 

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the Trustee;

 

(2) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and

 

(3) that it will give the Trustee written notice within three (3) Business Days of any failure of the Company (or by any obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable.

 

(B) The Paying Agent shall comply with all U.S. withholding tax, backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, with respect to any payments under the Notes or hereunder (including the collection of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 and W-9 and the filing of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms 1042, 1042-S and 1099.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

 

SECTION 8.01. Without Consent of Holders.

 

Without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture to:

 

(a) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency,

 

(b) comply with Section 5.01 and Section 5.02,

 

(c) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes,

 

(d) add additional Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes,

 

(e) secure the Notes,

 

(f) add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors,

 

(g) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes in any material respect,

 

Page 83


(h) comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act,

 

(i) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture, including the issuance of Additional Notes as restricted securities under the Securities Act and substantially identical Additional Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer registered with the Commission, or

 

(j) evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that a beneficial owner of a Note will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of an amendment or amendments described in Section 8.01(c), (d), (e) and/or (f), as applicable, and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax and Canadian federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such amendment or amendments, as applicable, had not been made.

 

SECTION 8.02. With Consent of Holders.

 

(a) This Indenture may be amended by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent of the registered Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may also be waived (except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest and under 8.02(b) below) with the consent of the registered Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

(b) However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note, no amendment may,

 

(1) reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,

 

(2) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,

 

(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note,

 

(4) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note,

 

(5) impair the right of any Holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or the Note Guarantees,

 

(6) release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or the Parent from its obligations under the Note Guarantees or this Indenture other than pursuant to terms of this Indenture, or (B) release any security interest that may have been granted in favor of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture,

 

(7) modify the provisions of Section 4.08 or the related definitions at any time on or after the Company is obligated to make a Change of Control Offer, or

 

Page 84


(8) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in a manner which adversely affects the Holders.

 

(c) The consent of the Holders of the Notes shall not be necessary to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

 

(d) After an amendment that requires the consent of the Holders of Notes becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to each registered Holder of the Notes at such Holder’s address appearing in the security register a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

 

(e) Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a board resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 8.06, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 8.01 and 8.02, without the consents of the requisite lenders under the Credit Agreement, no amendment may be made to the subordination provisions described in Article Eleven.

 

SECTION 8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

SECTION 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

(a) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note.

 

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

SECTION 8.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the

 

Page 85


Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions).

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 9.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.

 

(a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and related Note Guarantees, issued hereunder when:

 

(i) either (x) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non- callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; or (y) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto, other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the guaranteeing of any lien securing such borrowing;

 

(iii) the Company and the Guarantors have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by them under this Indenture; and

 

(iv) in the event of a deposit as provided in clause (i)(y) above, the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

Page 86


In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

(b) Subject to Sections 9.01(c) and 9.02, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (“Legal Defeasance”), including those respecting 2.04, 2.07 and 2.08 and obligations under the TIA. The Company at any time may terminate (i) its and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 4.08 through Section 4.20; (ii) Sections 6.01(4), (5), (6) (with respect only to the Significant Subsidiaries and Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of Sections 6.01(5) and (6)), (7) and (8); and (iii) Sections 5.01(a)(4) and (b)(4) (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with any covenant referred to in clause (i) above will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance option.

 

(c) If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its Covenant Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(3) (with respect to the covenants listed under Sections 9.01(b) (i) and (iii)), Sections 6.01(4), (5), (6), (7) or (8) (with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in the case of Sections 6.01 (4), (5), (6), (7) or (8)). If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option, the Guarantors will be released from all their obligations under their respective Guarantees.

 

(d) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

 

(e) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 4.22, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 4.22, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive.

 

SECTION 9.02. Conditions to Defeasance.

 

The Legal Defeasance option or the Covenant Defeasance option may be exercised only if:

 

(a) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from an internationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(c) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default described in Section 6.01(5) and (6) occurs with respect to Parent or the Company or any other Person making such deposit which is continuing at the end of the period;

 

Page 87


(d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto, other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the guaranteeing of any lien securing such borrowing;

 

(e) such deposit does not constitute a default under the Credit Agreement or any other material agreement or instrument binding on the Company;

 

(f) in the case of the Legal Defeasance option, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that:

 

(1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or

 

(2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

(3) to the effect, in either case, that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and Canadian federal income and withholding tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

 

(g) in the case of the Covenant Defeasance option, the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax or Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax and Canadian federal income and withholding tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(h) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes have been complied with as required by this Indenture.

 

SECTION 9.03. Deposited Money and Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.02(a) in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.02(a) or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a request of

 

Page 88


the Company any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.02(a) which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

SECTION 9.04. Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01; provided that if the Company or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 9.05. Moneys Held by Paying Agent.

 

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.02(a), to the Company upon a request of the Company (or, if such moneys had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

 

SECTION 9.06. Moneys Held by Trustee.

 

Any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid to the Company (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a request of the Company, or if such moneys are then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust, such moneys shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors, either mail to each Holder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.04, or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, New York, a notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company or the Guarantors or the release of any money held in trust by the Company or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

Page 89


ARTICLE TEN

 

GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee.

 

The obligations of the Company pursuant to the Notes and this Indenture will be fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Parent (the “Parent Guarantee”), each Restricted Subsidiary of Parent on the Issue Date (other than the Company) organized under the laws of any State or territory in the United States or in Canada or any province or territory thereof, and by all other Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent organized outside the United States or Canada which guarantee other Debt of the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (except for Guarantees by Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations of another Foreign Restricted Subsidiary) (the “Subsidiary Guarantees” and collectively with the Parent Guarantee, the “Note Guarantees”). The Guarantors will guarantee to each Holder (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on each Note, including additional interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations (including without limitation those pursuant to Section 4.22 hereof) and due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note, this Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement, any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Company with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor.

 

Each Note Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by each specific Guarantor after giving effect to all of its other contingent and fixed liabilities (including, without limitation, all of its obligations under or with respect to Senior Debt) without rendering such Note Guarantee, as it relates to the applicable Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. A court could also subordinate a Note Guarantee to all other Debt (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the relevant Note Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such Debt, a Guarantor’s liability on its Note Guarantee could be reduced to zero.

 

Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Debt evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal thereof, premium (if any) and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this

 

Page 90


Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

 

The Subsidiary Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be released pursuant to Section 4.18 or Section 10.03.

 

In the event that Parent (or any other Canadian Guarantor) pays amounts in accordance with its Note Guarantee, in satisfaction of any amounts that may reasonably be regarded as being attributable to interest payable under the Notes, such amounts may be subject to non-resident withholding tax at a rate determined pursuant to the Income Tax Act (Canada) and any applicable income tax treaty to which Canada is a party. Each Guarantor has agreed to gross up any payment made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.22.

 

All obligations of each Guarantor to pay any Additional Amounts as described above and in Section 4.22 (and the guarantee thereof by the Company pursuant to Section 4.22(e)) are hereby jointly and severally guaranteed by each other Guarantor (and have been guaranteed by the Company pursuant to Section 4.22(e)).

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of any Holder under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

 

All obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be subordinated in accordance with Article Eleven.

 

SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

To further evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees, on the Issue Date, that a notation of such Note Guarantee, substantially in the form included in Exhibit F hereto, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee on the Issue Date and such Note Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer or an Officer of a general partner, as the case may be, of each Guarantor. In the event a Guarantor becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.18, such Guarantor will be required to execute a supplemental indenture to this Indenture and a Note Guarantee, in accordance with Section 4.18 and this Article 10.02, to the extent applicable. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

 

If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee executed in accordance with this Section 10.2 set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

Page 91


SECTION 10.03. Release of Guarantors.

 

The Note Guarantee of any Guarantor (other than Parent) will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any of the following:

 

(A) such Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

 

(B) in connection with the sale (including, by way of amalgamation, consolidation or merger) of that number of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor such that such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of Parent or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such sale complies with Section 4.12.

 

and in each such case, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transactions have been complied with and that such release is authorized and permitted hereunder.

 

In addition, in the event a Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date solely because it Guarantees other Debt, then upon the full and unconditional release of the Guarantee of such other Debt (provided that the Trustee is given two Business Days’ written notice of such other release) and so long as the respective Subsidiary would not at such time be required to be a Guarantor under Section 4.18, such Guarantee of such Guarantor shall also be released.

 

The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Article Ten.

 

SECTION 10.04. Waiver of Subrogation.

 

Until all the obligations under the Notes and the Guarantees are satisfied in full, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other Property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.04 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

SECTION 10.05. Notice to Trustee.

 

The Company or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company or any such Guarantor which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Note Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of

 

Page 92


this Article Ten or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Note Guarantees, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company no later than one Business Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, and subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.05 at least one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such payment may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it less than one Business Day prior to such date.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

SUBORDINATION

 

SECTION 11.01. Notes Subordinated to Senior Debt.

 

The Debt evidenced by the Notes will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and Debt evidenced by the Note Guarantees will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the respective Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the Note Guarantees will:

 

  rank pari passu in right of payment with all other existing and future senior subordinated Debt of the Company and the Guarantors;

 

  rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future Debt of the Company and the Guarantors that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the Notes or Note Guarantees, as applicable; and

 

  be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments of all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company and the Guarantors, including their obligations and guarantees of obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Holders of the Notes may receive or accept payments under a Note Guarantee at a time when they are not entitled to receive payment under the Notes.

 

This Article Eleven shall constitute a continuing benefit to all Persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt and such holders are made obligees hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions.

 

SECTION 11.02. Suspension of Payment When Senior Debt Is in Default.

 

(a) The Company may not make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligation on, or relating to, the Notes or this Indenture or acquire the Notes for cash or property or otherwise and no Guarantor may make any payment or distribution of any kind or character with respect to any Obligation on, or relating to, its Note Guarantees or this Indenture or acquire the Notes for cash or property or otherwise if:

 

(1) a payment default on any Senior Debt (including upon any acceleration of the maturity thereof) occurs and is continuing; or

 

Page 93


(2) any other Default on Designated Senior Debt occurs that permits holders of Designated Senior Debt to accelerate the maturity thereof and the Trustee receives a notice of such Default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt.

 

Payments on the Notes or any Note Guarantee may and shall be resumed:

 

(1) in the case of a payment Default upon the date on which such Default is cured or waived or will have ceased to exist; and

 

(2) in the case of a Non-Payment Default upon the earliest of (x) the date on which such Non-Payment Default is cured or waived or will have ceased to exist (so long as no other Default exists), (y) 180 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless such Designated Senior Debt shall have been accelerated and such acceleration has not been rescinded, and (z) the date on which the Trustee receives notice thereof from the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice.

 

(b) The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any 360-day period, regardless of the number of Defaults with respect to such period.

 

(c) No known Default (other than a payment Default) that existed upon the commencement of a Payment Blockage Notice (whether or not such Event of Default is on the same Designated Senior Debt) shall be made the basis for the commencement of any other Payment Blockage Notice, unless such Default has been cured or waived or will have ceased to exist for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days subsequent to the commencement of such initial Payment Blockage Notice (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants for a period commencing after the date of delivery of such initial Payment Blockage Notice that in either case would give rise to a Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Default for this purpose).

 

(d) The obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constitute Senior Subordinated Debt. As such, the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payment by a Guarantor pursuant to a Guaranty will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments of all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Company’s obligations under the Notes apply equally to a Guarantor and the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

 

(e) Unsecured Debt is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt merely because it is unsecured or because the secured debt receives priority in respect of asset sales, cash flows or other prepayments, and Debt which has different security priorities in the same security will not be deemed subordinate or junior to secured Debt no matter what the differences are.

 

(f) No provision contained in this Indenture or the Notes will affect the Company’s obligation, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the Notes when due. The subordination provisions of this Indenture and the Notes will not prevent the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under this Indenture or limit the rights of the Trustee or any Holder to pursue any other rights or remedies with respect to the Notes (subject, however, to the rights, if any, of the Holders of Senior Debt thereunder in respect of cash or other property received upon the exercise of any such remedy).

 

Page 94


(g) By reason of the subordination provisions contained in this Indenture, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency proceeding of the Company, the Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor, Holders of the Notes may recover less, ratably, than creditors of the Company, the Parent or a Subsidiary Guarantor who are holders of Senior Debt.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of the subordination provisions described in this Section 11.02 will not apply to payments of money or of U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, held in trust (and deposited at a time when permitted by the subordination provisions described above) by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and otherwise in accordance with the provisions under Article Nine.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on information regarding amounts then due and owing on the Senior Debt, if any, received from the holders of Senior Debt (or their Representatives) or, if such information is not received from such holders or their Representatives, from the Company and only amounts included in the information provided to the Trustee shall be paid to the holders of Senior Debt.

 

Nothing contained in this Article Eleven shall limit the right of the Trustee or the Holders to take any action to accelerate the maturity of the Notes and all other Obligations owing under the Notes pursuant to Article Six or to pursue any rights or remedies hereunder (subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Eleven, of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, Property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy); provided that all Senior Debt thereafter due or declared to be due shall first be paid in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment of any kind or character with respect to Obligations owing on, or with respect to, the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.03. Obligations Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization of Company.

 

(a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of either the Company or any Guarantor or its Property of any kind or character, whether in cash, Property or securities, to creditors upon any total or partial liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets of the Company or any Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding relating to the Company or any Guarantor or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all Obligations in respect of Senior Debt of the Company or such Guarantors due or to become due shall first be paid in full in cash, Temporary Cash Investments or any other consideration acceptable to the holders of such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy or other like proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt whether or not such interest is an allowed claim in any such proceeding), before any payment or distribution of any kind or character is made on account of any Obligations on, or with respect to, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable, or for the acquisition of any of the Notes for cash or Property or otherwise. Upon any such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization, receivership or similar proceeding, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company or any Guarantor of any kind or character, whether in cash, Property or securities, to which the Holders or the Trustee would be entitled, except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Company or any Guarantor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders or by the Trustee if received by it, directly to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or such Guarantors (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of such Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or

 

Page 95


trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt of the Company or such Guarantor remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Debt.

 

(b) To the extent any payment of Senior Debt (whether by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or similar law, then, if such payment is recovered by, or paid over to, such receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person, the Senior Debt or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

 

It is further agreed that any diminution (whether pursuant to court decree or otherwise, including without limitation for any of the reasons described in the preceding paragraph) of the Company’s obligation to make any distribution or payment pursuant to any Senior Debt, except to the extent such diminution occurs by reason of the repayment (which has not been disgorged or returned) of such Senior Debt in cash or Temporary Cash Investments, shall have no force or effect for purposes of the subordination provisions contained in this Article Eleven, with any turnover of payments as otherwise calculated pursuant to this Article Eleven to be made as if no such diminution had occurred.

 

(c) In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company or any Guarantor of any kind or character, whether in cash, Property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or any Holder when such payment or distribution is prohibited by Section 11.02 or this Section 11.03, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amount of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their respective Representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of such Senior Debt.

 

SECTION 11.04. Payments May Be Paid Prior to Dissolution.

 

Nothing contained in this Article Eleven or elsewhere in this Indenture shall prevent (i) the Company or any Guarantor, except under the conditions described in Sections 11.02 and 11.03, from making payments at any time for the purpose of making payments of principal of and interest on the Obligations owing under the Notes, or from depositing with the Trustee any monies for such payments, or (ii) in the absence of actual knowledge by the Trustee that a given payment would be prohibited by Section 11.02 or 11.03, the application by the Trustee of any monies deposited with it for the purpose of making such payments of principal of, and interest on, the Obligations owing under the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto unless at least one Business Day prior to the date upon which such payment would otherwise become due and payable the Trustee shall have actually received the written notice provided for in Section 11.12, Section 11.02(a)(2) or in the last sentence of this Section 11.04 (provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders receiving any payments made in contravention of Sections 11.02 and/or 11.03 (and such payments) shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 11.03). The Company shall give

 

Page 96


prompt written notice to the Trustee of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor, although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein.

 

SECTION 11.05. Holders To Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of Senior Debt.

 

Subject to the payment in full in cash or Temporary Cash Investments of all Senior Debt, the Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, Property or securities of the Company or any Guarantor applicable to the Senior Debt until the Obligations owing under the Notes shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no such payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Debt by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor, or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this Article Eleven, which otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall, as between the Company and the Guarantors and the Holders, be deemed to be a payment by the Company or the respective Guarantor to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article Eleven are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

 

SECTION 11.06. Obligations Unconditional.

 

(a) Nothing contained in this Article Eleven or elsewhere in this Indenture is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders, the Obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders the principal of and any interest on the Notes and all other Obligations owing hereunder as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent any Holder or the Trustee on its behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Eleven, of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, Property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

(b) Nothing contained in this Article Eleven or elsewhere in this Indenture is intended to or shall impair, as among any Guarantor, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders, the Obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional to pay (pursuant to its Note Guarantee) to the Holders the principal of and any interest on the Notes and all other Obligations owing hereunder as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of such Guarantor other than the Holders of Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent any Holder or the Trustee on its behalf from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Eleven of the Holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, Property, or securities of such Guarantor received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

 

SECTION 11.07. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

 

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Designated Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative.

 

Page 97


Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company or any Guarantor referred to in this Article Eleven, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or similar case or proceeding is pending, or upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Debt of the Company or such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Eleven. Nothing in this Article Eleven shall apply to the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee in its capacity as such under or pursuant to Section 7.07. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of, or other representative of, such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Debt or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder.

 

In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that any evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Eleven, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Eleven, and if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

SECTION 11.08. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Company, any Guarantor or Holders of Senior Debt.

 

No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as provided herein shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or any Guarantor, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company or any Guarantor with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

 

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt or Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Eleven or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, any Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner any Senior Debt, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any Property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing any Senior Debt; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, any Guarantor or any other Person.

 

SECTION 11.09. Holders Authorize Trustee To Effectuate Subordination of Obligations.

 

Each Holder authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between

 

Page 98


the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the subordination provided in this Article Eleven, and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purposes, including, in the event of any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization or similar proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of credits or otherwise) tending towards liquidation of the business and assets of the Company or any Guarantor, the filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of its Obligations owing under the Notes (and/or the Note Guarantees) and accrued interest in the form required in those proceedings.

 

If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim or claims, then the holders of the Senior Debt or their Representative shall have the right to file and are or is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations owing under the Notes or the Note Guarantees or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee or the holders of Senior Debt or their Representative to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 11.10. This Article Eleven Not To Prevent Events of Default.

 

The failure to make a payment on account of principal of or interest on the Obligations owing under the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article Eleven will not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 11.11. Acceleration of Notes.

 

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration; provided that any delay or failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the subordination provisions described in this Article Eleven.

 

SECTION 11.12. Notice to Trustee; Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

 

The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee or any Holder in respect of the Notes or under any Note Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of this Article Eleven although any delay or failure to give any such notice shall have no effect on the subordination provisions contained herein. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Eleven or any other provision of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, and (in the absence of actual knowledge that the respective payment will violate the applicable provisions of this Article Eleven) the Trustee and such Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall have received, at least three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article Eleven (although the receipt of such payment shall otherwise be subject to the applicable provisions of this Article Eleven). Only the Company, a Guarantor, a holder of Senior Debt or a Representative thereof may give the notice. Nothing in this Article Eleven shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee in its capacity as such under or pursuant to Section 7.07. Nothing in this Section 11.12 is intended to or shall relieve any Holder of Notes from the obligations imposed under Sections

 

Page 99


11.02 and 11.03 with respect to other distributions received in violation of the provisions hereof. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to holders of such Senior Debt and the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Debt if it shall pay over or deliver to the Holders of the Notes, the Company, or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Debt shall be entitled to by virtue of this Article Eleven or otherwise.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified. If any provision of this Indenture excludes any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture.

 

The provisions of TIA Sections 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

 

SECTION 12.02. Notices.

 

Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and when received if delivered in person, when receipt is acknowledged if sent by facsimile, on the next Business Day if timely delivered by a nationally recognized courier service that guarantees overnight delivery or two Business Days after deposit if mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company and/or the Guarantors:

 

Intertape Polymers US Inc.

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

With a copy to:

 

Shutts & Bowen LLP

300 S. Orange Avenue, Suite 1000

Orlando, Florida 32810

Fax: (407) 425-8316

Telephone: (407) 423-3200

Attn: J. Gregory Humphries, Esq.

 

If to the Trustee, Registrar or Paying Agent:

 

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Fax: (302) 636-4145

Telephone: (302) 636-6016

Attn: Corporate Trust Services

 

Page 100


Such notices or communications shall be effective when received and shall be sufficiently given if so given within the time prescribed in this Indenture.

 

The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

 

SECTION 12.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (except for the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date), the Company or such Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.

 

Each certificate (other than certificates provided pursuant to Section 4.06) and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(a) a statement that the Person delivering such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

Page 101


(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of Holders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 12.07. Legal Holidays.

 

A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which (i) commercial banks in the City of New York are authorized or required by law to close or (ii) the New York Stock Exchange is not open for trading. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 12.08. Governing Law.

 

This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are governed by the internal laws of the State of New York without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

 

SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company, Parent or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 12.10. Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee, any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

SECTION 12.11. Multiple Counterparts.

 

The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 12.12. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service; Waiver of Immunity.

 

Parent and each of the Guarantors that is organized outside the United States revocably appoints Corporation Service Company as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees and for actions brought under federal or state securities laws in any federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and submits to such non- exclusive jurisdiction.

 

To the extent that the Company or any Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process

 

Page 102


(whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, each of the Company and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Indenture or under the Notes or Note Guarantees.

 

SECTION 12.13. Conversion of Currency.

 

The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture:

 

(a) (i) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “judgment currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

 

(ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

 

(b) In the event of the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and/or this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars due or contingently due under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and/or this Indenture (other than under this Section 12.13(b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this Section 12.13(b), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

 

(c) The obligations contained in Section 12.13(a)(ii) and (b) shall constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under Section 12.13(b) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise any of them. In the case of Section 12.13(b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

 

Page 103


(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Citicorp North America, Inc. (or its relevant affiliate(s)) at its central foreign exchange desk at its head office in New York at 12:00 noon New York time for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

 

(e) The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing this Section 12.13.

 

SECTION 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 12.15. Separability.

 

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

Page 104


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and year first written above.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

CFO, Secretary,

Vice President Administration

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

CFO, Secretary, Vice President Administration

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


Name:

 

Victor DiTommaso

Title:

 

President

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Vice President Finance

 

Page 105


IPG HOLDINGS LP

By:

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

IPG FINANCE LLC

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

President

IPG (US) INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


Name:

 

Victor DiTommaso

Title:

 

Vice President Finance

IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


Name:

 

Victor DiTommaso

Title:

 

Vice President Finance

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

INTERTAPE INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


Name:

 

Victor DiTommaso

Title:

 

Vice President Finance

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

President

CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

 

Page 106


UTC ACQUISITION CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

President

INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

President

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


Name:

 

Victor DiTommaso

Title:

 

Vice President Finance

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

President

COIF HOLDING INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

FIBC HOLDING INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

FIBOPE PORTUGUESA-FILMES BIORIENTADOS S.A.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Director

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Chairman

 

INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS, S.A. DE C.V.

By:

 

/s/Jim Bob Carpenter


Name:

 

Jim Bob Carpenter

Title:

 

President, Attorney-in-Fact

 

Page 107


INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES, S.A. DE C.V.

By:

 

/s/Jim Bob Carpenter


Name:

 

Jim Bob Carpenter

Title:

 

President, Attorney-in-Fact

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

By:

 

/s/James D. Nesci


Name:

 

James D. Nesci

Title:

 

Authorized Signer

 

Page 108


EXHIBIT A

CUSIP

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

No.                                                                                                                                                                         $

 

$                                                  8  1 / 2 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2014

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $ on August 1, 2014.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Page 109


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

By:

Name:

Title:

 

Page 110


Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the 8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

By:

 

 


   

Authorized Officer

 

Page 111


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

8  1 / 2 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2014

 

1. Interest. INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 8  1 / 2 % per annum. Interest hereon will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including July 28, 2004 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on each February 1 and August 1, commencing February 1, 2005.* Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay to the Paying Agent principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Company, the Company will, or cause to be paid by the Paying Agent, all principal, interest and Additional Interest (as defined herein), if any, on the Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions. All other payments on the Notes will be made at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar unless the Company elects to make interest payments by check mailed to the Holders at their address set forth in the register of Holders.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wilmington Trust Company (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 


* With respect to Additional Notes, Interest will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the date such Additional Notes are issued.

 

Page 112


4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”) between the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them. Each Holder of a Note agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption. Except as set forth in the next succeeding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to August 1, 2009. Starting on that date, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Notes, at any time or from time to time, after giving the required notice under the Indenture. The Notes may be redeemed at the redemption prices set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). The following prices are for Notes redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on of the years set forth below, and are expressed as percentages of principal amount:

 

Redemption Year


   Price

 

        2009

   104.250 %

        2010

   102.833 %

        2011

   101.417 %

        2012 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

(b) In addition, from time to time prior to August 1, 2007, the Company may redeem up to a maximum of 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture prior to such date, with the proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, at a redemption price equal to 108.5 % of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture prior to such date remains outstanding. Any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of such Qualified Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice.

 

(c) At any time prior to August 1, 2009, the Notes may also be redeemed or purchased, by or on behalf of the Company, in whole, or any portion thereof, at the Company’s option (a “Pre-2009 Redemption”), at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption or purchase pursuant to such Pre-2009 Redemption (the “Pre-2009 Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such Pre-2009 Redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Pre- 2009 Redemption Date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of such price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any Pre-2009 Redemption Date, the excess of (A) the present value at such Pre-2009 Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on August 1, 2009 (as set forth in the table above); plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Notes through August 1, 2009, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Pre-2009 Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Pre-2009 Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly

 

Page 113


available at least two Business Days prior to such Pre-2009 Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period such Pre-2009 Redemption Date to August 1, 2009, provided, however, that if the period from such Pre-2009 Redemption Date to August 1, 2009 is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such Pre-2009 Redemption Date to August 1, 2009 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

Any notice to Holders of the Notes of a Pre-2009 Redemption hereunder shall include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but shall not be required to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Pre-2009 Redemption Date.

 

(d) The Trustee will select Notes called for redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 on a pro rata basis as set forth in the Indenture; provided that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 hereto become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest stops accruing on Notes or portions of them called for redemption as, and to the extent, provided in Section 3.05 of the Indenture.

 

6. Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not be conditional. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Company shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

 

8. Registration Rights. (a) Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) and subject to the further limitations and conditions set forth therein, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for Notes which have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having substantially identical terms as the Notes.

 

(b) If (i) within 90 days after the Issue Date of the Notes, neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor, if required by Section 3(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Registration Rights Agreement, any Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; (ii) within 150 days after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective as required by Section 2(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement; (iii) within 180 days after the Issue Date of the Notes, neither the Registered Exchange Offer has been consummated nor, if required to be filed pursuant to section 3(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective; (iv) within 60 days of the day on which the obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement

 

Page 114


pursuant solely to Section 3(a)(iii) of the Registration Rights Agreement, such Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission; or (v) after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or fails to be usable (subject, in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement, to the exceptions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement) in connection with resales of Notes or Exchange Securities in accordance with and during the periods specified in Section 2 and 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (v), a “Registration Default”), “Additional Interest” (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) will accrue on the terms and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately preceding the redemption of Notes, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person.

 

12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee (if a party thereto) may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, omissions, defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, providing for the assumption by a successor to the Company of its obligations under the Indenture and making any change that does not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected.

 

13. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company, the Guarantors and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Debt, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its Capital Stock, make certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to the Company or Guarantors from any Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, use proceeds from the sale of the Notes, expand into unrelated businesses, create liens or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Guarantors and its Restricted Subsidiaries and requires the Company to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Company and Parent must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

14. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the

 

Page 115


transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations.

 

15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) of the Indenture with respect to the Company, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the registered Holders of not less than 25% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, may, and the Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare due and payable, if not already due and payable, the principal of and any accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes by notice in writing to the Company, the Representative under the Credit Agreement (if any amounts are outstanding thereunder) and the Trustee specifying the applicable Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same (a) shall immediately become due and payable; or (b) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration of the Credit Agreement and five business days after receipt by the Company and the Representative under the Credit Agreement of such Acceleration Notice. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) of the Indenture occurs with respect to the Company, Parent or a Significant Subsidiary, then the principal of and any accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes shall immediately become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests.

 

16. Trustee Dealings with Company. Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee.

 

17. No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. No past, present or future director, officer, employee or stockholder of any of the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees, the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes and Note Guarantees by accepting a Note and a Note Guarantee waives and releases all such liabilities. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

 

18. Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

 

19. Guarantees. The Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees, including Additional Amounts, made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

 

Page 116


20. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The Trustee, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture or the Notes.

 

22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34219

Fax: 407-425-8316

Telephone: (941) 727-5788

Att: Chief Financial Officer

 

With a copy to:

 

Shutts & Bowen LLP

300 S. Orange Avenue, Suite 1000

Orlando, Florida 32801

Fax: (407) 425-8316

Telephone: (407) 423-3200

Att: J. Gregory Humphries, Esq.

 

Page 117


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 


(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 


(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint:

 

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 
   Your Signature:  

 


             (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:


 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Page 118


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES

IN THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in the principal amount of this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange


  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount of this

Global Note


  

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount of this

Global Note


  

Principal Amount of this

Global Note

following such

increase or

decrease


  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee


______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

______________________

   _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

 

Page 119


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

 

?     Section 4.08                 ?     Section 4.12

 

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

$                                          

    (multiple of $1,000)

 

Date:                                          
   

Your Signature:

  

 


         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 


        
Signature Guaranteed         

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Page 120


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR 144A SECURITIES AND

OTHER SECURITIES THAT ARE RESTRICTED SECURITIES]

 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER:

 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501 (A) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”);

 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULES 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND

 

(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING.

 

Page 121


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR 144A SECURITIES AND

OTHER SECURITIES THAT ARE RESTRICTED SECURITIES]

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 


(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 


(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint:

 

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

[Check One]

 

¨ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

 

or

 

¨ (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

 

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Date:                     

   Your Signature:   

 


          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:                                                               

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Page 122


TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, the transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Rule 144A Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

Dated:                     

  
           NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

Page 123


EXHIBIT C

 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER:

 

(1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501 (A) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”);

 

(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULES 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION; AND

 

(3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING.

 

Page 124


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 


(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 


(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint:

 

Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent

may substitute another to act for him.

 

[Check One]

 

¨ (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.

 

or

 

¨ (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

 

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Date:                     

   Your Signature:  

 


         (Sign exactly as your name (appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:                                                               

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Page 125


Exhibit C

Page 3    

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED

 

The transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or such transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

Dated:                     

  
           NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

Page 126


EXHIBIT D

 

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]

 

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Page 127


EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered

in Connection with Transfers

Pursuant to Regulation S

 

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19840

 

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

 

  Re: Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation,

as issuer (the “Company”), 8  1 / 2 % Senior

Subordinated Notes Due 2014 (the “Notes”)

 

Dear Sirs:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $             aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a U.S. person or to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

 

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


 

Page 128


EXHIBIT F

 

SENIOR SUBORDINATED GUARANTEES

 

Each of the undersigned (the “Guarantors”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture dated as of July 28, 2004 by and among Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, including additional interest, on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations (including without limitations those pursuant to Section 4.22 of the Indenture) and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are (x) expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and (y) subordinated as set forth in Article Eleven of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Note Guarantee and the subordination

terms applicable hereto. Each Holder of the Note to which this Note Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.

 

Each Note Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor after giving effect to all of its other contingent and fixed liabilities (including, without limitation, all of its obligations under or with respect to Senior Debt) without rendering such Note Guarantee, as it relates to the applicable Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

[Signatures on Following Pages]

 

Page 129


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Note Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG HOLDINGS LP

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG FINANCE LLC

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Page 130


IPG (US) INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INTERTAPE INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

UTC ACQUISITION CORP.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Page 131


INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

COIF HOLDING INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

FIBC HOLDING INC.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   
FIBOPE PORTUGUESA-FILMES BIORIENTADOS S.A.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Page 132


INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS, S.A. DE C.V.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES, S.A. DE C.V.

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

 

EXHIBIT G

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR]

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

 

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

 

Re: 8  1 / 2 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”), between Intertape Polymer US Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $              million aggregate principal amount of:

 

[    ] a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

[    ] a Definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales of the Senior Subordinate Notes under Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of

 

Page 133


Regulation S under the Securities Act, (D) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, (E) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company) or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. We further understand that any subsequent transfer by us of the Notes or beneficial interest therein acquired by us must be effected through one of the Placement Agents.

 

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 


[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 


Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Dated:                              ,         

 

Page 134

Exhibit 4.2

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

$125,000,000 8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York

July 28, 2004

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

    As Representative of the Initial Purchasers

    named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes, among other things, to issue and sell to the several initial purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you are acting as representative (the “Representative”), $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated July 14, 2004 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial placement of the Notes (the “Initial Placement”). The Notes will be guaranteed (the “Guarantees”), fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by Intertape Polymer Group Inc. (“Parent”), the ultimate parent company of the Company, and other guarantors named in Schedule II hereto (collectively with the Parent, the “Guarantors”), as required under the Indenture (as defined herein). References herein to the “Securities” refer to the Notes and the Guarantees collectively. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Issuers (as defined herein) hereby agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the registered holders from time to time of Securities and Exchange Securities (as defined herein) (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and, together, the “Holders” for as long as such Person holds Securities), as follows:

 

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement (as defined herein), the following defined terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Affiliate” of, or Person “affiliated” with, any specified Person shall mean any that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agreement” shall mean this Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 28, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

 

“Authorized Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 20 hereof.

 

Page 1


“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in The City of New York or in Montreal, Canada.

 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Conduct Rules” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) hereof.

 

“Deferral Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(k) (ii) hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the up to 180-day period following the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Exchange Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Issuers identical in all material respects to the Securities and representing the same underlying indebtedness (except that the additional interest provisions, the transfer restrictions and the restrictive legends shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and to be issued under the Indenture.

 

“Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer) for Exchange Securities.

 

“Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated July 14, 2004 relating to the Securities, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date.

 

“Guarantees” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Holder(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, to be dated as of the original issuance of the Securities, among the Issuers and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, as amended, amended and restated or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Page 2


“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(q)(ii).

 

“Issue Date” shall mean July 28, 2004.

 

“Issuers” shall mean the Company and the Guarantors.

 

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities and Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Registration Statement.

 

“Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement.

 

“NASD” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) hereof.

 

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.

 

“Private Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(f) hereof.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the Exchange Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the Issuers to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, as evidence of the same underlying indebtedness, an identical aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those that have been (A) registered under a Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith or (B) distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission and (ii) any Exchange Securities, resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.

 

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.

 

Page 3


“Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.

 

“Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the Exchange Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Representative” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuers prepared and filed with the Commission pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any successor or similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

 

“Trustee” shall mean Wilmington Trust Company, the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

 

“underwriter” shall mean any Person deemed an “underwriter,” under the Act, of Securities or Exchange Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Issuers (i) shall use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and, not later than 90 days following the Issue Date (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act not later than 150 days following the Issue Date (or if such 150th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for Exchange Securities representing the same underlying indebtedness (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in and has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities, is not a broker-dealer tendering Securities directly acquired from any Issuer for its own account and is not prohibited by any law, interpretation or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.

 

Page 4


(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:

 

(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

 

(iii) use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of Exchange Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;

 

(iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee;

 

(v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York City time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open by sending to the entity specified in the Prospectus, a facsimile or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of the Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder’s election to have such Securities exchanged;

 

(vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if requested by the Commission, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co. Incorporated (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuers have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuers’ information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities; and

 

(vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws relating to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:

 

(i) accept for exchange all Securities duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and letter of transmittal, which shall be an exhibit thereto;

 

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) hereof all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of Exchange Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder (and representing the

 

Page 5


same underlying indebtedness) so accepted for exchange; provided that in the case of any Securities held in global form by a depository, authentication and delivery to such depository of one or more replacement Securities in global form in an equivalent amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.

 

(e) Each Holder, by tendering Securities for exchange for Exchange Securities, acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co. Incorporated (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in Shearman & Sterling (pub. avail. July 2, 1993) and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction and must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Items 507 and 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, under the Act if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from any Issuer or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers in writing (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Registered Exchange Offer) that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:

 

(i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Act; and

 

(iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer.

 

(f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the Person purchasing Exchange Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, a like principal amount of the Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”) of the Company that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Securities except for the placement of a restrictive legal legend on such Private Exchange Securities. The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such Private Exchange Securities as for Exchange Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

3. Shelf Registration. (a) If: (i) due to any change in law, applicable interpretations thereof or changes in policy by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 150 days, or the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180 days, after the Issue Date; or (iii) prior to the 20th day following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (A) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities (or Private Exchange Securities) that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (B) any Holder

 

Page 6


(other than an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer; or (C) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires Private Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 and 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, under the Act in connection with sales of Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely tradeable;” and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of Exchange Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Issuers shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 3(b) hereof. The obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement under Section 3(a)(iii) shall be deemed to arise on the later of the 90th day after the Issue Date or the day the Issuers receive notice relating to a Section 3(a)(iii) Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(b) (i) The Issuers shall as promptly as reasonably practicable (but in no event more than 30 days after so required or requested pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or (ii) and no more than 60 days after so required pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)), file with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act (within 90 days after so required or requested pursuant to Section 3(a)), a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by a majority of such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3(b) shall require the filing of a Shelf Registration Statement prior to the deadline for filing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement set forth in Section 2(a); provided, further, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided, further, that with respect to Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuers may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Items 507 and 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(ii) The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or cease to be outstanding (in any such case, such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep a Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby

 

Page 7


not being able to use such Shelf Registration Statement to offer and sell such Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by the Commission, applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Issuers in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Issuers’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof.

 

4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a) the Issuers shall:

 

(i) furnish to each of you or your counsel, not less than three Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, and each amendment thereto and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (and upon written request, all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use their reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably propose within a reasonable time prior to such filing;

 

(ii) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, to the extent permitted by the Act, include the information in substantially the form set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in substantially the form set forth in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in substantially the form set forth in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in substantially the form set forth in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; and

 

(iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders and the applicable information required by Items 507 and 508 of Regulation S-K as provided by the Holders.

 

(b) The Company shall ensure that:

 

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and

 

(ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(c) The Issuers shall advise you, the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to any Issuer a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

 

(i) when a Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

 

Page 8


(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

 

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;

 

(iv) of the receipt by any Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and

 

(v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided that such notice need not identify the reasons for such event that requires such change in the Registration Statement.

 

(d) The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the Securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time.

 

(e) The Issuers shall furnish to each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post- effective amendment thereto, including, upon written request, all material incorporated therein by reference and exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

 

(f) The Issuers shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use (in all cases in accordance with applicable law and subject to compliance with the terms of this Agreement) of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(g) The Issuers shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including, upon written request, all material incorporated by reference therein, and all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

 

(h) The Issuers shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other Person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such Person may

 

Page 9


reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other Person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the Exchange Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall any Issuer be obligated (i) to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) to take any action that would subject it to taxation or service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(j) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Exchange Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

 

(k)

 

(i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Issuers shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Initial Purchasers, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 hereof and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) hereof shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section 4; or

 

(ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Company shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 4(h) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall not exceed 90 days in any twelve-month period.

 

Notwithstanding this Section 4(k), in no event shall the Issuers be required

 

Page 10


to maintain the effectiveness of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement beyond the second anniversary of the date the Shelf Registration is declared effective by the Commission, except as set forth in Section 3(b)(ii). As soon as practicable following receipt of notice from the Issuers in accordance with Sections 4(c) or (k) hereof, as the case may be, each Holder and Exchanging Dealer agrees to suspend use of the Prospectus until such Holder and Exchanging Dealer receives copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus or until it receives written notice from the Issuers that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed.

 

(l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or Exchange Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

 

(m) The Issuers shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to their security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.

 

(n) The Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner.

 

(o) The Issuers may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Securities as the Issuers may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Issuers may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities or Exchange Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request, and the failure to include such Securities or Exchange Securities of any such Holder shall not be deemed a default hereunder. Each Holder agrees to promptly furnish additional information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuers by such Holder, regarding such Holder, not materially misleading.

 

(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall enter into such and take all other appropriate actions (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities or Exchange Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6).

 

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall:

 

(i) upon request and reasonable advance notice, make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each Issuer;

 

(ii) upon request and reasonable advance notice, cause the officers,

 

Page 11


directors, employees, accountants and auditors of each Issuer to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter or attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Shelf Registration Statement (each an “Inspector”) as is customary for similar due diligence examinations provided, however, that each Inspector shall agree in writing that any confidential information referred to in Section 4(q)(i) above or this Section 4(q)(ii) shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party (other than an Affiliate of such Inspector) without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; provided, further, that prior written notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the applicable Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information in connection with a court proceeding or required by law to permit such Issuer to obtain a protective order;

 

(iii) upon the request of any Holder of securities covered thereby, make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement as may be reasonably requested;

 

(iv) upon the request of any Holder of securities covered thereby, obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers (which may be the Issuers’ internal counsel) and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

 

(v) upon the request of any Holder of securities covered thereby, obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of Parent (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Issuer or any subsidiary of any Issuer or of any business acquired by any Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, provided that each such underwriter makes such representations as may be required for such independent certified public accountants to deliver such letters; and

 

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other customary agreement entered into by the Issuers.

 

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section 4(q) shall be performed at each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser, or by a Broker-Dealer that holds Securities that were acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities:

 

(i) upon request and reasonable advance notice, make reasonably

 

Page 12


available for inspection by the requesting party, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the requesting party, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each Issuer during normal business hours at the offices where such information is typically kept;

 

(ii) upon request and reasonable advance notice, cause the officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors of each Issuer to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations provided, however, that each Inspector shall agree in writing that any confidential information referred to in Section 4(q)(i) above or this Section 4(q)(ii) shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party (other than an Affiliate of such Inspector) without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; provided, further, that prior written notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the applicable Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information in connection with a court proceeding or required by law to permit such Issuer to obtain a protective order;

 

(iii) make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement, as may be reasonably requested;

 

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel, if any, addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel;

 

(v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of Parent (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Issuer or any subsidiary of any Issuer or of any business acquired by any Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement), addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and

 

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements.

 

The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Securities, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

Page 13


(t) The Issuers will use their respective reasonable best efforts, (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by an Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(u) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or Exchange Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “Conduct Rules”) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”)) thereof, whether as a Holder or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Issuers shall assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including, without limitation, by:

 

(i) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities or Exchange Securities;

 

(ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof; and

 

(iii) providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Conduct Rules.

 

(v) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders participating in the disposition of the Securities and one counsel acting on behalf of all such Holders in connection with the filings, if any, required to be made with the NASD.

 

(w) The Issuers shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

 

(x) If the Issuers file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Exchange Notes will not be qualified for distribution to the public under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States and the exchange offer will not be made to Holders of Notes in those jurisdictions except pursuant to the applicable exemptions from or otherwise in compliance with the laws of such jurisdictions.

 

5. Registration Expenses. The Issuers shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof, and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of such one firm or counsel acting in connection therewith. The Holders of Securities shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and the fees of any counsel retained by or on behalf of the underwriters, and transfer taxes, if any, related to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Page 14


6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer), the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each Person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or in any “wrapped” version thereof constituting an offering memorandum under applicable Canadian securities laws, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and jointly and severally agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Issuers will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to any Issuer by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Issuers may otherwise have.

 

Each Issuer also jointly and severally agrees to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, its directors, officers, employees or agents and each Person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.

 

(b) Each Holder of Securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Issuers, each of their respective directors, each of their officers who signs such Registration Statement or agents and each Person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each such Holder, but only in reliance upon and conformity with written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this

 

Page 15


Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (in addition to local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. In any such case, the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser or any subsequent Holder of any Security or Exchange Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security or, in the case of an Exchange Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such Exchange Security,

 

Page 16


as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Issuers shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum. The relative benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6, each Person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each Person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of any Issuer who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of any Issuer shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

(e) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuers or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of Securities covered by a Registration Statement.

 

7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriter(s) shall be selected by the Majority Holders and shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

(b) No Person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

Page 17


8. Registration Default. In the event that:

 

(a) within 90 days after the Issue Date, neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission;

 

(b) within 150 days after the Issue Date, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective;

 

(c) within 180 days after the Issue Date, neither the Registered Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective;

 

(d) within 60 days of the day on which the obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant solely to Section 3(a)(iii), such Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission; or

 

(e) after either the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or fails to be usable in connection with resales of Securities or Exchange Securities in accordance with and during the periods specified in this Agreement, other than as permitted pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii) and Section 4(k)(ii), (each such event a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, additional interest will accrue on the aggregate principal amount of the Securities and Exchange Securities (in addition to the stated interest on the Securities and Exchange Securities) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured. Additional interest will accrue at an initial rate of 0.25% per annum, which rate shall increase by 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which such Registration Default continues up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum. If, after the cure of all Registration Defaults then in effect, there is a subsequent Registration Default, the rate of additional interest for such subsequent Registration Default shall initially be 0.25% regardless of the rate in effect with respect to any prior Registration Default at the time of cure of such Registration Default.

 

9. No Inconsistent Agreements. No Issuer has, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of the Majority Holders; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects any rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each of the Initial Purchasers against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof

 

Page 18


may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders, may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement, voting as a single class.

 

11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to Citigroup Global Markets Inc.;

 

(b) if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

 

(c) if to the Issuers, initially at their address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

 

The Initial Purchasers or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement and granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent, by the Issuers and subsequent Holders of Securities and Exchange Securities. The Issuers hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

 

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

15. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

16. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

Page 19


17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Securities and Exchange Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

18. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

19. Securities Held by the Issuers, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or Exchange Securities is required hereunder, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, held by any Issuer or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or Exchange Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

20. Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Issuers agree that any suit, action or proceeding against the Issuers brought by any Holder or Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of any Holder or Initial Purchaser, or by any Person who controls any Holder or Initial Purchaser, arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, and waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers hereby appoint Corporation Service Company as their authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein which may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, by any Holder or Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of any Holder or Initial Purchaser, or by any Person who controls any Holder or Initial Purchaser, and expressly accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers hereby represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Issuers agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Issuers. The Issuers further agree to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment in full force and effect so long as any of the Securities shall be outstanding.

 

21. Currency. Each reference in this Agreement to U.S. dollars (the “relevant currency”) is of the essence. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligation of the Issuers in respect of any amount due under

 

Page 20


this Agreement will, notwithstanding any payment in any other currency (whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), be discharged only to the extent of the amount in the relevant currency that the party entitled to receive such payment may, in accordance with its normal procedures, purchase with the sum paid in such other currency (after any premium and costs of exchange) on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such party receives such payment. If the amount in the relevant currency that may be so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount originally due, the Issuers will pay such additional amounts, in the relevant currency, as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. Any obligation of the Issuers not discharged by such payment will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be due as a separate and independent obligation and, until discharged as provided herein, will continue in full force and effect.

 

22. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that the Issuers have or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Issuers hereby irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among each Issuer and the several Initial Purchasers.

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

CFO, Secretary, Vice President

   

Administration

     

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

CFO, Secretary, Vice President

   

Administration

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

     

SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Vice President Finance

 

Page 21


IPG HOLDINGS LP

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

     

IPG FINANCE LLC

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

President

     

IPG (US) INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

INTERTAPE INC. (F/K/A INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.)

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President Manufacturing

     

INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

President

 

Page 22


CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

UTC ACQUISITION CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

President

     

INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

President

     

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President Administration

     

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

     

IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

President

     

COIF HOLDING INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

 

Vice President

 

Page 23


FIBC HOLDING INC.

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Name:

  Burgess H. Hildreth

Title:

  Vice President
FIBOPE PORTUGUESA-FILMES BIORIENTADOS S.A.
By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

  Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

  Director

DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.

By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


Name:

 

Andrew M. Archibald

Title:

 

Chairman

INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS, S.A. DE C.V.

By:

 

/s/ Jim Bob Carpenter


Name:

 

Jim Bob Carpenter

Title:

 

President, Attorney-in-Fact

INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES, S.A. DE C.V.

By:

 

/s/ Jim Bob Carpenter


Name:

 

Jim Bob Carpenter

Title:

 

President, Attorney-in-Fact

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

By:

 

/s/ William Graham


Name:

 

William Graham

Title:

 

Vice President

 

For itself and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.

 

Page 24


SCHEDULE I

Initial Purchasers:

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

TD Securities (USA) Inc.

 

Page 25


SCHEDULE II

 

Guarantors:

 

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

IPG Holdings LP

IPG Finance LLC

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

IPG (US) Inc.

Central Products Company

Intertape Inc. (f/k/a Intertape Polymer Corp.)

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

Polymer International Corp.

Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

International Container Systems, Inc.

UTC Acquisition Corp.

Intertape International Corp.

Intertape Polymer Corp.

IPG Administrative Services Inc.

IPG Technologies Inc.

IPG Financial Services Inc.

COIF Holding Inc.

FIBC Holding Inc.

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

Intertape Polymer Inc.

Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

 

Page 26


ANNEX A

 

Each Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date, they will make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Page 27


ANNEX B

 

Each Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Page 28


ANNEX C

 

Plan of Distribution

Each Broker-Dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, they will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until              , 200_, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

The Issuers will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by Broker-Dealers. Exchange Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any Broker-Dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such Persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

 

For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Issuers will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. The Issuers have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.

 

Page 29


¨  

CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND

WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE

PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY

AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

    Name:  

 


    Address:  

 


       

 


 

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities. If the

undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for Exchange Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

 

Page 30

Exhibit 5.1

 

Shutts & Bowen LLP

 

Attorneys and Counsellors At Law

 

October 25, 2004

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

3647 Cort Road West

Brandenton, Florida 34210

 

  Re: U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special U.S. counsel to Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the issuance and exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) of up to U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) for an equal principal amount of the Company’s 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 outstanding on the date hereof (the “Private Notes”), to be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Private Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, guaranteed (each, a “Guarantee”) on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined such documents and records, including originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, and matters of law as we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion. Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that when the Registration Statement on Form F-4 and S-4 relating to the Exchange Offer has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Exchange Notes are executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Private Notes, (1) the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company and (2) when the Guarantees of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantees”) are executed by the Guarantors and delivered in

 


Intertape Polymer US Inc.

October 25, 2004

Page 2

 

accordance with the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Guarantees of the Private Notes, the Exchange Guarantees will constitute valid and binding obligations of the respective Guarantors.

 

We are not admitted or qualified to practice law in Canada. Therefore, in rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have relied solely and without independent investigation upon the opinion of Stikeman Elliot LLP, Montreal, Quebec, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement, with respect to the due authorization of the Exchange of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc. and Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

 

We are not admitted or qualified to practice law in the Province of Nova Scotia. Therefore, in rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have relied solely and without independent investigation upon the opinion of Stewart, McKelvey Stirling Scales, Halifax, Nova Scotia, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 5.3 to the Registration Statement, with respect to the due authorization of the Exchange Guarantee of IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia.

 

We are not admitted or qualified to practice law in Portugal. Therefore, in rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have relied solely and without independent investigation upon the opinion of F. Castelo Branco & Associates, Lisbon, Portugal, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 5.4 to the Registration Statement, with respect to the due authorization of the Exchange Guarantee of Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

 

We are not admitted or qualified to practice law in Mexico. Therefore, in rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have relied solely and without independent investigation upon the opinion of Goodrich Riquelme Y Asociados, Mexico City, Mexico, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 5.6 to the Registration Statement, with respect to the due authorization effect of the Exchange Guarantees of Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V. and Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

 

We are not admitted or qualified to practice law in Barbados. Therefore, in rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have relied solely and without independent investigation upon the opinion of Chancery Chambers, Attorneys At Law, Bridgetown, Barbados, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 5.5 to the Registration Statement, with respect to the due authorization of the Exchange Guarantee of Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

 

Our examination of matters of law in connection with the opinions expressed herein has been limited to, and accordingly our opinions herein are limited to, U.S. federal law, the laws of the States of Florida, New York, Virginia, and Delaware. We express no opinion with respect to the law any other jurisdictions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus

 


Intertape Polymer US Inc.

October 25, 2004

Page 3

 

constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Shutts & Bowen LLP

 

Exhibit 5.2

 

STIKEMAN ELLIOT


 

Stikeman Elliot LLP             Barristers & Solicitors

1155 René-Lévesque Blvd. West, 40 th Floor, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3B 3V2

Tel: (514) 397-3000             Fax: (514) 397-3222             www.stikeman.com

 

October 25, 2004

 

I NTERTAPE P OLYMER G ROUP I NC .

I NTERTAPE P OLYMER I NC .

110 E. Montee De Liesse

St.Laurent, Quebec

Canada H4T 1N4

 

  Re:   U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special Québec counsel to Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a Canadian corporation (the “ Parent ”), and Intertape Polymer Inc., a Canadian corporation (“ IPI ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent, in connection with the issuance and exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) of up to U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), to be issued by Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “ Company ”), for an equal principal amount of the Company’s 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 outstanding on the date hereof (the “ Private Notes ”). The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. The Private Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, guaranteed (each, a “ Guarantee ”) on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors, including the Parent and IPI.

 

1. Examinations

 

In connection with the opinions hereinafter expressed, we have examined:

 

(a)   the Exchange Guarantees (as defined below) executed by the Parent and IPI;

 

(b)   the Indenture;

 

(c)   the registration rights agreement dated July 28, 2004 among the Company, certain of the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (as defined therein);


2

 

(d)   certificates of compliance in respect of the Parent and IPI issued by Industry Canada and each dated October 18, 2004; and

 

(e)   certificates of officers of the Parent and IPI dated July 28, 2004 and October 25, 2004 respectively in relation to various factual matters (collectively, the “ Officer Certificates ”).

 

We have also examined copies, certified or otherwise, identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, papers, instruments and certificates of public officials and have made such other examinations and investigations as we have considered relevant or necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed.

 

2. Assumptions and Relianc e

 

In our foregoing examinations, we have assumed, without independent verification or investigation: (i) the legal capacity of all individuals, the genuineness of all signatures (other than those of the persons executing any document on behalf of the Parent and IPI) on, and the authenticity and completeness of, all documents submitted to us as original documents, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, notarial, photostat or similarly reproduced copies of such original documents; (ii) the completeness, truth and accuracy of all facts set forth in the official public records, certificates and documents supplied by public officials or otherwise conveyed to us by public officials or such officers; and (iii) the completeness, truth and accuracy of all facts set forth in the Officer Certificates.

 

3. Laws

 

Our opinions set out below are limited to the laws of the Province of Québec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, as of the date of this opinion letter.

 

4. Opinions

 

Based upon and relying on the foregoing and subject to the assumptions and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

4.1.   Each of the Parent and IPI is a corporation amalgamated and existing under the Canada Business Corporations Act (the “ CBCA ”). Each of the Parent and IPI is up to date in filing its annual returns and financial statements required pursuant to the CBCA.

 

4.2.   The Guarantees of the Exchange Notes (the “ Exchange Guarantees ”) of the Parent and IPI have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Parent and IPI, and when the Registration Statement on Form F-4 and S-4 relating to the Exchange Offer (the “ Registration Statement ”) has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (United States of America) and when the Exchange Guarantees of the Parent and IPI are executed by any officer or director of the Parent and IPI respectively and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Guarantees of the Parent and IPI


3

 

of the Private Notes, the Exchange Guarantees of the Parent and IPI will have been validly executed, issued and delivered.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.2 to the Registration Statement and to the references to us under the captions “ Enforceability of Judgments Against Parent ”, “ Enforceability of Civil Liabilities ” and “ Legal Matters ” in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 (United States of America) or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

This opinion letter is limited to the matters stated herein and is addressed to you for the purposes of the transactions contemplated in respect of the Exchange Offer only.

 

Very truly yours,

 

S TIKEMAN E LLIOTT LLP

 

Exhibit 5.3

 

STEWART MCKELVEY STIRLING SCALES

Suite 900

Purdy’s Wharf Tower One

1959 Upper Water Street

Halifax, NS Canada B3J 3N2

 

 

October 26, 2004

 

IPG H OLDING C OMPANY OF N OVA S COTIA

c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

110 E. Montee De Liesse

St., Laurent, QC H4T 1N4

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

R E : U.S. $125,000,000 A GGREGATE P RINCIPAL A MOUNT OF 8½% S ENIOR S UBORDINATED N OTES DUE 2014 OF I NTERTAPE P OLYMER US I NC . ( THE “C OMPANY ”)

 

We have acted as local counsel to IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia, a Nova Scotia company (“IPG Nova Scotia”) in connection with the issuance and exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) of up to U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”), to be issued by the Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) for an equal principal amount of the Company’s 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 outstanding on the date hereof (the “Private Notes”). The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Private Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors, including IPG Nova Scotia (such guarantee given by IPG Nova Scotia being hereinafter referred to as the “IPG Nova Scotia Exchange Guarantee”).

 

As such local counsel, we have reviewed:

 

1.   the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and F-4 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed on October 26, 2004 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors, in what we are advised is the form filed with the Commission and as amended through the date hereof;

 

2.   the Indenture;

 

3.   a certificate of status pertaining to IPG Nova Scotia issued on behalf of the Registrar of Joint Stock Companies for the Province of Nova Scotia, dated October 25, 2004;


-2-

 

4.   the memorandum of association, articles of association, records of corporate proceedings, written resolutions and registers of the Company contained in the minute book of the Company;

 

5.   an Officers’ Certificate of IPG Nova Scotia addressed to us dated the date hereof (the “ Officer’s Certificate ”);

 

6.   resolutions adopted by the directors of IPG Nova Scotia relating to, among other things, the execution and deliver of the Indenture and the issuance, execution and delivery of the IPG Nova Scotia Exchange Guarantee; and

 

7.   the form of the Exchange Notes and a specimen thereof including the IPG Nova Scotia Exchange Guarantee.

 

We have also examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such other public and corporate records, certificates, instruments and other documents and have considered such questions of law as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have, without independent investigation or verification:

 

a.   assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons and assumed that all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to us conform to the originals thereof and that the signatures on all documents examined by us are genuine;

 

b.   assumed that each certificate from governmental officials reviewed by us is accurate, complete and authentic, and all official public records are accurate and complete;

 

c.   assumed that each of the Indenture and the IPG Nova Scotia Exchange Guarantee will have been physically delivered (which delivery may be by telefax or other electronic means where the parties so agree) by IPG Nova Scotia to the other parties thereto or their lawful representatives and that no such delivery was subject to any condition or escrow which has not been satisfied; and

 

d.   relied, with respect to matters of fact, upon certificates of officers of IPG Nova Scotia including, without limitation, the Officer’s Certificate and information obtained from public officials.

 

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.   IPG Nova Scotia is an unlimited company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing as to the filing of annual returns and the payment of annual fees under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia.

 

2.   The IPG Nova Scotia Exchange Guarantee has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of IPG Nova Scotia, and, when the IPG Nova Scotia


-3-

 

Exchange Guarantee is executed by an officer of IPG Nova Scotia and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer in exchange for the guarantee of IPG Nova Scotia of the Private Notes, the IPG Nova Scotia Exchange Guarantee will have been validly executed, issued and delivered by IPG Nova Scotia.

 

Our examination of matters of law in connection with the opinions expressed herein has been limited to, and accordingly our opinions herein are limited to, the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia. We express no opinion with respect to the law any other jurisdictions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.3 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales

Exhibit 5.4

 

    

F. Castelo Branco & Associados

Veiga Gomes, Marques da Cruz, Colmonero

 

Miguel Ferrão Castelo Branco • Gonçalo da Cunha

Vítor Felix • António da Cunha Reis

  

João Veiga Gomes • Vitor Marques da Cruz

Rui Carlos Colmonero

 

João Marçal Alves • Paulo Ascensão • Maria Isabel Vieira • Rodrigo Almeida Dias • Pedro Guimarães • Fernando Veiga Gomes • Nuno Cadima Oliveira • José Eliseu Mendes João Coelho Dias • Miguel Lorena Brito • Alexandra Almeida Mota • António da Cunha e Távora • Pedro Monteiro dos Santos • Marta da Silva Pinto • João Braga da Cunha José Coutinho Viana • Filipa Moreira Braga • Mariana Carp • Pedro Castro Pereira • Pedro Gonçalves Paes • Diogo Bernardo Monteiro • Pedro Lourenço • Ana Sofia Alves • Madalena Moreira dos Santos n Catarina Portela Morais • Ana Camossa Neto • Tiago Gonçalves de Azevedo • Bernardo Reynolds Carvalho

 

Bruno Afonso Matias • Filipe Brum de Abreu • Joana do Valle Wemans • João Robles • Nuno Carrolo dos Santos • Pedro Conde Pinto • Filipa Ponte • Patrícia Rocha João Couceiro • Carlota Castelbranco Crespo • Nuno Alves Mansilha • Abel de Barbosa Mendonça • Patrícia da Silva Paias • Rui Costa Jesus • Diogo de Sousa e Alvim • Joana Gomes Ferreira • Pedro Petrucci • André Zibaia da Conceição • Paulo de Castro Silva

 

Lisbon, 15 th October 2004

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

110 E. Montee De Liesse St.,

Laurent, Quebec Canada

H4T 1N4

 

  Re: U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of

81/2% Sénior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to FIBOPE Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A., a company organized under the laws of Portugal (“FIBOPE”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a company organized under the laws of Canada (“Parent”), in connection with the issuance and exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) of up to U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 81/2% Sénior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”), to be issued by Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware Corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “Company”) for an equal principal amount of the Company’s 81/2% Sénior Subordinated Notes due 2014 outstanding on the date hereof (the “Private Notes”). The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Private Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, guaranteed (each, a “Guarantee”) on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors, including FIBOPE.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined such documents and records, including originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, and matters of law as we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion. Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

(1) FIBOPE is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Portugal.

 

(2) The Guarantee of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantee”) of FIBOPE has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of FIBOPE, and when the Registration Statement on Form F-4 and S-4 relating to the Exchange Offer (the “Registration Statement”) has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Exchange Guarantee of FIBOPE is delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer in exchange for the

 


Exhibit 5.4

 

Av. da Liberdade, 249, 1.° • 1250-U3 Lisboa

Tel.: 1351) 213 587 500 fax: (351] 213 587 501 • fcbrancorafcb-legal.com

Rua Domingos Sequeira, 101 • 4050-232 Porto

Tel.: 1351] ?28 346 740 fax: (351] 228 346 741 • porto0fcb-legaLcom

    

 

    

F. Castelo Branco & Associados

Veiga Gomes, Marques da Cruz, Colmonero

 

Miguel Ferrão Castelo Branco • Gonçalo da Cunha

Vítor Felix • António da Cunha Reis

  

João Veiga Gomes • Vitor Marques da Cruz

Rui Carlos Colmonero

 

João Marçal Alves • Paulo Ascensão • Maria Isabel Vieira • Rodrigo Almeida Dias • Pedro Guimarães • Fernando Veiga Gomes • Nuno Cadima Oliveira • José Eliseu Mendes João Coelho Dias • Miguel Lorena Brito • Alexandra Almeida Mota • António da Cunha e Távora • Pedro Monteiro dos Santos • Marta da Silva Pinto • João Braga da Cunha José Coutinho Viana • Filipa Moreira Braga • Mariana Carp • Pedro Castro Pereira • Pedro Gonçalves Paes • Diogo Bernardo Monteiro • Pedro Lourenço • Ana Sofia Alves • Madalena Moreira dos Santos • Catarina Portela Morais • Ana Camossa Neto • Tiago Gonçalves de Azevedo • Bernardo Reynolds Carvalho

 

Bruno Afonso Matias • Filipe Brum de Abreu • Joana do Valle Wemans • João Robles • Nuno Carrolo dos Santos • Pedro Conde Pinto • Filipa Ponte • Patrícia Rocha João Couceiro • Carlota Castelbranco Crespo • Nuno Alves Mansilha • Abel de Barbosa Mendonça • Patrícia da Silva Paias • Rui Costa Jesus • Diogo de Sousa e Alvim • Joana Gomes Ferreira • Pedro Petrucci • André Zibaia da Conceição • Paulo de Castro Silva

 

Guarantee of FIBOPE of the Private Notes, the Exchange Guarantee of FIBOPE will have been validly executed, issued and delivered.

 

Our examination of matters of law in connection with the opinions expressed herein has been limited to, and accordingly our opinions herein are limited to, the laws of Portugal. We express no opinion with respect to the law of any other jurisdictions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.4 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

!f 139618 47:: 2.s Bairro

Fiscz>  Av.« da Liberdade, 249

LOGO

Tel.: 21 35a76 00 - F PX : ?A 2 1

1250-1- ___________________

 

Exhibit 5.5

 

Chancery Chambers

 

ATTORNEYS-AT-LAW

CHANCERY HOUSE, HIGH STREET

BRIDGETOWN, BARBADOS

WEST INDIES

 

TREVOR A. CARMICHAEL , B.Sc., (Econ.), M.A., Ph.D., Q.C.    TELEPHONE: (246) 431-0070

of the Middle Temple, Barrister-at-Law

ANDREW C. FERREIRA , LL.B., (Hons.)

Associate

JACQUELINE R. CHACKO , B.A. (Hons.), LLB., (Hons.)

Associate

KEISHA N. HYDE , LL.B, (Hons.)

Associate

CLAIRE A. LEWIS , (Hons.). LL.M.

Associate

BRYAN A.R. VOLNEY

Solicitor and Attorney-at-Law

   TELECOPIER: (246) 431-0076

 

October 21, 2004   

Matter No. 99998

 

By Fax and Courier

 

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

110 E. Montee De Liesse

St., Laurent, Quebec

Canada H4T 1N4

 

Re: U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

We have acted as special counsel to Drumheath Indemnity Ltd., an insurance company registered pursuant to the Insurance Act, 1996 of the laws of Barbados (“ Drumheath ”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a company organized under the laws of Canada (“ Parent ”), in connection with the issuance and exchange (the “ Exchange Offer ”) of up to U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “ Exchange Notes ”), to be issued by Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent (the “ Company ”), for an equal principal amount of the Company’s 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 outstanding on the date hereof (the “ Private Notes ”). The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company as issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). The Private Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be, guaranteed (each, a “ Guarantee ”) on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors, including Drumheath.

 


October 21, 2004

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

 

Re: U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined such documents and records, including originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, and matters of law as we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion. Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

(1) Drumheath is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Barbados.

 

(2) The Guarantee of the Exchange Notes (the “ Exchange Guarantee ”) by Drumheath has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Drumheath, when the Registration Statement on form F-4 and S-4 relating to the Exchange Offer (the “ Registration Statement ”) has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Exchange Guarantee of Drumheath is delivered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Guarantee of Drumheath of the Private Notes, the Exchange Guarantee of Drumheath will have been validly executed, issued and delivered.

 

We are qualified to practice law only in Barbados and have made no investigation of laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of Barbados. This opinion is limited to the laws of Barbados as applied by the courts of Barbados and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Barbados. We undertake no responsibility to update or supplement this letter after the date hereof.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.5 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption “ Legal Matters ” in the Prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated hereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Chancery Chambers

/s/    K EISHA N. H YDE        

Per:

  Keisha N. Hyde

KNH:rd

   

 

Page 2

Exhibit 5.6

 

Goodrich, Riquelme y Asociados

Paseo de la Reforma 265, piso 19

06500 México, D.F.

Tel.: 52 55 5533 0040 ext. 145

Fax: 52 55 5525 1227

e-mail: ponischm@goodrichriquelme.com

 

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

110 E. Montee De Liesse

St., Laurent, Quebec

Canada H4T 1N4

 

Mexico City, October 22, 2004

 

  Re: U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation (“IWP Services”), and Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican corporation (“IWP”), both 99% owned by Spuntech Fabrics Inc. and 1% owned by Intertape Polymer Inc., both companies organized under the laws of Canada (“Parents”), in connection with the issuance and exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) of up to U.S. $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”), to be issued by Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation related to the Parents (the “Company”), for an equal principal amount of the Company’s 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 outstanding on the date hereof (the “Private Notes”). The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Private Notes are, and the Exchange Notes will be,

 


guaranteed (each, a “Guarantee”) on a joint and several basis by the Guarantors, including IWP Services and IWP.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined such documents and records ruled by Mexican law, including originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, and matters of law as we have deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion. We have assumed the authenticity of all documents, as well as the genuineness of all signatures on those documents. Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

(1) IWP Services is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Mexico.

 

(2) IWP is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Mexico.

 

(3) IWP and IWP Services have duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the Senior Subordinated Guarantee in accordance with Section 10.02. and Exhibit F of the Indenture.

 

Our examination of matters of law in connection with the opinions expressed herein has been limited to, and accordingly our opinions herein are limited to, the laws of Mexico. We express no opinion with respect to the law any other jurisdictions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.6 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/    J ORGE A. S ANCHEZ D AVILA        
Jorge A. Sánchez Dávila

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of July 28, 2004

among

 

IPG (US) INC.,

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY,

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.,

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.,

INTERTAPE INC.,

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.

and

IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as the U.S. Borrowers,

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

as the Canadian Borrower,

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.

and

IPG (US) HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Guarantors,

 

and

 

THE LENDERS REFERRED TO HEREIN

 


 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

and

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

as Administrative Agent

 


 

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK,

as Syndication Agent

 

and

 

COMERICA BANK

and

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Co-Documentation Agents

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.    DEFINITIONS

   1

Section 1.01.

  

Defined Terms

   1

Section 1.02.

  

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

   52

Section 1.03.

  

Terms Generally

   52

Section 1.04.

  

Exchange Rates

   53

ARTICLE II.    THE CREDITS

   53

Section 2.01.

  

Credit Commitments

   53

Section 2.02.

  

Procedure for Borrowing

   55

Section 2.03.

  

Drawings of Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances.

   57

Section 2.04.

  

Swingline Loans

   60

Section 2.05.

  

Letters of Credit

   62

Section 2.06.

  

Incremental Term Commitments

   67

Section 2.07.

  

Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments

   70

Section 2.08.

  

Conversion and Continuation Options for Certain Loans

   72

Section 2.09.

  

Renewal and Conversion of Bankers’ Acceptances.

   73

Section 2.10.

  

Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; Scheduled Repayments of Term Loans

   75

Section 2.11.

  

Termination, Reduction or Adjustment of Commitments

   79

Section 2.12.

  

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

   80

Section 2.13.

  

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

   82

Section 2.14.

  

Fees

   83

Section 2.15.

  

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

   85

Section 2.16.

  

Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Unavailability of Deposits; Inadequacy of Interest Rate

   87

Section 2.17.

  

Illegality

   88

Section 2.18.

  

Requirements

   88

Section 2.19.

  

Taxes

   90

Section 2.20.

  

Indemnity

   92

Section 2.21.

  

Change of Lending Office

   93

Section 2.22.

  

Sharing of Setoffs

   93

Section 2.23.

  

Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances

   94

ARTICLE III.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

   95

Section 3.01.

  

Organization, etc.

   95

Section 3.02.

  

Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc.

   95

Section 3.03.

  

Government Approval, Regulation, etc.

   95

Section 3.04.

  

Validity, etc.

   96

Section 3.05.

  

Indebtedness Outstanding

   96


Section 3.06.

  

Financial Information

   96

Section 3.07.

  

No Material Adverse Change

   97

Section 3.08.

  

Litigation

   97

Section 3.09.

  

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

   97

Section 3.10.

  

Subsidiaries

   97

Section 3.11.

  

Ownership of Properties

   97

Section 3.12.

  

Taxes

   98

Section 3.13.

  

Pension and Welfare Plans

   99

Section 3.14.

  

Environmental Matters

   99

Section 3.15.

  

Regulations U and X

   101

Section 3.16.

  

Disclosure; Accuracy of Information; Pro Forma Balance Sheets and Projected Financial Statements

   101

Section 3.17.

  

Insurance

   102

Section 3.18.

  

Labor Matters

   102

Section 3.19.

  

Solvency

   102

Section 3.20.

  

Capitalization

   102

Section 3.21.

  

Subordination

   103

Section 3.22.

  

Representations in Other Documents

   103

Section 3.23.

  

Security Documents

   103

Section 3.24.

  

Anti-Terrorism Laws

   104

ARTICLE IV.    CONDITIONS

   105

Section 4.01.

  

Effective Date

   105

Section 4.02.

  

Initial Borrowing Date

   110

Section 4.03.

  

Conditions to Each Credit Event (other than Credit Events Occurring on the Initial Borrowing Date)

   118

ARTICLE V.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

   119

Section 5.01.

  

Financial Information, Reports, Notices, etc.

   119

Section 5.02.

  

Compliance with Laws, etc.

   122

Section 5.03.

  

Maintenance of Properties

   123

Section 5.04.

  

Insurance

   123

Section 5.05.

  

Books and Records; Visitation Rights

   124

Section 5.06.

  

Environmental Covenant

   124

Section 5.07.

  

Existence; Conduct of Business

   125

Section 5.08.

  

Performance of Obligations

   125

Section 5.09.

  

Casualty and Condemnation

   126

Section 5.10.

  

Additional Security; Further Assurances

   126

Section 5.11.

  

Actions With Respect to Newly-Created Subsidiaries; Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries

   127

Section 5.12.

  

Ownership of Subsidiaries; Conduct of Business

   129

Section 5.13.

  

Use of Proceeds

   131

Section 5.14.

  

Payment of Taxes

   131

Section 5.15.

  

Maintenance of Corporate Separateness

   131

Section 5.16.

  

End of Fiscal years and Fiscal Quarters

   132

 

ii


Section 5.17.

  

Equal Security for Loans and Notes

   132

Section 5.18.

  

Subordination of Loans

   132

Section 5.19.

  

Margin Regulations.

   132

Section 5.20.

  

Existing Senior Notes Refinancing.

   133

ARTICLE VI.    NEGATIVE COVENANTS

   133

Section 6.01.

  

Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities

   133

Section 6.02.

  

Liens

   136

Section 6.03.

  

Fundamental Changes

   138

Section 6.04.

  

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

   139

Section 6.05.

  

Asset Sales

   141

Section 6.06.

  

Sale and Leaseback Transactions

   142

Section 6.07.

  

Restricted Payments

   142

Section 6.08.

  

Transactions with Affiliates

   143

Section 6.09.

  

Restrictive Agreements

   144

Section 6.10.

  

Amendments or Waivers of Certain Documents; Prepayments of Indebtedness

   144

Section 6.11.

  

No Other “Designated Senior Indebtedness”

   145

Section 6.12.

  

Limitation on Activities of the Canadian Parent and Certain Subsidiaries

   145

Section 6.13.

  

Interest Expense Coverage Ratio

   146

Section 6.14.

  

Total Leverage Ratio

   147

Section 6.15.

  

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

   148

Section 6.16.

  

Capital Expenditures

   149

Section 6.17.

  

Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries

   150

Section 6.18.

  

Anti-Terrorism Law

   150

Section 6.19.

  

Embargoed Person

   151

Section 6.20.

  

Anti-Money Laundering

   151

ARTICLE VII.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

   152

Section 7.01.

  

Listing of Events of Default

   152

Section 7.02.

  

Action if Bankruptcy

   155

Section 7.03.

  

Action if Other Event of Default

   155

Section 7.04.

  

Action if Event of Termination

   155

Section 7.05.

  

Actions in Respect of Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances upon Event of Default

   155

ARTICLE VIII.    THE AGENTS

   156

Section 8.01.

  

The Agents

   156

Section 8.02.

  

Resignation of Agents.

   158

ARTICLE IX.    LOAN AGREEMENT PARTY GUARANTY

   159

Section 9.01.

  

Guaranty

   159

Section 9.02.

  

Bankruptcy

   159

 

iii


Section 9.03.

  

Nature of Liability

   160

Section 9.04.

  

Independent Obligation

   160

Section 9.05.

  

Authorization

   160

Section 9.06.

  

Reliance

   161

Section 9.07.

  

Subordination

   161

Section 9.08.

  

Waiver

   162

Section 9.09.

  

Reinstatement

   163

Section 9.10.

  

Payments

   163

Section 9.11.

  

Fraudulent Conveyance

   163

ARTICLE X.    MISCELLANEOUS

   164

Section 10.01.

  

Notices

   164

Section 10.02.

  

Survival of Agreement

   165

Section 10.03.

  

Binding Effect

   166

Section 10.04.

  

Successors and Assigns

   166

Section 10.05.

  

Expenses; Indemnity

   170

Section 10.06.

  

Right of Setoff

   171

Section 10.07.

  

Applicable Law

   172

Section 10.08.

  

Waivers; Amendment

   172

Section 10.09.

  

Interest Rate Limitation

   174

Section 10.10.

  

Entire Agreement

   174

Section 10.11.

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

   175

Section 10.12.

  

Severability

   175

Section 10.13.

  

Counterparts

   175

Section 10.14.

  

Headings

   175

Section 10.15.

  

Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

   175

Section 10.16.

  

Confidentiality

   176

Section 10.17.

  

Citigroup Direct Website Communications

   177

Section 10.18.

  

Collateral Agent as Joint Creditor

   179

Section 10.19.

  

Currency of Payment

   179

Section 10.20.

   Special Provisions Regarding Pledges of Equity Interests in, and Promissory Notes Owed by, Persons Not Organized in Qualified Jurisdictions    179

Section 10.21.

  

Post-Closing Actions

   180

ARTICLE XI.    NATURE OF U.S. BORROWERS’ OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO U.S. REVOLVING CREDIT

                            EXPOSURE

   181

Section 11.01.

  

Nature of U.S. Revolver Obligations

   181

Section 11.02.

  

Independent Obligation

   181

Section 11.03.

  

Authorization

   182

Section 11.04.

  

Reliance

   182

Section 11.05.

  

Contribution; Subrogation

   182

Section 11.06.

  

Waiver

   184

Section 11.07.

  

Fraudulent Conveyance

   184

 

iv


EXHIBIT A-1

  

Form of Borrowing Request

EXHIBIT A-2

  

Form of Notice of Drawing

EXHIBIT B

  

Form of Incremental Term Commitment Agreement

EXHIBIT C

  

Form of Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement

EXHIBIT D-1

  

Form of Term B Note

EXHIBIT D-2

  

Form of U.S. Revolving Note

EXHIBIT D-3

  

Form of Canadian Revolving Note

EXHIBIT D-4

  

Form of Swingline Note

EXHIBIT D-5

  

Form of Incremental Term Note

EXHIBIT E-1A

  

Form of Opinion of Shutts & Bowen LLP (Effective Date)

EXHIBIT E-1B

  

Form of Opinion of Shutts & Bowen LLP (Initial Borrowing Date)

EXHIBIT E-2A

  

Form of Opinion of Stikeman Elliot LLP (Effective Date)

EXHIBIT E-2B

  

Form of Opinion of Stikeman Elliot LLP (Initial Borrowing Date)

EXHIBIT F-1

  

Form of U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty

EXHIBIT F-2

  

Form of Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty

EXHIBIT G

  

Form of U.S. Pledge Agreement

EXHIBIT H

  

Form of U.S. Security Agreement

EXHIBIT I-1

  

Form of Closing Certificate (Effective Date)

EXHIBIT I-2

  

Form of Closing Certificate (Initial Borrowing Date)

EXHIBIT J-1

  

Form of Officers’ Certificate (Effective Date)

EXHIBIT J-2

  

Form of Officers’ Certificate (Initial Borrowing Date)

EXHIBIT K

  

Form of Solvency Certificate

EXHIBIT L

  

Form of Intercompany Subordination Agreement

EXHIBIT M

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

EXHIBIT N

  

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

EXHIBIT O

  

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

EXHIBIT P-1

  

Form of Consent Letter (Effective Date)

EXHIBIT P-2

  

Form of Consent Letter (Initial Borrowing Date)

EXHIBIT Q

  

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

SCHEDULE 2.01

  

Lenders and Commitments

SCHEDULE 2.05(k)

  

Certain Letters of Credit

SCHEDULE 3.10

  

Subsidiaries/Subsidiary Guarantors

SCHEDULE 3.11(b)

  

Leased, Subleased and Owned Real Property

SCHEDULE 3.14

  

Environmental Matters

SCHEDULE 3.17

  

Insurance

SCHEDULE 3.20(a)

  

Capitalization

SCHEDULE 4.02(k)

  

Security Documents

SCHEDULE 5.12(a)

  

Equity Interests in Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Owned (directly or indirectly) by U.S. Subsidiaries

SCHEDULE 6.01(a)(iii)

  

Existing Indebtedness

SCHEDULE 6.02

  

Existing Liens

SCHEDULE 6.04

  

Existing Investments

SCHEDULE 6.09

  

Existing Restrictions

SCHEDULE 10.21

  

Post-Closing Actions

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 28, 2004, among IPG (US) INC., a Delaware corporation (“ IPG (US) ”), CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC., a Delaware corporation, INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP., a Delaware corporation, INTERTAPE INC., a Virginia corporation, IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC., a Delaware corporation and IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., a Delaware corporation, (each a “ U.S. Subsidiary Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers ” and together with IPG (US), each a “ U.S. Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ U.S. Borrowers ”), INTERTAPE POLYMER INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “ Canadian Borrower ” and, together with the U.S. Borrowers, each, a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “ Canadian Parent ”), IPG (U.S.) HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“ U.S. Intermediate Holdco ”), the financial institutions listed on Schedule 2.01 , as such Schedule may from time to time be supplemented and amended (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Lenders, THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), COMERICA BANK AND HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as co-documentation agents (in such capacity, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”), and CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. (“ CGMI ”) as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner (in such capacities, the “ Lead Arranger ”).

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.

 

ABR Loan ” means any Loan (denominated in Dollars) bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

 

Acquisition Consideration ” means the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of assets or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business (such “earn-outs” and other payments, “ Contingent Payment Agreements ”); provided that (i) ordinary course


indemnification obligations shall be excluded from Acquisition Consideration, (ii) amounts paid to officers or employees of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition) and accounted for as operating expenses under GAAP relating to compensation shall be excluded from Acquisition Consideration, (iii) amounts in excess of the discounted present value of payments reasonably anticipated to be made under Contingent Payment Agreements, the calculation of which is set forth in an officer’s certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Canadian Parent and delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, shall be excluded from Acquisition Consideration; provided that such excluded payments under Contingent Payment Agreements shall be included in Acquisition Consideration if actually paid, but shall not create or result in a violation of Section 6.04(ix) if the amount in such clause is exceeded solely by virtue of any such excluded payments or a combination thereof, (iv) in the event that the Canadian Parent delivers an officer’s certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Canadian Parent and certifying that specified amounts previously included in Acquisition Consideration with respect to Contingent Payment Agreements are not to be paid, then such amounts shall be deducted from Acquisition Consideration and (v) Equity Interests issued by the Canadian Parent as consideration in connection with a Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded from Acquisition Consideration.

 

Additional Security Documents ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.10.

 

Adjusted Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus the sum of the amount of all net non-cash charges (including, without limitation, depreciation, amortization, deferred tax expense and non-cash interest expense) and net non-cash losses which were included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such period, less the amount of all net non-cash gains and non-cash credits which were included in arriving at Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital ” means, at any time, Consolidated Current Assets (but excluding therefrom all cash and Permitted Investments) less Consolidated Current Liabilities at such time.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto and shall include any successor to the Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 8.01.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit N , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

 

Advances ” means Loans, Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances.

 

-2-


Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person (including, without limitation, all directors and officers of such Person, but excluding any trustee under, or any committee with responsibility for administering, any Plan). A Person shall be deemed to be “controlled by” any other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power

 

(a) to vote 5% or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managing general partners; or

 

(b) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

Agent Fees ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(e).

 

Agent Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.17(c).

 

Agents ” means the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

 

Aggregate Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Lenders’ Canadian Revolving Credit Exposures at such time.

 

Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Exposures at such time.

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as modified, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time (including any amendment and restatement hereof).

 

Alternate Base Rate ” means for any day, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Administrative Agent’s Base Rate in effect on such day, (b) 0.5% per annum above the latest three-week moving average of secondary market morning offering rates in the United States for three-month certificates of deposit of major United States money market banks, such three-week moving average being determined weekly on each Monday (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) for the three-week period ending on the next previous Friday by the Administrative Agent on the basis of such rates reported by certificate of deposit dealers to and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such publication shall be suspended or terminated, on the basis of quotations for such rates received by the Administrative Agent from three New York certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent, in either case adjusted to the nearest 0.25% or, if there is no nearest 0.25%, to the next higher 0.25% (the “ Certificate of Deposit Rate ”), and (c) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Base Rate, the Certificate of Deposit Rate or the Federal Funds Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Base Rate, the Certificate of Deposit Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, respectively.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.24.

 

-3-


Applicable Excess Cash Flow Prepayment Percentage ” shall mean, at any time, 50%; provided that, so long as no Default is then in existence, if the Total Leverage Ratio (as set forth in the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) for the Fiscal Year then last ended) is less than 2.00:1.00, the Applicable Excess Cash Flow Prepayment Percentage shall instead be 25%.

 

Applicable Increased Term B Loan Rate ” means the rate per annum (expressed as a percentage) determined by the Administrative Agent (and notified to the Term B Lenders) as the rate per annum required to equalize the interest rates applicable to the Term B Loans and a newly created Class of Incremental Term Loans (with such determination to be made by the Administrative Agent taking into account the relevant factors outlined in the proviso to clause (vii) of Section 2.06(a)). Any such determination by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding on all Term B Lenders.

 

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, (i) in the case of U.S. Revolving Loans, the applicable rate per annum as set forth in the table below under the caption “ABR Revolving Spread” (in the case of ABR Loans) or “Eurodollar Revolving Loan Spread” (in the case of Eurodollar Loans that are U.S. Revolving Loans), in each case based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date, (ii) in the case of Canadian Revolving Loans, the applicable rate per annum as set forth in the table below under the caption “CPR Spread” based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date, (iii) in the case of Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances, the applicable rate per annum as set forth in the table below under the caption “BA Spread”, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date, (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, the applicable rate per annum as set forth in the table below under the caption “ABR Revolving Spread”, in each case based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as of the most recent determination date, (v) in the case of Term B Loans that are ABR Loans, 1.25% and in the case of Term B Loans that are Eurodollar Loans, 2.25% (or, on and after the date of the incurrence of any Incremental Term Loans bearing interest at a higher rate as contemplated by the proviso to Section 2.06(a)(viii), the Applicable Increased Term B Loan Rate) and (vi) in the case of any Incremental Term Loans, the applicable rate per annum set forth in, or calculated in accordance with, Section 2.06 and the relevant Incremental Term Commitment Agreement.

 

Level


  

Total

Leverage

Ratio


   ABR
Revolving
Spread


    Eurodollar
Revolving
Loan Spread


    BA
Spread


    CPR
Spread


 

I

   >4.50:1.00    2.00 %   3.00 %   3.00 %   2.00 %

II

   £ 4.50:1.00>3.50:1.00    1.75 %   2.75 %   2.75 %   1.75 %

III

   £ 3.50:1.00>2.75:1.00    1.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   1.50 %

IV

   £ 2.75:1.00>2.00:1.00    1.25 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   1.25 %

V

   £ 2.00:1.00    1.00 %   2.00 %   2.00 %   1.00 %

 

For purposes of the foregoing, (i) the Total Leverage Ratio shall be determined as of the end of each Fiscal Quarter based upon the Canadian Parent’s consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) and (ii) each change in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall be effective three (3) Business

 

-4-


Days after the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate (delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d)) calculating the Total Leverage Ratio. If at any time (x) the Canadian Parent has not submitted to the Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Section 5.01(a) or (b) or (y) a Default is then in existence, the Applicable Rate shall be the highest rate set forth in the table above until such time as the Canadian Parent has provided the information required under Section 5.01(a) or (b) or such Default has been cured or waived, as the case may be. Within one (1) Business Day of receipt of the applicable information as and when required under Section 5.01(a) or (b), the Administrative Agent shall give each Lender facsimile or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable Rate in effect from such date.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to clause (y) of the penultimate sentence of the preceding paragraph, the Applicable Rate during the period from the Effective Date until the date of delivery by the Canadian Parent to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as the case may be, in respect of the second Fiscal Quarter (which may be the first Fiscal Year) ended after the Initial Borrowing Date shall be determined based on Level II pricing.

 

Asset Sale ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition by the Canadian Parent, a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any of its property or assets, including any sale or issuance of any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, except (a) sales, dispositions and leases permitted by Sections 6.05(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) and (b) any such transaction or series of transactions which, if an Asset Sale (determined without regard to this clause (b)), would not generate Net Proceeds in any Fiscal Year, when taken together with all other such transactions in such Fiscal Year, in excess of $2,500,000.

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.04(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit O or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Authorized Officer ” shall mean, with respect to (i) delivering Borrowing Requests, Notices of Drawing and similar notices, any person or persons that has or have been authorized by the board of directors of any Borrower to deliver such notices pursuant to this Agreement and that has or have appropriate signature cards on file with the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the respective Issuing Bank; (ii) delivering financial information and officer’s certificates pursuant to this Agreement, the chief financial officer or any treasurer of the Canadian Parent and (iii) any other matter in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any officer (or a person or persons so designated by any two officers) of the Canadian Parent, the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrower.

 

Available Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment ” means as to any Canadian Revolving Lender, at any time of determination, an amount equal to such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment at such time minus such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

-5-


Available U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” means as to any U.S. Revolving Lender, at any time of determination, an amount equal to such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time minus such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.

 

BA Collateral Account ” means a non-interest bearing cash collateral account in the name of the Canadian Borrower held for the benefit of the Secured Creditors.

 

BA Equivalent Advance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.03(a).

 

BA Lender ” means any Canadian Revolving Lender that is a bank chartered under the Bank Act (Canada) and which stamps and accepts bankers’ acceptances.

 

BA Lending Office ” means, with respect to each Canadian Revolving Lender, the office of such Lender set forth as its “BA Lending Office” opposite its name on Schedule 2.01 hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which it became a Lender or such other office of such Lender in Canada as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Canadian Borrower and the Administrative Agent for such purpose.

 

BA Maturity Date ” means, for each Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance comprising part of the same Drawing, the date on which the Face Amount for such Bankers’ Acceptance or applicable Notional Bankers’ Acceptance, as the case may be, becomes due and payable in accordance with the provisions set forth below, which shall be a Business Day occurring 1, 2 or 3 months or, if agreed by all Canadian Revolving Lenders, 6 months after the date on which such Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptance is created and purchased as part of any Drawing, as the Canadian Borrower may select upon notice received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day at least three Business Days prior to the date on which such Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptance is to be accepted and purchased (whether as a new Drawing, by renewal or by conversion); provided , however , that:

 

(a) such Borrower may not select any BA Maturity Date for any Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance that occurs after the then scheduled Revolving Credit Maturity Date;

 

(b) the BA Maturity Date for all Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing shall occur on the same date; and

 

(c) whenever the BA Maturity Date for any Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, such BA Maturity Date shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

BA Rate ” means, for any date, the per annum rate equal to (i) in respect of a Canadian Schedule I Lender, the arithmetic average of the discount rates (calculated on an annual basis and rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of 1%, with five-thousandths of 1% being rounded up) for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having an aggregate face amount equal to and with a term equal or comparable to such bankers’ acceptance that appears on the

 

-6-


Reuters Service page CDOR (or any replacement page) at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Toronto time) on such date; or (ii) by any other Lender, the sum of (A) the rate specified in (i) plus (B) 0.10%.

 

Bank Indebtedness to be Refinanced ” shall mean and include all Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

Bank Refinancing ” means and includes the various refinancing transactions described in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.01(i).

 

Bank Refinancing Documents ” means all of the agreements, documents and instruments executed or delivered in connection with the Bank Refinancing.

 

Bankers’ Acceptance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(b).

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto.

 

Base Amount ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.16.

 

Base Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its base rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Base Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with extensions of credit to debtors) (any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change).

 

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing ” means (i) in the case of a Loan, a Loan or group of Loans to a Borrower of the same Class and Type made (including through a conversion or continuation) by the applicable Lenders on a single date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect and (ii) in the case of Canadian Revolving Credit Advances (other than Canadian Revolving Loans), a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Bankers’ Acceptances and/or BA Equivalent Advances made by the Canadian Revolving Lenders on a single date, ratably in accordance with their respective Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect; provided that any Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.01(iv) shall be considered part of the related Borrowing of the then outstanding Borrowing of Term B Loans (if any) to which such Incremental Term Loans are added pursuant to Section 2.06(c).

 

Borrowing Date ” means any Business Day specified in a notice pursuant to Section 2.02, 2.03 or 2.04 as a date on which a Borrower requests Advances to be made hereunder.

 

-7-


Borrowing Request ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.02(a).

 

Business Day ” means (i) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (ii) below, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Toronto, Canada or New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close and (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on or with respect to, Canadian Revolving Credit Advances, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Montreal or Toronto, Canada are authorized or required by law to close; provided that when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which dealings in foreign currencies and exchange between banks may not be carried on in London, England.

 

Calculation Date ” means (a) the last Business Day of each calendar month, (b) at any time that a Default has occurred and is continuing, any Business Day selected by the Administrative Agent and (c) solely with respect to any Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Credit Advances, the Business Day immediately preceding the date on which such Borrowing is to be made.

 

Canadian Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Canadian Dollars ” and “ CN$ ” each means lawful money (in dollars) of Canada.

 

Canadian Interbank Rate ” means the interest rate, expressed as a percentage per annum, which is customarily used by the Administrative Agent when calculating interest due by it or owing to it (or its Canadian Affiliates) on amounts denominated in Canadian Dollars, arising from or in connection with correction of errors between it and other Canadian chartered banks.

 

Canadian Parent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Canadian Parent Common Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.20(a).

 

Canadian Prime Rate ” means for any day, the rate of interest per annum equal to the higher of:

 

(a) the rate of interest quoted or established by the Administrative Agent in Toronto, Canada for such day as its reference rate of interest for determining rates of interest on commercial loans in Canadian Dollars made by it in Canada to its Canadian borrowers; and

 

(b) the arithmetic average of the discount rates (calculated on an annual basis and rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of 1%, with five-thousandths of 1% being rounded up) for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having a term of one

 

-8-


month that appears on Reuter’s Service page CDOR (or any replacement page) at approximately 10:00 am (Toronto, Ontario time) on such day plus 75 basis points per annum, adjusted automatically with each quoted or established change in such rate, all without the necessity of any notice to the Canadian Borrower or any other Person.

 

Canadian Prime Rate Loans ” means any Canadian Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

 

Canadian RC Commitment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(b).

 

Canadian RC Commitment Fee Average Daily Amount ” as to any Canadian Revolving Lender, means, with respect to a calculation period, the average daily amount during such period calculated using the daily amount of such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment less such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure for any applicable days during such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period.

 

Canadian RC Commitment Fee Termination Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(b).

 

Canadian Resident ” means (x) any Person who (i) is not a non-resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or (ii) is an authorized foreign bank deemed to be resident in Canada for purposes of Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada) in respect of amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement or (y) any other Person who is not liable for withholding tax pursuant to Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada) in respect of amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Canadian Revolving Credit Advance ” means Canadian Revolving Loans, Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances.

 

Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Canadian Revolving Credit Advances of a given Class.

 

Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to each Canadian Revolving Lender, the commitment of such Canadian Revolving Lender to make Canadian Revolving Credit Advances to the Canadian Borrower, expressed in each case as an amount representing the maximum amount of such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as the same may be (x) reduced from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or (y) adjusted from time to time as a result of assignments to and from such Lender pursuant to Sections 2.23 and/or 10.04(b) hereof. The initial amount of each Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 (in the case of Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments in effect on the Effective Date) or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Canadian Revolving Lender shall have assumed its Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Lenders’ Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments as of the Effective Date is $10,000,000.

 

-9-


Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” means, as to any Canadian Revolving Lender, at any time, the percentage of the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment as such time represented by such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that if the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be determined based upon the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments in effect immediately prior to such termination or expiration, giving effect to any assignments.

 

Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but not including the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

 

Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Canadian Revolving Lender at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of the aggregate principal amount (and/or Face Amount, as applicable) of all Canadian Revolving Credit Advances, made by such Canadian Revolving Lender and outstanding at such time. The amount of outstanding Canadian Revolving Credit Advances at any time shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Canadian Prime Rate Loans at such time and the Face Amount of all Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances outstanding at such time.

 

Canadian Revolving Lender ” means any Lender with a commitment to make Canadian Revolving Credit Advances or with any Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure, in its capacity as such, provided that each Canadian Revolving Lender on the Effective Date shall be a Canadian Resident.

 

Canadian Revolving Loans ” means the revolving loans made by the Canadian Revolving Lenders in Canadian Dollars pursuant to clause (iii) of the first sentence of Section 2.01(a).

 

Canadian Schedule I Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that is listed in Schedule I to the Bank Act (Canada) at such time.

 

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, (a) any and all expenditures made by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in such period for assets added to or reflected in its property, plant and equipment accounts or other similar capital asset accounts or comparable items or any other capital expenditures that are, or should be, set forth as “additions to plant, property and equipment” on the financial statement prepared in accordance with GAAP, whether such asset is purchased for cash or financed as an account payable or by the incurrence of Indebtedness, accrued as a liability or otherwise and (b) all Capital Lease Obligations of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries incurred during such period; provided that the term “Capital Expenditures” shall not include Permitted Acquisitions.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, all monetary or financial obligations of such Person under any leasing or similar arrangement conveying the right to use real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which, in accordance with GAAP, would or

 

-10-


should be classified and accounted for as capital leases, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date on which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

Cash Collateral Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the relevant Security Agreement.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System List.

 

Certificate of Deposit Rate ” has the meaning assigned such term in the definition of Alternate Base Rate.

 

CGMI ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Change in Control ” means (i) the Canadian Parent shall at any time cease to own directly 100% of the Equity Interests of the Canadian Borrower or U.S. Intermediate Holdco, (ii) U.S. Intermediate Holdco shall at any time cease to own directly 100% of the Equity Interests of IPG (US), (iii) any “Person” or “Group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the Effective Date) is or shall (A) be the “beneficial owner” (as so defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act) of 35% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting and/or economic interest in the Canadian Parent’s capital stock or (B) have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the Canadian Parent’s directors, (iv) the board of directors of the Canadian Parent shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors, or (v) a “change of control” or similar event shall occur as provided in the Subordinated Notes Documents or any other agreement or document evidencing any other Material Indebtedness.

 

Charges ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.09.

 

Class ” when used in reference to any Advance or Borrowing, refers to whether such Advance, or the Advances comprising such Borrowing, are U.S. Revolving Loans, Term B Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Canadian Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans or Bankers’ Acceptances (and related BA Equivalent Advances), and when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, Term B Commitment, Incremental Term Commitment or Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, and when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender is a U.S. Revolving Lender, Canadian Revolving Lender, a Term B Lender, Incremental Term Lender or Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, upon the making of any Incremental Term Loans which constitute Term B Loans, such Incremental Term Loans shall thereafter be deemed to constitute part of the same Class of theretofore outstanding Term B Loans, and the Lenders thereof shall constitute Term B Lenders (and such Loans shall not be deemed to constitute a separate Class).

 

-11-


Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Co-Documentation Agents ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Collateral ” means all property (whether real or personal, movable or immovable) with respect to which any security interests or hypothecs have been granted (or purported to be granted) pursuant to any Security Document, including, without limitation, all Mortgaged Properties and all cash and Permitted Investments delivered as collateral pursuant to any Loan Document.

 

Collateral Agent ” means Citicorp North America, Inc. or any Person appointed as a successor “Collateral Agent” pursuant to Section 8.01, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Creditors under the Security Documents.

 

Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, Term B Commitment, Incremental Term Commitment, Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment or any combination thereof (as the context requires).

 

Commitment Fees ” shall mean U.S. RC Commitment Fees, Canadian RC Commitment Fees and/or Term B Commitment Fees, as the context may require.

 

Communications ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.17(a).

 

Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.01(d) and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit M , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

 

Consolidated Cash Interest Expense ” means, for any period, (i) the total consolidated interest expense of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other commitment and banking fees and charges ( e.g. , fees with respect to letters of credit, bank guaranties and Hedging Agreements) for such period (calculated without regard to any limitations on payment thereof), adjusted to exclude (to the extent same would otherwise be included in the calculation above in this clause (i)) the amortization of any deferred financing costs for such period and any interest expense actually “paid in kind” during such period, plus (ii) without duplication, (x) that portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Canadian Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis representing the interest factor for such period and (y) the “deemed interest expense” ( i.e. , the interest expense which would have been applicable if the respective obligations were structured as on-balance sheet financing arrangements) with respect to all Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries of the type described in clause (k) of the definition of Indebtedness contained herein (to the extent same does not arise from a financing arrangement constituting an operating lease) for such period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above,

 

-12-


for purposes of determining the Interest Expense Coverage Ratio, to the extent Consolidated Cash Interest Expense is to be determined for any Test Period which ends prior to the first anniversary of the Initial Borrowing Date, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for all portions of such period occurring prior to the Initial Borrowing Date shall be calculated in accordance with the definition of Test Period contained herein.

 

Consolidated Current Assets ” means, at any time, the consolidated current assets of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries at such time.

 

Consolidated Current Liabilities ” means, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries at such time, but excluding the current portion of any Indebtedness under this Agreement and the current portion of any other long-term Indebtedness which would otherwise be included therein.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period (without giving effect to (x) any extraordinary gains and (y) any gains or losses from sales of assets other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business) adjusted by (I) adding thereto (in each case to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period), without duplication, the amount of (i) total interest expense (inclusive of amortization of deferred financing fees and other original issue discount and banking fees and charges (e.g., letter of credit fees and commitment fees)) of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis for such period, (ii) provision for taxes based on income and foreign withholding taxes for the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis for such period, (iii) all depreciation and amortization expense of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis for such period, (iv) in the case of any period including the Fiscal Quarter ended September 30, 2004, one-time restructuring charges relating to a plant closure actually incurred during such Fiscal Quarter in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000, (v) in the case of any period including the Fiscal Quarter ended September 30, 2004, the amount of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transaction during such Fiscal Quarter, (vi) all non-cash stock compensation expenses of the Canadian Parent (i.e., expenses paid through the issuance of Equity Interests of Canadian Parent, or options therefor, rather than in cash) incurred during such period (except to the extent any such expense will require a cash payment in a future period), (vii) restructuring charges relating to plant closings actually recorded or accrued during such period and on or after January 1, 2005, (viii) unrealized foreign exchange losses of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries recognized during such period and (ix) cash payments received during such period on account of unrealized foreign exchange gains recognized in a prior period and (II) subtracting therefrom, without duplication, the amount of (i) unrealized foreign exchange gains of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries recognized during such period (to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period), (ii) all cash payments made during such period on account of unrealized foreign exchange losses recognized in a prior period (in each case to the extent not deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period) and (iii) the aggregate amount of all cash payments made during such period in excess of $3,000,000 (in the aggregate) in connection with restructuring charges relating to plant closings recorded or accrued after January 1, 2005, whether such restructuring charges were recorded or accrued during such period or any prior period. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that, to the extent any amounts

 

-13-


are excluded from Consolidated Net Income by virtue of the proviso to the definition thereof contained herein, any add backs to Consolidated Net Income in determining Consolidated EBITDA as provided above shall be limited (or denied) in a fashion consistent with the proviso to the definition of Consolidated Net Income contained herein.

 

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, at a particular date, the sum of (without duplication) (i) all Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) as would be required to be reflected as debt or Capital Lease Obligations on the liability side of a consolidated balance sheet of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, (ii) all Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries of the type described in clauses (g), (i), (j) and (k) of the definition of Indebtedness and (iii) all Guarantees of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of any third Person of the type referred to in preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis (after any deduction for minority interests), provided that (i) in determining Consolidated Net Income, the net income of any other Person which is not a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or is accounted for by the Canadian Parent by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the payment of cash dividends or cash distributions by such other Person to the Canadian Parent or a Subsidiary thereof during such period, (ii) the net income of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of cash dividends or similar cash distributions by that Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted by operation of its charter or any agreement, instrument or law applicable to such Subsidiary and (iii) except for determinations expressly required to be made on a pro forma basis under this Agreement, the net income (or loss) of any other Person acquired by the Canadian Parent or a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded.

 

Contested Collateral Lien Conditions ” means (a) any proceeding instituted contesting such Lien shall conclusively operate to stay the sale or forfeiture of any portion of the Collateral on account of such Lien; and (b) in the event the amount of any such Lien shall exceed $1,000,000 and shall not be fully covered by insurance (less any deductible) issued by an insurer other than the Canadian Parent or any Affiliate thereof, which is a reputable and solvent insurer, as to which the insurer has acknowledged responsibility to pay and discharge such Lien, the Loan Party or its applicable Subsidiary shall either obtain a bond or maintain cash reserves, in either case, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge such Lien and the Collateral Agent’s reasonable estimate of all interest and penalties related thereto.

 

Contingent Payment Agreements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Acquisition Consideration.”

 

Continuing Directors ” means the directors of the Canadian Parent on the Effective Date and each other director if such director’s election to, or nomination for the election to, the board of directors of the Canadian Parent is recommended or approved by a majority of then Continuing Directors.

 

-14-


control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Event ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.03.

 

Currency of Payment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.19.

 

Debt Incurrence ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(ii).

 

Default ” means any Event of Default, any Event of Termination and any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default or Event of Termination.

 

Default Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.13(d).

 

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender with respect to which a Lender Default then exists.

 

Destruction ” means any and all damage to, or loss or destruction of, or loss of title to, all or any portion of the Property of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Documents ” shall mean and include (i) the Loan Documents, (ii) the Subordinated Notes Documents, (iv) the Refinancing Documents, and (v) on and after the execution and delivery thereof, the instruments, agreements and documents relating to the Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” means, on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any amount in Dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount in Canadian Dollars, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount, determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 1.04 using the Exchange Rate with respect to Canadian Dollars at the time in effect under the provisions of such Section.

 

Dollars ” or “ $ ” or “ US$ ” or “ U.S. Dollars ” each means lawful money (in dollars) of the United States of America.

 

Draft ” means a blank bill of exchange, within the meaning of the Bills of Exchange Act (Canada), drawn in Canadian Dollars by the Canadian Borrower on any BA Lender, and which, except as otherwise provided herein, has not been completed or accepted by such Lender.

 

Drawing ” means (i) the acceptance of Drafts and purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances by the Canadian Revolving Lenders, in accordance with Section 2.01(b), or (ii) the making of BA Equivalent Advances by Non-BA Lenders.

 

Drawing Purchase Price ” means, with respect to each Bankers’ Acceptance to be purchased or BA Equivalent Advance to be made available by any Canadian Revolving

 

-15-


Lender on any date, the amount (adjusted to the nearest whole cent or, if there is no nearest whole cent, the next higher whole cent) obtained by dividing (i) the aggregate Face Amount of such Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance, by (ii) the sum of (A) one and (B) the product of (1) the BA Rate in effect on such date (expressed as a decimal) multiplied by (2) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the term to maturity of such Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance, as the case may be, and the denominator of which is 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.08).

 

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean and include a commercial bank, a mutual fund, an insurance company, a financial institution, a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act), any fund that regularly invests in bank loans or any other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act), but in any event excluding any individual and the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 

Embargoed Person ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.19.

 

Employee Benefit Plans ” has the meaning assigned such term in Section 4.01(m).

 

Environment ” means ambient air, surface water and groundwater (including potable water, navigable water and wetlands), the land surface or subsurface strata, natural resources such as flora and fauna, or as otherwise defined in any applicable Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Claim ” means any allegation, investigation, notice of violation, claim, demand, order, directive, cost recovery action or other cause of action by, or on behalf of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person for damages, injunctive or equitable relief, personal injury (including sickness, disease or death), Remedial Action costs, tangible or intangible property damage, natural resource damages, nuisance, or for fines, penalties or restrictions, in each case resulting from or based upon the actual or alleged: (a) existence of a Release (including any sudden or non-sudden, accidental or non-accidental Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials in the Environment); (b) exposure of any person to any Hazardous Material; (c) presence, generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Material; or (d) violation or alleged violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all applicable treaties, laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the Environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, Release or threatened Release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including, but not limited to, any liability for damages, natural resource damage, costs of

 

-16-


environmental remediation, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, administrative oversight costs, fines, penalties or indemnities), directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) the violation of any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, (b) the presence, generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) the exposure of any person to any Hazardous Materials or (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the Environment.

 

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, authorization, certificate, license, variance, filing or permission required by or from any Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Equity Interests ” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest.

 

Equity Issuance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(c)(i).

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that, together with the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent, would be deemed to be a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived under subsection .22, .23, .25, .27 or .28 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043); (b) the existence with respect to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, (c) the failure to make a required contribution with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan prior to the date upon which penalties begin to accrue; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA; (e) the incurrence by the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the receipt by the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Pension Plan, to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan, or to take any other action with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that could result in liability to the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate, or the occurrence of any event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the incurrence by the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the

 

-17-


Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (h) the receipt by the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (i) the existence of the imposition of a lien or the posting of a bond or other security on the assets of the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (j) an action, suit, proceeding, hearing, audit or investigation with respect to the administration, operation or the investment of assets of any Pension Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) is pending or threatened, (k) using actuarial assumptions and computation methods consistent with Part 1 of subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA, there would be no liability to the Canadian Parent, its Subsidiaries and/or its ERISA Affiliates to any Multiemployer Plans in the event of a complete withdrawal therefrom, as of the close of the most recent fiscal year of each such Multiemployer Plan ended prior to the date of the most recent Credit Event, (l) the incurrence of an Unfunded Current Liability by or with respect to any Pension Plan, or (m) the occurrence of a nonexempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in liability to the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Eurodollar Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans.

 

Eurodollar Loan ” means any Loan (denominated in Dollars) bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

 

Eurodollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

 

Event of Termination ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01.

 

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, the remainder of (a) the sum of, without duplication, (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period and (ii) the decrease, if any, in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital from the first day to the last day of such period, minus (b) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries in accordance with this Agreement during such period (other than Capital Expenditures to the extent financed with equity proceeds, Asset Sale proceeds, insurance proceeds or Indebtedness), (ii) the aggregate amount of all cash payments made in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions consummated in accordance with this Agreement by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries during such period (other than any such payments to the extent financed with equity proceeds, Asset Sale proceeds, insurance proceeds or Indebtedness), (iii) the aggregate amount of permanent principal payments of Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries during such period to the extent permitted by this Agreement (other than (A) repayments to the extent made with Asset Sale proceeds, equity proceeds, insurance proceeds

 

-18-


or proceeds of Indebtedness and (B) repayments of Advances, provided that repayments of Advances shall be deducted in determining Excess Cash Flow to the extent such repayments were (x) required as a result of a scheduled repayment of principal of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(d) or (y) made as a voluntary prepayment with internally generated funds (but in the case of a voluntary prepayment of Revolving Credit Advances, only to the extent accompanied by a voluntary reduction to the Total Revolving Credit Commitment in an amount equal to such prepayment)), (iv) the increase, if any, in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital from the first day to the last day of such period and (v) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.07(v) during such period.

 

Excess Cash Flow Payment Date ” shall mean the date occurring 90 days after the last day of a Fiscal Year (commencing with Fiscal Year 2005).

 

Excess Cash Flow Payment Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Payment Date, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Rate ” means, on any day, for purposes of determining the Dollar Equivalent of any other currency, the rate at which such other currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day on the Telerate Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Telerate Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Parent or, in the absence of such an agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m., local time, on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two Business Days later; provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be presumed correct in the absence of facts or circumstances indicating that it has been made in error.

 

Excluded Barbados Insurance Subsidiary ” means Drumheath Indemnity Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of Barbados.

 

Excluded Equity Issuance ” means the issuance of Equity Interests of the Canadian Parent in the ordinary course to directors, officers or employees of the Canadian Parent or its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount (for all such issuances) not to exceed $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year.

 

Executive Order ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.24.

 

Existing Credit Agreement ” shall mean that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, among the Canadian Parent, the Canadian Borrower, certain other subsidiaries of the Canadian Parent and various financial institutions, as in effect on the Effective Date.

 

-19-


Existing Indebtedness ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01(a)(iii).

 

Existing Indebtedness Agreements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01(m).

 

Existing Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.05(k).

 

Existing Senior Note Indebtedness to be Refinanced ” shall mean and include all Indebtedness under the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Agreements. Without limiting the foregoing, it understood and agreed that the aggregate amount of the “Existing Senior Note Indebtedness to be Refinanced” (including the payment of related call premiums but exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest) shall not exceed $272,500,000.

 

Existing Senior Notes ” means, collectively, IPG Holdings’ (i) $137,000,000 Senior Secured Notes due March 31, 2008, (ii) $25,000,000 Senior Secured Notes, Series A, due 2005 and (iii) $112,000,000 Senior Secured Notes, Series B, due 2009, each as issued pursuant to the relevant Existing Senior Notes Agreement therefore, as in effect on the Effective Date, as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

Existing Senior Notes Agreements ” means (x) the Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, among IPG Holdings, the Canadian Parent, the Canadian Borrower and the noteholders party thereto relating to IPG Holdings’ $137,000,000 Senior Secured Notes due March 31, 2008 and (y) the Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, among IPG Holdings, the Canadian Parent, the Canadian Borrower and the noteholders party thereto relating to IPG Holdings’ $25,000,000 Senior Secured Notes, Series A, due 2005 and $112,000,000 Senior Secured Notes, Series B, due 2009, in each case as in effect on the Effective Date, as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

Existing Senior Notes Documents ” means the Existing Senior Notes, the Existing Senior Notes Agreements and all other material documents executed and delivered with respect to the Existing Senior Notes in the Existing Senior Notes Agreements, as in effect on the Effective Date and as the same may be modified, supplemented, restated and/or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

Existing Senior Notes Redemption Date ” means the date occurring 30 days after the delivery of an “irrevocable notice of redemption” by IPG Holdings to holders of the Existing Senior Notes (or, if such 30 th day is not a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter).

 

Existing Senior Notes Refinancing ” means and includes the various refinancing transactions described in Sections 4.02(h).

 

Existing Senior Notes Refinancing Documents ” shall mean all of the agreements, documents and instruments executed or delivered in connection with the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing.

 

-20-


Face Amount ” means, (a) in respect of any Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance, the amount payable to its holder on the maturity of such Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance, as applicable, and (b) in respect of any Notional Bankers’ Acceptance for which a particular outstanding BA Equivalent Advance was made pursuant to Section 2.03(a), the theoretical amount payable to its holder on the maturity of such Notional Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

Facilities ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.16(a).

 

Fair Labor Standards Act ” means the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as the same may be amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate for such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Fee Letter ” means the Fee Letter dated July 1, 2004, among the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, IPG (US) and the Canadian Parent.

 

Fees ” means the Commitment Fees, the LC Fees and the Agent Fees.

 

Fibope ” shall mean Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Portugal.

 

Financial Officer ” of any corporation, partnership or other entity means the chief financial officer, the principal accounting officer, Treasurer or Controller of such corporation, partnership or other entity.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means any quarter of a Fiscal Year, with each quarter to be a period of three consecutive calendar months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Fiscal Quarter shall mean a Fiscal Quarter of the Canadian Parent.

 

Fiscal Year ” means any period of twelve consecutive calendar months ending on December 31; references to a Fiscal Year with a number corresponding to any calendar year ( e.g. , the “Fiscal Year 2004”) refer to the Fiscal Year ending on December 31 occurring during such calendar year. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Fiscal Year shall mean a Fiscal Year of the Canadian Parent.

 

-21-


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) the remainder of Consolidated EBITDA minus Capital Expenditures (other than Capital Expenditures to the extent financed with equity proceeds, Asset Sale proceeds or insurance proceeds) for such period to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period, (ii) the scheduled principal amount of all amortization payments on all Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period (including the principal component of all Capitalized Lease Obligations but excluding payments pursuant to the Refinancing) as determined on the first day of such period (or, with respect to a given issue of Indebtedness incurred thereafter, on the date of the incurrence thereof), (iii) the amount of all cash payments made by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries in respect of income taxes or income tax liabilities during such period (net of cash tax refunds received by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries during such period) and (iv) the aggregate amount of all cash Dividends (including stock repurchases) paid by the Canadian Parent pursuant to Sections 6.07(iii) and (v) for such period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, for purposes of determining the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, to the extent Fixed Charges are to be determined for any Test Period which ends prior to the first anniversary of the Initial Borrowing Date, Fixed Charges for all portions of such period occurring prior to the Initial Borrowing Date shall be calculated in accordance with the definition of Test Period contained herein.

 

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund), program, policy, arrangement or agreement established, maintained or contributed to outside the United States by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries residing in and/or employed outside the United States, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in Canada applied on a consistent basis.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any Federal, state, provincial, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body, including any central bank.

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof (including pursuant to a Synthetic Lease), (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other

 

-22-


obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of the obligation under any Guarantee shall be deemed to be the greater of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee is made (including principal, interest and fees) and (b) the maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of the obligation under such Guarantee shall be such guarantor’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guarantor in good faith; irrespective, in any such case, of any amount thereof that would, in accordance with GAAP, be required to be reflected on a balance sheet of such Person.

 

Guarantee Agreements ” means and includes the Loan Agreement Party Guaranty, the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty and the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty.

 

Guaranteed Creditors ” shall mean and include the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Lead Arranger, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank and each party (other than any Loan Party) party to (or participating in) a Hedging Agreement to the extent such party is a Lender or an affiliate thereof (even if such Lender subsequently ceases to be a Lender under this Agreement for any reason) and their subsequent assigns.

 

Guaranteed Party ” shall mean each Borrower and each Subsidiary of a Borrower party to a Hedging Agreement with any Guaranteed Creditor.

 

Guarantors ” means and includes each Loan Agreement Party, each Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor and each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all pollutants, contaminants, wastes, substances, chemicals, materials and constituents, including without limitation, crude oil, petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or PCB-containing materials or equipment of any nature which can give rise to Environmental Liability under, or are regulated pursuant to, any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Agreement ” means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate hedging arrangement and all other similar agreements or arrangements designed to alter the risks of any Person arising from fluctuations in interest rate or currency values.

 

Impermissible Qualification ” means, relative to the opinion or certification of any independent public accountant as to any financial statement of the Canadian Parent, any qualification or exception to such opinion or certification:

 

(a) which is of a “going concern” or similar nature;

 

-23-


(b) which relates to the limited scope of examination of matters relevant to such financial statement; or

 

(c) which relates to the treatment or classification of any item in such financial statement and which, as a condition to its removal, would require an adjustment to such item the effect of which would be to cause the Canadian Parent to be in default of any of its obligations under any of Sections 6.13 through 6.15, inclusive.

 

Income Tax Act (Canada) ” means the Income Tax Act (Canada) as the same may from time to time be in effect.

 

Increased Cost Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23.

 

Incremental Commitment ” means any Incremental Term Commitment and/or any Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.

 

Incremental Commitment Agreement ” means the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement and/or the Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement, as the context may require.

 

Incremental Commitment Date ” means the Incremental Term Loan Borrowing Date or the Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Date, as the context may require.

 

Incremental Commitment Request Requirements ” means, with respect to any request for an Incremental Commitment made pursuant to Section 2.06 or 2.07, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on the date of such request: (x) no Default then exists or would result therefrom (for purposes of such determination, assuming the relevant Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the full amount of Incremental Commitments then requested had been incurred, and the proposed Permitted Acquisition (if any) to be financed with the proceeds of such Loans had been consummated, on such date of request) and all of the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects at such time (unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); and (y) the Canadian Parent shall be in compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.13, 6.14 and 6.15 for the Test Period most recently ended prior to the date of the request for Incremental Commitments, on a pro forma basis, as if the relevant Loans to be made pursuant to such Incremental Commitments (assuming the full utilization thereof) had been incurred, and the proposed Permitted Acquisition (if any) to be financed with the proceeds of such Loans (as well as other Permitted Acquisitions theretofore consummated after the first day of such Test Period) had occurred, on the first day of such Test Period ( provided that any such Loans to be made pursuant to such Incremental Commitments prior to the end of the first Test Period under such Sections shall be deemed to have occurred after the end of such first Test Period).

 

Incremental Commitment Requirements ” means, with respect to any provision of an Incremental Commitment on a given Incremental Commitment Date, the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the effective date of the respective Incremental Commitment Agreement: (r) no Default then exists or would result therefrom (for purposes of

 

-24-


such determination, assuming the relevant Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the full amount of Incremental Commitments then provided had been incurred, and the proposed Permitted Acquisition (if any) to be financed with the proceeds of such Loans had been consummated, on such date of effectiveness) and all of the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects at such time (unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); (s) calculations are made by the Canadian Parent demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Sections 6.13, 6.14 and 6.15 for the Test Period most recently ended prior to such date of effectiveness, on a pro forma basis, as if the relevant Loans to be made pursuant to such Incremental Commitments (assuming the full utilization thereof) had been incurred, and the proposed Permitted Acquisition (if any) to be financed with the proceeds of such Loans (as well as other Permitted Acquisitions theretofore consummated after the first day of such Test Period) had occurred, on the first day of such Test Period; (t) the delivery by the Canadian Parent to the Administrative Agent of an officer’s certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of the Canadian Parent and certifying as to compliance with preceding clauses (r) and (s) and containing the calculations required by clause (s); (u) the delivery by the Canadian Parent to the Administrative Agent of an officer’s certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of the Canadian Parent certifying which provisions of the Subordinated Notes Indenture that the respective incurrence of Incremental Loans will be justified under and demonstrating in reasonable detail that the full amount of such Incremental Loans may be incurred in accordance with, and will not violate the provisions of the Subordinated Notes Indenture; (v) the delivery by the Canadian Parent to the Administrative Agent of an acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and executed by each Guarantor acknowledging that such Incremental Commitment and all Loans subsequently incurred pursuant to such Incremental Commitment shall constitute (and be included in the definition of) “Guaranteed Obligations” or “Relevant Guaranteed Obligations”, as applicable under each Guarantee Agreement of such Guarantor; (w) the delivery by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries of such technical amendments, modifications and/or supplements to the respective Security Documents as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the additional Obligations to be incurred pursuant to the Incremental Commitments are secured by, and entitled to the benefits of, the relevant Security Documents, and each of the Lenders hereby agrees to, and authorizes the Collateral Agent to enter into, any such technical amendments, modifications and/or supplements; (x) the delivery by the Canadian Parent to the Administrative Agent of an opinion or opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from counsel to the Loan Parties reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and dated such date, covering such of the matters set forth in the opinions of counsel delivered to the Administrative Agent on the Initial Borrowing Date pursuant to Section 4.02 as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, and such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated thereby as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, (y) the delivery by the Canadian Parent and the other Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent of such other officers’ certificates, resolutions and evidence of good standing as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request and (z) the completion by the Canadian Parent and the other Loan Parties of such other actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with such Incremental Commitment.

 

-25-


Incremental Lender ” means any Incremental Term Lender and/or any Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender, as the context may require.

 

Incremental Loan ” means (x) Incremental Term Loans and (y) U.S. Revolving Loans made pursuant to an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Incremental Term Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Incremental Term Loans.

 

Incremental Term Commitment ” means, for each Lender, any commitment to make Incremental Term Loans provided by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.06, in such amount as agreed to by such Lender in the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement and as set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 2.01 (as modified, or deemed modified, in accordance with Section 2.06) directly below the column entitled “Incremental Term Commitment”, as the same may be (x) reduced from time to time or terminated pursuant to Section 2.11 or (y) adjusted from time to time as a result of assignments to and from such Lender pursuant to Section 2.23 and/or Section 10.04(b).

 

Incremental Term Commitment Agreement ” means the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement in the form of Exhibit B (appropriately completed) executed in accordance with Section 2.06.

 

Incremental Term Commitment Date ” means the date upon which an Incremental Term Commitment under the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement becomes effective as provided in Section 2.06(b), which date may be no later than the date which is 12 months prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

Incremental Term Installment Payment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement.

 

Incremental Term Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.06(b).

 

Incremental Term Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a).

 

Incremental Term Loan Borrowing Date ” means the date on which Incremental Term Loans are incurred pursuant to Section 2.01(a) and as otherwise permitted by Section 2.06.

 

Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement and shall in any event be no earlier than the Term Loan B Maturity Date.

 

Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, for any Lender, any commitment by such Lender to make U.S. Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a) as agreed to by such Lender in the Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement delivered pursuant to Section 2.07; it being understood, however, that on each date upon which an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender becomes effective, such Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender shall be added to (and thereafter

 

-26-


become a part of) the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender for all purposes of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 2.07.

 

Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement ” means an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement in the form of Exhibit C (appropriately completed) executed in accordance with Section 2.07.

 

Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Date ” means the date upon which an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment under the Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement becomes effective as provided in Section 2.07(b), which date may be no later than the date which is 12 months prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(b).

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding obligations to pay salary or benefits under deferred compensation or other benefit programs), (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, whether or not delivered or accepted, i.e. , take-or-pay and similar obligations, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services, (f) all indebtedness of the types described in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i) or (j) of this definition secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such Person ( provided that, if the Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable in respect of such indebtedness, such indebtedness shall be deemed to be in an amount equal to the fair market value of the property to which such Lien relates as determined in good faith by such Person), (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness or other monetary or financial obligations of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all payments that such Person would have to make in the event of an early termination, on the date Indebtedness of such Person is being determined, in respect of outstanding interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements or other interest or exchange rate hedging arrangements, (j) the maximum amount available to be drawn or paid under all letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety, appeal and performance bonds and similar obligations (whether contingent or otherwise) issued for the account of such Person and all unpaid drawings and unreimbursed payments in respect of such letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety and appeal bonds and similar obligations and (k) all Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities of such Person. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is directly liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include trade payables, accrued expenses and deferred tax and other credits incurred by any Person in accordance with customary practices and in the ordinary course of business of such Person.

 

-27-


Indebtedness to be Refinanced ” means, collectively, the Bank Indebtedness to be Refinanced and the Existing Senior Note Indebtedness to be Refinanced.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.05(b).

 

Information Memorandum ” means (i) the Confidential Information Memorandum dated as of July 2004 and posted electronically on Intralinks (and all related updates) relating to the Canadian Parent, the Borrowers and this Agreement and (ii) the Offering

 

Memorandum of the Special-Purpose Issuer dated July 14, 2004 related to the Subordinated Notes (the “ Subordinated Notes Information Memorandum ”).

 

Initial Borrowing Date ” means the date of the initial Borrowing of Loans under this Agreement.

 

Installment Payment Date ” means any Term B Installment Payment Date and/or any Incremental Term Installment Payment Date, as the context may require.

 

Intercompany Debt ” means any Indebtedness, payables or other obligations, whether now existing or hereafter incurred, owed by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to the Canadian Parent or any other Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent.

 

Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit L , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, among the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Parent and various of its Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

Interest Expense Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for such period to (b) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such period.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, with respect to any Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, (a) each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date had successive Interest Periods of three months’ duration been applicable to such Borrowing and, in addition, (b) the date of any refinancing of such Borrowing with a Borrowing of a different Type.

 

Interest Period ” means (a) as to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing (including any date on which such Borrowing shall have been converted from a Borrowing of a different Type) or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically corresponding day (or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3 or 6 months (or if agreed to by all Lenders with Loans and/or Commitments under the respective Class of Loans, 9 or 12 months) thereafter, as the respective U.S. Borrower may elect; provided that after the 14 th day following the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the 28th day after the Initial Borrowing Date, the respective U.S. Borrower shall only be permitted to request Interest Periods of seven days,

 

-28-


(b) as to any ABR Borrowing (other than a Swingline Borrowing), the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing (including any date on which such Borrowing shall have been converted from a Borrowing of a different Type) or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, (ii) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (iii) the date such Borrowing is prepaid in accordance with Section 2.10 or converted in accordance with Section 2.08, (c) as to any Swingline Loan, a period commencing on the date of such Swingline Loan and ending on the earliest of (i) the fifth Business Day thereafter, (ii) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (iii) the date such Swingline Loan is prepaid in accordance with Section 2.10 and (d) as to any Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loan, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing (including any date on which such Borrowing shall have been converted from a Borrowing of a different Type) or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the earliest of (i) the next succeeding March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31, (ii) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (iii) the date such Borrowing is prepaid in accordance with Section 2.10 or converted in accordance with Section 2.08; provided , however , that if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.

 

Investment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

 

IPG Holdings ” means IPG Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership.

 

IPG (US) ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Issuing Bank ” means (x) an affiliate of Citicorp North America, Inc. and (y) Comerica Bank, each in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its respective successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i), and any other U.S. Revolving Lender approved by the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Parent. An Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. With respect to the Existing Letters of Credit, Comerica Bank shall be the Issuing Bank thereof.

 

Landlord-Lender Agreement ” shall mean each agreement between a landlord of each U.S. Leasehold Property and the Collateral Agent entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by any Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit issued by it.

 

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC

 

-29-


Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the U.S. Borrowers at such time. The LC Exposure of any U.S. Revolving Lender at any time shall be its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

 

LC Fees ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(d).

 

Lead Arranger ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Leasehold Property ” shall mean each Real Property leased by IPG (US) or any of its Subsidiaries and for which Landlord-Lender Agreements shall be required pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Lender Affiliate ” means (a) with respect to any Lender, (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed, advised or administered by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or by the same investment advisor as a Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor, any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions and is managed, advised or administered by a Lender, and Affiliate of a Lender or by the same investment advisor as a Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

 

Lender Default ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, (i) the refusal (which has not been retracted) of such Lender to make available its portion of any Advance required to be made pursuant to terms of this Agreement or to fund its portion of any Unrefunded Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.04(c) or any reimbursed payment pursuant to Section 2.05(e) or (ii) such Lender having notified in writing any Borrower and/or the Administrative Agent that such Lender does not intend to comply with its obligations to fund amounts as described in preceding clause (i) in circumstances when such amounts would be required to be funded thereunder.

 

Lenders ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for Dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which Dollar deposits for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the

 

-30-


principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, as of the day two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, lien (statutory or other), pledge, prior claims (within the meaning of the Civil Code of Quebec) encumbrance, charge, assignment, hypothecation, preference, priority or other security interest in or on such asset or any filing of any financing or similar statement or notice filed under the UCC as in effect in the applicable state or jurisdiction or any other similar notice or lien under any similar notice or recording or registration statute of any Governmental Authority, in each of the foregoing cases whether voluntary or imposed by law, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement relating to such asset, (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities, (d) in the case of any investment property or deposit account, any contract or other agreement, express or implied, under which any Person has the right to control such investment property or deposit account and (e) any other agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever intended to create any of the foregoing.

 

Loan Agreement Parties ” means the Canadian Parent, U.S. Intermediate Holdco and the Borrowers.

 

Loan Agreement Party Guaranty ” means the guaranty of the Loan Agreement Parties pursuant to Article IX hereof.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Fee Letter (for purposes of Section 7.01(a) only), the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty, the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty, the Security Documents, each Incremental Commitment Agreement, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and, if requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(f), each Note.

 

Loan Parties ” means each Loan Agreement Party, each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor and each Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor; provided solely for purposes of the definitions of “Permitted Acquisition” and “Qualified Jurisdiction” and Sections 4.02(k), 4.02(m), 4.02(n)(iii), 5.12, 5.15, 6.01(a)(iv), 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05, Non-Qualified Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed not to constitute “Loan Parties”.

 

Loan Party Information ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.16(b).

 

Loans ” means the Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans, the Term B Loans and the Incremental Term Loans (if any).

 

Local Law Pledge Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.02(k).

 

Margin Stock ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a materially adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, performance, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Loan

 

-31-


Parties and their consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under the Loan Documents or (d) the value of the Collateral or the validity, enforceability, perfection or priority of the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent (for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Creditors) on the Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Advances and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, with a principal amount exceeding $5,000,000; provided that Indebtedness under, or in respect of, the Existing Senior Notes Documents shall not constitute Material Indebtedness hereunder unless, and to the extent, same remains outstanding after August 28, 2004. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean (i) with respect to Term B Loans, the Term B Loan Maturity Date, (ii) with respect to Incremental Term Loans, the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date, (iii) with respect to Revolving Credit Advances, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.09.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean each mortgage, deed of trust, deed of hypothec or deed to secure debt required to be delivered with respect to any Real Property pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with any assignment of leases and rents to be executed in connection therewith (as amended, restated, modified and/or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof).

 

Mortgage Policy ” shall mean each mortgage title insurance policy (and all endorsements thereto) for each Mortgaged Property required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Real Property owned or leased by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and required to be mortgaged pursuant to this Agreement (including each parcel of Real Property identified on Schedule 3.11(b) as a “Mortgaged Property”, and each other parcel of Real Property with respect to which a Mortgage is required pursuant to Section 5.11).

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, other than a Foreign Plan, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA (i) to which any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, (ii) to which any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has

 

-32-


within the preceding six plan years made contributions, including any Person which ceased to be an ERISA Affiliate during such six year period, or (iii) with respect to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries could incur liability.

 

Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to any Equity Issuance, Debt Incurrence, Asset Sale, Destruction or Taking, the cash proceeds actually received in respect of such event, including (i) any cash received in respect of any non-cash proceeds, but only as and when received, (ii) in the case of a Destruction, insurance proceeds in excess of $1,000,000, and (iii) in the case of a Taking, condemnation awards and similar payments in excess of $1,000,000, net of the sum of (i) all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses paid by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries to third parties in connection with such event, (ii) in the case of an asset sale, the estimated marginal increase in income taxes which will be payable by the Canadian Parent’s consolidated group with respect to the Fiscal Year in which such asset sale occurs as a result of such asset sale, and (iii) in the case of an asset sale, the amount of all payments required to be made by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries as a result of such event to repay Indebtedness (other than Advances) secured by a prior Lien on such asset and the amount of any reserves established by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries to fund contingent liabilities reasonably estimated to be payable, in each case during the year that such event occurred or the next succeeding year, and that are directly attributable to such event (as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Canadian Parent); provided that any amount by which such reserves are reduced for reasons other than payment of any such contingent liabilities shall be considered “Net Proceeds” upon such reduction.

 

Non-BA Lender ” means a Canadian Revolving Lender which is not permitted by applicable law or by customary market practices to stamp, for purposes of subsequent sale, or accept, a Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

Non-Bank Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(b).

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.23.

 

Non-Continuing Letter of Credit ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(k).

 

Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries ” shall mean (i) any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent that is not at such time a Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) solely for purposes of the definitions of “Permitted Acquisition” and “Qualified Jurisdiction” and Sections 4.02(k), 4.02(m), 4.02(n)(iii), 5.12, 5.15, 6.01(a)(iv), 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05, Non-Qualified Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Non-Qualified Jurisdiction ” at any time shall mean each jurisdiction that is not at such time a Qualified Jurisdiction.

 

Non-Qualified Subsidiary Guarantors ” means (i) Fibope, (ii) Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V., (iii) Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V., (iv) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent created or acquired after the Effective Date that at

 

-33-


such time has satisfied all of the requirements of a “Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor” as set forth in the definition thereof (other than clause (z) thereof), (v) any Non-U.S. Subsidiary which enters into the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty (or similar guarantee agreement) pursuant to Section 5.11(c)(ii) or is organized in a Non-Qualified Jurisdiction, (vi) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent party to a Subsidiaries Guaranty which ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary and (vii) any Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary which enters a Subsidiaries Guaranty.

 

Non-U.S. Loan Parties ” means each Loan Party that is not a U.S. Person; provided that the proviso to the definition of “Loan Parties” contained herein shall apply equally to the definition of “Non-U.S. Loan Parties.”

 

Non-U.S. Mortgaged Property ” means each Real Property located outside the United States and the States and territories thereof with respect to which a Mortgage is required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Non-U.S. Pledge Agreement ” has meaning provided in Section 4.02(k).

 

Non-U.S. Security Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.02(m).

 

Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty ” means the guaranty of the Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors referred to in Section 4.02(j), together with each other guaranty delivered by a Non-U.S. Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.11, in each case as amended, amended and restated, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

 

Non-U.S. Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent that is or becomes organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America (or any State thereof) or the District of Columbia.

 

Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors ” means (i) the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries of the Canadian Parent listed on Schedule 3.10 hereto and identified thereon as a “Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor” and (ii) each other Non-U.S. Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent which (x) is a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent organized under the laws of a Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdiction, (y) has provided a full and unconditional guaranty (unlimited in amount) of all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty) pursuant to a Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty and (z) has executed the relevant Security Documents in accordance with the requirements of Section 5.11 securing all such Guaranteed Obligations, in each case unless and until released from the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that for purposes of the definitions of “Permitted Acquisition” and “Qualified Jurisdiction” and Sections 4.02(k), 4.02(m), 4.02(n)(iii), 5.12, 5.15, 6.01(a)(iv), 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05, Non-Qualified Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed not to constitute “Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors”.

 

Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” shall mean, as to any Person, each Subsidiary of such Person which is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

 

-34-


Note ” means a note substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1, D-2, D-3, D-4 or D-5.

 

Notice of Drawing ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.03(a).

 

Notional Bankers’ Acceptance ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.03(a).

 

Obligations ” means all Obligations (as defined in the U.S. Security Agreement) owing by any Loan Party to any Secured Creditor and shall include, without limitation, all now existing or hereafter arising debts, obligations, covenants, and duties of payment or performance of every kind, matured or unmatured, direct or contingent, owing, arising, due, or payable to any Secured Creditor by any Loan Party arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, all obligations to repay principal or interest on the Loans and all obligations related to Letters of Credit, Bankers’ Acceptances, Notional Bankers’ Acceptances and to pay interest, fees, costs, charges, expenses, professional fees, and all sums chargeable to any Borrower or for which any Borrower is liable as indemnitor under the Loan Documents, whether or not evidenced by any note or other instrument.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Liabilities ” of any Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivable sold by such Person, (ii) any liability of such Person under any sale and leaseback transactions that do not create a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, (iii) any obligation under a Synthetic Lease or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of or takes the place of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

Organic Document ” means (i) relative to each Person that is a corporation, its charter, its by-laws and all shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements applicable to any of its authorized shares of capital stock, (ii) relative to each Person that is a partnership, its partnership agreement and any other similar arrangements applicable to any partnership or other equity interests in the Person and (iii) relative to any Person that is any other type of legal entity, such documents as shall be comparable to the foregoing.

 

Other List ” has the meaning assigned to such terms in Section 6.19.

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all stamp, documentary or similar Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes or similar levies that arise on account of any payment made or required to be made under any Loan Document or Note or from the execution, delivery, registration, recording or enforcement of any Loan Document or Note.

 

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(f).

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA, or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan ” means a “pension plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan or a Foreign Plan), which is subject to Title I of

 

-35-


ERISA and which is maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of) the Canadian Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, or to which the Canadian Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate may have liability, including any liability by reason of having been a substantial employer within the meaning of Section 4063 of ERISA at any time during the preceding five years, or by reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under Section 4069 of ERISA.

 

Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes ” shall mean subordinated notes of the Special-Purpose Issuer which are substantially identical securities to the Subordinated Notes issued on the Effective Date, which Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes shall be issued pursuant to a registered exchange offer or private exchange offer for the Subordinated Notes and pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Indenture. In no event will the issuance of any Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes increase the aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes then outstanding or otherwise result in an increase in an interest rate applicable to the Subordinated Notes.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, by a Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor of all or substantially all the assets of, or all the Equity Interests in, a Person or a division, line of business or other business unit of a Person so long as (a) such acquisition shall not have been preceded by a tender offer that has not been approved or otherwise recommended by the board of directors of such Person, (b) such assets are to be used in, or such Person so acquired is engaged in, as the case may be, a business of the type conducted by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date or in a business reasonably related thereto, (c) in the case of the acquisition of 100% of the capital stock or other Equity Interests of any Person (including by way of merger or amalgamation), such Person shall own no capital stock or other Equity Interests of any other Person unless either (x) such Person to be so acquired owns 100% of the capital stock or other Equity Interests of such other Person or (y) if such Person to be so acquired owns capital stock or Equity Interests in any other Person which is a Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person to be acquired, (1) such Person to be acquired shall not have been created or established in contemplation of, or for purposes of, the respective Permitted Acquisition, (2) such Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person to be acquired shall have been a Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person prior to the date of the respective Permitted Acquisition and not created or established in contemplation thereof and (3) such Person to be acquired and/or its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries own at least 85% of the consolidated assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (d) substantially all of the assets and/or businesses acquired pursuant to the respective acquisition are located in a Qualified Jurisdiction and owned or held by a Person organized in a Qualified Jurisdiction; (e) immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) all transactions related thereto are consummated in all material respects in accordance with applicable laws, (iii) all the Equity Interests of each Subsidiary formed for the purpose of or resulting from such acquisition shall be owned directly by a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor and all actions required to be taken under Sections 5.10 and 5.11 shall have been taken, (iv) the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, with the covenants contained in Sections 6.13 through 6.15 recomputed as at the date of the last ended Test Period, as if such acquisition (and any related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness) had occurred on the first day of the relevant

 

-36-


Test Period ( provided that any acquisition that occurs prior to the first Test Period under such Sections shall be deemed to have occurred after the end of such first Test Period), (v) any Indebtedness or any Preferred Equity that is incurred, acquired or assumed in connection with such acquisition shall be in compliance with Section 6.01, and (vi) after giving effect to such acquisition and any Advances made in connection therewith, the sum of (A) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment less the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Lenders, plus (B) Unrestricted cash and/or Permitted Investments, shall not be less than $50,000,000; and (f) the Canadian Parent has delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers’ certificate to the effect set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e)(i) through (vi) above, together with all relevant financial information for the Person or assets to be acquired.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the governments of the United States or Canada or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or Canada, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(b) marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of America, any Province of Canada or any political subdivision of any such State or Province or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s;

 

(c) commercial paper issued by a Person organized in the United States or Canada maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s;

 

(d) time deposits, demand deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof or overnight bank deposits, in each case, issued by any bank organized under the laws of Canada, any Province thereof, the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. or Canadian branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000;

 

(e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above; and

 

(f) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above.

 

Permitted Lien ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.02.

 

-37-


Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) additional senior subordinated notes in the form of Subordinated Notes issued after the Effective Date under the Subordinated Notes Indenture and (b) other subordinated notes issued by the Special-Purpose Issuer, (i) the terms of which notes (A) do not provide for any security or scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the final maturity date of the Subordinated Notes and (B) provide for subordination (both as to such subordinated notes and all guaranties thereof) to the Obligations under the Loan Documents to the same extent as the Subordinated Notes Indenture, (ii) the covenants, events of default, guaranties and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries than those in the Subordinated Notes Documents (as determined by the Administrative Agent) and (iii) no Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent is an obligor or guarantor under, or with respect to, such notes that is not an obligor or guarantor under, or with respect to, the Subordinated Notes.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited liability company or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Plan ” means any Pension Plan or Welfare Plan.

 

Platform ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.17(b).

 

Pledge Agreement Collateral ” shall mean all U.S. Pledge Agreement Collateral and all other Equity Interests or other property similar to that pledged pursuant to the U.S. Pledge Agreement which is pledged pursuant to one or more other Security Documents.

 

Pledge Agreements ” shall mean the U.S. Pledge Agreement, each Local Law Pledge Agreement and each Non-U.S. Pledge Agreement.

 

Preferred Equity ,” as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person, means Equity Interests of such Person (other than common stock of such Person) of any class or classes (however designed) that ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

 

Prepayment Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(f).

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.01(l).

 

Pro Rata Percentage ” means, at any time, (i) as to any U.S. Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Available U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments represented by such Lender’s Available U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) as to any Canadian Revolving Lender, the percentage of the aggregate Available Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments represented by such Lender’s Available Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

-38-


Projected Financial Statements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(l).

 

Property ” means any right, title or interest in or to property or assets of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible and including any ownership interests of any Person.

 

Qualified Jurisdictions ” shall mean and include the United States and Canada, in each case including any states, provinces or other similar local units therein. Furthermore, from time to time after the Initial Borrowing Date, the Canadian Parent may request (by written notice to, and following consultation with, the Administrative Agent) that one or more additional jurisdictions be added to the list of Qualified Jurisdictions. In such event, such jurisdictions shall be added to (and thereafter form part of) the list of Qualified Jurisdictions so long as, in each case, the respective jurisdiction to be added is a jurisdiction satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and so long as the Canadian Parent has furnished opinions of counsel, in each case from counsel, and in form and substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, concluding that Subsidiaries of Canadian Parent organized under the laws of such jurisdiction may execute and deliver a Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty (unlimited in amount and otherwise containing provisions reasonably consistent with the provisions of the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty executed and delivered on the Initial Borrowing Date and applicable to a Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor on such date), the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and such Security Documents as may be satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (generally consistent with the Security Documents executed and delivered by Non-U.S. Loan Parties on the Initial Borrowing Date) and that, in accordance with the laws of the respective jurisdiction, such Loan Documents shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and (in the case of the Security Documents) create valid and perfected security interests under applicable law (in each case subject to such customary exceptions (not inconsistent with the requirements set forth above) as are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent). The parties hereto further agree that, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, as a condition to the addition of any jurisdiction to the list of Qualified Jurisdictions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required to) request the consent of the Requisite Lenders to such addition and, in such event, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to wait for such consent before adding the respective jurisdiction to the list of Qualified Jurisdictions.

 

Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdictions ” shall mean and include each Qualified Jurisdiction other than the United States (and the States thereof).

 

Qualified Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Preferred Equity of the Canadian Parent, the express terms of which shall provide that dividends thereon shall not be required to be paid at any time (and to the extent) that such payment would be prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries relating to outstanding Indebtedness and which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event (including any change of control event), cannot mature (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) and is not mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, and is not redeemable, or required to be repurchased, at

 

-39-


the sole option of the holder thereof (including, without limitation, upon the occurrence of an change of control event), in whole or in part, on or prior to the one year anniversary of the Term B Loan Maturity Date.

 

Real Property ” means all right, title and interest of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in and to a parcel of real property owned, leased or operated (including, without limitation, any leasehold estate) by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries together with, in each case, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures, equipment, personal property, easements and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

 

Refinancing ” means the Bank Refinancing and the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing.

 

Refinancing Documents ” means the Bank Refinancing Documents and the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing Documents.

 

Register ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(d).

 

Regulation U ” means Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Regulation X ” means Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release ” means any unpermitted spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, emanating or migrating of any Hazardous Material in, into, onto or through the Environment.

 

Relevant Guaranteed Obligations ” shall mean (i) in the case of the Loan Agreement Party Guaranty provided by each of the U.S. Borrowers, (x) the principal and interest on each Note issued by the Canadian Borrower to each Lender, and all Advances made to the Canadian Borrower, under this Agreement, together with all the other obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities (including, without limitation, indemnities, fees and interest thereon) of the Canadian Borrower to any Guaranteed Creditor now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and each other Loan Document and the due performance and compliance by the Canadian Borrower with all the terms, conditions and agreements contained in this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and (y) all obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities of the Canadian Borrower and each other Guaranteed Party (other than such U.S. Borrower) owing under any Hedging Agreement entered into by the Canadian Borrower or such Guaranteed Party with any Guaranteed Creditor, whether now in existence or hereafter arising,

 

-40-


and the due performance and compliance by the Canadian Borrower and each such other Guaranteed Party with all terms, conditions and agreements contained therein, (ii) in the case of the Loan Agreement Party Guaranty provided by the Canadian Borrower, (x) the principal and interest on each Note issued by the U.S. Borrowers to each Lender, and all Loans made to the U.S. Borrowers, under this Agreement, all reimbursement obligations and L/C Disbursements with respect to Letters of Credit, together with all the other obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities (including, without limitation, indemnities, fees and interest thereon) of the U.S. Borrowers to any Guaranteed Creditor now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and each other Loan Document and the due performance and compliance by the U.S. Borrowers with all the terms, conditions and agreements contained in this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and (y) all obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities of the U.S. Borrowers and each other Guaranteed Party (other than the Canadian Borrower) owing under any Hedging Agreement entered into by the U.S. Borrowers or such Guaranteed Party with any Guaranteed Creditor, whether now in existence or hereafter arising, and the due performance and compliance by the U.S. Borrowers and each such other Guaranteed Party with all terms, conditions and agreements contained therein and (iii) in the case of the Loan Agreement Party Guaranty provided by the Canadian Parent and U.S. Intermediate Holdco, (x) the principal and interest on each Note issued to each Lender, and all Advances made, under this Agreement, all reimbursement obligations and L/C Disbursements with respect to Letters of Credit, together with all the other obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities (including, without limitation, indemnities, fees and interest thereon) of each Borrower to any Guaranteed Creditor now existing or hereafter incurred under, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and each other Loan Document and the due performance and compliance by each Borrower with all the terms, conditions and agreements contained in this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and (y) all obligations (including obligations which, but for the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, would become due) and liabilities of each Borrower and each other Guaranteed Party owing under any Hedging Agreement entered into by such Borrower or such Guaranteed Party with any Guaranteed Creditor, whether now in existence or hereafter arising, and the due performance and compliance by each Borrower and each other Guaranteed Party with all terms, conditions and agreements contained therein.

 

Remedial Action ” means (a) ”remedial action” as such term is defined in CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601(24), and (b) all other actions required by any Governmental Authority or voluntarily undertaken to: (i) clean up, remove, treat, abate or otherwise take corrective action to address any Hazardous Material in the Environment; (ii) prevent the Release or threat of Release, or minimize the further Release of any Hazardous Material so it does not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health, welfare or the Environment; or (iii) perform studies and investigations in connection with, or as a precondition to, (i) or (ii) above.

 

Required Appraisal ” has the meaning assigned such term in Section 5.10(e).

 

-41-


Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

 

Requisite Canadian Revolving Lenders ” means, collectively, Canadian Revolving Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments or, after the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated, the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure.

 

Requisite Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or, after the termination thereof, the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure, (b) the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments or, after the termination thereof, the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure, (c) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term B Loans (or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, the aggregate amount of Term B Commitments) and (d) the aggregate outstanding amount of all Incremental Term Loans (other than Incremental Term Loans made as Term B Loans, which shall be included pursuant to preceding clause (c)).

 

Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders ” means, collectively, U.S. Revolving Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate outstanding amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or, after the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated, the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure.

 

Reset Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.04(a).

 

Responsible Officer ” of any corporation, partnership or other entity means any executive officer or Financial Officer of such corporation, partnership or other entity and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such corporation, partnership or other entity in respect of this Agreement.

 

Restricted ” shall mean, when referring to cash or Permitted Investments of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, that such cash or Permitted Investments (i) appears (or would be required to appear) as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Canadian Parent or of any such Subsidiary (with such Permitted Investments to be valued at the amount set forth on such balance sheet), (ii) are subject to any Lien in favor of any Person other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors or (iii) are not otherwise generally available for use by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Restricted Account ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(h).

 

Restricted Payment ” means any direct or indirect dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests in the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. The granting of security by any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall not be considered a Restricted Payment.

 

-42-


Revolving Credit Advances ” means Canadian Revolving Credit Advances, U.S Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans.

 

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing and/or a Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing, as the context may require.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender, the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and/or the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment of such Revolving Lender, as the context may require.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, collectively, the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure and the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure.

 

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” means July 28, 2009, the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Revolving Lender ” means any U.S. Revolving Lender or any Canadian Revolving Lender.

 

Revolving Loan Percentage ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.05(c) attached hereto.

 

Revolving Loans ” means Canadian Revolving Loans and U.S. Revolving Loans.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies.

 

SDN List ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.19.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

 

Secured Creditors ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the respective Security Documents.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Security Agreement Collateral ” means all collateral in which any security interest is granted pursuant to the Security Agreements.

 

Security Agreements ” means the U.S. Security Agreement and each Non-U.S. Security Agreement.

 

Security Document ” means and includes each of the U.S. Security Agreement, each Pledge Agreement, each Mortgage, each Non-U.S. Security Agreement and, after the

 

-43-


execution and delivery thereof, each Additional Security Document and any other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.10 or 5.11 to secure any of the Obligations.

 

Shareholders’ Agreements ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(m).

 

Significant Asset Sale ” shall mean each Asset Sale which generates Net Proceeds of at least $5,000,000.

 

Special-Purpose Finance Subsidiaries ” shall mean IPG Holdings, IPG Finance LLC and IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia.

 

Special-Purpose Issuer ” means Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation and at all times a direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of IPG (US).

 

Stamping Fee ” means, with respect to each Bankers’ Acceptance and Notional Bankers’ Acceptance, an amount equal to (a) the Applicable Rate, as in effect on the date of the Drawing or renewal, as the case may be, of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptance multiplied by (b) the Face Amount of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptance, calculated on the basis of the term to maturity of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptance and a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal) the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate (expressed as a decimal) of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by any Governmental Authority of the United States or of the jurisdiction of such currency or any jurisdiction in which Loans in such currency are made to which banks in such jurisdiction are subject for any category of deposits or liabilities customarily used to fund loans in such currency or by reference to which interest rates applicable to Loans in such currency are determined. Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any other applicable law, rule or regulation and without regard to whether any Lender actually obtains or maintains eurocurrency funding for its Eurodollar Loans. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Subordinated Notes ” means $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Special-Purpose Issuer issued pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Indenture, as in effect on the Effective Date and as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. As used herein, the term “Subordinated Notes” shall include (other than for purposes of the definition of Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes) any Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Indenture in exchange for theretofore outstanding Subordinated Notes, as contemplated by the Subordinated Notes Information Memorandum and the definition of Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes.

 

-44-


Subordinated Notes Documents ” means the Subordinated Notes, the Subordinated Notes Indenture and all other material documents executed and delivered with respect to the Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes Indenture, as in effect on the Effective Date and as the same may be modified, supplemented, restated and/or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

Subordinated Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2004, among the Special-Purpose Issuer, the Canadian Parent, the Guarantors named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, as in effect on the Effective Date and as the same may be modified, supplemented and/or amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

Subordinated Notes Information Memorandum ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Information Memorandum”.

 

Subordination Provisions ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.01(l).

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person; (ii) any partnership of which more than 50% of the outstanding partnership interests having the power to act as a general partner of such partnership (irrespective of whether at the time any partnership interests other than general partnership interests of such partnership shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) any other legal entity the accounts of which would or should be consolidated with those of such Person on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, when used in this Agreement, the term “Subsidiary” shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor and each Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Survey ” means a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon): (i) prepared by a surveyor or engineer licensed to perform surveys in the state or province where such Mortgaged Property is located, (ii) dated (or redated) not earlier than six months prior to the date of delivery thereof unless there shall have occurred within six months prior to such date of delivery any exterior construction ( i.e ., outside of the perimeter and height of improvements shown on such survey) on the site of such Mortgaged Property, in which

 

-45-


event such survey shall be dated (or redated) after the completion of such construction or if such construction shall not have been completed as of such date of delivery, not earlier than 20 days prior to such date of delivery, (iii) certified by the surveyor (in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) to the Collateral Agent and the Title Company, (iv) complying in all respects with the minimum detail requirements of the American Land Title Association as such requirements are in effect on the date of preparation of such survey and (v) sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) and issue a survey endorsement.

 

Swingline Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Swingline Loans.

 

Swingline Commitment ” means the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Loans pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any U.S. Revolving Lender at any time shall be its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender ” means Citicorp North America, Inc., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans, or any Person serving as a successor Administrative Agent hereunder which agrees to act as such.

 

Swingline Loan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.04(a).

 

Syndication Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

Synthetic Lease ” means a lease transaction under which the parties intend that (i) the lease will be treated as an “operating lease” by the lessee and (ii) the lessee will be entitled to various tax and other benefits ordinarily available to owners (as opposed to lessees) of like property.

 

Taking ” means any taking of any Property of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any portion thereof, in or by condemnation or other eminent domain proceedings pursuant to any law, general or special, or by reason of the temporary requisition or use of any Property of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or any portion thereof, by any Governmental Authority.

 

Tax Allocation Agreements ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01(m).

 

Tax Returns ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.12.

 

Taxes ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a).

 

Term B Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of Term B Loans on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

-46-


Term B Borrowing Request ” means a Borrowing Request in connection with a Term B Borrowing made on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

Term B Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment, if any, of such Lender to make a Term B Loan hereunder on the Initial Borrowing Date, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term B Loan to be made by such Lender hereunder, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. The initial amount of each Lender’s Term B Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 (in the case of Term B Commitments in effect on the Effective Date) or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Term B Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Term B Commitments is $200,000,000.

 

Term B Commitment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(c).

 

Term B Commitment Fee Average Daily Amount ” as to any Term B Lender, means, with respect to a calculation period, the average daily amount during such period calculated using the daily amount of such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment for any applicable days during such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment Period.

 

Term B Commitment Fee Termination Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(c).

 

Term B Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to and including August 28, 2004 or any earlier date on which the Term B Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

 

Term B Installment Payment Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.10(d).

 

Term B Lender ” means a Lender with a Term B Commitment or an outstanding Term B Loan, in its capacity as such.

 

Term B Loan Maturity Date ” means July 28, 2011, the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Term B Loans ” means the Loans made pursuant to clause (i) of Section 2.01(a), as well as any Incremental Term Loan which is added to, and constitutes part of, the outstanding Class of Term B Loans in accordance with Section 2.06(c) and the respective Incremental Term Commitment Agreement.

 

Term Lender ” shall mean each Term B Lender and each Incremental Term Lender.

 

Term Loan Percentage ” of a Class of Term Loans shall mean, at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans of such Class at such time and the denominator of which is equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans of all Classes at such time.

 

-47-


Term Loans ” means and includes each Term B Loan and each Incremental Term Loan.

 

Terminated Lender ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.23.

 

Test Period ” shall mean each period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters then last ended, in each case taken as one accounting period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above or in Section 1.03 or otherwise required by GAAP, in the case of any Test Period ending prior to the first anniversary of the Initial Borrowing Date, such period shall be a one-year period ending on the last day of the Fiscal Quarter last ended, with any calculations of Consolidated Cash Interest Expense and Fixed Charges required in determining compliance with Section 6.13 and 6.15 to be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with, and to the extent provided in, the immediately succeeding sentence. To the extent the respective Test Period (i) includes the 4th Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2003, the 1 st Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004 or the 2 nd Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for each such Fiscal Quarter shall be deemed to be $4,775,000 and (ii) includes the 3rd Fiscal Quarter of Fiscal Year 2004, Consolidated Cash Interest Expense for such Fiscal Quarter shall be determined by (x) taking actual Consolidated Cash Interest Expense, determined in accordance with the respective definition thereof for the period beginning on, and ending after, the Initial Borrowing Date (with the calculations pursuant to this sub-clause (x) to exclude any interest payable on the Existing Senior Notes) and (y) for each day of such Fiscal Quarter occurring prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, using a per-day Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of $53,055. To the extent the respective Test Period includes any Fiscal Quarter described in the immediately preceding sentence, Fixed Charges for such Fiscal Quarter shall be determined by (x) taking the actual amount for the respective period of the amounts described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the definition of Fixed Charges, (y) for all periods prior to the Effective Date, deeming the amount for the respective period of the amounts described in clause (ii) of the definition of Fixed Charges to be $0 (and for all periods after the Effective Date, ignoring any repayments of Indebtedness to be Refinanced) and (z) taking Consolidated Cash Interest Expense determined in a manner consistent with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

Title Company ” means First American Title Insurance Company, Chicago Title Insurance Company or such other title insurance or abstract company as shall be approved by the Collateral Agent.

 

Total Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time.

 

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended. For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act to give effect to any Permitted Acquisition and any Significant Asset Sale consummated during the applicable Test Period as if such Permitted Acquisition or Significant Asset Sale, as the case may be, were consummated on the first day of such Test Period.

 

-48-


Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time.

 

Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, as in effect at such time.

 

Transactions ” means (i) the execution and delivery by each Loan Party of each of the Loan Documents to which it is to be a party and the Borrowing of the Term B Loans hereunder (and the occurrence of all other Credit Events, if any, on the Initial Borrowing Date), (ii) the issuance of the Subordinated Notes, (iii) the consummation of the Refinancing and (iv) the payment of Fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

 

Transferee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(a).

 

Type ” when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, refers to the Rate by reference to which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes hereof, “ Rate ” shall include the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate and the Canadian Prime Rate.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable state or jurisdiction.

 

Unfunded Current Liability ” of any Pension Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the value of the accumulated plan benefits under the Pension Plan determined on a plan termination basis in accordance with actuarial assumptions at such time consistent with those prescribed by the PBGC for purposes of Section 4044 of ERISA, exceeds the fair market value of all plan assets allocable to such liabilities under Title IV of ERISA (excluding any accrued but unpaid contributions).

 

Unrefunded Swingline Loans ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.04(c).

 

Unrestricted ” shall mean, when referring to cash or Permitted Investments of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, that such cash or Permitted Investments are not Restricted.

 

U.S. Borrower Revolver Payments ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.05(a) hereto.

 

U.S. Borrowers ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

U.S. Intermediate Holdco ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

-49-


U.S. Leasehold Property ” shall mean each Leasehold Property located in the United States.

 

U.S. Loan Parties ” means U.S. Intermediate Holdco, IPG (US), the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers and each other Loan Party which is a U.S. Person.

 

U.S. Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Real Property located in the United States or any State or territory thereof with respect to which a Mortgage is required to be delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

U.S. Person ” shall mean any Person organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

U.S. Pledge Agreement ” means the U.S. Pledge Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G, among the Canadian Parent, the U.S. Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, as the same may be amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time.

 

U.S. Pledge Agreement Collateral ” shall mean all of the “ Collateral ” as defined in the U.S. Pledge Agreement.

 

U.S. RC Commitment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(a).

 

U.S. RC Commitment Fee Average Daily Amount ” as to any U.S. Revolving Lender, means, with respect to a calculation period, the average daily amount during such period calculated using the daily amount of such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment less such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure (for purposes hereof excluding clause (c) of the definition of “U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure”) for any applicable days during such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period.

 

U.S. RC Commitment Fee Termination Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(a).

 

U.S. Revolver Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.01.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of U.S. Revolving Loans.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to each U.S. Revolving Lender, the commitment of such U.S. Revolving Lender to make U.S. Revolving Loans to the U.S. Borrowers and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit (and LC Exposure) and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed in each case as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as the same may be (x) reduced from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, (y) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07 or

 

-50-


(z) adjusted from time to time as a result of assignments to and from such Lender pursuant to Sections 2.23 and/or 10.04(b) hereof. The initial amount of each U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01 (in the case of U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments in effect on the Effective Date) or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments as of the Effective Date is $65,000,000.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” means, as to any U.S. Revolving Lender, at any time, the percentage of the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment represented by such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that if the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be determined based upon the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments in effect immediately prior to such termination or expiration, giving effect to any assignments.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but not including the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

 

U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any U.S. Revolving Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans of such U.S. Revolving Lender (if any) at such time, plus (b) such U.S. Revolving Lender’s LC Exposure at such time (if any), plus (c) such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans (if any) at such time.

 

U.S. Revolving Lender ” means any Lender with a commitment to make U.S. Revolving Loans or with any U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure, in its capacity as such.

 

U.S. Revolving Loans ” means the revolving loans made by the U.S. Revolving Lenders to the U.S. Borrowers (all of which shall be made in Dollars) pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.01(a). Each U.S. Revolving Loan shall be a Eurodollar Revolving Loan or an ABR Revolving Loan.

 

U.S. Security Agreement ” means the U.S. Security Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit H , among the U.S. Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, as the same may be amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time.

 

U.S. Security Documents ” shall mean and include the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Pledge Agreement, each Mortgage covering a U.S. Mortgaged Property and each additional security document covering assets of a U.S. Loan Party situated in the United States.

 

U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty ” means the guaranty of the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors referred to in Section 4.02(j), together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered by a U.S. Subsidiary pursuant to Section 5.11, in each case as amended, amended and restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

 

-51-


U.S. Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent that is not a Non-U.S. Subsidiary.

 

U.S. Subsidiary Borrower ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble hereto.

 

U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors ” means the U.S. Subsidiaries of the Canadian Parent listed on Schedule 3.10 hereto and identified thereon as a “U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor” and each other U.S. Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent that shall be required to execute and deliver a guaranty pursuant to Section 5.11, in each case unless and until released from the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that solely for purposes of the definitions of “Permitted Acquisitions” and “Qualified Jurisdiction” and Sections 5.12, 5.15, 6.01(a)(iv), 6.03, 6.04 and 6.05, Subsidiaries constituting Non-Qualified Subsidiary Guarantors as a result of the application of clauses (vi) or (vii) of the definition of “Non-Qualified Subsidiary Guarantor” shall be deemed not to constitute “U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors”.

 

Welfare Plan ” means a “welfare plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that is maintained or contributed to by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to which the Canadian Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate could incur liability.

 

Wholly-Owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary, a Subsidiary all of the voting Equity Interests of which (except directors’ qualifying shares and shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Canadian Parent or any of its other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries) is at such time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Canadian Parent and its other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part 1 of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Section 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings . For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “ Revolving Loan ” or by Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurodollar Loan ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurodollar Revolving Loan ”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g ., a “ Revolving Credit Borrowing ”) or by Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurodollar Borrowing ”) or by Class and Type ( e.g ., a “ Eurodollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ”).

 

Section 1.03. Terms Generally . (a) The definitions in Section 1.01 shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. All references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this

 

-52-


Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) any reference in this Agreement to any Loan Document means such document as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and (ii) all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that for purposes of determining compliance with the covenants contained in Article VI, all accounting terms herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date and applied on a basis consistent with the application used in the financial statements of the Canadian Parent for the Fiscal Year 2003 referred to in Section 3.06.

 

(b) If any payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be due on any day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be paid for the period of such extension.

 

Section 1.04. Exchange Rates . (a) Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on each Calculation Date, the Administrative Agent shall (i) determine the Exchange Rate as of such Calculation Date with respect to Canadian Dollars and (ii) give written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Canadian Parent. The Exchange Rates so determined shall become effective on the first Business Day immediately following the relevant Calculation Date (a “ Reset Date ”) or other date of determination, shall remain effective until the next succeeding Reset Date, and shall for purposes of this Agreement (other than Section 10.19 or any other provision expressly requiring the use of a current Exchange Rate) be the Exchange Rates employed in converting any amounts between U.S. Dollars and Canadian Dollars.

 

(b) Not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on each Reset Date and on each date on which Canadian Revolving Credit Advances are made, the Administrative Agent shall (i) determine the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure (after giving effect to any Canadian Revolving Credit Advances made or repaid on such date) and (ii) notify the Lenders and the Canadian Parent of the results of such determination.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

THE CREDITS

 

Section 2.01. Credit Commitments . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (i) each Term B Lender severally agrees to make a Term B Loan in Dollars to IPG (US) on the Initial Borrowing Date in a principal amount not exceeding its Term B Commitment on such date (immediately prior to the termination thereof pursuant to Section 2.11(a)), (ii) each U.S. Revolving Lender severally agrees to make U.S. Revolving Loans to the U.S. Borrowers (on a joint and several basis) from time to time during the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period, (iii) each Canadian Revolving Lender severally agrees to make Canadian Revolving Loans to the Canadian Borrower from time to time during the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period and (iv) each Lender with an Incremental Term Commitment severally agrees to make a term loan (each, an “ Incremental Term Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) to IPG (US) on the date of the effectiveness of such Incremental Term Commitment pursuant to Section 2.06 in a principal amount not exceeding its

 

-53-


Incremental Term Commitment on such date (immediately prior to the termination thereof pursuant to Section 2.11(a)). Amounts repaid or prepaid in respect of Term Loans of any Class may not be reborrowed. During the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period and the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period, the U.S. Borrowers or the Canadian Borrower, as the case may be, may use the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, by borrowing, prepaying the U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event shall (A) U.S. Revolving Loans be borrowed under this Article II if, after giving effect thereto (and to any concurrent repayment or prepayment of U.S. Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans), (i) the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or (ii) the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of any U.S. Revolving Lender would exceed such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment or (B) Canadian Revolving Loans be borrowed under this Article II if, after giving effect thereto (and to any concurrent repayment or prepayment of Canadian Revolving Credit Advances), (i) the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or (ii) the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure of any Canadian Revolving Lender would exceed such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Canadian Revolving Lender severally agrees (x) in the case of each BA Lender, to accept Drafts (each such Draft so accepted, a “ Bankers’ Acceptance ”) for the account of the Canadian Borrower, and to purchase such Bankers’ Acceptances and (y) in the case of Non-BA Lenders, to make BA Equivalent Advances, from time to time on any Business Day during the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period. Each Drawing shall consist of the creation and purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances and the making of BA Equivalent Advances at or about the same time by the Canadian Revolving Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Drawing shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to any concurrent repayment or prepayment of Drawings or other Canadian Revolving Credit Advances), (i) the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or (ii) the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure of any Canadian Revolving Lender would exceed such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits referred to above in this Section 2.01(b), during the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period, the Canadian Borrower may use the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment by borrowing, prepaying and reborrowing, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(c) The U.S. Revolving Loans and Term Loans may from time to time be (i) Eurodollar Loans, (ii) ABR Loans or (iii) a combination thereof, as determined by the U.S. Borrowers and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 2.08; provided that no such Loan shall be made as or converted to a Eurodollar Loan (x) prior to the 14 th day after the Initial Borrowing Date or (y) after the day that is one month prior to the Maturity Date applicable to such Loan. The Canadian Revolving Loans shall be maintained as Canadian Prime Rate Loans.

 

-54-


(d) Each Loan (other than a Swingline Loan) shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Advance required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Advances as required.

 

Section 2.02. Procedure for Borrowing . (a) Subject to the limitations in Sections 2.01(a) and (b) and 2.02(g), the respective Borrower (or Borrowers) may borrow under the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, the Term B Commitments or Incremental Term Commitments, as applicable, by giving the Administrative Agent notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, (a “ Borrowing Request ”), which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to (a) 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, (b) 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of an ABR Borrowing or (c) 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of a Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans. The Borrowing Request for each such Borrowing shall specify (i) whether the requested Borrowing is to be a Borrowing of Term B Loans, Incremental Term Loans, U.S. Revolving Loans or Canadian Revolving Loans, (ii) the amount to be borrowed in the applicable currency of such Borrowing, (iii) the requested Borrowing Date (which must be the Initial Borrowing Date, in the case of a Term B Borrowing), and must in all cases be a Business Day, (iv) in the case of a Borrowing of Term Loans or U.S. Revolving Loans, whether the Borrowing is to be of Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans (subject to Section 2.01(c)), (v) if the Borrowing is to be of Eurodollar Loans, the length of the initial Interest Period therefor (subject to Section 2.01(c)), and (vi) the location and number of the respective Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of this Agreement. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified for a Borrowing of Term Loans or U.S. Revolving Loans, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the respective U.S. Borrower (or the U.S. Borrowers) shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(b) Each Borrowing shall be (i) in a minimum aggregate principal amount of (i) $5,000,000 or CN$2,000,000, as applicable, (ii) in the case of a U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing, if less, the aggregate amount of the then Available U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or (iii) in the case of a Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing, if less, the aggregate amount of the then Available Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(c) Upon receipt of the Borrowing Request for Term B Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term B Lender of the aggregate amount of the Term B Borrowing and of the amount of such Term B Lender’s pro rata portion thereof, which shall be based on their respective Term B Commitments. Each Term B Lender will make the amount of its pro rata portion of the Term B Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of IPG (US) at the New York office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.01 prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the relevant

 

-55-


Borrowing Request in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Amounts so received by the Administrative Agent will promptly be made available to IPG (US) by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of IPG (US) on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term B Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d) Upon receipt of the Borrowing Request for Incremental Term Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Incremental Term Lender of the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Borrowing and of the amount of such Incremental Term Lender’s pro rata portion thereof, which shall be based on their respective Incremental Term Commitments. Each Incremental Term Lender will make the amount of its pro rata portion of the Incremental Term Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of IPG (US) at the New York office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.01 prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the relevant Borrowing Request in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Amounts so received by the Administrative Agent will promptly be made available to IPG (US) by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of IPG (US) on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Incremental Term Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(e) Upon receipt of a Borrowing Request for Revolving Loans (other than a Borrowing Request in respect of a Borrowing of a Canadian Revolving Credit Advance), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each U.S. Revolving Lender of the aggregate amount of such U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing and of the amount of such U.S. Revolving Lender’s pro rata portion thereof, which shall be based on the respective U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all the U.S. Revolving Lenders. Each U.S. Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata portion of each such U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Borrowers at the New York office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.01 prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the U.S. Borrowers in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Amounts so received by the Administrative Agent will promptly be made available to the U.S. Borrowers by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of the U.S. Borrowers on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the U.S. Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent; provided that if on the Borrowing Date of any U.S. Revolving Loans to be made to the U.S. Borrowers, any Swingline Loans made to the U.S. Borrowers or LC Disbursements for the account of the U.S. Borrowers shall be then outstanding, the proceeds of such U.S. Revolving Loans shall first be applied to pay in full such Swingline Loans or LC Disbursements, with any remaining proceeds to be made available to the U.S. Borrowers as provided above; and provided , further , that ABR Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the respective Issuing Bank.

 

(f) After the Initial Borrowing Date, upon receipt of a Borrowing Request in respect of a Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Canadian Revolving Lender of the requested amount of such Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans and of the amount of such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian

 

-56-


Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof. Each Canadian Revolving Lender will make the amount of its Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of each such Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans in Canadian Dollars available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Canadian Borrower at the New York office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.01 prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Canadian Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Amounts so received by the Administrative Agent will promptly be made available to the Canadian Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of the Canadian Borrower on the books of such office with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Canadian Revolving Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(g) The borrowing procedures set forth in this Section 2.02 shall not apply to a Swingline Borrowing or Canadian Revolving Credit Advances (other than Canadian Revolving Loans).

 

Section 2.03. Drawings of Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances.

 

(a) Request for Drawing . Each Drawing shall be made on notice, given not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day at least three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed Drawing, by the Canadian Borrower to the Administrative Agent, which shall give each Canadian Revolving Lender prompt notice thereof by telecopier. Each notice of a Drawing (each, a “ Notice of Drawing ”) shall be in writing (including by telecopier), in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Drawing (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) aggregate Face Amount of such Drawing and (iii) initial BA Maturity Date for each Bankers’ Acceptance and BA Equivalent Advance comprising part of such Drawing; provided , however , that, if the Administrative Agent determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Canadian Borrower) that the Drafts to be accepted and purchased as part of any Drawing cannot, due solely to the requested aggregate Face Amount thereof, be accepted and/or purchased ratably by the Canadian Revolving Lenders in accordance with Section 2.01(b), then the aggregate Face Amount of such Drawing (or the Face Amount of Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances to be created and purchased by any Canadian Revolving Lender) shall be reduced to such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent determines will permit such Drafts comprising part of such Drawing to be so accepted and purchased and, unless the Canadian Borrower shall have given written notice to the contrary to the Administrative Agent, each Canadian Revolving Lender shall fund the difference between such Lender’s ratable portion of the original aggregate Face Amount of such Drawing and the Face Amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances to be created by such Lender after giving effect to such reduction in the form of a Canadian Revolving Loan, which shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be a Canadian Revolving Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a). The Administrative Agent agrees that it will, as promptly as practicable, notify the Canadian Borrower of the unavailability of Bankers’ Acceptances and, if applicable, of the date and the amount of each Canadian Revolving Loan to be made or actually made in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. Each Drawing shall be in a minimum amount of CN$1,000,000. Each

 

-57-


Canadian Revolving Lender that is a BA Lender shall, before 1:00 P.M. (Toronto time) on the date of each Drawing, complete one or more Drafts in accordance with the related Notice of Drawing, accept such Drafts and purchase the Bankers’ Acceptances created thereby for the Drawing Purchase Price and shall, before 1:00 P.M. (Toronto time) on such date, make available to the Administrative Agent, in same day funds, the Drawing Purchase Price payable by such Lender for such Drawing less the Stamping Fee payable to such Lender with respect thereto under Section 2.14(f). Each Non-BA Lender shall, in lieu of accepting its proportionate amount of Bankers’ Acceptances forming part of a Drawing, make a loan to the Canadian Borrower (a “ BA Equivalent Advance ”) in Canadian Dollars in an amount equal to the Face Amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances (which Bankers’ Acceptances are referred to herein collectively as the “ Notional Bankers’ Acceptances ”) that such Non-BA Lender would have been required to accept if it were a BA Lender. Each Non-BA Lender shall, before 1:00 p.m. (Toronto time) on the date of each Drawing, make available to the Administrative Agent, in same day funds, the Face Amount of the Notional Bankers’ Acceptance less the sum of (A) an amount on account of interest in respect of such BA Equivalent Advance equal to the amount (adjusted to the nearest whole cent or, if there is no nearest whole cent, the next higher whole cent) obtained by multiplying the aggregate Face Amount of the Notional Bankers’ Acceptance by the product of (1) the BA Rate in effect on such date (expressed as a decimal) multiplied by (2) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the term to maturity of such Notional Bankers’ Acceptance and the denominator of which is 365 days, and (B) the Stamping Fee payable to such Lender with respect thereto under Section 2.14(f). In this Agreement, for greater certainty for the purposes of calculating the outstanding amount of any BA Equivalent Advance, such outstanding amount will be equal to the Face Amount of the Notional Bankers’ Acceptance that corresponds to such BA Equivalent Advance. Upon the fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV, the Administrative Agent will make the funds it has received from the Canadian Revolving Lenders available to the Canadian Borrower by crediting the Canadian Borrower’s account.

 

(b) Limitations on Drawings . Anything in Section 2.03(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Canadian Borrower may not request a Drawing if the obligation of the Canadian Revolving Lenders to purchase and accept Bankers’ Acceptances shall then be suspended pursuant to Section 2.03(d) or 2.16.

 

(c) Binding Effect of Notices of Drawing . Each Notice of Drawing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Canadian Borrower. In the case of any proposed Drawing, the Canadian Borrower shall indemnify each Canadian Revolving Lender (absent any gross negligence by the Canadian Revolving Lender) against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in the Notice of Drawing for such Drawing the applicable conditions set forth in Article IV, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Drawing Purchase Price (or in the case of Non-BA Lenders, the BA Equivalent Advance) to be paid by such Lender as part of such Drawing when, as a result of such failure, such Drawing is not made on such date (but, in any event, excluding any loss of profit and the Stamping Fee applicable to such Drawing or Loan).

 

-58-


(d) Circumstances Making Bankers’ Acceptances Unavailable . (i) If, with respect to any proposed Drawing, the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that circumstances affecting the money markets at the time any related Notice of Drawing is delivered or is outstanding will result in no market for the Bankers’ Acceptances to be created in connection with such Drawing or an insufficient demand for such Bankers’ Acceptances to allow the Lenders creating such Bankers’ Acceptances to sell or trade the Bankers’ Acceptances to be created and purchased or discounted by them hereunder in connection with such Drawing, then, upon notice to the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Revolving Lenders thereof, (A) the Notice of Drawing with respect to such proposed Drawing shall be canceled and the Drawing requested therein shall not be made and (B) the right of the Canadian Borrower to request a Drawing shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Canadian Borrower that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist. In the case of any such cancellation of a Notice of Drawing, unless the Canadian Borrower shall give written notice to the contrary to the Administrative Agent, the cancellation of any such Notice of Drawing shall be deemed to be the giving by the Canadian Borrower of a Borrowing Request for Canadian Revolving Loans in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Face Amount of such proposed Drawing and the Canadian Revolving Lenders shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereof applicable to the making of Canadian Revolving Loans, make such Canadian Revolving Loans available to the Canadian Borrower, if practicable, on the same Business Day as the date of the requested Drawing, and otherwise on the next Business Day. The Administrative Agent agrees that it will, as promptly as practicable, notify the Canadian Borrower of the unavailability of Bankers’ Acceptances and, if applicable, of the date and the amount of each Canadian Revolving Loans to be made or actually made in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default, the obligation of the Canadian Revolving Lenders to create and purchase Bankers’ Acceptances shall be suspended.

 

(e) Assumptions of the Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Canadian Revolving Lender prior to the date of any Drawing that such Canadian Revolving Lender will not make available to it such Canadian Revolving Lender’s ratable share of the proceeds of such Drawing, in accordance with Section 2.03(a), the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such ratable share available to it on the date of such Drawing in accordance with Section 2.03(a) and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Canadian Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that any such Canadian Revolving Lender shall not have so made such ratable share available to the Administrative Agent, such Canadian Revolving Lender and the Canadian Borrower severally agree to repay or pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Canadian Borrower until the date such amount is repaid or paid to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of the applicable Canadian Borrower, a rate per annum equal to the BA Rate used in calculating the Drawing Purchase Price with respect to such Drawing, and (ii) in the case of such Canadian Revolving Lender, the Canadian Interbank Rate. If such Canadian Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so paid shall constitute such Canadian Revolving Lender’s ratable share of the proceeds of such

 

-59-


Drawing for all purposes under this Agreement. With respect to payments under this paragraph (e), a Canadian Revolving Lender shall be subject to the same obligations as the Canadian Borrower, under Section 2.19(a).

 

(f) Presigned Draft Forms . To enable the Canadian Revolving Lenders which are BA Lenders to create Bankers’ Acceptances in accordance with Section 2.01(b) and this Section 2.03, the Canadian Borrower shall supply each BA Lender, upon the Canadian Borrower’s execution of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, with such number of Drafts provided to the Canadian Borrower by the Administrative Agent as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, duly endorsed and executed on behalf of the Canadian Borrower by any one or more of its duly authorized officers. Each BA Lender shall exercise such care in the custody and safekeeping of any Drafts in its possession from time to time as it would exercise in the custody and safekeeping of similar property owned by it. The signatures of officers of the Canadian Borrower on Drafts may be mechanically reproduced in facsimile and Bankers’ Acceptances bearing such facsimile signatures shall be binding upon the Canadian Borrower as if they had been manually signed by such officers. Notwithstanding that any of the individuals whose manual or facsimile signature appears on any Draft as one of such officers may no longer hold office at the date of such draft or at the date of its acceptance by a Lender hereunder or at any time thereafter, any Draft or Bankers’ Acceptance so signed shall be valid and binding upon, and enforceable against, the Canadian Borrower. The Canadian Borrower hereby appoints each Canadian Revolving Lender holding a Draft with respect to a Drawing made under this Agreement, as its attorney-in-fact to, from time to time, complete such Draft to adequately reflect such Drawing made by the Canadian Revolving Lender.

 

(g) Distribution of Bankers’ Acceptances . Bankers’ Acceptances purchased by a Canadian Revolving Lender in accordance with the terms of Section 2.01(b) and this Section 2.03 may, in such Lender’s sole discretion, be held by such Canadian Revolving Lender for its own account until the applicable BA Maturity Date or sold, rediscounted or otherwise disposed of by it at any time prior thereto in any relevant market therefor.

 

(h) Failure to Fund in Respect of Drawings . The failure of any Canadian Revolving Lender to fund the Drawing Purchase Price to be funded by it as part of any Drawing or to make a BA Equivalent Advance shall not relieve any other Canadian Revolving Lender of its obligation hereunder to fund its Drawing Purchase Price on the date of such Drawing or to make a BA Equivalent Advance, but no Canadian Revolving Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Canadian Revolving Lender to fund the Drawing Purchase Price or make the BA Equivalent Advance to be funded or made, as the case may be by such other Canadian Revolving Lender on the date of any Drawing.

 

Section 2.04. Swingline Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make swingline loans (individually, a “ Swingline Loan ” and collectively, the “ Swingline Loans ”) to the U.S. Borrowers (on a joint and several basis) from time to time during the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.04; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans shall not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding, (ii) the principal amount of any Borrowing of Swingline Loans may not exceed the aggregate amount of the

 

-60-


Available U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of all U.S. Revolving Lenders immediately prior to such Borrowing or result in the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding exceeding the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect and (iii) in no event may Swingline Loans be borrowed hereunder if (x) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (y) such Default shall not have been subsequently cured or waived. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.04 may be repaid and, up to but excluding the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, reborrowed. All Swingline Loans shall at all times be ABR Loans. The U.S. Borrowers shall give the Administrative Agent notice of any Swingline Loan requested hereunder (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date) specifying (A) the amount to be borrowed, and (B) the requested Borrowing Date. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Swingline Lender of the aggregate amount of such Borrowing. Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in such notice the Swingline Lender shall make such Swingline Loan available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Borrowers at the office of the Administrative Agent set forth in Section 10.01 in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Amounts so received by the Administrative Agent will promptly be made available to the U.S. Borrowers by the Administrative Agent crediting the account of the U.S. Borrowers on the books of such office with the amount made available to the Administrative Agent by the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e), by remittance to the respective Issuing Bank) and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent. Each Borrowing pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the occurrence of any Default or noncompliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV or the minimum borrowing amounts specified in Section 2.02, if any Swingline Loan shall remain outstanding at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the seventh Business Day following the Borrowing Date thereof and if by such time on such seventh Business Day the Administrative Agent shall have received neither (i) a Borrowing Request delivered by the respective U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 requesting that U.S. Revolving Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.01 on the immediately succeeding Business Day in an amount at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Swingline Loan, nor (ii) any other notice satisfactory to the Administrative Agent indicating the U.S. Borrowers’ intent to repay such Swingline Loan on the immediately succeeding Business Day with funds obtained from other sources, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have received a Borrowing Request from the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.02 requesting that U.S. Revolving Loans constituting ABR Loans be made pursuant to Section 2.01 on such immediately succeeding Business Day in an amount equal to the amount of such Swingline Loan, and the procedures set forth in Section 2.02 (including the requirement of the Administrative Agent to provide notice to the Lenders) shall be followed in making such ABR Loans; provided that (i) if the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of the U.S. Revolving Lenders have terminated, the pro rata portions of the U.S. Revolving Lenders shall be determined pursuant to Section 2.02(e) immediately before giving effect to such termination of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) each Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans described in this Section 2.04(b) shall be made, notwithstanding the occurrence of any Default or non-compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Article IV or the minimum borrowing amounts specified in Section 2.02 or any other reason whatsoever. The proceeds of such U.S. Revolving Loans shall be applied to repay such Swingline Loan.

 

-61-


(c) If, for any reason, U.S. Revolving Loans may not be, or are not, made pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.04 to repay any Swingline Loan as required by such paragraph, effective on the date such U.S. Revolving Loans would otherwise have been made, each U.S. Revolving Lender, upon notice from the Administrative Agent, severally, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall, without regard to the occurrence of any Default, purchase a participating interest in such Swingline Loan (each, an “ Unrefunded Swingline Loan ”) in an amount equal to such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans which would otherwise have been made pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.04. Each U.S. Revolving Lender will immediately transfer to the Administrative Agent, in immediately available funds, the amount of its participation, and the proceeds of such participations shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender. All payments by the U.S. Revolving Lenders in respect of Unrefunded Swingline Loans and participations therein shall be made in accordance with Section 2.15.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Swingline Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swingline Loan at a time when a Lender Default exists with respect to a U.S. Revolving Lender unless the Swingline Lender has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the U.S. Borrowers to eliminate the Swingline Lender’s risk with respect to the Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ participation in such Swingline Loans including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Commitment Percentage of the outstanding Swingline Loans and (ii) a Lender shall not have any obligation to acquire a participation in a Swingline Loan pursuant to the foregoing paragraphs if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time such Swingline Loan was made and such Lender shall have notified the Swingline Lender in writing prior to the time such Swingline Loan was made, that such Default had occurred and that such Lender will not acquire participations in Swingline Loans made while such Default is continuing.

 

Section 2.05. Letters of Credit . (a) General . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the U.S. Borrowers may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for the joint and several account of the U.S. Borrowers, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the U.S. Borrowers to, or entered into by the U.S. Borrowers with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions . To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the U.S. Borrowers shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the respective Issuing Bank) to the respective Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a

 

-62-


notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by an Issuing Bank, the U.S. Borrowers also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the U.S. Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $10,000,000 and (ii) the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure shall not exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment. The making of each request to issue a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the U.S. Borrowers that such Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, this Section 2.05. Unless the respective Issuing Bank has received notice from the Requisite Lenders before it issues a Letter of Credit that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 or 4.03, as the case may be, are not then satisfied, or that the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate this Section 2.05, then such Issuing Bank may issue the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the U.S. Borrowers in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s usual and customary practices. With respect to any Letter of Credit which contains any “evergreen” automatic renewal provision, the respective Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have consented to any such extension or renewal provided that all of the requirements of this Section 2.05 are met and no Default exists and is continuing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above or elsewhere in this Agreement, in no event shall any Issuing Bank be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if at the time of such issuance a Lender Default exists with respect to any U.S. Revolving Lender, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it and the U.S. Borrowers to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the U.S. Revolving Lender which is the subject of the Lender Default, including by cash collateralizing such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the LC Exposure.

 

(c) Expiration Date . Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

(d) Participations . By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of an Issuing Bank or the U.S. Revolving Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each U.S. Revolving Lender, and each U.S. Revolving Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each U.S. Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit

 

-63-


Commitment Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the U.S. Borrowers on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the U.S. Borrowers for any reason. Each U.S. Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

(e) Reimbursement . If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the U.S. Borrowers shall (and hereby jointly and severally agree to) reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, if such payment is made from the proceeds of U.S. Revolving Loans, or 2:00 p.m., New York City time, if such payment is made from cash or is made from the proceeds of a Swingline Loan, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the U.S. Borrowers shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the U.S. Borrowers prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the U.S. Borrowers receive such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the U.S. Borrowers receive such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that the U.S. Borrowers may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.02 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the U.S. Borrowers’ obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the U.S. Borrowers fail to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each U.S. Revolving Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the U.S. Borrowers in respect thereof and such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each U.S. Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the payment then due from the U.S. Borrowers, with each such payment to be made in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at its New York office specified in Section 10.01, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the respective Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the U.S. Revolving Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the respective Issuing Bank or, to the extent that the U.S. Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such U.S. Revolving Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a U.S. Revolving Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of U.S. Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the U.S. Borrowers of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

-64-


(f) Obligations Absolute . The U.S. Borrowers’ obligations to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, joint and several, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by an Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the U.S. Borrowers’ obligations hereunder. None of the Administrative Agent, the U.S. Revolving Lenders or an Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse such Issuing Bank from liability to the U.S. Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the U.S. Borrowers to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by any U.S. Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

(g) Disbursement Procedures . Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Each Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the U.S. Borrowers by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the U.S. Borrowers of their joint and several obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the U.S. Revolving Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

(h) Interim Interest . If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the U.S. Borrowers shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such

 

-65-


LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the U.S. Borrowers reimburse such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to U.S. Revolving Loans maintained as ABR Loans; provided that if the U.S. Borrowers fail to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05, then Section 2.13(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of respective Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any U.S. Revolving Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such U.S. Revolving Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

(i) Replacement of an Issuing Bank . An Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the U.S. Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of an Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the U.S. Borrowers shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of such replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.14(d). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) such successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the replaced Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(j) Cash Collateralization . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that IPG (US) receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Advances has been accelerated, from the U.S. Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the U.S. Borrowers shall deposit in a collateral account reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the U.S. Borrowers described in clause (a) of Section 7.01 or any Event of Default described in clause (i) of Section 7.01. Each such deposit shall be held by the Collateral Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations of the U.S. Borrowers under this Agreement and the U.S. Borrowers hereby grant the Collateral Agent a security interest in respect of each such deposit and the collateral account in which such deposits are held. The Collateral Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the collateral account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Collateral Agent and at the U.S. Borrowers’ risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in the collateral account. Moneys deposited in the collateral account pursuant to this Section 2.05(j) shall be applied by the Collateral Agent to reimburse an Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which

 

-66-


it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the U.S. Borrowers for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of U.S. Revolving Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the U.S. Borrowers under this Agreement. If the U.S. Borrowers are required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the U.S. Borrowers within three Business Days after all Defaults or Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

(k) Certain Letters of Credit . Schedule 2.05(k) contains a description of letters of credit that were issued pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and which remain outstanding on the Initial Borrowing Date (and setting forth, with respect to each such letter of credit, (i) the name of the issuing lender, (ii) the letter of credit number, (iii) the name(s) of the account party or account parties, (iv) the stated amount, (v) the name of the beneficiary, (vi) the expiry date and (vii) whether such letter of credit constitutes a standby letter of credit or a trade letter of credit). Each such letter of credit identified on Schedule 2.05(k) as an “Existing Letter of Credit”, including any extension or renewal thereof in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof (each, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof, an “ Existing Letter of Credit ”) shall constitute a “Letter of Credit” for all purposes of this Agreement and shall be deemed issued on the Initial Borrowing Date; provided that no letter of credit listed on Schedule 2.05(k) and identified as a “Non-Continuing Letter of Credit” (each such letter of credit, a “ Non-Continuing Letter of Credit ”) shall constitute a “Letter of Credit” for any purpose under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.06. Incremental Term Commitments . (a) So long as the Incremental Commitment Request Requirements are satisfied at the time of the delivery of the request referred to below, IPG (US) shall have the right, in consultation and coordination with the Administrative Agent as to all of the matters set forth below in this Section 2.06 and with the consent of the Administrative Agent, but without requiring the consent of any of the Lenders, to request at any time after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the date which is 12 months prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, that one or more Lenders (and/or one or more other Persons which will become Lenders) provide Incremental Term Commitments to IPG (US) and, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the respective Incremental Term Commitment Agreement, make Incremental Term Loans pursuant thereto to IPG (US); it being understood and agreed, however, that (i) after the first occasion on which one or more Lenders have provided Incremental Term Commitments to IPG (US) as contemplated by this Section 2.06 and IPG (US) has incurred Incremental Term Loans pursuant thereto, no additional Incremental Term Commitments shall be provided pursuant to this Section 2.06, (ii) no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Incremental Term Commitment as a result of any such request by IPG (US), and until such time, if any, as such Lender has agreed in its sole discretion to provide an Incremental Term Commitment and executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term Commitment Agreement as provided in clause (b) of this Section 2.06, such Lender shall not be obligated to fund any Incremental Term Loans, (iii) any Lender (including any Person who will become a Lender) may so provide an Incremental Term Commitment without the consent of any other Lender, (iv) the Incremental Term Commitments shall be made available to IPG (US) and shall be denominated

 

-67-


in Dollars, (v) the Incremental Term Commitments shall be in a minimum aggregate amount for all Lenders which provide an Incremental Term Commitment (including Persons who will become Lenders) of at least (I) $25,000,000 and in integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, in the case of Incremental Term Loans to be made pursuant to a new Class consisting of Incremental Term Loans and (II) $5,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, in the case of Incremental Term Loans to be made pursuant to (and to constitute a part of) the outstanding Class of Term B Loans as contemplated by the proviso in the first sentence of Section 2.06(c) below, (vi) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Commitments provided pursuant to this Section 2.06, when combined with the aggregate amount of all Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments provided pursuant to Section 2.07, shall not exceed $50,000,000, (vii) the up-front fees and, if applicable, any unutilized commitment fees and/or other fees, payable in respect of each Incremental Term Commitment shall be separately agreed to by IPG (US) and each Incremental Term Lender (and with all such fees to be disclosed by IPG (US) to the Administrative Agent), (viii) if incurred as a new Class of Incremental Term Loans, such Incremental Term Loans shall be subject to such terms and conditions as may be agreed to by IPG (US) and the Administrative Agent, provided that such Class of Incremental Term Loans shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Term B Loans, except that the Applicable Rate for such Class of Incremental Term Loans (which, for such purposes only, shall be deemed to include all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the life of such Incremental Term Loans) payable to all Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans, but exclusive of any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared with all Lenders providing such Class of Incremental Term Loans) determined as of the initial funding date for such Class of Incremental Term Loans may exceed the Applicable Rate then applicable to Term B Loans (determined on the same basis as provided in the preceding parenthetical) only if the Applicable Rate for Term B Loans is increased to the Applicable Increased Term B Loan Rate, (ix) the proceeds of all Incremental Term Loans shall be used only for the purposes permitted by Section 5.13, (x) the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement shall designate whether the Incremental Term Commitments are being provided as a new Class or as part of the existing Class of Term B Loans, provided that such Incremental Term Commitments shall not be provided as part of the existing Class of Term B Loans unless the requirements of Section 2.06(c) are satisfied, (xi) all Incremental Term Loans (and all interest, fees and other amounts payable thereon) shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents and shall be secured by the relevant Security Documents, and guaranteed under each relevant Guarantee Agreement, on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations secured by each such Security Document and guaranteed under each such Guarantee Agreement, and (xii) each Lender (including any Person who will become a Lender) agreeing to provide an Incremental Term Commitment pursuant to an Incremental Term Commitment Agreement shall, subject to the satisfaction of the relevant conditions set forth in this Agreement, make Incremental Term Loans as provided in Section 2.01 and such Loans shall thereafter be deemed to be Incremental Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents.

 

(b) At the time of the provision of Incremental Term Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.06, IPG (US), the Administrative Agent and each such Lender or other Person which agrees to provide an Incremental Term Commitment (each, an “ Incremental Term Lender ”) shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Term

 

-68-


Commitment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent (appropriately completed), with the effectiveness of the Incremental Term Commitment provided therein to occur on the date set forth in such Incremental Term Commitment Agreement, which date in any event shall be no earlier than the date on which (w) all fees required to be paid in connection therewith at the time of such effectiveness shall have been paid (including, without limitation, any agreed upon up-front or arrangement fees owing to the Administrative Agent), (x) all Incremental Commitment Requirements are satisfied, (y) all other conditions set forth in this Section 2.06 shall have been satisfied, and (z) all other conditions precedent that may be set forth in such Incremental Term Commitment Agreement shall have been satisfied. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement, and at such time, (i) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed modified to reflect the revised Incremental Term Commitments of the affected Lenders and (ii) to the extent requested by any Incremental Term Lender, Notes will be issued at IPG (US)’s expense, to such Incremental Term Lender, to be in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.12(f) (with appropriate modification) to the extent needed to reflect the new Incremental Term Loans made by such Incremental Term Lender.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 2.06, the Incremental Term Commitments provided by an Incremental Term Lender or Incremental Term Lenders, as the case may be, pursuant to the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement shall constitute a new Class, which shall be separate and distinct from the existing Classes pursuant to this Agreement, provided that, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, the parties to an Incremental Term Commitment Agreement may specify therein that the respective Incremental Term Loans made pursuant thereto shall constitute part of, and be added to, the outstanding Class of Term B Loans, so long as the following requirements are satisfied:

 

(i) the Incremental Term Loans to be made pursuant to such Incremental Term Commitment Agreement shall mature on the Term B Loan Maturity Date and shall have the same Applicable Rate as the Term B Loans;

 

(ii) the new Incremental Term Loans shall have the same Installment Payment Dates as then remain with respect to the Term B Loans (with the amount of each payment due on a given Installment Payment Date applicable to such new Incremental Term Loans to be the same (on a proportionate basis) as is theretofore applicable to the Term B Loans, thereby increasing the amount of each such then remaining payment proportionately); and

 

(iii) on the date of the making of such new Incremental Term Loans, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the definition of Interest Period, such new Incremental Term Loans shall be added to (and form part of) each Borrowing of outstanding Term B Loans (if such Incremental Term Loans are being added to the existing Class of Term B Loans pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)) on a pro rata basis (based on the relative sizes of the various outstanding Borrowings), so that each Lender will participate proportionately in each then outstanding Borrowing of Term B Loans.

 

-69-


To the extent the provisions of preceding clause (iii) require that Lenders making new Incremental Term Loans add such Incremental Term Loans to the then outstanding Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans, it is acknowledged that the effect thereof may result in such new Incremental Term Loans having short Interest Periods ( i.e. , an Interest Period that began during an Interest Period then applicable to outstanding Eurodollar Loans and which will end on the last day of such Interest Period). In connection therewith, IPG (US) may agree, in the respective Incremental Term Commitment Agreement, to compensate the Lenders making the new Incremental Term Loans for funding Eurodollar Loans during an existing Interest Period on such basis as may be agreed by IPG (US) and the respective Lender or Lenders.

 

Section 2.07. Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments . (a) So long as the Incremental Commitment Request Requirements are satisfied at the time of the delivery of the request referred to below, the U.S. Borrowers shall have the right, in consultation and coordination with the Administrative Agent as to all of the matters set forth below in this Section 2.07 and with the consent of the Administrative Agent, but without requiring the consent of any of the Lenders, to request at any time and from time to time after the Initial Borrowing Date and prior to the date which is twelve months prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, that one or more Lenders (and/or one or more other Persons which will become Lenders as provided below) provide Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and, subject to the applicable terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, make U.S. Revolving Loans pursuant thereto to the U.S. Borrowers; it being understood and agreed, however, that (i) after the first occasion on which one or more Lenders have provided Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments to the U.S. Borrowers as contemplated by this Section 2.07, no additional Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments shall be provided pursuant to this Section 2.07, (ii) no Lender shall be obligated to provide an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment as a result of any such request by the U.S. Borrowers, and until such time, if any, as such Lender has agreed in its sole discretion to provide an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement in respect thereof as provided in clause (b) of this Section 2.07, such Lender shall not be obligated to fund any U.S. Revolving Loans in excess of its U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment as in effect prior to giving effect to such Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment provided pursuant to this Section 2.07, (iii) any Lender (including any Person who will become a Lender) may so provide an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment without the consent of any other Lender, (iv) the provision of Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall be in a minimum aggregate amount (for all Lenders (including any Person who will become a Lender)) of at least $10,000,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (v) the aggregate amount of all Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments provided pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall not exceed $25,000,000 and, when combined with the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Commitments provided pursuant to Section 2.06, shall not exceed $50,000,000, (vi) all U.S. Revolving Loans provided pursuant to an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment (and all interest, fees and other amounts payable thereon) shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents and shall be secured by the relevant Security Documents, and guaranteed under each relevant Guarantee Agreement, on a pari passu basis with all other Obligations secured by each such Security Document and guaranteed under each such Guarantee Agreement, (vii) all actions taken by the U.S. Borrowers pursuant to this

 

-70-


Section 2.07 shall be done in coordination with the Administrative Agent and (viii) U.S. Revolving Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall be the joint and several obligations of the U.S. Borrowers.

 

(b) At the time of the provision of Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.07, the U.S. Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each such Lender or other Person which agrees to provide an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment (each, an “ Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender ”) shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent (appropriately completed), with the effectiveness of such Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender’s Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment to occur on the date set forth in such Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement, which date in any event shall be no earlier than the date on which (w) all fees required to be paid in connection therewith at the time of such effectiveness shall have been paid (including, without limitation, any agreed upon up-front or arrangement fees owing to the Administrative Agent), (x) all Incremental Commitment Requirements are satisfied, (y) all other conditions set forth in this Section 2.07 shall have been satisfied, and (z) all other conditions precedent that may be set forth in such Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement shall have been satisfied. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement, and at such time, (i) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment under, and for all purposes of, this Agreement shall be increased by the aggregate amount of such Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, (ii) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed modified to reflect the revised U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of the affected Lenders and (iii) to the extent requested by any Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender, Notes will be issued at the U.S. Borrowers’ expense, to such Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender, to be in conformity with the requirements of Section 2.12(f) (with appropriate modification) to the extent needed to reflect the new U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of such Incremental U.S. Revolving Lender.

 

(c) At the time of any provision of Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.07, the U.S. Borrowers shall, in coordination with the Administrative Agent, (x) repay outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans of certain of the U.S. Revolving Lenders, and incur additional U.S. Revolving Loans from certain other U.S. Revolving Lenders (including the Incremental U.S. Revolving Lenders) and/or (y) take such other actions as may be required by the Administrative Agent, in each case to the extent necessary so that all of the U.S. Revolving Lenders participate in each outstanding Borrowing of U.S. Revolving Loans pro rata on the basis of their respective U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments (after giving effect to any increase in the Total U.S Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.07) and with the U.S. Borrowers being jointly and severally obligated to pay to the respective U.S. Revolving Lenders any costs of the type referred to in Section 2.20 in connection with any such repayment. To the extent the provisions of this clause (c) require that Lenders make new U.S. Revolving Loans which are added to (and deemed to form a part of) the then outstanding Borrowings of U.S. Revolving Loans maintained as Eurodollar Loans, it is acknowledged that the effect thereof may result in such new U.S. Revolving Loans having short Interest Periods ( i.e. , an Interest Period that began during an Interest Period then applicable to outstanding Eurodollar Loans and which will end

 

-71-


on the last day of such Interest Period). In connection therewith, the respective U.S. Borrower or U.S. Borrowers may agree, in the respective Incremental U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Agreement, to compensate the Lenders making the new U.S. Revolving Loans for funding Eurodollar Loans during an existing Interest Period on such basis as may be agreed by such U.S. Borrower or U.S. Borrowers and the respective Lender or Lenders.

 

Section 2.08. Conversion and Continuation Options for Certain Loans . (a) The U.S. Borrowers may elect from time to time to convert (i) Eurodollar Loans to ABR Loans, by giving the Administrative Agent prior notice of such election not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to a requested conversion or (ii) ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior notice of such election not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to a requested conversion; provided that if any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans is made other than on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto, the U.S. Borrowers shall pay any amounts due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.20 as a result of such conversion. Any such notice of conversion to Eurodollar Loans shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period or Interest Periods therefor. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. All or any part of the outstanding Eurodollar Loans or ABR Loans may be converted as provided herein; provided that (i) no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) no such Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan after the date that is one month prior to the applicable Maturity Date for such Loan, and (iii) no such Loan may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan prior to the 14 th day after the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(b) Any Eurodollar Loans may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the U.S. Borrowers giving prior notice to the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior to a requested continuation setting forth the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such (i) when any Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) after the date that is one month prior to the relevant Maturity Date for such Loan; and provided further , that if the U.S. Borrowers shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this Section 2.08 or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, then such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period (in which case the Administrative Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the U.S. Borrowers of such conversion, although any failure or delay in giving any such notice shall have no effect on such conversion).

 

(c) In connection with any Eurodollar Loans, there shall be no more than twelve (12) Interest Periods outstanding at any time.

 

(d) This Section shall not apply to Swingline Loans or Canadian Revolving Credit Advances.

 

-72-


Section 2.09. Renewal and Conversion of Bankers’ Acceptances.

 

(a) Optional Renewal . The Canadian Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day at least three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed renewal and subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, renew all or any portion of the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing; provided , however , that:

 

(i) any renewal of Bankers’ Acceptances or BA Equivalent Advances shall be made only on the then existing BA Maturity Date for such Bankers’ Acceptances or BA Equivalent Advances;

 

(ii) each renewal of Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing shall be made ratably among the Lenders holding such Bankers’ Acceptances and having made BA Equivalent Advances in accordance with the respective amount of such Bankers’ Acceptances so held and BA Equivalent Advances so made; and

 

(iii) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default no renewal of any Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advances may be made.

 

Each such notice of renewal shall, within the restrictions set forth above, specify (A) the date of such renewal (which shall be the then existing BA Maturity Date of such Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances and shall be a Business Day), (B) the Bankers’ Acceptances to be renewed, (C) if less than all of the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of any Drawing are to be renewed, the aggregate Face Amount for such renewal and (D) the term to maturity of the renewed Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances (which shall comply with the definition of “BA Maturity Date” in Section 1.01); provided , however , that, if the Administrative Agent determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Canadian Borrower) that the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances cannot, due solely to the requested aggregate Face Amount thereof, be renewed ratably by the Canadian Revolving Lenders, the aggregate Face Amount of such renewal (or the Face Amount of Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances to be created by any Canadian Revolving Lender) shall be reduced to such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent determines will permit such renewal to be so made and each Canadian Revolving Lender shall fund the difference between such Canadian Revolving Lender’s ratable portion of the original aggregate Face Amount of such renewal and the Face Amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances to be created by such Canadian Revolving Lender after giving effect to such reduction in the form of a Canadian Revolving Loan, which shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be a Canadian Revolving Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(a). Each notice of renewal under this Section 2.09 shall be irrevocable and binding on the Canadian Borrower. Upon any renewal of Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of any Drawing in accordance with this Section 2.09(a), the Canadian Revolving Lenders that hold the Bankers’ Acceptances and that made BA Equivalent Advances to be renewed shall exchange such maturing Bankers’ Acceptances for new Bankers’ Acceptances and shall make a new BA Equivalent Advances, containing the terms set forth in the applicable notice of renewal, and the Drawing Purchase Price payable for each such renewed Bankers’ Acceptance and the proceeds of the new BA Equivalent Advance shall be applied, together with other funds, if necessary, available to the

 

-73-


Canadian Borrower, to reimburse the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances otherwise maturing on such date. The Canadian Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs each Canadian Revolving Lender to apply the proceeds of each renewed Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advance owing to it to the reimbursement, in accordance with this Section 2.09(a), of the Bankers’ Acceptances or BA Equivalent Advances owing to such Canadian Revolving Lender and maturing on such date.

 

(b) Optional Conversion . The Canadian Borrower may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day at least three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed conversion and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.01 and 2.02, convert all or any portion of the Bankers’ Acceptances or BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing to a Borrowing of Canadian Revolving Loans; provided , however , that:

 

(i) any conversion of Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances shall be made only on the then existing BA Maturity Date for such Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances;

 

(ii) each conversion of Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing shall be made ratably among the Canadian Revolving Lenders that hold such Bankers’ Acceptances and that made such BA Equivalent Advances in accordance with the respective amounts of such Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances so held and made; and

 

(iii) no conversion may be made if the Canadian Revolving Loan to be made by any Canadian Revolving Lender in connection with such conversion would not be permitted to be made pursuant to the requirements of Section 2.01(a) at the time of such conversion.

 

Each such notice of conversion shall, within the restrictions set forth above, specify (A) the date of such conversion (which shall be the then existing BA Maturity Date of such Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances and shall be a Business Day), (B) the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances to be converted and (C) if less than all of the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of any Drawing are to be converted, the aggregate Face Amount of such conversion. Each notice of conversion under this Section 2.09(b) shall be irrevocable and binding on the Canadian Borrower. Upon any conversion of Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing in accordance with this Section 2.09(b), the obligation of the Canadian Borrower to reimburse the Canadian Revolving Lenders under Section 2.12 in respect of the Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances otherwise maturing on such date shall, to the extent of such conversion, be converted to an obligation to reimburse the Canadian Revolving Lenders making the Canadian Revolving Loans made in respect of such maturing Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances on such date ratably in accordance with the amount of the Canadian Revolving Loans held by such Canadian Revolving Lender at the time of reimbursement. The Canadian Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs each Canadian Revolving Lender to apply the net proceeds of each Canadian Revolving Loan made by such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.09(b) to the reimbursement of the Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances owing to such Canadian Revolving Lender and maturing on such date.

 

-74-


(c) Mandatory Conversion . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default, or if the Canadian Borrower shall fail (i) to deliver a properly completed notice of renewal under Section 2.09(a) or a properly completed notice of conversion under Section 2.09(b) indicating its intention to renew or to convert any maturing Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances or (ii) to reimburse the Canadian Revolving Lenders for any Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances comprising part of the same Drawing pursuant to Section 2.12, the Administrative Agent will forthwith so notify the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Revolving Lenders, whereupon each such Bankers’ Acceptance and BA Equivalent Advances will automatically, on the then existing BA Maturity Date of such Bankers’ Acceptance or BA Equivalent Advances, convert into a Canadian Revolving Loan.

 

Section 2.10. Optional and Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; Scheduled Repayments of Term Loans . (a) Optional Prepayments . Each Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Advances (other than outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances and BA Equivalent Advances) made to it (subject, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, to compliance with the terms of Section 2.20), in whole or in part, subject to Sections 2.10(e) and (f), upon irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, two Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment, specifying (i) the date and amount of prepayment, and (ii) the Class or Classes of Advances to be prepaid (which, in the case of any prepayment of Term Loans, must satisfy the requirements of the second sentence of Section 2.10(e)) and, in the case of a Term Loan or a U.S. Revolving Loan, whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans, ABR Loans or a combination thereof (including in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the Borrowing to which such prepayment is to be applied and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each)). Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with, in the case of the prepayment of Term Loans only, accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or CN$2,000,000, as applicable (or, if less, the remaining outstanding principal amount thereof). Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 (or, if less, the remaining outstanding principal amount thereof).

 

(b) Mandatory Prepayment of Revolving Credit Advances . In the event and on such occasion that the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, the U.S. Borrowers shall prepay U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings (or, if no such Borrowings are outstanding, deposit cash collateral in the account established with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.05(j)) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. In the event and on such occasion that the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds 105% (or, if a Default then exists, 100%) of the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, the Canadian Borrower shall prepay the principal amount of outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans in the aggregate amount equal to such excess or, if the Canadian Borrower does not have Canadian Revolving Loans

 

-75-


outstanding in an amount equal to or greater than such excess, prepay the principal amount of all outstanding Canadian Revolving Loans and deposit an additional amount which, when added to the principal amount of all such Canadian Revolving Loans prepaid, is equal to such excess, in an interest bearing account with the Administrative Agent and irrevocably authorize and direct the Administrative Agent to apply such amount to repay then outstanding Drawings in direct order of maturity as the respective BA Maturity Dates occur.

 

(c) Mandatory Recapture Events . (i) If, subsequent to the Effective Date, the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall issue any Equity Interests (it being understood that the issuance of debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, any Equity Interest shall be governed by Section 2.10(c)(ii) below) (other than any Excluded Equity Issuance) (each, an “ Equity Issuance ”), 50% (or, in the case of issuances of Equity Interests by any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent, 100%) of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied immediately after receipt thereof as a mandatory commitment reduction to the Term B Commitments or a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.10(e) below.

 

(ii) If, subsequent to the Effective Date, the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall incur or permit the incurrence of any Indebtedness (including pursuant to debt securities which are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, any Equity Interest but excluding Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01 as in effect on the Effective Date) (each, a “ Debt Incurrence ”), 75% of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied immediately after receipt thereof as a mandatory commitment reduction to the Term B Commitments or a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.10(e) below.

 

(iii) If, subsequent to the Effective Date, the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale, 100% of such Net Proceeds shall be applied immediately after receipt thereof as a mandatory commitment reduction to the Term B Commitments or a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.10(e) below; provided that (x) with respect to Net Proceeds received by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries from Asset Sales permitted by Section 6.05 in any Fiscal Year not to exceed (in the aggregate) $15,000,000, such Net Proceeds shall not be required to be applied as provided herein if and to the extent that (1) no Default then exists or would arise therefrom and (2) the Canadian Parent delivers an officers’ certificate to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of such Asset Sale stating that such Net Proceeds shall be reinvested in assets of the Canadian Parent or its Subsidiaries otherwise permitted to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement in each case within 180 days following the date of such Asset Sale (which certificate shall set forth the estimates of the proceeds to be so expended) and (y) if all or any portion of such Net Proceeds not so applied as provided herein is not so used within such 180-day period, such remaining portion shall be applied on the last day of such period as specified in this subsection (c)(iii); provided further , if the Property subject to such Asset Sale constituted Collateral under the Security Documents, then any capital assets purchased with the Net Proceeds thereof pursuant to this subsection shall be mortgaged or pledged, as the case may be, to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Creditors in accordance with Section 5.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10(c)(iii), in no event shall the Canadian Parent or any of its

 

-76-


Subsidiaries use any proceeds from any Asset Sale to make any mandatory repayment or repurchase of Subordinated Notes or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and, in each case, before any such obligation to use such proceeds to make such repayment or repurchase shall arise, the Canadian Parent or the respective Subsidiary shall reinvest the respective amounts as, and to the extent, permitted above in this Section 2.10(c)(iii) or such proceeds shall be applied as a mandatory prepayment and/or commitment reduction in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.10(e) below.

 

(iv) If, subsequent to the Effective Date, the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall receive proceeds from insurance recoveries in respect of any Destruction or any proceeds or awards in respect of any Taking, 100% of the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied immediately after receipt as a mandatory commitment reduction to the Term B Commitments or a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.10(e) below; provided that (x) so long as no Default then exists or would arise therefrom, such Net Proceeds shall not be required to be so applied to the extent that the Canadian Parent has delivered an officers’ certificate to the Administrative Agent promptly following the receipt of such Net Proceeds stating that such proceeds shall be used to (1) repair, replace or restore any Property in respect of which such Net Proceeds were paid or (2) fund the substitution of other Property used or usable in the business of the Canadian Parent or its Subsidiaries, in each case within 350 days following the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds, (y) all such Net Proceeds shall be held in the Cash Collateral Account and released therefrom only in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Agreement, and (z) if all or any portion of such Net Proceeds not required to be applied as a mandatory commitment reduction to the Term B Commitments or a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to the preceding proviso is not so used within 350 days after the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds, such remaining portion shall be applied on the last day of such period as specified in this subsection (c)(iv); provided further , if the Property subject to such Destruction or Taking constituted Collateral under the Security Documents, then any replacement or substitution Property purchased with the Net Proceeds thereof pursuant to this subsection shall be mortgaged or pledged, as the case may be, to the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Creditors in accordance with Section 5.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10(c)(iv), in no event shall the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries use any insurance recoveries in respect of any Destruction or any proceeds or awards in respect of any Taking to make any mandatory repayment or repurchase of Subordinated Notes or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness and, in each case, before any such obligation to use such recoveries, proceeds or awards to make such repayment or repurchase shall arise, the Canadian Parent or the respective Subsidiary shall reinvest the respective amounts as, and to the extent, permitted above in this Section 2.10(c)(iv) or such proceeds shall be applied as a mandatory prepayment and/or commitment reduction in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.10(e) below.

 

(v) On each Excess Cash Flow Payment Date, an amount equal to the Applicable Excess Cash Flow Prepayment Percentage of the Excess Cash Flow for the relevant Excess Cash Flow Payment Period shall be applied as a mandatory commitment reduction to the Term B Commitments or a mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.10(e) below.

 

-77-


(d) Scheduled Amortization . (i) The Term B Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments on the dates set forth below (each such day, an “ Term B Installment Payment Date ”), commencing on December 31, 2004, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount specified below for each such Term B Installment Payment Date, as such amounts may be (x) increased as contemplated by clause (ii) of the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.06(c) and/or (y) reduced as contemplated by Section 2.10(e):

 

Term B Installment Payment Date


   Installment Amount

December 31, 2004

   $ 500,000

March 31, 2005

   $ 500,000

June 30, 2005

   $ 500,000

September 30, 2005

   $ 500,000

December 31, 2005

   $ 500,000

March 31, 2006

   $ 500,000

June 30, 2006

   $ 500,000

September 30, 2006

   $ 500,000

December 31, 2006

   $ 500,000

March 31, 2007

   $ 500,000

June 30, 2007

   $ 500,000

September 30, 2007

   $ 500,000

December 31, 2007

   $ 500,000

March 31, 2008

   $ 500,000

June 30, 2008

   $ 500,000

September 30, 2008

   $ 500,000

December 31, 2008

   $ 500,000

March 31, 2009

   $ 500,000

June 30, 2009

   $ 500,000

September 30, 2009

   $ 500,000

December 31, 2009

   $ 500,000

March 31, 2010

   $ 500,000

June 30, 2010

   $ 500,000

September 30, 2010

   $ 47,125,000

December 31, 2010

   $ 47,125,000

March 31, 2011

   $ 47,125,000

Term B Loan Maturity Date

   $ 47,125,000

 

(ii) The Incremental Term Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments on the dates and in the principal amounts set forth in the Incremental Term Commitment Agreement (and, in the case of any Incremental Term Loans made as Term B Loans, same shall be paid in accordance with the then remaining schedule shown in preceding clause (i), adjusted as provided in clause (ii) of the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.06(c) and the respective Incremental Term Commitment Agreement).

 

(e) Application . Amounts required to be applied as a mandatory repayment or commitment reduction pursuant to Section 2.10(c) shall be applied to permanently repay principal of outstanding Term Loans (or, if prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, to permanently

 

-78-


reduce the Term B Commitments of the Term B Lenders). Amounts to be applied as a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or as a mandatory repayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(c) shall be allocated among each of the Classes of Term Loans on a pro rata basis, with each Class of Term Loans to be allocated its Term Loan Percentage of the amount of such prepayment and with the amount allocated to each such Class of Term Loans to be applied on a pro rata basis to reduce the then remaining scheduled payments of such of Class of Term Loans due on the then remaining Installment Payment Dates (based upon the then remaining principal amounts of such scheduled payments of such Class of Term Loans after giving effect to all prior reductions thereto). Except as otherwise may be directed by IPG (US), any prepayment of Dollar denominated Loans of a given Class pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be applied, first , to any ABR Loans of such Class then outstanding and second , the balance of such prepayment, if any, to the Eurodollar Loans of such Class then outstanding.

 

(f) Escrow Procedures . If on any day on which Loans (other than Canadian Revolving Loans) would otherwise be required to be prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.10, but for the operation of this Section 2.10(f) (each, a “ Prepayment Date ”), the amount of such required prepayment exceeds the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of ABR Loans which are of the Type required to be prepaid and no Default exists or is continuing, then on such Prepayment Date, the U.S. Borrowers may elect, by providing written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent, not to prepay the full amount of such Loans otherwise required pursuant to this Section 2.10, but in lieu thereof, to deposit Dollars into the Cash Collateral Account in an amount equal to such excess, in which case (i) only the outstanding ABR Loans which are of the Class required to be prepaid shall be required to be prepaid on such Prepayment Date, and (ii) on the last day of each Interest Period after such Prepayment Date in effect with respect to a Eurodollar Loan which is of the Class required to be prepaid, the Administrative Agent is irrevocably authorized and directed to apply funds from the Cash Collateral Account (and liquidate investments held in the Cash Collateral Account as necessary) to prepay such Eurodollar Loans for which the Interest Period is then ending to the extent funds are available in the Cash Collateral Account. For avoidance of doubt, all such Eurodollar Loans shall continue to bear interest until repaid.

 

Section 2.11. Termination, Reduction or Adjustment of Commitments . (a) Unless previously terminated, (i) the Term B Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the earlier to occur of the Initial Borrowing Date (after giving effect to any making of Term B Loans on such date) and August 28, 2004, (ii) the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (x) August 28, 2004, if the Initial Borrowing Date has not occurred on or prior to such date, (y) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and (z) unless the Requisite Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing in their sole discretion, the first date upon which a Change in Control occurs and (iii) the Incremental Term Commitments shall terminate on the Incremental Term Commitment Date (after giving effect to the making of Incremental Term Loans on such date).

 

(b) After the Initial Borrowing Date, the relevant Borrowers shall have the right, upon one Business Day’s notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate or, from time to time, reduce the amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that (x) no such termination or reduction of U.S.

 

-79-


Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any repayments of the Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding would exceed the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect and (y) no such termination or reduction of Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any repayments of the Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Aggregate Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure then outstanding would exceed the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect. Any such reduction shall reduce permanently the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments or Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, then in effect and shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of a reduction to the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, U.S.$1,000,000 and (y) in the case of a reduction to the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, U.S.$500,000. No optional reduction of the Term B Commitments shall be permitted hereunder.

 

(c) If any reduction of Term B Commitments or prepayment of Term Loans would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 2.10 but cannot be made because there are no Term B Commitments or Term Loans outstanding, or because the amount of the required prepayment exceeds the then outstanding Term B Commitments or principal amount of Term Loans, as the case may be, then, on the date that such prepayment is required, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permanently reduced by an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the required commitment reduction or prepayment, or the excess of such amount over the outstanding Term B Commitments or aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, as the case may be. Each reduction to the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.11(c) shall be applied (subject to Section 2.15(a)) (i) first , to permanently reduce the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and (ii) after the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, to permanently reduce the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(d) IPG (US) agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Term B Lenders, on each date of termination or reduction of the Term B Commitments, the Term B Commitment Fee on the amount of the Term B Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to the date of such termination or reduction. IPG (US) agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable U.S. Revolving Lenders, on each date of termination or reduction of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments, the U.S. RC Commitment Fee on the amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to the date of such termination or reduction. The Canadian Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Canadian Revolving Lenders, on each date of termination or reduction of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, the Canadian RC Commitment Fee on the amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments so terminated or reduced accrued to the date of such termination or reduction.

 

(e) Each reduction in the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments shall reduce the Swingline Commitment of the Swingline Lender by an equal percentage.

 

Section 2.12. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt . (a) IPG (US) hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Lenders (i) in respect of Term B Borrowings, on the Term B Loan Maturity Date (or such earlier date as, and to the extent that, such Term B Loan becomes due and payable pursuant to

 

-80-


Section 2.10 or Article VII), the unpaid principal amount of each Term B Loan held by each such Term B Lender and (ii) in respect of Incremental Term Borrowings, on the Incremental Term Loan Maturity Date (or such earlier date as, and to the extent that, such Incremental Term Loan becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 2.10 or Article VII), the unpaid principal amount of each Incremental Term Loan held by each such Incremental Term Lender. The U.S. Borrowers hereby unconditionally, and jointly and severally, promise to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Lenders in respect of U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowings and Swingline Loans, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date (or such earlier date as, and to the extent that, such U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing or Swingline Loan becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 2.04, 2.10, 2.11 or Article VII), the unpaid principal amount of each U.S. Revolving Loan and each Swingline Loan made by each such Lender, in U.S. Dollars. IPG (US) hereby further agrees to pay interest in immediately available funds at the applicable office of the Administrative Agent (as specified in Section 2.15) on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans made to it from time to time from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.13. The U.S. Borrowers hereby further jointly and severally agree to pay interest in immediately available funds at the applicable office of the Administrative Agent (as specified in Section 2.15) on the unpaid principal amount of the U.S. Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made to them from time to time from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.13. All payments required hereunder shall be made in U.S. Dollars.

 

(b) The Canadian Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Canadian Revolving Lenders, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date (or such earlier date as, and to the extent that, the Canadian Revolving Credit Advance becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.11 or Article VII), the unpaid principal amount or Face Amount, as applicable, of each Canadian Revolving Credit Advance made to it by each such Lender, in Canadian Dollars. The Canadian Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest for the account of the Canadian Revolving Lenders in immediately available funds at the applicable office of the Administrative Agent (as specified in Section 2.15) on the unpaid principal amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans made to it from time to time from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates, set forth in Section 2.13. All payments required hereunder shall be made in Canadian Dollars.

 

(c) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Advance made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 10.04, and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each such Advance, the Class and Type of each such Loan and the Interest Period (if any) applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower (or the respective Borrowers) to each Lender hereunder in respect of each such Advance and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from each Borrower (or the respective Borrowers) in respect of each such Advance and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

-81-


(e) The entries made in the Register and accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 2.12 and the Notes maintained pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 2.12 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the respective Borrower or Borrowers therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the respective Borrower or Borrowers to repay (with applicable interest) the Advances made by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f) The Loans of each Class made by each Lender to each Borrower (or the respective Borrowers) shall, if requested by the applicable Lender (which request shall be made to the Administrative Agent), be evidenced by a single Note duly executed on behalf of such Borrower (or the respective Borrowers), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 , D-2 , D-3 , D-4 or D-5 , as applicable, with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent and with the blanks appropriately filled, payable to the order of such Lender.

 

Section 2.13. Interest Rates and Payment Dates . (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to (A) the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined for such Interest Period, plus (B) the relevant Applicable Rate.

 

(b) Each ABR Loan (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days, as the case may be, or over a year of 365/366 days when the Alternate Base Rate is determined by reference to clause (a) of the definition of “Alternate Base Rate”) at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the relevant Applicable Rate.

 

(c) Each Canadian Revolving Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be) plus the relevant Applicable Rate.

 

(d) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, all principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest in respect of each Advance shall, in each case, bear interest at a rate per annum (the “ Default Rate ”) equal to the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate then borne by the Borrowings to which such principal and overdue interest relates, and all other overdue amounts payable hereunder and under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate applicable to U.S. Revolving Loans maintained as ABR Loans (or, if the respective overdue amount is owing in Canadian Dollars, the rate which is 2% in excess of the rate applicable to Canadian Revolving Loans) from time to time.

 

-82-


(e) Interest shall be payable (x) with respect to ABR Loans and Canadian Revolving Loans, quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December, (y) with respect to Eurodollar Loans, in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, and (z) with respect to each Loan, on the applicable Maturity Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Term Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion. Interest in respect of each Loan shall accrue from and including the first day of an Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period. Interest on each Loan shall be paid in the same currency as the currency in which the Loan is made.

 

(f) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.

 

(g) In respect of Canadian Revolving Credit Advances, all computations of interest and fees shall be made by the Administrative Agent taking into account the actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest or fee is payable and a year of 365 or 366 days as the case may be. For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee in respect of a Canadian Revolving Credit Advance is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated.

 

Section 2.14. Fees . (a) The U.S. Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay a commitment fee (a “ U.S. RC Commitment Fee ”) to each U.S. Revolving Lender, for which payment will be made in arrears through the Administrative Agent on the last day of each March, June, September and December ended after the Effective Date, and on the U.S. RC Commitment Fee Termination Date. The U.S. RC Commitment Fee due to each U.S. Revolving Lender shall commence to accrue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall cease to accrue on the date (the “ U.S. RC Commitment Fee Termination Date ”) that is the later of (i) the date on which the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of such U.S. Revolving Lender shall be terminated as provided herein and (ii) the first date after the end of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment Period. The U.S. RC Commitment Fee accrued to each U.S. Revolving Lender shall equal 0.50% per annum multiplied by such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. RC Commitment Fee Average Daily Amount for the applicable quarter (or shorter period commencing on the Effective Date or ending with such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. RC Commitment Fee Termination Date, as applicable). All U.S. RC Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

 

(b) The Canadian Borrower agrees to pay a commitment fee (a “ Canadian RC Commitment Fee ”) to each Canadian Revolving Lender, for which payment will be made

 

-83-


in arrears through the Administrative Agent on the last day of each March, June, September and December ended after the Effective Date, and on the Canadian RC Commitment Fee Termination Date. The Canadian RC Commitment Fee due to each Canadian Revolving Lender shall commence to accrue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall cease to accrue on the date (the “ Canadian RC Commitment Fee Termination Date ”) that is the later of (i) the date on which the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment of such Canadian Revolving Lender shall be terminated as provided herein and (ii) the first date after the end of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Period. The Canadian RC Commitment Fee accrued to each Canadian Revolving Lender shall equal 0.50% per annum multiplied by such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian RC Commitment Fee Average Daily Amount for the applicable quarter (or shorter period commencing on the Effective Date or ending with such Canadian Revolving Lender’s Canadian RC Commitment Fee Termination Date, as applicable). All Canadian RC Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

 

(c) IPG (US) agrees to pay a commitment fee (a “ Term B Commitment Fee ”) to each Term B Lender, for which payment will be made in arrears through the Administrative Agent on the last day of each March, June, September and December ended after the Effective Date, and on the Term B Commitment Fee Termination Date. The Term B Commitment Fee due to each Term B Lender shall commence to accrue for a period commencing on the Effective Date and shall cease to accrue on the date (the “ Term B Commitment Fee Termination Date ”) that is the later of (i) the date on which the Term B Commitment of such Term B Lender shall be terminated as provided herein and (ii) the first date after the end of the Term B Commitment Period. The Term B Commitment Fee accrued to each Term B Lender shall equal 1.125% per annum multiplied by such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment Fee Average Daily Amount for the applicable quarter (or shorter period commencing on the Effective Date or ending with such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment Fee Termination Date, as applicable). All Term B Commitment Fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.

 

(d) The U.S. Borrowers jointly and severally agree to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each U.S. Revolving Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such U.S. Revolving Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Initial Borrowing Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such U.S. Revolving Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the date on which such U.S. Revolving Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to each Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Initial Borrowing Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees and fronting fees (collectively, “ LC Fees ”) accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each calendar year during the U.S. Revolving Credit

 

-84-


Commitment Period shall be payable on such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Initial Borrowing Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to such Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand therefor. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). All LC Fees described in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 2.14(d) shall be increased by an additional 2% per annum upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

(e) IPG (US) agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the annual administrative fee set forth in the Fee Letter (the “ Agent Fees ”).

 

(f) The Canadian Borrower shall, on the date of each Drawing and on the date of each renewal of any outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances or BA Equivalent Advances, pay to the Administrative Agent, in Canadian Dollars, for the ratable account of the Canadian Revolving Lenders accepting Drafts and purchasing Bankers’ Acceptances or making BA Equivalent Advances, the Stamping Fee with respect to such Bankers’ Acceptances or corresponding BA Equivalent Advances. The Canadian Borrower irrevocably authorizes each such Canadian Revolving Lender to deduct the Stamping Fee payable with respect to each Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances of such Canadian Revolving Lender from the Drawing Purchase Price payable by such Canadian Revolving Lender in respect of such Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances in accordance with Section 2.03 and to apply such amount so withheld to the payment of such Stamping Fee for the account of the Canadian Borrower and, to the extent such Stamping Fee is so withheld and legally permitted to be so applied, the Canadian Borrower’s obligations under the preceding sentence in respect of such Stamping Fee shall be satisfied.

 

(g) IPG (US) shall pay to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Incremental Lender such fees and other amounts, if any, as are specified in the relevant Incremental Commitment Agreement, with the fees and other amounts, if any, to be payable on the respective Incremental Commitment Date.

 

(h) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be refundable.

 

Section 2.15. Pro Rata Treatment and Payments . (a) Each reduction of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments of the U.S. Revolving Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the amounts of such U.S. Revolving Lenders’ U.S Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages. Each reduction of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments of the Canadian Revolving Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the amounts of such Canadian Revolving Lenders’ Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages. Each reduction of the Term B Commitments of the Term B Lenders shall be made pro rata among the Term B Commitments of the Term B Lenders (based on the Term B Commitments of the Term B Lenders then in effect).

 

-85-


(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the U.S Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on Loans which are ABR Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such ABR Loans then held by the Lenders of the applicable Class. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the U.S. Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on Loans which are Eurodollar Loans designated by the U.S. Borrowers to be applied to a particular Eurodollar Borrowing shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Loans then held by the Lenders of the applicable Class. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Canadian Borrower on account of principal of and interest on Canadian Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Canadian Revolving Loans then held by the Canadian Revolving Lenders. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Canadian Borrower on account of principal of and interest on Bankers’ Acceptances and/or BA Equivalent Advances which are designated by the Canadian Borrower to be applied to a particular Borrowing shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts (or, Face Amounts, as applicable) of such Canadian Revolving Credit Advances then held by the Canadian Revolving Lenders. Each payment (including each prepayment) by the U.S. Borrowers on account of principal of and interest on Swingline Loans shall be made to the Swingline Lender.

 

(c) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by a Borrower (or the relevant Borrowers) hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders of the applicable Class, at the Administrative Agent’s New York office specified in Section 10.01 in the currency in which the applicable obligation is denominated and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders entitled thereto in the same currency as received and promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day (and, with respect to payments of principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension) unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

(d) Subject to Section 2.16, unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a Borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the respective Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the daily average Federal Funds Rate (or, if the respective amount is to be made available in Canadian Dollars, the daily average Canadian

 

-86-


Interbank Rate) for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.15(d) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s share of such Borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans (or if the respective amount was made available in Canadian Dollars, the rate per annum applicable to Canadian Prime Rate Loans) hereunder, on demand, from the respective Borrower (or Borrowers), but without prejudice to any right or claim that such Borrower (or Borrowers) may have against such Lender.

 

(e) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first , towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second , towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

 

Section 2.16. Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Unavailability of Deposits; Inadequacy of Interest Rate . (a) If prior to 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days before the first day of any Interest Period, including an initial Interest Period, for a requested Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(i) the Administrative Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market generally, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period, or

 

(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a majority in interest of the Lenders of the applicable Class that the Adjusted LIBO Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

 

then the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the U.S. Borrowers and the Lenders by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the same day. The Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice to the U.S. Borrowers and the Lenders as soon as practicable after the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and until such notice has been given, any affected Eurodollar Loans shall not be (x) converted or continued pursuant to Section 2.08 or (y) made pursuant to a Borrowing Request, and shall be continued or made as ABR Loans, as the case may be.

 

(b) If the Reuters Screen CDOR Page is not available for the timely determination of the BA Rate, and the BA Rate for any Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional

 

-87-


Bankers’ Acceptances can not otherwise be determined in a timely manner in accordance with the definition of “BA Rate”, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith notify the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Revolving Lenders that such interest rate cannot be determined for such Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances, and the obligation of the Canadian Revolving Lenders to make, or to renew, Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Revolving Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

 

Section 2.17. Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert ABR Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be suspended until such time as the making or maintaining of Eurodollar Loans shall no longer be unlawful, and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to ABR Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law.

 

Section 2.18. Requirements . (a) If at any time any Lender or any Issuing Bank determines that the introduction of, or any change in or in the interpretation of, any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, including, for example, but not limited to, a change in the basis of taxation of payments to a Lender of the principal of or interest on the Advances or any other amounts payable hereunder (except for changes in the rate of tax on, or determined by reference to, the net income or net profits of such Lender imposed by the jurisdiction in which its principal office or applicable lending office is located) (other than any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements included in determining the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the compliance by such Lender or such Issuing Bank with any guideline, request or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall have the effect of increasing the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank for agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Eurodollar Loans or participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit, or of purchasing, accepting or maintaining Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances, then the relevant Borrower shall from time to time, within five days of demand therefor by such Lender or such Issuing Bank (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the affected Borrower (or affected Borrowers) and the Administrative Agent by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. Such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the relevant Borrower or Borrowers in writing of the occurrence of any such event, such notice to state, in reasonable detail, the reasons therefor and the additional amounts required fully to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, for such increased cost or reduced amount. Such additional amounts shall be payable directly to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, within five days of the relevant Borrower’s receipt of such notice, and such notice shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers.

 

-88-


(b) If any change in, or the introduction, adoption, effectiveness, interpretation, reinterpretation or phase-in of, any law or regulation, directive, guideline, decision or request (whether or not having the force of law) of any court, central bank, regulator or other Governmental Authority after the date hereof affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or a holding company controlling such Lender or such Issuing Bank) and such Lender or such Issuing Bank determines (in its sole and absolute discretion) that the rate of return on its capital (or the capital of its holding company, as the case may be) as a consequence of its Revolving Credit Commitment or the Advances made by it or its participations in Swingline Loans or any issuance, participation or maintenance of Letters of Credit is reduced to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank (or its holding company) could have achieved but for the occurrence of any such circumstance, then, in any such case upon notice from time to time by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to the relevant Borrower, such Borrower shall immediately pay directly to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank (or its holding company) for such reduction in rate of return. A statement of such Lender or such Issuing Bank as to any such additional amount or amounts (including calculations thereof in reasonable detail) shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on each Borrower. In determining such amount, such Lender or such Issuing Bank may use any method of averaging and attribution that it (in its sole and absolute discretion) shall deem applicable.

 

(c) In the event that any Issuing Bank or any Lender determines that any event or circumstance that will lead to a claim under this Section 2.18 has occurred or will occur, such Issuing Bank or such Lender will use its best efforts to so notify the affected Borrower or Borrowers; provided that any failure to provide such notice shall in no way impair the rights of such Issuing Bank or such Lender to demand and receive compensation under this Section 2.18, but without prejudice to any claims of a Borrower for compensation for actual damages sustained as a result of any failure to observe this undertaking.

 

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the introduction of or any change in the interpretation of any law or regulation shall make it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority shall assert that it is unlawful, for any Canadian Revolving Lender or its BA Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to complete and accept Drafts, to purchase Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances or to continue to fund or maintain Bankers’ Acceptances or Notional Bankers’ Acceptances hereunder, then, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Canadian Revolving Lender to the Canadian Borrower through the Administrative Agent (i) an amount equal to the aggregate Face Amount of all Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances outstanding at such time shall, upon such demand (which shall only be made if deemed necessary by the applicable Canadian Revolving Lender to comply with applicable law), be deposited by the Canadian Borrower into the BA Collateral Account until the BA Maturity Date of each such Bankers’ Acceptance and Notional Bankers’ Acceptance, (ii) upon the BA Maturity Date of any Bankers’ Acceptance or Notional Bankers’ Acceptance in respect of which any such deposit has been made, the Administrative Agent shall be, and hereby is,

 

-89-


authorized (without notice to or any further action by the Canadian Borrower) to apply, or to direct the Administrative Agent to apply, such amount (or the applicable portion thereof) to the reimbursement of such Bankers’ Acceptance and (iii) the obligation of the Canadian Revolving Lenders to complete and accept Drafts and purchase Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptance shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall notify the Canadian Borrower that such Lender has determined that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

 

Section 2.19. Taxes . (a) All payments by the Borrowers and the Guarantors of principal of, and interest on, the Advances and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents and the Notes shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense. Unless required by applicable law, rule or regulation or the interpretation thereof by the relevant taxing authority, all such payments will be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any present or future income, excise, stamp or franchise taxes and other taxes, levies, imposts, assessments, fees, duties, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any taxing authority on the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any assignee or transferee of such Lender or such Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 10.04 (a “ Transferee ”), as the case may be, but excluding, except as provided in the last sentence of the last paragraph of this Section 2.19(a), taxes imposed on or measured by such Person’s net income or net profits (or franchise taxes imposed in lieu thereof) that are imposed by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction in which such Person is incorporated or organized or maintains its principal place of business or applicable lending office (such non-excluded items and any interest, penalties, additions to tax and related reasonable costs and expenses, being called “ Taxes ”). In the event that any withholding or deduction from any payment to be made by a Borrower or a Guarantor hereunder or under any other Loan Document is required in respect of any Taxes pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation or the interpretation thereof by the relevant taxing authority, then such Borrower or Guarantor will:

 

(i) pay directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted;

 

(ii) forward to the Administrative Agent within 45 days after the date of the payment of any Taxes due pursuant to applicable law an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent evidencing such payment to such authority; and

 

(iii) pay to the Administrative Agent for its account or the account of a Lender, an Issuing Bank or the Transferee, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as are necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Transferee, as the case may be, will equal the full amount the Administrative Agent, such Lender, such Issuing Bank or such Transferee, as the case may be, would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required (including withholding or deduction in respect of additional amounts payable under this Section 2.19).

 

Moreover, if any Taxes are directly asserted against or Taxes are otherwise required to be directly paid by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender or Transferee with

 

-90-


respect to any payment received by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender or Transferee hereunder, the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender or Transferee may pay such Taxes and such Borrower or Guarantor will promptly pay such additional amounts (including any penalties, interest or expenses) as shall be necessary in order that the net amount received by such Person after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional amounts) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had such Taxes not been asserted or directly paid. In addition, each Borrower or Guarantor shall also reimburse the Administrative Agent, each Lender or Transferee or each Issuing Bank, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or Transferee or Issuing Bank, for taxes imposed on or measured by the net income of such Person pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Person is organized, or a jurisdiction in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Person is located, or under the laws of any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such jurisdiction in which such Person is organized or in which the principal office or applicable lending office of such Person is located, as such Person shall determine are or were payable by or withheld from such Person, in respect of any additional amounts paid to or on behalf of such Person pursuant to this Section 2.19.

 

(b) With respect to any Loan to a U.S. Borrower or Letter of Credit issued for the account of a U.S. Borrower, each Lender (or Issuing Bank) with respect thereto that is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) agrees to deliver to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Effective Date, or in the case of a Lender (other than a Canadian Revolving Lender in its capacity as such) that is not a United States person and that is a Transferee of an interest under this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.04 (unless the respective Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment or transfer), on the date of such assignment or transfer to such Lender, (i) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN (with respect to a complete exemption under an income tax treaty) (or successor forms) certifying to such Lender’s entitlement as of such date to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments to be made under this Agreement and under any Note, or (ii) if the Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and cannot deliver either Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN (with respect to a complete exemption under an income tax treaty) pursuant to clause (i) above, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit Q , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent (any such certificate, a “ Non-Bank Certificate ”) and (y) two accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (with respect to the portfolio interest exemption) (or successor form) certifying to such Lender’s entitlement as of such date to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with respect to payments of interest to be made under this Agreement and under any Note. In addition, each Lender (other than a Canadian Revolving Lender in its capacity as such) that is not a United States person agrees that from time to time after the Effective Date, when a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders the previous certification obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, it will deliver to the U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent two new accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN (with respect to the benefits of any income tax treaty), or Form W-8BEN (with respect to the portfolio interest exemption) and a Non-Bank Certificate, as the case may be, and such other forms as may be required in order to confirm or establish the entitlement of such Lender to a continued exemption from or reduction in United States

 

-91-


withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement and any Note, or it shall immediately notify such Borrower and the Administrative Agent of its inability to deliver any such Form or Certificate, in which case such Lender shall not be required to deliver any such Form or Certificate pursuant to this Section 2.19(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.19(a), but subject to Section 10.04 and the immediately succeeding sentence, (x) the U.S. Borrowers (and the Guarantors in respect of the U.S. Borrowers’ obligations as borrowers hereunder), shall be entitled, to the extent required to do so by law, to deduct or withhold income or similar taxes imposed by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) from interest, fees or other amounts payable hereunder for the account of any Lender which is not a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent that such Lender has not provided to such Borrower (or such Guarantor, in the case of payments under a Guarantee Agreement) U.S. Internal Revenue Service Forms that establish a complete exemption from such deduction or withholding and (y) such Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall not be obligated pursuant to Section 2.19(a) hereof to gross-up payments to be made to a Lender (other than a Canadian Revolving Lender in its capacity as such) in respect of income or similar taxes imposed by the United States if (I) such Lender has not provided such Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, the Internal Revenue Service Forms required to be provided such Borrower or such Guarantor, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 2.19(b) or (II) in the case of a payment, other than interest, to a Lender described in clause (ii) above, to the extent that such forms do not establish a complete exemption from withholding of such taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or elsewhere in this Section 2.19, each Borrower and each Guarantor agree to pay additional amounts and to indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender, and each Issuing Bank in the manner set forth in Section 2.19(a) (without regard to the identity of the jurisdiction requiring the deduction or withholding) in respect of any amounts deducted or withheld by it as described in the immediately preceding sentence as a result of any changes after the Effective Date in any applicable law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the interpretation thereof, relating to the deducting or withholding of income or similar taxes.

 

(c) With respect to the Canadian Borrower (and Guarantors in respect of the Canadian Borrower’s obligations as a borrower hereunder), each Canadian Revolving Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions and subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to file any certificate or document or to furnish to the Canadian Borrower or any such Guarantor any information, in each case, as reasonably requested by the Canadian Borrower or such Guarantor that may be necessary to establish any available exemption from, or reduction in the amount of, any Taxes; provided however , that nothing in this Section 2.19(c) shall require such Lender to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns or its calculations).

 

(d) In addition, each Borrower and Guarantor shall pay all Other Taxes imposed to the relevant Governmental Authority imposing such Other Taxes in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.20. Indemnity . In the event any Lender shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss (other than lost profit) or expense incurred by reason of the

 

-92-


liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to make, continue or maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Loan as, or to convert any portion of the principal amount of any Loan into, a Eurodollar Loan) as a result of any conversion of a Eurodollar Loan to an ABR Loan or repayment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Eurodollar Loan on a date other than the scheduled last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, whether pursuant to Section 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 2.12, 2.16, 2.17, 2.18 or 2.23 or otherwise, or any failure to borrow or convert to or from any Eurodollar Loan after notice thereof shall have been given hereunder, whether by reason of any failure to satisfy a condition to such Borrowing or conversion or otherwise, then, upon the written notice of such Lender to the respective Borrower or Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the respective Borrower or Borrowers shall, within five days of its receipt thereof, pay directly to such Lender such amount as will (in the reasonable determination of such Lender) reimburse such Lender for such loss or expense. Such written notice (which shall include calculations in reasonable detail) shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on each Borrower.

 

Section 2.21. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender (or Transferee) agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.17, 2.18 or 2.19 with respect to such Lender (or Transferee), it will, if requested by the Borrowers, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender (or Transferee)) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its respective lending offices to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage; and provided further , that nothing in this Section 2.21 shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of any Lender (or Transferee) pursuant to Sections 2.17, 2.18 and 2.19.

 

Section 2.22. Sharing of Setoffs . Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise of a right of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim against any Borrower, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section 506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of, such secured claim received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Advances or participations in LC Disbursements which at the time shall be due and payable as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its Advances and participations in LC Disbursements which at the time shall be due and payable shall be proportionately less than the unpaid principal portion of such Advances and participations in LC Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a participation in such Advances and participations in LC Disbursements of such other Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Advances and participations in LC Disbursements held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all such Advances and participations in LC Disbursements as prior to such exercise of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided , however , that if any such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustments restored without

 

-93-


interest. Each Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and agrees that any Lender holding a participation in an Advance or an LC Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing by such Borrower to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor directly to such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

Section 2.23. Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances . After the Initial Borrowing Date, in the event that (a) any Lender shall have delivered a notice or certificate pursuant to Section 2.18, or any Borrower or any Guarantor shall be required to make additional payments to any Lender under Section 2.19 (each, an “ Increased Cost Lender ”), (b) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof that fall within the proviso to the first sentence of Section 10.08(b), the consent of all Lenders would have been obtained but for one or more Lenders representing no more than 25% of the aggregate amount of Term Loans outstanding and the Revolving Credit Commitments (or, after the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Revolving Credit Exposure) failure to consent (each such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) or (c) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender; then, with respect to each such Increased Cost Lender, Non-Consenting Lender or Defaulting Lender (the “ Terminated Lender ”), the Canadian Parent shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Terminated Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Terminated Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04 and which assignee, in the case of a Non-Consenting Lender, shall consent to such amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent) approved by the Administrative Agent, the respective Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Terminated Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04) all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to such assignee; provided , however , that no Terminated Lender shall be obligated to make any such assignment unless (i) such assignment shall not conflict with any law or any rule, regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) such assignee or the Canadian Parent shall pay to the affected Terminated Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Advances made by such Terminated Lender and participations in Advances and LC Disbursements held by such Terminated Lender and all commitment fees and other fees owed to such Terminated Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Terminated Lender’s account or owed to it hereunder (including, without limitation, any Commitment Fees).

 

-94-


ARTICLE III.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

In order to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Loan Parties, jointly and severally, make the representations and warranties set forth in this Article III on the Effective Date (after giving effect to the Transactions to be consummated on such date), on the Initial Borrowing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions to be consummated on such date) and upon the occurrence of each Credit Event thereafter:

 

Section 3.01. Organization, etc . Each Loan Party (a) is a corporation or other form of legal entity, and each of its Subsidiaries is a corporation, partnership or other form of legal entity, duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, (b) has the requisite corporate or other power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, (c) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or foreign partnership (or comparable foreign qualification, if applicable, in the case of any other form of legal entity), as the case may be, in each jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) has full power and authority and holds all requisite material governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party and to own or hold under lease its Property and to conduct its business substantially as currently conducted by it.

 

Section 3.02. Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Agreement and each other Document to which it is a party, the occurrence of each Credit Event hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof are within each Loan Party’s corporate, partnership or comparable powers, as the case may be, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or comparable and, if required, stockholder action, as the case may be, and do not

 

(a) contravene the Organic Documents of any Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries;

 

(b) contravene any law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting any Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries;

 

(c) violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, the Subordinated Notes Documents but excluding the Existing Senior Notes Documents); or

 

(d) result in, or require the creation or imposition of, any Lien on any assets of any Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries, except Liens created under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 3.03. Government Approval, Regulation, etc . (a) No consent, authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or other Person is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of any Document to which it is a party, the occurrence of any Credit Event and the use of the proceeds thereof, nor for the consummation of the Transactions, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

 

-95-


(b) No Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a “holding company”, or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company”, within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

 

Section 3.04. Validity, etc. This Agreement and each other Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.

 

Section 3.05. Indebtedness Outstanding . Set forth on Schedule 6.01(a)(iii) hereto is a list and description of (a) all Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than the Loans, the Subordinated Notes and the Existing Senior Notes) outstanding on the Effective Date and (b) all Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries that will be repaid, defeased, transferred or otherwise terminated on or prior to the Effective Date. Schedule 6.02 hereto is a list and description of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by Sections 6.02(i), (ii), (iii), (iv)(y), (v), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xii)) of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Effective Date.

 

Section 3.06. Financial Information . (a)(i) The audited consolidated balance sheets of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries at December 31, 1999, December 31, 2000, December 31, 2001, December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003 and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years of the Canadian Parent ended on such dates, in each case furnished to the Lenders prior to the Effective Date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries at the date of said financial statements and the results for the respective periods covered thereby and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for each completed Fiscal Quarter since December 31, 2003 ending at least 45 days prior to the Effective Date (and for each completed month since the last such Fiscal Quarter ending at least 30 days prior to the Effective Date), in each case furnished to the Lenders prior to the Effective Date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries at the date of said financial statements and the results for the respective periods covered thereby. All of the financial statements referred to above have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except (x) to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements and (y) in the case of the quarterly and monthly statements, for the omission of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments.

 

(b) Except as disclosed in the financial statements referred to above or the notes thereto, none of the Canadian Parent or its Subsidiaries has, as of the Effective Date, any material (i) Indebtedness, (ii) contingent liabilities, (iii) long-term commitments or (iv) unrealized losses.

 

-96-


Section 3.07. No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2003, no event or circumstance (or events and circumstances, either individually or in the aggregate) has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08. Litigation . There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened litigation, action, suit, investigation or proceeding in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority affecting any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective operations, properties, businesses, assets or prospects, or the ability of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, which (i) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

Section 3.09. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . Each of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws (other than Environmental Laws, which are the subject of Section 3.14), regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failures to so comply have not had, and could not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Section 3.10. Subsidiaries . Schedule 3.10 (a) sets forth, as of the Effective Date, the name of (i) each Subsidiary and the direct or indirect ownership interest of the Canadian Parent therein and (ii) Investments of the Canadian Parent and each of its Subsidiaries in Persons other than Subsidiaries and (b) identifies each Subsidiary that is a “U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor” and a “Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor”.

 

Section 3.11. Ownership of Properties . (a) Each of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries has good and legal fee simple title to (or other similar legal title in jurisdictions outside the United States of America), or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, or is licensed to use, all its material properties and assets (including all Mortgaged Properties), except for minor or immaterial defects in title (or such other rights as referenced above, as applicable) that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties and assets for their intended purposes. All such material properties and assets are free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

 

(b) As of the Effective Date, Schedule 3.11(b) contains and will contain a true and complete list of each parcel of Real Property (i) owned in fee by any Loan Party as of the date hereof and describes the type of interest therein held by such Loan Party and (ii) leased, subleased or otherwise occupied or utilized by any Loan Party, as lessee, as of the date hereof and describes the type of interest therein held by such Loan Party and whether such lease, sublease or other instrument requires the consent of the landlord thereunder or other parties thereto to the Transactions.

 

(c) Each of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries has complied with all obligations under all leases to which it is a party, except where the failure to comply would not

 

-97-


have a Material Adverse Effect, and all such leases are in full force and effect, except leases in respect of which the failure to be in full force and effect could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases, other than leases in respect of which the failure to enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) Each of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries owns, possesses, is licensed or otherwise has the right to use, or could obtain ownership or possession of, on terms not materially adverse to it, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and rights with respect thereto necessary for the present conduct of its business, without any known conflict with the rights of others, except where such conflicts could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) As of each of the Effective Date, no Loan Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries has received any written notice of, or has any knowledge of, any actual pending or threatened condemnation proceeding affecting any of the Mortgaged Properties or any sale or disposition thereof in lieu of condemnation that remains unresolved as of the Effective Date, as the case may be.

 

(f) Neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is obligated on the Effective Date or the Initial Borrowing Date under any right of first refusal, option or other contractual right to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of any Mortgaged Property or any interest therein.

 

Section 3.12. Taxes . Each of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries has timely filed all federal, income and all other material tax returns, statements, forms and reports (“ Tax Returns ”) required by law to have been filed by, or with respect to the income, properties or operations of, the Borrowers, the Guarantors and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries. The Tax Returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for taxes of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby. Each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and their respective Subsidiaries have paid all material taxes and governmental charges due, except any such taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequately disclosed and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books; provided that any such contest of taxes or charges with respect to Collateral shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions. Neither the Borrowers, nor Guarantors nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have entered into an agreement or waiver or been requested to enter into an agreement or waiver extending any statute of limitations relating to the payment or collection of taxes of Borrowers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or is aware of any circumstances that would cause the taxable years or other taxable periods of Borrowers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries not to be subject to the normally applicable statute of limitations. None of Borrowers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries have incurred, or will incur, any material tax liability in connection with the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby (it being understood that the representation contained in this sentence does not cover any future tax liabilities of Borrowers, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries arising as a result of the operation of their businesses in the ordinary course of business).

 

-98-


Section 3.13. Pension and Welfare Plans . (a) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or give rise to a Lien on the assets of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. The Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries and their ERISA Affiliates are in substantial compliance in all respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, except for failures to so comply which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with respect to any Plan which reasonably might result in the incurrence by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability, fine or penalty which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each group health plan (as defined in Section 607(1) of ERISA or Section 4980B(g)(2) of the Code) which covers or has covered employees or former employees of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, or any ERISA Affiliate has at all times been operated in compliance with the provisions of Part 6 of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA and Section 4980B of the Code; and each group health plan (as defined in 45 Code of Federal Regulations Section 160.103) which covers or has covered employees or former employees of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, or any ERISA Affiliate has at all times been operated in compliance with the provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, except to the extent that failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party nor any of their Subsidiaries maintain, contribute to, or have any liability or contingent liability with respect to (i) any Welfare Plans which provide benefits to retired employees or other former employees (other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA) or (ii) any Pension Plan or Foreign Plan, the obligations with respect to which could reasonably be expected to materially affect the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, (ii) all contributions required to be made with respect to a Foreign Plan have been timely made, (iii) neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan, and (iv) the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan, determined as of the end of the Canadian Parent’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities. Each Foreign Plan which is a funded plan is funded to the extent required by applicable law.

 

Section 3.14. Environmental Matters . (a) Except as individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(i) All facilities and property owned, leased or operated by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and all operations conducted thereon, are in compliance with all Environmental Laws;

 

-99-


(ii) The Canadian Parent and each of its Subsidiaries has been issued, and is in compliance with, all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations, facilities and business, and each such Environmental Permit is in full force and effect;

 

(iii) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened Environmental Claims against the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries regarding Environmental Liability;

 

(iv) There have been no Releases of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any property now or previously owned, leased or operated by the Canadian Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors that could result in any Environmental Liability;

 

(v) There are no underground storage tanks (either active or abandoned), surface impoundments or disposal areas, polychlorinated biphenyls or friable asbestos present at any property now or previously owned, leased or operated by the Canadian Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors that could result in any Environmental Liability;

 

(vi) Neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective predecessors has transported or arranged for the transportation of any Hazardous Material to any location listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, the CERCLIS or any similar state list, or that is the subject of investigation or enforcement action by any Governmental Authority; and

 

(vii) Neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is currently conducting any Remedial Action pursuant to any Environmental Law, nor has any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries assumed by contract, agreement or operation of law any obligation of any other Person under any Environmental Law.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 , on the Effective Date:

 

(i) No liens have been recorded pursuant to any Environmental Law with respect to any property or other assets currently owned or leased by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

(ii) No property currently owned or leased by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any property previously owned, leased or operated by the Canadian Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors is listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, the CERCLIS or any similar state list.

 

-100-


Section 3.15. Regulations U and X . (a) Except as otherwise permitted by Section 6.07(iii), no part of any Credit Event (or the proceeds thereof) will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. Neither the making of any Advance nor the use of the proceeds thereof nor the occurrence of any other Credit Event will violate or be inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation U or X.

 

(b) The fair market value of all Margin Stock owned by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than the capital stock of the Canadian Parent held in treasury) does not exceed $2,500,000. At the time of each Credit Event, not more than 25% of the value of the assets of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (including all capital stock of the Canadian Parent held in treasury) will constitute Margin Stock.

 

Section 3.16. Disclosure; Accuracy of Information; Pro Forma Balance Sheets and Projected Financial Statements . (a) The Loan Parties have disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which they or any of their Subsidiaries are subject, and all other matters known to any of them that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither this Agreement nor the information set forth in any other document, certificate or statement furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of any Loan Party in connection herewith (including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein and therein not misleading, in light of the circumstances under which they were made; provided that to the extent this or any such document, certificate or statement (including without limitation the Information Memorandum) was based upon or constitutes a forecast or projection, the Loan Parties represent only that they acted in good faith and utilized reasonable assumptions and due care in the preparation of such document, certificate or statement.

 

(b) The Pro Forma Financial Statements (i) were prepared in good faith based on the same assumptions used to prepare the pro forma financial statements included in the Information Memorandum, (ii) accurately reflect all adjustments necessary to give effect to the Transactions and (iii) present fairly the pro forma financial position of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries and the pro forma results of operations of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for the respective periods covered thereby (after giving effect to the Transactions at the date thereof or for the period covered thereby).

 

(c) The assumptions made by the Loan Parties in preparing the Projected Financial Statements are reasonable as of the date of such projections and all material assumptions with respect to the Projected Financial Statements are set forth therein. The Projected Financial Statements present a good faith estimate of the consolidated financial information contained therein at the date thereof, it being recognized by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, however, that projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that the actual results during the period or periods covered by the projections may differ from the projected results and that such difference may be material.

 

-101-


Section 3.17. Insurance . As of the Effective Date, set forth on Schedule 3.17 is a summary of all insurance policies maintained by the Canadian Parent and each of its Subsidiaries with financially sound and responsible insurers (a) with respect to its properties material to the business of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries against such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as are customary in the case of similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and (b) required to be maintained pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

Section 3.18. Labor Matters . Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened; (b) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Federal, state, provincial, local or foreign law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary, or for which any claim may be made against the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary.

 

Section 3.19. Solvency . Immediately following the occurrence of each Credit Event and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds thereof, and after giving effect to all Credit Events and Guarantees thereof, (a) the fair value of the assets of each Loan Party, at a fair valuation, will exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of each Loan Party will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) each Loan Party will be able to pay its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and matured; and (d) each Loan Party will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct the business in which it is engaged as such business is now conducted and is proposed to be conducted.

 

Section 3.20. Capitalization . (a) On the Effective Date, the authorized capital stock of the Canadian Parent consists of an unlimited number of shares of common stock, with no par value per share (such authorized shares of common stock, together with any subsequently authorized shares of common stock of the Canadian Parent, the “ Canadian Parent Common Stock ”), of which 41,285,161 shares are issued and outstanding. All such outstanding shares have been duly and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and free of preemptive rights that have not been waived. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.20(a) , as of the Effective Date, there are not any existing options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities, rights, agreements, commitments or arrangements for any Person to acquire any Equity Interest of the Canadian Parent or any other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for any such Equity Interests.

 

(b) The Equity Interests of each of Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent have been validly issued and fully paid and are nonassessable and free of preemptive rights that have not been waived. The Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent held, directly

 

-102-


or indirectly, by the Canadian Parent are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Canadian Parent free and clear of all Liens. There are not any existing options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, convertible or exchangeable securities, rights, agreements, commitments or arrangements for any Person to acquire any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any other securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for any such Equity Interests.

 

Section 3.21. Subordination . (a) The subordination provisions contained in the Subordinated Notes Documents and, on and after the execution and delivery thereof, the instruments and agreements governing the Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness are enforceable against the Loan Parties party thereto and the holders of the Subordinated Notes or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, as the case may be, and all Obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Documents to which they are a party, all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty) of the Subsidiary Guarantors and all Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of the Loan Agreement Parties are within the definitions of “Senior Debt” and “Designated Senior Debt” included in such subordination provisions.

 

(b) Neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries have designated any Indebtedness (other than (x) the Obligations of the Borrowers under the Loan Documents to which they are a party, (y) all Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty) of the Subsidiary Guarantors and (z) all Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of the Loan Agreement Parties) as “Designated Senior Debt” for purposes of the Subordinated Notes Documents or the instruments and agreements governing any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Section 3.22. Representations in Other Documents . All representations and warranties set forth in the other Documents were true and correct in all material respects at the time as of which such representations and warranties were made (or deemed made pursuant thereto) and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of each of the Effective Date and the Initial Borrowing Date as if such representations or warranties were made on and as of such date, unless stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations or warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such specified date.

 

Section 3.23. Security Documents . On and after the Initial Borrowing Date, each of the Security Documents creates (or after the execution and delivery thereof will create), as security for the Obligations covered thereby, a valid and enforceable perfected security interest (or, in the province of Quebec, a valid and enforceable registered hypothec) in and Lien on all of the Collateral subject thereto, superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons, and subject to no other Liens (except that (i) the Security Agreement Collateral may be subject to Permitted Liens, and (ii) the security interest or hypothec and mortgage lien created on any Mortgaged Property may be subject to the Permitted Liens described in Sections 6.02(viii), (xi) and (xii) related thereto), in favor of the Collateral Agent (or such other trustee or sub-agent as may be required or desired under local law). No filings, recordings or registrations are required in order to perfect and/or render enforceable as against third parties the security interests created under any Security Document except for filings or recordings required in connection with any such Security Document which shall have been made on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date or on or prior to the execution and delivery thereof as contemplated by Sections 5.10 and 5.11.

 

-103-


Section 3.24. Anti-Terrorism Laws . (a) None of the Loan Parties or, to the knowledge of any of the Loan Parties, any of their Affiliates is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (“ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (for the purposes of this Section 3.24 only, the “ Executive Order ”), and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56.

 

(b) No Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any of the Loan Parties, any of their Affiliates or their respective brokers or other agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of the following:

 

(i) a Person or entity that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(ii) a Person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person or entity that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

 

(iii) a Person or entity with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(iv) a Person or entity that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or

 

(v) a Person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.

 

(c) No Loan Party or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, any of its brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Person described in clause (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

-104-


ARTICLE IV.

 

CONDITIONS

 

Section 4.01. Effective Date . This Agreement shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.08):

 

(a) Execution of Agreement . The Administrative Agent shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement duly authorized and executed by such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has duly authorized and executed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

(b) Officer’s Certificates . (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Loan Agreement Party a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, dated the Effective Date, signed by the Secretary of such Loan Agreement Party and attested to by an Authorized Officer of such Loan Agreement Party, together with copies of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or equivalent organizational documents of such Loan Agreement Party as in effect on the Effective Date, and the resolutions of such Loan Agreement Party authorizing the Transactions to be consummated on or prior to the Effective Date.

 

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Canadian Parent, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c) Corporate Proceedings, etc . All corporate and legal proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Documents to occur on or prior to the Effective Date shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all documents and papers, including records of corporate proceedings, governmental approvals, good standing certificates and bring down telegrams or facsimiles, if any, which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or governmental authorities.

 

(d) Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) from Shutts & Bowen LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, an opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Effective Date substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1A , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent and (ii) from Stikeman Elliott LLP, special Canadian counsel to the Loan Parties organized under the laws of Canada, an opinion

 

-105-


addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Effective Date substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2A , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

 

(e) Absence of Material Adverse Effect . Nothing shall have occurred (either individually or in the aggregate) since December 31, 2003 (and the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have become aware of no facts, conditions or other information not previously known) which the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders shall determine has had, or could reasonably be likely to have, (i) a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) material adverse effect on the Transactions.

 

(f) Litigation . No action, suit, litigation or administrative proceeding or development in any action, suit, litigation or administrative proceeding by any entity (private or governmental) shall be pending or threatened (i) with respect to the Transactions or any documentation executed in connection therewith (including any Loan Document) or the transactions contemplated thereby or (ii) which (individually or in the aggregate) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Approvals . All necessary governmental (domestic and foreign), regulatory and third party approvals and/or consents in connection with any Existing Indebtedness, the Transactions to be consummated on the Effective Date, the transactions contemplated by the Documents and otherwise referred to herein or therein shall have been obtained and remain in full force and effect and evidence thereof shall have been provided to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any competent authority which restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the consummation of the Transactions, the making of the Advances and the transactions contemplated by the Documents or otherwise referred to herein or therein. Additionally, there shall not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon, or materially delaying, or making economically unfeasible, the consummation of the Transactions or the making of the Advances or the other transactions contemplated by the Documents or otherwise referred to herein or therein.

 

(h) Subordinated Notes . The Special-Purpose Issuer shall have (i) received $125,000,000 of aggregate gross proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Notes on or prior to the Effective Date, on terms and conditions consistent with and as set forth in the Subordinated Notes Information Memorandum, (ii) applied a portion of the proceeds therefrom (by way of intercompany loan to the obligors under the Existing Credit Agreement) to finance the Bank Refinancing and to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, (iii) deposited approximately $78,100,000 of the proceeds therefrom into a restricted account of the trustee for the Subordinated Notes (the “ Restricted Account ”), pending release and application to finance the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing on the Initial Borrowing Date and (iv) retained the remainder of the proceeds therefrom for liquidity purposes during the period following the Effective Date and prior to the Initial Borrowing Date. On the Effective Date,

 

-106-


(x) the Administrative Agent shall have received true and correct copies of all Subordinated Notes Documents, certified as such by an appropriate officer of the Canadian Parent, (y) all such Subordinated Notes Documents, and all terms and conditions thereof, shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and (z) all such Subordinated Notes Documents shall be in full force and effect. Each of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the issuance of the Subordinated Notes as set forth in the Subordinated Notes Documents shall have been satisfied in all material respects and not waived except with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

 

(i) Bank Refinancing; Notice of Redemption . (i) The total commitments in respect of the Bank Indebtedness to be Refinanced shall have been terminated, and all loans and other obligations with respect thereto shall have been repaid in full, together with interest thereon, all letters of credit and bank guaranties issued thereunder shall have been terminated (or cash collateralized) and all other amounts owing pursuant to the Bank Indebtedness to be Refinanced shall have been repaid in full and all documents in respect of the Bank Indebtedness to be Refinanced and all guarantees with respect thereto shall have been terminated (except as to indemnification provisions contained therein which by their express terms are intended to survive such termination and as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders) and be of no further force and effect. The Administrative Agent shall have received a termination and release agreement or payoff letter in respect of the Bank Indebtedness to be Refinanced in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii) IPG Holdings shall have delivered an “irrevocable notice of redemption” with respect to all outstanding Existing Senior Notes pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, the Existing Senior Notes Agreements, specifying the Existing Senior Notes Redemption Date as the “redemption date” for the Existing Senior Notes.

 

(j) Outstanding Indebtedness and Preferred Equity . After giving effect to the Transactions (other than the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing and the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to the Loan Documents), neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have outstanding any Indebtedness or Preferred Equity other than (a) the Subordinated Notes, (b) the Existing Senior Notes and (c) Indebtedness specified on Schedule 6.01(a)(iii) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $12,800,000 to remain outstanding after the Effective Date.

 

(k) Consent Letter . The Administrative Agent shall have received a letter from Corporation Service Company, presently located at 1133 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 3100, New York, New York 10036, substantially in the form of Exhibit P-1 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, indicating its consent to its appointment by each Loan Agreement Party as its agent to receive service of process as specified in Section 10.15.

 

(l) Financial Statements . (i) There shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) true and correct copies of the financial statements referred to

 

-107-


in Section 3.06(a), and (y) an unaudited pro forma (calculated as if the Transactions had occurred on such date) consolidated balance sheet of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2004 and the related pro forma (calculated as if the Transactions had occurred on the first day of the period covered thereby) statement of income for the twelve-month period ended as of such date, after giving effect to the Transactions and the incurrence of all Indebtedness (including the Term B Loans and the Subordinated Notes) contemplated herein and prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Rule S-X under the Securities Act (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), together with a related funds flow statement, which financial statements, Pro Forma Financial Statements and funds flow statement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

 

(ii) There shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent detailed projected consolidated financial statements of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Canadian Parent for the seven Fiscal Years ended after the Effective Date (the “ Projected Financial Statements ”), which Projected Financial Statements (x) shall reflect the forecasted consolidated financial condition of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions and the related financing thereof and the other transactions contemplated hereby, (y) shall not be materially inconsistent with the financial statements previously provided to the Lenders and referred to in Section 4.01(1)(i)(x) above and (z) shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders.

 

(m) Employee Benefit Plans; Shareholders’ Agreements; Existing Indebtedness Agreements; Tax Allocation Agreements . There shall have been provided to the Administrative Agent by the Canadian Parent true and correct copies of the following documents, certified as such by the Canadian Parent:

 

(i) copies of all Pension Plans (and for each Pension Plan that is required to file an annual report on Internal Revenue Service Form 5500-series, a copy of the most recent such report (including, to the extent required, the related financial and actuarial statements and opinions and other supporting statements, certifications, schedules and information), and for each Pension Plan that is a “single-employer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, the most recently prepared actuarial valuation therefor) and any other “employee benefit plans” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, and any other material agreements, plans or arrangements, with or for the benefit of current or former employees of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate ( provided that the foregoing shall apply in the case of any Multiemployer Plan, only to the extent that any document described herein is in the possession of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or is reasonably available thereto from the sponsor or trustee of any such plan) (collectively, the “ Employee Benefit Plans ”);

 

(ii) all written agreements (including, without limitation, shareholders’ agreements, subscription agreements and registration rights

 

-108-


agreements) entered into by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries governing the terms and relative rights of its capital stock or other Equity Interests and any agreements entered into by shareholders relating to any such entity with respect to its capital stock or other Equity Interests (collectively, the “ Shareholders’ Agreements ”);

 

(iii) all agreements evidencing or relating to any Existing Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Existing Indebtedness Agreements ”); and

 

(iv) any tax sharing or tax allocation agreements entered into by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Tax Allocation Agreements ”);

 

all of which Employee Benefit Plans, Shareholders’ Agreements, Existing Indebtedness Agreements and Tax Allocation Agreements shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall be in full force and effect.

 

(n) Environmental Reports . The Lenders shall have been provided access to environmental assessments (including Phase I reports) with respect to material owned Real Property reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(o) Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on or prior to the Effective Date under the Fee Letter and all other amounts due and payable pursuant to the Loan Documents on or prior to the Effective Date, including reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of White & Case LLP and domestic and foreign local counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Canadian Parent hereunder, under the commitment letter or under any other Loan Document.

 

(p) Representations . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof shall be true and correct with the same effect as if made on the Effective Date (unless expressly stated to relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

(q) Defaults . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(r) Ratings . The Canadian Parent shall have obtained a senior secured debt rating in respect of the Advances from each of S&P and Moody’s, which ratings shall remain in effect on the Effective Date.

 

In determining the satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, (x) to the extent any item is required to be satisfactory to any Agent or Lender, such item shall be deemed satisfactory to each Agent or Lender, as the case may be, which has not notified the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the occurrence of the Effective Date that the respective item or matter does not meet its satisfaction and (y) in determining whether any Agent or Lender is aware of any fact, condition or event that has occurred and which would reasonably

 

-109-


be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect of the type described in Section 4.01(e), each Agent or Lender, as the case may be, which has not notified the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the occurrence of the Effective Date of such fact, condition or event shall be deemed not to be aware of any such fact, condition or event on the Effective Date. Upon the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 have been met (after giving effect to the preceding sentence), then the Effective Date shall have been deemed to have occurred, regardless of any subsequent determination that one or more of the conditions thereto had not been met (although the occurrence of the Effective Date shall not release any Loan Agreement Party from any liability for failure to satisfy one or more of the applicable conditions contained in this Section 4.01).

 

Section 4.02. Initial Borrowing Date . The obligations of the Lenders to make Advances, and of each Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit, hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.08) and subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.02:

 

(a) Effective Date . The Effective Date shall have occurred.

 

(b) Notes . There shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (including the Swingline Lender) which has requested the same the appropriate Note, in each case executed by the relevant Borrower and in the amount, maturity and as otherwise provided in Section 2.12(f).

 

(c) Officer’s Certificates . (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received from each Loan Party a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J-2 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, dated the Initial Borrowing Date, signed by the Secretary of such Loan Party and attested to by an Authorized Officer of such Loan Party, together with copies of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or equivalent organizational documents of such Loan Party (unless a Loan Agreement Party) as in effect on the Initial Borrowing Date, and the resolutions of such Loan Party authorizing the Transactions on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer of the Canadian Parent, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 4.02 and 4.03(b) and (c) substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d) Corporate Proceedings, etc. All corporate and legal proceedings and all instruments and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Documents to occur on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received all information and copies of all documents and papers, including records of corporate proceedings, governmental approvals, good standing certificates and bring down telegrams or facsimiles, if any,

 

-110-


which the Administrative Agent reasonably may have requested in connection therewith, such documents and papers where appropriate to be certified by proper corporate or governmental authorities.

 

(e) Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) from Shutts & Bowen LLP, special counsel to the Loan Parties, an opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Initial Borrowing Date substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1B , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, (ii) from Stikeman Elliott LLP, special Canadian counsel to the Loan Parties organized under the laws of Canada, an opinion addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and dated the Initial Borrowing Date substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2B , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent and (iii) from local counsel to the Loan Parties and/or the Administrative Agent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent practicing in those jurisdictions in which Mortgaged Properties are located and/or Subsidiary Guarantors are organized (including Portugal and Virginia), such opinions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, which opinions (x) shall be addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each of the Lenders and be dated the Initial Borrowing Date, (y) shall cover the perfection of the security interests granted pursuant to the relevant Security Documents and such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated herein as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request and (z) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f) Absence of Material Adverse Effect . Nothing shall have occurred (either individually or in the aggregate) since December 31, 2003 (and the Administrative Agent and Lenders shall have become aware of no facts, conditions or other information not previously known) which the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders shall determine has had, or could reasonably be likely to have (either individually or in the aggregate), (i) a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) material adverse effect on the Transactions.

 

(g) Judgments . There shall not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or filed or a hearing seeking injunctive relief or other restraint pending or notified prohibiting or imposing materially adverse conditions upon, or materially delaying, or making economically unfeasible, the consummation of the Transactions or the making of the Advances or the other transactions contemplated by the Documents or otherwise referred to herein or therein.

 

(h) Existing Senior Note Refinancing; Lien Releases . (i) All principal, interest and call premiums on the Existing Senior Notes, together with all other amounts owing pursuant to the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Notes Agreements, shall have been repaid in full and all documents in respect of the Existing Senior Note Indebtedness to be Refinanced and all guarantees with respect thereto shall have been terminated (except as to indemnification provisions contained therein which by their express terms are intended to survive such termination and as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders) and be of no further force and effect.

 

-111-


(ii) The creditors in respect of the Indebtedness to be Refinanced shall have terminated and released all security interests and Liens on the assets owned by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent shall have received such releases of security interests in and Liens on the assets owned by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries as may have been requested by the Administrative Agent, which releases shall be in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to each of the Agents. Without limiting the foregoing, there shall have been delivered (i) proper termination statements (Form UCC-3 or the appropriate equivalent) for filing under the UCC (or other applicable laws) of each jurisdiction where a financing statement (Form UCC-1 or the appropriate equivalent) was filed with respect to the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the security interests created with respect to the Indebtedness to be Refinanced and the documentation related thereto, (ii) termination or reassignment of any security interest in, or Lien on, any patents, trademarks, copyrights, or similar interests of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries on which filings have been made, (iii) terminations of all mortgages, leasehold mortgages, deeds of trust and leasehold deeds of trust created with respect to property of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, to secure the obligations in respect of the Indebtedness to be Refinanced, all of which shall be in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iv) all collateral owned by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in the possession of any of the creditors in respect of the Indebtedness to be Refinanced or any collateral agent or trustee under any related security document shall have been returned to the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary.

 

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the matters set forth in this clause (h) have been satisfied on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(i) Consent Letter . The Administrative Agent shall have received a letter from Corporation Service Company, presently located at 1133 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 3100, New York, New York 10036, substantially in the form of Exhibit P-2 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, indicating its consent to its appointment by each Subsidiary Guarantor as its agent to receive service of process as specified in the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty or the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty, as the case may be.

 

(j) Subsidiary Guaranties . (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1 , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, and the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty shall be in full force and effect.

 

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 , with such changes thereto as may

 

-112-


agreed to by the Administrative Agent, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, and the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty shall be in full force and effect.

 

(k) Pledge Agreements . (i) The Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of the U.S. Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, duly authorized and executed by the Canadian Parent and each U.S. Loan Party, together with all of the U.S. Pledge Agreement Collateral, if any, referred to therein and then owned by the Canadian Parent or such U.S. Loan Party, as the case may be, (x) endorsed in blank in the case of promissory notes constituting U.S. Pledge Agreement Collateral and (y) together with executed and undated transfer powers in the case of certificated Equity Interests constituting U.S. Pledge Agreement Collateral, and the U.S. Pledge Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

(ii) (I) Each Non-U.S. Loan Party listed on Part A of Schedule 4.02(k) shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered a pledge agreement governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Non-U.S. Loan Party is organized, which pledge agreement shall (x) be prepared by local counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, (y) be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and (z) be in full force and effect (each such pledge agreement, as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, a “ Non-U.S. Pledge Agreement ” and, collectively, the “ Non-U.S. Pledge Agreements ”) and (II) such Non-U.S. Loan Party shall have taken such actions as may be necessary or desirable under local law (as advised by local counsel) to create, maintain, effect, perfect, preserve, maintain and protect the security interests granted (or purported to be granted) by each such Non-U.S. Pledge Agreement. Part A of Schedule 4.02(k) sets forth all Non-U.S. Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(iii) With respect to any Loan Party (whether organized under the laws of the United States or a non-U.S. jurisdiction) which is pledging promissory notes or Equity Interests in one or more Persons organized under the laws of a different jurisdiction from the jurisdiction of organization of the respective Loan Party, if the Administrative Agent determines (based on advice of local counsel) that it would be in the interests of the Lenders that the respective Loan Party authorize, execute and deliver one or more additional pledge agreements governed by the laws of the jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which the Person or Persons whose promissory notes or Equity Interests are being pledged is (or are) organized, then the respective Loan Party shall (I) so authorize, execute and deliver one or more such additional pledge agreements (each, as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, a “ Local Law Pledge Agreement ” and, collectively, the “ Local Law Pledge Agreements ”) and (II) take such actions as may be necessary or desirable under local law (as advised by local counsel) to create, maintain, effect, perfect, preserve, maintain and protect the security interests granted (or purported to be granted) by each such Local Law Pledge Agreement. Each Local Law Pledge Agreement shall (x) be prepared by local counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, (y) be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and (z) be in full force and effect, it being understood and agreed, however, in

 

-113-


the case of any Local Law Pledge Agreement entered into by Intermediate U.S. Holdco or any of its U.S. Subsidiaries, the respective U.S. Loan Party shall not be required to pledge more than 65% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Equity Interests entitled to vote of any Non-U.S. Subsidiary (other than Fibope) that is a corporation (or treated as such for U.S. federal tax purposes) in support of its obligations (x) as a Borrower under this Agreement (in the case of the U.S. Borrowers) or (y) under its Guarantee Agreement (in the case of the other U.S. Loan Parties) (although 100% of the non-voting Equity Interests, if any, of each such Non-U.S. Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged in support of such obligations). Part B of Schedule 4.02(k) sets forth all Local Law Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(l) U.S. Security Agreement . Each U.S. Loan Party shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered the U.S. Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H , with such changes thereto as may agreed to by the Administrative Agent, covering all of such U.S. Loan Party’s present and future Security Agreement Collateral referred to therein, together with:

 

(I) proper Financing Statements (Form UCC-1 or the equivalent) fully executed (where required) for filing under the UCC or other appropriate filing offices of each jurisdiction as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests purported to be created by the U.S. Security Agreement;

 

(II) certified copies of Requests for Information or Copies (Form UCC-11), or equivalent reports, each of a recent date, listing all effective financing statements that name any U.S. Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor and that are filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (I) above, together with copies of such other financing statements that name any U.S. Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor (none of which shall cover any of the Collateral, except to the extent evidencing Permitted Liens or in respect of which the Collateral Agent shall have received termination statements (Form UCC-3) or such other termination statements as shall be required by local law fully executed (where required) for filing);

 

(III) evidence of the completion of all other recordings and filings of, or with respect to, the U.S. Security Agreement as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests intended to be created by the U.S. Security Agreement; and

 

(IV) evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to create, maintain, effect, perfect, preserve, maintain and protect the security interests purported to be created by the U.S. Security Agreement have been taken;

 

and the U.S. Security Agreement and such other documents shall be in full force and effect.

 

-114-


(m) Non-U.S. Security Agreements . Each Non-U.S. Loan Party listed on Part C of Schedule 4.02(k) shall have duly authorized, executed and delivered such security agreements, documents and instruments as may be required by the Administrative Agent (based on advice of local counsel), with the intent being that the Lenders receive valid and enforceable first priority or first ranking, perfected or registered security interests or hypothecs in all or substantially all of the assets (including all tangible and intangible assets, including receivables, contract rights, securities, inventory, equipment, real estate, leasehold interests, vessels, insurances, and material patents, trademarks and other intellectual property) owned by each Non-U.S. Loan Party in which it is practicable (in accordance with requirements of local law and taking into account such cost and practicality considerations as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) to obtain such security interests or hypothecs (as determined by the Administrative Agent, based on advice of local counsel). All security documentation to be executed and delivered by the Non-U.S. Loan Parties pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence (each, as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, a “ Non-U.S. Security Agreement ” and, collectively, the “ Non-U.S. Security Agreements ”) shall (i) be prepared by local counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) be in full force and effect. In connection with the execution and delivery of the Non-U.S. Security Agreements, the respective Non-U.S. Loan Parties shall take such actions as may be necessary or desirable under local law (as advised by local counsel) to create, maintain, effect, perfect or register, render opposable, preserve, maintain and protect the security interests granted (or purported to be granted) thereby (including, without limitation, taking actions analogous to those described in Section 4.02(l) with respect to the Security Agreement Collateral described in the U.S. Security Agreement and in Section 4.02(n) with respect to the Mortgages covering U.S. Mortgaged Properties), in each case to the extent customary in connection with secured transactions under the laws of the respective jurisdiction or deemed necessary or desirable by the Administrative Agent based on advice of local counsel. Part C of Schedule 4.02(k) sets forth all Non-U.S. Security Agreements to be executed and delivered on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(n) Mortgages; Title Insurance; Surveys; etc. (I) The Collateral Agent shall have received:

 

(i) fully executed counterparts of Mortgages in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, which Mortgages shall cover such of the Real Property (located in the United States or any State or territory thereof) owned or leased by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as are designated on Schedule 3.11(b) as a “U.S. Mortgaged Property”, together with evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been delivered to the Title Company insuring the lien of such Mortgage for recording in all places to the extent necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent, desirable to effectively create a valid and enforceable first priority mortgage lien or immovable hypothec on each U.S. Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent (or such other trustee as may be required or desired under local law) for the benefit of the Secured Creditors, subject to Permitted Liens described in Sections 6.02(viii), (xi) and (xii);

 

-115-


(ii) Mortgage Policies on the U.S. Mortgaged Properties issued by a Title Company in amounts satisfactory to the Agents assuring the Collateral Agent that the Mortgages on such U.S. Mortgaged Properties are valid and enforceable first priority mortgage liens or immovable hypothecs on the respective U.S. Mortgaged Properties, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except Permitted Liens described in Sections 6.02(viii), (xi) and (xii) and such Mortgage Policies shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and the Requisite Lenders and shall include, as appropriate, an endorsement for future advances under this Agreement and the Notes and for any other matter that the Collateral Agent may request, shall not include an exception for mechanics’ liens or creditors’ rights, and shall provide for affirmative insurance and such reinsurance (including direct access agreements) as the Collateral Agent may request; and

 

(iii) Surveys of each U.S. Mortgaged Property designated as a “surveyed property” on Schedule 3.11(b) .

 

(II) The Canadian Parent shall have used its best efforts to deliver to the Collateral Agent Landlord-Lender Agreements, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, from landlords under leases for those properties designated on Schedule 3.11(b) as a “U.S. Leasehold Property”, pursuant to which such landlords shall, among other things, waive any lien they may have on the personal property and fixtures of IPG (US) or any U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor located at a U.S. Leasehold Property, and consent to the granting of a Mortgage over IPG (US)’s or U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor’s interest in each U.S. Leasehold Property.

 

(III) With respect to each Real Property (located outside the United States and the States and territories thereof) owned by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and designated on Schedule 3.11(b) as a “Non-U.S. Mortgaged Property”, the respective Loan Party owning same shall have executed such Non-U.S. Security Agreements as may be necessary or desirable (in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.02(m)) to create a valid and enforceable first priority or first-ranking, perfected or registered security interest or hypothec (or the equivalent under local law) in the respective Non-U.S. Mortgaged Property to secure (as nearly as possible) its obligations under this Agreement or its Guarantee Agreement, as applicable, and shall have taken such other actions under local law as are customary in connection with the granting of security interests or hypothecs in Real Property in such jurisdictions for transactions of this type. All actions required pursuant to this clause (III) shall be required to comply with the requirements of Section 4.02(m) and shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.

 

(o) Insurance Certificate . The Canadian Parent shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent certificates of insurance with respect to all existing insurance coverage maintained by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries which certificates shall comply

 

-116-


with Section 5.04 hereof and shall provide evidence that the insurance coverage required by Section 5.04 and the Security Documents is in effect in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(p) Solvency Certificate . The Lenders shall have received a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Canadian Parent substantially in the form of Exhibit K and satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with such other evidence reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent confirming the solvency of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), each U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) and the Canadian Borrower and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), in each case after giving effect to the Transactions.

 

(q) Intercompany Subordination Agreement . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement duly authorized and executed by each Loan Party and each other Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent which is an obligee or obligor with respect to any Intercompany Debt, and the Intercompany Subordination Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

(r) Borrowing Notices . The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of the Credit Events to occur on the Initial Borrowing Date as required by Section 2.02 or 2.03, as applicable.

 

(s) Representations . The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.03(b), 3.04 and 3.15 shall be true and correct with the same effect as if made on the Initial Borrowing Date (unless expressly stated to relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

(t) No Defaults . At the time of and immediately after each Credit Event to occur on the Initial Borrowing Date, no Default under Section 7.01(a) or (i) shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(u) Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees payable to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date under the Fee Letter and all other amounts due and payable pursuant to the Loan Documents on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, including reimbursement or payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of White & Case LLP and domestic and foreign local counsel) required to be reimbursed or paid by the Canadian Parent hereunder, under the commitment letter or under any other Loan Document.

 

In determining the satisfaction of the conditions specified in this Section 4.02, (x) to the extent any item is required to be satisfactory to any Agent or Lender, such item shall be deemed satisfactory to each Agent or Lender, as the case may be, which has not notified the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the occurrence of the Initial Borrowing Date that the respective item or matter does not meet its satisfaction and (y) in determining whether any Agent or Lender is aware of any fact, condition or event that has occurred and which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect of the

 

-117-


type described in Section 4.02(f), each Agent or Lender, as the case may be, which has not notified the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the occurrence of the Initial Borrowing Date of such fact, condition or event shall be deemed not to be aware of any such fact, condition or event on the Initial Borrowing Date. Upon the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that the conditions specified in this Section 4.02 have been met (after giving effect to the preceding sentence), then the Initial Borrowing Date shall have been deemed to have occurred, regardless of any subsequent determination that one or more of the conditions thereto had not been met (although the occurrence of the Initial Borrowing Date shall not release any Loan Agreement Party from any liability for failure to satisfy one or more of the applicable conditions contained in this Section 4.02).

 

Section 4.03. Conditions to Each Credit Event (other than Credit Events Occurring on the Initial Borrowing Date) . The agreement of each Lender to make any Advance (including the acceptance and purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances but excluding continuations and conversions of Advances) and of each Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit (such event being called a “ Credit Event ”) requested to be made by it on any date (other than a Credit Event occurring on the Initial Borrowing Date) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Credit Event as required by Section 2.02, 2.03, 2.04 or 2.05, as applicable (or such notice shall have been deemed given in accordance with Section 2.04(b)).

 

(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct with the same effect as if then made (unless expressly stated to relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

(c) At the time of and immediately after such Credit Event, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d) If at any time any Margin Stock is pledged or required to be pledged pursuant to any Security Document, all actions required to be taken pursuant to Section 5.19 shall have been taken to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent.

 

(e) Upon any Drawing pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof, the relevant Canadian Revolving Lenders shall have been provided Drafts as contemplated by Section 2.03(f).

 

Each such Credit Event shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by each Loan Agreement Party on the date of such Credit Event, as to the matters specified in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 4.03.

 

-118-


ARTICLE V.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Agreement Party hereby covenants and agrees with the Lenders that on or after the Effective Date and until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Advance and all fees and other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed:

 

Section 5.01. Financial Information, Reports, Notices, etc. The Canadian Parent will furnish, or will cause to be furnished, to each Lender and the Administrative Agent copies of the following financial statements, reports, notices and information:

 

(a) as soon as available and in any event within 50 days (or such shorter period for the filing of the Canadian Parent’s Form 6-K as may be required by the SEC) after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries and consolidated statements of earnings and cash flow of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the same period in the prior Fiscal Year and for the period commencing at the end of the previous Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal Quarter, certified by a Financial Officer of the Canadian Parent;

 

(b) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days (or such shorter period as may be required for the filing of the Canadian Parent’s Form 40-F by the SEC) after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the annual financial statements for such Fiscal Year for the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries, including therein a consolidated balance sheet of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such Fiscal Year, consolidated statements of earnings and cash flow of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year and the annual audit report for such Fiscal Year, in each case certified (without any Impermissible Qualification) in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent by Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton G.P. or other nationally recognized independent public accountants acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

(c) [Reserved];

 

(d) at the time of delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 5.01(a) and (b), (i) a certificate from a Financial Officer of the Canadian Parent (a “ Compliance Certificate ”) setting forth (x) a computation in reasonable detail of, and showing compliance with, each of the financial ratios and restrictions contained in Sections 6.13 through 6.16, inclusive, and to the effect that, in making the examination necessary for the signing of such certificate, such Financial Officer has not become aware of any Default that has occurred and is continuing, or, if such Financial Officer has become aware of such Default, describing such Default and the steps, if any, being taken to cure it, (y) the calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio as at the last day of the respective Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year, as the case may be, and (z) if delivered with

 

-119-


the financial statements required by Section 5.01(b), the amount of (and the calculations (in reasonable detail) required to establish the amount of) Excess Cash Flow for the respective Excess Cash Flow Payment Period and the Applicable Excess Cash Flow Prepayment Percentage as at the last day of the respective Fiscal Year and (ii) in the case of the delivery of the financial statements required by Section 5.01(b), a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by generally accepted auditing standards);

 

(e) no later than January 31 of each Fiscal Year, a detailed consolidated budget by Fiscal Quarter for such Fiscal Year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flow as of the end of and for each Fiscal Quarter during such Fiscal Year) and the succeeding Fiscal Years through the then latest Maturity Date (including a projected consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flow as of the end of and for each Fiscal Quarter during such Fiscal Year) having the same level of detail as the projections referred to in Section 3.16(c) and, promptly when available, any significant revisions of such budgets;

 

(f) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all reports submitted to the Canadian Parent by independent certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit of the books of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries made by such accountants, including any management letters submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

 

(g) as soon as possible and in any event within three Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Canadian Parent becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, a statement of such Responsible Officer setting forth details of such Default and the action which the Canadian Parent has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(h) as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after a Responsible Office becomes aware (i) the occurrence of any adverse development with respect to any litigation, action or proceeding that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) the commencement of any litigation, action or proceeding that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, notice thereof and copies of all documentation relating thereto;

 

(i) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports which the Canadian Parent sends to any of its security holders, and all reports, registration statements (other than on Form S-8 or any successor form) or other materials (including affidavits with respect to reports) which the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their officers files with the SEC, the Toronto Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange or equivalent market (whether in the United States or Canada);

 

-120-


(j) as soon as possible and, in any event, within ten (10) days after the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any of the following, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Canadian Parent setting forth the full details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, that the Canadian Parent, such Subsidiary or such ERISA Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices required or proposed to be given or filed by the Canadian Parent, such Subsidiary, the Pension Plan administrator or such ERISA Affiliate to or with the PBGC or any other government agency, or a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan participant and any notices received by the Canadian Parent, such Subsidiary or such ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or any other government agency, or a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan participant with respect thereto: (i) that an ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) that a contributing sponsor (as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA) of a Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA is subject to the advance reporting requirement of PBGC Regulation Section 4043.61 (without regard to subparagraph (b)(1) thereof), and an event described in subsection .62, .63, .64, .65, .66, .67 or .68 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Pension Plan within the following 30 days; (iii) that a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan has been or may be terminated, reorganized, partitioned or declared insolvent under Title IV of ERISA; (iv) that a proceeding has been instituted pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA to collect a delinquent contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; or (v) that the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent may incur any material liability pursuant to (i) any Welfare Plans which provide benefits to retired employees or other former employees (other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA) or (ii) any Pension Plan or Foreign Plan, the obligations with respect to which could reasonably be expected to materially affect the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(k) (i) copies of any records, documents or other information that must be furnished to the PBGC with respect to any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4010 of ERISA, (ii) a complete copy of the annual report (on Internal Revenue Service Form 5500-series) of each Pension Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, and Welfare Plan (including, to the extent required, the related financial and actuarial statements and opinions and other supporting statements, certifications, schedules and information) required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service, and (iii) any material notices received by the Canadian Parent, any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any Pension Plan, Welfare Plan or Foreign Plan, or received from any government agency or plan administrator or sponsor or trustee with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, no later than ten (10) days after the date such records, documents and/or information has been furnished to the PBGC or filed with the Internal Revenue Service or such notice has been received by the Canadian Parent, such Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or such ERISA Affiliate, as applicable;

 

-121-


(l) as soon as possible, notice of any other development that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(m) simultaneously with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Sections 5.01(a) and (b), certifications by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer or others to the extent required to be filed under the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and/or the rules and regulations of the SEC, without any exceptions or qualifications;

 

(n) promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof, written notice of (A) any material Environmental Claim affecting any Mortgaged Property, including, without limitation, any material notice of inspection, abatement or noncompliance; (B) all material Environmental Claims made, or material claims threatened in writing, by any third party against the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any Mortgaged Property; and (C) the Canadian Parent’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ discovery of any Release, occurrence or condition on any Mortgaged Property or any Real Property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Mortgaged Property which is reasonably likely to subject the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to a material Environmental Claim, Environmental Liability or to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use of said Real Property under any Environmental Law; and

 

(o) such other information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Section 5.02. Compliance with Laws, etc. The Loan Agreement Parties will, and will cause each of their Subsidiaries to, comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, except where such noncompliance, individually and in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such compliance to include, subject to the foregoing (without limitation):

 

(a) the maintenance and preservation of their and their Subsidiaries’ existence and their qualification as a foreign corporation or partnership (or comparable foreign qualification, if applicable, in the case of any other form of legal entity);

 

(b) the payment, before the same become delinquent, of all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon them or upon their property, except as provided in Section 5.14; and

 

(c) that all Foreign Plans administered by it or into which it makes payments obtains or retains (as applicable) registered status under and as required by applicable law and are administered in all respects in compliance with all applicable laws, and that each Pension Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that its meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code) and is administered in all respects in compliance with all applicable laws, except to the extent that the failure to do any of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to materially affect the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

-122-


Section 5.03. Maintenance of Properties . Each Loan Agreement Party and each of its respective Subsidiaries will maintain, preserve, protect and keep its material properties and assets in good repair, working order and condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted), and make necessary and proper repairs, renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 5.03 shall prevent any Loan Agreement Party or any of its Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation, maintenance or preservation of any of its properties if such discontinuance is, in the reasonable commercial judgment of such Loan Agreement Party or such Subsidiary, desirable in the conduct of its or their business and does not in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.04. Insurance . The Loan Agreement Parties will and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to maintain or cause to be maintained with financially sound and responsible insurers (a) insurance with respect to their properties material to the business of the Loan Agreement Parties and their respective Subsidiaries against such casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts with such deductibles as is customary in the case of similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations (including, without limitation, (i) physical hazard insurance on an “all risk” basis, (ii) commercial general liability against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage covering any and all claims, (iii) explosion insurance in respect of any boilers, machinery or similar apparatus constituting Collateral, (iv) business interruption insurance, (v) worker’s compensation insurance as may be required by any Requirement of Law and (vi) such other insurance against risks as the Administrative Agent may from time to time require) and (b) all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Security Documents, and will, upon request of the Administrative Agent, furnish to each Lender at reasonable intervals a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Canadian Parent setting forth the nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the Loan Agreement Parties and their respective Subsidiaries in accordance with this Section. Each such insurance policy shall provide that (i) it may not be cancelled or otherwise terminated without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Collateral Agent (and to the extent any such policy is cancelled or renewed, the Canadian Parent shall deliver a copy of the renewal or replacement policy (or other evidence thereof) to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, or insurance certificate with respect thereto, together with evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent of the payment of the premium therefor); (ii) the Collateral Agent is permitted to pay any premium therefor within thirty (30) days after receipt of any notice stating that such premium has not been paid when due; (iii) all losses thereunder shall be payable notwithstanding any act or negligence of any Loan Agreement Party or any of its Subsidiaries or its agents or employees which otherwise might have resulted in a forfeiture of all or a part of such insurance payments; (iv) to the extent such insurance policy constitutes property insurance, all losses payable thereunder shall be payable to the Collateral Agent, as an additional insured and as loss payee, pursuant to a standard non-contributory New York mortgagee endorsement and shall be in an amount at least sufficient to prevent coinsurance liability; provided that the Collateral Agent, as loss payee pursuant to the foregoing, shall not agree to the adjustment of any claim without the consent of the Canadian Parent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and (v) with respect to liability insurance, the

 

-123-


Collateral Agent shall be named as an additional insured. Notwithstanding the inclusion in each insurance policy of the provision described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, (x) in the event any Loan Agreement Party gives the Collateral Agent written notice that it (or one of its Subsidiaries) does not intend to pay any premium relating to any insurance policy on which the Collateral Agent is named or to be named as an additional insured when due, the Collateral Agent shall not exercise its right to pay such premium so long as such Loan Agreement Party delivers to the Collateral Agent a replacement insurance policy or insurance certificate evidencing that such replacement policy or certificate provides the same insurance coverage required under this Section 5.04 as the policy being replaced by such Loan Agreement Party with no lapse in such coverage and (y) in the event that the Collateral Agent does pay any such premium (which the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to do), the U.S. Borrowers shall be jointly and severally obligated to immediately reimburse the Collateral Agent for the full amount of such premium (with interest on such amount payable from the date such payment is made at the Applicable Rate for U.S. Revolving Loans maintained as ABR Loans which are overdue).

 

Section 5.05. Books and Records; Visitation Rights . Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to, keep books and records which accurately reflect its business affairs in all material respects and material transactions and permit the Administrative Agent and each Lender or any of their respective representatives, at reasonable times and intervals, to visit all of its offices, to discuss its financial matters with its officers and independent public accountant and, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or a Lender, to examine (and, at the expense of the Canadian Parent, photocopy extracts from) any of its books or other corporate or partnership records.

 

Section 5.06. Environmental Covenant . Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to:

 

(a) use and operate all of its facilities and properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws except for such noncompliances which, individually and in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, keep all Environmental Permits in effect required to operate its facilities and properties and remain in compliance therewith and handle all Hazardous Materials in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, except for any noncompliances that, individually and in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b) promptly notify the Administrative Agent and provide copies of all Environmental Claims which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice or contest in good faith any actions and proceedings relating thereto;

 

(c) take all necessary steps to initiate and expeditiously complete all Remedial Actions to mitigate and eliminate the presence of any Hazardous Material on any Mortgaged Property which is in violation of any Environmental Law or which could reasonably be expected to lead to Environmental Liability which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and keep the Administrative Agent informed of their actions;

 

-124-


(d) at the written request of the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders, which request shall specify in reasonable detail the basis therefor, provide, at such Loan Agreement Party’s sole cost and expense, an environmental site assessment report concerning any Mortgaged Property now or hereafter owned or leased by such Loan Agreement Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries, prepared by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the potential cost of any Remedial Action in connection with such Hazardous Materials on, at, under or emanating from such Mortgaged Property pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law; provided that such request may be made only if (i) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default or Event of Termination or (ii) the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders reasonably believe that any Loan Agreement Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any such Mortgaged Property is not in compliance with Environmental Law and such noncompliance could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or that circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against such Loan Agreement Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries or to result in Environmental Liability, in each case that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (in such events as are listed in this subparagraph, the environmental site assessment shall be focused upon the noncompliance or other circumstances as applicable), it being understood and agreed that if any Loan Agreement Party fails to provide the same within 90 days after such request was made, the Administrative Agent may order the same, and such Loan Agreement Party and each of its respective Subsidiaries shall grant and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders and their agents access (during normal business hours) to such Mortgaged Property and specifically grants the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders an irrevocable non-exclusive license, subject to the rights of tenants, to perform such an assessment, all at such Loan Agreement Party’s sole cost and expense during normal business hours; and

 

(e) provide such information which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section 5.06.

 

Section 5.07. Existence; Conduct of Business . Each Loan Party will, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.

 

Section 5.08. Performance of Obligations . Each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries will perform all of their respective obligations under the terms of each mortgage, indenture, security agreement, other debt instrument and material contract by which they are bound or to which they are a party, except such non-compliances that, individually and in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-125-


Section 5.09. Casualty and Condemnation . Each Loan Party (a) will furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prompt written notice of any casualty or other insured damage to any Collateral in an amount in excess of $1,000,000 or the commencement of any action or proceeding for the Taking of any Collateral or any part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding and (b) will ensure that the Net Proceeds of any such event (whether in the form of insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or otherwise) are collected and applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

Section 5.10. Additional Security; Further Assurances . (a) Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of the other Loan Parties to, grant to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors security interests and Mortgages in such assets and properties of such Loan Agreement Party and such other Loan Parties as are not covered by the original Security Documents and as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders (collectively, the “ Additional Security Documents ”). All such security interests and Mortgages shall be granted pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent and shall constitute valid and enforceable perfected security interests and Mortgages superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other Liens except for Permitted Liens. The Additional Security Documents or instruments related thereto shall have been duly recorded or filed in such manner and in such places as are required by law to establish, perfect, preserve and protect the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent required to be granted pursuant to the Additional Security Documents and all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection therewith shall have been paid in full.

 

(b) In the event that any Loan Party or its respective Subsidiaries acquires an interest in additional Real Property having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 (as determined in good faith by the Canadian Parent) or renews or enters into any new lease of Real Property for a term of one (1) year or more (whether or not the subject of a leasehold Mortgage on the Initial Borrowing Date), the Canadian Parent shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Collateral Agent and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, take such actions with respect to such Real Property as are required by this Section 5.10.

 

(c) Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders, each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of the other Loan Parties to, take actions with respect to Non-U.S. Loan Parties and/or Equity Interests of Persons not organized in a Qualified Jurisdiction of the types described in Sections 4.02(k), (l), (m) and (n) which were not required to be taken on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(d) Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of the other Loan Parties to, at the expense of the respective Loan Party, make, execute, endorse, acknowledge, file and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent from time to time such vouchers, invoices, schedules, confirmatory assignments, conveyances, financing statements, transfer endorsements, powers of attorney, certificates, real property surveys, reports, landlord waivers, bailee agreements, control agreements and other assurances or instruments and take such further steps relating to the Collateral covered by any of the Security Documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require. Furthermore, Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of

 

-126-


the other Loan Parties to, deliver to the Collateral Agent such opinions of counsel, Mortgage Policies and other related documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to assure itself that this Section 5.10 has been complied with.

 

(e) In the event that the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders at any time after the Initial Borrowing Date determine in their reasonable discretion (whether as a result of a position taken by an applicable bank regulatory agency or official, or otherwise) that real estate appraisals satisfying the requirements set forth in 12 C.F.R., Part 34-Subpart C, or any successor or similar statute, role, regulation, guideline or order (any such appraisal, a “ Required Appraisal ”) are or were required to be obtained, or should be obtained, in connection with any U.S. Mortgaged Property or U.S. Mortgaged Properties, then, within 60 days after receiving written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders, as the case may be, IPG (US) shall cause such Required Appraisal to be delivered, at the expense of IPG (US), to the Administrative Agent, which Required Appraisal, and the respective appraiser, shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f) Each Loan Agreement Party agrees that each action required by clauses (a), (c) and (d) of this Section 5.10 shall be completed as soon as possible, but in no event later than 30 days after such action is requested to be taken by the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders; provided that, in no event will any Loan Agreement Party or any of its Subsidiaries be required to take any action, other than using its best efforts, to obtain consents from third parties with respect to its compliance with this Section 5.10.

 

Section 5.11. Actions With Respect to Newly-Created Subsidiaries; Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries . (a) If at any time any U.S. Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent is created, established or acquired, such Subsidiary shall be required to execute and deliver counterparts of the U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and such Security Documents as would have been entered into by the respective Subsidiary if same had been a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor on the Initial Borrowing Date, and in each case shall take all action in connection therewith as would otherwise have been required to be taken pursuant to Section 4.02 if such Subsidiary had been a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(b) If at any time any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent organized under the laws of any Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdiction is created, established or acquired, such Subsidiary shall be required to execute and deliver counterparts of the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and such Security Documents as would have been entered into by the respective Subsidiary if same had been a Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor on the Initial Borrowing Date (determined in accordance with the criteria described in Sections 4.02(k)(ii), (m) and (n)(III)), and in each case shall take all action in connection therewith as would otherwise have been required to be taken pursuant to Section 4.02 if such Subsidiary had been a Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor on the Initial Borrowing Date.

 

(c) (i) If at any time after the Initial Borrowing Date any jurisdiction is added to the list of Qualified Jurisdictions in accordance with the definition thereof contained herein, then at the time of such designation each Non-U.S. Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent organized under the laws of such Qualified Jurisdiction shall be required to become a Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor and take all actions specified in preceding Section 5.11(b).

 

-127-


(ii) Any Non-U.S. Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent organized in a Non-Qualified Jurisdiction (which is not then a Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor) and which provides a Guarantee of the obligations of the Special-Purpose Issuer under the Subordinated Notes Documents or any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness shall execute and deliver counterparts of the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranty (or a similar guaranty agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent).

 

(d) In addition to the requirements contained in the Pledge Agreements, each Loan Agreement Party agrees to pledge and deliver, or cause to be pledged and delivered, all of the Equity Interests owned by any Loan Party of each new Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent established or created after the Initial Borrowing Date to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors pursuant to the relevant Pledge Agreement or other Non-U.S. Security Agreement, provided that, in the case of any Non-U.S. Subsidiary of any U.S. Loan Party (other than Fibope) that is a corporation (or treated as such for U.S. tax purposes), not more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of such Person shall be required to be pledged in support of such U.S. Loan Party’s obligations (x) as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement (in the case of any U.S. Borrower) or (y) under its Guarantee Agreement (in the case of the other U.S. Loan Parties).

 

(e) In connection with any action taken (or required to be taken) pursuant to Section 5.11(a), (b), (c) or (d), the Loan Agreement Parties shall (or shall cause their respective Subsidiaries), (i) at their own expense, to (x) execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause the execution, acknowledgment and delivery of, and thereafter register, file or record in any appropriate governmental office, any document or instrument reasonably deemed by the Collateral Agent to be necessary or desirable for the creation, perfection, maintenance, preservation and protection of the Liens on its assets intended to be created pursuant to the relevant Security Documents and (y) take all other actions reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, the furnishing of legal opinions) in connection with the granting of the security interests required pursuant to said Sections and (ii) pay in full all taxes, fees and other charges payable in connection with the granting of the security interests required pursuant to said Sections.

 

(f) Each action required above by Section 5.11(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) with respect to a newly formed, created or acquired Subsidiary, or with respect to any Subsidiary which is located in a jurisdiction newly-designated as a Qualified Jurisdiction, shall be completed contemporaneously with the formation, creation or acquisition of such Subsidiary or the date of the addition of the respective jurisdiction to the list of Qualified Jurisdictions, as the case may be.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.11, to the extent any Subsidiary which is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition (in accordance with the limitations contained in the definition thereof) or as a result of Investments made pursuant to Section 6.04, then for so long as such Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, to the extent the Canadian Parent determined (in good faith)

 

-128-


that the respective Subsidiary is not able, under applicable requirements of law (whether because of fiduciary duties under applicable law or other requirements of applicable law) or contractual restrictions, to execute and deliver a Subsidiaries Guaranty or one or more Security Documents, the respective such Subsidiary shall not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor or execute and deliver such Security Documents as otherwise required above.

 

Section 5.12. Ownership of Subsidiaries; Conduct of Business . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (w) the Canadian Parent shall at all times own directly 100% of the Equity Interests of the Canadian Borrower and U.S. Intermediate Holdco, (x) U.S. Intermediate Holdco shall at all times own directly 100% of the capital stock of IPG (US), (y) IPG (US) shall at all times own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of each U.S. Subsidiary Borrower and (z) except as set forth on Schedule 5.12(a) and subject to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 5.12(c), the Canadian Parent shall at all times own directly or indirectly (through one or more Wholly-Owned Non-U.S. Subsidiaries (as opposed to through U.S. Subsidiaries)) all of the capital stock or other Equity Interests (to the extent owned by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) of each Non-U.S. Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent.

 

(b) The Loan Agreement Parties shall take all actions so that, at all times from and after the Effective Date, all the assets of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries located within the United States, all Equity Interests in all U.S. Subsidiaries or other U.S. Persons (other than Equity Interests in U.S. Intermediate Holdco and IPG (US), which are covered in preceding clause (a)) and all or substantially all of the business of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries conducted in the United States, are, in each case, owned or conducted, as the case may be, by IPG (US) and one or more U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors which are not direct or indirect Subsidiaries of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent which is a Non-U.S. Subsidiary, provided that if a Non-U.S. Subsidiary (not itself created or established in contemplation of a Permitted Acquisition) is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition which Non-U.S. Subsidiary has (either directly or through one or more U.S. Subsidiaries) assets or operations in the United States, the Canadian Parent shall have a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 60 days) to effect the transfer of U.S. assets and operations (including all Equity Interests in any U.S. Subsidiary or other U.S. Persons held by it) of the respective Non-U.S. Subsidiary to IPG (US) or one or more U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors, provided further , that the respective transfer shall not be required to be made if the Canadian Parent determines (in good faith) that such transfer would give rise to adverse tax consequences to the Canadian Borrower and its Subsidiaries or would give rise to any material breach or violation of law or contract (in which case, the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries shall transfer such assets and operations at such time, if any, as such adverse tax consequences or breach or violation would not exist and, until such time, shall use good faith efforts so that any growth in the assets or operations of the entity so acquired, to the extent located in the United States, are made within one or more U.S. Loan Parties).

 

(c) The Loan Agreement Parties shall take all actions so that, at all times from and after the Effective Date, all the assets of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries located outside the United States, all Equity Interests in all Non-U.S. Subsidiaries or other non-U.S. Persons and all or substantially all of the business of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries conducted outside the United States, are, in each case, owned or conducted, as the

 

-129-


case may be, by the Canadian Borrower and one or more Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors which are not direct or indirect Subsidiaries of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent which is a U.S. Subsidiary, provided that (x) the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries described in Schedule 5.12(a) may continue to be owned by U.S. Subsidiaries, and the Persons listed on Schedule 5.12(a) may continue to conduct their business in their respective jurisdictions of organization, and (y) if a U.S. Subsidiary (not itself created or established in contemplation of a Permitted Acquisition) is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition which U.S. Subsidiary has (either directly or through one or more Non-U.S. Subsidiaries) assets or operations outside the United States, the Canadian Parent shall have a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 60 days) to effect the transfer of non-U.S. assets and operations (including all Equity Interests in any Non-U.S. Subsidiary or other non-U.S. Persons held by it) of the respective U.S. Subsidiary to one or more Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors, provided further , that the respective transfer shall not be required to be made if the Canadian Parent determines (in good faith) that such transfer would give rise to adverse tax consequences to the Canadian Borrower and its Subsidiaries or would give rise to any material breach or violation of law or contract (in which case, the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries shall transfer such assets and operations at such time, if any, as such adverse tax consequences or breach or violation would not exist and, until such time, shall use good faith efforts so that any growth in the assets or operations of the entity so acquired, to the extent located outside the United States, are made within one or more Non-U.S. Loan Parties).

 

(d) In addition to the foregoing requirements, the Loan Agreement Parties shall take all actions so that, at all times from and after the Effective Date, all the assets of the Canadian Parent’s Subsidiaries located within all Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdictions, all Equity Interests in all Persons organized under any Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdiction and all or substantially all of the business of the Canadian Parent’s Subsidiaries conducted in all Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdictions, are, in each case, owned or conducted, as the case may be, by one or more Non-U.S. Loan Parties which are not direct or indirect Subsidiaries of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent other than Non-U.S. Loan Parties, provided that (x) the Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries described in Schedule 5.12(a) may continue to be owned by U.S. Subsidiaries, and the Persons listed on Schedule 5.12(a) may continue to conduct their business in their respective jurisdictions of organization, and (y) if a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent organized under the laws of a Non-U.S. Jurisdiction other than any Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdiction (not itself created or established in contemplation of the respective Permitted Acquisition) is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition which Subsidiary has (either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) assets or operations outside Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdictions, the Canadian Parent shall have a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 60 days) to effect the transfer of all assets and operations outside Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdictions (including all Equity Interests in any Persons held by it which are organized under the laws of one or more Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdiction) of the respective Subsidiary to one or more Non-U.S. Loan Parties which are not themselves direct or indirect Subsidiaries of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent other than Non-U.S. Loan Parties, provided further , that the respective transfer shall not be required to be made if the Canadian Parent in good faith determines that such transfer would give rise to adverse tax consequences to the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries or would give rise to any material breach or violation of law or contract (in which case, the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries shall transfer such assets and operations at such time, if any, as such adverse tax consequences or breach or violation would not exist, and until

 

-130-


such time shall use good faith efforts so that any growth in the assets or operations of the entity so acquired, to the extent located in the Qualified Non-U.S. Jurisdictions, are made within one or more Non-U.S. Loan Parties which are not themselves direct or indirect Subsidiaries of any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent other than Non-U.S. Loan Parties).

 

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.12 shall not prohibit the acquisition of, or Investments in, Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries as contemplated by Section 6.17(b), provided that the Equity Interest owned by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in such Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries shall be subject to any applicable requirements of preceding clauses (b), (c) and (d).

 

Section 5.13. Use of Proceeds . The Loan Agreement Parties covenant and agree that (i) the proceeds of the Term B Loans hereunder will be used by IPG (US) on the Initial Borrowing Date to finance the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing and to pay Fees and expenses payable hereunder, (ii) all Revolving Credit Borrowings and Swingline Borrowings will be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries; provided that not more than $10,000,000 of proceeds of Revolving Credit Borrowings may be utilized to finance the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith and (iii) all Incremental Loans shall be used for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise permitted by Section 6.07(iii), no part of any Credit Event (or the proceeds thereof) will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

 

Section 5.14. Payment of Taxes . Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause its respective Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income, capital or profits, or upon any Properties belonging to it, in each case on a timely basis, and all lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon any Properties of such Loan Agreement Party or any of its respective Subsidiaries or cause a failure or forfeiture of title thereto; provided that neither any Loan Agreement Party nor any of its respective Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings diligently conducted, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the Property or asset that may become subject to such Lien, if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with and to the extent required under GAAP; provided further , that any such contest of any tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim with respect to Collateral shall satisfy the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions.

 

Section 5.15. Maintenance of Corporate Separateness . Each Loan Agreement Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, satisfy customary corporate or other formalities, including the holding of regular board of directors’ and shareholders’ meetings or action by directors or shareholders without a meeting and the maintenance of corporate or other records. Neither the Canadian Parent nor any other Loan Party shall make any payment to a creditor of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary in respect of any liability of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, and no bank account of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary shall be commingled with any bank account of the Canadian Parent or any other Loan Party. Any financial statements

 

-131-


distributed to any creditors of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary shall clearly establish or indicate the corporate separateness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary from the Canadian Parent and its other Subsidiaries. Finally, neither the Canadian Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries shall take any action, or conduct its affairs in a manner, which is likely to result in the corporate or other existence of any Loan Agreement Party, any other Loan Party or any Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries being ignored, or in the assets and liabilities of the Canadian Parent or any other Loan Party being substantively consolidated with those of any other such Person or any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary in a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding.

 

Section 5.16. End of Fiscal years and Fiscal Quarters . Each Loan Agreement Party will cause (i) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries’, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each calendar year and (ii) each of its, and each of its Subsidiaries’, fiscal quarters to end on the last day of each period described in the definition of “Fiscal Quarter”.

 

Section 5.17. Equal Security for Loans and Notes . If any Loan Party shall create or assume any Lien upon any of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens (unless prior written consent to the creation or assumption thereof shall have been obtained from the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders), it shall make or cause to be made effective provisions whereby the Obligations will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other assets or Property thereby secured as long as any such assets or Property shall be secured; provided that this covenant shall not be construed as consent by the Administrative Agent and the Requisite Lenders to any violation by any Loan Party of the provisions of Section 6.02.

 

Section 5.18. Subordination of Loans . Each Loan Agreement Party covenants and agrees that any existing and future loans from any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to any Loan Party (or by any Loan Party which is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or Canada (or any state, province or territory thereof), if made to any Loan Party organized under the laws of the United States or Canada (or any state, province or territory thereof)) shall be subordinated as, and to the extent, required by the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

 

Section 5.19. Margin Regulations . The Canadian Parent will take all actions so that at all times the fair market value of all Margin Stock owned by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than capital stock of the Canadian Parent held in treasury) shall not exceed $2,500,000. So long as the covenant contained in the immediately preceding sentence is complied with, all Margin Stock at any time owned by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries will not constitute Collateral and no security interest shall be granted therein pursuant to any Loan Document. Without excusing any violation of the first sentence of this Section 5.19, if at any time the fair market value of all Margin Stock owned by the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than capital stock of the Canadian Parent held in treasury) exceeds $2,500,000, then (x) all Margin Stock owned by the Loan Parties (other than capital stock of the Canadian Parent held in treasury) shall be pledged, and delivered for pledge, pursuant to the relevant Pledge Agreement(s) and (y) the Canadian Parent will execute and deliver to the Lenders appropriate completed forms (including, without limitation, Forms G-3 and U-1, as appropriate) establishing compliance with Regulations U and X. If at any time any Margin Stock is required to be pledged as a result of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, repayments of outstanding Obligations shall be required, and subsequent Credit Events shall be permitted, only in compliance with the applicable provisions of Regulations U and X.

 

-132-


Section 5.20. Existing Senior Notes Refinancing . On or prior to August 28, 2004, the Existing Senior Notes Refinancing shall be consummated in accordance with the requirements therefor specified in Section 4.02(h) and all applicable laws.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Advance and all Fees and other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit and Bankers’ Acceptances have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, each of the Loan Agreement Parties and their respective Subsidiaries agree with the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.01. Indebtedness; Certain Equity Securities . (a) The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist (including by way of Guarantee) any Indebtedness, except:

 

(i) Indebtedness incurred and outstanding under the Loan Documents;

 

(ii) (A) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties incurred and outstanding under the Subordinated Notes Documents in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $125,000,000 and (B) any refinancings thereof with Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness; provided that in the case of this clause (B) only, (x) no Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of the respective refinancing or would exist immediately after giving effect thereto, (y) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (and any other Indebtedness incurred since the last day of the immediately preceding Test Period) on a pro forma basis as if it were incurred on the first day of the immediately preceding Test Period, the Canadian Parent would be in compliance with Sections 6.13 through 6.15, inclusive, and (z) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, except by an amount equal to any reasonable prepayment premium on such Indebtedness being refinanced and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such refinancing;

 

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date (other than Indebtedness under the Existing Senior Notes Documents) and set forth in Schedule 6.01(a)(iii) (the “ Existing Indebtedness ”) and any renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof on terms and conditions (other than interest rates and other terms which fluctuate with general market conditions) no less favorable to such Person than such existing Indebtedness; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount

 

-133-


equal to any reasonable prepayment premium on such Indebtedness being refinanced and fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitment (which shall not be increased from the amounts thereof as in effect on the Effective Date and shown in Schedule 6.01(a)(iii) ) unutilized thereunder and such refinanced Indebtedness matures no earlier than the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(iv) (x) intercompany Indebtedness among the Loan Parties, (y) intercompany Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and (z) Indebtedness of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary owing to any Loan Party; provided that (I) any such Indebtedness (other than any such Indebtedness owed by a Loan Party to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary) shall be evidenced by a promissory note and shall be pledged pursuant to the relevant Security Document, (II) such Indebtedness shall at all times be subordinated as, and to the extent, required by the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, (III) the obligor and obligee with respect to any such Indebtedness shall be parties to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement (or become parties thereto contemporaneously with the incurrence of such Indebtedness) and (IV) at no time shall the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all intercompany Indebtedness made pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (iv) (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs thereof), when added to the aggregate amount of all cash common equity contributions made pursuant to subclause (z) of Section 6.04(iii), exceed $15,000,000;

 

(v) Guarantees by any Loan Party of Indebtedness of any other Loan Party (other than Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (vii) of this Section 6.01(a)), in each case, to the extent such Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred hereunder, and if such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations under the Loan Documents, such Guarantee is as subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations at least to the same extent;

 

(vi) Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or result in an earlier maturity date or decrease the weighted average life thereof; provided that (A) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (B) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (vi) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(vii) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, but only if such Indebtedness was not created or incurred in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent; provided that (x) no Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

-134-


(viii) Hedging Agreements entered into by IRS (US), the Canadian Parent or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(ix) Indebtedness owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any Person providing worker’s compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance to the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary, pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person;

 

(x) Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and similar obligations and trade-related letters of credit, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business (including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business), so long as the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed $10,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

(xi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

 

(xii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

 

(xiii) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $150,000,000; provided that (x) no Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of the respective issuance or would exist immediately after giving effect thereto and (y) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness (and any other Indebtedness incurred since the last day of the immediately preceding Test Period) on a pro forma basis as if it was incurred on the first day of the immediately preceding Test Period, the Canadian Parent would be in compliance with Sections 6.13 through 6.15, inclusive;

 

(xiv) other unsecured Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that no Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would result therefrom; and

 

(xv) on or prior to August 28, 2004, Indebtedness of the Canadian Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Existing Senior Notes Documents in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $247,100,000.

 

-135-


(b) The Loan Agreement Parties will not, nor will they permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue any Preferred Equity, except that the Canadian Parent may issue Qualified Preferred Stock.

 

Section 6.02. Liens . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any Property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by them, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except the following (herein collectively referred to as “ Permitted Liens ”):

 

(i) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents;

 

(ii) Liens on assets acquired after the Effective Date existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any assets of the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary other than the specific assets so acquired;

 

(iii) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or performance bonds, landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, attorney’s or other like liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that (A) a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as is required by GAAP shall have been made therefor, (B) if such Lien is on Collateral, the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions shall at all times be satisfied and (C) such Liens relating to statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or performance bonds shall only extend to or cover cash and Permitted Investments not in the Cash Collateral Account;

 

(iv) Liens (x) existing on the Effective Date and identified on Schedule 6.02 and (y) securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(a)(xv); provided that the Liens described in preceding clause (y) shall not be permitted for more than 10 days after the Initial Borrowing Date;

 

(v) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims or other like statutory Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business, that do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money and (A) that are not yet delinquent or (B) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that (1) any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor and (2) if such Lien is on Collateral, the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions shall at all times be satisfied;

 

(vi) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) of the type described in Section 6.01(a)(vi) covering only the assets acquired or improved with such Indebtedness;

 

-136-


(vii) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness secured by the Liens of the type described in clause (ii) of this Section 6.02; provided that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets not securing the Indebtedness so refinanced;

 

(viii) (A) Liens in the form of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, servitudes, conditions or other restrictions on the use of real property or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) that do not (1) secure Indebtedness or (2) individually or in the aggregate materially impair the value or marketability of the real property in the ordinary course of business of the Canadian Parent and any Subsidiary at such real property and (B) with respect to leasehold interests in real property, mortgages, obligations, liens and other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of such leased property encumbering the landlord’s or owner’s interest in such leased property;

 

(ix) Liens in the form of pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money) or leases to which the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary is a party, in each case, made in the ordinary course of business for amounts (A) not yet due and payable or (B) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; provided that (1) a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as is required by GAAP shall have been made therefor, (2) if such Lien is on Collateral, the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions shall at all times be satisfied, (3) such Liens shall in no event encumber any Collateral other than cash and Permitted Investments not in the Cash Collateral Account and (4) the aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments pledged or deposited to secure such Liens does not exceed $5,000,000 at any time;

 

(x) Liens resulting from operation of law with respect to any judgments, awards or orders to the extent that such judgments, awards or orders do not cause or constitute a Default under this Agreement; provided that (x) if any such Liens are on Collateral, the Contested Collateral Lien Conditions shall at all times be satisfied and (y) the aggregate amount of cash and Permitted Investments pledged or deposited to secure such Liens does not exceed $2,500,000;

 

(xi) Liens in the form of licenses, leases or subleases granted or created by the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary, which licenses, leases or subleases do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the business of the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary or individually or in the aggregate materially impair the use (for its intended purpose) or the value of the Property subject thereto; provided that (x) to the extent such licenses, leases or subleases relate to Mortgaged Property in existence as of the Initial Borrowing Date, the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as soon as practicable cause such licenses, leases or subleases to be subordinated to the Lien granted and evidenced by the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions thereof and (y) with respect to Mortgaged Property, to the extent entered into after the Initial Borrowing Date, such licenses, leases or subleases shall be subordinate to the Lien granted and

 

-137-


evidenced by the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions thereof; provided , further , that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any asset of the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary that is not the subject of any such license, lease or sublease;

 

(xii) Liens on fixtures or personal property held by or granted to landlords pursuant to leases to the extent that such Liens are not yet due and payable; provided that (i) with respect to any such Liens in existence on the Initial Borrowing Date, the Canadian Parent or any applicable Subsidiary has used its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord lien waiver reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (ii) with respect to any leases entered into after the Initial Borrowing Date, the Canadian Parent or any applicable Subsidiary shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) enter into a lease that does not grant a Lien on fixtures or personal property in favor of the landlord thereunder or (y) obtain a landlord lien waiver reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

 

(xiii) at any time on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, Liens on cash deposited in a cash collateral account of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries granted in favor of Comerica Bank to support reimbursement and other related obligations in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit; and

 

(xiv) at any time on or prior to the Initial Borrowing Date, Liens on cash deposited in cash collateral accounts of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries granted in favor of Comerica Bank and The Toronto-Dominion Bank to support reimbursement and other related obligations in respect of the Non-Continuing Letters of Credit;

 

provided , however , that no Liens shall be permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, on any Pledge Agreement Collateral, other than Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent.

 

Section 6.03. Fundamental Changes . (a) The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, merge into, amalgamate, or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into, amalgamate, or consolidate with them, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(i) any U.S. Loan Party (other than U.S. Intermediate Holdco) may merge into any other U.S. Loan Party (other than U.S. Intermediate Holdco), so long as (x) in the case of any such merger involving a U.S. Borrower, such U.S. Borrower is the surviving corporation of such merger and (y) in the case of any merger involving a Special-Purpose Finance Subsidiary, a U.S. Loan Party that is not a Special-Purpose Finance Subsidiary is the surviving corporation of such merger;

 

(ii) any Non-U.S. Loan Party (other than Canadian Parent) may merge or amalgamate into any other Non-U.S. Loan Party (other than Canadian Parent), so long as, in the case of any such merger or amalgamation involving the Canadian Borrower, the Canadian Borrower is the surviving corporation of such merger or amalgamation;

 

-138-


(iii) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate into any other Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; and

 

(iv) Permitted Acquisitions may be consummated by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, so long as the surviving person of any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is IPG (US), the Canadian Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

provided that in connection with the foregoing, the appropriate Loan Parties shall take all actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the perfection of or perfect, as the case may be, protect and preserve the Liens on the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and otherwise comply with the provisions of Sections 5.10, 5.11 and 5.12, in each case, on the terms set forth therein and to the extent applicable; and

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Subsidiary may dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, wind-up or otherwise) to IPG (US), the Canadian Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may dispose of assets to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary which is a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; provided that in connection with the foregoing, the appropriate Loan Parties shall take all actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the perfection of or perfect, as the case may be, protect and preserve the Liens on the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and otherwise comply with the provisions of Sections 5.10, 5.11 and 5.12, in each case, on the terms set forth therein and to the extent applicable.

 

(c) Subject to Section 6.12, the Canadian Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, engage in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Canadian Parent and the Subsidiaries on the Effective Date and businesses reasonably related thereto.

 

Section 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any Equity Interests in or evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to or other extensions of credit, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or make any other payment for property or services for the account or use of any other Person or make any upfront milestone, marketing or other funding payment to another Person in connection with obtaining a right to receive royalty or other payments in the future, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (each of the foregoing, an “ Investment ” and collectively, “ Investments ”), except:

 

(i) Permitted Investments;

 

-139-


(ii) Investments existing on the Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 6.04 ;

 

(iii) (x) any Loan Party may make cash common equity contributions to any of its direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, (y) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may make cash common equity contributions to any of its direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that is a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary and (z) any Loan Party may make cash common equity contributions to any of its direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that is a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary; provided that (I) at no time shall the aggregate amount of the cash common equity contributions made pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (iii), when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all intercompany loans made pursuant to Section 6.01(a)(iv)(z) above (determined without regard to write-downs or write-offs thereof), exceed $15,000,000, (II) no contributions may be made pursuant to subclause (z) of this clause (iii) at any time any Default is in existence (or would be in existence after giving effect thereto) and (III) any such Equity Interests held by a Loan Party shall be pledged pursuant to the relevant Security Document;

 

(iv) Investments constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(a)(iv);

 

(v) the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries may own the capital stock of, or other Equity Interests in, their respective Subsidiaries created or acquired in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

(vi) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(a)(v);

 

(vii) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(viii) loans and advances to employees of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries (A) in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) and/or (B) for the purpose of purchasing Equity Interests in the Canadian Parent, not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs thereof); provided that to the extent such loans or advances are evidenced by promissory notes, such promissory notes shall be endorsed in blank and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the relevant Security Document;

 

(ix) Permitted Acquisitions consummated after the Initial Borrowing Date in accordance with the requirements of the definition thereof, so long as the aggregate Acquisition Consideration payable after the Initial Borrowing Date for all such Permitted Acquisitions does not exceed $75,000,000 (or, on and after the date of the first delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(d) after the Initial Borrowing Date demonstrating a Total Leverage Ratio of less than 2.50:1.00, $150,000,000);

 

-140-


(x) the U.S. Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries may acquire and hold non-cash consideration issued by the purchaser of assets in connection with a sale of such assets to the extent permitted by Section 6.05(vii); and

 

(xi) other loans, advances and investments of the U.S. Borrower, the Canadian Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time (determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs thereof).

 

Section 6.05. Asset Sales . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any asset (including any Equity Interest owned by them), nor will the Canadian Parent permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue any additional Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, except:

 

(i) sales of inventory or obsolete, outdated or worn out equipment and other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii) sales, transfers and dispositions of assets among the Loan Parties; provided that in connection with the foregoing, the appropriate Loan Parties shall take all actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the perfection of or perfect, as the case may be, protect and preserve the Liens on the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and otherwise comply with the provisions of Sections 5.10, 5.11 and 5.12, in each case, on the terms set forth therein and to the extent applicable;

 

(iii) sales, transfers and dispositions of assets among Wholly-Owned Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

 

(iv) each of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries may grant licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases to other Persons not materially interfering with the conduct of the business of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, in each case so long as no such grant otherwise affects the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the asset or property subject thereto;

 

(v) sales of Permitted Investments;

 

(vi) any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent may issue additional Equity Interests (1) in connection with transfers and replacements of then outstanding shares of capital stock or other Equity Interests, (2) in connection with stock splits, stock dividends and additional issuances which do not decrease the aggregate percentage ownership of the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries in any class of the capital stock or other Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, (3) in the case of Non-U.S. Subsidiaries of the Canadian Parent, to qualify directors to the extent required by applicable law, (4) if formed after the Effective Date, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.17, and (5) issuances of Equity Interests by any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent to one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Canadian Parent;

 

-141-


(vii) sales, transfers and dispositions of assets (other than Equity Interests of a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent, unless all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary are sold in accordance with this clause (vii)) not otherwise permitted under this Section; provided that (i) the aggregate fair market value of all assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in reliance upon this clause (vii) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $35,000,000 during any Fiscal Year and (ii) the Net Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.10(c)(iii);

 

provided that (x) all sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted hereby shall be made for fair market value (as determined in good faith by management of the Canadian Parent) and (i) for at least 80% cash consideration in the case of sales, transfers, leases and other dispositions permitted by clause (vii) and (ii) for 100% cash consideration in the case of sales permitted by clause (v) and (y) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.05, the Canadian Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any Borrower.

 

Section 6.06. Sale and Leaseback Transactions . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby they shall sell or transfer any Property, real or personal, used or useful in their business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such Property or other Property that they intend to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the Property sold or transferred, unless (i) the sale of such Property is permitted by Section 6.05, (ii) any Lien arising in connection with the use of such Property by any Loan Agreement Party or a Subsidiary is permitted by Section 6.02 and (iii) any Indebtedness arising in connection with the lease of such Property is permitted by Section 6.01.

 

Section 6.07. Restricted Payments . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except:

 

(i) (x) any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent may declare and pay dividends to the Canadian Parent or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent and (y) any Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent may declare and pay cash dividends to its shareholders generally, so long as the respective Subsidiary which owns the Equity Interest in the Subsidiary paying such dividends receives at least its proportionate share thereof (based upon its relative holding of the Equity Interests in the Subsidiary paying such dividends and taking into account the relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary);

 

(ii) the Canadian Parent may pay dividends consisting solely of shares of its common stock or additional shares of the same class of shares on which the dividend is being paid;

 

-142-


(iii) the Canadian Parent may purchase, redeem or acquire any of its Equity Interests from any of its or its Subsidiaries’ present or former officers or employees upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such officer or employee, so long as (x) no Default then exits or would result therefrom and (y) the aggregate amount of payments under this clause (iii) shall not exceed $2,000,000 in any Fiscal Year;

 

(iv) the Canadian Parent may pay regularly scheduled dividends on Qualified Preferred Stock issued by it pursuant to the terms thereof solely through the issuance of additional shares of such Qualified Preferred Stock rather than in cash; and

 

(v) the Canadian Parent may declare and pay cash dividends on Canadian Parent Common Stock to the holders of such Canadian Parent Common Stock generally or may effect open market repurchases of Canadian Parent Common Stock from time to time, so long as (x) no Default then exists or would result therefrom and (y) subject to the immediately succeeding proviso, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (ix) after the Effective Date shall not exceed $25,000,000, provided, however that if the Total Leverage Ratio (as set forth in the Compliance Certificate then last delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d)) is less than 2.00:1.00, then the Canadian Parent may make additional Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (ix), so long as (I) no Default then exists or would result therefrom and (II) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made in reliance on this proviso does not exceed $25,000,000.

 

Section 6.08. Transactions with Affiliates . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of their Affiliates, unless such transactions are (i) either (A) in the ordinary course of business or (B) approved by a majority of those members of the board of directors of the Canadian Parent that are disinterested in the relevant transactions, and (ii) are at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Loan Party or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, except:

 

(i) transactions between or among the Loan Parties not involving any other Affiliate which do not otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.07;

 

(iii) fees and compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and any indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Canadian Parent;

 

(iv) loans and advances to employees permitted by Section 6.04(viii); and

 

(v) the issuance or sale of any Equity Interests of the Canadian Parent.

 

-143-


Section 6.09. Restrictive Agreements . The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of any Loan Agreement Party or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its Property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Canadian Parent or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent or any other Subsidiary or to transfer property to the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:

 

(i) restrictions and conditions imposed by law or any Loan Document;

 

(ii) restrictions and conditions imposed by the Subordinated Notes Documents;

 

(iii) restrictions and conditions imposed by any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness of the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries permitted under this Agreement (including any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness); provided that the restrictions and conditions contained therein shall not be more onerous than the restrictions and conditions contained in the Subordinated Notes Documents;

 

(iv) clause (a) shall not apply to assets encumbered by Permitted Liens, as long as such restriction applies only to the asset encumbered by such Permitted Lien;

 

(v) restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date not otherwise excepted from this Section 6.09 identified on Schedule 6.09 (but shall not apply to any amendment or modification expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition);

 

(vi) any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent; provided that such agreement was not entered into (or the restrictions, prohibitions or conditions contained therein were not made more onerous) in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary;

 

(vii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary (or the assets of a Subsidiary) pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold (or whose assets are to be sold) and such sale is permitted hereunder; and

 

(viii) clause (a) shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

 

Section 6.10. Amendments or Waivers of Certain Documents; Prepayments of Indebtedness . (a) The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, amend or otherwise change (or waive):

 

(i) the terms of their Organic Documents or the documents governing any Indebtedness outstanding as of the date hereof, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Lenders; or

 

-144-


(ii) the Subordinated Notes Documents or any instruments or documents governing any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

(b) The Loan Agreement Parties will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, make (or give any notice or offer in respect of) any voluntary or optional payment or mandatory prepayment or redemption or acquisition for value of (including, without limitation, by way of depositing with any trustee with respect thereto money or securities before such Indebtedness is due for the purpose of paying such Indebtedness when due) or exchange of principal of any Subordinated Notes or Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness; provided that (i) the Subordinated Notes may be exchanged for Permanent Exchange Subordinated Notes in accordance with the requirements of the respective definitions thereof and the relevant provisions of this Agreement and (ii) the Subordinated Notes may be refinanced with Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the requirements of clause (B) of Section 6.01(a)(ii).

 

Section 6.11. No Other “Designated Senior Indebtedness” . No Loan Agreement Party shall designate, or permit the designation of, any Indebtedness (other than under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any equivalent term) under the Subordinated Notes Documents or any documents relating to Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Section 6.12. Limitation on Activities of the Canadian Parent and Certain Subsidiaries . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Canadian Parent will not engage in any business and will not own any significant assets (other than (x) its ownership of the capital stock of the Canadian Borrower, U.S. Intermediate Holdco and the Special-Purpose Finance Subsidiaries and (y) cash and/or Permitted Investments to be on-loaned, dividended, contributed and/or otherwise applied in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement) or have any liabilities (other than those liabilities for which it is responsible under this Agreement and the Documents to which it is a party and such other liabilities which the Canadian Parent is expressly permitted to incur pursuant to the terms of this Agreement); provided that the Canadian Parent may (i) issue shares of Canadian Parent Common Stock and options and warrants to purchase Canadian Parent Common Stock and (iii) engage in those activities that are incidental to (x) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable law, (y) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities and (z) the entering into, and performing its obligations under, this Agreement and the other Documents to which it is a party.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, U.S. Intermediate Holdco will not engage in any business and will not own any significant assets (other than (x) its ownership of the capital stock of IPG (US) and (y) cash and/or Permitted Investments to be on-loaned, dividended, contributed and/or otherwise applied in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement) or have any liabilities (other than those liabilities for which it is responsible under this Agreement and the Documents to which it is a party and such other liabilities which Intermediate Holdco is expressly permitted to incur pursuant to the terms of this Agreement); provided that Intermediate Holdco may engage in those activities that are incidental to (x) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable law, (y) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities and (z) the entering into, and performing its obligations under, this Agreement and the other Documents to which it is a party.

 

-145-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Special-Purpose Issuer will not engage in any business and will not own any significant assets (other than (x) cash to be applied to the payment of principal and interest in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement and (y) any intercompany note evidencing intercompany loans made by it and permitted pursuant to Section 6.01(iv)) or have any liabilities (other than those liabilities for which it is responsible under this Agreement and the Documents to which it is a party); provided that the Special-Purpose Issuer may engage in those activities that are incidental to (x) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable law, (y) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities and (z) the entering into, and performing its obligations under, this Agreement and the other Documents to which it is a party.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Excluded Barbados Insurance Subsidiary will not engage in any business (other than the insurance related business conducted by it on the Effective Date and business reasonably related thereto or extensions thereof) and will not own any Equity Interests or any other significant assets (other than assets used in the conduct of its business as described above) or have any liabilities (other than those liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of its business as described above); provided that the Excluded Barbados Insurance Subsidiary may engage in those activities that are incidental to (x) the maintenance of its existence in compliance with applicable law and (y) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Special-Purpose Finance Subsidiaries will not engage in any business and will not own any significant assets or have any liabilities (other than (x) those liabilities for which it is responsible under this Agreement and the Documents to which it is a party and (y) intercompany obligations permitted to be incurred by it pursuant to Section 6.01(iv)); provided that any such Special-Purpose Finance Subsidiary may engage in those activities that are incidental to (x) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable law, (y) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing activities and (z) the entering into, and performing its obligations under, this Agreement and the other Documents to which it is a party.

 

Section 6.13. Interest Expense Coverage Ratio . The Canadian Parent will not permit the Interest Expense Coverage Ratio for any Test Period ending on a date set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such date:

 

Test Period


   Ratio

September 30, 2004

   2.40:1.00

December 31, 2004

   2.40:1.00
      

March 31, 2005

   2.40:1.00

June 30, 2005

   2.40:1.00

September 30, 2005

   2.40:1.00

 

-146-


Test Period


   Ratio

December 31, 2005

   3.00:1.00

March 31, 2006

   3.00:1.00

June 30, 2006

   3.00:1.00

September 30, 2006

   3.00:1.00

December 31, 2006

   3.25:1.00
      

March 31, 2007

   3.25:1.00

June 30, 2007

   3.25:1.00

September 30, 2007

   3.25:1.00

December 31, 2007

   3.50:1.00
      

March 31, 2008

   3.50:1.00

June 30, 2008

   3.50:1.00

September 30, 2008

   3.50:1.00

December 31, 2008

   3.50:1.00
      

March 31, 2009

   3.50:1.00

June 30, 2009

   3.50:1.00

September 30, 2009

   3.50:1.00

December 31, 2009

   3.75:1.00
      

March 31, 2010

   3.75:1.00

June 30, 2010

   3.75:1.00

September 30, 2010

   3.75:1.00

December 31, 2010 and each Test Period thereafter

   4.00:1.00

 

Section 6.14. Total Leverage Ratio . On and after September 30, 2004, the Canadian Parent will not permit the Total Leverage Ratio at any time during a Fiscal Quarter set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth opposite such Fiscal Quarter below:

 

Fiscal Quarter Ending


   Ratio

September 30, 2004

   5.25:1.00

December 31, 2004

   5.25:1.00
      

March 31, 2005

   5.25:1.00

June 30, 2005

   5.25:1.00

September 30, 2005

   5.25:1.00

December 31, 2005

   4.75:1.00
      

March 31, 2006

   4.75:1.00

 

-147-


Fiscal Quarter Ending


   Ratio

June 30, 2006

   4.75:1.00

September 30, 2006

   4.75:1.00

December 31, 2006

   4.25:1.00

March 31, 2007

   4.25:1.00

June 30, 2007

   4.25:1.00

September 30, 2007

   4.25:1.00

December 31, 2007

   3.75:1.00
      

March 31, 2008

   3.75:1.00

June 30, 2008

   3.75:1.00

September 30, 2008

   3.75:1.00

December 31, 2008

   3.50:1.00
      

March 31, 2009

   3.50:1.00

June 30, 2009

   3.50:1.00

September 30, 2009

   3.50:1.00

December 31, 2009

   3.00:1.00
      

March 31, 2010

   3.00:1.00

June 30, 2010

   3.00:1.00

September 30, 2010

   3.00:1.00

December 31, 2010 and each Fiscal Quarter thereafter

   2.75:1.00

 

Section 6.15. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Canadian Parent will not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Test Period ending on a date set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such date:

 

Test Period


   Ratio

September 30, 2004

   1.10:1.00

December 31, 2004

   1.10:1.00

March 31, 2005

   1.10:1.00

June 30, 2005

   1.10:1.00

September 30, 2005

   1.10:1.00

December 31, 2005

   1.10:1.00
      

March 31, 2006

   1.10:1.00

June 30, 2006

   1.10:1.00

September 30, 2006

   1.10:1.00

December 31, 2006

   1.10:1.00

 

-148-


Test Period


   Ratio

March 31, 2007

   1.10:1.00

June 30, 2007

   1.10:1.00

September 30, 2007

   1.10:1.00

December 31, 2007

   1.10:1.00
      

March 31, 2008

   1.10:1.00

June 30, 2008

   1.10:1.00

September 30, 2008

   1.10:1.00

December 31, 2008

   1.30:1.00
      

March 31, 2009

   1.30:1.00

June 30, 2009

   1.30:1.00

September 30, 2009

   1.30:1.00

December 31, 2009

   1.60:1.00
      

March 31, 2010

   1.60:1.00

June 30, 2010

   1.60:1.00

September 30, 2010

   1.60:1.00

December 31, 2010 and each Test Period thereafter

   1.75:1.00

 

Section 6.16. Capital Expenditures . (a) The Canadian Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or commit to make any Capital Expenditures, except that the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries may make or commit to make Capital Expenditures not exceeding the amount set forth below (the “ Base Amount ”) for each of the Fiscal Years set forth below:

 

Period


   Base Amount

December 31, 2004

   $ 25,000,000

December 31, 2005

   $ 40,000,000

December 31, 2006

   $ 47,500,000

December 31, 2007

   $ 57,500,000

December 31, 2008

   $ 47,500,000

December 31, 2009

   $ 47,500,000

December 31, 2010

   $ 47,500,000

December 31, 2011

   $ 47,500,000

 

provided that for any period set forth above, the Base Amount set forth above may be increased by a maximum of 50% of the Base Amount for any such period by carrying over to any such period any portion of the Base Amount (without giving effect to any increase) not spent in the immediately preceding period, and that Capital Expenditures in any period shall be deemed first made from the Base Amount applicable to such period in any given period; provided

 

-149-


further , that for avoidance of doubt, Capital Expenditures for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2004 shall include Capital Expenditures made or committed to be made by the Canadian Parent prior to the Effective Date.

 

(b) In addition to the foregoing, the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries may make additional Capital Expenditures (which Capital Expenditures will not be included in any determination under Section 6.16(a)) with the Net Proceeds (x) of Asset Sales permitted by Section 6.05 and (y) from any Destruction or Taking, in each case to the extent such Net Proceeds do not require, or result in, a mandatory commitment reduction and repayment pursuant to Section 2.10(c)(iii) or 2.10(c)(iv) (or Section 2.11(c)), as applicable, and such proceeds are reinvested within 180 days following the date of such Asset Sale, Destruction or Taking, as the case may be, in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.10(c)(iii) or 2.10(c)(iv) (or Section 2.11(c)), as applicable.

 

Section 6.17. Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries . (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in immediately succeeding clause (b), the Canadian Parent will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, establish, create or acquire after the Effective Date any Subsidiary, provided that the Borrowers and their respective Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries shall be permitted to establish or create Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries organized in Qualified Jurisdictions after the Initial Borrowing Date so long as (A) at least 10 Business Days’ (or such lesser period as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in any given case) prior written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent, (B) subject to Section 5.11(d), the Equity Interests of each such new Wholly-Owned Subsidiary are pledged pursuant to, and to the extent required by, the applicable Pledge Agreements and/or Non-U.S. Security Agreements and, if such Equity Interests constitute certificated Equity Interests, the certificates representing such Equity Interests, together with stock or other powers duly executed in blank, are delivered to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Creditors and (C) such new Wholly-Owned Subsidiary takes all actions required (and/or requested) to be taken by such Subsidiary as a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor or Non-U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 5.11.

 

(b) In addition to Subsidiaries of the Canadian Parent created pursuant to preceding clause (a), the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries may establish, acquire or create, and make Investments in, Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries and Subsidiaries organized in Non-Qualified Jurisdictions after the Initial Borrowing Date as a result of Permitted Acquisitions (subject to the limitations contained in the definition thereof) and Investments expressly permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.04, provided that (x) all Equity Interests of each such Non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be pledged by any Loan Party which owns same to the extent required by the Pledge Agreements or relevant Non-U.S. Security Agreements, and (y) any actions required to be taken pursuant to Section 5.11 in connection with the establishment of, or Investments in, the respective Subsidiaries are taken in accordance with the requirements of said Section 5.11.

 

Section 6.18. Anti-Terrorism Law . The Loan Parties shall not (i) conduct any business or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Person described in Section 3.24 above, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the

 

-150-


Executive Order or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law (and the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Lenders any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by any Lender in its reasonable discretion, confirming the Loan Parties’ compliance with this Section 6.18).

 

Section 6.19. Embargoed Person . Except as otherwise precluded by the Foreign Extraterritorial Measures Act (Canada) (in the case of Loan Parties organized under the laws of Canada), at all times throughout the term of the Advances, (a) none of the funds or assets of the Loan Parties that are used to repay the Advances shall constitute property of, or shall be beneficially owned directly or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, indirectly by, any Person subject to sanctions or trade restrictions under United States law (“ Embargoed Person ” or “ Embargoed Persons ”) that is identified on (1) the “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” (the “ SDN List ”) maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), U.S. Department of the Treasury, and/or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, as of the date thereof, based upon reasonable inquiry by such Loan Party, on any other similar list (“ Other List ”) maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute including, but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq ., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq ., and any Executive Order or regulation promulgated thereunder, with the result that the investment in the Loan Parties (whether directly or indirectly) is prohibited by law, or the Advances made by the Lenders would be in violation of law, or (2) the Executive Order, any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders, and (b) no Embargoed Person shall have any direct interest, and to the knowledge of any Loan Party, as of the date hereof, based upon reasonable inquiry by any Loan Party, indirect interest, of any nature whatsoever in the Loan Parties, with the result that the investment in the Loan Parties (whether directly or indirectly) is prohibited by law or the Advances are in violation of law.

 

Section 6.20. Anti-Money Laundering . At all times throughout the term of the Loans, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, based upon reasonable inquiry by such Loan Party, none of the funds of such Loan Party that are used to repay the Advances shall be derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in the Loan Parties (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Advances would be in violation of law.

 

-151-


ARTICLE VII.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Section 7.01. Listing of Events of Default. Each of the following events or occurrences described in this Section 7.01 shall constitute (i) an “Event of Default”, if any Advances, LC Disbursements, Bankers’ Acceptances, Notional Bankers’ Acceptances or Letters of Credit are outstanding, and (ii) an “Event of Termination”, if no Advances, LC Disbursements, Bankers’ Acceptances, Notional Bankers’ Acceptances or Letters of Credit are outstanding:

 

(a) Any Borrower shall default (i) in the payment when due of any principal of any Advance (including, without limitation, on any Installment Payment Date) or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement, (ii) in the payment when due of any interest on any Advance (and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days), or (iii) in the payment when due of any Fee described in Section 2.14 or of any other previously invoiced amount (other than an amount described in clauses (i) and (ii)) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days).

 

(b) Any representation or warranty of any Loan Party made or deemed to be made hereunder or in any other Loan Document or any other writing or certificate furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender for the purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document is or shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made.

 

(c) Any Loan Agreement Party shall default in the due performance and observance of any of its obligations under clause (g) of Section 5.01, clause (a) of Section 5.02 (with respect to the maintenance and preservation of the Canadian Parent’s or any Borrower’s corporate existence), Section 5.16 or 5.20 or Article VI.

 

(d) Any Loan Agreement Party or any other Loan Party shall default in the due performance and observance of any agreement (other than those specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) above) contained herein or in any other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the defaulting Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders.

 

(e) A default shall occur (i) in the payment when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any Material Indebtedness or (ii) in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any Material Indebtedness if the effect of such default referred to in this clause (ii) is to accelerate the maturity of any such Material Indebtedness or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any such Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any such Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity.

 

(f) Any judgment or order (or combination of judgments and orders) for the payment of money equal to or in excess of $5,000,000 individually or in the aggregate (to the extent not fully covered by insurance (less any deductible) issued by an insurer other than the Canadian Parent or any Affiliate thereof which is a reputable and solvent insurer and as to which the insurer has acknowledged responsibility to pay such judgment or order) shall be rendered against the Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (or any combination thereof) and

 

-152-


(i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order and not stayed;

 

(ii) such judgment has not been stayed, vacated or discharged within 60 days of entry; or

 

(iii) there shall be any period (after any applicable statutory grace period) of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

 

(g) Any ERISA Event shall have occurred; the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent or an ERISA Affiliate has incurred or is likely to incur any liability to or on account of a group health plan (as defined in Section 607(1) of ERISA, Section 4980B(g)(2) of the Code or 45 Code of Federal Regulations Section 160.103) under Section 4980B of the Code and/or the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary of the Canadian Parent has incurred or is likely to incur liabilities pursuant to one or more Welfare Plans that provide benefits to retired employees or other former employees (other than as required by Section 601 of ERISA) or Pension Plans or Foreign Plans; a “default,” within the meaning of Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA, shall occur with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; any applicable law, rule or regulation is adopted, changed or interpreted, or the interpretation or administration thereof is changed, in each case after the date hereof, by any governmental authority or agency or by any court (a “ Change in Law ”), or, as a result of a Change in Law, an event occurs following a Change in Law, with respect to or otherwise affecting any Pension Plan, Welfare Plan, Foreign Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or an event of noncompliance with respect to any Pension Plan, Welfare Plan, Foreign Plan or Multiemployer Plan has occurred; (ii) there shall result from any such event or events described in (i) immediately above the imposition of a Lien, the granting of a security interest, or a liability or a material risk of incurring a liability; and (iii) such Lien, security interest or liability, individually, and/or in the aggregate, in the opinion of the Lenders, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h) Any Change in Control shall occur.

 

(i) The Canadian Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall:

 

(i) become insolvent or generally fail to pay debts as they become due;

 

(ii) apply for, consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Canadian Parent or any of such Subsidiaries or substantially all of the property of any thereof, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(iii) in the absence of such application, consent or acquiescence, permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or

 

-153-


other custodian for the Canadian Parent or any of such Subsidiaries or for a substantial part of the property of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged or stayed within 60 days, provided that the Canadian Parent and each such Subsidiary hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Lender to appear in any court conducting any relevant proceeding during such 60-day period to preserve, protect and defend their rights under the Loan Documents;

 

(iv) permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of the Canadian Parent or any such Subsidiary and, if any such case or proceeding is not commenced by the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by the Canadian Parent or such Subsidiary or shall result in the entry of an order for relief or shall remain for 60 days undismissed and unstayed, provided that the Canadian Parent and each such Subsidiary hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent and each Lender to appear in any court conducting any such case or proceeding during such 60-day period to preserve, protect and defend their rights under the Loan Documents; or

 

(v) take any corporate or partnership action (or comparable action, in the case of any other form of legal entity) authorizing, or in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

 

(j) The obligations of any Loan Agreement Party under its Guarantee in Article IX or of any other Loan Party under its Guarantee Agreement shall cease to be in full force and effect or any Loan Agreement Party or any such other Loan Party shall repudiate its obligations thereunder.

 

(k) Any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall fail or cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document; provided that the failure to have a valid and perfected Lien with the priority required by the applicable Security Document on Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent shall not give rise to a Default under this Section 7.01(k), unless the aggregate fair market value of all Collateral over which the Collateral Agent fails to have a valid and perfected Lien with the priority required by the applicable Security Document equals or exceeds $1,000,000.

 

(l) The subordination provisions relating to the Subordinated Notes or any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness (the “ Subordination Provisions ”) shall fail to be enforceable by the Lenders (which have not effectively waived the benefits thereof) in accordance with the terms thereof or any Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, disavow or contest in any manner any of the Subordination Provisions.

 

-154-


Section 7.02. Action if Bankruptcy . If any Event of Default described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 7.01(i) shall occur with respect to the Canadian Parent or any Borrower, the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) shall automatically terminate and the outstanding principal amount (or Face Amount, as applicable) of all outstanding Advances and all other Obligations shall automatically be and become immediately due and payable, without notice or demand, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower.

 

Section 7.03. Action if Other Event of Default . If any Event of Default (other than any Event of Default described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 7.01(i) with respect to the Canadian Parent or any Borrower) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the Administrative Agent, upon the direction of the Requisite Lenders, shall by written notice to the Borrowers declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount (or Face Amount, as applicable) of the Advances and other Obligations to be due and payable and/or the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) to be terminated, whereupon the full unpaid amount of such Advances and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment and/or, as the case may be, the Commitments shall terminate.

 

Section 7.04. Action if Event of Termination . Upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Termination, the Administrative Agent, upon the direction of the Requisite Lenders, shall by notice to the Borrowers (except if an Event of Termination described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 7.01(i) shall have occurred with respect to the Canadian Parent or any Borrower, in which case the Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) shall, without notice of any kind, automatically terminate) declare all Commitments hereunder terminated, and upon such declaration the Lenders shall have no further obligation to make any Advances hereunder. Upon such termination of the Commitments, all accrued fees and expenses shall be immediately due and payable.

 

Section 7.05. Actions in Respect of Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or shall at the request of the Requisite Lenders, irrespective of whether it is taking any of the actions described in Section 7.02, 7.03 or otherwise, make demand upon the Canadian Borrower to, and forthwith upon such demand, the Canadian Borrower will, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Canadian Revolving Lenders in same day funds at the Administrative Agent’s office designated in such demand, for deposit in the BA Collateral Account, an amount equal to the aggregate Face Amount of all Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances then outstanding. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held in the BA Collateral Account are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Canadian Revolving Lenders or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Face Amount of all Bankers’ Acceptances and Notional Bankers’ Acceptances, the Canadian Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the BA Collateral Account, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Face Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held in the BA Collateral Account that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim.

 

-155-


ARTICLE VIII.

 

THE AGENTS

 

Section 8.01. The Agents . Each Lender and each of the other Guaranteed Creditors (including each Guaranteed Creditor that is not or will not become a party to this Agreement) by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and the respective Security Documents, hereby appoints Citicorp North America, Inc. to act as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders and to act as Collateral Agent on behalf of the Guaranteed Creditors. Each of the Lenders, each assignee of any such Lender and each other Guaranteed Creditor hereby irrevocably authorizes each of the Agents to take such actions on behalf of such Lender or assignee or such other Guaranteed Creditor and to exercise such powers as are specifically delegated to such Agent by the terms and provisions hereof and of the other Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent is hereby expressly authorized by the Lenders and each other Guaranteed Creditor, without hereby limiting any implied authority, (a) to receive on behalf of the Lenders all payments of principal of and interest on the Loans, all payments and all other amounts due to the Lenders hereunder, and promptly to distribute to each Lender its proper share of each payment so received; (b) to give notice on behalf of each of the Lenders to the Canadian Parent or any Borrower of any Default specified in this Agreement of which such Agent has actual knowledge acquired in connection with its agency hereunder; (c) to distribute to each Lender copies of all notices, financial statements and other materials delivered by the Canadian Parent or any Borrower pursuant to this Agreement as received by such Agent, (d) to enter into the Security Documents on behalf of the Lenders and each other Guaranteed Creditor and (e) to claim all Obligations owed to any Lender or any other Guaranteed Creditor against each Borrower in its own name for the purpose of any Security Documents.

 

Each Lender (acting for itself and on behalf of each of its Lender Affiliates which is or becomes a Guaranteed Creditor from time to time) and each of the other Guaranteed Creditors confirms the appointment and designation of the Collateral Agent (or any successor thereto) as the person holding the power of attorney ( “fondé de pouvoir” ) within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Québec for the purposes of the hypothecary security under each deed of hypothec to be granted by each Qualified Non-U.S. Loan Party under the laws of the Province of Québec and, in such capacity, the Collateral Agent shall hold the hypothecs granted under the laws of the Province of Québec as such fondé de pouvoir in the exercise of the rights conferred thereunder. The execution by the Collateral Agent, as such fondé de pouvoir prior to the date hereof of any deed creating or evidencing any such hypothec is hereby ratified and confirmed. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of the Act respecting the special powers of legal persons (Québec), the Collateral Agent may acquire and be the holder of any of the debentures secured by any such hypothec. Each future Lender and each of the other Guaranteed Creditors that becomes party to this Agreement, by becoming a party to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have ratified and confirmed (for itself and, in the case of each Lender, on behalf of each of its Lender Affiliates that is or becomes a Guaranteed Creditor from time to time) the appointment of the Collateral Agent as fondé de pouvoir .

 

None of the Agents nor any of their Related Parties shall be liable to the Guaranteed Creditors as such for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them except

 

-156-


to the extent finally judicially determined to have resulted from its or his or her own gross negligence or willful misconduct, or be responsible for any statement, warranty or representation herein or the contents of any document delivered in connection herewith, or be required to ascertain or to make any inquiry concerning the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or agreements contained in any Loan Document. The Agents shall not be responsible to the Guaranteed Creditors for the due execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or effectiveness of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or other instruments or agreements. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or refraining from acting, in accordance with written instructions signed by the Requisite Lenders (or, when expressly required hereby, all the Lenders) and, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, such instructions and any action or inaction pursuant thereto shall be binding on all the Guaranteed Creditors. Each Agent shall, in the absence of actual knowledge to the contrary, be entitled to rely on any instrument or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons. None of the Agents nor any of their Related Parties shall have any responsibility to the Loan Parties on account of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any Guaranteed Creditors of any of its obligations hereunder or to any Lender on account of the failure of or delay in performance or breach by any other Guaranteed Creditors or the Loan Parties of any of their respective obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document or in connection herewith or therewith. Each Agent may execute any and all duties hereunder by or through any of its Related Parties or any sub-agent appointed by it and shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel selected by it with respect to all matters arising hereunder and shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel.

 

Each Lenders (acting for itself and on behalf of each of its Lender Affiliates which is or becomes a Guaranteed Creditor from time to time) hereby acknowledges that no Agent shall be under any duty to take any discretionary action permitted to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions of any Loan Document unless it shall be requested in writing to do so by the Requisite Lenders.

 

With respect to the Loans made by it hereunder, each Agent in its individual capacity and not as an Agent shall have the same rights and powers as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and such Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not an Agent.

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

-157-


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, none of CGMI, as the Lead Arranger, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Syndication Agent, or Comerica Bank or HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents, shall have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall have no liability to any Lender or Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person in connection therewith or as a result thereof. The provisions of the third, fifth and sixth paragraphs of Section 8.01 shall apply to CGMI, as the Lead Arranger, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Syndication Agent, and Comerica Bank and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Co-Documentation Agents as fully as if it were an Agent.

 

Section 8.02. Resignation of Agents . (a) Any Agent may resign from the performance of all its functions and duties hereunder and/or under the other Loan Documents at any time by giving 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lenders and, unless a Default then exists, the Canadian Parent. Any such resignation by an Agent hereunder shall also constitute its resignation (if applicable) as an Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, in which case the resigning Agent (x) shall not be required to issue any further Letters of Credit or make any additional Swingline Loans hereunder and (y) shall maintain all of its rights as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by it, or Swingline Loans made by it, prior to the date of such resignation. Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Agent pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) below or as otherwise provided below.

 

(b) Upon any such notice of resignation by an Agent, the Requisite Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent hereunder and/or under the other Loan Documents who shall be a commercial bank or trust company acceptable to the Canadian Parent, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed ( provided that the Canadian Parent’s approval shall not be required if a Default then exists).

 

(c) If a successor Agent shall not have been so appointed within such 30 Business Day period, the respective Agent, with the consent of the Canadian Parent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that the Canadian Parent’s consent shall not be required if a Default then exists), shall then appoint a successor Agent who shall serve as Agent hereunder and/or under the other Credit Documents until such time, if any, as the Requisite Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above.

 

(d) If no successor Agent has been appointed pursuant to clause (b) or (c) above by the 30th Business Day after the date such notice of resignation was given by the respective Agent, such Agent’s resignation shall become effective and the Requisite Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of such Agent hereunder and/or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided above.

 

(e) Upon a resignation of any Agent pursuant to this Section 8.02, such Agent shall remain indemnified to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this Section 8 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such Agent for all of its actions and inactions while serving as such Agent.

 

-158-


ARTICLE IX.

 

LOAN AGREEMENT PARTY GUARANTY

 

Section 9.01. Guaranty . In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit hereunder and to induce the Lenders or any of their respective affiliates to enter into Hedging Agreements, and in recognition of the direct benefits to be received by each Loan Agreement Party from the proceeds of the Advances, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the entering into of Hedging Agreements, each Loan Agreement Party hereby agrees as follows: each Loan Agreement Party hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees (in the case of each Loan Agreement Party other than the Canadian Parent and the Canadian Borrower, as primary obligor and not merely as surety) the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, acceleration or otherwise, of any and all of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations to the Guaranteed Creditors and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Guaranteed Creditors from time to time on demand by the Guaranteed Creditors from and against any and all costs, losses, expenses and damages it may suffer as a result or consequence of, such Loan Agreement Party’s default in the performance of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations, or any inability by any Guaranteed Creditor to recover the ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to such Guaranteed Creditor in respect of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations. If any or all of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations to the Guaranteed Creditors becomes due and payable hereunder, each Loan Agreement Party unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Guaranteed Creditors, or order, on demand, together with any and all expenses which may be incurred by the Guaranteed Creditors in collecting any of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations. This Loan Agreement Party Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection. This Loan Agreement Party Guaranty is a continuing one and all liabilities to which it applies or may apply under the terms hereof shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance hereon. If claim is ever made upon any Guaranteed Creditor for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received in payment or on account of any of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations and any of the aforesaid payees repays all or part of said amount by reason of (i) any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property or (ii) any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such payee with any such claimant (including any Guaranteed Party), then and in such event each Loan Agreement Party agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise shall be binding upon such Loan Agreement Party, notwithstanding any revocation of this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty or any other instrument evidencing any liability of any other Guaranteed Party, and such Loan Agreement Party shall be and remain liable to the aforesaid payees hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by any such payee.

 

Section 9.02. Bankruptcy . Additionally, each Loan Agreement Party unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the payment of any and all of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations to the Guaranteed Creditors whether or not due or payable by any Guaranteed Party upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 7.01(i), and unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to the Guaranteed Creditors, or order, on demand.

 

-159-


Section 9.03. Nature of Liability . The liability of each Loan Agreement Party hereunder is exclusive and independent of any guaranty of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations whether executed by such Loan Agreement Party, any other guarantor or by any other party, and the liability of each Loan Agreement Party hereunder is not affected or impaired by (a) any direction as to application of payment by any Guaranteed Party or by any other party, or (b) any other continuing or other guaranty, undertaking or maximum liability of a guarantor or of any other party as to the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations, or (c) any payment on or in reduction of any such other guaranty or undertaking, or (d) any dissolution, termination or increase, decrease or change in personnel by any Guaranteed Party, or (e) any payment made to the Guaranteed Creditors on the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations which any such Guaranteed Creditor repays to any Guaranteed Party pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding, and each Loan Agreement Party waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding, or (f) any action or inaction of the type described in Section 9.05, or (g) the lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any other instrument relating thereto. To the extent more than one Loan Agreement Party (other than the Canadian Parent and the Canadian Borrower) guarantees the same Relevant Guaranteed Obligations hereunder, the liabilities of such Loan Agreement Parties with respect thereto shall be joint and several. To the extent the Canadian Parent or the Canadian Borrower guarantees the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations hereunder, the liabilities of the Canadian Parent and the Canadian Borrower with respect thereto shall be several, with each of the Canadian Parent and the Canadian Borrower being obligated with respect to 100% of its Relevant Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 9.04. Independent Obligation . No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of all or any part of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations shall affect, impair or be a defense to this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty, and this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty shall be primary, absolute and unconditional notwithstanding the occurrence of any event or the existence of any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor except payment in full of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of each Loan Agreement Party. The obligations of Loan Agreement Party hereunder are independent of the obligations of any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other Person and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against either Loan Agreement Party whether or not action is brought against any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other Person and whether or not any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other Person be joined in any such action or actions. Each Loan Agreement Party waives, to the full extent permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof. Any payment by any Guaranteed Party with respect to any Relevant Guaranteed Obligations or other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to such Guaranteed Party shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to the relevant Loan Agreement Party.

 

Section 9.05. Authorization . Each Loan Agreement Party authorizes the Guaranteed Creditors without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to:

 

(i) change the manner, place or terms of payment of, and/or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, increase, accelerate or alter, any of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations (including any increase or decrease in the rate of interest thereon) or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, and this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty made shall apply to the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations as so changed, extended, renewed, increased or altered;

 

-160-


(ii) take and hold security for the payment of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations and sell, exchange, release, impair, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property by whomsoever at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure, or howsoever securing, the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations or any liabilities (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and/or any offset thereagainst;

 

(iii) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Guaranteed Party or others or otherwise act or refrain from acting;

 

(iv) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, any Guaranteed Party or other obligors;

 

(v) settle or compromise any of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations or any liability (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any liability (whether due or not) of any Guaranteed Party to their respective creditors other than the Guaranteed Creditors;

 

(vi) apply any sums by whomsoever paid or howsoever realized to any liability or liabilities of any Guaranteed Party to the Guaranteed Creditors regardless of what liability or liabilities of such Guaranteed Party remain unpaid;

 

(vii) consent to or waive any breach of, or any act, omission or default under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Hedging Agreement or any of the instruments or agreements referred to herein or therein, or otherwise amend, modify or supplement this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Hedging Agreement or any of such other instruments or agreements; and/or

 

(viii) take any other action which would, under otherwise applicable principles of common law, give rise to a legal or equitable discharge of such Loan Agreement Party from its liabilities under this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty.

 

Section 9.06. Reliance . It is not necessary for the Guaranteed Creditors to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guaranteed Party or the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Relevant Guaranteed Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed hereunder by the relevant Loan Agreement Party.

 

Section 9.07. Subordination . Any of the indebtedness of any Guaranteed Party now or hereafter owing to either Loan Agreement Party is hereby subordinated to the Relevant

 

-161-


Guaranteed Obligations of such Guaranteed Party owing to the Guaranteed Creditors; and if the Administrative Agent so requests at a time when an Event of Default exists, all such indebtedness of such Guaranteed Party to such Loan Agreement Party shall be collected, enforced and received by such Loan Agreement Party for the benefit of the Guaranteed Creditors and be paid over to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Guaranteed Creditors on account of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of such Guaranteed Party to the Guaranteed Creditors, but without affecting or impairing in any manner the liability of either Loan Agreement Party under the other provisions of this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty. Prior to the transfer by either Loan Agreement Party to any Person of any note or negotiable instrument evidencing any of the indebtedness of any Guaranteed Party to such Loan Agreement Party, such Loan Agreement Party shall mark such note or negotiable instrument with a legend that the same is subject to this subordination. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Loan Agreement Party hereby agrees with the Guaranteed Creditors that it will not exercise any right of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) until all Relevant Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full in cash.

 

Section 9.08. Waiver . (a) Each Loan Agreement Party waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require any Guaranteed Creditor to (i) proceed against any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other party or (iii) pursue any other remedy in any Guaranteed Creditor’s power whatsoever. Each Loan Agreement Party waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other party, other than payment in full in cash of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations, based on or arising out of the disability of any Guaranteed Party, any other guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Guaranteed Party other than payment in full in cash of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations. The Guaranteed Creditors may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by the Administrative Agent or any other Guaranteed Creditor by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy the Guaranteed Creditors may have against any Guaranteed Party or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Loan Agreement Party hereunder except to the extent the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of each Loan Agreement Party have been paid in full in cash. Each Loan Agreement Party waives any defense arising out of any such election by the Guaranteed Creditors, even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Loan Agreement Party against any Guaranteed Party or any other party or any security.

 

(b) Each Loan Agreement Party waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including, without limitation, notices of nonperformance, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation, modification or incurring of new or additional Relevant Guaranteed Obligations. Each Loan Agreement Party assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Guaranteed Party’s financial condition and assets,

 

-162-


and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks which each Loan Agreement Party assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that the Guaranteed Creditors shall have no duty to advise such Loan Agreement Party of information known to them regarding such circumstances or risks.

 

(c) Until such time as the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations have been paid in full in cash, each Loan Agreement Party hereby waives all rights of subrogation which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise) to the claims of the Guaranteed Creditors against any other guarantor of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations and all contractual, statutory or common law rights of reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any Guaranteed Party or any other guarantor which it may at any time otherwise have as a result of this Loan Agreement Party Guaranty.

 

Section 9.09. Reinstatement . This Loan Agreement Party Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by any Guaranteed Creditor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Guaranteed Party or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Guaranteed Party or any substantial part of its Property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

Section 9.10. Payments . All payments made by any Loan Agreement Party pursuant to this Section 9 will be made without setoff, counterclaim or other defense, and shall be subject to the payment provisions applicable to the Borrowers in Sections 2.12 and 2.19.

 

Section 9.11. Fraudulent Conveyance . Each Loan Agreement Party hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute (and the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations among the Loan Agreement Parties not create) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal, state or foreign law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each Loan Agreement Party hereby irrevocably agrees that the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations owing by any Loan Agreement Party shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such Loan Agreement Party that are relevant under such laws, result in the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of such Loan Agreement Party in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance; provided, however that, notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intent of the parties hereto that in no event shall the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of the Canadian Parent be limited pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.11 as the Canadian Parent is the direct or indirect parent of each of the other Guaranteed Parties and, accordingly, is obtaining direct benefits from all extensions of credit to the other Guaranteed Parties. Any limitation on the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of any Loan Agreement Party resulting from the application of the provisions of this Section 9.11 shall have no effect on the Relevant Guaranteed Obligations of any other Loan Agreement Party or the Obligations of any other Loan Party, which (in each case) shall be determined as if there were no such limitation, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-163-


ARTICLE X.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.01. Notices . (a) Except as set forth in Section 10.17, notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail, sent by telecopy or electronic mail, as follows:

 

(i) if to the Canadian Parent, to it at Intertape Polymer Group Inc., 110E Montee de Liesse, St. Laurent, Quebec H4T 1N4, attention: Andrew M. Archibald, C.A. (telecopy: 514-731-5039) (e-mail: aarchiba@itape.com), with a copy to Stikeman Elliott, LLP, 115 Rene-Levesque Blvd. West, Montreal, Quebec H3B 3V2, attention: Michael Richards, Esq. (telecopy: 514-397-3222);

 

(ii) if to any U.S. Borrower, to such U.S. Borrower c/o IPG (US) at IPG (US) Inc., 3647 Cortez Road West, Bradenton, FL 34210, attention: Andrew M. Archibald, C.A. (telecopy: 941-727-3798) (e-mail: aarchiba@itape.com), with a copy to Shutts & Bowen, LLP, 300 S. Orange Ave., Suite 1000, Orlando, FL 32801, attention: J. Gregory Humphries (telecopy: 407-843-4076);

 

(iii) if to the Canadian Borrower, to it at Intertape Polymer Inc., 110E Montee de Liesse, St. Laurent, Quebec H4T 1N4, attention: Andrew M. Archibald, C.A. (telecopy: 514-731-5039) (e-mail: aarchiba@itape.com), with a copy to Stikeman Elliott, LLP, 115 Rene-Levesque Blvd. West, Montreal, Quebec H3B 3V2, attention: Michael Richards, Esq. (telecopy: 514-397-3222);

 

(iv) if to the Administrative Agent to it at Citicorp North America, Inc., Global Loans Support Services, 2 Penns Way, Suite 110, New Castle, Delaware 19720, attention: Jackie Caine (telecopy: 212-994-0961) (e-mail: jacqueline.caine@citigroup.com);

 

(v) if to an Issuing Bank, (x) in the case of CNAI, to it at Citicorp North America, Inc., Global Loans Support Services, 2 Penns Way, Suite 110, New Castle, Delaware 19720, attention: Jackie Caine (telecopy: 212-994-0961) (e-mail: jacqueline.caine@citigroup.com), with a copy to Citicorp North America, Inc., Global; Loans Portfolio Management, 390 Greenwich Street, 1 st Floor, New York, New York 10013, attention: Cornelius Mahon (telecopy: 212-723-8574) (e-mail: cornelius.p.mahon@citigroup.com) and (y) in the case of any other Issuing Bank, to it at such address as shall have been designated in writing by such Issuing Bank to the U.S. Borrowers and the Administrative Agent; and

 

(vi) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in Schedule 2.01 or its Administrative Questionnaire or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have become a party hereto (or such other address as shall be designated by such Lender in a written notice to the Canadian Parent and the Administrative Agent)

 

-164-


; provided that in the event of any change in the notice address of any Loan Agreement Party, any Agent or any Issuing Bank, the notice address of such Person shall be such address as shall have been designated by such Person by written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by telecopy or electronic mail or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 10.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 10.01. Each Loan Party and each Lender hereunder agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly of any change to the notice information provided above or in Schedule 2.01 .

 

Any notices required to be provided by the U.S. Borrowers (or any U.S. Borrower) may be provided by IPG (US) on behalf of any such other U.S. Borrowers (or U.S. Borrower), and each such other U.S. Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes IPG (US) to furnish such notices on its behalf. In addition, any notices required to be provided to the U.S. Borrowers or any Guarantor (including any forms required to be delivered to the U.S. Borrowers or any Guarantor pursuant to Section 2.19(b)) may be provided to IPG (US) for further delivery to the other respective U.S. Borrower(s) or Guarantor(s) and IPG (US) covenants and agrees to so delivery any such notice or form to such other U.S. Borrower(s) and/or Guarantor(s).

 

(b) Each Borrower shall forthwith on demand indemnify each Lender against any loss or liability which that Lender incurs (and that Lender shall not be liable to such Borrower in any respect) as a consequence of:

 

(i) any Person to whom any notice or communication under or in connection with this Agreement is sent by such Borrower by telecopy failing to receive that notice or communication (unless directly caused by that Person’s gross negligence or willful default); or

 

(ii) any telecopy communication which reasonably appears to that Lender to have been sent by such Borrower having in fact been sent by a Person other than such Borrower.

 

Section 10.02. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by Lenders hereto and shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Advances and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had

 

-165-


notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal (or Face Amount, as applicable) of or any accrued interest on any Advance or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21, 10.05 and 10.16 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Advances, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

Section 10.03. Binding Effect . Subject to Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by each Loan Agreement Party and the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

Section 10.04. Successors and Assigns . (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit). All covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of the Loan Agreement Parties, the Agents or the Lenders that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in clause (f) below and, solely to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Transferees all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Advances at the time owing to it); provided , however , that (i) except in the case of an assignment of Term Loans to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate or in connection with the initial syndication of the Commitments and Loans, the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default then exists and is continuing, IPG (US) (and, in the case of any assignment of a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment or any Lender’s obligations in respect of its LC Exposure or Swingline Exposure, each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender, as applicable) must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate or in connection with the initial syndication of the Commitments and Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than, in the case of the Term Loans, $1,000,000 and, in the case of the Revolving Loans, $2,000,000 (or (A) if the aggregate amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender is a lesser amount, the entire amount of such Commitment or Loans, or (B) in any other case, such lesser amount as

 

-166-


the respective Borrower(s) and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree), (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that this clause (iii) shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one or more Classes of Commitments and Loans, (iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (except in the case of an assignment to a Lender Affiliate of such Lender or an assignment required to be made pursuant to Section 2.23) and, if applicable, the forms required by Section 2.19(c) hereof, (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and (vi) unless a Default has occurred and is continuing, the assignment of Canadian Revolving Commitments or Canadian Revolving Loans shall be only to a Canadian Resident; provided, further , that any consent of any Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if a Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 10.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five Business Days after the execution thereof (unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent), (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account and not yet paid). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (f) of this Section.

 

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim and that its Commitment (and the outstanding balances of its Advances and participations in Swingline Loans, if specified therein), in each case without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not become effective, are as set forth in such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) except as set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto, or the financial condition of the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary or the performance or observance by the Canadian Parent or any Subsidiary of any of its obligations under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that (x) it is an

 

-167-


Eligible Transferee, (y) in the case of any assignment of Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments or Canadian Revolving Credit Advances, that such assignee is a Canadian resident at the time of such assignment (unless a Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment) and (z) it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements, if any, delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (v) such assignee will independently and without reliance upon either Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi) such assignee appoints and authorizes each Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to such Agent by the terms hereof and any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (viii) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to be amended to reflect the reduction of Commitment(s) of or deletion of the assigning Lender thereunder and the Commitment(s) of the assignee thereunder after giving effect thereto.

 

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in the City of New York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Advances and LC Disbursements, and participations in Swingline Loans, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). Except to the extent inconsistent with Section 2.11(e), the entries in the Register shall be conclusive and each Borrower, the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by each Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrowers agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performance of its duties under this Section 10.04(d).

 

(e) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above and, if required, the written consent of the respective Borrower, the respective Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

 

-168-


(f) Each Lender may without the consent of any Borrower, the Swingline Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Canadian Parent or any of the Canadian Parent’s Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Advances owing to it); provided , however , that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) each Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in Sections 2.19, 2.20 and 2.21 to the same extent as if they were Lenders and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 10.04 ( provided that no participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the interest transferred unless either (x) such transfer to such Participant is made with the respective Borrower’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) or (y) a Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such participation), (iv) each Borrower, each Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and such Lender shall retain the sole right (which each Lender agrees will not be limited by the terms of any participation agreement or other agreement with a participant) to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents (other than, without the consent of the Participant, amendments, modifications or waivers described in the first proviso of Section 10.08(b) that directly affect such Participant) and (v) unless an Event of Default or a Event of Termination has occurred and is continuing, the sale of a participation in Canadian Revolving Commitments or Canadian Revolving Loans shall be only to a Canadian Resident. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.06 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.22 as though it were a Lender.

 

(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 10.04, disclose to the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Canadian Parent and any of its Subsidiaries furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of any of the Loan Parties; provided that, prior to any such disclosure of information designated in writing by the Canadian Parent or any Borrower as confidential, each such assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant agrees to be bound by provisions substantially the same as those contained in Section 10.16.

 

(h) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank and this Section 10.04 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that (x) no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto and (y) any foreclosure or similar action shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.04(b) concerning assignments and shall not be effective to transfer any rights under this Agreement or in any Loan, Note or other instrument evidencing the rights of a Lender under this Agreement until the requirements of Section 10.04(b) concerning assignments are

 

-169-


fully satisfied. In order to facilitate such a pledge or assignment, each Borrower shall, at the request of the assigning Lender, duly execute and deliver to the assigning Lender a promissory note or notes evidencing the Loans made to such Borrower by the assigning Lender hereunder.

 

(i) No Borrower shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

 

Section 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity . (a) The Loan Agreement Parties agree, jointly and severally, to pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, CGMI and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of White & Case LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions hereby contemplated shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lead Arranger, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement (including its rights under this Section), the other Loan Documents or the Advances made and Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Advances or Letters of Credit, and, in connection with any such enforcement or protection, the fees, charges and disbursements of any other counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger, any Issuing Bank or any Lender; provided , however , that the Loan Parties shall not be obligated to pay for expenses incurred by a Lender in connection with the assignment of Advances to an assignee Lender (except pursuant to Section 2.23) or the sale of Advances to a participant pursuant to Section 10.04.

 

(b) Each of the Loan Agreement Parties, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Lead Arranger, each Issuing Bank, each Lender, the Swingline Lender, each Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and each of their respective Related Parties (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and to hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees, charges and disbursements, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in any way connected with or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto or thereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the use of the proceeds of the Advances or Letters of Credit (including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (iv) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on any property owned or

 

-170-


operated by the Canadian Parent or any of the Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability or Environmental Claim related in any way to the Canadian Parent or the Subsidiaries; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related reasonable expenses are finally judicially determined to have arisen by reason of the Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(c) To the extent that the Loan Parties fail to promptly pay any amount to be paid by them to any Agent, the Lead Arranger, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agent, the Lead Arranger, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (other than syndication expenses); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the applicable Agent, the Lead Arranger, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the applicable Issuing Bank, or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such. For purposes hereof, a Lender’s “ pro rata share” shall be determined based upon its share of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures, outstanding Term Loans and unused Commitments determined at the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought.

 

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Loan Agreement Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Advance or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(e) The provisions of this Section 10.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Advances, the expiration of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Agent or any Lender. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be payable on written demand therefor.

 

Section 10.06. Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default or an Event of Termination shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other Indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Agreement Party against any of and all the obligations of such Loan Agreement Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and other Loan Documents held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. In connection with exercising its rights pursuant to the previous sentence, a Lender may at any time use any of the respective Loan Agreement Party’s credit balances with such Lender to purchase at such

 

-171-


Lender’s applicable spot rate of exchange any other currency or currencies which such Lender considers necessary to reduce or discharge any amount due by such Loan Agreement Party to such Lender, and may apply that currency or those currencies in or towards payment of those amounts. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the affected Loan Agreement Party and the Administrative Agent after making any such setoff.

 

Section 10.07. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES) (OTHER THAN THE SECOND PARAGRAPH IN SECTION 8.01, WHICH SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC).

 

Section 10.08. Waivers; Amendment . (a) No failure or delay of either Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Agents, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Agreement Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of an Advance or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default regardless of whether an Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Agreement Party in any case shall entitle such Loan Agreement Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(b) Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except, in the case of this Agreement, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Loan Agreement Parties and the Requisite Lenders or, in the case of any other Loan Document, pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the respective Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties or other Persons that are parties thereto, in each case with the consent of the Requisite Lenders; provided , however , that no such agreement shall (i) decrease the principal amount (or, Face Amount, as applicable) of any Advance or LC Disbursement, or extend the final scheduled maturity date or any date for the payment of any interest on any Advance (other than as a result of any waiver of the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or the required date of reimbursement of any LC Disbursement, or waive or excuse any such payment or any part thereof, or decrease the rate of interest on any Advance or LC Disbursement, or postpone the scheduled date of termination of any Commitment, or decrease

 

-172-


the Commitment Fee or LC Fee of any Lender, or postpone the scheduled date on which any Fees are payable, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender or Agent affected thereby (it being understood and agreed that any amendment or modification to the financial definitions in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in any rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i) of this Section 10.08(b), notwithstanding the fact that such amendment or modification actually results in such a reduction), (ii) increase or extend any Commitment of any Lender without the prior written consent of such Lender (it being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or any mandatory reduction in the Commitments shall not constitute any increase of the Commitment of any Lender and an increase in the available portion of any Commitment of any Lender shall not constitute an increase in the Commitment of such Lender), (iii) amend or modify the provisions of this Section 10, the definition of “Requisite Lenders,” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be) (it being understood, however that, with the consent of the Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the “Requisite Lenders” on substantially the same basis of the extensions of Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments are included on the Effective Date and, in connection therewith, such technical amendments shall be permitted which afford the protections to such additional extensions of credit of the type provided to the Term B Loans and the Revolving Credit Commitments on the Effective Date), (iv) release any Loan Agreement Party from its Guarantee under Article IX or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their Guarantee Agreements (except as expressly provided herein or in such Guarantee Agreement), without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents (except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Security Documents), without the written consent of each Lender or (vi) change any provisions of any Loan Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding Advances of any Class differently than those holding Advances of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders holding a majority interest of the outstanding Advances and unused Commitments of each affected Class (it being understood, however, that additional extensions of credit being given substantially the same treatment as the Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Documents on the Effective Date shall be permitted by vote of the Requisite Lenders and the Requisite Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment, repayment or commitment reductions so long as the application, as among the various Classes, of any such prepayment, repayment or commitment reduction which is still required to be made is not altered); provided further , that (x) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of either Agent, the Lead Arranger, any Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of such Agent, the Lead Arranger, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, (y) with respect to (i) any waiver or deferral of any payment due on any Installment Payment Date or (ii) any amendment that changes the application of any optional or mandatory prepayments of the Term Loans of any Class to the remaining amortization payments under such Class of Term Loans, the consent of Lenders representing more than 50% of the outstanding Term Loans of the respective Class shall be required, and (z) the consent of the

 

-173-


Requisite U.S. Revolving Lenders or the Requisite Canadian Revolving Lenders shall be required with respect to any express amendment, modification, supplement or waiver of any condition precedent in Section 4.03 to any U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing or any Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing, as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this Section 10.08(b) or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall be permitted to enter into such amendments and/or modifications to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Non-U.S. Subsidiaries Guaranties and the Non-U.S. Security Documents which may be required in the discretion of the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent which are of a technical nature and/or are, in the judgment of the respective Agent, required by applicable law, in the interests of the Secured Creditors or (in the case of Non-U.S. Security Documents) necessary or desirable to preserve, maintain, perfect and/or protect the security interests purported to the granted by the respective Non-U.S. Security Documents.

 

(c) A Revolving Lender may allocate any proportion of its Revolving Credit Commitment or Revolving Credit Exposure with respect to any waiver, amendment, modification, consent or any other action pursuant to this Section 10.08 or any other Loan Document in order to vote separate portions thereof differently with respect thereto.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (b) above of this Section 10.08, IPG (US) or the U.S. Borrowers, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent and each Incremental Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.06 and 2.07, enter into an Incremental Commitment Agreement, provided that after the execution and delivery by IPG (US) or the U.S. Borrowers, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent and each such Incremental Lender of such Incremental Commitment Agreement, such Incremental Commitment Agreement may thereafter only be modified in accordance with the requirements of clause (b) above of this Section 10.08.

 

Section 10.09. Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Advance, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Advance under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Advance or participation in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Advance or participation hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Advance or participation but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Advances or participations or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Section 10.10. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that any letter

 

-174-


agreement relating to the subject matter hereof between any Loan Agreement Party and a Lender shall remain effective in accordance with its terms. Nothing in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto and thereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 10.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.11.

 

Section 10.12. Severability . In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

Section 10.13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 10.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.14. Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 10.15. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process . (a) Each Loan Agreement Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such

 

-175-


Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any Loan Agreement Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(b) Each Loan Agreement Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(c) Each Loan Agreement Party irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01. In addition, each Loan Agreement Party hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Corporation Service Company, with offices on the date hereof at 1133 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 3100, New York, New York 10036, as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and in respect of its property, service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be served in any such action or proceeding. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent shall cease to be available to act as such, each Loan Agreement Party agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in New York City on the terms and for the purposes of this provision reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

Section 10.16. Confidentiality . (a) The Loan Parties, the Lenders, each Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Lead Arranger hereby agree that each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders, each Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Lead Arranger and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, accountants, attorneys and other advisors are, and have been from the commencement of discussions with respect to the facilities established by this Agreement (the “ Facilities ”), permitted to disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the structure and “tax aspects” (as such terms are used in Code Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Facilities, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are or have been provided to the Loan Parties, such Lender, such Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or the Lead Arranger, related to such structure and tax aspects. In this regard, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders, each Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Lead Arranger acknowledges and agrees that its disclosure of the structure or tax aspects of the Facilities is not limited in any way by an express or implied understanding or agreement, oral or written (whether or not such understanding or agreement is legally binding). Furthermore, each of the Loan Parties, the Lenders, each Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Lead Arranger acknowledges and agrees that it does not know or have reason to

 

-176-


know that its use or disclosure of information relating to the structure or tax aspects of the Facilities is limited in any other manner (such as where the Facilities are claimed to be proprietary or exclusive) for the benefit of any other Person. To the extent that disclosure of the structure or tax aspects of the Facilities by the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or the Lead Arranger is limited by any existing agreement between the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or the Lead Arranger, such limitation is agreed to be void ab initio and such agreement is hereby amended to permit disclosure of the structure and tax aspects of the Facilities as provided in this paragraph (a).

 

(b) Subject to paragraph (a) of this Section 10.16, no Lender, Agent the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or the Lead Arranger may disclose to any Person any confidential, proprietary or non-public information of the Loan Parties furnished to the Lenders, the Agents, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or the Lead Arranger by the Loan Parties (such information being referred to collectively herein as the “ Loan Party Information ”), except that each of the Lenders, the Agents, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent or the Lead Arranger may disclose Loan Party Information (i) to its and its affiliates’ employees, officers, directors, agents, accountants, attorneys and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Loan Party Information and instructed to keep such Loan Party Information confidential on substantially the same terms as provided herein), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iv) to any other party to this Agreement (including as contemplated by Section 10.17), (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, provided that such Person shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.16 to the same extent as such Lender and shall only use such information in connection with matters relating to this Agreement, (vii) to the extent such Loan Party Information (A) is or becomes generally available to the public on a nonconfidential basis other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.16(b) by any such Person or its Affiliate, or (B) is or becomes available to such Lender, Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or the Lead Arranger on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties and (viii) with the consent of the Loan Parties. Nothing in this provision shall imply that any party has waived any privilege it may have with respect to advice it has received.

 

Section 10.17. Citigroup Direct Website Communications . (a) Each Loan Party hereby agrees that it will provide to the Administrative Agent all information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information material, but excluding any such communication that (i) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, Borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating

 

-177-


thereto), (ii) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefore, (iii) provides notice of any Default under this Agreement or (iv) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit hereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format acceptable to the Administrative Agent to oploanswebadmin@citigroup.com . In addition, each Loan Party agrees to continue to provide the Communications to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified in the Loan Documents but only to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(b) Each Loan Party further agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Intralinks, Fixed Income Direct or a substantially similar electronic transmission systems (the “ Platform ”). Each Loan Party acknowledges that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution.

 

(c) THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS, OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY THE AGENT PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ADVISORS OR REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “ AGENT PARTIES ”) HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO THE LOAN PARTIES, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF THE LOAN PARTIES’ OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY AGENT PARTY IS FOUND IN A FINAL, NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH AGENT PARTY’S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Lender agrees

 

-178-


(i) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (ii) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

Nothing herein shall prejudice the right of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Loan Document in any other manner specified in such Loan Document.

 

Section 10.18. Collateral Agent as Joint Creditor . Each of the Loan Parties and each of the Lenders agree that the Collateral Agent shall be the joint creditor (together with the relevant Lender) of each and every obligation of the Loan Parties towards each of the Lenders under or in connection with the Loan Documents, and that accordingly the Collateral Agent will have its own independent right to demand performance by the Loan Parties of those obligations. However, any discharge of any such obligation to the Collateral Agent or the relevant Lender shall, to the same extent, discharge the corresponding obligation owing to the other.

 

Section 10.19. Currency of Payment . (a) Each payment owing by each Loan Agreement Party hereunder shall be made in the relevant currency specified herein or, if not specified herein, specified in any other Loan Document executed by the Administrative Agent (the “ Currency of Payment ”) at the place specified herein or, if not specified herein, specified in any other Loan Document executed by the Administrative Agent (such requirement is of the essence of this Agreement). If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in a Currency of Payment into another currency, the parties hereto agree that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase such Currency of Payment with such other currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given, for delivery two Business Days thereafter.

 

(b) The Obligations owing to any Secured Creditor hereunder shall, notwithstanding any adjudication expressed in a currency other than the Currency of Payment, any payment in a currency other than the Currency of Payment and notwithstanding any deemed conversion or replacement hereunder, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt by such Secured Creditor of any amount in such other currency or adjudged to be so due, such Secured Creditor may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase the Currency of Payment with such other currency. Each Loan Agreement Party agrees that (i) if the amount of the Currency of Payment so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Secured Creditor in the Currency of Payment, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding the result of any such adjudication, such Loan Agreement Party shall immediately pay the shortfall (in the Currency of Payment) to such Secured Creditor and (ii) if the amount of the Currency of Payment so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such Secured Creditor, such Secured Creditor shall promptly pay the excess over to such Loan Agreement Party in the currency and to the extent actually received.

 

Section 10.20. Special Provisions Regarding Pledges of Equity Interests in, and Promissory Notes Owed by, Persons Not Organized in Qualified Jurisdictions . The parties

 

-179-


hereto acknowledge and agree that the provisions of the various Security Documents executed and delivered by the Loan Parties require that, among other things, all promissory notes issued by, and Equity Interests in, various Persons owned by the respective Loan Party be pledged, and delivered for pledge, pursuant to the Security Documents. The parties hereto further acknowledge and agree that each Loan Party shall be required to take all actions under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such Loan Party is organized to create and perfect all security interests granted pursuant to the various Security Documents and to take all actions under the laws of each Qualified Jurisdiction to perfect the security interests in the Equity Interests of, and promissory notes issued by, any Person organized under the laws of said jurisdictions. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, to the extent any Security Document requires or provides for the pledge of promissory notes issued by, or Equity Interests in, any Person organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than those specified in the immediately preceding sentence, it is acknowledged that, as of the Initial Borrowing Date, no actions have been required to be taken to perfect, under local law of the jurisdiction of the Person who issued the respective promissory notes or whose Equity Interests are pledged, under the Security Documents. The Borrowers hereby agree that, following any request by the Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders to do so, each Borrower shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, take such actions (including, without limitation, the execution of Additional Security Documents, the making of any filings and the delivery of appropriate legal opinions) under the local law of any jurisdiction with respect to which such actions have not already been taken as are determined by the Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders to be necessary or desirable in order to fully perfect, preserve or protect the security interests granted pursuant to the various Security Documents under the laws of such jurisdictions. If requested to do so pursuant to this Section 10.20, all such actions shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.20 and Section 5.10 and within the time periods set forth therein. All conditions and representations contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing and so that same are not violated by reason of the failure to take actions under local law (but only with respect to Equity Interests in, and promissory notes issued by, Persons organized under laws of jurisdictions other than Qualified Jurisdictions) not required to be taken in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.20, provided that to the extent any representation or warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken, the respective representation of warranties shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects at such time as the respective action is required to be taken in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.20 or pursuant to Section 5.10.

 

Section 10.21. Post-Closing Actions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Canadian Parent and its Subsidiaries shall be required to take the actions specified in Schedule 10.21 as promptly as practicable, and in any event within the time periods set forth in Schedule 10.21. The provisions of Schedule 10.21 shall be deemed incorporated by reference herein as fully as if set forth herein in its entirety. All provisions of this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all conditions precedent, representations, warranties, covenants, events of default and other agreements herein and therein) shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to effect the foregoing (and to permit the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above, rather than as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents); provided that (x) to the extent any

 

-180-


representation and warranty would not be true because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Effective Date or the Initial Borrowing Date, as the case may be, the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects at the time the respective action is taken (or was required to be taken) in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.21 and (y) all representations and warranties relating to the Security Documents shall be required to be true immediately after the actions required to be taken by this Section 10.21 have been taken (or were required to be taken). The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a covenant and agreement by each Borrower to each of the Lenders that the actions required pursuant to this Section 10.21 will be, or have been, taken within the relevant time periods referred to in this Section 10.21 and that, at such time, all representations and warranties contained in this Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall then be true and correct in all material respects without any modification pursuant to this Section 10.21. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the failure to take any of the actions required above (other than any actions that are not material, either individually or in the aggregate), within the relevant time periods required above, shall give rise to a Default pursuant to this Agreement upon notice of such failure to the Canadian Parent by the Administrative Agent or the Requisite Lenders.

 

ARTICLE XI.

 

NATURE OF U.S. BORROWERS’ OBLIGATIONS RELATING TO U.S. REVOLVING

CREDIT EXPOSURE

 

Section 11.01. Nature of U.S. Revolver Obligations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement, it is understood and agreed by the various parties to this Agreement that all Obligations to repay principal of, interest on, and all other amounts with respect to, outstanding U.S. Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and LC Exposure (including, without limitation, all fees, indemnities, taxes and other Obligations in connection therewith or in connection with the related Commitments) (collectively, the “ U.S. Revolver Obligations ”) shall constitute the joint and several obligations of the U.S. Borrowers. Each U.S. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it is receiving direct benefits as a result of the extensions of credit to the U.S. Borrowers hereunder, and that the Lenders may proceed against one or more of the U.S. Borrowers with respect to any U.S. Revolver Obligations hereunder for the payment in full thereof.

 

Section 11.02. Independent Obligation . With respect to the U.S. Revolver Obligations, the obligations of each U.S. Borrower with respect thereto are independent of the obligations of each other U.S. Borrower or any other guarantor, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each other U.S. Borrower, whether or not any other U.S. Borrower or any other guarantor is joined in any such action or actions. Each U.S. Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof. Any payment by any U.S. Borrower or other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to such U.S. Borrower shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, operate to toll the statute of limitations as to each U.S. Borrower.

 

-181-


Section 11.03. Authorization . With respect to the U.S. Revolver Obligations, each of the U.S. Borrowers authorizes the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders without notice or demand (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived), and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to: (a) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any other U.S. Borrower or any guarantor or others or otherwise act or refrain from acting; (b) release or substitute any other U.S. Borrower, endorsers, guarantors or other obligors; (c) settle or compromise any of the U.S. Revolver Obligations of the other U.S. Borrowers or any other Loan Party, any security therefor or any liability (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any liability (whether due or not) of any U.S. Borrower to its creditors other than the Lenders; (d) apply any sums paid by any other U.S. Borrower or any other Person, howsoever realized to any liability or liabilities of such U.S. Borrower or other Person regardless of what liability or liabilities of such U.S. Borrower or other Person remain unpaid; and/or (e) consent to or waive any breach of, or act, omission or default under, this Agreement or any of the instruments or agreements referred to herein, or otherwise, by any other U.S. Borrower or any other Person.

 

Section 11.04. Reliance . It is not necessary for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender to inquire into the capacity or powers of any U.S. Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or the officers, directors, partners or agent acting or purporting to act on its behalf, and any U.S. Revolver Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall constitute the obligations of the respective U.S. Borrower hereunder.

 

Section 11.05. Contribution; Subrogation . (a) To the extent that any U.S. Borrower shall make a payment or payments under this Agreement of all or any of the U.S. Revolver Obligations relating to U.S. Revolving Loans and/or Swingline Loans (with all such payments by any U.S. Borrower being herein called “ U.S. Borrower Revolver Payments ”) which, taking into account all other U.S. Borrower Revolver Payments then previously or concurrently made by the other U.S. Borrowers, exceeds the amount which such U.S. Borrower would otherwise have paid if each U.S. Borrower had paid its Revolving Loan Percentage of the aggregate U.S. Revolver Obligations satisfied by U.S. Borrower Revolver Payments, then, following the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, such U.S. Borrower shall entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, the other U.S. Borrowers for the amount of such excess.

 

(b) To the extent that any U.S. Borrower shall make a payment or payments under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents of all or any of the U.S. Revolver Obligations relating to Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of any other U.S. Borrower (or its respective creditors, customers, suppliers, etc.), then the respective U.S. Borrower shall, following the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, the other U.S. Borrowers for the amount of each such payment (it being understood that if each U.S. Borrower has made payments of the type described above with respect to Obligations relating to Letters of Credit issued for the benefit of the other U.S.

 

-182-


Borrowers (or its respective creditors, customers, suppliers, etc.), then the amounts so paid by each U.S. Borrower shall be netted in determining the amount of contribution and indemnification owed by each U.S. Borrower to the other U.S. Borrowers pursuant to this clause (b)).

 

(c) As used herein, the “ Revolving Loan Percentage ” of each U.S. Borrower shall be a percentage the numerator of which is the aggregate proceeds of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans actually received by such U.S. Borrower on or after the Effective Date plus the LC Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit issued for the account of such U.S. Borrower and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerators as used in determining the Revolving Percentage for each of the U.S. Borrowers.

 

(d) All determinations of contribution rights pursuant to this Section 11.05 shall be determined by IPG (US) in good faith. In determining whether any amounts are U.S. Revolver Obligations relating to (x) U.S. Revolving Loans and/or Swingline Loans or (y) Letters of Credit, (i) all principal, unpaid drawings, interest, increased costs and regularly accruing fees directly relating to U.S. Revolver Obligations as described in preceding clause (x) or (y) shall be allocated to the respective category of U.S. Revolver Obligations and (ii) any other U.S. Revolver Obligations shall be allocated to the respective categories of U.S. Revolver Obligations as determined in good faith by IPG (US); provided that if the respective U.S. Revolver Obligation is not directly allocable to any of such categories of U.S. Revolver Obligations described in preceding clauses (x) and (y), same shall be allocated amongst the categories of U.S. Revolver Obligations described above pro rata based upon the relative then outstanding principal amounts (or, in the case of Revolver Obligations relating to Letters of Credit, the then amount of LC Exposure) of the various categories of U.S. Revolver Obligations as described above. IPG (US) and each other U.S. Borrower agree to maintain records to enable them to determine the Revolving Loan Percentages, as well as all other facts needed to determine the relative rights of contribution, pursuant to this Section 11.05.

 

(e) Each of the U.S. Borrowers hereby agrees that, to the extent any court determines that the contribution, indemnity and reimbursement rights provided above in this Section 11.05 are not fair and equitable to each of the U.S. Borrowers, then such court may (and is hereby authorized to) adjust the contribution, indemnity and reimbursement rights of the U.S. Borrowers as determined by such court to be necessary or desirable to more fairly provide for contribution, indemnification and reimbursement rights as between the U.S. Borrowers, it being the intention of each of the U.S. Borrowers that such adjustment shall in any event be made if, and to the extent, any such adjustment would prevent the joint and several nature of their obligations hereunder from constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal or state law.

 

(f) This Section 11.05 is intended only to define the relative rights of the U.S. Borrowers and nothing set forth in this Section 11.05 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the U.S. Borrowers, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

-183-


(g) The rights of the parties under this Section 11.05 (and any rights of subrogation a U.S. Borrower may have with respect to any other U.S. Borrower as a result of any payments made by it hereunder or under any other Loan Document) shall be exercisable only upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Obligations in cash and the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

(h) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution, indemnification and reimbursement hereunder shall constitute assets of any U.S. Borrower to which such contribution, indemnification and reimbursement is owing.

 

Section 11.06. Waiver . Each U.S. Borrower waives any right to require any Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Lenders to (i) proceed against any other U.S. Borrower, any guarantor or any other party, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any other U.S. Borrower, any guarantor or any other party or (iii) pursue any other remedy in any Agent’s, the Collateral Agent’s or the Lenders’ power whatsoever. Each U.S. Borrower waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any other U.S. Borrower, any guarantor or any other party other than payment in full in cash of the respective U.S. Revolver Obligations, including, without limitation, any defense based on or arising out of the disability of any other U.S. Borrower, any guarantor or any other party, or the unenforceability of the U.S. Revolver Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any other U.S. Borrower, in each case other than as a result of the payment in full in cash of the respective U.S. Revolver Obligations. The Agents, the Collateral Agent and the Lender may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by any Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Secured Creditors by one or more judicial or non-judicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable (to the extent such sale is permitted by applicable law), or exercise any other right or remedy any Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders may have against any U.S. Borrower or any other party, or any security, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any U.S. Borrower hereunder except to the extent the respective U.S. Revolver Obligations have been paid in full in cash. Each U.S. Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense arising out of any such election by any Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders even though such election operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such U.S. Borrower against any other U.S. Borrower or any other guarantor or party or any security.

 

Section 11.07. Fraudulent Conveyance . Each U.S. Borrower hereby confirms that it is its intention that this Agreement not constitute (and the joint and several nature of the U.S. Revolver Obligations among the U.S. Borrowers not create) a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or any similar Federal, state or foreign law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each U.S. Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that the U.S. Revolver Obligations owing by any U.S. Borrower shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or otherwise) liabilities of such U.S. Borrower that are relevant under such laws, result in the U.S. Revolver Obligations of such U.S. Borrower in respect of such maximum amount not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intent of the parties hereto that in no event shall the U.S. Revolver Obligations of IPG (US) be limited pursuant to the

 

-184-


provisions of this Section 11.07 as IPG (US) is the direct or indirect parent of each of the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers and, accordingly, is obtaining direct benefits from all extensions of credit to the U.S. Subsidiary Borrowers. Any limitation on the U.S. Revolver Obligations of any U.S. Borrower resulting from the application of the provisions of this Section 11.07 shall have no effect on the U.S. Revolver Obligations of any other U.S. Borrower or the Obligations of any other Loan Party (under its Guarantee Agreement), which (in each case) shall be determined as if there were no such limitation, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-185-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

IPG INC.,

as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


   

Title:  Vice President Finance

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY,

as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


   

Title:  Vice President

IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.,

as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


   

Title:  Vice President Finance

INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.,

as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


   

Title:  Vice President

INTERTAPE INC., as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


   

Title:  Vice President Finance

IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.,

as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


   

Title:  Vice President

 

-186-


IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.,

as a U.S. Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


   

Title:  President

INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.,

as Canadian Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


   

Title:  Chief Financial Officer

INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.,

as a Guarantor

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald


   

Title:  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and

            Vice President Administration

IPG (US) HOLDINGS, INC.,

as a Guarantor

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso


   

Title:  Vice President Finance

 

-187-


CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,

Individually and as Administrative Agent

By:

 

/s/ Arnold Wong


   

Title:  Vice President

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,

as Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

By:

 

/s/ William Graham


   

Title:  Vice President

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK,

Individually and as Syndication Agent

By:

 

/s/ J.F. Godin


   

Title:  Vice President

By:

 

/s/ Yjes Bergeron


   

Title:  Vice President

COMERICA BANK,

Individually and as Co-Documentation Agent

By:

 

/s/ Darlene Persons


   

Title:  First Vice President

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

Individually and as Co-Documentation Agent

By:

 

/s/ Barbara Baltar


   

Title:  First Vice President

 

-188-


SIGNATURE PAGE TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 28, 2004, AMONG IPG (US) INC., CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY, IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC., INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP., INTERTAPE INC., IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC., IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC., INTERTAPE POLYMER INC., INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC., IPG (US) HOLDINGS, INC., THE LENDERS, CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC,. AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, AS SYNDICATION AGENT, COMERICA BANK AND HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS CO-DOCUMENTATION AGENTS AND CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., AS SOLE LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOKRUNNER

CITIBANK, N.A., CANADIAN BRANCH

By:

 

/s/ J. Hastings


   

Title:  Illegible

CIT LENDING SERVICES CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ John F. Sirico, II


   

Title:  Vice President

GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Karl Keiffer


   

Title:  Duly Authorized Signatory

TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.

By:

 

/s/ Neva Nesbitt


   

Title:  Vice President

UPS CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ John P. Holloway


   

Title:  Managing Director, Portfolio

 

-189-


SCHEDULE 10.21

 

-190-

Exhibit 10.4

 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

$125,000,000 8  1 / 2 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014

Purchase Agreement

 

New York, New York

July 14, 2004

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

TD Securities (USA) Inc.

    As Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers

    named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Intertape US”), which is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of IPG (US) Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“IPG”), and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of IPG (US) Holdings Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Holdings”), and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Intertape Polymer Group Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“Parent”), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I hereto (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8  1 / 2 % senior subordinated notes due 2014 (the “Notes”). The Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “Indenture”), to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), between Intertape US and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by the “Guarantors” listed on Schedule II, hereto which are Parent and all of its existing U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries other than Intertape US. Intertape US and the Guarantors are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Issuers.” To the extent there are no additional parties listed on Schedule I other than you, the term “Representatives” as used herein shall mean you as the Initial Purchasers, and the terms Representatives, Issuers and Initial Purchasers shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires. Use of the neuter in this Agreement shall include the feminine and masculine wherever appropriate. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 16 hereof.

 

In connection with the transactions described herein, Intertape US intends to enter into a $250.0 million senior secured credit facility (the “Senior Credit Facility”) among itself, the Guarantors, the lenders from time to time parties thereto and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the Guarantors.

 

References herein to the “Securities” refer to the Notes and the Guarantees.

 

Holders of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees) will be entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement to be dated on the original issue date of the Securities (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Issuers, will agree to file one or more registration statements with the Commission providing for the registration under the Act of the Securities or the Exchange Securities referred to (and as defined) in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers will be made without registration of the Securities under the Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Act.

 

Page 1


In connection with the initial sale and resale of the Securities, the Issuers have prepared a preliminary offering memorandum, dated July 2, 2004 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all exhibits thereto and wrappers or stickers thereon and any information incorporated by reference therein and including the preliminary Canadian offering memorandum dated July 2, 2004, the “Preliminary Memorandum”), and a final offering memorandum, dated July 14, 2004 (as amended or supplemented at the Execution Time, including any and all exhibits thereto and wrappers or stickers thereon and any information incorporated by reference therein at the Execution Time and including the final Canadian offering memorandum dated July 14, 2004, the “Final Memorandum”). Each of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum set forth certain information concerning the Issuers and the Securities. Each of the Issuers hereby confirm that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in connection with the initial offer and sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers.

 

1. Representations and Warranties. The Issuers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Initial Purchaser as set forth below in this Section 1.

 

(a) The Preliminary Memorandum, as of the date thereof, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that none of the Issuers makes any representation or warranty as to the information contained in the Preliminary Memorandum that constitutes, pursuant to Section 8(b), information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion therein. At the Execution Time and on the Closing Date, the Final Memorandum did not, and will not (and any amendment or supplement thereto or document incorporated by reference therein, at the date thereof and at the Closing Date, will not), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that none of the Issuers makes any representation or warranty as to the information contained in the Final Memorandum, or any amendment or supplement thereto, that constitutes, pursuant to Section 8(b), information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion therein.

 

(b) The documents incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum (the “Incorporated Documents”), when filed with the Commission, conformed or will conform, as the case may be, in all material respects to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(c) The statements set forth or referenced under the headings “Risk Factors—Our operations are subject to comprehensive environmental regulation and involve expenditures which may be material in relation to our operating cash flow, and —Fraudulent conveyance laws could void the obligations of the guarantors”, “—We may be involved in litigation relating to our intellectual property rights, which may have an adverse impact on our business,” “—If the delayed draw under our new senior secured credit facility is not funded, we will be unable to redeem our existing notes as they become due,” “Business— Legal Proceedings,” “—Environmental Regulation,” “Related Party Transactions’” “Description of Other Indebtedness,” “Description of the Notes,” “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights” and “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the Final Memorandum, insofar as such statements summarize legal matters or proceedings or agreements are accurate and fair summaries of such legal matters, proceedings or agreements.

 

Page 2


(d) None of the Issuers or any of their respective Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of the Issuers or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Issuers and their Affiliates make no representation) has, directly or indirectly, engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D under the Act) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

 

(e) None of the Issuers or any of their respective Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of any of them (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Issuers and their Affiliates make no representation) has, directly or indirectly, engaged in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them has complied with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(f) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Act; and Intertape US has been advised by the NASD’s PORTAL Market that the Securities have been designated PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD.

 

(g) When the Notes and the Guarantees thereof are issued and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, no Note or Guarantee thereof will be of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act) as securities of any Issuer that are listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or that are quoted in a United States automated inter-dealer quotation system.

 

(h) Each of the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, as of its date, and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of its date contains the information specified in, and meets the requirements of, Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act.

 

(i) Except in connection with the registration of the Securities or the Exchange Securities as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in connection therewith, assuming the accuracy of the information furnished by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof and the compliance by persons to whom the Initial Purchasers initially resell the Securities with the representations, warranties and agreements contained in the Final Memorandum under the heading “Transfer Restrictions”, the offer and sale of the Securities by the Issuers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by reason of Section 4(2) thereof and Regulation S and Rule 144A thereunder.

 

(j) Prior to the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(k) On the Closing Date, the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an Indenture which is qualified thereunder.

 

(l) There are no stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties or other similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Issuers of the Securities.

 

(m) Except pursuant to this Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Issuers and any other person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Issuers or the Initial Purchasers for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the issuance, purchase and sale of the Securities.

 

Page 3


(n) None of the Issuers are, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Final Memorandum, will be an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, without taking account of any exemption arising out of the number of holders of such Issuer’s securities.

 

(o) Parent is subject to and has filed all reports and other information required to have been filed with the Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(p) None of the Issuers have taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of Parent or any of the Issuers to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(q) None of the Issuers, or any of their Affiliates, or any person acting on behalf of the Issuers or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Initial Purchaser, as to which the Issuers and their Affiliates make no representation) has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

 

(r) Each of the Issuers has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized with the requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (i) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of this Agreement or the Indenture, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of the Issuers, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(s) All the outstanding shares of capital stock of (i) Intertape US have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by IPG, (ii) IPG have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by Holdings, (iii) Holdings have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by Parent, and (iv) each of the other Issuers has been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable,

 

(t) Except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Issuers (other than Parent) are owned by Parent either directly or through wholly-owned subsidiaries as set forth in clause (k) free and clear of any perfected security interest or any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances, except for (i) liens in existence pursuant to the Existing Credit Facility (as of the date hereof) and the Existing Notes and liens to be created under the Senior Credit Facility and (ii) any other security interest, claim, lien or encumbrance that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(u) There are not currently any outstanding subscriptions, rights, warrants, calls, commitments of sale or option to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any capital stock or other equity interest of any of the Issuers, except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum or with respect to Parent, options granted in the ordinary course of business after March 31, 2004.

 

Page 4


(v) There are no holders of securities of any of the Issuers who, by reason of the execution by any of the of this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Guarantees or consummation by any of the Issuers of the transactions contemplated hereby and in the Final Memorandum, have the right to request or demand that any of the Issuers register under the Act or analogous foreign laws and regulations securities held by them other than pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(w) Intertape US has not been since its organization, engaged in any business activities or incurred any obligations or liabilities except in connection with the issuance of the Notes and does not have any outstanding shares of capital stock or rights or options to purchase capital stock, other than its common stock, par value $0.01 per share, owned as set forth in clause(s). Intertape US does not own any assets (including capital stock, rights or options to purchase capital stock of, any other person).

 

(x) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuers.

 

(y) The Notes have been duly authorized by Intertape US for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture, and, when executed and delivered by Intertape US and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and paid for by the Initial Purchasers, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of Intertape US, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against Intertape US in accordance with their terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to equitable principles regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(z) The Indenture which includes the Guarantees has been duly authorized by the Issuers and when executed and delivered by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee and delivered by the Issuers against payment therefore by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture will constitute a valid and legally binding instrument of each of the Issuers (assuming that the Indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the other parties thereto), enforceable against each of the Issuers in accordance with its terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to equitable principles regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(aa) The Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors, and, when executed and delivered by the Guarantors will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to equitable principles regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

Page 5


(bb) The Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by the Issuers, and when the Exchange Securities are issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, the Exchange Securities will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with their terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to equitable principles regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(cc) The Guarantees to be endorsed on the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by each Guarantor and, when executed and delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will, upon due execution and delivery of the Exchange Securities by the Issuers and due authentication of the Exchange Securities by the Trustee against exchange therefor in accordance with the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, be the valid and binding obligations of each Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms (except that the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to equitable principles regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

(dd) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Issuers and, when executed and delivered by the Issuers (assuming the Registration Rights Agreement is the valid and binding obligation of the other parties thereto), will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Issuers, enforceable against each of the Issuers in accordance with its terms (except that (i) the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers), moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and except as enforcement thereof is subject to equitable principles regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity and (ii) any rights to indemnity or contribution may be limited by applicable federal and state securities laws and by public policy considerations).

 

(ee) No consent, approval, authorization, filing with or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or the Registration Rights Agreement, except such as may be required under the Act, the Trust Indenture Act, Canadian securities laws and the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated herein and in the Final Memorandum and the Registration Rights Agreement (including, without limitation, authorizations and approvals under the Act, including, without limitation, the order of the Commission declaring the registration statement effective in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement).

 

(ff) None of the execution and delivery by the Issuers of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities, the Registration Rights Agreement, the issue and sale of the Securities, the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein or the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of any of the Issuers pursuant to (i) their charter or by-laws or other organizational or governing documents; (ii) the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other material contract, lease, agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Issuers are a party or bound or to which any property of the Issuers are subject or (iii) any

 

Page 6


statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Issuers of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Issuers or any of their properties, except, which violation or default would, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, either individually or in the aggregate with all other violations and defaults referred to in this paragraph (ff) (if any), have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(gg) No action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Issuers or any of their respective properties is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Issuers, as the case may be, threatened that (i) would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Issuers under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Securities or the Registration Rights Agreement, or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby; or (ii) would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(hh) No action has been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order has been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency that prevents the issuance of the Notes or the Guarantees or prevents or suspends the use of the Final Memorandum; no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by a federal, provincial or state court of competent jurisdiction has been issued that prevents the issuance of the Notes or the Guarantees or prevents or suspends the sale of the Notes or the Guarantees in any jurisdiction; and every request of any securities authority or agency of any jurisdiction for additional information has been complied with in all material respects.

 

(ii) None of the Issuers are in violation or default of (i) any provision of its charter or by-laws or other organizational or governing documents; (ii) the terms of any material indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other material agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to such Issuer of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over such Issuer or such subsidiary or any of their respective properties, except, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii) above, for any such violation or default that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(jj) Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton, General Partnership, who have certified certain financial statements of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries, and delivered their report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements included in the Final Memorandum, are (A) objective within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of l’Ordre des Comptables Agrees du Quebec, Canada, and (B) independent public accountants with respect to the Issuers within the meaning of the Act.

 

(kk) The Issuers have filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or have requested extensions thereof (except (i) in any case in which the failure to so file could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) for those filings being contested in good faith and for which appropriate reserves have been made, if required, in accordance with applicable generally accepted accounting principles or (iii) as set forth in the Final Memorandum), whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, and have paid all taxes required to be paid by them and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against them, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that (1) is being contested in good faith or (2) would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Page 7


(ll) No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Issuers exist or, to the best knowledge of the Issuers is threatened or imminent and the Issuers are not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbances by employees of any of their principal suppliers, contractors or customers except in each case as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(mm) The Issuers are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Issuers or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect except where failure to be in full force and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the Issuers are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments except where failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect; there are no claims by the Issuers under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; none of the Issuers has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and none of the Issuers has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(nn) None of the Issuers is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends, from making any other distribution on its capital stock, and no Guarantor is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from making any payments in respect of its Guarantee to Intertape US, from repaying to Intertape US any loans or advances to such Guarantor from Intertape US, or from transferring any of such Guarantor’s property or assets to Intertape US or any subsidiary of Intertape US, except as described in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(oo) The Issuers own or possess adequate rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, inventions, know-how, trade secrets, licenses confidential information and other intellectual property necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as now operated by them and as will be operated by them following the Release, as described in the Final Memorandum (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) and are not aware of any rights of third parties to any such Intellectual Property except for items which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Issuers have no reason to believe that the conduct of their respective businesses conflict, infringe or misappropriate, or will conflict with, infringe or misappropriate, the intellectual property rights of others, and have not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, infringement or misappropriation of, the intellectual property rights of others except for items which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the Issuers’ best knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope of such Intellectual Property (and the Issuers are not aware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for such claim) except for items which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Issuers’ best knowledge: (a) there is no infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property and (b) there is no patent or published patent application which contains claims that dominate or may dominate any Intellectual Property or that interferes with the issued or pending claims of any such Intellectual Property except for items which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Page 8


(pp) The Issuers own or lease all such properties as are necessary to the conduct of their respective operations as presently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted as disclosed in the Final Memorandum.

 

(qq) Except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum or the documents incorporated by reference therein, the Issuers have good and marketable title to all material real properties owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects, except (i) as would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) as would not materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them, and (iii) any liens or encumbrances created by or permitted to exist under the Senior Credit Facility, the Existing Credit Facility (as of the date hereof) and the Existing Notes; and, except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, the Issuers hold any leased real property and personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions except (A) as would not materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof by them, (B) as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (C) any liens or encumbrances created by or permitted to exist under the Senior Credit Facility, the Existing Credit Facility (as of the date hereof) and the Existing Notes.

 

(rr) The Issuers possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by the appropriate federal, state, provincial or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except for any failures to possess licenses, certificates, permits or other authorizations that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and none of the Issuers has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or other authorization which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

 

(ss) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum, the Issuers (i) are and have been in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, and codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered thereunder, relating to the protection of the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) have received and are in material compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted following the Release; (iii) have had no lien, charge, encumbrance or restriction recorded under any Environmental Law with respect to any asset, facility or property owned, operated, leased or controlled by any of them; and (iv) have not received written notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants that would be required to be disclosed in accordance with Item 103 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and there are no facts or conditions relating to the past or present operation of their respective businesses that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any such actual or potential liability; except as set forth in the Final Memorandum, none of the Issuers has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

(tt) In the ordinary course of their business, the Issuers periodically review the effect of Environmental Laws on the business, operations and properties of the Issuers, in the course of which the Issuers identify and evaluate associated costs and liabilities (including, without

 

Page 9


limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws, or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties); on the basis of such review, the Issuers have reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(uu) None of the Issuers or any agent acting on their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers as to which they make no representation) has taken or will take any action that might cause this Agreement or the sale of the Securities to violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in each case as in effect, or as the same may hereafter be in effect, on the Closing Date.

 

(vv) Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum, (i) each “plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”)) in which employees of the Issuers are eligible to participate is in compliance with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA or any similar non-United States laws; (ii) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) for which any Issuer would have any liability; (iii) none of the Issuers has incurred, and does not expect to incur, liability under (1) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any pension plan or (2) Section 412 or 4971 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “Code”), or Section 302 of ERISA, or any similar non-United States law; and (iv) each pension plan for which the Issuers would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (or maintain similar status under any non-United States law) is so qualified (or maintains such status) and nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, that would cause the loss of such qualification (or such status).

 

(ww) None of the Issuers nor, to the knowledge of the Issuers, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Issuers is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a material violation by such Persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA; and each of the Issuers and, to the knowledge of such Issuers, its Affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

(xx) The operations of each of the Issuers are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority

 

Page 10


or body or any arbitrator involving the Issuers with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Issuers, threatened.

 

(yy) None of the Issuers, nor, to the knowledge of the Issuers, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Issuers is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Issuers will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(zz) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Parent, its subsidiaries, directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable and effective provision of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

 

(aaa) The Issuers maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with applicable generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(bbb) Parent has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 1934 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures (I) are designed to ensure that material information relating to Parent, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to Parent’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the annual reports on Form 40-F are being prepared and (II) have been evaluated for effectiveness as of the end of the annual period reported to the Commission; the Parent’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors have been advised of (A) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the ability of Parent to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the internal controls of Parent, any material weaknesses in internal controls have been identified for Parent’s auditors; and since the date of the most recent evaluation of such disclosure controls and procedures, there have be no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

(ccc) The consolidated historical financial statements and schedules of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Final Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates and for the periods indicated, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Canada applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; the selected financial data set forth under the caption “Selected Financial Information” and “Unaudited Supplemental Information” in the Final Memorandum fairly present in all material respects, on the basis stated in

 

Page 11


the Final Memorandum, the information included therein; the pro forma adjustments included in the Final Memorandum are based upon assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect in all material respects the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial data included in the Final Memorandum; and the pro forma adjustments have been properly applied in all material respects to the historical amounts where applicable.

 

(ddd) Except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, no relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Issuers on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of any of the Issuers on the other hand, which would be required by the Act to be described in the Final Memorandum if the Final Memorandum were a prospectus included in a registration statement on Form F-1, filed with the Commission.

 

(eee) The statistical and market-related data included in the Final Memorandum are based on or derived from sources which the Issuers believe to be reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

(fff) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Final Memorandum, (i) there has not been any material adverse change, or any development that is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change, in the capital stock or limited liability company interests or the long-term debt, or material increase in the short-term debt, of the Issuers from that set forth in the Final Memorandum, (ii) no dividend or distribution of any kind shall have been declared, paid or made by Parent on any class of its capital stock and (iii) none of the Issuers has entered into any material transaction, except as disclosed in the Final Memorandum, other than in the ordinary course of business. Since the date hereof and since the dates as of which information is given in the Final Memorandum, there shall not have occurred any material adverse change, or any development that is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ggg) None of the Issuers intends to, nor believes that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. The present fair saleable value of the assets of each Issuer exceeds the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of its existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured. The assets of each Issuer do not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Upon the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees, the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Issuers will exceed the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of its existing debts and other liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured. Upon the issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees, the assets of the Issuers will not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as now conducted, including the capital needs of each Issuer, taking into account the projected capital requirements and capital availability.

 

(hhh) The choice of the law of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Securities is a valid choice of law under the laws applicable in Quebec, Canada, Nova Scotia, Canada and Portugal and courts of such jurisdictions should honor this choice of law; each of the Issuers has the power to submit and has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts located in the City of New York (including, in each case, any appellate courts therefrom) in any suit, action or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations or liabilities under, or any other matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement, the Indenture, the

 

Page 12


Registration Rights Agreement, the Securities or the Guarantees and has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably waived any objection to the venue of a proceeding in any such court; and each of the Issuers has the power to designate, appoint and empower and has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and empowered an agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding against it with respect to its obligations or liabilities under, or any other matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, or the Securities in any U.S. federal or state court in the State of New York.

 

(iii) Each of the Issuers’ obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Securities, are subject to civil and commercial law and to suit and none of the Issuers or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues have any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any such action, suit or proceeding, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations or liabilities under, or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, or the Securities; and, to the extent that such Issuer or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such proceedings, such Issuer has waived and agreed not to plead or claim any such right and has consented to such relief and enforcement.

 

(jjj) Except as set forth in the Final Memorandum, any final judgment for a fixed or readily calculable sum of money rendered by any court of the State of New York or of the United States located in the State of New York having jurisdiction under its own domestic laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against any Issuer based upon this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, or the Securities would be declared enforceable against such Guarantor by the courts in Quebec, Canada, Nova Scotia, Canada and Portugal without reexamination, review of the merits of the cause of action in respect of which the original judgment was given or relitigation of the matters adjudicated upon or payment of any stamp, registration or similar tax or duty.

 

(kkk) It is not necessary under the laws of Canada or Portugal or any political subdivision thereof or authority or agency therein in order to enable the Initial Purchasers or any Subsequent Purchaser to enforce any rights under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, or the Securities that it should, as a result solely of its holding of the Securities, be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in such jurisdictions or any political subdivision thereof or authority or agency therein; each of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, and the Securities is in proper legal form under the laws of such jurisdictions and any political subdivision thereof or authority or agency therein for the enforcement thereof against any Issuer; and it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, or the Securities in any such jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or agency therein that any of them be filed or recorded with any court, authority or agency in, or that any stamp, registration or similar taxes or duties be paid to any court, authority or agency of any such jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of any of the Issuers and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the closing of the offering of the Securities shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Issuer, as to matters covered thereby, to the Initial Purchaser.

 

Page 13


2. Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, on the Closing Date (x) Intertape US agrees to sell to each Initial Purchaser, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from Intertape US, at a purchase price of 97.5% of the principal amount of the Notes thereof plus accrued interest, if any, from July 28, 2004 to the Closing Date, the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser’s name in Schedule I hereto.

 

3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on July 28, 2004 (T + 10), which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and Intertape US (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “Closing Date”). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers against payment by the several Initial Purchasers through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of Intertape US by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to the account specified by Intertape US. Delivery of the Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company of New York, or its designated custodian, unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

4. Offering by Initial Purchasers. Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with the Issuers that:

 

(a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Securities except (i) to those it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Act) and that, in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of such Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A or (ii) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

 

(b) Neither it nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on behalf of it or its Affiliates has, directly or indirectly, made offers or sales of any security, or solicited offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

 

(c) Neither it nor any of its Affiliates, nor any person acting on behalf of it or its Affiliates has, directly or indirectly, engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D under the Act) in the United States.

 

5. Agreements. The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree with each Initial Purchaser that:

 

(a) The Issuers will furnish to each Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, during the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Final Memorandum and any amendments and supplements thereto as they may reasonably request.

 

(b) The Issuers, will not amend or supplement the Final Memorandum, other than by filing documents under the Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference therein, without the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided, however, that, prior to the Closing Date, Parent will not file any document under the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in the Final Memorandum unless, prior to such proposed filing, Parent has furnished the Representatives with a copy of such document for their review and the Representatives have not reasonably objected to the filing of such document.

 

Page 14


During the period referred to in paragraph (c) below the Issuers will promptly advise the Representatives in writing when any document filed under the Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference in the Final Memorandum shall have been filed with the Commission or any filing made by an Issuer of information relating to the offering of the Securities with any securities exchange or any other regulatory body in the United States, Canada or any other jurisdiction.

 

(c) If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as determined by the Representatives), any event occurs as a result of which the Final Memorandum, as then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum to comply with applicable law, the Issuers promptly (i) will notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) subject to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this Section 5, will prepare an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) will supply any supplemented or amended Final Memorandum to the several Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers without charge in such quantities as they may reasonably request.

 

(d) The Issuers will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale by the Initial Purchasers under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the Securities; provided that in no event shall any Issuers be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject. The Issuers will promptly advise the Representatives of the receipt by such Issuer, as the case may be, of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(e) The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their respective Affiliates to, resell any Securities that have been acquired by any of them.

 

(f) None of the Issuers or any of their Affiliates, nor any person acting on their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Issuers and their Affiliates make no covenant) will, directly or indirectly, make offers or sales of any security, or solicit offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require the registration of the Securities under the Act.

 

(g) None of the Issuers or any of their Affiliates, nor any person acting on their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which the Issuers and their Affiliates make no covenant) will engage in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D under the Act) in connection with any offer or sale of the Securities in the United States.

 

(h) So long as any of the Securities are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, the Issuers will, during any period in which they are not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, provide to each holder of such restricted securities and to each prospective purchaser (as designated by such holder) of such restricted securities, upon the written request of such holder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided by Rule 144A(d) (4) under the Act and the information provided by the Issuers pursuant to

 

Page 15


this Section 5(h) hereof will not, at the date thereof, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. This covenant is intended to be for the benefit of the holders, and the prospective purchasers designated by such holders, from time to time of such restricted securities.

 

(i) None of the Issuers or any of their Affiliates, nor any person acting on their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which Issuers and their Affiliates make no covenant) will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and each of them will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Terms used in this paragraph have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

(j) The Issuers will cooperate with the Representatives and use their best efforts to permit the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(k) None of the Issuers will for a period of 90 days following the Execution Time, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., offer, sell or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers), directly or indirectly, or announce the offering of, any debt securities issued or guaranteed by any of the Issuers (other than the Securities).

 

(l) None of the Issuers will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of any Issuer to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(m) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation of the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the issuance of the Securities and the fees of the Trustee; (ii) the preparation, printing or reproduction of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum and each amendment or supplement to either of them; (iii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum, and all amendments or supplements to either of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iv) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (v) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states and any other jurisdictions specified pursuant to Section 5(d) (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers relating to such registration and qualification); (vii) any filing or other fees payable in connection with any filings reasonably required to be made with securities regulatory authorities in Canada with respect to the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers or their Affiliates and the initial resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers to purchasers in Canada; (viii) admitting the Securities for trading in the PORTAL Market; (ix) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Issuers and their respective

 

Page 16


Affiliates’ representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (x) the fees and expenses of accountants and the fees and expenses of their counsel (including local and special counsel) incurred by the Issuers; and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Issuers of their respective obligations hereunder.

 

(n) On the Closing Date, Intertape US will use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities as described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the Final Memorandum and will deposit at least $78.1 million of proceeds in a segregated account with the Trustee and invest such proceeds in cash or short-term investments pending release and application to effect the redemption of the Existing Notes not later than the 30th day after the Closing Date.

 

(o) The Issuers will, for a period of twelve months following the Execution Time, furnish to the Representatives (i) all reports or other communications (financial or other) generally made available to stockholders, and deliver such reports and communications to the Representatives as soon as they are available, unless such documents are furnished to or filed with the Commission or any securities exchange on which any class of securities of any of the Issuers is listed and generally made available to the public and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of any of the Issuers as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request (such statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Issuers and their subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to stockholders).

 

(p) The Issuers will comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause each of the Issuers’ directors and officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with such laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes Oxley Act.

 

6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Initial Purchasers. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Issuers contained herein at the Execution Time and the Closing Date and any settlement date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Issuers made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Issuers of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a) Shutts & Bowen LLP, counsel for the Issuers shall have furnished to the Representatives its opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

 

(b) There shall have been furnished and addressed to the Representatives (x) the opinion of Stikeman Elliott LLP, Canadian counsel for the Issuers, dated the Closing Date substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit C-1 hereto; (y) the opinion of Stewart McKelvey Stirling Scales, Canadian counsel for the Issuers, dated the Closing Date substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit C-2 hereto; and (z) the opinion of F. Castelo Branco & Associados, Portugal counsel for the Issuers, dated the Closing Date substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit C-3 hereto.

 

(c) The Representatives shall have received from Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, Canadian counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Final Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Issuers shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

Page 17


(d) The Representatives shall have received from White & Case LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Final Memorandum (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Issuers shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

 

(e) Each of the Issuers shall have furnished to the Representatives certificates, signed by its respective chief executive officer and any of its chief financial officer, treasurer and principal accounting officer, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Final Memorandum, any amendment or supplement to the Final Memorandum and this Agreement and that:

 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Issuers in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date, and the Issuers have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date; and

 

(ii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Final Memorandum, there has been no event or occurrence that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

 

(f) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, Parent shall have requested and caused Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton, General Partnership to furnish to the Representatives comfort letters regarding Parent, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(g) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (f) of this Section 6; or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, earnings, business or properties of Parent and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(h) At the Closing Date, the Issuers and the Trustee shall have entered into the Indenture and the Representatives shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.

 

(i) At the Closing Date, the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers shall have entered into the Registration Rights Agreement and the Representatives shall have received counterparts, conformed as executed, thereof.

 

Page 18


(j) At the Closing Date, the Securities shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company.

 

(k) At the Closing Date, the Securities shall have been designated as PORTAL-eligible securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD.

 

(l) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the Issuer’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.

 

(m) Prior to the Closing Date, the Issuers shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(n) At the Closing Date, all amounts owed under the Existing Credit Facility shall have been repaid, and all collateral used to secure such indebtedness shall have been released, and the Initial Purchasers shall have received satisfactory evidence of such release.

 

(o) At the Closing Date, the Issuers shall have either (x) issued an irrevocable notice of redemption pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing the Existing Notes to cause the Existing Notes to be due and payable on a date not more than 30 days after the Closing Date, or (y) shall have received waivers, in form satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, from all holders of Existing Notes allowing the redemption or repurchase of the Existing Notes at the option of the Issuers on or prior to a date not more than 30 days after the Closing Date.

 

(p) At the Closing Date, the Issuers shall have entered into the Senior Credit Facility and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the application of the proceeds received from the sale of the Notes, no condition that would constitute a default or a event of default under the Senior Credit Facility shall exist.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, this Agreement and all obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to Intertape US in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.

 

The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 will be delivered at the office of White & Case LLP, 1155 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 on the Closing Date.

 

7. Reimbursement of Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of any of the Issuers to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Initial Purchasers, the Issuers will reimburse the Initial Purchasers severally through Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

 

Page 19


8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Initial Purchaser and each person who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal, state or foreign statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Memorandum, the Final Memorandum (or in any supplement or amendment thereto) or any information provided by any Issuer to any holder or prospective purchaser of Securities pursuant to Section 5(h), or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or in any “wrapped” version thereof constituting an offering memorandum under applicable Canadian securities laws, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Issuers will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to any Issuer by or on behalf of any of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have.

 

(b) Each Initial Purchaser severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, each of their respective directors and officers and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each Initial Purchaser, but only with reference to written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such Initial Purchaser through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto). This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Initial Purchaser may otherwise have. The Issuers acknowledge that (i) the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the delivery of the Securities, (ii) the disclosure on page (i) concerning stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids, (iii) the fourth and fifth sentences under “Summary — the Offering — Absence of an Established Market for the Notes,” and (iv) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids under the heading “Plan of Distribution,” in each case in the Preliminary Memorandum and the Final Memorandum, constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers for inclusion in the Preliminary Memorandum or the Final Memorandum (or in any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying

 

Page 20


party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ one firm of separate counsel (including one firm of local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Issuers on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which the Issuers and one or more of the Initial Purchasers may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuers on the one hand and by the Initial Purchaser on the other from the offering of the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Issuers on the one hand and of the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuers shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by them, and benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions in each case set forth on the cover of the Final Memorandum. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Issuers on the one hand or the Initial Purchasers

 

Page 21


on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Initial Purchaser within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Initial Purchaser shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser, and each person who controls an Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of an Issuer shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). The Initial Purchasers’ obligations in this paragraph (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

 

9. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such time (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or Toronto Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such exchange; (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by U.S. federal, Canadian or New York State authorities; or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States or Canada of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

10. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Issuers or their respective officers and of the Initial Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or the Issuers or any of their respective officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Notes. The provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

11. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: Secretary; or, if sent to the Issuers, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Chief Financial Officer at 3647 Cortez Road West, Bradenton, Florida 34210 and confirmed to J. Gregory Humphries, Shutts & Bowen LLP, 300 South Orange Avenue, Suite 1000, Orlando, Florida 32801.

 

12. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and, except as expressly set forth in Section 5(h) hereof, no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

Page 22


13. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of the Guarantors organized outside of the United States hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the Guarantors organized outside of the United States irrevocably appoints Corporation Service Company, 1133 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 3100, New York, New York 10036 as its authorized agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to each of the Guarantors organized outside of the United States, by the person serving the same to the address provided in Section 11, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon each of the Guarantors organized outside of the United States in any such suit or proceeding.

 

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

16. Definitions. The terms which follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.

 

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

 

“Citigroup” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Execution Time” means, the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

“Existing Credit Facility” means the US $145,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by the First Amending Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2002, and the Second Amending Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2003, by and among Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp. and each of the other joint and several Facility A borrowers thereunder, IPG Holdings LP, as Facility B/C borrower, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., IPG Finance LLC and IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia, as guarantors, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, as Canadian administration agent, Canadian collateral agent, lender, swing line lender and issuing lender, Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as U.S. administration agent, Comerica Bank, as lender, issuing lender and co-arranger, National Bank of Canada, as lender, co-arranger and documentation agent, and TD Securities, as lead arranger and book manager.

 

Page 23


“Existing Notes” means (i) the outstanding U.S. $25,000,000 Senior Secured Notes, Series A, due 2005 and the outstanding U.S. $112,000,000 Senior Secured Notes, Series B, due 2009, each issued under an Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 20, 2002, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 28, 2003, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 26, 2004, by and among IPG Holdings LP, as issuer, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., IPG Finance LLC, IPG (US) Inc. and other Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined therein), as guarantors, and the current noteholders named in Schedule I thereto; and (ii) the outstanding U.S. $137,000,000 Senior Secured Notes due March 31, 2008 issued under an Amended and Restated Note Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2001, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 20, 2002, Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 28, 2003, and Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 26, 2004, by and among IPG Holdings LP, as issuer, Intertape Polymer Group Inc., Intertape Polymer Inc., Intertape Polymer Corp., IPG Finance LLC, IPG (US) Inc. and other Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined therein), as guarantors, and the current noteholders named in Schedule I thereto.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“NASD” means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

“Regulation D” means Regulation D under the Act.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Act.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

17. Additional Amounts. All payments required to be made by the Issuers under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any and all present and future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges of whatever nature (collectively, “Foreign Taxes”) now or hereinafter imposed or levied by or on behalf of Canada or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein unless required under applicable law or any other jurisdiction. If such withholding or deduction is required under applicable law, the Issuers shall pay such additional amounts to the party entitled to receive the related payment under this Agreement as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by such party, after paying all Foreign Taxes, will be equal to the amounts that such party would have received and retained had no Foreign Taxes been imposed.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Issuers, and the several Initial Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,
INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:   CFO, Secretary, Vice President
    Administration

 

Page 24


INTERTAPE POLYMER INC.

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

SPUNTECH FABRICS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso, CPA


Title:

 

President

IPG HOLDING COMPANY OF NOVA SCOTIA

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:

 

Vice President Finance

IPG HOLDINGS LP

By:

 

Intertape Polymer Inc.,

General Partner

   

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

IPG FINANCE LLC

By:

 

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:

 

President

IPG (US) HOLDINGS INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso, CPA


Title:

 

Vice President Finance

IPG (US) INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso, CPA


Title:

 

Vice President Finance

CENTRAL PRODUCTS COMPANY

By:

 

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:

 

Vice President

INTERTAPE INC.

By:

 

/s/ Victor DiTommaso, CPA


Title:

 

Vice President Finance

 

Page 25


INTERTAPE POLYMER MANAGEMENT CORP.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   Vice President
POLYMER INTERNATIONAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   President
CAJUN BAG & SUPPLY CORP.
By:  

/s/ Jim Bob Carpenter


Title:   President
INTERNATIONAL CONTAINER SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   Vice President
UTC ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   President
INTERTAPE INTERNATIONAL CORP.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   President
INTERTAPE POLYMER CORP.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   Vice President
IPG ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES INC.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   Vice President Administration
IPG TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:

 

Secretary

 

Page 26


IPG FINANCIAL SERVICES INC.
By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:   President
COIF HOLDING INC.
By:  

/s/ Burgess H. Hildreth


Title:   Secretary
FIBC HOLDING INC.
By:  

/s/ Jim Bob Carpenter


Title:   President
INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.
By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:   CFO, Secretary, Vice President
    Administration
DRUMHEATH INDEMNITY LTD.
By:  

/s/ Andrew M. Archibald, C.A.


Title:   Chairman of the Board
FIBOPE PORTUGUESA—FILMES BIORIENTADOS S.A.
By:  

/s/ Gregory A. Yull


Title:   Director
INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS, S.A. DE C.V.
By:  

/s/ Jim Bob Carpenter


Title:   General Manager and Attorney-in Fact
INTERTAPE WOVEN PRODUCTS SERVICES, S.A. DE C.V.
By:  

/s/ Jim Bob Carpenter


Title:   General Manager and Attorney-in Fact

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

Page 27


Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

By:

  

/s/ Lillian Graham


Title:

   Vice President

TD Securities (USA) Inc.

By:

  

/s/ John C. Brenizon


Title:

  

Vice Director U.S. Dept. Capital Market

 

For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Initial Purchasers


  

Principal Amount of
Notes

to Be Purchased


Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   US$ 118,750,000

TD Securities (USA) Inc.

   US$ 6,250,000
    

Total

   US$  125,000,000
    

 

Page 28


Schedule II

 

Issuers

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

U.S. Issuers

IPG Holdings LP

IPG Finance LLC

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

IPG (US) Inc.

Central Products Company

Intertape Inc. (f/k/a Intertape Polymer Corp.)

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

Polymer International Corp.

Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

International Container Systems, Inc.

UTC Acquisition Corp.

Intertape International Corp.

Intertape Polymer Corp.

IPG Administrative Services Inc.

IPG Technologies Inc.

IPG Financial Services Inc.

COIF Holding Inc.

FIBC Holding Inc.

 

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Canadian Issuers

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

Intertape Polymer Inc.

Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

 

Nova Scotia Issuer

 

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

 

Portugal Issuer

 

Fibope Portuguesa—Filmes Biorientados S.A.

 

Guarantors

 

All Issuers, other than Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

Page 29


EXHIBIT A

 

Selling Restrictions for Offers and

Sales Outside the United States

 

1. (a) The Securities have not been and will not be registered under the Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in accordance with Regulation S under the Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act. Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that, except as otherwise permitted by Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is an exhibit, it has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities, (i) as part of their distribution at any time; and (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Rule 903 of Regulation S under the Act. Accordingly, each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that neither it, nor any of its Affiliates nor any person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and that it and they have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S. Each Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to the confirmation of sale of Securities (other than a sale of Securities pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) of the Agreement to which this is an exhibit), it shall have sent to each distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the distribution compliance period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:

 

“The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and [specify closing date of the offering], except in either case in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A under the Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.”

 

(b). Each Initial Purchaser also represents and agrees that it has not entered and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its Affiliates or with the prior written consent of Intertape US.

 

(c). Terms used in this section have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

 

2. Each Initial Purchaser represents and agrees that it has (i) not offered or sold, and, prior to the expiry of six months from the closing of the offering of the Securities will not offer or sell, any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments, whether as principal or agent, for purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995, (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) does not apply to the Issuers, and (iii) it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

3. Each Initial Purchaser understands and acknowledges that no action has been or will be taken (except for the preparation and delivery of any Canadian Offering Memorandum) in any jurisdiction by the Issuers that would permit a public offering of the securities, or possession or distribution of either Memorandum or any other offering or publicity material relating to the Securities, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.

 

4. Each Initial Purchaser has complied and will comply with all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it acquires, offers, sells or delivers Securities or has in its possession or distributes either the Memorandum or any other offering or publicity material relating to the Securities.

 

Page 30


EXHIBIT B

 

OPINION OF US COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUERS

 

The opinion of US counsel to the Issuers shall be to the effect that:

 

(i) each of the entities listed on Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement under the heading U.S. Issuers (the “US Issuers”) has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is chartered or organized, with full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its property and conduct its business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification;

 

(ii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the US Issuers, and each subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the US Issuers are owned as described in the Final Memorandum either directly or through wholly-owned subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interests, and to the knowledge of such counsel, free and clear of any other security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances based on a review of the jurisdictions set forth in Annex A;

 

(iii) the Indenture has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of, and executed and delivered by, the US Issuers and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Issuers (assuming that the Indenture is a valid and binding obligation of the Trustee), enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, conveyance, voidable preference, moratorium or other similar laws, regulations or judicial opinions of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general equitable principles, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or at equity;

 

(iv) the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of, and executed by, Intertape US, and when the Notes are authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and delivered by Intertape US and will constitute valid and binding obligations of Intertape US (assuming that the Indenture is a valid and binding obligation of the Trustee), enforceable against Intertape US in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, conveyance, voidable preference, moratorium or other similar laws, regulations or judicial opinions of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general equitable principles, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or at equity;

 

(v) The Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by the Issuers, and when the Exchange Securities are issued, executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture, the Exchange Securities will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and will be the valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against such Issuer in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, conveyance, voidable preference, moratorium or other similar laws, regulations or judicial opinions of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general equitable principles, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or at equity.

 

(vi) the Guarantee of the Notes by each US Issuer (other than Intertape US, the “US Guarantors”) has been authorized by all necessary corporate action of each US Guarantor and, when delivered by each Guarantor will have been validly issued and delivered by each US Guarantor and will constitute the valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors (assuming that the Indenture is a valid and binding obligation of the Trustee), enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, conveyance, voidable preference, moratorium or other similar laws, regulations or judicial opinions of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general equitable principles, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or at equity;

 

(vii) The Guarantees to be endorsed on the Exchange Securities have been duly authorized by each US Guarantor and, when executed and delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will, upon due execution and delivery of the Exchange Securities by the Issuers and due authentication of the Exchange Securities by the Trustee against exchange therefor in accordance with the

 

Page 31


Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, be the valid and binding obligations of each Guarantor, enforceable against each Guarantor in accordance with its terms except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, conveyance, voidable preference, moratorium or other similar laws, regulations or judicial opinions of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general equitable principles, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or at equity.

 

(viii) the Registration Rights Agreement has been authorized by all necessary corporate action of, and executed by each US Issuer and delivered by, each Issuer and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of each Issuer (assuming that the Registration Rights Agreement is the valid and binding obligation of the Initial Purchasers), enforceable against each Issuer in accordance with its terms except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, conveyance, voidable preference, moratorium or other similar laws, regulations or judicial opinions of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and by general equitable principles, whether such principles are considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, and except as the rights to indemnification and contribution thereunder may be limited by principles of public policy and applicable securities laws;

 

(ix) this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of, and executed and delivered by the US Issuers and;

 

(x) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers it is not necessary in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers under this Agreement or in connection with the initial resale of such Notes by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with this Agreement and as contemplated by the Final Memorandum to register the Notes under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

(xi) none of the US Issuers is required to register as an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

(xii) Neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture or this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of any US Issuer pursuant to, (i) the charter or by laws of such Issuer; (ii) the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which such Issuer is a party or bound or to which its or their property is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to such Issuer of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over such Issuer or any of its properties except which violation or default would, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, either individually or in the aggregate with all other violations and defaults referred to in this paragraph (xiii) (if any), have a Material Adverse Effect or (y) a material adverse effect upon the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Initial Purchaser;

 

(xiii) No consent, approval, authorization, filing or order, registration or qualification of or with any governmental agency or body or any court is required for the issue and sale by the US Issuers of the Securities or the consummation by the US Issuers, to the extent a party thereto, of the transactions contemplated by the Final Memorandum, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture or this Agreement, except (x)

 

Page 32


such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as have been obtained under the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, (y) as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers (as to which such counsel need express no opinion), and (z) such filings with the Commission relating to the issuance and exchange of the Exchange Securities;

 

(xiv) The Indenture conforms in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified thereunder;

 

(xv) the statements contained in the Final Memorandum under the captions “Risk Factors—Our operations are subject to comprehensive environmental regulation and involve expenditures which may be material in relation to our operating cash flow”, and “—Fraudulent conveyance laws could void the obligations of the guarantors”, —Environmental Regulations,” “Description of Notes,” “Description of Other Indebtedness,” “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights,” and “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” insofar as such statements purport to summarize the laws, legal matters or provisions of documents referred to therein, present fair summaries of such laws, legal matters or provisions of documents.

 

(xvi) No stop order, restraining order or denial of an application for approval has been issued by the Commission or to the knowledge of such counsel by any other governmental agency and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no investigation, proceeding or litigation has been commenced or threatened before the Commission or any other governmental agency with respect to the making or consummation of the offer or sale of the Securities or the transactions contemplated by the Final Memorandum by the US Issuers [(Counsel to confirm conversation with the SEC];

 

(xvii) To the knowledge of such counsel (after a review of the jurisdictions set forth in Annex A) there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the US Issuers or its property other than set forth in Annex B.

 

(xviii) such counsel has no reason to believe that the Final Memorandum, as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that such counsel need express no belief with respect to (A) the financial statements and other financial data or (B) the information referred to under the caption “Independent Accountants,” as having been included in the Final Memorandum on the authority of Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton, General Partnership, as independent accountants contained in the Final Memorandum;

 

Page 33


EXHIBIT C-1

 

OPINION OF CANADIAN COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUERS

 

The opinion of Canadian counsel to the Issuers shall be to the effect that:

 

1. Each of the entities listed on Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement under the heading Canadian Issuers (the “Canadian Issuers”) is a corporation amalgamated or incorporated and existing under the Canada Business Corporations Act. Each of the Canadian Issuers has all necessary corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to carry on its business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as an extra provincial corporation under the laws of the

 

Province of ? [Note to draft: To the extent any issuer is extra provincially registered in Ontario, Alberta or British Columbia, we will name such provinces] and is registered under an Act Respecting the Publicity of Sole Proprietorships, Partnerships and Legal Persons (Quebec).

 

2. Each of the Canadian Issuers has all necessary corporate power and authority to enter into each of this Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the guarantee of the Notes and the guarantee of the Exchange Notes (collectively, the “Relevant Agreements”) to which it is a party and to carry out its obligations under the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party.

 

3. All the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Canadian Issuers have been duly and validly authorized and issued (other than Intertape Polymer Group Inc.) and (other than Intertape Polyment Group Inc.) are fully paid and non-assessable and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Canadian Issuers (other than Intertape Polymer Group Inc.) are owned as in the Final Memorandum either directly or through wholly owned subsidiaries [Note to draft: We will be assuming that the registered shareholders of such entities are the owners of the shares] and to our knowledge, such shares are not subject to a pledge or other possessory security interest in favour any person [Note to draft: Need to verify if such shares will continue to be held by the Collateral Trustee].

 

4. The execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under, each of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of the Canadian Issuers.

 

5. To the extent governed by the laws of the Province of Quebec, each of the Relevant Agreements has been duly executed and delivered by each Canadian Issuer that is a party thereto.

 

6. Neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture or this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of any Canadian Issuer or of any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the articles or by laws of such Canadian Issuer; (ii) [Nova Scotia Issuer to be added to this opinion] the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument listed in Annex A to this Opinion (the “Material Agreements”), provided, for the purpose of such opinion, we have, with your permission, applied the laws of the Province of Quebec to the Material Agreements notwithstanding any governing law provision contained therein; (iii) any Quebec or Canadian statute, law, rule or regulation having the force of law; or (iv) to our knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any Quebec or Canadian court, agency or tribunal to which the Canadian Issuers are subject.

 

7. No registrations, filings, recordings, authorizations, approvals, consents, orders, qualifications, licenses, exemptions or other requirements of or with any court or governmental authorities under the laws of the Province of Quebec or the federal laws of Canada applicable therein are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by and enforcement against each Canadian Issuer of the Relevant Agreements to which it is a party or in connection with the issue, sale and delivery of the Securities in the United States as contemplated by this Agreement other than those which have already been obtained.

 

Page 34


8. No registration, filing or recording of the Indenture under the laws of the Province of Quebec, or under the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, is necessary in order to preserve or protect the validity or enforceability of the Indenture or the Securities issued thereunder.

 

9. The statements contained in the Final Memorandum under the caption “Risk Factors — Fraudulent conveyance laws could void the obligations of the guarantors”; “Risk Factors — Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the ability of the trustee under the indenture governing the notes to enforce remedies under the notes”; “Description of Notes — Guarantees”; “Description of Notes — Additional Amounts” and “Description of Notes — Enforceability of Judgments Against Parent”, insofar as such statements purport to summarize the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, are fair descriptions of those laws.

 

10. To our knowledge, there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Canadian Issuers or their property that is not adequately disclosed in the Final Memorandum, except in each case for such proceedings that, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would not singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

11. A court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec would uphold the choice of the law of the State of New York (“New York Law”) as the law governing each of the Relevant Agreements as a valid choice of law, provided that such choice of law is bona fide and provided that the application of the provisions of New York Law sought to be applied is not manifestly inconsistent with public order, as understood in international relations, as that term is applied by a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec and subject to the rules of law in force in the Province of Quebec which are applicable by reason of their particular object. We are not aware of any reason under the laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein for disregarding the choice of New York Law to govern the Relevant Agreements. In a motion to enforce a final and conclusive judgment in personam of any New York Court that is not impeachable as void or voidable under New York Law, a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec would give effect to the appointment by each of the Canadian Issuers of Corporation Service Company as its agent to receive service of process in the United States under any Relevant Agreement providing for such appointment and to the provisions in the Relevant Agreement whereby the Canadian Issuer submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a New York Court.

 

12. If a Relevant Agreement is sought to be enforced in the Province of Quebec in accordance with the laws applicable thereto as chosen by the parties, namely New York Law, a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec would, subject to paragraph 11, give effect to the choice of New York Law, and upon appropriate evidence as to such law being adduced, would apply such law, provided that none of the provisions of the Relevant Agreements or of applicable New York Law are manifestly contrary to public order as understood in international relations, as that term is applied by a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec; provided that those rules in force in the Province of Quebec which are applicable by reason of their particular object will be applied and provided that the provisions of New York Law of a fiscal, expropriatory or penal nature will not be applied; and provided that, in matters of procedure, the laws of the Province of Quebec will be applied; provided that the laws of New York are proven and provided that a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec will retain discretion to decline to hear such action if it is not the proper forum to hear such an action, or if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. We are not aware of any reason under the laws of the Province of Quebec or the laws of Canada applicable therein for avoiding enforcement of a Relevant Agreement based on public order as

 

Page 35


understood in international relations, as that term is applied by a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec (other than the enforcement of the indemnity and contribution provisions of this Agreement, with respect to which we express no opinion).

 

13. The laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein permit a motion to be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec to enforce a final, conclusive and enforceable judgment in personam for a sum certain rendered by a New York Court respecting the enforcement of this Agreement if the judgment is neither subject to ordinary remedy (such as appeal and judicial review) nor impeachable as void or voidable under the internal laws of the State of New York unless:

 

(a) the New York Court rendering such judgment does not have jurisdiction over the judgment debtor (although submission by a Canadian Issuer to the jurisdiction of the New York Courts pursuant to each of the Relevant Agreements will be sufficient for that purpose);

 

(b) such judgment is not final and enforceable at the place it was rendered;

 

(c) such judgment was rendered in contravention of the fundamental principles of procedure;

 

(d) there were proceedings pending in the Province of Quebec or judgment was rendered in the Province of Quebec or in a third country meeting the necessary conditions for recognition in the Province of Quebec between the same parties, based on the same facts and having the same object;

 

(e) such judgment is manifestly inconsistent with public order as understood in international relations, as that term is applied by a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec;

 

(f) such judgment enforces obligations arising from the taxation laws of a foreign country, unless there is reciprocity, or arising from other laws of a public nature, such as penal or expropriation laws;

 

(g) the action to enforce such judgment is not commenced in the Province of Quebec within the applicable prescriptive period; or

 

(h) the foreign judgment is contrary to an order made by the Attorney General of Canada under the Foreign Extraterritorial Measures Act (Canada) or by the Competition Tribunal under the Competition Act (Canada) in respect of certain judgments (as defined therein).

 

Further, if the judgment of the New York Court is rendered by default, the plaintiff must prove that the act of procedure initiating the proceedings was duly served on the defendant (in accordance with the laws of the place where such judgment was rendered, i.e. New York Law), and a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec may refuse recognition or enforcement of the judgment if the defendant proves that, owing to the circumstances, it was unable to learn of the act of procedure or it was not given sufficient time to offer its defense.

 

In any such motion brought before a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, the court will confine itself to verifying whether the judgment of the New York Court meets the foregoing requirements without entering into any examination of the merits of the judgment.

 

Under the Currency Act (Canada), a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec may only render judgment for a sum of money in

 

Page 36


Canadian currency, and in enforcing a foreign judgment for a sum of money in a foreign currency, a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec will render its decision in the Canadian currency equivalent of such foreign currency calculated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date the judgment became enforceable at the place where it was rendered.

 

We are not aware of any reasons under the present laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein for avoiding recognition of judgments of a New York Court under the Relevant Agreements based upon public order as understood in international relations, as that term is applied by a court of competent jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, provided that no opinion is expressed with respect to the enforcement of any judgment premised on the indemnity and contribution provisions of this Agreement.

 

We have participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Issuers, representatives of the independent chartered accountants for the Issuers, United States counsel for the Issuers and representatives of and counsel for the Initial Purchasers at which conferences the contents of the Preliminary Memorandum and Final Memorandum and related matters were discussed. We do not assume any responsibility for and express no opinion with respect to the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Final Memorandum (other than as set forth in paragraph (9)), and have relied upon the judgement of officers and representatives of the Canadian Issuers as to questions of materiality. For the purposes hereof, “misrepresentation” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of the Securities Act (Quebec). Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, we have not undertaken any independent verification or investigation to determine the existence or absence of facts or circumstances and no reference as to our knowledge of the existence or absence of facts should be drawn from our representation of the Canadian Issuers. Based on and subject to the foregoing, we confirm that nothing has come to our attention in the course of our review as counsel for the Canadian Issuers that would lead us to believe that the Final Memorandum or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included or incorporated by reference therein or omitted therefrom, as to which we make no statement), at the time such Final Memorandum was issued, at the time any such amended or supplemented Final Memorandum was issued or at the Closing Time, as it relates to the Canadian Issuers, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. A material fact in relation to the offering of the Securities means a fact that significantly affects, or would reasonably be expected to have a significant effect on, the market price or value of the Securities. We are not qualified to judge the impact which any facts may have in the securities marketplace. Our comment set out above concerning the materiality of facts which have come to our attention is based on our experience in practising securities law and on the meaning of a material fact as stated above and should not be interpreted as an opinion or expert comment about financial facts or the impact of any facts on market price or values of securities.

 

The expressions “to our knowledge” and “known to us,” as used in this opinion with respect to the existence or absence of facts or circumstances, means the actual knowledge of information, facts or circumstances by any member of the Montreal office of Stikeman Elliott LLP having active involvement with the Issuers and the Canadian Issuers. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, we have made no independent verification or investigation to determine the existence or absence of such facts or circumstances, and no inference as to our knowledge of the existence or absence of such facts or circumstances should be drawn merely from our representation of the Issuers and the Canadian Issuers.

 

Page 37


OPINION OF NOVA SCOTIA COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUERS

 

The opinion of Nova Scotia counsel to the Issuers shall be to the effect that:

 

1. IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia (the “Nova Scotia Issuer”) is a company existing under the laws of Nova Scotia. The Nova Scotia Issuer has all necessary corporate power and capacity to own or lease its property and to carry on its business, in each case as described in the Officer’s Certificate.

 

2. Each of the Nova Scotia Issuer and Intertape Polymer Inc. is registered to carry on business under the Corporations Registration Act (Nova Scotia) and is in good standing as to the filing of annual returns and payment of annual fees thereunder.

 

3. The Nova Scotia Issuer has all necessary corporate power and capacity to enter into each of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the guarantee of the Notes and the guarantee of the Exchange Notes (collectively, the “Relevant Agreements”) and to carry out its obligations thereunder.

 

4. All the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Nova Scotia Issuer have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and, subject to rules of general application to unlimited companies, non-assessable, and all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Nova Scotia Issuer are registered in the name of IPG Holdings L.P.

 

5. The execution and delivery of, and the performance of its obligations under, each of the Relevant Agreements have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Nova Scotia Issuer. 6. To the extent governed by the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, each of the Relevant Agreements has been duly executed and delivered by the Nova Scotia Issuer.

 

7. Neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture or the Purchase Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Securities, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions therein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Nova Scotia Issuer or of any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (i) the memorandum of association or articles of association (being the constating documents) of the Nova Scotia Issuer; or (ii) any statute, law, published rule or regulation of the Province of Nova Scotia applicable to the Nova Scotia Issuer.

 

8. No registrations, filings, recordings, authorizations, approvals, consents, orders, qualifications, licenses or exemptions of or with the Province of Nova Scotia or any court or governmental authority therein having jurisdiction under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia or the federal laws of Canada applicable therein are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Nova Scotia Issuer of or are required to be obtained at this time in connection with the enforcement against the Nova Scotia Issuer, of the Relevant Agreements or in connection with the issue, sale and delivery of the Notes in the United States of America as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement. [Assumes no securities sold in Nova Scotia] [modified opinion to be required in event securities are sold in Nova Scotia]

 

Page 38


9. No registration, filing or recording of the Indenture under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, or under the federal laws of Canada applicable therein, is necessary in order to preserve or protect the validity or enforceability of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder.

 

10. The statements contained in the Final Memorandum under the caption “Risk Factors — Fraudulent conveyance laws could void the obligations of the guarantors”, “Description of Notes — Guarantees,” (final sentence of second paragraph only) and “Description of Notes — Enforceability of Judgments Against Parent”, insofar as such statements purport to summarize the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia and the federal laws of Canada applicable in the Province of Nova Scotia are fair descriptions of those laws.

 

11. The choice of the laws of the State of New York (“New York Law”) as the governing law of each Relevant Agreement will be upheld as a valid choice of law by a court of competent jurisdiction of the Province of Nova Scotia (a “Nova Scotia Court”) provided that such choice of law is bona fide (in the sense that it was not made with a view to avoiding the consequences of the law of any other jurisdiction) and is not contrary to public policy as this term is understood under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia (“Nova Scotia Law”). Based solely on our review of the Relevant Documents and of Nova Scotia Law and without having any knowledge of New York Law, we have no reason to believe that the choice of New York Law as the governing law of any of the Relevant Agreements would be found contrary to public policy under Nova Scotia Law.

 

12. In the event that a Relevant Agreement is sought to be enforced in the Province of Nova Scotia, in accordance with New York Law, a Nova Scotia Court would, subject to paragraph 11, recognize the choice of law and apply New York Law, upon proof of those laws, except to the extent that the provisions of the Relevant Agreement or New York Law are contrary to public policy as that term is understood under Nova Scotia Law, or those laws are foreign revenue, expropriatory or penal laws; provided, however, that:

 

(a) in matters of procedure or laws in force in Nova Scotia which are applicable by reason of their particular object, a Nova Scotia Court will apply Nova Scotia Law;

 

(b) a Nova Scotia Court will retain discretion to decline to hear such an action if it is not the proper forum to hear such an action, or if another action between the same parties based on the same subject matter is properly pending before a foreign authority or a decision thereon has been rendered by a foreign authority;

 

(c) a Nova Scotia Court may not enforce an obligation enforceable under New York Law where performance of the obligation would be illegal by the laws of the place of performance; and

 

(d) there is compliance with the Limitations Act (Nova Scotia).

 

A Nova Scotia Court may, however, reserve to itself an inherent power to decline to hear such an action if it is contrary to public policy, as that term is understood under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, for it to do so.

 

13. Nova Scotia Law permits an action to be brought in a Nova Scotia Court for the enforcement of a final and conclusive civil judgment for a sum certain obtained in any New York Court against the Nova Scotia Issuer or [list of relevant companies] (each a “Canadian Issuer”) in connection with any action arising out of or relating to a Relevant Agreement which judgment is not impeachable as void or voidable under New York Law without reconsideration of the merits thereof provided that:

 

(a) the New York Court rendering such judgment had jurisdiction over the Canadian Issuer according to Nova Scotia Law (and submission by a Canadian Issuer to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts and service upon the Canadian Issuer pursuant to each of the Relevant Agreements will be sufficient to provide such jurisdiction);

 

Page 39


(b) such judgment was not obtained by fraud or in any manner contrary to natural justice or in contravention of fundamental principles of procedure and the enforcement thereof would not be inconsistent with public policy as such term is understood under Nova Scotia Law;

 

(c) enforcement of such judgment does not constitute, directly or indirectly, the enforcement of foreign revenue laws (including taxation laws) or expropriatory or penal laws;

 

(d) the judgment is not contrary to the final and conclusive judgment of any other jurisdiction;

 

(e) such judgment was not obtained contrary to an order made by the Attorney General of Canada under the Foreign Extraterritorial Measures Act (Canada) or by the Competition Tribunal under the Competition Act (Canada);

 

(f) a sum of money will be converted by a Nova Scotia Court as required by law; and

 

(g) there has been compliance with the Limitations Act (Nova Scotia).

 

Page 40


OPINION OF PORTUGAL COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUERS

 

To: Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and TD Securities (USA) Inc. in their role as Representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Initial Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

 

Dear Sirs,

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION

 

We have acted as counsel as to Portuguese law to Fibope Portuguesa - Filmes Biorientados, S.A., a corporation organized under the laws of Portugal (“FIBOPE”), in connection with a ? agreement dated ? 2004, among Intertape Polymer US Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, ?, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and TD Securities (USA) Inc in their role as Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers (the “Agreement”) as well as a ? dated ? 2004, between FIBOPE and ? (the “Guarantee”).

 

2. DEFINED TERMS

 

All terms defined in the Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indentures, the guarantee of the Notes and the Exchange Notes (collectively, the “Relevant Agreements”) shall have the same meaning when used in this Opinion.

 

3. DOCUMENTS EXAMINED AND SEARCHES

 

3.1 We have inspected the following:

 

(a) Copy of execution version of the Agreement;

 

(b) Copy of execution version of the Guarantee;

 

Page 41


(c) Copy of signed resolutions of the board of directors of FIBOPE, dated ? 2004;

 

(d) Copy of FIBOPE’s commercial registry certificate, issued on ? 2004, by the Barcelos Commercial Registry;

 

3.2 We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments and have conducted such other investigations of fact and law as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of this opinion.

 

4. LIMITATIONS TO OPINION

 

4.1 We have not investigated the laws of any country other than Portugal and we assume that no foreign law affects any of the conclusions stated below. The opinion is given only with respect to Portuguese law as in force at today’s date and is itself governed by Portuguese law.

 

4.2 We express no opinion as to matters of fact.

 

5. ASSUMPTIONS

 

In giving this opinion, we have assumed:

 

5.1 the genuineness of all signatures;

 

5.2 the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us as originals;

 

5.3 the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity and completeness of such original documents;

 

5.4 the capacity, power and authority to execute, deliver, observe and perform the Documents of all parties thereto (other than FIBOPE); and

 

5.5 that any certificates and other documents to which we refer or have expressed reliance on in this opinion remain accurate, up to date and have not been varied.

 

6. OPINIONS

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to any matters not disclosed to us and subject to the qualifications set out below we are of the opinion that at the date hereof:

 

6.1 Status:

 

(a) FIBOPE is a corporation duly organised, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Portugal, no order having been made or effective resolution having been passed for its winding-up, liquidation or dissolution;

 

(b) FIBOPE has all necessary corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to carry on its business as described in the Final Memorandum, and is duly qualified to do business as a Portuguese corporation;

 

(c) All the shares of the share capital of FIBOPE have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Final Memorandum, all the shares of the share capital of FIBOPE are owned as described in the Final Memorandum either directly or through wholly-owned subsidiaries free and clear of any security interest, claims, liens or encumbrances.

 

Page 42


6.2 Power and Authorisation:

 

(a) FIBOPE has full corporate power to enter into, deliver and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Relevant Documents, as appropriate, and to incur the obligations referred to therein and all corporate and other action required to authorise the execution and delivery of the Relevant Documents on its behalf and the performance of its obligations and the exercise of its rights thereunder has been duly taken and it has duly executed such documents;

 

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of the Relevant Documents by FIBOPE does not and will not result in any violation of, or conflict with, the bylaws of FIBOPE;

 

(c) The execution, delivery and performance of the Relevant Documents by FIBOPE does not and will not result in any violation of, or conflict with, the laws of Portugal.

 

6.3 Consents:

 

(a) With the exception of those already obtained, no authorisations, approvals, licences, consents, registrations, exemptions, filings or declarations are required by or otherwise appropriate under the laws of Portugal in order for FIBOPE to execute, deliver or perform the Relevant Documents or any other documents and instruments to be delivered by it pursuant thereto;

 

(b) No registration, filing or recording of the Indenture under the laws of Portugal is necessary in order to preserve or protect the validity or enforceability of the Indenture or the Notes issued thereunder.

 

6.4 Execution:

 

(a) To the extent governed by the laws of Portugal, each of the Relevant Agreements has been duly executed and delivered by FIBOPE.

 

(b) The statements contained in the Final Memorandum under the caption “Risk Factors — Fraudulent conveyance laws could void the obligations of the guarantors”; “Description of Notes — Guarantees”; and “Description of Notes — Enforceability of Judgments”, insofar as such statements purport to summarize the laws of Portugal are fair descriptions of those laws.

 

6.5 Enforceability:

 

(a) The choice of the laws of the State of New York (“New York Law”) as the governing law of each Relevant Agreement will be upheld as a valid choice of law by a court of competent jurisdiction of Portugal (a “Portugal Court”) provided that such choice of law is bona fide (in the sense that it was not made with a view to avoiding the consequences of the law of any other jurisdiction) and is not contrary to public policy as this term is understood under the laws of Portugal (“Portugal Law”). However, we have no reason to believe that the choice of New York Law in this context is contrary to public policy under Portugal Law. In an action to enforce a final and conclusive judgment for a sum certain obtained in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York (a “New York Court”) that is not impeachable as void or voidable under New York Law, a court of competent jurisdiction in Portugal would give effect to the appointment by FIBOPE of Intertape US as its agent to receive service of process in the United States under any Relevant Agreement providing for such appointment and to the provisions in the Relevant Agreement whereby FIBOPE submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of a New York Court.

 

Page 43


(b) Subject to the civil procedures rules applicable to the recognition of foreign judgements, in the event that a Relevant Agreement is sought to be enforced in Portugal, in accordance with New York Law, a Portugal Court would recognize the choice of law and apply New York Law, upon proof of those laws, except to the extent that the provisions of the Relevant Agreement or New York Law are contrary to public policy as that term is understood under Portugal Law.

 

(c) Subject to the civil procedures rules applicable to the recognition of foreign judgements, a final and conclusive civil judgment for a sum certain obtained in any New York Court against a Portugal Issuer in connection with any action arising out of or relating to a Relevant Agreement which judgment is not impeachable as void or voidable under New York Law would be recognized and could be sued upon in a Portugal Court and such court would grant a judgment which would be enforceable against the Portugal Issuer in Portugal.

 

7. QUALIFICATIONS

 

(a) Where any party to the Guarantee is vested with a discretion or may determine a matter in its opinion, Portuguese law may require that such discretion is exercised reasonably or that such opinion is based on reasonable grounds and a provision that a certain determination is conclusive and binding will not prevent judicial enquiry into the merits of any claim by an aggrieved party;

 

(b) Notwithstanding any submission to a non-Portuguese jurisdiction the Portuguese courts will or may consider themselves competent in certain circumstances. In particular:

 

  (i) if the claim has a direct connection with European Union members states (with the exception of Denmark), pursuant to EC Council Regulation 44/2001, of 22 December 2000 (the “Regulation”), the Regulation will prevail and be applicable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (ii) where the Regulation does not apply to any European Union members state and/or if the claim has a direct connection with countries that are signatories of the Brussels Convention of 27 September 1968 or the Lugano Convention of 16 September 1988 (the “Conventions”), the Conventions will prevail and be applicable in accordance with their terms;

 

  (iii) if the claim relates to (a) real estate in Portugal, (b) bankruptcy or pre-bankruptcy proceedings of entities domiciled in Portugal, (c) the validity of the constitution of an entity with its headquarters in Portugal, (d) the winding up of an entity with its headquarters in Portugal, (e) the validity of any acts of corporate bodies of an entity with its headquarters in Portugal, or (f) the validity of any registration of rights subject to mandatory registration, then the Portuguese courts will consider themselves exclusively competent;

 

  (iv) in the event that the Regulation or the Conventions are not applicable and the Portuguese courts are not exclusively competent the Portuguese courts may consider themselves competent in the event that:

 

  (a) the defaulting party is resident in Portugal except if the claim relates to real estate located outside Portugal;

 

Page 44


  (b) the Portuguese legal rules relating to territorial competence consider that such claim should be submitted to the Portuguese courts;

 

  (c) the cause of action or some of the relevant facts occurred in Portugal; or

 

  (d) the only possibility of putting into effect the rights of the aggrieved party is to present the action before the Portuguese courts or it is not fair to oblige the claimant to present the action before a foreign court, provided that there exists a relevant connection (personal or in rem) between the Portuguese legal system and the cause of action.

 

(c) A Portuguese court may reject the right to take proceedings in Portugal if proceedings which have led or may lead to a judgment which is enforceable in Portugal have already been taken in another court of competent jurisdiction within or outside Portugal.

 

(d) When stamp tax is paid after the moment of execution of the guarantee transaction, interest and penalties may be due; and

 

(e) This opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and is not to be read as extending by implication to any other matters.

 

8. BENEFIT

 

This opinion for the sole benefit of the Representatives on its own behalf and in its capacity as agent for the Initial Purchasers and is not to be relied upon by or communicated to any other person or for any other purpose, nor is it to be quoted or made public in any way, without our prior written consent, other than for its disclosure for the purposes of information only to the professional advisers to the Representatives and to any auditors, regulators, supervisory authorities or judicial entities, on the basis that we assume no responsibility to them whatsoever and subject to their acceptance of a similar resolution on disclosing or relying on this opinion.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

F. Castelo Branco & Associados

 

Page 45

Exhibit 12.1

 

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

 

Statement Re: Computation of Ratios

 

(dollars in millions)

 

     Year ended December 31,

    Six months ended
June 30,


   

Pro Forma

December 31,

2003


   

ProForma Six

months ended

June 30, 2004


 
     1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    2003

    2004

     

Earnings:

                                                      

Income from operations before taxes

   7.8     36.9     (22.6 )   (67.2 )   14.1     7.6     8.3     23.7     11.4  

Plus fixed charges

   27.0     32.5     35.4     35.2     32.2     15.7     13.8     19.6     10.7  

Plus amortization of capitalized interest

   0.1     0.1     0.2     0.2     0.3     0.2     0.1     0.3     0.1  

Less capitalized interest

   (1.1 )   (1.2 )   (0.9 )   (0.5 )   (0.7 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )   (0.7 )   (0.7 )
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

   33.8     68.3     12.1     (32.3 )   45.9     23.2     21.9     42.9     21.5  
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

                                                      

Interest expense,

including amortization

of debt issue costs

   24.0     29.4     32.6     32.8     29.6     14.5     12.6     18.0     9.5  

Capitalized interests

   1.1     1.2     0.9     0.5     0.7     0.3     0.3     0.7     0.3  

Estimated interest factor of rental expense

   1.9     1.9     1.9     1.9     1.9     0.9     0.9     0.9     0.9  
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Charges

   27.0     32.5     35.4     35.2     32.2     15.7     13.8     19.6     10.7  
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)

   1.3 x   2.1 x   —       —       1.4 x   1.5 x   1.6 x   2.2 x   2.0 x
    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1) For the purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represents earnings before income taxes plus fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense, both expensed and capitalized, including amortization of debt issue expenses and that portion of rental expense considered to be a reasonable approximation of interest. On a pro forma basis after giving effect to the refinancing, our ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 2.2x for 2003 and 2.0x for the six months ended June 30, 2004. In 2001 and 2002, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $23.3 million and $67.5 million, respectively.

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

 

Intertape Polymer Inc.

Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

IPG Holdings LP

IPG Finance LLC

IPG (US) Inc.

IPG Administrative Services Inc.

Central Products Company

Intertape Polymer Corp.

Intertape Inc.

IPG Financial Services

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

Polymer International Corp.

IPG Technologies Inc.

International Container Systems, Inc.

Intertape International Corp.

COIF Holding Inc.

FIBC Holding Inc.

UTC Acquisition Corp.

Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Accountants

 

We have issued our report dated February 16, 2004 accompanying the consolidated financial statements of Intertape Polymer Group Inc. contained in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 and Form F-4 dated October 25, 2004) of Intertape Polymer U.S. Inc. and the related Prospectus for the registration of $125,000,000 of 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 to be exchanged for $125,000,000 of outstanding 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

 

 

/S/    RAYMOND CHABOT GRANT THORNTON, L.L.P.

 

Chartered Accountants

 

Montreal, Canada

October 26, 2004

Exhibit 24.1

 

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

 

By signing below, I hereby constitute and appoint Andrew M. Archibald and Burgess H. Hildreth, my true and lawful attorneys and agents to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments in my name and behalf in my capacities as a director and/or officer of Intertape Polymer US Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and/or as a director and/or officer of one or more of the entities listed on Annex A (the “Guarantors”), that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable or that may be required to enable the Company and the Guarantors to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, in connection with a registration statement on Form S-4 and F-4 (or any other appropriate form) for the purpose of registering pursuant to the Securities Act up to US$125 million of the Company’s 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, and the guarantees thereof given by the Guarantors, to be issued in exchange for the Company’s outstanding 8-1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, and the guarantees thereof given by the Guarantors, including specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the power and authority to sign for me, in my name and behalf in my capacities as director and/or officer of the Company and/or one or more Guarantors (individually or on behalf of the Company or a Guarantor), such registration statement, and any and all amendments and supplements thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other instruments or documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Powers of Attorney as of October 5, 2004.

 

/s/    M ELBOURNE F. Y ULL        
Melbourne F. Yull
/s/    W ILLIAM B ARNES        
William Barnes
/s/    T REVOR A. C ARMICHAEL        
Trevor A. Carmichael
/s/    J IM B OB C ARPENTER        
Jim Bob Carpenter
/s/    T HOMAS E. C OSTELLO        
Thomas E. Costello
/s/    G ORDON R. C UNNINGHAM        
Gordon R. Cunningham

 

-1-


/s/    B EN J. D AVENPORT , J R .        
Ben J. Davenport, Jr.
/s/    V ICTOR D I T OMMASO        
Victor DiTommaso
/s/    L ORI D ONAHUE        
Lori Donahue
/s/    G. D ANIEL E LLZEY        
G. Daniel Ellzey
/s/    M ARIO F ERREIRA DE S A B ARBOSA        
Mario Ferreira de Sa Barbosa
/s/    M ICHAEL F OWKE        
Michael Fowke
/s/    S TEVEN M. F RIEDMAN        
Steven M. Friedman
/s/    P IERO G RECO        
Piero Greco
/s/    P AUL W. H ADDY        
Paul W. Haddy
/s/    B URGESS H. H ILDRETH        
Burgess H. Hildreth
/s/    D ON H OFFMANN        
Don Hoffmann
/s/    J. G REGORY H UMPHRIES        
J. Gregory Humphries
/s/    C ULLEN J ONES        
Cullen Jones
/s/    W ILLIAM K. L ANGAN        
William K. Langan
/s/    J. S PENCER L ANTHIER        
J. Spencer Lanthier
/s/    H. D ALE M C S WEEN        
H. Dale McSween

 

-2-


/s/    I RVINE M ERMELSTEIN        
Irvine Mermelstein
/s/    J AMES A. M OTLEY , S R .        
James A. Motley, Sr.
/s/    S HAWN N ELSON        
Shawn Nelson
/s/    J ORGE N ELSON F ERREIRA DE A GUIAR Q UINTAS        
Jorge Nelson Ferreira de Aguiar Quintas
/s/    P AMELA G. P ASCHALL        
Pamela G. Paschall
/s/    M ICHAEL L. R ICHARDS        
Michael L. Richards
/s/    K ENNETH R. R OGERS        
Kenneth R. Rogers
/s/    L. R OBBIE S HAW        
L. Robbie Shaw
/s/    N EVILL L E R. S MITH        
Nevill LeR. Smith
/s/    J OHN T YNAN        
John Tynan
/s/    D UNCAN R. Y ULL        
Duncan R. Yull
/s/    G REGORY A. Y ULL        
Gregory A. Yull

 

-3-


Annex A

 

Name of Company


  

Country, State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation


Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

  

Canada

Intertape Polymer Inc.

  

Canada

Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

  

Canada

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

  

Nova Scotia

IPG Holdings LP

  

Delaware

IPG Finance LLC

  

Delaware

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

  

Delaware

IPG (US) Inc.

  

Delaware

Central Products Company

  

Delaware

Intertape Inc.

  

Virginia

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

  

Florida

Polymer International Corp.

  

Virginia

Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

  

Delaware

International Container Systems, Inc.

  

Florida

UTC Acquisition Corp.

  

Delaware

Intertape International Corp.

  

Delaware

Intertape Polymer Corp.

  

Delaware

IPG Administrative Services Inc.

  

Delaware

IPG Technologies Inc.

  

Delaware

IPG Financial Services Inc.

  

Delaware

COIF Holding Inc.

  

Delaware

FIBC Holding Inc.

  

Delaware

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

  

Barbados

 

-4-


Name of Company


  

Country, State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation


Fibope Portuguesa - Filmes Biorientados S.A.

  

Portugal

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

  

Mexico

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

  

Mexico

 

-5-

Exhibit 25.1


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM T-1

 


 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER

THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of

a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 


 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   51-0055023
(State or other jurisdiction or incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 


 

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(800) 651-1000

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Cynthia L. Corliss

Vice President and Assistant General Counsel

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(302) 651-8516

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)

 


 

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   73-1710479
(State or other jurisdiction or incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 


 

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

(941) 727-5788

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Burgess H. Hildreth

Vice-President

Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

3647 Cortez Road West

Bradenton, Florida 34210

(941) 727-5788

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)

 


 

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

Guarantees of 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 



TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Registrant

as Specified in its Charter


   State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization


   IRS Employer
Identification
Number


Intertape Polymer Group Inc.

   Canada    -

Intertape Polymer Inc.

   Canada    -

Spuntech Fabrics Inc.

   Canada    -

IPG Holding Company of Nova Scotia

   Nova Scotia    -

IPG (US) Holdings Inc.

   Delaware    59-3479333

IPG Holdings LP

   Delaware    59-3479359

IPG Finance LLC

   Delaware    59-3480659

IPG (US) Inc.

   Delaware    59-3479361

IPG Administrative Services Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089148

Central Products Company

   Delaware    39-1831503

Intertape Polymer Corp.

   Delaware    57-1088158

Intertape Inc.

   Virginia    54-1411730

IPG Financial Services

   Delaware    52-2212513

Intertape Polymer Management Corp.

   Florida    59-3514328

Polymer International Corp.

   Virginia    59-1091227

IPG Technologies Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089151

International Container Systems, Inc.

   Florida    59-3360203

Intertape International Corp.

   Delaware    58-2387174

COIF Holding Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089149

FIBC Holding Inc.

   Delaware    57-1089150

UTC Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware    59-3395373

Cajun Bag & Supply Corp.

   Delaware    58-2255977

Intertape Woven Products, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    -

Intertape Woven Products Services, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico    -

Drumheath Indemnity Ltd.

   Barbados    -

Fibope Portuguesa-Filmes Biorientados S.A.

   Portugal    -

 

All of the additional registrants organized in Canada, Nova Scotia, Mexico, Portugal and Barbados have their principal executive offices at c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc., 110 E. Montee De Liesse, St. Laurent, Québec, Canada H4T 1N4. All of the additional registrants organized in Delaware, Virginia or Florida have their principal executive offices at c/o Intertape Polymer Group Inc., 3647 Cortez Road West, Bradenton, Florida 34210.

 

2


ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.

 

Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance Co.

   State Bank Commissioner

Five Penn Center

   Dover, Delaware

Suite #2901

    

Philadelphia, PA

    

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

 

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

 

ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.

 

List below all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

  A. Copy of the Charter of Wilmington Trust Company, which includes the certificate of authority of Wilmington Trust Company to commence business and the authorization of Wilmington Trust Company to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

  B. Copy of By-Laws of Wilmington Trust Company.

 

  C. Consent of Wilmington Trust Company required by Section 321(b) of Trust Indenture Act.

 

  D. Copy of most recent Report of Condition of Wilmington Trust Company.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Wilmington and State of Delaware on the 11th day of October, 2004.

 

   

WILMINGTONTRUST COMPANY

[SEAL]        

Attest:

 

    /s/ Kristin M. Long


      By:       

/s/ Denise M. Geran


    Assistant Secretary      

Name:

Title:  

 

Denise M. Geran

Vice President

 

3


 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDED CHARTER

 

Wilmington Trust Company

 

Wilmington, Delaware

 

As existing on May 9, 1987


Amended Charter

or

Act of Incorporation

of

Wilmington Trust Company

 

Wilmington Trust Company , originally incorporated by an Act of the General Assembly of the State of Delaware, entitled “An Act to Incorporate the Delaware Guarantee and Trust Company”, approved March 2, A.D. 1901, and the name of which company was changed to “ Wilmington Trust Company ” by an amendment filed in the Office of the Secretary of State on March 18, A.D. 1903, and the Charter or Act of Incorporation of which company has been from time to time amended and changed by merger agreements pursuant to the corporation law for state banks and trust companies of the State of Delaware, does hereby alter and amend its Charter or Act of Incorporation so that the same as so altered and amended shall in its entirety read as follows:

 

First: - The name of this corporation is Wilmington Trust Company .

 

Second: - The location of its principal office in the State of Delaware is at Rodney Square North, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle; the name of its resident agent is Wilmington Trust Company whose address is Rodney Square North, in said City. In addition to such principal office, the said corporation maintains and operates branch offices in the City of Newark, New Castle County, Delaware, the Town of Newport, New Castle County, Delaware, at Claymont, New Castle County, Delaware, at Greenville, New Castle County Delaware, and at Milford Cross Roads, New Castle County, Delaware, and shall be empowered to open, maintain and operate branch offices at Ninth and Shipley Streets, 418 Delaware Avenue, 2120 Market Street, and 3605 Market Street, all in the City of Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, and such other branch offices or places of business as may be authorized from time to time by the agency or agencies of the government of the State of Delaware empowered to confer such authority.

 

Third: - (a) The nature of the business and the objects and purposes proposed to be transacted, promoted or carried on by this Corporation are to do any or all of the things herein mentioned as fully and to the same extent as natural persons might or could do and in any part of the world, viz.:

 

(1) To sue and be sued, complain and defend in any Court of law or equity and to make and use a common seal, and alter the seal at pleasure, to hold, purchase, convey, mortgage or otherwise deal in real and personal estate and property, and to appoint such officers and agents as the business of the Corporation shall require, to make by-laws not inconsistent with the Constitution or laws of the United States or of this State, to discount bills, notes or other evidences of debt, to receive deposits of money, or securities for money, to buy gold and silver bullion and foreign coins, to buy and sell bills of exchange, and generally to use,


exercise and enjoy all the powers, rights, privileges and franchises incident to a corporation which are proper or necessary for the transaction of the business of the Corporation hereby created.

 

(2) To insure titles to real and personal property, or any estate or interests therein, and to guarantee the holder of such property, real or personal, against any claim or claims, adverse to his interest therein, and to prepare and give certificates of title for any lands or premises in the State of Delaware, or elsewhere.

 

(3) To act as factor, agent, broker or attorney in the receipt, collection, custody, investment and management of funds, and the purchase, sale, management and disposal of property of all descriptions, and to prepare and execute all papers which may be necessary or proper in such business.

 

(4) To prepare and draw agreements, contracts, deeds, leases, conveyances, mortgages, bonds and legal papers of every description, and to carry on the business of conveyancing in all its branches.

 

(5) To receive upon deposit for safekeeping money, jewelry, plate, deeds, bonds and any and all other personal property of every sort and kind, from executors, administrators, guardians, public officers, courts, receivers, assignees, trustees, and from all fiduciaries, and from all other persons and individuals, and from all corporations whether state, municipal, corporate or private, and to rent boxes, safes, vaults and other receptacles for such property.

 

(6) To act as agent or otherwise for the purpose of registering, issuing, certificating, countersigning, transferring or underwriting the stock, bonds or other obligations of any corporation, association, state or municipality, and may receive and manage any sinking fund therefor on such terms as may be agreed upon between the two parties, and in like manner may act as Treasurer of any corporation or municipality.

 

(7) To act as Trustee under any deed of trust, mortgage, bond or other instrument issued by any state, municipality, body politic, corporation, association or person, either alone or in conjunction with any other person or persons, corporation or corporations.

 

(8) To guarantee the validity, performance or effect of any contract or agreement, and the fidelity of persons holding places of responsibility or trust; to become surety for any person, or persons, for the faithful performance of any trust, office, duty, contract or agreement, either by itself or in conjunction with any other person, or persons, corporation, or corporations, or in like manner become surety upon any bond, recognizance, obligation, judgment, suit, order, or decree to be entered in any court of record within the State of Delaware or elsewhere, or which may now or hereafter be required by any law, judge, officer or court in the State of Delaware or elsewhere.

 

2


(9) To act by any and every method of appointment as trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee, assignee in bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any other trust capacity in the receiving, holding, managing, and disposing of any and all estates and property, real, personal or mixed, and to be appointed as such trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee, assignee in bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian or bailee by any persons, corporations, court, officer, or authority, in the State of Delaware or elsewhere; and whenever this Corporation is so appointed by any person, corporation, court, officer or authority such trustee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee, assignee in bankruptcy, executor, administrator, guardian, bailee, or in any other trust capacity, it shall not be required to give bond with surety, but its capital stock shall be taken and held as security for the performance of the duties devolving upon it by such appointment.

 

(10) And for its care, management and trouble, and the exercise of any of its powers hereby given, or for the performance of any of the duties which it may undertake or be called upon to perform, or for the assumption of any responsibility the said Corporation may be entitled to receive a proper compensation.

 

(11) To purchase, receive, hold and own bonds, mortgages, debentures, shares of capital stock, and other securities, obligations, contracts and evidences of indebtedness, of any private, public or municipal corporation within and without the State of Delaware, or of the Government of the United States, or of any state, territory, colony, or possession thereof, or of any foreign government or country; to receive, collect, receipt for, and dispose of interest, dividends and income upon and from any of the bonds, mortgages, debentures, notes, shares of capital stock, securities, obligations, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property held and owned by it, and to exercise in respect of all such bonds, mortgages, debentures, notes, shares of capital stock, securities, obligations, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other property, any and all the rights, powers and privileges of individual owners thereof, including the right to vote thereon; to invest and deal in and with any of the moneys of the Corporation upon such securities and in such manner as it may think fit and proper, and from time to time to vary or realize such investments; to issue bonds and secure the same by pledges or deeds of trust or mortgages of or upon the whole or any part of the property held or owned by the Corporation, and to sell and pledge such bonds, as and when the Board of Directors shall determine, and in the promotion of its said corporate business of investment and to the extent authorized by law, to lease, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey real and personal property of any name and nature and any estate or interest therein.

 

3


(b) In furtherance of, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, it is hereby expressly provided that the said Corporation shall also have the following powers:

 

(1) To do any or all of the things herein set forth, to the same extent as natural persons might or could do, and in any part of the world.

 

(2) To acquire the good will, rights, property and franchises and to undertake the whole or any part of the assets and liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation, and to pay for the same in cash, stock of this Corporation, bonds or otherwise; to hold or in any manner to dispose of the whole or any part of the property so purchased; to conduct in any lawful manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired, and to exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the conduct and management of such business.

 

(3) To take, hold, own, deal in, mortgage or otherwise lien, and to lease, sell, exchange, transfer, or in any manner whatever dispose of property, real, personal or mixed, wherever situated.

 

(4) To enter into, make, perform and carry out contracts of every kind with any person, firm, association or corporation, and, without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures, and other negotiable or transferable instruments.

 

(5) To have one or more offices, to carry on all or any of its operations and businesses, without restriction to the same extent as natural persons might or could do, to purchase or otherwise acquire, to hold, own, to mortgage, sell, convey or otherwise dispose of, real and personal property, of every class and description, in any State, District, Territory or Colony of the United States, and in any foreign country or place.

 

(6) It is the intention that the objects, purposes and powers specified and clauses contained in this paragraph shall (except where otherwise expressed in said paragraph) be nowise limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other clause of this or any other paragraph in this charter, but that the objects, purposes and powers specified in each of the clauses of this paragraph shall be regarded as independent objects, purposes and powers.

 

Fourth: - (a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is forty-one million (41,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

(1) One million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred stock, par value $10.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as “Preferred Stock”); and

 

4


(2) Forty million (40,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share (hereinafter referred to as “Common Stock”).

 

(b) Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors each of said series to be distinctly designated. All shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall be alike in every particular, except that there may be different dates from which dividends, if any, thereon shall be cumulative, if made cumulative. The voting powers and the preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding; and, subject to the provisions of subparagraph 1 of Paragraph (c) of this Article Fourth , the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby expressly granted authority to fix by resolution or resolutions adopted prior to the issuance of any shares of a particular series of Preferred Stock, the voting powers and the designations, preferences and relative, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of such series, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:

 

(1) The distinctive designation of, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock which shall constitute such series, which number may be increased (except where otherwise provided by the Board of Directors) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) from time to time by like action of the Board of Directors;

 

(2) The rate and times at which, and the terms and conditions on which, dividends, if any, on Preferred Stock of such series shall be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any, of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other class or classes, or series of the same or other class of stock and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative;

 

(3) The right, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such series to convert the same into or exchange the same for, shares of any other class or classes or of any series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation and the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

 

(4) Whether or not Preferred Stock of such series shall be subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and the time or times at which, and the terms and conditions on which, Preferred Stock of such series may be redeemed.

 

(5) The rights, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock of such series upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, merger, consolidation, distribution or sale of assets, dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation.

 

5


(6) The terms of the sinking fund or redemption or purchase account, if any, to be provided for the Preferred Stock of such series; and

 

(7) The voting powers, if any, of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock which may, without limiting the generality of the foregoing include the right, voting as a series or by itself or together with other series of Preferred Stock or all series of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation if there shall have been a default in the payment of dividends on any one or more series of Preferred Stock or under such circumstances and on such conditions as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

(c) (1) After the requirements with respect to preferential dividends on the Preferred Stock (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth ), if any, shall have been met and after the Corporation shall have complied with all the requirements, if any, with respect to the setting aside of sums as sinking funds or redemption or purchase accounts (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth ), and subject further to any conditions which may be fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth , then and not otherwise the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

(2) After distribution in full of the preferential amount, if any, (fixed in accordance with the provisions of section (b) of this Article Fourth ), to be distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, distribution or sale of assets, dissolution or winding-up, of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible and intangible, of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

 

(3) Except as may otherwise be required by law or by the provisions of such resolution or resolutions as may be adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth , each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held on all matters voted upon by the stockholders.

 

(d) No holder of any of the shares of any class or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued stock of any class or series or any additional shares of any class or series to be issued by reason of any increase of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation of any class or series, or bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities

 

6


convertible into or exchangeable for stock of the Corporation of any class or series, or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series, but any such unissued stock, additional authorized issue of shares of any class or series of stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for stock, or carrying any right to purchase stock, may be issued and disposed of pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors to such persons, firms, corporations or associations, whether such holders or others, and upon such terms as may be deemed advisable by the Board of Directors in the exercise of its sole discretion.

 

(e) The relative powers, preferences and rights of each series of Preferred Stock in relation to the relative powers, preferences and rights of each other series of Preferred Stock shall, in each case, be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions adopted pursuant to authority granted in section (b) of this Article Fourth and the consent, by class or series vote or otherwise, of the holders of such of the series of Preferred Stock as are from time to time outstanding shall not be required for the issuance by the Board of Directors of any other series of Preferred Stock whether or not the powers, preferences and rights of such other series shall be fixed by the Board of Directors as senior to, or on a parity with, the powers, preferences and rights of such outstanding series, or any of them; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may provide in the resolution or resolutions as to any series of Preferred Stock adopted pursuant to section (b) of this Article Fourth that the consent of the holders of a majority (or such greater proportion as shall be therein fixed) of the outstanding shares of such series voting thereon shall be required for the issuance of any or all other series of Preferred Stock.

 

(f) Subject to the provisions of section (e), shares of any series of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine and on such terms and for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

(g) Shares of Common Stock may be issued from time to time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine and on such terms and for such consideration as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

(h) The authorized amount of shares of Common Stock and of Preferred Stock may, without a class or series vote, be increased or decreased from time to time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

Fifth: - (a) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be conducted and managed by a Board of Directors. The number of directors constituting the entire Board shall be not less than five nor more than twenty-five as fixed from time to time by vote of a majority of the whole Board, provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office, and provided further, that the number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be twenty-four until otherwise fixed by a majority of the whole Board.

 

7


(b) The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the whole Board permits, with the term of office of one class expiring each year. At the annual meeting of stockholders in 1982, directors of the first class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting, directors of the second class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting and directors of the third class shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the directors, may be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors. At such election, the stockholders shall elect a successor to such director to hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Charter or Act of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, this Charter or Act of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation), any director or the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose.

 

(d) Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote for the election of directors. Such nominations shall be made by notice in writing, delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of the stockholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of the seventh day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders. Notice of nominations which are proposed by the Board of Directors shall be given by the Chairman on behalf of the Board.

 

(e) Each notice under subsection (d) shall set forth (i) the name, age, business address and, if known, residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee and (iii) the number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by each such nominee.

 

8


(f) The Chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(g) No action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, and the power of stockholders to consent in writing, without a meeting, to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

 

Sixth: - The Directors shall choose such officers, agents and servants as may be provided in the By-Laws as they may from time to time find necessary or proper.

 

Seventh: - The Corporation hereby created is hereby given the same powers, rights and privileges as may be conferred upon corporations organized under the Act entitled “An Act Providing a General Corporation Law”, approved March 10, 1899, as from time to time amended.

 

Eighth: - This Act shall be deemed and taken to be a private Act.

 

Ninth: - This Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

Tenth: - The Board of Directors, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, may designate any of their number to constitute an Executive Committee, which Committee, to the extent provided in said resolution, or in the By-Laws of the Company, shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

Eleventh: - The private property of the stockholders shall not be liable for the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

 

Twelfth: - The Corporation may transact business in any part of the world.

 

Thirteenth: - The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation by a vote of the majority of the entire Board. The stockholders may make, alter or repeal any By-Law whether or not adopted by them, provided however, that any such additional By-Laws, alterations or repeal may be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class).

 

9


Fourteenth: - Meetings of the Directors may be held outside of the State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated by the Board, and the Directors may keep the books of the Company outside of the State of Delaware at such places as may be from time to time designated by them.

 

Fifteenth: - (a) (1) In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, and except as otherwise expressly provided in sections (b) and (c) of this Article Fifteenth:

 

(A) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with or into (i) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (ii) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder), which, after such merger or consolidation, would be an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder, or

 

(B) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, or

 

(C) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, or

 

(D) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or

 

(E) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any similar transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Stockholder, or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder,

 

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for the purpose of this Article Fifteenth as one class (“Voting Shares”). Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that some lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

 

10


(2) The term “business combination” as used in this Article Fifteenth shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of clauses (A) through (E) of paragraph 1 of the section (a).

 

(b) The provisions of section (a) of this Article Fifteenth shall not be applicable to any particular business combination and such business combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provisions of the Charter or Act of Incorporation or By-Laws if such business combination has been approved by a majority of the whole Board.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Article Fifteenth :

 

(1) A “person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity.

 

(2) “Interested Stockholder” shall mean, in respect of any business combination, any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote on such business combination, or immediately prior to the consummation of any such transaction:

 

(A) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the Voting Shares, or

 

(B) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within two years prior thereto was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of not less than 10% of the then outstanding voting Shares, or

 

(C) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded in any share of capital stock of the Corporation which were at any time within two years prior thereto beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, and such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(3) A person shall be the “beneficial owner” of any Voting Shares:

 

(A) which such person or any of its Affiliates and Associates (as hereafter defined) beneficially own, directly or indirectly, or

 

(B) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or

 

11


(C) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other person with which such first mentioned person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

(4) The outstanding Voting Shares shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph (3) above but shall not include any other Voting Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

 

(5) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings given those terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 1981.

 

(6) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security (as defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on December 31, 1981) is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Investment Stockholder set forth in paragraph (2) of this section (c), the term “Subsidiary” shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

 

(d) majority of the directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Article Fifteenth on the basis of information known to them, (1) the number of Voting Shares beneficially owned by any person (2) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (3) whether a person has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in paragraph (3) of section (c), or (4) whether the assets subject to any business combination or the consideration received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation, or any Subsidiary has an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more.

 

(e) Nothing contained in this Article Fifteenth shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

 

Sixteenth: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter or Act of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation (and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law, this Charter or Act of Incorporation by the By-Laws), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter or repeal any provision of Articles Fifth, Thirteenth, Fifteenth or Sixteenth of this Charter or Act of Incorporation.

 

12


Seventeenth: (a) a Director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Laws as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

 

(b) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.”

 

13


EXHIBIT B

 

BY-LAWS

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

 

WILMINGTON, DELAWARE

 

As existing on January 16, 2003


BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

 

ARTICLE I

Stockholders’ Meetings

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the third Thursday in April each year at the principal office at the Company or at such other date, time or place as may be designated by resolution by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

Section 3. Notice . Notice of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given by mailing to each stockholder at least ten (10) days before said meeting, at his last known address, a written or printed notice fixing the time and place of such meeting.

 

Section 4. Quorum . A majority in the amount of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding on the record date, as herein determined, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders for the transaction of any business, but the holders of a smaller number of shares may adjourn from time to time, without further notice, until a quorum is secured. At each annual or special meeting of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote, either in person or by proxy, for each share of stock registered in the stockholder’s name on the books of the Company on the record date for any such meeting as determined herein.

 

ARTICLE 2

Directors

 

Section 1. Management . The affairs and business of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Number . The authorized number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by or pursuant to a resolution passed by a majority of the Board of Directors within the parameters set by the Charter of the Company. No more than two directors may also be employees of the Company or any affiliate thereof.

 

Section 3. Qualification . In addition to any other provisions of these Bylaws, to be qualified for nomination for election or appointment to the Board of Directors, a person must have not attained the age of sixty-nine years at the time of such election or appointment, provided however, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may waive such qualification as to a particular candidate otherwise qualified to serve as a director upon a good faith determination by such committee that such a waiver is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer shall not be qualified to continue to serve as directors upon the termination of their service in those offices for any reason.


Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors shall meet at the principal office of the Company or elsewhere in its discretion at such times to be determined by a majority of its members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and shall be called upon the written request of a majority of the directors.

 

Section 6. Quorum . A majority of the directors elected and qualified shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7. Notice . Written notice shall be sent by mail to each director of any special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of any change in the time or place of any regular meeting, stating the time and place of such meeting, which shall be mailed not less than two days before the time of holding such meeting.

 

Section 8. Vacancies . In the event of the death, resignation, removal, inability to act or disqualification of any director, the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, shall have the right to elect the successor who shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred, and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 9. Organization Meeting . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after its election by the stockholders shall appoint an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and shall elect from its own members a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer and a President, who may be the same person. The Board of Directors shall also elect at such meeting a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer, who may be the same person, and may appoint at any time such committees as it may deem advisable. The Board of Directors may also elect at such meeting one or more Associate Directors. The Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or another committee designated by the Board of Directors may elect or appoint such other officers as they may deem advisable.

 

Section 10. Removal . The Board of Directors may at any time remove, with or without cause, any member of any committee appointed by it or any associate director or officer elected by it and may appoint or elect his successor.

 

Section 11. Responsibility of Officers . The Board of Directors may designate an officer to be in charge of such departments or divisions of the Company as it may deem advisable.

 

2


Section 12. Participation in Meetings . The Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, by conference telephone, video facilities or other communications equipment. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the Board of Directors or the committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

ARTICLE 3

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Section 1. Executive Committee.

 

(A) The Executive Committee shall be composed of not more than nine (9) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, and who shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

(B) The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise, to the fullest extent permitted by law, all of the powers of the Board of Directors when it is not in session to transact all business for and on behalf of the Company that may be brought before it.

 

(C) The Executive Committee shall meet at the principal office of the Company or elsewhere in its discretion at such times to be determined by a majority of its members, or at the call of the Chairman of the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The majority of its members shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Special meetings of the Executive Committee may be held at any time when a quorum is present.

 

(D) Minutes of each meeting of the Executive Committee shall be kept and submitted to the Board of Directors at its next meeting.

 

(E) In the event of an emergency of sufficient severity to prevent the conduct and management of the affairs and business of the Company by its directors and officers as contemplated by these Bylaws, any two available members of the Executive Committee as constituted immediately prior to such emergency shall constitute a quorum of that Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs and business of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of these Bylaws. In the event of the unavailability, at such time, of a minimum of two members of the Executive Committee, any three available directors shall constitute the Executive Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs and business of the Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section. This Bylaw shall be subject to implementation by resolutions of the Board of Directors presently existing or hereafter passed from time to time for that purpose, and any provisions of these Bylaws (other than this Section) and any resolutions which are contrary

 

3


to the provisions of this Section or to the provisions of any such implementing resolutions shall be suspended during such a disaster period until it shall be determined by any interim Executive Committee acting under this Section that it shall be to the advantage of the Company to resume the conduct and management of its affairs and business under all of the other provisions of these Bylaws.

 

Section 2. Audit Committee .

 

(A) The Audit Committee shall be composed of not more than five (5) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board.

 

(B) The Audit Committee shall have general supervision over the Audit Services Division in all matters however subject to the approval of the Board of Directors; it shall consider all matters brought to its attention by the officer in charge of the Audit Services Division, review all reports of examination of the Company made by any governmental agency or such independent auditor employed for that purpose, and make such recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect thereto or with respect to any other matters pertaining to auditing the Company as it shall deem desirable.

 

(C) The Audit Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.

 

Section 3. Compensation Committee .

 

(A) The Compensation Committee shall be composed of not more than five (5) members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

(B) The Compensation Committee shall in general advise upon all matters of policy concerning compensation, including salaries and employee benefits.

 

(C) The Compensation Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.

 

4


Section 4. Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .

 

(A) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall be composed of not more than five members, who shall be selected by the Board of Directors from its own members, none of whom shall be an officer or employee of the Company, and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

(B) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall provide counsel and make recommendations to the Chairman of the Board and the full Board with respect to the performance of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, candidates for membership on the Board of Directors and its committees, matters of corporate governance, succession planning for the Company’s executive management and significant shareholder relations issues.

 

(C) The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall meet whenever and wherever its Chairperson, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a majority of the Committee’s members shall deem it to be proper for the transaction of its business. A majority of the Committee’s members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The acts of the majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall constitute action by the Committee.

 

Section 5. Other Committees . The Company may have such other committees with such powers as the Board may designate from time to time by resolution or by an amendment to these Bylaws.

 

Section 6. Associate Directors.

 

(A) Any person who has served as a director may be elected by the Board of Directors as an associate director, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

(B) Associate directors shall be entitled to attend all meetings of directors and participate in the discussion of all matters brought to the Board of Directors, but will not have a right to vote.

 

Section 7. Absence or Disqualification of Any Member of a Committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee created under Article III of these Bylaws, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

5


ARTICLE 4

Officers

 

Section 1. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such further authority and powers and shall perform such duties the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time.

 

Section 2. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and duties pertaining to the office of Chief Executive Officer conferred or imposed upon him by statute, incident to his office or as the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board.

 

Section 3. President . The President shall have the powers and duties pertaining to the office of the President conferred or imposed upon him by statute, incident to his office or as the Board of Directors may assign to him from time to time. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman of the Board.

 

Section 4. Duties . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, as designated by the Board of Directors, shall carry into effect all legal directions of the Executive Committee and of the Board of Directors and shall at all times exercise general supervision over the interest, affairs and operations of the Company and perform all duties incident to his office.

 

Section 5. Vice Presidents . There may be one or more Vice Presidents, however denominated by the Board of Directors, who may at any time perform all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the President and such other powers and duties incident to their respective offices or as the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned may assign to them from time to time.

 

Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend to the giving of notice of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors, as well as the committees thereof, to the keeping of accurate minutes of all such meetings, recording the same in the minute books of the Company and in general notifying the Board of Directors of material matters affecting the Company on a timely basis. In addition to the other notice requirements of these Bylaws and as may be practicable under the circumstances, all such notices shall be in writing and mailed well in advance of the scheduled date of any such meeting. He shall have custody of the corporate seal, affix the same to any documents requiring such corporate seal, attest the same and perform other duties incident to his office.

 

Section 7. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision over all assets and liabilities of the Company. He shall be custodian of and responsible for all monies, funds and valuables of the Company and for the keeping of proper records of the evidence of property or indebtedness and of all transactions of the Company. He shall have general supervision of the expenditures of the Company and periodically shall report to the Board of Directors the condition of the Company, and perform such other duties incident to his office or as the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may assign to him from time to time.

 

6


Section 8. Controller . There may be a Controller who shall exercise general supervision over the internal operations of the Company, including accounting, and shall render to the Board of Directors or the Audit Committee at appropriate times a report relating to the general condition and internal operations of the Company and perform other duties incident to his office.

 

There may be one or more subordinate accounting or controller officers however denominated, who may perform the duties of the Controller and such duties as may be prescribed by the Controller.

 

Section 9. Audit Officers . The officer designated by the Board of Directors to be in charge of the Audit Services Division of the Company, with such title as the Board of Directors shall prescribe, shall report to and be directly responsible to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.

 

There shall be an Auditor and there may be one or more Audit Officers, however denominated, who may perform all the duties of the Auditor and such duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the Audit Services Division.

 

Section 10. Other Officers . There may be one or more officers, subordinate in rank to all Vice Presidents with such functional titles as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, who shall ex officio hold the office of Assistant Secretary of the Company and who may perform such duties as may be prescribed by the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned.

 

Section 11. Powers and Duties of Other Officers . The powers and duties of all other officers of the Company shall be those usually pertaining to their respective offices, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and the officer in charge of the department or division to which they are assigned.

 

Section 12. Number of Offices . Any one or more offices of the Company may be held by the same person, except that (A) no individual may hold more than one of the offices of Chief Financial Officer, Controller or Audit Officer and (B) none of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may hold any office mentioned in Section 12(A).

 

7


ARTICLE 5

Stock and Stock Certificates

 

Section 1. Transfer . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the Company and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded.

 

Section 2. Certificates . Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Company. The corporate seal affixed thereto, and any of or all the signatures on the certificate, may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Duplicate certificates of stock shall be issued only upon giving such security as may be satisfactory to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

Section 3. Record Date . The Board of Directors is authorized to fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of stockholders and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or to any allotment of rights, or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or in connection with obtaining the consent of stockholders for any purpose, which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining such consent.

 

ARTICLE 6

Seal

 

The corporate seal of the Company shall be in the following form:

 

Between two concentric circles the words “Wilmington Trust Company” within the inner circle the words “Wilmington, Delaware.”

 

ARTICLE 7

Fiscal Year

 

The fiscal year of the Company shall be the calendar year.

 

8


ARTICLE 8

Execution of Instruments of the Company

 

The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, however denominated by the Board of Directors, shall have full power and authority to enter into, make, sign, execute, acknowledge and/or deliver and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have full power and authority to attest and affix the corporate seal of the Company to any and all deeds, conveyances, assignments, releases, contracts, agreements, bonds, notes, mortgages and all other instruments incident to the business of this Company or in acting as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, agent or in any other fiduciary or representative capacity by any and every method of appointment or by whatever person, corporation, court officer or authority in the State of Delaware, or elsewhere, without any specific authority, ratification, approval or confirmation by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, and any and all such instruments shall have the same force and validity as though expressly authorized by the Board of Directors and/or the Executive Committee.

 

ARTICLE 9

Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees

 

Directors and associate directors of the Company, other than salaried officers of the Company, shall be paid such reasonable honoraria or fees for attending meetings of the Board of Directors as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Directors and associate directors who serve as members of committees, other than salaried employees of the Company, shall be paid such reasonable honoraria or fees for services as members of committees as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine and directors and associate directors may be authorized by the Company to perform such special services as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine in accordance with any guidelines the Board of Directors may adopt for such services, and shall be paid for such special services so performed reasonable compensation as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE 10

Indemnification

 

Section 1. Persons Covered . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity that is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Company shall be required to indemnify such a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

9


The Company may indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was an officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Company may indemnify any such person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Advance of Expenses . The Company shall pay the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding involving a person who is or may be indemnified pursuant to Section 1 in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by such a person in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by that person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article 10 or otherwise.

 

Section 3. Certain Rights . If a claim under this Article 10 for (A) payment of expenses or (B) indemnification by a director or person who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity that is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Company, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

Section 4. Non-Exclusive . The rights conferred on any person by this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Charter or Act of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 5. Reduction of Amount . The Company’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.

 

Section 6. Effect of Modification . Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article 10 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

10


ARTICLE 11

Amendments to the Bylaws

 

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, and any new Bylaw or Bylaws adopted at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors by a vote of a majority of all the members of the Board of Directors then in office.

 

ARTICLE 12

Miscellaneous

 

Whenever used in these Bylaws, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular unless the context requires otherwise and the use of either gender shall include both genders.

 

11


EXHIBIT C

 

Section 321(b) Consent

 

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust Company hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

   

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

Dated: October 11, 2004

 

By:

 

/s/ Denise M. Geran


   

Name:

 

Denise M. Geran

   

Title:

 

Vice President


EXHIBIT D

 

NOTICE

 

This form is intended to assist state nonmember banks and savings banks with state

publication requirements. It has not been approved by any state banking authorities.

Refer to your appropriate state banking authorities for your state publication

requirements.

 

REPORT OF CONDITION

 

Consolidating domestic subsidiaries of the

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


   of  

        WILMINGTON


            Name of Bank

                   City

 

in the State of DELAWARE , at the close of business on June 30, 2004.

 

     Thousands of dollars

ASSETS

    

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

    

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coins

   371,886

Interest-bearing balances

   0

Held-to-maturity securities

   3,293

Available-for-sale securities

   1,535,318

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

   355,110

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   64,592

Loans and lease financing receivables:

    

Loans and leases held for sale

   0

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   5,901,882

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   81,075

Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve

   5,820,807

Assets held in trading accounts

   0

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

   142,845

Other real estate owned

   238

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

   1,604

Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding

   0

Intangible assets:

    

a. Goodwill

   157

b. Other intangible assets

   11,692

Other assets

   150,459

Total assets

   8,458,001

 

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE


LIABILITIES

      

Deposits:

      

In domestic offices

   6,295,396  

Noninterest-bearing

       1,241,025  

Interest-bearing

       5,054,371  

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

   69,339  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   198,308  

Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)

   0  

Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases:

   1,142,717  

Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding

   0  

Subordinated notes and debentures

   0  

Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)

   94,479  

Total liabilities

   7,800,239  

EQUITY CAPITAL

      

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

   0  

Common Stock

   500  

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

   112,358  

a. Retained earnings

   576,753  

b. Accumulated other comprehensive income

   (31,849 )

Total equity capital

   657,762  

Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital

   8,458,001  

 

14

Exhibit 99.1

 

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

Offer for all outstanding

 

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

in exchange for

 

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

Pursuant to the prospectus dated [                    ], 2004

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                      , 2004, OR SUCH LATER DATE AND TIME TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

 

The exchange agent for the exchange offer is:

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:


 

Facsimile Transmission Number:

(For Eligible Institutions Only)


 

By Hand or Overnight Delivery:


Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE

Attn:                                          

 

(          )                             

To Confirm by Telephone or

for Information Call:

(          )                             

 

Wilmington Trust Company

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE

Attn:                                     

 

Delivery of this letter of transmittal to an address other than as set forth above, or transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, does not constitute a valid delivery.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the prospectus dated                      , 2004 (the “Prospectus”) of Intertape Polymer US Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“IPG US”), and this letter of transmittal, which together constitute IPG US’s offer to exchange up to US$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, for an equal principal amount of its issued and outstanding 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to those of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act.

 

THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in the Prospectus.

 

This letter of transmittal is to be completed by holders of outstanding notes either if outstanding notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of outstanding notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by Wilmington Trust Company, as exchange agent, at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes.” Delivery of this letter of transmittal and any other required documents should be made to the exchange agent.

 

If a holder desires to tender outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer but time will not permit this letter of transmittal, certificates representing outstanding notes or other required documents to be received by the exchange agent on or before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, such holder may effect a tender of

 

-1-


such notes in accordance with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer-Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes.” See Instruction 2.

 

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

 

NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

 

The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this letter of transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the exchange offer.

 

List below the outstanding notes to which this letter of transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of outstanding notes should be listed on a separate schedule affixed hereto.

 

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES

 

     (1)

   (2)

   (3)

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

(Please fill in, if blank)


  

Certificate

Number(s) 1


  

Aggregate Principal

Amount of

Outstanding Notes


  

Principal Amount of

Outstanding Notes

Tendered

(if less than all) 2


                
                
                
                
                

1 Need not be completed if outstanding notes are being tendered by book-entry holders.

 

2 Outstanding notes may be tendered in whole or in part in denominations of US$1,000 and integral multiples thereof, provided that if any outstanding notes are tendered for exchange in part, the untendered principal amount thereof must be at least US$1,000 or any integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. See Instruction 3. Unless this column is completed, a holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes represented by the outstanding notes indicated in column (2).

 

-2-


(BOXES BELOW TO BE CHECKED BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY)

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

¨ CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                      
Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                                                                                                                                                                       
Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                                                             
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                                                                                

 

If Guaranteed Delivery is to be made by Book-Entry Transfer:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     
Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU TENDERED YOUR OUTSTANDING NOTES BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, it represents that the outstanding notes to be exchanged for exchange notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of exchange notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

-3-


Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to IPG US the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes indicated above in exchange for a like aggregate principal amount of exchange notes. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the outstanding notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, IPG US all right, title and interest in and to such outstanding notes.

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the exchange agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the exchange agent also acts as the agent of IPG US) with respect to the tendered outstanding notes with the full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), subject to the right of withdrawal described in the prospectus, to (i) deliver certificates for such outstanding notes to IPG US and deliver all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, IPG US and (ii) present such outstanding notes for transfer on the books of IPG US and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such outstanding notes, all in accordance with the terms of the exchange offer.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the outstanding notes tendered hereby and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, IPG US will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the exchange agent or IPG US to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the outstanding notes tendered hereby, and the undersigned will comply with its obligations under the registration rights agreement, dated as of July 28, 2004 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) by and among IPG US, the Guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and TD Securities Inc. The undersigned has read and agreed to all of the terms of the exchange offer.

 

The undersigned agrees that acceptance of any tendered outstanding notes by IPG US and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange therefor will constitute performance in full by IPG US of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement and that IPG US will have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder (except in limited circumstances).

 

The name(s) and address(es) of the registered holders of the outstanding notes tendered hereby should be printed above, if they are not already set forth above, as they appear on the outstanding notes. The certificate number(s) and the outstanding notes that the undersigned wishes to tender should be indicated in the appropriate boxes above.

 

The undersigned also acknowledges that this exchange offer is being made in reliance on certain interpretive letters by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission to third parties in unrelated transactions. On the basis thereof, holders of outstanding notes, except any holder who is an “affiliate” of IPG US within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, who exchange their outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally may offer the exchange notes for resale, resell the exchange notes and otherwise transfer the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business and the holder is not participating in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes. The undersigned acknowledges that any holder of outstanding notes using the exchange offer to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes (i) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its interpretive letter with respect to Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available April 13, 1989) or similar letters, and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer, or is acting on behalf of a broker-dealer, that will receive exchange notes for its own account, or the account of such broker-dealer, in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it, or such broker-dealers, will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, neither the undersigned, nor such broker-dealer will be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

The undersigned represents that (i) it is not an affiliate of IPG US or its subsidiaries or, if the holder is an affiliate of IPG US or its subsidiaries, it will comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (ii) the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such exchange notes, whether or not such

 

-4-


person is the holder, (iii) the holder has not entered into an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes, (iv) the holder is not a broker-dealer who purchased the outstanding notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act, and (v) the holder will be able to trade exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities Act.

 

IPG US has agreed that, subject to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Prospectus may be used by a participating broker-dealer (as discussed below) in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such participating broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for a period ending 180 days after the expiration date (subject to extension under certain limited circumstances described in the Prospectus) or, if earlier, when all such exchange notes have been disposed of by such participating broker-dealer. In that regard, each participating broker-dealer that acquired outstanding notes for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities, by tendering such outstanding notes and executing this letter of transmittal, agrees that, upon receipt of notice from IPG US of the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement contained or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which causes the Prospectus to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or of the occurrence of certain other events specified in the Registration Rights Agreement, such participating broker-dealer will suspend the sale of exchange notes pursuant to the Prospectus until IPG US has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and have furnished copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to the participating broker-dealer or IPG US has given notice that the sale of the exchange notes may be resumed, as the case may be. If IPG US gives such notice to suspend the sale of the exchange notes, the 180-day period referred to above during which participating broker-dealers are entitled to use the Prospectus in connection with the resale of exchange notes shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when participating broker-dealers shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to permit resales of the exchange notes or to and including the date on which IPG US has given notice that the sale of exchange notes may be resumed, as the case may be.

 

The undersigned understands that tenders of the outstanding notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and IPG US in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Prospectus.

 

The undersigned recognizes that under certain circumstances set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer,” IPG US will not be required to accept for exchange any of the outstanding notes tendered. Outstanding notes not accepted for exchange or withdrawn will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth below unless otherwise indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions” below (or, in the case of outstanding notes tendered by book-entry transfer, credited to an account maintained by the tendering holder at The Depository Trust Company).

 

Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, the undersigned hereby directs that the exchange notes (and, if applicable, any substitute certificates representing outstanding notes not exchanged or not accepted for exchange) be issued in the name(s) of the undersigned and be delivered to the undersigned at the address, or, in the case of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes, be credited to the account at The Depository Trust Company shown above in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes.”

 

Holders of the outstanding notes whose outstanding notes are accepted for exchange will not receive accrued interest on such outstanding notes for any period from and after the last interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for on such outstanding notes prior to the original issue date of the exchange notes or, if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for, will not receive any accrued interest on such outstanding notes, and the undersigned waives the right to receive any interest on such outstanding notes accrued from and after such interest payment date or, if no such interest has been paid or duly provided for from and after the original issue date of the outstanding notes.

 

The undersigned will upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by IPG US to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the outstanding notes tendered hereby. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this letter of transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, trustees in bankruptcy, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in the instructions contained in this letter of transmittal.

 

-5-


THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND DELIVERING SUCH OUTSTANDING NOTES AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)

(Complete accompanying Substitute Form W-9)

 

       

Date:

   

Signature(s) of Owner

           

 

       

Date:

   

Signature(s) of Owner

           

 

The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the outstanding notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted with this letter of transmittal. If outstanding notes to which this letter of transmittal relate are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all such holders must sign this. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, then please set forth the full title of the person signing in such capacity. See Instruction 4.

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

(Please Type or Print)

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):                                                                                                                                                                         

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(If required by Instruction 4)

 

Signatures Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:                                                                                                                                                                         

(Authorized Signature)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Name and Title)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Name of Firm)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(Address and Telephone Number)

 

Dated:                      , 2004

 

-6-


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 and 5)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for outstanding notes not exchanged and/or exchange notes are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signatures) appears) on this letter of transmittal above.

 

Issue exchange notes and/or outstanding notes to:

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

(Please Type or Print)

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

DTC Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):                                                                                                                                                                         

 

(Complete Substitute Form W-9)

 

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 4 and 5)

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for outstanding notes not exchanged and/or exchange notes are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signatures) appears) on this letter of transmittal above or to such person or persons at an address other than shown in the box above entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes.”

 

Deliver exchange notes and/or outstanding notes to:

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      

(Please Type or Print)

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

DTC Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):                                                                                                                                                                         

 

IMPORTANT: UNLESS GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES ARE COMPLIED WITH, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES) FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

 

-7-


INSTRUCTIONS

 

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer

 

1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Outstanding Notes.

 

This letter of transmittal is to be used to, and must accompany, (i) all certificates representing outstanding notes tendered pursuant to the exchange offer and (ii) all tenders or outstanding notes made pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes.” Certificates representing the outstanding notes in proper form for transfer, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, a Substitute Form W-9 (or facsimile thereof) and any other documents required by this letter of transmittal must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein on or before the expiration date.

 

The method of delivery of this letter of transmittal, the outstanding notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the exchange agent. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that registered mail properly insured, with return receipt requested, be used. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to permit timely delivery.

 

IPG US will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent tenders. Each tendering holder, by execution of a letter of transmittal (or facsimile thereof), waives any right to receive any notice of the acceptance of such tender.

 

2. Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

 

If a holder desires to tender outstanding notes, but time will not permit a letter of transmittal, certificates representing the outstanding notes to be tendered or other required documents to reach the exchange agent on or before the expiration date, or if the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on or prior to the expiration date, such holder’s tender may be effected if:

 

(a) such tender is made by or through an eligible institution (as discussed below);

 

(b) on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent has received a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form made available by IPG US (or a facsimile thereof) (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) from such eligible institution setting forth the name and address of the holder of such outstanding notes, the name(s) in which the outstanding notes are registered and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered and stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, certificates representing the outstanding notes to be tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, together with a duly executed letter of transmittal and any other documents required by this letter of transmittal and the instructions hereto, will be deposited by such eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

 

(c) a letter of transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and certificates representing the outstanding notes to be tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and all other required documents are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

 

3. Partial Tenders and Withdrawal Rights.

 

Tenders of outstanding notes will be accepted only in a minimum principal amount of US$1,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof, provided that if any outstanding notes are tendered for exchange in part, the untendered minimum principal amount thereof must be US$1,000 or any integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. If less than all the outstanding notes evidenced by any certificate submitted are to be tendered, fill in the principal amount of outstanding notes which are to be tendered in the box entitled “Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes Tendered (if less than all).” In such case, new certificate(s) for the remainder of the outstanding notes that were evidenced by your old certificates) will only be sent to the holder of the outstanding notes (or, in the case of outstanding notes tendered pursuant to book-entry transfer, will only be credited to the account at The Depository Trust Company maintained by the holder of the outstanding notes) promptly after the expiration date. All outstanding notes represented by certificates or subject to a book-entry confirmation delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

 

-8-


Any holder who has tendered outstanding notes may withdraw the tender by delivering written notice of withdrawal (which may be sent by facsimile) to the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to the expiration date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify (i) the person named in the letter of transmittal as having tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, (ii) the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, (iii) that the holder is withdrawing its election to have such outstanding notes exchanged, and (iv) the name of the registered holder of the outstanding notes. The notice must be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal (including any required signature guarantees), or be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to IPG US that the person withdrawing the tender has succeeded to the beneficial ownership of the outstanding notes being withdrawn. If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes,” the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be effective if delivered to the exchange agent by written letter or facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of outstanding notes may not be rescinded. Outstanding notes properly withdrawn will not be deemed validly tendered for purposes of the exchange offer, but may be retendered at any subsequent time on or prior to the expiration date by following any of the procedures described in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer-Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes.” The exchange agent will return the properly withdrawn outstanding notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal.

 

All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by IPG US, and such determinations will be final and binding on all parties. Neither IPG US nor the exchange agent shall be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

 

4. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers; and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

 

If this letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the outstanding notes tendered herewith, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any alteration, enlargement or change whatsoever.

 

If any tendered outstanding notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this letter of transmittal. If any tendered outstanding notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this letter of transmittal as there are names in which tendered outstanding notes are registered.

 

If this letter of transmittal is signed by the registered holder, and exchange notes are to be issued and any untendered or unaccepted principal amount of outstanding notes are to be reissued or returned to the registered holder, then the registered holder need not and should not endorse any tendered outstanding notes or provide a separate bond power. In any other case, the registered holder must either properly endorse the outstanding notes tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this letter of transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name of the registered holder appears on such outstanding notes), with the signature on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an eligible institution, unless such certificates or bond powers are signed by an eligible institution.

 

If this letter of transmittal or any outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and submit with this letter of transmittal evidence satisfactory to IPG US of their authority to so act.

 

The signatures on this letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder (which term, for purposes of this document, shall include any participant in The Depository Trust Company whose name appears on the register of holders maintained by IPG US as owner of the outstanding notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” in this letter of transmittal or (ii) for the account of an eligible institution. In the event that the signatures in this letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible institution, which includes commercial banks and trust companies located or having an office or correspondent in the United States, member firms of a national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., and members of a signature medallion program such as “STAMP.” If outstanding notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this letter of transmittal, the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by IPG US in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an eligible institution.

 

-9-


5. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

 

Tendering holders of outstanding notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address or account at The Depository Trust Company to which exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer and/or substitute outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued, sent or deposited if different from the name and address or account of the person signing this letter of transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. If no such instructions are given, any exchange notes will be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the name and address (or account at The Depository Trust Company, in the case of any tender by book-entry transfer) of the person signing this letter of transmittal, and any outstanding notes not accepted for exchange will be returned to the name and address (or account at The Depository Trust Company, in the case of any tender by book-entry transfer) of the person signing this letter of transmittal.

 

6. Backup Federal Income Tax Withholding and Substitute Form W-9.

 

Under the federal income tax laws, payments that may be made by IPG US on account of exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be subject to backup withholding. In order to avoid such backup withholding, each tendering holder should complete and sign the Substitute Form W-9 included in this letter of transmittal and either (a) provide the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certify, under penalties of perjury, that the TIN provided is correct and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the IRS has notified the holder that the holder is no longer subject to backup withholding; or (b) provide an adequate basis for exemption. If the tendering holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for one, or intends to apply for one in the near future, such holder should write “Applied For” in the space provided for the TIN in Part I of the Substitute Form W-9, sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and sign the Certificate of Payee Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. If “Applied For” is written in Part I, IPG US (or the paying agent under the Indenture governing the exchange notes) will retain at the relevant withholding rates a portion of the payments made to the tendering holder during the 60-day period following the date of the Substitute Form W-9. If the holder furnishes the exchange agent or IPG US with its TIN within 60 days after the date of the Substitute Form W-9, IPG US (or the paying agent) will remit such amounts retained during the 60-day period to the holder and no further amounts shall be retained or withheld from payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, the holder has not provided the exchange agent or IPG US with its TIN within such 60-day period, IPG US (or the paying agent) will remit such previously retained amounts to the IRS as backup withholding. In general, if a holder is an individual, the taxpayer identification number is the Social Security Number of such individual. If the exchange agent or IPG US is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number, the holder may be subject to a US$50 penalty imposed by the IRS. Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. In order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, such holder must submit a statement (generally, IRS Form W-8), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual’s exempt status. Such statements can be obtained from the exchange agent. For further information concerning backup withholding and instructions for completing the Substitute Form W-9 (including how to obtain a taxpayer identification number if you do not have one and how to complete the Substitute Form W-9 if outstanding notes are registered in more than one name), consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

 

Failure to complete the Substitute Form W-9 will not, by itself, cause outstanding notes to be deemed invalidly tendered, but may require IPG US (or the paying agent) to backup withhold. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained.

 

7. Transfer Taxes.

 

IPG US will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of outstanding notes to it or its order pursuant to the exchange offer. If, however, exchange notes and/or substitute outstanding notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the outstanding notes tendered herewith, or if tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this letter of transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of outstanding notes to IPG US or its order pursuant to the exchange offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

 

Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the outstanding notes specified in this letter of transmittal.

 

-10-


8. Waiver of Conditions.

 

IPG US reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the exchange offer set forth in the Prospectus.

 

9. No Conditional Tenders.

 

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders of outstanding notes or transmittals of this letter of transmittal will be accepted. All tendering holders of outstanding notes, by execution of this letter of transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their outstanding notes for exchange.

 

Neither IPG US, the exchange agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of defects or irregularities in any tender, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

 

10. Inadequate Space.

 

If the space provided herein is inadequate, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered and the certificate number or numbers (if applicable) should be listed on a separate schedule attached hereto and separately signed by all parties required to sign this letter of transmittal.

 

11. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Outstanding Notes.

 

If any certificate has been lost, mutilated, destroyed or stolen, the holder should promptly notify Wilmington Trust Company, as exchange agent, at the address or telephone number set forth herein. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken to replace the certificate. This letter of transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the outstanding notes have been replaced.

 

12. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

 

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this letter of transmittal, may be directed to the exchange agent at the address and telephone number indicated above.

 

13. Validity of Tenders.

 

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by IPG US, in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. IPG US reserves the right to reject any and all outstanding notes not validly tendered or any outstanding notes, IPG US’s acceptance of which may, in the opinion of IPG US or counsel to IPG US, be unlawful. IPG US also reserves the right to waive any conditions of the exchange offer or defects or irregularities in tenders of outstanding notes as to any ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer, whether or not similar conditions or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer (including this letter of transmittal and the instructions hereto) by IPG US shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within such time as IPG US shall determine. IPG US will use reasonable efforts to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, but neither IPG US nor the exchange agent shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

 

14. Acceptance of Tendered Outstanding Notes and Issuance of Exchange Notes; Return of Outstanding Notes.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, IPG US will accept for exchange all validly tendered outstanding notes as soon as practicable after the expiration date and will issue exchange notes therefor as soon as practicable thereafter. For purposes of the exchange offer, IPG US shall be deemed to have accepted tendered outstanding notes when, as and if IPG US has given written and oral notice thereof to the exchange agent. If any tendered outstanding notes are not exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer for any reason, such unexchanged outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the name and address shown above or, if outstanding notes have been tendered by book-entry transfer, to the account at The Depository Trust Company shown above, or at a different address or account at The Depository Trust Company as may be indicated under “Special Delivery Instructions.”

 

-11-


TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

(See Instruction 6)

PAYOR’S NAME: INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

SUBSTITUTE    Part I-Taxpayer Identification     
FORM W-9    Number     
Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service   

Enter your taxpayer identification number OR in the appropriate box. For most individuals, this is your social security number. If you do not have a number, see how to obtain a “TIN” in the enclosed Guidelines.

NOTE: If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 2 of the enclosed Guidelines to determine what number to give.

    
      Social Security Number
         
         
         
        OR
         
         
        Employer Identification Number
         
     Part II-For Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding (see enclosed Guidelines)
Payor’s Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) and Certification    CERTIFICATION-UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
  

(1)    the number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

  

(2)    I am not subject to backup withholding either because I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

 

SIGNATURE:

         

DATE:

   

 

Certificate Guidelines-You must cross out Item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because of underreporting of interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding, you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out Item (2).

 

CERTIFICATION OF PAYEE AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

I certify, under penalties of perjury, that a Taxpayer Identification Number has not been issued to me and that I mailed or delivered an application to receive a Taxpayer Identification Number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office (or I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future). I understand that if I do not provide a Taxpayer Identification Number to the payor, of a portion of all payments made to me on account of the exchange notes shall be retained until I provide a Taxpayer Identification Number to the payor and that, if I do not provide my Taxpayer Identification Number within 60 days, such retained amounts shall be remitted to the Internal Revenue Service as a backup withholding and a portion of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld and remitted to the Internal Revenue Service until I provide a Taxpayer Identification Number.

 

SIGNATURE:

         

DATE:

   

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU ON ACCOUNT OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

 

-12-

Exhibit 99.2

 

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

FOR TENDER OF

ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING

8½% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014

IN EXCHANGE FOR

8½% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014

OF

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

This notice of guaranteed delivery, or one substantially equivalent to this form, must be used by registered holders of outstanding 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Intertape Polymer US Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“IPG US”), who wish to tender their outstanding notes for an equal principal amount of new 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of IPG US that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if (i) the outstanding notes, a duly completed and executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents cannot be delivered to the Wilmington Trust Company, as exchange agent, on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date (as defined in the accompanying letter of transmittal) or (ii) the procedures for delivery of the outstanding notes being tendered by book-entry transfer, together with a duly completed and executed letter of transmittal, cannot be completed on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the expiration date. This notice of guaranteed delivery may be delivered by hand, overnight courier or mail, or transmitted by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guarantee overnight delivery), to the exchange agent. See “The Exchange Offer – Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” in the Prospectus, dated                      , 2004 (the “Prospectus”) of IPG US. IPG US has the right to reject a tender of outstanding notes made pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures unless the registered holder using the guaranteed delivery procedures submits either (a) the outstanding notes tendered thereby, in proper form for transfer, or (b) confirmation of book-entry transfer as set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed letter(s) of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the expiration date.

 

The exchange agent for the exchange offer is:

 

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY

 

By Registered or Certified Mail:


  

Facsimile Transmission Number:
(For Eligible Institutions Only)


  

By Hand or Overnight Delivery:


Wilmington Trust Company

   (          )                         Wilmington Trust Company
______________________    To Confirm by Telephone or    ______________________
______________________    for Information Call:    ______________________
______________________    (          )                         ______________________

Attn:                                          

        Attn:                                          

 

Delivery of this notice of guaranteed delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission of this notice of guaranteed delivery via facsimile to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.

 

-1-


THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN “ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION” UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned hereby tenders to Intertape Polymer US Inc., upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated                      , 2004, and the related letter of transmittal (which together constitute the “exchange offer”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer – Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and in Instruction 2 to the letter of transmittal.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TENDERED

 

Name and address of

registered holder as it

appears on the outstanding

notes (please print)


 

Certificate number(s)

of outstanding

notes tendered


 

Aggregate principal

amount represented

by outstanding

notes 1


  

Principal amount

of outstanding

notes tendered


              

 

If the outstanding notes will be tendered by book-entry transfer, provide the following information:

 

DTC Account Number:                                                  

 

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

 

           

Date:

   

Print Name:

               

 

           

Date:

   

Print Name:

               

 

Signature(s) of Owner(s)

Or Authorized Signatory

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                  


1 Must be in denominations of a principal amount of US$1,000 and any integral multiple of US$1,000.

 

-2-


Must be signed by the holder(s) of the outstanding notes as their name(s) appear(s) on the outstanding notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this notice of guaranteed delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below.

 

Please print name(s) and address(es)

 

Name(s):     
      
      
      
Capacity:     
      
      
      
Address(es):     
      
      
      

 

THE FOLLOWING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED

 

GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

 

The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as an “eligible guarantor” “institution,” including (as such terms are defined therein): (i) a bank; (ii) a broker, dealer, municipal securities broker, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker, government securities dealer; (iii) a credit union; (iv) a national securities exchange, registered securities association or cleaning agency; or (v) a savings association that is a participant in a Securities Transfer Association recognized program hereby guarantees to deliver to the exchange agent, at one of its addresses set forth above, either (a) the outstanding notes tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer, or (b) confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such outstanding notes to the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company maintained for such purpose, pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed letter(s) of transmittal (or facsimile thereof) and any other required documents by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third New York Stock Exchange trading day following the expiration date.

 

-3-


The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the letter(s) of transmittal and the outstanding notes tendered hereby to the exchange agent within the time period set forth above and that failure to do so could result in a financial loss to the undersigned.

 

Name of Firm:                                                                                                          

                                                                                                                              

    

Authorized Signature

Address:                                                                                                                       

Title:                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                       

Printed Name:                                                                                                  

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                               

   Date:                                                                                                                    

 

NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

-4-

Exhibit 99.3

 

Offer to Exchange

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, which

have been registered under the Security Act of 1933,

for outstanding

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

of

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

To the Depository Trust Company participants:

 

Enclosed are the materials listed below relating to the offer by Intertape Polymer US Inc. to exchange up to US$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the prospectus dated                      , 2004 of Intertape Polymer US Inc., and the related letter of transmittal, in each case as amended or supplemented from time to time (which together constitute the “exchange offer”).

 

Enclosed are copies of the following documents:

 

  1. Prospectus dated                      , 2004;

 

  2. a Letter of Transmittal;

 

  3. a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;

 

  4. Instructions to Book-Entry Transfer Participant From Owner; and

 

  5. a letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold outstanding notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, to accompany the instruction form referred to above, for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the exchange offer.

 

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                      , 2004, unless extended.

 

The exchange offer is not conditions upon any minimum number of outstanding notes being tendered.

 

To participate in the exchange offer, a beneficial holder of outstanding notes must cause a Depository Trust Company’s participant to tender such holder’s outstanding notes to Wilmington Trust Company’s account, as exchange agent, maintained at The Depository Trust Company for the benefit of the exchange agent through The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), including transmission of a computer-generated message that acknowledges and agrees, on behalf of The Depository Trust Company participant and the beneficial owners of tendered outstanding notes, to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal. By complying with The Depository Trust Company’s ATOP procedures with respect to the exchange offer, The Depository Trust Company participant confirms, on behalf of itself and the beneficial or owners of tendered outstanding notes, all provisions of the letter of transmittal applicable to it and such beneficial owners as fully as if it completed, executed and returned the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent.

 

Pursuant to the letter of transmittal, each holder of outstanding notes will represent to Intertape Polymer US Inc. that (i) it is not an affiliate of Intertape Polymer US Inc. or Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries or, if the holder is an affiliate of Intertape Polymer US Inc. or Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries, it will comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (ii) the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (iii) the holder has not entered into an arrangement or understanding with

 

-1-


any person to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes, (iv) the holder is not a broker-dealer who purchased the outstanding notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act, and (v) the holder will be able to trade the exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities Act. If the tendering holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its owner account pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent on behalf of such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and acknowledge on behalf of such broker-dealer that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes, neither you nor the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that you or the broker-dealer is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

The enclosed instruction to the book-entry transfer participant from owner contains an authorization for you to make the foregoing representations from the beneficial owners of the outstanding notes to be tendered by you on their behalf in the exchange offer.

 

We will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the exchange agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of outstanding notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed letter of transmittal.

 

Additional copies of the enclosed material may be obtained from the Wilmington Trust Company, Attn:                                      .

 

Very truly yours,

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

 

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU THE AGENT OF INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC., INTERTAPE POLYMER GROUP INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES OR THE WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY OR AUTHORIZE YOU TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON THEIR BEHALF IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.

 

-2-

Exhibit 99.4

 

Offer to Exchange

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, which

have been registered under the Security Act of 1933,

for outstanding

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

of

Intertape Polymer US Inc.

 

To our clients:

 

Enclosed is a prospectus dated                      , 2004 of Intertape Polymer US Inc. and a letter of transmittal (which together constitute the “exchange offer”) relating to the offer by Intertape Polymer US Inc. to exchange up to US$125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the exchange offer.

 

Please note that the offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                      , 2004, unless extended.

 

The exchange offer is not conditions upon any minimum number of outstanding notes being tendered.

 

We are the participants in the book-entry transfer facility of outstanding notes held by us for your account. A tender of such outstanding notes can be made only by us as the participant in the book-entry transfer facility and pursuant to your instructions. The letter of transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by your to tender outstanding notes held by us for your account.

 

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the outstanding notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the exchange offer. We also request that you confirm that we may on your behalf make the representations contained in the letter of transmittal that are to be made with respect to you as beneficial owner.

 

Pursuant to the letter of transmittal, each holder of outstanding notes will represent to Intertape Polymer US Inc. that (i) it is not an affiliate of Intertape Polymer US Inc. or Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries or, if the holder is an affiliate of Intertape Polymer US Inc. or Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries, it will comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (ii) the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (iii) the holder has not entered into an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes, (iv) the holder is not a broker-dealer who purchased the outstanding notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act, and (iv) the holder will be able to trade exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities Act. If the tendering holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer, we will represent on behalf of such broker-dealer that the outstanding notes to be exchanged for the exchange notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and acknowledge on behalf of such broker-dealer that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. By acknowledging that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such exchange notes, such broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER PARTICIPANT FROM OWNER

OF

INTERTAPE POLYMER US INC.

8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014

 

To participant of the book-entry transfer facility:

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated                      , 2004 of Intertape Polymer US Inc. and a related letter of transmittal (which together constitute the “exchange offer”).

 

This will instruct you, the book-entry transfer facility participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the exchange offer with respect to the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

The aggregate face amount of the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount): US$                      of the 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.

 

With respect to the exchange offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate statement):

 

¨ A. TO TENDER the following outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of outstanding notes to be tendered):

 

US$                      1 of the 8½% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, and not to tender other outstanding notes, if any, held by you for the account of the undersigned;

 

OR

 

¨ B. NOT TO TENDER any outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

 

If the undersigned instructs you to tender the outstanding notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the letter of transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (i) it is not an affiliate of Intertape Polymer US Inc. or Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries or, if the holder is an affiliate of Intertape Polymer US Inc. or Intertape Polymer Group Inc. or its subsidiaries, it will comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (ii) the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder, (iii) the holder has not entered into an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, within the meaning of the Securities Act, of the exchange notes, (iv) the holder is not a broker-dealer who purchased the outstanding notes for resale pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act, and (v) the holder will be able to trade exchanged notes acquired in the exchange offer without restriction under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer (whether or not it is also an “affiliate”) that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, it represents that the outstanding notes to be exchanged for exchange notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of exchange notes, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.


(1) Must be a minimum aggregate principal amount of at least US$1,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 thereof.

 

-1-


SIGN HERE

 

Name of beneficial owner(s):                                                                                                                                                                             

 

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Name(s) (please print):                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                               

 

Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

Taxpayer identification of Social Security Number:                                                                                                                                        

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

-2-